'

^°

•i3-1
•
 THE
FIRST GERMANIC BIBLE
TRANSLATED FROM THE GREEK

BY

THE GOTHIC BISHOP WULFILA

IX THE C 1

FOURTH CENTURY

AND THE OTHER REMAINS OF THE

GOTHIC LANGUAGE

EDITED, WITH AN INTRODUCTION, A SYNTAX, AND A GLOSSARY,

BY

Q. H. BALG, Ph. E>.,

atjthou •
-
a comparative glossary ok the gothic language, and editor -" tub
English Edition of Brai.-ne's Gothic Grammar.

'" '^ U
.Mr
Milwaukee, Wis. : The Author. *

New York, N. Y. B. Westeraiann & Co

:

London, England: Truebner & Co.

Halle, Germany: Max Niemeyer.
1891
 _y
------ -I

ENTERED ACCORDING TO ACT OF CONGRESS, IN THE TEAR 1891, BY

. H. BALG,
IN THE OFFICE OF THE LIBRARIAN OF CONGRESS, AT WASHINGTON
l-i-i -
1
-
1
-
-l-l-l

Ki.kcti;otvi'i:ii > Pkixtki» by the Gi:i:mama Pin. Co.. Milwaukee, Wis.

 To

DR. W. BRAUNE, Professor at Heidelberg,

AND

DR. E. BERNHARDT, Professor at Erfurt,

This Work

IS RESPECTFULLY DEDICATED

BY

The Editor,
 PREFACE.

The increasing zeal for a

study of English and the
scientific

other Germanic languages in American universities and colleges

has naturally necessitated a thuro study of Gothic. Altho this
language does not iu all its particulars offer the most priraitiv
stage of the remains of Germanic speech, it is indisputably indis-
pensibl for a thuro scientific knowledge of every one of its sister
dialects. The recent catalogs of our higher institutions show a
growing interest in the study of Gothic, and Ave may fairly believ
that the time is not far off when also in this cuntry the study of
Gothic wil either precede or at least be cultivated side by side with
that of Old English (Anglo-Saxon) in all our institutions that claim
to pay tribute to a scientific study of English and the other Ger-
manic languages, and to be up witli the times.
The present work, the first of its kind in America, was prepared
with a view to facilitate and accelerate the study of Gothic in
America. Hitherto the student has been compeld to uze notes,
syntax, etc., to the Gothic literature of books publisht in foren
cuntries,and partly writn in foren languages, and I think it is high
time to hav a complete text-book of the Gothic literature and
grammar of our own.
My original plan was to reprint Bernhardt's Gothic and Greek
texts in parallel columns, to translate the introduction to his large
edition, and add a comparativ syntax. I soon found, however,
vi PREFACE.

that in my very limited time and sumwhat uufavorabl profes-

sional condition such a task would require many and that
years,
the book would be too voluminous as a siugl handbook, and per-
haps too expensiv for many students. For these reasons I changed
my plan and now offer a book which is ment to be a fair introduc-
tion to the studv of Gothic.
As to the Gothic text it is generally admitted that Bernhardt's
edition is the best ; hense I hav adopted it, with the editor's per-
mission, in this book, and with but few alterations, to all of which
(except misprints), if I remember wel, attention has been calld in
the foot-notes. To hav added many of my
Bernhardt's notes I

own. In numerous cases I hav compared Uppstrom's texts and

notes, as wel as Massmann's 'Gotische Urkundeiv. The facsimile
is a copy of Uppstrom's facsimile in his 'Codex Argenteus'.

The syntax, tho largely due to the investigations of others, con-

tains many views of my own. Bernhardt's, less frequently Gabe-
lentzand Lobe's, syntax and the syntactic writings of Kohler,
Schrader, Schirmer, Eckardt, Silber, Pieper, and others hav been
found to offer materials suited to my purpose from which hav I

made careful more or less freely.

selections But every exampl was
taken directly from the text. The translation of the example is as ,

literal as possibl, and when taken from the biblical text, in nearly

all possibl cases in accordance with the English version. Having

constantly kept in mind that my syntax is chiefly writn for begin-
ners, I hav not spared illustrations, and hav inserted many expla-
natory remarks and cross references in parenthesis, which wjl cer-
tainly be of great help to them.
The glossary is in the main an extract from my 'Comparative
Glossary', of course, with all improvements deemd necessary. Each
definition is followd by a reference or references, which, if not
numerous, hav been givn in full. The arrangement of words is. for

practical reasons, purely alfabetical, with the exceptions of q which

follows It. This part of the work was much facilitated by Heine's
glossary. The glossary may in many respects (use of prepo-

sitions, etc.) be regarded as a supplement to the syntax.

The complete index of all Gothic words occurring in the

rules of svntax, wil undoutedlv be found useful and convenient.
 PREFACE.

In reading Gothic the beginner is ernestly cautiond against too

free use of other versions, even the Greek, unless it be a critical
one like Bernhardt's. must make himself
First of all he familiar
with the declensions and conjugations, and with the chief rules of
fonology. In this direction he wil find all he needs to start with
in what is put in large print in the 'Gothic Grammar'. The in-
flection of every word is indicated in the glossary (See remark on
page 293) by figures in parenthesis. The references immediately
after vocabulary words ar to fonology.
The student should not try to run over too much ground at
once. 'Dispose wel of one sentence, i. e. not only of its meaning
and construction, but also of all forms of every inflectional word,
before attacking another' should be the motto of all who wish
to lern a language thuroly and quickly,

Milwaukee, Sept. 27th, 1891.

G. H. BALG.

To be added :

Page 250, I. 21, after the word with: Mk. 10, 9.

 CONTENTS.

Page Page
Preface A. Nominative.
Contents vm § 13. (a) used as the Subject of a Fi-
Introduction xiu nite Verb 227
Abbreviations xxu (b) in the Predicate 227
Remains of the Gothic B. Vocative.
Langua ge 1—221
Syntax: — 222—292
§ 14. with and without the Inter-
jection 228

THE SENTENCE. C. Accusative.

§ 1. Simple and Compound Sentences 222 § 15. Direct Object of a Transitive

Verb 229
Subject and Predicate. § 16. Verbs taking an Accusative of
§ 2. The Subject of a Sentence 222 the Reflexive Pronoun 231
§ 3. The Predicate of a Sentence 223 § 17. Two
Accusatives, one of a Per-
son and the other of a Thing,
Agreement. with one verb 231
A. Subject and Predicate Verb. § 18. Two Accusatives, both denot-
S 4. The Predicate Verb 224 ing the Same Person orThing231
§ 5. A Singular Collective 224
D. Genitive.
B. Subject and Predicate Sub-
stantive. § 19. Primary Function of the Geni-
tive 232
§ 6. A Substantive in the Predicate.. 224
§§ 7.8. Subject Pronouns 225 1. Genitive after Substantives.
§ 9. A Predicate Adjective or Parti-
20. Relations expressed by an Ad-
§
ciple 225
nominal Genitive 232
§ 10. An Attributive Adjective, Parti-
ciple or Adjective Pronoun 226 //. Genitive after Substantive
§ 11. A Substantive in Apposition. ...227 Pronouns, Neuter Adjec-
tives, and ArumeraJs.
THE CASES.
§ 21. In most cases usually called
§ 12. Number of Cases in Gothic 227 Partitive Genitive 233
 CONTENTS.

,
Page Page
III. Genitive after Adjectives. ing, saying, commanding, for-

§22 Genitive after Adjectives and bidding, permitting, writing,

their Adverbs 234 reading, etc 242
§23 Genitive denoting in Respect to § 38. After Verbs denoting the Re-
which an Adjective is used 235 lation of one person to an-
other 242
IV. Genitive after Verbs.
§ 39. After Intransitive Verbs denot-
Predicate Genitive after wisan ing Motion 243
and w air pa 235 § 40. Dative of a Direct Object 243
§25 Genitive of an Object only in § 41. Dative after Intransitive Verbs
part affected by the action of denoting Disposition 244
the verb 235 § 42. Dative after Verbs signifying
§26 Genitive after Verbs of asking, to please 245
begging, desiring, hearing, §43. Dative after gafripon, ga-
looking at, remembering, re- sibjou,gagawairpnan,
minding, calling, sparing, help- gawadjon, 245
ing, taking hold of, etc 236 § 44. Dative after Verbs signifying
§27 Genitive of filling, fullness, and to trouble, plague, torment,
want 237 destroy, injure 245
§28 Genitive following Verbs of § 45. Dative after Verbs which also
healing, defrauding, leaving.. .238 take an Accusative, according
§29 Genitive of Cause with Verbs to the meaning 245
expressing affection 238 § 46. Dative after Verbs which also
V. Adverbial Genitive. take an Accusative, a differ-
ence in signification being
§30 Genitive of Time Within 238
scarcely perceptible 217
VI. Genitive after Prepositions § 47. Dative of Interest 247
and Prepositional § 48. Possessive Dative for the Greek
Adverbs. Genitive 248
§31 Genitive after in, du, fram, Dative as Instrumental.
of; — i a a t a a t a-
§50. Dative of adjacency, accompa-
pro, hindaua, ufaro 239
niment, and association 248
E. Dative. § 51. Remains of Instrumental End-

§32 The Dative represents Four Old ings 248

Cases 239 § 52. (1) Dative of Association 249
(2) " " Means or Instru-
Dative Proper.
ment. 250
§33 Dative, theRemoter or Indirect " " Ruling and Man-
(3)
Object 239
agement 252
I. Dative after Substantives. (4) " " Violent Motion. ...252
(5) " " Cause 252
§34 Dene- tee to or for which any-
(6) " " Manner 253
thing is 239
" " Measure of Differ-
§35 After wisan and wairpan. ..239 (7)
ence 253
II. Dative after Adjectives.
Dative as Locative.
§ 36 After Predicate Adjectives with
53. (1) Dative of Place Where 253
,

§
wisan and wairpan 240
(2) " " Time When 255
III. Dative after Verbs. Dative as Ablative.
§37 , After Transitive Verbs of giv- § 54. (1) with Verbs compounded
ing, bringing,promising,sbow- with af and fra 255
 CONTENTS.

Page Page
_ with bileipan. to leave. (5) with an Infinitive Phrase. ..261
for>,ikr 256 (6) ••
a whole Clause or Sen-
(3) with a Comparative Degree 256 tence 261
Da tire after Prepositions. IV. Relative Pronouns.
"-
Dative after Prepositions 256 Formation
§ 69. of the Relative
Pronoun 262
ADJECTIVES. § 70. Position of the Pronoun saei..262
General Remarks on the In- § 71. Assimilation of the Relative
flection of Adjectives 256 Pronoun 263
> >. Comparatives followed by § 72. Attraction 263
bau, than 256 §73. The Relative Pronouns ik<i.
buei.etc 263
NUMERALS.
V. Interrogative Pro-
58 Numerals used Adjectively and
no CNS.
Substantively 257
j 74. The Interrogative to a s :

PRONOUNS. (1) in Direct Questions 264

(2) " Indirect " 264
I. Personal Pronouns. I.J. The Interrogative lia)>ar al-

Subject Personal Pronouns 257 ways used substantively 265

The Interrogative lv a r j i s
II. Reflexive and Pos- chiefly used Substantively
sessive Pronouns. (1) in Direct Questions 265
Pronoun (2) " Indirect " 265
§00 Reflexi ve sei a , sis
sik 257 > 77 The Interrogative hrileika i-

either Substantive or Adjec-

§61 Reflexive Pronoun in Depend-
tive:
ent Clauses 258
(1) in Direct Questions 265
5 62 Reflexive Pronoun seins (pos-
sessive) 258 (2) " Indirect " 266

III. Demonstrative Pro- VI. Indefinite and Dis-

nouns and Article. triiutive Pro-
nouns.
5 The Pronoun s a used Substan-
63.
§78. The Indefinite sums is used:
tively and Adjectively 259
(1) Substantively 266
! 64. The Pronoun sah used Sub-
(2) Adjectively 266
stantively and Adjectively 259
§ 79. Formation of Indefinites 267
The Pronoun jains used Sub-
.

§ 80. The English 'every', how ren-

stantively and Adjectively 251'
dered 268
S 66 The Pronoun *his used Alone
how
.

§81. The English 'each of two',

or with a following Substan-
rendered 269
tive 259
§82. The Indefinite alls is used:
667. The Pronoun sa as Definite Ar-
(1) Substantively 269
ticle 259
(2) Adjectively 269
§68 The Gothic Article occurs:
.

(1 with Substantives
" Adverbs, etc
260 VERB. THE
(2) 261
" a Substantive or Pro-
(3)
Voices.
noun in the Genitive 261 Active and Middle (Passive) ....270
(4) " a Participial Phrase.. .261 J B4. Functions of the Voices 270
 CONTENTS.

Page Page
Tenses. (3) In Consecutive Clauses.
§ 85. Two Tenses in Gothic, Present § 97. Optative of Result 279
and Preterit 271 (4) In Causal Clauses.
§ 86. The Present expresses
§ 98. Optative of Cause or Reason.. ..280
(1) Continued Present Action. ..271
(2) Past Action (Historical (5) In Relative Clauses.
Present) 272 § 99. Relative Clauses may express:
(3) The Greek Future 272 (a) Result 280
(4) " " Perfect 272 (b) Cause 281
§ 87. The Preterit the Only Tense for (c) Condition 281
the Past. It expresses
(6) In Temporal Clauses.
(1) Continued or Repeated Past
§ 100. Optative expressing a Logical
Action , 273
Relation 282
(2) Past Action, now completed 273
(3) Simple Past Action 273 (7) In Comparative Clauses.
(1) Past Action previous to § 101. The Optative expresses a com-
another Past Action 274 parison which is merely con-
ceived in the mind 283
Moods.
III. Optative in Conditional
§ 88. Three Moods in Gothic Indica- :

Sentences.
tive, Optative (Subjunctive),
§ 102. Definition of Conditional Sen-
and Imperative 274
tences... 283
A. Indicative. (a) Protasis and Apodosis
§ 89. The Indicative Mood expresses take the Present Optative 284
a Fact 274 (b) Protasis and Apodosis
take the Preterit Optative
B. Optative.
implying non-Fulfillment 284
§ 90. The Optative expresses what (c) The Protasis takes the
is Merely Conceived in the Mind 274
Preterit Optative, and the
I. Optative in Independent Apodosis the Present Op-
Sentences. tative 285
§ 91. The Optative in Independent (d) The Protasis takes the
Sentences implies Present Optative, and the
(1) a Wish (Optative Proper). ..275 Apodosis the Present In-
(2 an Exhortation 275 dicative 285
(3) a Possibility 275 (e) The Protasis takes the
II. Optative in Dependent Present Optative, the Apo-
Clauses. dosis the Imperative 285
(f) The Protasis takes the
(1) In Object Clauses.
Preterit Optative, the Apo-
§ 92. The Optative in Object Clauses
dosis the Present Optative 285
expresses Doubt, Uncertainty,
Contrariness, etc 276 IV. Optative in Subject
§ 93. Optative in Final Object Clau- Clauses.
ses 276 § 103. Subject Clauses having the
§ 94. Optative after Verbs of Fear- Verb in the Optative 286
ing- 277 V. Optative in Appositive
§ 95. Optative iu Indirect Questions 277 Clauses.
(2) In Final Clauses. § 104. Definition of Appositive Clau-
§ 96. Optative of Purpose 277 ses 286
XII CONTENTS.

Page Page
C. Imperative. 3. Infinitive of Purpose.
§ 105. Use of the Imperative... 287 § 114. Infinitive expresses Purpose.. .290

Infinitive with Conjunctions.

D. Infinitive.
§ 115. Infinitive with Conjunctions
§ 106. Nature of the Infinitive 287
denotes Result 290
1. Infinitive as Subject. *
E. Participles.
§§107. 108. Use of Subject Infinitive 288
§§ 116.117. Present and Preterit Par-
2. Infinitive as Object.
ticiples 291
§§109. 110. Verbs with an Objective 118. Attributive Participle 291
§
Infinitive 289
§ 119. Participle (Dative) Absolute..292
§ 111. Complimentary Infinitive 289
§ 120. Participle with at 292
Accusative and Infinitive. § 121. Nominative absolute 292
§ 112. Subject in the Accusative, with
its Verb in the Infinitive 289 Glossary 293—466
§ 113. Accusative and Infinitive alter Index of Gothic words... 467
Impersonals 290
 INTRODUCTION.

The Gothic peple belongd to a group Germanic tribes which

of
is frequently styled the 'Gothic group' for which ther has receutly

been proposed the name 'Vandilians' (suggested by Pliny, mat.

hist.' IV, 99). The chief constituents of this group ar the Vandals,
the Gepidae, the Burgundi, the Heruli, and the Rugii ). 1

As to the first migration of the Goths on European soil history

furnishes no information. According to an old tradition (Jordanes,
chapter 4, § 25) the nativ cuntry of the Goths was Scandzia, an
ilaud in Scandinavia, whense, under their king Berig, they crost
over to the mainland and setld on the lower Vistula. The erliest
abode of the Goths known to history is the lower region between
the Elbe and the Vistula.
From the names Gutones, Gotones,
to the Goths by classical writers, we ar led to the
<»,
as applied
supposition
that the original name of the Goths was the weak form Gutans
,
(Comp. 0. E. Gotan, .
N. Gotar, gen. Gotna) which was after-

»)Gothic Grammar, Appendix, § 220. —

Concerning tlie Vandilians, comp.
F. Wrede, 'Ueber die Sprache der Waudaleu', p. 3 et seq.; Strassbourg, 1881;
F. Dahn, 'Urgeschichte der germ, und rom. volker, vol. I, p. 139, et seq.; Berlin, 1881.—
The dialects of the Gothic or Vandilian tribes together with those of the Scan-
dinavians we call East Germanic, as opposed to West Germanic, a term applied to
the languages of the remaining Germanic tribes. Concerning the division of the
Germanic race into East Germanic and West Germanic tribes, comp. H. Zimmer,
'Ostgermanisch und Westgermanisch', in zs. Ida., 19, 393 et seq.; and Beitr., IX,
516, et seq.; furthermore, comp. the table of the Indo-Germanie family of languages,
in my 'Comparative Glossary of the Gothic Language', p. 598.
 INTRODUCTION.

ward discarded in favor of the strong form *Gutos, as we may

infer from Lt. Goti, Gotti, (later) Gothi, Gr. forms
em ploy d by later writers. Besides ther occurs the spelling Gut-,
,,
in the compound Gut-piuda (Gothic Calendar, p. 202), i. e. Gut-
peple. At all events our spelling Goth, Gothic (German Gothe,
gothisch) is a corruption due to the Lt. Gothi, and it is long and
universal usage onlv that mav iustifv its existence, while most
German filologists unscrupulously write Gote, gotisch.
The Goths mav ha left theirGerman home about the midl
of the second century after Christ ), moving in a south-easterly
1

direction. About the midl numerous tribes

of the third centurv
of the Goths occupied the districts on the left bank of the lower
Danube and north of the Black Sea. The Roman empire was
seriously endangerd by the approach of these Avarlike Germanic
tribes who, after many strugls with the Roman soldiers, and even
onse being defeated by them, had been granted a territory, the
province of Dacia, by the emperor Marcus Aurelius (161-180).
In the time of Valerianus and Gallienus the Goths made a raid
into Asia, whense they returnd with booty and many Christian
captivs. Among these captivs ther was (according to an account
by Philostorgius, a Capodocian 2 )) a family from the village of
Sadagolthina, near the city of Parnassos, in Cappadocia. A
descendent of this Christian family was Wulfila, that great man
whom we may fairly call the 'apostl' of the Goths, and to whom
Ave must here for a while direct our special attention.

among the Goths, in 310 or 311. At this

Wulfila 3 ) was born
time a vast number of Goths wer Christians, their conversion
having been effected by those whom they had carried into cap-
tivity. Wulfila, undoutedly a man of great ability and distinction,
was sent with an embassy to Constantinople, probably in 328.
At the synod at Antiochia. in 341, he was consecrated bishop by
Eusebius of Xicomedia. He then returnd to his peple north of
the Danube. When persecuted by Athanarich, in 348, he led a
great number of his sect across the Danube, and was permitted
by the emperor Constantius to setl in Moesia, near Xicopolis. In

1
) Comp. Sievers, in Gradr., I, 407 et seq.
2
) See Georg Waits, 'Ueber das Lebeu
und die Lehre des Ulfila'. Hannover,
1840, p. ): Max MuDer, 'Lectures <>n the Science of Language', vol. 1. p. el -'
eeq.; Berahardt's introduction to hie ' Vulflla oder die Gotische BibeP, p. VIII el eeq.
3 Comp. Waltz's work ( -ited
) in note 1, abuv); Bessell, TJeber das Leben des
ulfilas', Gottingen 1 set) : <;. Kauiniann. 'Kritaaclie Uutersuchuug der quellen zur
geechichte Ulfilas', in 'zs. Ida.' 27, 193 et seq.
 INTRODUCTION. xv

381 383 x ) he was calld to Constantinople by the emperor

(or
Theodosius. Here he died immediately after his arrival.
We lern from Philostorgius that Wulfila translated 2 ) the hole
Bible into Gothic, with the exception of the Book of Kings, and we
ar further informd by Auxentius, Wulfila's pupil, that he wrote and
preacht in Greek and Latin also. 3 ) Ther is, however, sum dout as
to the correctness of Philostorgius' statement; it is rather believd
that Wulfila did not complete his version 4 ).
It remains to say that Wulfila livd among the Western Goths,
and that we ar justified in the belief that the dialect which he
employe! must naturally hav been the dialect of those for whom
he wrote and to whom he preacht. Moreover Ave may presume
that the distinction between the dialect of the Western Goths
and that of the Eastern Goths, who then livd north of the Black
Sea, was by no means a great one, so that Wulfila's Bible was
intelligibl to the hole Gothic tribe.
Wulfila's manuscripts hav been lost. All that has cum down
to us of his version as wel as two other fragments of the Gothic
language —
a Calender (S. Ill, 1, below) and a commentary on
the Gospel of St. John (S. Ill, 5, below) by an unknown author
— ar preservd, it is supposed, in East Gothic manuscripts writn
5
in Upper Italy, at the beginning or midl of the sixth century ).
We also hav two Latin deeds of sale (S. p. 218) with East Gothic
names of witnesses. Concerning the great importance of these
latter documents, the student may consult Bernhardt, p. 649;
and for the valuabl Gothic proper names, as uzed by Greek and
Latin authors, the recent article by Sievers, in P's. Grndr., I, 409.
As regards the Gothic letters, see 'Gothic Grammar', §§1 and 2;
Sievers, in Paul's Grndr. 409, I, § 3.

The manuscripts in which the remains of the Gothic dialect,

the oldest record of the Germanic or Teutonic languages, hav
cum down to us, may be sumd up as follows
(1) Codex Argenteus (CA). This codex onse numberd 330
leave containing the Gospels in the following order: Mt., Jo., Lu.,
Mk. Of these 330 leavs 177 ar extant. The parchment is purpl,
the letters in silver, but the first line of each section, the Our
Father, and the superscriptions in gold. The codex was first found

') So Sievers, in Paul's Grndr., II, 68.

2
) Chiefly from the Greek, occasionally also consulting the Lt. version; s.

Bernhardt, p. XXXVIII.
3
)
Waitz, p. 19; Bernhardt, p. XV, Max Muller, I, 212.
") Bernhard, p. XXIII.
5
) Sievers, in P's Grndr., I, p. 408.
xvi INTRODUCTION.

in the sixteenth century, in the Abbey of Werden on the Ruhr,

and from here was transferd to Prague, before the end of that
it
century, whense, after this city had been taken by the Swedes,
in 1648, it was carried to Stockholm and presented to queen
Christine by Count Konigsmark. After a short time it was
transferd to Holland by Isaak Yossius. Here it was for the first
time completely copied by Franz Junius, and afterward printed,
in 1665. In 1662 it was bought for 300 or 450 dollars by the
Swedish Count de la Gardie who, having it bound in solid silver,
presented it again to the Swedish queen who donated the valuabl
trezur to the university at Upsal, where it is now preservd. In
order to complete the story of the Codex Argenteus, it remains
to say that between 1821 and 1834 ten leavs of it wer stolen,
containing the beginning of the Gospel of St. Mark, but in 1857
they wer restored to Andrew Uppstrom. professor at Upsal
(S. p. XIX).
(II) Codex Carolinus (Cod. Car.). This manuscript was carried
from the Abbev of AYeissenburg to Wolfenbuttel. in 1678, where
it was found by Knittel, in 1756. It consists of four leavs con-
taining about 42 verses (supplemented with, not translated from,
the corresponding Latin text) from several chapters (11-15) of
the Epistles to the Romans.
(III) Codices Ambrosiani. The Ambrosian manuscripts at
Milan (also calld Milan MSS.) wer discoverd by Angelo Mai in
the monastery at Bobbio (founded in the 7th century), at tli<>
beginning of the present century. They ar clast as follows
(1) Codex A. originally consisting of 203 leavs (Comp. IV,
below). It contains on 95 leavs (one being illegibl and six blank)
fragments of St. Paul's Epistles to the Romans, Corinthians,
Kphesinns. Galatians. Philippians, Colossians, Thessalonians.
Timothy. Titus, and Philemon, and a fragment of a Gothic
calendar.
Codex B, originally containing 336 pages 156 of which
(2)
(including two blank ones) ar preservd. The remaining 154
pages contain all of the second Epistle to the Corinthians, frag-
ments of the first Epistle to the Corinthians, of the Epistle to
the Galatians. Ephesians. Philippians. Colossians. Thessalonians.
Timothv. and Titns.
(3) Codex C. consisting of two leavs containing a fragment
of the Gospel of Lt. Matthew, with a Lt. text of the Gospel
written over it.

Codex
(4) I), three leavs with fragments of Ezra and
Nehemiah.
 INTRODUCTION.

(5)Codex ,
eight leavs three of which ar in the Vatican
library at Rome, five in the Ambrosian library at Milan. They
contain fragments of an interpretation of the Gospel of St. John,
and ar usually styled Skeireins, i. e. Skeireins aiwaggel-
jons ]?airh Iohannen (Explanation of the Gospel by John),
a title givn them by their editor Massmann.
(IV) Codex Turinensis, properly belonging to Codex A (S.
Ill, 1, abuv). Four much damaged leavs at Turin, where they
wer discoverd by Reifferscheidt. Tho almost illegibl, they hav
been deciferd and publisht ) by Massmann. They contain Gal.
1

VI, 14-18; Col. 13-20, IV, 13-19.

II,
For more about the Gothic manuscripts, see Bernhardt's
'Vulfila', Introduction, XXXIX et seq. Concerning the history
of the Codex Argenteus, comp. Schulte's 'Gotthica minora', zs.
fda. 23, 51; 318. 24, 324 et seq.; and J. Peters, 'Germania', 30,
314 et seq. Compare also Sievers, in Paul's Grundr., I, 408, § 2;

II, 69, notes.

EDITIONS OF THE REMAINS OF THE GOTHIC LANGUAGE.

(1) Quatuor D. X.Jesu Christi evangeliorum versiones

perantiquae duae, gothica scil. et anglosaxonica, quarum illam
ex celeberrimo codice argenteo nunc primum depromsit Fi. Junius.
Accessit et glossarium gothicum, Dortrechti 1665, (Amstelodami
1684). Two volumes.
(2) D. N. Jesu Christi SS. Evangelia ab Ulflla Gothorum in
Moesia Episcopo circa annum a nato Christo CCCLX ex graeco
gothice translata, nunc cum parallelis versiouibus, sveo—gothica,
uorroena, seu islandica, et vulgata latina edita, Stockholmiae
—
1671. The editor was George Stiernhi elm.
(3) Sacrorum evangeliorum versio Gothica ex Codice Argen-
teo emendata atque suppleta cum interpretatione latina et
adnotationibus E. Benzelii edidit, observationes suas adiecit et
grammaticam gothicam praemisit E. Lye, Oxonii 1750.
(4) Several years later Biisching publisht the results of
Hire's important renewd comparison of the Codex Argenteus —
Iohannis ab Hire scripta versionem Ulfilanam et linguam moeso—
gothicam illustrantia, ab ipso doctissimo auctore emendata,

) Gertnauia, 18G8, p. 271.

xvm TXTRODlTTlnX.

novisque accessionibus aucta, iam vero ob pra?stantiam ac vari-

tatem collecta, et una cum aliis scriptis similis argumenti edita
ab A. F. Bmcbing, Berolini 1773.
(5) Ulphilae versionera gothicam nonnullorum capitum epi-
stolae Pauli ad Roraanos e litura cuiusdain ms. rescripti qui in
augusta apud Guelpherbytanos bibliotheca adservatur, eruit com-
nieutatus est datque foras F. A. Knittel, 1762.
(G) Ulfilas gothische Bibeliibersetzung nach Ihrens Text, mit
einer grammatiacb. wortlichen lateiuischenUebersetzuug, saint einer
Sprachlehre und einera Glossar ausgearbeitet von F. K. Fuldn.
das Glossar ausgearbeitet von W. F. H. Reinwald, herausgegeben
von J. Chr. Za.hu, Weissenfels, 1803.— The fragment of the Epistle
to the Romans is from KnitteVs edition.
(7) The Gothic Gospel of St. Matthew from the Codex Argen-
tina of the fourth century, with the corresponding English or
Saxon from the Durham book of the eight century, etc., by
S. HenshaJl; London, 1807.
Evangelii secundum Matthaeum versio francica seculi IX
(8)
nee non gothica sec. IV. quoad superest. by SchmeUer; Stuttgart.
1827.
(9) Ulphilae partium ineditarum in Ambrosianis palimpsestis
ab Angela M&jo repertarum specimen coniunctis curia einadem
M;iji et C. O. Cnstillionnei editura; Mediolani, 1819.— Ulphilae versio
gothica epistolae D. Pauli ad Corinthioa secundae, quam, etc.
edidit C. O. Castilhonaeua; Mediolani, 1829.— Gothicae versionis
epistolarum D. Pauli ad Romanos, ad Corinthios primae. ad Ephe-
sios, quae supersunt, etc. edidit C. O. Cwtillionneus; Mediolani,
1834.— Gothicae versionis epistolarum D. Pauli ad Galatas, ad
Philippenaea, ad Colossenses, ad Thessalonicenses primae, quae
supersunt, etc. edidit C. O. GaetHliooaeOS, Mediolani, 1835.
(10) Skeireins aiwaggeljona pairh Iohaunen, Ausleguug dee
Bvangelii Johanuis in gothiacher Sprache. Ana romischen may-
landiachen Handschriften nebst lateinischer Uebersetinng, belegen-
den Anmerknngen, geschichtlicher Cnterenchnng, gothisch-latei-
niachem Worterbuche und Schriftproben von H. F. Mammann;
Miiuchen, 1834. (Comp. 11 and «Hi. below.)
(11) Frabanhtabokoa oder die gothiachen Urknnden von
Neapel und Arezzo mit ewey Scnriftnachbildnngen im Steindruck
von //. F. Masemann, Wion 1838.
(12)Ulfilas.— Veteria et novi testament versionis gothicae
i

fragments quae supersunt ad fidem codd. caatigata latinitate

donate adnotatione critica instruct a enm glosaarioet grammatics
linyuae erothicae coniunctis curis edideruut H. C. de Gabelentz et
 INTRODUCTION.

Dr. J. Loebe; Lipsiae, 1843. — Two volumes thewhich con-

first of
tains all the Gothic texts except the Skeireins, the second the
Skeireins, a glossary, and a grammar.
(13) Codex Argenteus sive sacrorum evangeliorum versionis
gothicae fragmenta quae iterum recoguita adnotationibusque
instructa per lineas singulas ad fidem codicis additis fragmentis
evangelicis codicum ambrosianorum et tabula lapide expressa
edidit Andreas Uppstrom; Upsaliae, 1854. (Comp. 15 and 17,
below.)
(14) Ulfilas, Sprachlehre, Worterbuch, von Ign.
Urschrift,
Gaugengigl, bevorwortet von Dr. Michael Fertig; Passau, 1848.
A fourth edition appeard in 1856.
(15) Decern codicis argentei rediviva folia cum foliis contiguis
et intermediis edidit Andreas Uppstrom; Upsaliae, 1857. (Comp.
13, abuv; also 16, below; and p. XYI, (I), concluding remark.)
(16) Die gothischen Sprachdenkmaler und Ulfilas, Die heiligen
Schriften alten und neuen Bundes in gothischer Sprache von
H. F. Massmann; Stuttgart, 1857. (Comp. 10, abuv.)
(17) Fragmenta Gothica selecta ad fidem codicum Ambrosia-
norum Carolini Yaticani edidit Andreas Uppstrom; Upsaliae, 1861.
(Comp. 13 and 15, abuv.)
(18) Die bruchstucke der Skeireins, A. Vollmer; Munchen, 1862.
(19) Codices Gotici Ambrosiani sive Epistolarum Pauli Esrae
Nehemiae versionis Goticae fragmenta quae iterum recognovit
per lineas singulas descripsit adnotationibus instruxit, Andreas
Uppstrom; Holmiae et Lipsiae.
(20) Auswahl aus Ulfilas gothischer bibeliibersetzung. Mit
glossar und einem grundriss zur gothischen laut- und flexionslehre.
Yon K. A. Hahn; Heidelberg, 1849. A second edition appeard
after Hahn's death, in 1864, by A. Holtzmann. A third edition
after Holtzmann's death, in 1874, by Adalb. Jeitteles.
(21) The Gothic, Anglo-Saxon, Wycliffe and Tyndale Gospels
by the Rev. J. Bos worth, D. D., and George Waring, ., .
London, 1865.
(22) Yulfila oder die gotische Bibel mit dem entsprechenden
griechischen Text und mit kritischem und erklarendem Commentar
nebst dem Kalender, der Skeireins und den gotischen Urkunden
herausgegeben von Ernst Bernhardt; Halle, 1875. (Comp. 26,
below.)
(23) Friedrich Ludwig Stamm's Ulfilas oder die uns erhaltenen
Denkmaler der gothischen Sprache. Text, Grammatik und Woerter-
buch; Paderborn, 1858. All the subsequent editions wer edited
by Dr. Moritz Heine. The eighth appeard in 1888.
 INTRODUCTION

(24) Ulfilas. Evangelium Marci granimatisch erlautert von

Dr. R. Mnller and Dr. H. Hoeppe; Berlin, 1881.
(20) The Gospel of Saint Mark in Gothic according to the
translation made by Wulfila in the fourth century. Edited, with
a grammatical introduction and glossarial Index, by the Rev.
Walter W. Skent. M. A:; Oxford, 1882.
(26) Die Gotische Bibel des Wulfila nebst der Skeireins. dem
Kalender und denUrkunden. Herausgegebeu von Ernst Bernhardt',
Halle. 1884. (Comp. 22, abuv).
(27) 'Lesestiicke aus den evangelien des Matthaeus, Marcus,
Lucas, aus dem zweiten Corintherbriefe und aus der Skeireins'. in
AVilhelm Braune's 'Gotische Grammatik'; Halle 1887. English
edition by G. H. Balg (S. (3), below).

LEXICAL WORKS.
In addition to the glossaries publisht with the Gothic texts.
the following dictionaries and glossaries remain to be mentiond:

' (1) Gothisches Glossar von Ernst Schuhe. Mit einer Vorrede
Jacob Grimm; Magdeburg, 1847. (Comp. (3), below).
(2) Yergleichendes "Worterbuch der gothischen Sprache von
—
Dr. Eoivnz Diefenbacb; Frankfurt am Main, 1851. Two volumes.
(3) Gothisches Worterbuch nebst Flexionslehre von Ernst
Schuhe; Ziillichau, 1807. (Comp. (1), abuv).
(4) A Moeso-Gothic Glossary with an introduction, an out-
line of Moeso-Gothic grammar, etc.. by the Rev. W. W. Skeat,
. .; London, 1868.
(5) A Comparative Glossary of the Gothic Language, with
especial reference to English and German, by G. H. Balg, Ph. D.
With a preface by Prof. Francis A. March, LL. D, L. H. D.;
Mavville (now Milwaukee), "Wisconsin; New York; London, Engl.;
Halle, Germ., 1887—1889.

GRAMMATICAL WORKS.
(1) Bernhardt, Kurzgefasste Gotische Grammatik; Halle, 1885.
(2) T. Le Marchant Douse, An introduction, phonological,
morphological, syntactic, to the Gothic of ntilas; London, 188(5.
(3) Wilhelm Rranne, Gotische Grammatik mit einigen Lee
stricken und "Wortverzeiehnis. Dritte Auflage. Halle, 1887. —
English Edition by G.H.Balg, Milwaukee, Wis.; New York; Loudon.
 INTRODUCTION.

Further grammars hav been mentiond in connection with the

Gothic texts.
Of etymological works, beside those cited with the texts and
glossaries, I mention: Leo Meyer, Die gotische sprache. Hire
lautgestaltung, insbesondere im verhaltuiss zum Altindischen,
Griechischen und Lateinischen; Berlin, 1869.— Dr. Sigmund Feist,
Grundriss der gotischen etymologie; Strassburg, Karl J. Triibner,
1888.
Several authors who hav writn upon Gothic subjects hav
been mentiond in the 'Gothic Grammar' and in the foot-notes of
this introduction.— Thus I may fairly hope that the student wlto
uzes this book has been introduced to sufficient aids in studying
Gothic.
In conclusion I cannot omit the remark that I hav inten-
tionally avoided to criticize any of the books cited in this intro-
duction. But I believ I ow it to the beginner in Gothic to say
that he must be careful in uzing sum of the older editions. Of
the complete texts I recommend those of Bernhardt and Stamin.

•«$
 ABBREVIATIONS AND SIGNS.
alis. — absolute, -ly. imper. — imperative. pret. — preterit.
abstr. — abstract. imperf. — imperfect. pret.-pres.v. — preterit-pres-
ace. — accusative. impers. — impersonal. -ly. ent verb.
adj(s). — adjective(s). indecl. — indeclinable. pr(o)n. — pronoun.
adv(s). — adverb (s). indie. — indicative. pr. n. — proper noun.
an. v. — anomalous indir. — indirect. prop. — proper, -ly.

verb. inf. — infinitive. q. v. — quod vide =

art. — article. iiis.tr. — instrument. -al. which see.

B.-itr. —Tan] &Braune'8 inter i.— interjection. red. v. — reduplicating

Beitraege. interrog — interrogative. verb.
caua. — causative. intr(ans) — intransitive.
.
refl. — reflexive.
cod. «—codex. L(a)t. — Latin. rel. — relative.
c(ora)p. — compare. lit. — literal, -ly. s. — see.
compar. —comparative. 111. — masculine. sc. —being under-
conj. — conjunction. Mdl. E. — Middle English. stood.
dat. — dative. MS(S). — mamiscript(s). sine.'. — singular.
decl. — declension. IKS). — note(s). st(r). v. — strong verb.
def. — definite. Illellt). — neuter. subj. — subjunctive.
demonst r.- demonstrative. neg. — negative. subser. — subscription.
dir. — direct. N. H. G. — New High Ger- BD(S). — substantive(s).
«list r. — distributive. man. superl. — superlative.
f(em). — feminine. uom. — nominative. Bupersci . — superscription.
fig. — figurative, -ly. nam. — numeral. th. — thing.
tolld. — followed. obj. — object. tr(ans). — transitive, -ly.

roiig. — following. 0. E. -Old English. trop. — tropical, -ly.

for. w. — foreign word. Opt. — optative. uninfl. — nninflected.
(i. — German. P• — page. v(s). — verb(s).
gen. — genitive. partic —participle, par- w. — with, or word.
Goth. — Gothic. ticipial. W. V. — weak verb.
Goth.Gi .
— Gothic Gram- partit. — partitive. zs. Ida. — zeitschrift fur
ma r. pass. — passive, -ly. dentsches alter•
Gr. — Greek. pere. —person, -al, -al- torn.
Gradr. — PauljGrundriss ly. = — equivalent to.
der germani- pl(ur). — plural. • — indicates sup-
schen Philolo- ]»!-. — possessive. posed words or
gie. prep. — preposition. forms.
i. e. — id est — thai is. pres. — present.

•. doc. — Areno docu- .lei. — John. Phil. — Philippians.

ment. Lu. — Luke. Philem. — Philemon.
Gal. —Calendar. Mk. -Mark. Rom. — Bomans.
Col. — Colossians. Mt. — Matthew. Skeir. — ftkeireins.
Cm-. — Corinthians. Neap. Doc.—Neapolitan doo- These. — Thessalonians.
Eph. — Kphesians. anient. Tim. —Timothy.
Gal. --Galatians. Nell. — Nehemiali. Tit. — Titus.
 Aiwaggeljo pairh Mabbaiu.

Chapter III. usleibib af witoda, unte allata

11 A];>ban ik in watin izwis wairbib.
daupja ib sa afar mis gagganda
;
19 lb saei nu gatairib ainaie=35
swmboza mis ist, bizei ik ni im anabusne bizo minnistono jah
wairbs ei anahneiwands andbin- laisjai swa mans, minnista hai-
dau skaudaraip skohis is; sah tada in biudangardjai himine; i]>
ban izwis daupeib in ahmin wei- saei taujib jah laisjai swa, sah
hamma. mikils haitada in biudangardjai
Chapter V. himine.

8 Audagai ]>aihrainjahairtans, 20 qiba auk izwis ]>atei nibai

unte bai gnb gasailuand. managizo wairbib izwaraizos ga-
15 ... ak ana lukarnastabin, raihteins bau bize bokarje jah
.

jah liuhteib allaim bairn in bam- Fareisaie, ni bau qimi]? in biu-

ma garda. dangardjai himine.
1G swa liuhtjai liuhab izwar in 21 hausidedub batei qiban ist

andwairbja manne, ei gasailrai- bairn airizam ni maurbrjais

: ; i]>

na izwara goda waurstwa jah saei maurbreibj skula wairbib

hauhjama at tan izwarana bana stauai.
in himinam. 22 abban
qi^a izwis ]?atei ik
]g=33 17 ni hugjaib ei qemjau gatai-luazuh modags brobr seinamma
ran witob aibbau praufetuns ni sware skula wairbib stauai; ib
;

qam gatairan ak usfulljan. saei qibib brobr seinamma raka,

kl=34 18 Amen auk qiba izwis, und skula wairbib gaqumbai abban ;

batei usleibib himins jah airba, saei qi]ub dwala, skula wairbib
jota ains aibbau ains strike ni in gaiainnan funins.

The fragments of Mt. more than % of the Greek text) are preserved as
{a little
follows: —
Hi, 11 and V, 8 in Skeir. Ill, d and VI, d, respectively XXV, H8— ;

XXVI, 3. XXYT, 65— XXVII, 1 in the Ambrosian Codex C; V, 15— VI, 32. VII,
12— X, 1. X, 23-XI, 25. XXVI, 70—XXVTI, 19. XXVII, 42—66 in the Codex
Argenteus Hence the verses XXVI, 71— XXVII, 1 are found twice.
V, 15. liuhteij?, for the incorrect liuteip in CA. — 17. ei qemjau in CA perhaps
:

ei ik qemjau, the ik being erased.

 Matthew V

23 jabai nu bairais aibr bein 32 ib ik qiba izwis ]>atei lira-

du hunslastada jah jainar gamu- zuh saei afletib qen seina inuh
neis batei brobar j^eius habaib fairina kalkinassaus, taujib bo
Ira bi buk, horinon, jah sa izei afsatida liu-
24 aflet jainar bo giba beina gaib, horinob.
in andwairbja hunslastadis jah 33 aftra hausidedu]? ]?atei qi-
gagg faurbis gasibjon brobr bei- ban ist ]:>aim airizam ni ufar- :

namma, jah bibe atgaggands at- swarais, ib usgibais fraujin ai-

bair ]?o giba beina. pans beinans.
]q=36 25 Sijais waila hugjands an- 34 abban ik qiba izwis ni swa-
dastauin beinammasprauto, und ran allis, ni bi himina, unte stols
batei is in wiga mi]? imma ; ibai ist gubs,
Iran atgibai buk sa andastaua 35 nih bi airbai, unte fotu-
stauin, jah sa staua buk atgibai baurd ist fotiwe is, nih bi Iairu-
andbahta, jah in karkara galag- saulymai, unte baurgs ist ]us
jaza. mikilins Juudanis
26 amen qiba bus, ni usgaggis 36 nih bi haubida ]>einamma
jainbro, unte usgibis bana min- swarais, unte ni magi; ain tagl
nistan kintu. lireit aib]?au swart gataujan.
lz=37 27 Hausidedu]? ]>atei qiban ist:
37 sijaib ban waurd izwar ja
ni horinos.
ja, ne ne, ib bata managizo bairn
28 abban ik qiba izwis batei
us bamma ubilin ist.
hrazuh saei sailrib qinon du lu-
ston izos, ju gahorinoda izai in
38 hausidedub batei qiban ist
hairtin seinamma.
augo und augin jah tunbu und
29 jabai
ib augo
]?ein ]?ata
tunbau.
taihswo marzjai bilk, usstigg ita 3D ib ik qiba izwis ni andstan-
jah wairp af bus batizo ist auk dan alhs bamma unseljin.
;

]ms ei fraqistnai ains li]?iwe ]?ei- Ak jabai liras buk stautai bi lh=38
naize jah ni allata leik bein ga- taihswon ]>eina kinnu, wandei
driusai in gaiainnan. imma jah bo anbara;
30 jah jabai taihswo beina 40 jah bamma wiljandin mib
handus marzjai ]mk, afmait bo ]ms staua jah paida ]>eina ni-
jah wairp af bus batizo ist auk man, aflet imma jah wastja.
;

bus ei fraqistnai ains libiwe bei- 41 Jah jabai luas buk ana-l]>=.'U>
naize jah ni allata leik bein ga- naubjai rasta aina, gaggais mi]»
driusai in gaiainnan. imma twos.
31 qibanuh ban ist batei lira- 42 bamma bidjandin ]>uk gi-
zuh saei afletai qen, gibai izai af- bais, jah bamma wiljandin af bus
stassais bokos. leiliran sis ni uswandiais.

29. usstigg; usstagg in (JA. 31. hjazuh; luahjazuk in CA.—S2. izei; ize inCA.
 Matthew V. VI. 3

43 hausidedub batei qiban ist: 4 so armahairtiba beina

ei sijai
frijos nehmndjan beinana jah in fulhsnja, jah atta beins saei
fiais fiand beinana; sailrib in fulhsnja, usgibib bus
m=40 44 Abba ik qiba izwis: frijo]? in bairhtein.
fijands izwarans, biubjaib ]?ans 5 jah ban bidjaib, ni sijaib swa-
wrikandans izwis, waila taujaib swe bai liutans; unte fiijond in
]>aim hatjandam izwis, jah bid- gaqumbim jah waihstam plapjo
jaib bi bans usbriutandans izwis; standandans bidjan, ei gaum-
45 ei wairbaib sunjus attins jaindau mannam. amen qiba
izwaris bis in himinam, unte sun- izwis, batei haband mizdon seina.
non seina urranneib ana ubilans 6 ib bu ban bidjais, gagg in
jah godans jah rigneib ana ga- hebjon beina jahgalukandshaur-
raihtans jah ana inwindans. dai beinai bidei du attin ])einam-
ma— 41 46 Jabai auk frijob bans fri- ma bamma in fulhsnja, jah atta
jondans izwis ainans, lro miz- }?eins saei sailrib in fulhsnja, us-
dono habaib? niu jah ]>ai biudo gibib bus in bairhtein.
bata samo taujand? 7 Bidjandansub ban ni filu-mg=43
47 jah jabai goleib bans fri- waurdjaib swaswe bai biudo;
jonds izwarans batainei, Ire ma- bugkeib im auk ei in nluwaur-
nagizo taujib? niu jah motar- dein seinai andhausjaindau.
jos bata samo taujand? 8 ni galeikob nu bairn wait ;

48 sijai]> nu jus fullatojai,

auk atta izwar bizei jusbaurbub,
swaswe atta izwar sa in himinam faurbizei jus bidjaib ina.
fullatojis ist.
9 swa nu bidjaib jus Atta lin-
:

Chapter VI. ear bu in himinam, weihnainamo

mb=42 1 Atsailrib armaion izwara ni bein
taujan in and\vair]>ja manne du qimai biudinassus ]>eins;
10
sailran im; aibbau laun ni ha- wairbai wilja beins swe in himi-
baib fram attin izwarammabam- na jah ana airbai;
ma himinam.
in 11 unsarana ]>ana sintei-
hlaif
2 ban nu taujais armaion, ni nan gif uns himma daga;
haurnjais faura bus, swaswe bai 12 jah aflet uns batei skulans
liutans taujand in gaqum]>im sijaima, swaswe jah weis afletam
jah in garunsim, ei hauhjaindau ]?aim skulam unsaraim;
fram mannam. amen qiba izwis, 13 jah ni briggais uns in frai-
andnemun mizdon seina. 3 ib stubnjai, ak lausei uns af bamma
]>uk taujandan armaion, ni witi unte beina ist biudangar-
ubilin,
hleidumei beina Ira taujib taihs- di jah mahts jah wulbus in ai-
wo ]>eina, wins. amen.

TT. 4. fulhsnja {the second): fulhsja in CA. — 5. plapjo; L. suggests platjo. —

6. fulhsnja (the second) ; fulhlsuja in CA.
 Matthew VI. VII.

md=44 14 Unte jabai afletij^ mannam baramma

frakann. ni magub
missadedins ize, afletib iali izwis gu]>a skalkinon jah mammonin.
atta izwar sa ufar himinam 2."i Du]>]>e qiba izwis, ni niaur-uu>=:4i>

15 i)> jabai ni afieti]» mannam naib eaiwalai izwarai Ira mat-

missadedins ize, ui ]>au atta iz- jaib jah lva drigkaib, nih leik a
war afleti]' missadedins izwaros. izwaramma Ire wasjai)>. niu sai-
=4 1G A]>]>an bi]>e fastaib, ui wair- wala mais ist fodeinai jah leik
baib swaswe ]>ai liutans gaurai wast jom?
frawardjand auk andwairbja sei- 26 ineaihjib du fuglam himinis.
na. ei gasailraindau mannam ]?ei ni saiand nih sneiband nih
fastandans. amen qiba izwis ]>a- lisand in banstins, jah atta izwar
tei andnemun mizdon seina. sa ufar himinam fodeib ins niu ;

17 ib ]m fastands salbo haubi]> jus mais wulbrizans sijub bairn?

]>ein jah ludja beina Jnvah, 27 ib Iras izwara maurnande
18 ei ni gasailvaizau mannam mag anaaukan ana wahstu sei-
fastands, ak attin J'einamma nana aleina aiua?
]>amma in fulhsnja, jah atta 28 jah bi wastjos lrasaurgai}>?
beins, saei sailrib in fulhsnja, us- gakunnai]> blomans haibjos lrai-
gibi]> ]ms. wa Avahsjand ; ni arbaidjand nih
19 ni huzdjai]> izwishuzda ana spinnand,
airbai, barei malo jah nidwa fra- 29 qibuh ]>an izwis batei nih Sa u-
wardeib, jah ]>arei ]uubos ufgra- laumon in allamma wulbau sei-
band jah hlifand nammaga\vasidasiksweains]uze.
mq=46 20 lb huzdjai]> izwis huzda in 30 jah bande }?ata hawi haib-
himina, barei nih malo nih nidwa jos himma daga wisando jah
frawardei]?, jah ]>arei biubos ni gistradagis in auhn galagib gub
ufgraband nih stiland. swa wasjib, hraiwa mais izwis,
21 barei auk ist huzd izwar. leitil galaubjandans?
baruh ist jah hairto izwar. 31 ni maurnaib nu qi]>andans:
inz=47 22 Lukarn leikis ist augo. ja- hra matjam ai]>]>au lva drigkani
bai nu augo bein ainfalb ist. alla- aibbau Ire wasjaima ?
ta leik ]>eiu liuhadein wairbib; 32 all auk bata jnudos sok-
23 ib jabai augo ]?ein unsel ist, jaud waituh ]>an atta izwar sa :

allata leik ]>ein riqizein wairbib. ufar himinam batei baurbub. ...
jabai nu liuhab bata in bus riqiz Chaptek VII.
ist, bata riqiz bjan filu? 12 jaina. izwis mans, swa . . .

jiih=48 24 Ni manna mag twaim frau- iali jus taujaib im; bata auk is1
jam skalkinon; unte jabai fijaib witob iali praufeteis.
ainana. jah anbarana frijob, aib- 13 inngaggaib bairh aggwu
)'au ainamma ufhauseib, ib an- dam•.; unte braid daurjah rams

24. mammonin ; faihu)?ra . . . in tin• margin, as a, gloss; </•. La. XVI, IS.
VII, 12. . . . jaina; remainder of taujaiua.
 Matthew VII. V11I.

wigs sa brigganda in fralustai, min mahtins mikilos gatawide-

jah managai sind bai inngalei- dum?
]?andans bairh bata. 23 jah ban andhaita im batei
14 Ivan aggwu bata daur jah ni 1 anhun kimba izwis afleibib ;

braihans wigs sa brigganda in fairra mis, jus waurkjandans

libainai, jah fawai sind bai bigi- unsibja.
tandans bana. 24 Salvazuh nu saei hauseibja=61
nq=56 15 AtsailuiJ? swejmuh faura waurda meina jah taujib bo, ga-
liugnapraufetum ]?aim izei qi- leiko ina waira frodamma, saei
mand at izwis in wastjom lam be. gatimrida razn sein ana staina.
ip innabro sind wulfos wihvan- 25 jah atiddja dalab rign jah
dans. qemun alvos jah waiwoun win-
16 bi akranam ize ufkunnaib dos jah bistugqun bi bammaraz-
ins. na jainamma, jah ni gadraus,
nz=57 Ibai lisanda af J>aurnumweina- unte gasulib was ana staina.
basja, aib])au af wigadeinom 26 jah lvazuh saei hauseib
smakkans? waurda meina jah ni taujib bo,
nh=58 17 Swa all bagme godaize galeikoda mann dvvalamma, saei
akrana goda gataujib, ib sa ubi- gatimrida razn sein ana malmin.
la bagms akrana ubila gataujib. 27 jah atiddja dalab rign jah
18 ni mag bagms biubeigs qemun alvos jah waiwoun win-
akrana ubila gataujan, nih dos jah bistugqun bi jainamma
bagms ubils akrana ]>iu]?eiga ga- razna, jah gadraus, jah was drus
taujan. is mikils.
=59 19 All bagme ni taujandane 28 Jah warb ban ustauh Iesus jb=62
akran god usmaitada jah in fon ]?o waurda, biabridedun mana-
atlagjada. geins ana laiseinai is.
20 ]?annu bi akranam ize uf- 29 was auk laisjands ins swe
kunnai]> ins. waldufni habands jah ni swaswe
21 ni lvazuh saei qi]u]> mis bokarjos.
frauja frauja, inngalei]?i]> in ]>iu-
dangardja himine, ak sa tau- Chapter VIII.
jands wiljan attins meinis bis in 1 Dalab ban atgaggandin im-jg— 63
himinam. ma af fairgunja, laistidedun afar
j=60 22 Managai qiband mis in jai- imma iumjons managos.
namma daga: frauja frauja, niu 2 jah sai manna brutsflll ha-
]?einamma namin praufetidedum bands durinnands in wait ina qi-
jah beinamma namin unhul]>ons bands: frauja, jabai wileis, magt
uswanrpum, jah beinamma na- mik gahrainjan.

IS. wigs; for wigis in MS., a corrected form of the original wiggs. —
23. 24.
unsibja sahjazuh; so L., hut uusibjaua: lvazuh in MS. ; cy. Gal. IV, 5. Bo. IX, 4.
 6 Matthew Till.

3 jah ufrakjands handu attai- 12 ib ]iai sunjus biudangardjoe

tok imma qibands: wiljau. wair]> uewairpanda in riqis bata hin-
brains, jah suns hraiii war]' ]m- dumisto; jainar wairpib grets
ta brutsfill is. jah krusts tun]?i\ve.
4 jah qab imma Iesus: sailr 13 Jah qab IeBUsbammahun-jq=66
ei maim ni qibais, ak gagg, ]uik dafada: gagg, jah swaswe galau-
silban ataugei gudjin, jah atbair bides, wairbai ]uis. jah gahail-
giba boei anabaup Moses du' noda sa biumagus is in jainai
weitwodibai im. lveilai.
jd=64 5 Afaruh ban bata innatgag- 14 Jah qimands Iesus in garda jz=67
gandin imma in Kafamaum, Paitraus gasalr swaihron is li-
duatiddja imma hundafabs bid- gandein jah in heitom.
jands ina 1 5 jah attaitok handau izos,
6 jah qibands: frauja. ]'iu- jah aflailot ija so heito jah ur- ;

magus meins ligi]? in garda us- iais jah andbahtida imma.

liba,harduba balwibs. 1G at andanahtja ban waurba-
7 jah qab du imma Iesus: ik namma athernn du imma dai-
qimands gahailja ina. monarjans managans; jah us-
8 jah andhafjands sa hunda- warp bans ahmans waurda, jah
fabs qa]?: frauja, niimwairbsei allans bans ubil habandans ga-
uf hrot mein inngaggais; ak ba- hailida,
tainei qi]> waurda, jah gahailni]> 17 ei usfullnodedi ]>ata game-
sa biumagus meins. lido bairn Esalan praufetu qiban-
9 jah auk ik manna im hn- dan sa unmahtins unsaros us- :

bands uf waldufnja meinamma nam

jah sauhtins usbar.
gadrauhtins, jah qiba du bam- 18 gasailrands ]>an Iesus ma-
ma: gagg, jah gaggib, jah anba- nagans hinhmans bi sik haihait
ramma: qim, jah qimib, jah du galei]'an siponjaus hindar ma-
skalka meinamma: tawei bata, rein.
jah taujib. 10 Jah duatgaggands ains bo-jb=G8
10 gahauejands ban Iesus sil- kareie qab du imma: laisari,
daleikida jah qab du ]>aim afar- laistja buk ]>islraduh badei gag-
laistjandazn : amen qiba izwis, ni gis.
in Israela swalauda galaubein jah qa]> du imma Iesus:
l'i)

bigat. fauhons grobos aigun jah fug-

je=65 11 Abban qi]m izwis ]>atei nia- los himinia eitlans, sunns mans
nagai fram ommsa jah saggqa ni habaib h?ar haubib sein ana-
qimand jah anakumbjand mi]> linaiwjai.
Alwaliama jah Isaka jah Iakoba 21 anbaruh ban siponje is qab
in biudangardjai himine; du imma: frauja. uslaubei mis

Mil. 14. jah (tin• aecoud); in CA it stands before gauahr, not Itefore in
heitom.
 Matthew VIII. IX.

frumist galetyan jah gafilhan at- 32 jah qab du im: gaggib, ib

tan meinana. eis usgaggandans galibun in
22 ib Iesus qab du imma: lai- hairda sweine; jah sai run ga-
stei afar mis, jah let bans dau- waurhtedun sis alia so hairda
]?ans filhan seinans daubans. and driuson in marein, jah ga-
jf>=G9 23 Jah innatgaggandin imma daubnodedun in watnam.
in skip, afariddjedun imma si- 33 ib bai haldandans gaj^lau-
ponjos is. hun, jah galeibandans gataihun
24 jah sai wegs mikils war]? in baurg all bi bans daimonar-
in marein, swaswe bat a skip ga- jans,
hulib wairban fram wegim ib is 34 jah sai alLa so baurgsusidd-
;

saislep. ja wibra Iesu. jah gasaihran-

25 jah duatgaggandans sipon- dans ina bedun ei uslibi hindar
jos urraisidedun ina qiban- markos
is ize.
dans frauja, nasei unsis, fraqist-
:

nam. Chapter IX.

26 jah qab du im Iesus: lea 1 Jah atsteigands in skip ufar-u=70
faurhtei]?, galaubjandans?
leitil laib jah qam in seinai baurg.
banuh urreisands gasok windam 2 ]?anuh atberun du imma us-
jah marein, jah warb wis inikil. liban ana ligra Ugandan; jah
27 ib bai mans sildaleikidedun gasailuands Iesus galaubein ize
qibandans hjileiks ist sa, ei jah
:
qab du bamma uslibin: brafstei
windos jah marei ufhausjand im- bilk, barnilo, afletanda bus fra-
ma? waurhteis beinos.
28 jah qimandin imma hindar
3 ]?aruh sumai ]?ize bokarje qe-
marein in gauja Gairgaisaine,
bun in sis silbam: sa wajamereib.
gamotidedun imma twai daimo-
narjos us hlaiwasnom rinnan-
4 jah witands Iesus bos mito-
ize qa]>: dulue jus mito]>
dans sleidjai filu, swaswe ni mah- nins
ubila in hairtam izwaraim?
ta manna uslei]?an bairh ]?ana
wig jainana. Iv/abar ist raihtis azetizo qi-
29 jah sai hropidedun qi]?an- ]?an: afletanda bus frawaurhteis,
dans lea uns jah bus, Iesu, su-
:
]?au qiban: urreis jah gagg?
nu gubs? qamt her faur mel G a]?ban ei witeib batei wal-
balwjan unsis? dnfni habai]> sa sunus mans ana
30 wasuh ]>an fairra im hairda airbai afletan frawaurhtins, ba-
sweine managaize haldaua. nuh qa]> du bamma uslibin: ur-
31 ib bo skohsla bedun ina qi- reisands nim ]>ana ligr J?einana
bandans jabai uswairpis uns, jah gagg in gard ]>einana.
:

uslaubei uns galei]?an in bo hair- 7 jah urreisands galai]? in gard

da sweine. seinana.

20. buiiu; aunau in CA. IX, 6. afletan: afieitan in CA.

 8 Matthew IX.

8 gasaihrandeins ban mana- 17 ni}? ban giutand wein niu-

geins ohtedun sildaleikjandans jata in balgins fairnjans, aibbau
jah mikilidedun gub pana giban- distaurnand balgeis, bibeh ban
dan waldufni swaleikata man- jah wein usgutni]? jah balgeis fra-
na m. qistnand, ak giutand wein jug-
ua=71 9 Jah bairhleibands Iesus jain- gata in balgins niujans. jah ba-
pro gasalr mannan sitandan at jo]mm gabairgada.
motai, Ma]}]>aiu haitanana, jah 18 Mipbanei is rodida bata duud=7t
qab du imma: laistei afar mis, im, ]?aruh reiks ains qimands in-
jahusstandands iddja afar imma. wait ina qimands ]?atei dauhtar
ub=72 10 Jah war];», bibe is anakum- meina nu gaswalt ; akei qimands
bida in garda, jah sai managai atlagei handu ]>eina ana iia. jah
motarjos jah frawaurhtaiqiman- libaib.
dans mibanakumbidedun Iesua 10 jah urreisands Iesus iddja
jah siponjam is. afar imma
jah siponjos is.
lljahgaumjandansFareisaieis 20 jah sai qino blo]?arinnandei
qebun du]>aim siponjam is: dulre .ib . wintruns duatgaggandei
mij? motarjam jah frawaurhtaim aftaro attaitok skauta Avastjosis.
matjib sa laisareis izwar? 21 qa]mh auk in sis jabai ba- :

ug=73 12 I]' Iesus gahausjands qa]> tainei atteka wastiai is, ganisa.
du im ni banrtran hailai lekeis,
: 22 ib Iesus gawandjands sik
ak bai unhaili habandans. jah gasailrands ]>o qa]» brafstei :

13 a]»]?an gaggai]?, ganimi]» bnk, dauhtar, galaubeins beina

lua sijai: armahairtiba wiljau ganasida bnk. jah ganas so qino
jah ni hunsl. ni]? ban qam la]?on fram bizai Ireilai jainai.
uswaurhtans ak frawaurhtans. 23 jah qimands Iesus in garda
14 banuh atiddjedun siponjos bis reikis jah gasailrands swigl-
Iohannes qibandane: dulre weis ians iah haurnianshaurniand;ins
jah Fareisaieis fastam filu, \\> bai jah managein auhjondein qab du
siponjos ]?einai ni fastand? im
15 jah qa]> du im Iesus: ibai 24 afleiju]?, unte ni gaswalt so
magun snnjns brubfadis qainon mawi, ak slepib. jah bihlohun
und bata hreilos ]>ei mib im is1 ina.
brabfabs? i]> atgaggand dagos 25 banuh ban usdribana war]»
ban afnimada af im sa brnbfabs, so managei atgaggands inn ha- ,

jah ban fastand. baida handu izos, jah urrais so

10 a]»]>an ni lrashun lagjib du mawi.
plata fanan barihis ana snagan 2G jah usiddja meriba so and
fairnjana; unte afnimi]» fullon af alia jaina air]>a.
bamma snagin, jah wairsiza ga- 27 Jah hrarbondin Iesua jain-ne=75
taura wairbib. ]?ro, laistidedun afar imma twai

]'. atgaggand; ahraggxaiid in C'.l.

 Matthew IX. . 9

blindans hropjandans jah qiban- 37 panuh qa]? du siponjam sei-uh=78

dans: armai uggkis, sunu Dawei- naim: asans raihtis managa, ib
dis. waurstwjans fawai.
28 qimandin ban in garda 38 bidjib nu fraujan asanais
duatiddjedun imma baiblindans, ei ussandjai waurstwjans in asan
jah qab im Iesus: ga-u-laubjats seina.
]?atei nmgjau bata taujan? qe-
Chapter X.
]juii du imma: jai, frauja.
1 Jah athaitands bans twalifup=79
29 banuh attaitok augam ize
si. . .
qibands: bi galaubeinai iggqarai
23 ... bizai baurg, bliuhaib .

wairbai iggqis.
in anbara; amen auk qiba izwis
30 jah usluknodedun im au-
ei ni ustiuhib baurgs Israelis unte
gona. jah inagida ins Iesus qi-
qimib sa sunus mans.
bands: sailr/ats ei manna ni witi.
31 ib eis usgaggandans usme- 24 Nist siponeis ufar laisarja, y=90
ridedun ina in allai airbai jainai. nih skalks ufarfraujinseinamma.
32 banuh bi]?e ut usiddjedun 25 ganah siponi ei wairbai swe
laisareis is, jah skalks swe frauja
eis, atberun imma mannan
sai
is.
baudana daimonari.
33 jah bibe usdribans warb Jabai gardawaldand Baiailzai- ya=91
unhulbo, rodida sa dumba, jah bul haihaitun, und Iv/an filu mais
sildaleikidedun manageins qi-
bans innakundans is.
bandans: ni aiw swa uskunb was 26 nunu ogeib izwis ins.
ni
in Israela. Ni waiht auk ist gahuli]> batei yb=92
34 i\> Fareisaieis qebun: in fau- ni andhuljaidau, jah fulgin batei
ramablja unkulbono usdreibib ni ufkunnaidau.
unhul]?ons. 27
qiba izwis in riqiza, ug=93
J)atei
uq=7G 35 Jah bitauh Iesus baurgs qibaib in liuhada; jah batei in
alios jah haimos, laisjands in auso gahauseib, merjaib ana
gaqumjum ize jah merjands ai- hrotam.
waggeljon ]>iudangardjos jah 28 jah ni ogeib izwis bans us-
hailjands alios sauhtins jah alia qimandans leika batainei, ib sai-
unhailja. •
walai ni magandans usqiman;
uz=77 36 Gasaihrands ban bos ma- ib ogeib mais bana magandan
nageins infeinoda in ize,unte jah saiwalai jah leika fraqistjan
wesun afdauidai jah frawaur- in gaiainnan.
panai swe lamba ni habandona 29 niu twai sparwans assarjau
hairdeis. bugjanda? jah ains ize ni gadriu-

27. sunu; sunau in CA. —

36. afdauidai; Holtzmanii, 'Altdeutsche Gramma-
tik', j). !', .suggests ai'mauidai.
X, 1. si ...; the first two letters of siponjans. /// CA there is a gap between
si . . . and ]>izai in 23.
 10 Matthew . XI.

sib ana inuh attins izwaris garaihtana in namin garaihtis

air]?a
wilj an. mizdon garaihtis nimib.
30 a])])an izwara jah tagla 42 Jah saei gadragkeib ainanar=10O
haubidis alia garabana sind. ]uze niinnistane stikla kaldis wa-
31 nunu ogei]?; managaim tins ]?atainei in namin siponeis,
ni
sparwam batizans siju]> jus. amen qiba izwis ei ni fraqistei]>
32 salrazuh nu saei andhaitib mizdon seinai.
mis in andwairbja manne, and-
haita jah ik innna in andwairbja Chapter XL
attins meinis, saei in himinam 1 Jah war]> bibe usfullida Ie-ra=101
ist. sus anabiudauds bairn twalif si-
yd=94 33 lp bishranoh saei afaikib ponjam seinaim, ushof sik jain-
mik in andwairbja manne, afaika bro du laisjan jah merjan and
jah ik ina in andwairbja attins baurgs ize.
meinis ]?is saei in himinam ist. 2 I]? Iohannes gahausjands inrb=lQ2
ye=95 34 Nih ahjaib batei qemjau karkarai waurstwa Xristaus. in-
lagjan gawairbi ana airba ni sandjands bi siponjam seinaim
:

qam lagjan gawairbi ak hairu. 3 qa]? du imma: ]?u is sa qi-

35 qam auk
skaidan mannan manda bau anbarizuh beidaima?
wibra attan is jah dauhtarwi]?ra 4 jah andhafjands Iesus qab
aij>ein izos jah brub wibra swaih- du im gaggandans gateihi]>
:

ron izos, Iohanne batei gahauseib jah ga-

3G jah fijands mans innakun- sairoib:
dai is. 5 blindai ussailrand jah hal-
yq=9G 37 Saei frijo]> attan aibbau tai gaggand, bmtsfillai hrainjai
aibein ufar mik, nist meina wairband jah baudai gahaus-
wairbs; jah saei frijob sunu aib- jand, jah daubai urreisand jah
bau dauhtar ufar mik, nist meina unledai wailamerjanda;
A\air]?s (i jah audags ist lrazuh saei
38 jah saei ni nimib galgan ni gamarzjada in mis.
seinana jah laistjai afar mis, 7 at ])aim ban afgaggandam
nist meina wairbs. dugann Iesus qiban balm mana-
yz=97 39 Saei bigiti]> saiwala seina, geim bi Johannen: lua usiddje-
fraqisteib izai, jah saei fraqisteib dnb ana aujnda sailran? raus
saiwalai seinai in meina. bigitib fram winda wagidata.
bo. 8 akei Ira usiddjedub sailran?
yh=98 40 Sa andnimands izwis mik mannan hnasqjaim wastjom ga-
andnimib, jah sa mik andni- wasidana? sai baiei hnasqjaim
mands andnimib ]>ana sandjan- wasidai sind. in gardim biudane
(lan mik. si nd.

y }?=99 41 Sa andnimands praufetu in 9 akei Ira usiddjedub sailran?

namin praufetaus mizdon prau- praufetn? jai qiba izwis, jah ma-
fetis nimib, jah sa andnimands nagizo praufetan.
 Matthew XI. XXV. 11

rg=103 10 Sa ist auk bi banei game- war]? handugei fram barnam sei-
lib ist: sai ik insandja aggilu naim.
meinana faura bus, saei gaman- 20 panuh dugann idweitjan rh=l08
wei]> wig beinana faura bus. baurgim in baimei waurbun bos
rd=l04 11 Amen qiba izwis, ni urrais managistons mahteis is, patei ni
iu baurim qinono maiza Iohanne idreigodedun sik:
bamina daupjandin; ib sa min- 21 wai pus Kaurazein, wai pus
niza in biudangardjai himine Bepsaidan; unte ip waurbeina in
maiza imma ist. Tyre jah Seidone lanna mahteis
re=105 12 Framuh ban baim dagam pos waurbanons in izwis, airis
Iohannis bis daupjandins und />au in sakkau jah azgon idrei-
hita biudangardi himine ana- gOdedeina.
mahtjada, jah anamahtjandans 22 swebauh (\\pa izwis: Tyrim
frawilwand bo. jah Seidonim sutizo irairbib in
13 allai auk praufeteis jah \vi- daga stauos pau izwis.
tob und Iohanne fauraqebun 23 jah bu Kafarnaura, pu und
14 jah jabai wildedei]? mibni- himin ushauhida, dalap und
man, sa ist Helias, saei skulda halja, galeibis;
qiman. Unte jabai in £audaumjamrb=10i)
15 saei habai axisona hausjan- waur\>eina 7?2ahteis bos waurba-
dona «vihausjaf. nons in izwis, aibbau eis weseina
rq=l06 16 Hwe nu galeiko bata ku/2i? und hina dag.
galeik ist barnam sitandam in 24 swebauh qiba izwis batei
garunsim jah wopjandam anbar airbai Saudaumje sutizo wair]?ib
anbaris in daga stauos ban bus.
17 jah qipandam: swiglodedum 25 Inuh jainamma rnela and-ri=no
izwis jah ni plinsidedub; hnium haf
jah ni qainodedub. Chapter XXV.
rz=l07 18 Qam raihtis Iohanfies nih 38 kranuh ban buk sehmm
maijands nih drigkanr/s•, jah qi- gast jah gala]>odedum? aibbau
band: unhulbo/2 habaip; naqadana jah wasidedum?
19 qam sa sunus mans mat- 39 hranuh ban buk sehmm siu-
jandsjah drigkands, \ah qipand: kana aibbau in karkarai ja atidd-
sai manna, afetja jah aMragkja, jedum du bus?
motarje frijonds jah frawaurh- 40 jah andhafjands sa biudans
taize. jah uswaurhta gadomida (\\]n]> du im: amen qiba izwis,

XI, 10. meinana; meinna in CA. —

15. Uppstrom (in his 'Decern Codicis Ar-
gentei Rediviva Folia') remarks: 'Hujus folii magna pars avulsa interiit, quo fac-
tum est, ut non nisi supplendo textum integrum restituere Editores potuerint.' —
The gaps between 15 and 24 are filled up according to Lu. VII, 31 et seq. X, IS et
s,,
7 .
_
26. angaria; so according to Lu. 7, 32 (See § 20); or anj>arana (See § 25,
DOte l).—25. andhaf a part of andhafjands. There is a gap in CA, from audhaf
. .
.
;

... to XXVI, 70, the verses XXV, 3S—XXVI, 70 are from the Ambrosian Codex C.
12 Matthew XXV. XXVI.

jali ]>; tawidedu)? ainamma ()."> . . . ]>anrbuni weitwode? sai

]>iz<» minnistane broJ?re meinaize, mi gahausidedu)? ]>o wajamerein
mis tawideduj?. is.

41 ]>anuh qij?ij? jah ]>aim af <><; Ira izwis JjugkeiJ?? eis

hleidumein ferai: gaggty fairra andhafjandansqe]uin: skula dan-

mis. jus frnqi]>anans. in foil ]>ata isms ist.

aiweino ]>ata manwido unhul]nn (57 panuh spiwun ana anda-tig=313

jah aggilom is. wleizn is jah kanpaetednn ina.
42 unte gredags was jan ni sumaij? J>an lofam slohun
gebuj) mis mat jan. af]niursi)>s 68 qi]>andans: pranfetei unsis.
was jan ui dragkidedu)? mik. Xristu, Iras ist sa slahands ]nik?
43 gasts jan ni <iala]>odedu]> (
(j .) I]> Paitrns uta sat anatid=314
mik, naqa]>s jan ni wasidedu]> rohenai; jah duntiddja imma
mik, sinks jah in karkarai jan aina ]>iwi qfyandei: jah ]ui wast
ni gaweisodedu)? meina. Iesua ]>amma (mleilaiau.
44 ]>anuh andhafjand jah J>ai 70 is langnida faura ]>aim
qi]>andans: frauja, Iran ]>uk allaim qij>ands: ni wait lva qijus.
selruni gredagana ai|>]\-iu af- 71 Usgaggandan ]>an ina intie=315
|>aursidana ai]>)>au gast ai]>]>au
danr, gasaro ina an]?ara jah qn]>
naqadana ai)>|'au siukana ai)>]>au dn ]>aim jainar: jah sa was mij>
in karkarai jan ni andbahtide-
Iesua I'amma Xazoraiau.
deima )ais?
72 jah aftra afaiaik mi]> ai]>a
I•"» ])anuh andhafji]> im qi-
swarands ]»atoi ni kann ]>ana
I'amls: amen jah J>a- qij>a izwis:
mannan.
nei ui tawidedu]> ainamma ]>ize
73 afar ]>an atgaggan•
leitil
leitilane, mis ni tawidedn)».
dans ]>ai standandans qe]uin
46 jah galeijrand ]>ai in bal- Paitrau: l»i snnjai jah ]m |?izeis,
wein aiweinon, i]> J?ai garaihtans auk razda handwei]>
jah ]>t>ina
in Libain aiweinon.
]>uk.
Chapteb XXVI. 7 1 ]'anuli dngann afdomjan
1 Jah \var]> l>i]»»> usinuh Iesus jah swaran |»;it im ni kann ]>ana
alia |'<> waurda, qaj> eiponjam mannan: jah suns liana hrukida.
eeinaim: 7•" Jah gamunda Paitrns waur-tiq=8l6

2 witu]' ]>atoi afar tuans da- dis h'suis qi]»anis du sis. J?atei
gans paska wair]>i]>. jas ea sunns faur hanins hruk ]>riiu
mans atgibada dn ushramjan. afaikis mik: jah usgaggands ut
3 |)anuh .
gaigrot baitraba.
. .

XX . / / aehram ; eebjun in MS. — 45. bawidedup; ACS. has tawidup.— XX 17.

7<>. with ha CA begins again. — 71. jah sa in CA, jas sa Ambr. — T-. /'// ('.

afaiaik ;'//
CA, langnida ;/) Ambr. C. — standandans in CA, etandans
7-i. Ambr. /'/; (':

Paitrau in CA, An Paitrau

in Ambr.C. Uppstromsajs: 'Sbrarioa primnm acripait
qebun du Paitrau; thinde p&rticulam du expungendam ease Uneoba avpra indue-
tis indkarit. —
.. afaikis in CA, inwidie //; Ambr. C.
 Matthew XXVII. 13

Chapter XXVII. bu is biudans Iudaie? ib Iesus

tiz=3i7 1 At maurgin banwaurjmnana qab du imma: bu qibis.
runa nemun allai (bai) gudjans 12 Jah mibbanei wrohibs wastka=32l
jah bai siuistans manageins bi fram baim gudjam jah sinistam,
Iesu, ei afdaubidedeina ina. ni waiht andhof.
tih=318 2 Jah gabindandans ina ga- imma Pei-
13 banuh qab du
tauhun jah anafulhun ina Paun- latus: niu hauseis Ivan filu ana

tiau Peilatau kindina. buk weitwodjand?

14 jah ni andhof imma wibra
ti]?=319 3 panuh gasaihrands Iudas sa
ni ainhun waurde, swaswe silda-
galewjands ina batei du stauai
leikida sa kindins filu.
gatauhans warb, idreigonds ga-
15 And dulbbanhrarjoh bkihts tkb=322
wandida bans brins tiguns silu-
was sa kindins fraletan ainana
breinaize gudjani jah sinistam
bizai managein bandjan banei
4 qibands: frawaurhta mis ga- wildedun.
lewjands blob swikn, ib eis qe-
16 Habaidedunuh ban band-tkq=323
bun: hra kara unsis? bu witeis.
jan gatarhidana, Barabban.
5 jah atwairpands baim silu- 17 gaqumanaim ban im, qab
bram in alh aflaib, jah galei- im Peilatus: hrana wileib ei fra-
bands ushaihah sik. letau izwis, Barabban bau Iesu,
6 ib bai gudjans nimandans saei haitada Xristus?
bans skattans qebun: ni skuld 18 wissa auk batei in neibis
ist lagjan bans in kaurbanaun, atgebun ina.
unte andawairbi blobis ist. 19 Sitandin ban imma anatkd=324
7 garuni ban nimandans us- stauastola, insandida du imma
bauhtedun us baim bana akr qens is qibandei: ni waiht bus
kasjins du usiilhan ana gastim. jah bamma garaihtin . . .

8 dubbe haitans warb akrs 42 Israelis ist, atsteigadau

. . .

jains akrs blobis und hina dag. nu af l»amma galgin, ei gasai-

9 banuh usfullnoda bata qi- hraima jah galaubjam imma.
bano bairh Iairaimian praufetu 43 trauaida du guba, laus-
qibandan: jah usnemun brins jadau nu ina, jabai wili ina; qab
tiguns silubreinaize andawairbi auk batei gubs im sunus.
bis wairbodius, batei garahnide- 44 patuh samo jah bai wai-tlb=339
dun fram sunum Israelis, dedjans bai mibushramidans im-
10 jah atgebun ins und akra kas- ma idweitidedun imma.
jins, swaswe anabaub mis frauja. 45 Fram saihston ban hreilai tm=34rO
tk=320 11 lb Iesus stob faura kindina; war)) riqis ufar allai airbai und
ja frah ina sa kindins qibands lveila niundon.

XXVII, 1. CA, garuni in Ambr. C.

runa in gudjans in CA, bai gudjans in
Anibr. C. Before sinistaus Ambr. C. breaks off. silubreinaize; silubrinaize in CA.
—
andawairbi andwairbi in CA; cp. 9, and andabauhts, andalauni. 9. andawairbi
;

andwairbi in CA, the a after d is put above the line. —

15. luarjoh luarjanok in CA.
;
 1 1 Matthew XXVII.

tma=341 46 I]> ban bi lreila niundon 57 I]' ]'an seibu Avar}?, qamtmh=348
ufhropida Iesus stibnai manua gabigs af Areimabaias,
inikilai
qibands: Helei Helei lima sibak- bizuh iiamo Iosef, saei jah silba
]>;mi, batei ist: gub meins gu]> sipouida Iesua;
meine, dulue mis bilaist? 58 sab atgaggandsduPeilatau
47 i|> sumai bize jainar st;in- bab bis leikis Iesuis; banuh Pei-
dandane gahausjandans qe)>un latus uslaubida giban ]>ata leik.
batei Helian wopeib sa.
59 Jah nimands ]^ata leik Iosef tmj>=349
iinb=342 48 Jali Mins bragida ains us
biwand ita sabana hrainjamma,
jab nam swamm fulljands
1 1 1 1

GO jah galagida ita in niujam-

aketis, jah lagjands ana raus
ma seinamma hlaiwa, batei ns-
draggkida ina.
huloda ana staina, jahfaurwalw-
i)' )>;ii anbarai qebun: let. ei
(
l .»

jands staina mikilammadaurons

sailuamqimaiuHeliaenasjanina.
bis hlaiwis galaib.
tmg ••u:! 50 I)> Iesus aftra hropjauds
stibnai mikilai aflailot alimau. ( Wasuh ban jainar Marjatn=330
tmd=844 51 Jali ban faurhali alhs dis- Magdalene jab so anbara Marja
ekrituoda in twa iupabro uud sitandeins andwairbis bamma
dalab, jah airba inreiraida, hlaiwa.

tme=345 Jah etainos i]isskritnodedun, 62 Iftumin ban daga, saei isttna=351

52 jah hlaiwasnos usluknode- afar paraskaiwein, gaqemun au-
«l mi jah manage leika )>ize li- humistans gudjans jah Farei-
mdane weihaize urrisun. saieis du Peilatau
jah usgaggandans us hlai-
.":{ 63 qibandans: frauja, g-amun-
dedum J>atei jains airzjands qab
wasnom afar urrist is innateae-
gandana in bo weihon baurg jah nauh libands: afar ]>rins dagans
ataugidedun sik managaim. urreisa.
tmq 846 5 I]> hundafabs jah bai mi]>
1 04 bait mi wit an bamma hlai-
imma vritandans [esua, gasai- wa and bana bridjan dag, ibai
hjandans |>o reironjah bo waur- anfto qimandans bai eiponjosis
banona ohteduu abraba, qiban- binimaina imma jah qibaina du
dans: bi sunjai gubs sunns ist sa. mahagein urrais us daubaim, :

tmz=847 55 Wesunuh ban jainar qinons jah ist so spedizei airziba wairsi-
managos fairrabro saihrandeins, zei bizai frhmein.
bozei laistideduu afar [esua fram65 qab im Peilatus: habai]>
Galeilaia andbahtjandeinsimma; wardjans; gaggib witaiduh swa-
56 in baimei wee Maria bo ewe kunnub.
Magdalene, jah Maria so [akobis (K) i]> cis gaggandans galukuu
jah [osezis aibei, jah aibei Buniwe bata hlaiw faursigljandans ba-
Zaibaidaiaus. na. . . .

."/.
diaekritnoda; diekritnoda in CA. inreiraida; in is written above the line.
. [o« na; [oeei in [end of the fine); ep. Mk.XV, 40. 47. Lu. III. L'iK
< l
64. )>ii<]- —
|an; \md\iawCA. no/to; a/to in CA. epedixei; epeidisei in CA.
 Aiwaggeljo ]>airh Marku anastodeij*.

Chapter I.im wairps anahneiwands ik ni

a=l 1 Anastodeins aiwaggeljons andbindan skaudaraip skohe is.
Iesuis Xristaus sunaus gups. 8 appan ik daupja izwis in
2 swe gameli]? ist in Esa'iin watin, ip is daupeip izwis in
praufetau: sai ik insandja aggilu ahmin weihamma.
meinana faura pus, saei gaman- 9 Jah Avar]? in jainaim dagam e=5
weip wig ]?einana faura pus. qam Iesus fram Nazaraip Galei-
b=2 3 Stibna wopjandins in aupi- laias jah daupips was fram Io-
dai: manweip wig fraujins, raih- hanne in Iaurdane.
tos waurkeip staigos gups un-
10 jah suns usgaggands us
saris.
pamma watin gasahj usluka-
g=3 4 "Was Iohannes daupjands in
nans himinans jah ahman swe
aupidai jah merjands daupein id-
ahak atgaggandan ana ina.
reigos du aflageinai frawaurhte.
11 jah stibna qam ushiminam:
5 jah usiddjedun du imma all
pu is sunus meins sa liuba, in
Iudaialand jah Iairusaulymeis,
puzei waila galeikaida.
jah daupidai wesun allai in Iaur-
dane afrrai fram imma andhai- 12 Jah suns sai ahma ina us-q=G
tandans frawaurhtim seinaim. tauh in aupida.

6 wasup pan Iohannes gawa- 13 jah was in pizai aupidai

sipstaglamulbandaus jahgairda dage fidwor tiguns fraisans fram
hup seinana, jah ma- satanin,
filleina bi
tida pram steins jah milip hai- Jah was mip diuzam, jah aggi-z=7
piwisk. leis andbahtidedun imma.

d=4 7 Jah merida qipands: qimip 14 Ip afar patei atgibansh=s

swinpoza mis sa afar mis, pizei Avar]? Iohannes,

The following verses ofMk. (a little more than f of the Greek text) are pre-

,
served in the Codex Argenteus:

I,
4—16. XIV,
6. haij?iwisk;
41-XYI
in the
12.
— I,

margin the gloss

1—VI, 30. VI, 53—XII, 38. XIII, 16—29.

wil]?i. — 10. uslukanans; usluknans

in CA; cp. II. Cor. II, 12, and Alt. XI, 10, note. — 11. in }mzei waila galeikaida;
in the margin the gloss )?ukei Avilda.
 ; Mark I.

j>=9 Qam Eeeuflmer- 25 jah andbait ina Iesus qi-

in Galeilaia,
jande aiwaggeljon piudangard- bands: bahai jah nsgagg ut us
j<>S -ll]'S. bamma, ahma nnhrainja.
15 qibands ]>atoi usfullnoda 26 jah tahida ina ahma sa un-
]»;iia mel jah atnehrida sik biu- hrainja. jah hropjands stibnai
dangardi gups; idreigob jah ga- mikilai usiddja us imma.
aiwaggeljon.
la ubei)> in 27 jah afslaubnodedun allai
16 jah hrarbonds fanr mareiii sildaleikjandans, swaei sokide- |

Galeilaias gasahj Seimonu jah dun mib sis misso qibandans:

Andraian bropar is. )>is Seimo- Ira sijai bata? lro so laiseino
nis. wairpandanB nati in marein;
so niujo, mib waldufnja jah
ei
wesun auk liskjans. ahinam bairn nnhrainjam ana-
i=io 17 Jah qap im lesus: hirjats biudi)> jah ufhausjand imma?
afar mis. jahgatanja igqiswair-
28 usiddja ban meriba is suns
|>aii nutans manne.
and allans bisitands Graleilaias.
18 jah suns afletandane bo
oatja eeina Laistidedan afar ini-
29 Jah suns us bizai syna-ie=15
nia.
gogen usgaggandans qemun in
-aula Seimonis jah Andraiins
ia=n 19 Jah jainpTO ingaggands
frauds leitil gasahj Iakohu ]?ana mib Iakobau jah lohannen.
Zaihaidaiaus jah Iohunne bro- 80 i)> swaihro Seimonis lag in
|>ar is. jah I'aiis in skipa nianw- brinnon, jah suns qebun imma
jandans natja, bi ija.
20 jah suns haihait ins. jah 81 jali duatgaggands urrai-
afletandane attan seinana Zai- sida bo undgreipands handu
baidaiu in bamma skipa mi}? izos; jah aflailot bo so briuno
asniani gali)>un afar ininia. suns, jah andhnhtida im.

ib=i2 -1 Jah galibun

Kafarnaum; 82 andanahtja ]>an waurba-
in
jah suns sabbato daga galei- namnia. ban gasaggq sauik b<>-
bande in synagogen laisida ins. run du imma allans pans ubil
ig=18 22 Jah usfilnians waurjnm una habandans jah nnhulbons ha-
bizai laiseinai is, ante was lais- bandans.
jande ins ewe waldufni habands, 88 jah .so baurgs alia garun-
jah ni ewaswe ]>ai bokarjos. nana was at daura.
id-it 28 Jah was in bizai synagogeo 34 jah gahailida managana
manna in anliradnjamma ah- ubil habandans missaleikaim
i/.<•

inin. jah ofhropida sauhtim.

_ 1 qi bands: fralet, Ira mis jah Jah nnhulbons managos us-iq=io
|>us. Icsu Nazorenai? qamt fra- war]), jah ni fralailot rodjnn ]>os
qistjan una kann ; ]>uk Iras bn nnhulbons, ante kunbedun ina.
is. sa weiha gubs. 35 Jah air uhtwon usstan-ii 17

/.''. leitil; leita /// C.l.

 Mark I. II.
17

dands nsiddja jah galaib ana Chapter II.

aubjana sta]?, jah jainar ha]). 1 Jah galaib aftra in Kafar-k=20
36 jah galaistans waur]?un naum afar dagans, jah gafrehun
imma Seimon jah bai mi]? imma, batei in garda ist.
37 jah bigitandans ina qe]?un 2 jah suns gaqemun managai,
du imma batei allai]?uk sokjand. swaswe gamostedun nih
ju]?an ni
38 jah qa]? du im: gaggam du at daura, jah rodida im waurd.
]?aim bisunjane haimom jah 3 jah qemun at imma usliban
baurgim, ei jah jainar merjau; bairandans hafanana fram fid-
unte dube qam. worim.
39 jah was merjands in syna- 4 jah ni magandans nelra
gogim ize and alia Galeilaian qiman imma faura manageim,
jah unhulbons uswairpands. andhulidedun hrot ]?arei was Ie-
ih=i8 40 Jah qam at- imma brutsfill sus, jah usgrabandans insaili-
habands, bidjands ina jah kni- dedun bata badi jah fralailotun,
wam knussjands jah qi]?ands du ana bammei lag sa usliba.
imma batei jabai wileis, magt gasaibjands ban Iesus ga-
mik gahrainjan. laubein ize qab du bamma usli-
41 ib Iesus infeinands ufrak- }?in: barnilo, afletanda bus fra-
jands handu seina attaitok im- waurhteis beinos.
ma jah qab imma: wiljau, wairb 6 Avesunuh ban sumai ]?ize bo-
hrains. karje jainar sitandans jah bagk-
42 jah bibe qab ]?ata Iesus, jandans sis in hairtam seinaim:
suns bata ]?rutsiill aflaib af im- 7 hra sa swa rodeib naiteinins?
ma, jah hrains Avar]?. Iras mag afletan frawaurhtins
43 jah gahrotjands imma niba ains gub?
suns ussandida ina 8 jah suns ufkunnands Iesus
44 jah qab du imma: sailr ei ahmin seinamma batei swa ]?ai
mannhun ni qi]?ais Avaiht, qab du im: dulre
ak mitodedun sis,

gagg buk silban ataugjan gudjin mito]? }?ata in hairtam iz\varaim?

jah atbair fram gahraineinai 9 lrabar ist azetizo du qiban
beinai batei anabaub Moses du ]?amma usli]?in: afletanda bus
weitwodibai im. frawaurhteis beinos, ]?au qi]?an:
ij?=19 45 lb is usgaggands dugann urreis jah nim bata badi ]?einata
merjan filu jah usqi]?an bata jah gagg?
waurd, SAvaswe is juban ni mahta 10 abban ei witeib batei wal-
andaugjo in baurg galei[?an, ak dufni habaib sunus mans ana
uta ana aubjaim stadim was; airbai afletan frawaurhtins, qab.
jah iddjedun du imma allabro. du bamma uslibin:

38. haimom; haimon CA.

in
II, 3. fidworim; fidworin in CA. afletanda; afletanda in CA. — gasehrum;
gaselrun in CA.
2
 L8 Mark II.

11 Jnis <]i)';i. orreis ninmh ]>ata reisaieis fastand, ]>ai ]>einai

badi ]><'in jah gagg <lu garda eiponjos ni fastand?
('••inanima. 19 jah qa]> im Iesns: ibai ma-
12 jali gun suujus brujrfadie, und Jmtei
nrrais suns jah ushai-
jande badi ueiddja faura and- nap im ist bru]'fa]'s. fastan? swa
wairjjja allaize, awaswe usgeis- lagga hreila ewe mi]? sis haband
nodedun allai jah hauhidedun bruj'fad. ni magnn fastan.
mikiljandana uu]>. qifandans ]>a- 20 a]>]">nn atgaggand dagos
tei aiw swa ni gasehram. im sa bru]'fn]'s.
]>an amimada af "
ka=Jl 13 Jah <i.alai]> aftra faur ma- jah ]>an fastand in jainamma
rein; jah all manageins iddjednn daga.
da imma, jah laisida ins. 21 ni manna plat fanins ninjis
14 jah hrarbondegasahj L#aiwwi siujij? ana snagan tairnjana: ibai
I'ana Altaians sitandan at ino- afnimai fullon af J>amma, sa
fcai, jah (ja]> da iinina: gagg afar oiuja I'aimiia fairnjin, jah wair-

mis. jah aestandands iddja afar siza gataura wairjrij?.

iinina. 22 ni manna uiuti)> wein jug-
kb=22 L5 Jah war]' bi]v is anakuin- gata in balgins fairnjans; ibai
bida in garda is. jah managai aufto distadrai wein |'aia niujo
motarjos jah Erawanrhtai mi]>- ]>ans balgins, jah wein us<rutni]>
anaknmbidedun [esua jah ei- jah ]>ai balgeis fraqistnand, ak
ponjam is: wesun auk managai wein jnggata in balgins niujans
jah iddjednn afar iinina. giutand.
16 jah |»ai bokarjos jali Farei- 23 Jah war]' fairhgaggan im- kd=24
saieis, gasaihrandans Ina mat- ma eabbato daga ]>airh atisk,
jandan nii)> |>;»ini unitarian! jah jah dugunnun eiponjos is skew-
Erawaurhtaim, qeJ?UD du |>aim jandans raupjan ahsa.
siponjam is: Ira ist fatei mi]' 24 jah Fareisaieis qe)nro du
motarjam jah frawaurhtaim imma: sai Ira tanjand eiponjos
niatji]' jah driggki)?? |>cinai sabbatim ]>atei ni skuld
kg=28 1" Jah gahauejande leans qaj? ist ?

du ]>nurbun swin]>ai lekeie

iiu: ni 25 jah is qa}» du im: niu us-
ak |>ai ubilaha habandans: ni suggwuj? aiw Ira gotawida Da-
qam la]>on uswanrhtane ak Era- weid, |»un )>aurfta jah ^redags
waurhtans. was. is jah )'ai mij? imma ?
is jah wcsun Biponjoslohannis 26 lraiwa galaif in gard *ru]>s
jah Fareisaieis fastandans. jah uf Abinl'ara gudjin jah hlaibans
atiddjednn jah qe)mn du imma faurlageinais matida, ]>anz»>i ni
dnhre eiponjos [ohannes jah Fa- skuld ist matjan niba ainaim

18. jah all manageina iddjedan du imma is added in tbeMS. — 1<>. Frawaurh-
taim (tbesecond); Fraarhtaim in
 Mark II. TIL 10

gudjam, gaf jah bairn mib naus jah bai bi Tyra jah Sei-
jali
sis wisandam? dona, manageins filu, gahaus-
ke=25 27 Jah qab im sabbato in jaudans liran filu is tawida,
:

mans war]? gaskapans, ni manna qemun at imma.

in sabbato dagis, 9 jah qab ]>aim siponjam sei-
28 swaei frauja ist sa sunus naim ei skip habaib wesi at im-
mans jah ]>amma sabbato. ma in bizos manageins, ei ni
]?raiheina ina.
Chapter III.
10 managans auk gahailida,
1 Jah galai]? aftra in syna- swaswe drusun ana ina ei imma
gogen, jah was jainar manna attaitokeina; jah swa managai
gabaursana habands handu. swe habaidedun wundufnjos
2 jah witaidednn imma, haili- 11 jah ahmans unhrainjans,
dediu sabbato daga, ei wrohide- bain ]?an ina gasehrun, drusun
deina ina. du imma.
.3 qab du ]?amma mann
jah Jah hropidedun qibandans ]?a- kh=28
]?amma gabaursana habandin tei bu is sunus gubs.
handu urreis in midumai.
:
12 jah filu and bait ins ei ina
4 jah qab du im: skuldu ist gaswikunjudedeina.
ni
in sabbatim biu]? taujan aibbau 13 Jah usstaig in fairguni, jah 1=29
unbiub taujan, saiwala nasjan athaihait ]?anzei wilda is, jah
aibbau usqistjan? ib eis ]>ahai- gali]?un du imma.
dedun. 14 jah gawaurhta twalif du
5 jah ussaikrands ins mib mo- wisan mib sis, jah ei insandidedi
da, gaurs in daubibos hairtins ins merjan
ize, qab du ]?amma mann: ufra- 15 jah haban waldufni du hail-
kei bo handu beina! jah ufra- jan sauhtins jah uswairpan un-
kida, jah gastob aftra so han- tmlbons.
dus is. 16 Jah gasatida Seimona na-l-30
kq=26 6 Jah gaggandans ]?an Farei- mo Paitrus;
saieis sunsaiw mi]? bairn Hero- 17 jah Iakobau bamma Zai-
dianum garuni gatawidedun bi baidaiaus, jah Iohanne bro]?r
ina, ei imma usqemeina. Iakobaus, jah gasatida im nam-
7 jah Iesus aflai]? mi]? sipon- na Bauanairgais, batei ist sun-
jam seinaim du marein, jus beihjons;
kz=27 Jah filu manageins us 18 jah Andraian jah Filippu
Galei-
laia laistidedun afar imma; jah jah Bar]?aulaumaiu jah Matbaiu
us Iudaia jah J?oman jah Iakobu bana
8 jah us Iairusaulymim jah us Alfaiaus jah paddaiu jah Sei-
Idumaia jah hindana Iaurda- mona jmna Kananeiten

III, 7. us Galeilaia; us Galeilaiau in CA. —

IS. usstaig; ustaig in CA. — 17. sun-
jus; CA originally had suujos, but the scribe changed to u.
 20 Mark . IV

19 jah Iudan Iskarioten, saei 30 uute qepun: ahman un-

iali galewida ina. hraiujaua habai]\
la=3l Jah atiddjedun in gard; 31 Jah qemun panaipei is jalile=35
20 jah galddja sik managei, broprjus is. jah utastandandona
swaswe ni mahtedun iiih hlaii insandidedun du imma haitan-
raatjan. dona iua.
21 jah hausjandans train im- 32 jah setim bi iua managei,
ma bokarjos jah anparai usidd- qehuu ]>au du imma: sai ai]>ei
jedun gahaban ina; qepun auk peina jah bro]'rjus ]'oiuai jah
)>;ii<-i usgaisips ist
swistrjuspeinos uta sokjandpuk.
lb=32 22 Jah bokarjos ]'ai af Iairu-
33 jah andhof im qipands: lro
saulyniai qimandans qepun patei
ist so ai]>ei meina ai]']>au J>ai
Baiailzaibul habaip, jah patei in
broprjus meinai?
]>annna reikistin unhul]?ouo us-
wairpip ]>aini unhulpom. 34 jah bisaihrands bisunjane
]g=:i:i 23 Jah athaitands ins in gaju- I'iins bi sik sitandans qa]>: sai
kom qa}> du im: hraiwa mag aipei meina jah ]>ai broprjus mei-
nai.
eatanaa satanan iiswairpan?
24 jah jabai Jnudangardi wi- 35 saei allis waurkeip wiljan
1'i-a sik gadailjada, oimagstan-
gups, sa jah bropar meins jah
dan bo [riudangardi jaina. swistar jah aipei isl
25 jah jabai garde wipra sik
Chapter IV.
gadailjada, ni mag standan sa
garde jains. 1 Jah aftra Iesus dugann lais-lq=36

26 jah jabai Batana ussto]> jan at marein. jah galesun sik

ana sik eilban jah gadailips du imma mauageius filu, swaswe
war]?, mag gastandan, ak ina galeipandan in skip gasitan
1 1

audi habai]>. iu marein, jah alia so managei

27 ni manna mag kasa ewin- wipra marein ana sta]>a was.

I'is galeipands in gard is wilwan, 2 jah laisida ins in gajukom
nilia ewinpau ga- manag, jah qajs im in laiseinai
faurpis ]>;m;i
bindip, jah (pan) ]>an;i gard is seinai:
diswilwai. 3 hausei]'! sai urrann sa sai-
ld=34 28Amenqipa izwis patei allata anda du saian Eraiwa seinamma.
afletada |>ata frawaurhte su- 4 jah war]' iiiij>]>anci saiso,
liuiu manne, jah naiteinoe, ewa sum raihtis gadraus faur wig,
managoa swaswe wajamerjand; jah qemnn fugloe jah Eretun
29 a]-]>au saei wajamereip ah- ]>ata.
man weihana, ni habaip fralel 5 an]'aru)> ]'an gadraus ana
aiw. akskula isl aiweinaizos fra- stainahanima, ]>aroi ni habaida
waurhtais. airpa managa, jah suns urrann,

27. I'.ui l-aiin: ]•.• in CA. iv, /. galeipandan ;

galeijnui in CA.
 Mark IV. 21

in ]uzei nihabaida diupaizos air- 17 jah ni haband waurtins in

pos sis, ak lueilaluairbai sind ]?a- ;

G at sunnin ]?an urrinnandin ]>roh bi]?e qimip agio aippau

ufbrann, jah ante ni habaida wrakja in pis waurdis, suns ga-
wanrtins, gapaursnoda. marzjanda.
7 jah sum gadraus in paur- 18 jah ]?ai sind pai in ]?aur-
nuns, jah ufarstigun ]?ai ]?aurn- nuns saianans, ]?ai waurd haus-
jus jah afluapidedun pata, jah jand ans,
akran ni gaf. 19 jah saurgos ]uzos libainais
8 jah sum gadraus in air]?a jah afmarzeins gabeins jah ]>ai
goda, jah gaf akran urrinnando bi pata anpar lustjus innat-
jah wahsjando, jah bar ain .1. gaggandans aflvapjand ]?ata
jah ain .j. jah ain .r. waurd, jah akranalaus wairpip.
9 jah qap: saei habai ausona 20 jah pai sind ]>ai ana airpai
hausjandona, gahausjai. [nzai godon saianans, J^aiei haus-
10 ip bi]>e war]? sundro, frehun jand pata waurd jah andnimand,
ina pai bi iua mip ]>aim twali- jah akran bairand, ain .1. jah
bim pizos gajukons. ain .j. jah ain .r.
lz=37 11 Jah qa]? im: izwis atgiban 21 Jah qap du im: ibai lukarnlb=39
ist kunnan runa ]nudangardjos
qimip du]>e ei uf melan satjaidau
gups, ip jainaim paim uta in
aippau undar ligr? niu ei ana
gajukom allata wair]>ip, lukarnastapan satjaidau?
12 ei sailuandans sailraina
22 ih all is ist lua fulginis m=40
jah ni gaumjaina, jah hausjan-
]>atei ni gabairhtjaidau; nih
dans hausjaina jah ni fra])jaiua,
war]? analaugn, ak ei swikunp
ibai luan gawandjaina sik jah
wairpai.
afletaindau im frawaurhteis.
23 jabai luas habai ausona
13 jah qap du im: ni witup po
hausjandona, gahausjai.
gajukon, jah Iraiwa alios pos
gajukons kunneip? 24 Jah qa]? du im: saifaip hra ma=41
Ib=38 14 Sa saijands waurd saijip. hauseip. in ]?izaiei mita]> miti]>,
15 a]?]?an pai \vi]?ra wig sind mi tad a izwis, jah biaukada izwis
parei saiada pata waurd, jah paim galaubjandam.
]?an gahausjand unkarjans, suus 25 Unte pi si am m eh saei ha-mb=42
qimipsatanas jah usnimip waurd bai]>, gibada imma; jah saei ni
]?ata insaiano in hairtam ize. habaip, jah patei habai]', afni-
16 jah sind samaleiko pai ana mada imma.
stain ahamma saianans, paiei 2G Jah qap: swa ist piudan- mg=43
]?an hausjand pata waurd, suns gardi gups swaswe jabai manna
mi]> fahedai nimand ita, wairpip, fraiwa ana air]?a,

11. gajukom; gajukon in CA. {Cp. V, 3, note). — 12. ibai; nibai in CA; cp.
Alt. o, 2b.
 22 Mark IV. V.

27 jali slepib jah urreisij? nahi 37 jah war]> skura windis nii-
jah daga, jali bata fraiw keinib kila jah wegos waltidedun in
jah liudi]>, swe ni wait is. skip, ewaswe ita juban gafull-
28 silbo auk airba akran bai- noda.
ri|>. frumist gras. ]>a]>roh ahs. .'?s jah was is ana notin ana
]>a]>roh fulleij? kaurnis in bamma vYaggarja slepanda; jah urraisi-
ansa. dedun ina jah qe]mn du imma:
21) ]>anuh bijvatgibada akran, laiaari, niu kara ]nik bizei fia-
suns inaandeib gilj'a. mite atist qiatnam?
asans. jah urreisands gaaok winda
•".'.»

md=44 80 Jah qa)>: Ire galeikom ]>iu- jah qa}? du ma rein: gaslawai, af-
dangardja gape, aibbau in lmlei- dumbn. jah anasilaida sa winds,
kai gajukon gabairam ]>o? jah war]? wis mikil.
31 swe kaurno sinapis, bat<-i 40 jah qab du im: dulve faurh-
|>an saiada ana air]>a. minnist tai siju]> awa? hraiwa ni nauh
allafce fraiwe ist ]>ize ana airbai, habai]> galaubein?
.")2 jah ]'aii saiada, urrinnib 41 jah ohtedun sis agis mikil,
jah \\air]n]> allaize gras*' maiat, jah qe]mn du sis misso: luas]>an-
jali gataujib astans niikilans, liu saunte jah winds jah
sijai,
Bwaewe maguD uf ekadan is fug- marei nfhanajand imma?
hiniinis gabauan.
me=4o 33 Jah swaleikaim managaim Chapter V.
gajukom rodida du im |'ata 1 Jah qemun hindar marein in
wnurd. ewaswe niahtcdun haus- landa Gaddarene.
jon. 2 jah nsgaggandin imma us
\\ i]> inuh gajukon ni rodida skipa suns gamotida imma man-

im. na us aurahjom in ahmin un-

uiq=4G I|> sundro siponjani scinaini hrainjamma.
andband allata. 3 eaei bauain habaida in aurah-
inz=47 Jah qaj? du im in jainam- jom. jah ni naudibandjom eisar-
:{.")

uia daga, at andanahtjn ]>an iicinaim manna nialita ina ga-

\\aur|>ananinia oaleibam jamis bindan,
:

stadia. 4 ante ia ufta eiaamam bi fo-

36 jah afletandana ]
mana- tuns grab usran aim jah naudiband-
gein andiH'inun ina s\v<> was in jom eisarneinaim uabundans
akipa, jah |>un an]>nra skipa we• was. jah galausida af sis ]>os
sun mil• ininia. nandibandjos jah ]>o ana fotum

28 not necessarily fnllein cp.O. E. iyllo]>. fullness.

iullci)': ; —
86. stadis: stable
/s expected; cp. Mk. IV, 1. Lu. I". 8. (Coeijn, 'Taalknndige Bijdragen', />.'>).
. -. aarahjom; ;/; CA originally aurahjon, which was corrected by the scribe
himself. — /. gatamjan; in tin• margin the gloss gabindau. —
gasaihrande; gasai-
Kailraiids ;/; CA.
 ; irk V. 23

eisarna gabrak, jah manna

15 jah atiddjedun du Iesu a,
ni
mahta ina gat am j an. jah gasailrand bana wodan si-
5 jah siirteino nahtam jah da- fcandan jah gawasidana jah frab-
gam in aurahjom jah in fairgun- jandan, ]>ana saei habaida lai-
jam was hropjands jali bligg- gaion, jah ohtedun.
wands sik stainam. 10 jah spillodedun im baiei
G gasai brands ]>an Iesu fair- gaselrun, lraiwa war]? bi bana
ra])ro rann jah in wait ina,
wodan jah bi bo sweina.
17 jah dugunnun bidjan ina
7 jah hropjands stibnai miki-
galei]?an hindar markos seinos.
lai qab: Ira mis jah bus, Iesu
18 Jah inngaggandan ina in mh=48
sunu gu]>s ]As hauhistins? bi-
skip ba]> ina saei was wods, ei
swara buk bi guba, ni balwjais
mib imma wesi.
mis.
19 jah ni lailot ina., ak qab
8 unte qa]> imma: usgagg,
du imma: gagg du garda bei-
alima unhrainja, us ]?amma
mann.
namma du beinaim, jah gateih
im Iran filu ]>us frauja gatawida
9 jah frah ina: Ira namo ]?ein?
jah gaarmaida }>uk.
jah qab du imma: namo mein
20 jah galaib jah dugann mer-
laigaion, unte managai sijum.
jan in Daikapaulein Iran filu
10 jah ba]? ina filu ei ni us- gatawida imma Iesus, jah allai
dribi im us landa.
sildaleikidedun.
11 wasuh ban jainar hairda 21 Jah usleijmndin Iesua inmb=49
sweine haldana at bamma fair-
skipa aftra hindar marein, ga-
gunja;
qemun sik manageins filu du
12 jah bedim ina alios bos un- imma, jah was faura marein.
hul]>ons qibandeins; insandei un-
22 jah sai qimi]? ains bize sy-
sis in bo sweina, ei in bo galei-
namin Jaeirus, jah
nagogafade,
baima. sailr ands ina gadraus du fotum
13 jah uslaubida im Iesus suns, Iesuis,
jah usgaggandans ahmans bai 23 jah ba]? ina filu qibands
unhrainjans gali]nm in ]?o swei- ]>atei dauhtar meina aftumist
na, jah rami so hairda and driu- habai]>, ei qimands lagjais ana
son in marein, wesunu]> ]?an swe bo handuns, ei ganisai jah libai.
twos ]msundjos, jah aflrapnode- 24 jah galaib mib imma, jah
dun in marein. iddjedun afar imma manageins
14 jah bai haldandans bo filu, jah ]?raihun ina.
sweina gablauhun jah gataihun 25 jah qinono suma wisandei
in baurg jah in haimom; jah qe- in runa blo]?is jera twalif,
mun sailran Ira wesi ]?ata waur- 20 jah manag gabulandei fram
]?ano. managaim lekjam jah fraqiman-

7. smiii; suuau in CA. — usdribi; usdrebi in CA.

24 Mark V. VI.

dei allamma seinamma jah ni 37 jah ainnohun

ni fralailot
waihtai botida, ak made wairs ize mi]? sis afargaggan nibai
habaida, Paitru jah Iakobu jah Iohannen
27 gahausjandei bi Iesu, at- bro]>ar Iakobis.
gaggandei in managein aftana 38 jah galaib in gard bis syna-
attaitok wastjai is. gogafadis, jah gasahj auhjodu
28 unte qa]> batei jabai wast- jah gretandans jah waifairhjjan-
jom is atteka, ganisa. dans h'lu.

29 jah sunsaiw gabaursnoda 39 innatgaggande qab du

iali

im: h?a auhjob jah gretib? bata

B8 brunna blobis izos. jah uf-
.

knnba ana leika batei gahail- barn ni gadaubnoda, ak slt>}ii]>.

noda af ]>annn;i elaha. 40 jah bililohun ina. i]> is us-
wairpands allaim ganimib attan
30 jah sunsaiw [esus ufkunba
bis barnis jah aibein jah bans
in sis sill)in ]>o us .sis nialit us-
mib sis, jah galaib inn bard was
gaggandein; gawandjande sik in
bata barn ligando.
manageii] qab: Iras mis taitok
41 jah fairgraip bi liandau
wastjom?
bata barn qabuh du izai: taleiba
31 jah qebnn du imma sipon-
kumei, )>atei ist gaskeiri]': nia-
jos is: eaihria bo managein ]»p'i-
wilo, du ]uis qiba, urreis.
handein buk jah qibis: Iras mis
taitok?
12 jah suns urrais so mawi
iali iddja; was auk j<>r<> twalibe;
32 wlaitoda
jah saihran ]>o
iali usgeisnodedun faurhtrin mi-
bata tanjandein.
kilai.
."I•"»so qino ogandei jah
i|> rei-
43 jah anabanb im filu ei
randei, witandei batei warb bi
manna ni ranbi bata, jah hai-
iia. qam jah draus du imma jah
hait izai giban niatjan.
(|a]> imma alia ]>o sunia.

.' 1 i]> is qab du i/.ai: daulnar. Chapteb VI.

galaubeins beina ganasida ]uik: 1 Jah usstob jainbro jah qamn=50
gagg in gawairbi, iali siiais haila in landa seinamma, jah laisti-
af ]>amma elaha beinamma. dednn afar imma siponjos is.
35 nauhbannh imma rodjan- •J iali bibe war]) sabbato, du-
din qemun t'ram bamma syna- gann in synagoge laisjan; jah
gogafada qibandans ]>at <-i dauh- managai hansjandans sildaleiki-
tar beina gaewalt, Ira banamais dedun qibandans: hrabro bamma
draibeis bana laisari? bata; jah hjo so handugeino so
•"><')
\\< [esue sunsaiw gahaus- gibano imma, <>i mahteis swalei-
jands bata waurd rodib qaj? du kos bairh handuna is wairband?
bamma synagogafada: ni faurh- niu bata ist sa timrja, sa
•".

t«'i. batainei galaubei. sunns Marjins, i]> brobar Iakoba

87. aiimolmn: ainnlmn in CA.

 Mark VI. 25

jah Iuse jah Iudins jah Seimonis? 12 Jah usgaggandans meride- nq=56
jah niu sind swistrjus is her at dun ei idreigodedeina,
unsis? jah gamarzidai waurbun 13 jah unhulbons managos
in J'amma. usdribun, jah gasalbodedun ale-
na--51 4
Qa]> ]?an im Iesus batei nist wa managans siukans jah ga-
braufetus unswers niba in ga- hailidedun.
baur]?ai seinai jah in gani]?jam
14 Jah gahausida ]>iudans He- nz=o7
jah in garda seinamma.
rodes, swikunb allis warb namo
5 jah ni mahta jainar ainohun
is, jah qa]? ]>atei Iohannis sa
mahte gataujan, niba fawaim daupjands us dau]?aim urrais;
siukaim handuns galagjands ga- dubbe waurkjand bos mahteis
hailida.
in imma.
6 jah sildaleikida in ungalau-
15 Anbarai ]>an qebun batei nh=58
beinais ize.
Helias ist, anbarai ]>an qebun
nb=52 Jah bitauh weihsa bisunjane
]>atei praufetes ist swe ains bize
laisjands.
praufete.
ug— 53 7 Jah athaihait bans twalif,
16 gahausjands ]?an Herodes
jah dugann ins insandjan twans
qa]> batei bammei ik haubib af-
hranzuh, jah gaf im waldufni
maimait Iohanne, sa ist; sah
ahmane unhrainjaize,
urrais us daubaim.
8 jah faurbau]) im ei waiht ni
nemeina wig niba
in hrngga 17 Sa auk raihtis Herodes in-n}?=59
aina, nih matibalg nih hlaif. nih sandjands gahabaida Iohannen
in gairdos aiz,
jah gabaud ina in karkarai in
9 ak gaskohai suljom. Hairodiadins qenais Filippaus
nd=54 Jah ni wasjaib twaim paidom. brobrs seinis, untebogaliugaida.
10 jah qab du im: bishraduh 18 Qab auk Iohannes du He- j=60
bei gaggai]? in gard, bar saljai]>, roda batei ni skuld ist bus ha-
unte usgaggai]> jainbro. ban qen brobrs beinis.
ne- 55 11 Jah swa managai swe ni 19 ib so Herodia naiw imma
andnimaina izwis ni hausjaina jah wilda imma usqiman jah ni
izwis, usgaggandans jain]?ro us- mahta;
hrisjai]? mulda bo undaro fotum 20 unte Herodis ohta sis Io-
izwaraim du weitwodibai im hannen, kunnands ina wair ga-
amen qiba izwis, sutizo ist Sau- raihtanajahweihanajahwitaida
daumjam aij^au Gaumaurjam imma, jah hausjands imma ma-
in daga stauos ]?au bizai baurg nag gatawida, jah gabaurjaba
jainai. imma andhausida.

VI, 10. usgaggaih; usgaggaggaij? in CA. —

hausjaina in CA; it is not
ni
necessary to write nih hausjaina; cp. Mk. XIV, 68. Rom. IX, 10, etc. —
jainai;
janai in CA. —
10. naiw; CA had naiswor, but the letters s, o, r, are deleted. —
dauhtr; so in Heine's edition, CA has dauhtar.
26 Mark VT. VII.

21 waurbans dags gatils,

jali 30 Jali galddjedun apaustau-ja=6l
baa Herodia mela gabaurbais l<'is|lu Iesua, jah gataihuo imnia
seinaizoe nahtamat waurhta allata jah swa iilu ewe gatawi-
j>aiin maistam seinaize jah ]>u- dt'tJun . .

sundifadim jah bairn fmmistam •"•*>

jah duatsnewun.
Galeilaias, 54 Jah usgaggandam im usji>— oi>
22 jali atgaggandein inn skipa, euneaiwufkunnandansina,
dauhtr Berodiadins jah plins- birinnandans all bata gawi
.".")

jandein jah galeikandein Heroda dugunnun ana bad] am bans ubil

jah ]>aim mibanakumbjandam, habandans bairan ]>ad<*i hausi-
qa|> )>iii(lans du ]>izai maujai: dedun ei is wesi.
bidei mik bisbjizuh bei wileis, 56 jah bishraduh badei iddja
jah giba )»us. in haimos aib]>au baurirs ai) )>au i

in Aveihsa. ana gagga lagidedun

jah swor izai batei bishrah
2•'{

siukans, jah bedun ina ei ban

bei bidjaie mik. giba bus, and
halba biudangardja meina. skauta wastjos is attaitokeina;
24 i)> si usgaggandei qab du jah swa managai swe attaitokun
aibein eeinai: bidjau? ib si
Iris
imma. ganesun.
qab: haubidis [ohannis ]>is daup-
Chapter YII.
jandine.
1 sik du imma u=70 Jah gaqemun
l'.~> atgaggandei sunsaiw
jah
Fareisaieis jah sumai ]>ize bo-
sniumundo du bamma biudana
kaije qimandans us Iairusauly-
6ab qibandei: wiljau ei mis "i-
inim.
hais ana mesa haubib Iohannis
2 jah gaeaihrandane Bumana
bis daupjandins.
)>ize siponje is gamainjaim han-
26 jah gaura waurbans sa biu- dum. ]>at' ist un]nvahanaiin. niat-
dans in bize aibe jah in bize mib- jandans hlaibans.
anaknmbjandane id wilda izai
3 i]> Fareisaieis jah aJlai lu-
ufbrikan.
daieis, niba ufta bwahand han-
27 jah suns insandjans sa biu-
duns, ni matjand, habandans
dans spaikulatur anabaub brig-
anafilh bize sinistane,
gan haubib is. 4 jah afmablaniba daupjand,
s i|> is galeibands afmaimait
l'
ni matjand. jah anbar ist ma-
iinma haubib in karkarai, jah nag batei andnemun du haban,
a1 bar bata haubib is ana mesa daupeinins etikle jah aurkje jah
jah atgaf ita |>i/.ai maujai. jah katile jah ligre.
so mawi atgaf ita aibein eeinai. 5 |)a]'ioh ban frehun ina baina
•_"» jah
gahauejandane siponjos Fareisaieis jah bai bokarjos:
is qemun jah usnemun leik is jah duhre bai siponjos beinai ni gag-

galagidedua ita in hlaiwa. gand bi bammei anafulhun bai

S3, daatenewun : duatsniwnn in CA.

 Mark VII. 27

sinistanSj ak unbwahanaim han- gando us mann, bata ist bata

dum matjanci hlaif? gamainjando mannan.
6 ib is andhafjands qa]? du im 1G jabai mas habai ausona
]?atei waila praufetida Esa'ias bi hausjandona, gahausjai.
izwis bans liutans, swe gamelib 17 Jah ban galaib in gard usub=72
ist: so managei wairilom mik ]>izai managein, frehun ina si-
sweraib, ib hairto ize fairra ha- ponjos is bi bo gajukon.
baib sik mis.
18 jah qab du im: swajahjus
7 ib sware mik blotand lais-
unwitans sijub? ni frabjib bam-
jandans laiseinins anabusnins
mei all bata utabro inngag-
manne.
gando in mannan ni mag ina
8 afietandans raihtis anabusn
gamainjan,
gups habaib batei anafulhun
19 unte ni galeibib imma in
maunans; daupeinins aurkje jah
hairto, ak in wamba, jah in ur-
stikle jah anbar galeik swalei-
runsa usgaggib, gahraineib al-
kata manag taujib.
lans matins?
9 jah qab du im: waila inwi-
di]> anabusn gubs, ei bata ana-
20 qabub ban batei bata us
fulhano izwar fastaib. mann usgaggando, bata gamai-
10 Moses auk raihtis qab: swe- neib mannan.
rai attan beinana jah aibein 21 innabro auk us hairtin
beina, jah: saei ubil qibai attin manne mitoneis ubilos usgag-
seinamma aibbau aibein seinai, gand, kalkinassjus, horinassjus,
daubau afdaubjaidau. maurbra,
11 ib jus qibib: jabai qibai 22 biubja, faihufrikeins, unse-
manna attin seinamma aibbau leins, liutei, aglaitei, augo unsel,

aibein: kaurban, batei ist maibms, wajamereins, hauhhairtei, unwiti;

bishjah batei us mis gabatnis; 23 bo alia ubilona innabro
12 jah ni fraletib ina ni waiht usgaggand jah gagamainjand
taujan attin seinamma aibbau mannan.
ai]?ein seinai, 24 jah jainbro usstandands
13 blaubjandans waurd gu]?s galaib in markos Tyre jah Sei-
bizai anabusnai izwarai boei done. jah galei bands in gard ni
anafulhub. jah galeik swaleikata wilda witan mannan, jah ni
manag taujib. mahta galaugnjan.
14 jah athaitands alia ]>o ma- 25 gahausjandei raihtis qino
nagein qab im: hauseib mis allaibi ina, bizozei habaida dauhtar
jah frabjaib. ahman unhrainjana, qimandei
15 ni waihts ist utabro mans draus du fotum is;
inngaggando in ina batei magi 26 wasub ban so qino hai]?no,
ina gamainjaii; ak ]?ata utgag- Saurini Fynikiska gabaurbai.

VII, 19. gahraineib, not jah gahraineib; cp. however Lu. V, 3.

 28 Mark VII. VIII.

ug=73 Jah bab ina ei ]?o unhulbou Waila allatagatawida, jah bau- uq=76
uswaurpi us dauhtr izos. dans gataujib gah&usjan jah un-
27 ib Iesus qa]> du izai: let rodjandans rodjan.
faur]>is sada wairban barna
unte ni gob isl ln'inan hlaib Chapter VIII.
barne jah wairpan hundam. 1 In jainaim ban dagam aftra
28 i)' si andhof imma jah <]a]> at filu managai managein wisan-
du imma: jai, frauja; jah auk dein jah ni habandam lea mati-
hundos undaro biuda matjand dedeina, athaitands eiponjans
af drauhsnom barne. qabuh du im
2 .) (
jah (]a]> 2 infeinoda du bizai managein,
du izai: in bis
waurdis gagg, usiddja unhulj>o unte ju dagans ]>iins mi]> mis
us dauhtr beinai. wesun jah ni haband Ira mat-
ik1=74 30 Jah galeibandei du garda jaina.
seinamma bigat unhulbou us- jah jabai fraleta ins lausqi- .*}

gaggana jah ]>o dauhtar ligan- brans du garda ize, ufligand ana
deiu ana ligra. mg& sumai raihtis ize fairrabro :

jah aftra galeibands afmar- qemun.

•*'»1

knin Tyre jah Seidone qam a1 4 jah andhofuu imma siponjos

marein Galeilaie mi|> tweihnaim is: lra]>ro bans mag hjas gasob-
markom Daikapaulaios. ian hlaibam ana aubidai?
i\2 jah berun du imma bauda- 5 jah frah ins: lean managans
ii.i siauiinana. jah beduu ina ei habaib hlaibans? ib eis qebun:
lagidedi imma handu. sibun.
33 jah afnimands ina af mana- (> anabaub bizai managem
jah
^ciu eundro lagida figgrans sei- anakumbjan ana airbai; jah ni-
uaus in ausoua imma, jah spei- mande bans sibun hlaibans jah
wauils a1 taitok uggou is, t
awiliudonds gabrak jah atgafsi-
I jah ussnilrnnds du
.*')
himiiia ponjam eeinaim, atlagidedeina
ei

gaewogida jah qab du imma: faur; jah atlagidedun faur )>o

aift';i|';i. batei managein.
ist : uslukll.
jah suneaiw ueluknodedun
•'."> 7 jah habaidedun fiskane fa-
imma hliumans, jah andbund- wans, jah bans gabiubjands qab
noda bandi buggons is, jah po- ei atlagidedeina jah bans.
dida raihtaba. 8 gamatidedun ban jah sadai
•*5() jah auahau]» in ei maun waurbun, jah uenemun Iaibos
i

ni qebeina. gabruko sibun spyreidans.

ue=7" H'.ni lilu is iia anabaub, uiais i) wesunubban bai matjandans

bamma eis meridedun. sue fldwor busundjos; jah fra-

'7 jah ufarassau sildaleikide- lailol ins.
dun qibandans: 10 jah galaib eunsaiw in sk i
j
>

82. liandii- handau in CA. — 88. epei wands: epewande in CA.

 Mark VIII. 29

mi]?siponjam seinaim jah qam 21 jah qab du im: lraiwa ni

ana fera Magdalan. nauh fra]?ji]>?
uz=77 11 Jah urrunnun Fareisaieis 22 Jah qemun in Be]?aniin, jahpa=81
jah dugunnun mipsokjan imma, berun du imma blindan, jah be-
sokjandans du imma taikn us dun ina ei imma attaitoki.
himina, fraisandans ina. 23 jah fairgreipands handu pis
uh=78 12 Jah ufswogjands ahmiu sei- blindins ustauh ina utana weih-
namma qap: lira pat a kuni taikn sis, jah speiwands in augona is,
sokei]?? amen qi]?a izwis jabai atlagjands ana handuns seinos,
gibaidau kunja pamma frah ina ga-u-lua-selri.
taikne.
13 jah afletands ins galei]?ands
24 jah ussailrands qa]?: ga-
saihra mans, }?atei swe bagmans
aftra in skip uslaip hindar ma-
gasaihra gaggandans.
rein.
25 paproh aftra galagida han-
1-1 jah ufarmunnodedun niman
duns ana po augona is, jah ga-
hlaibans, jah niba ainana hlaif
tawida ina ussailuan jah aftra
ni habaidedun inip sis in skipa.
gasatips warp, jah gasalr/ bairh-
u)?=79 15 Jah anabaub im qibands:
taba allans.
sailrip ei atsaimi]? izwis bis bei-
26 jah insandida ina du garda
stis Fareisaie jah beistisHerodis:
is qibands: ni in pata Aveihs gag-
p=80 16 Jah ]?ahtedun mi]? sis misso gais, ni mannhun qipais in pam-
qibandans unte hlaibans ni ha- ma Aveihsa.
bam. 27 Jah usiddja Iesus jah sipon-pb=82
17 jah frabjands Iesus qab du jos is in weihsa Kaisarias ]?izos
im: lv/a baggkeib unte hlaibans Filippaus; jah ana wiga frah si-
ni habaip? ninauh frabjip nih ponjans seinans qibands du im:
witub, unte daubata habaip lrana qipand mik mans wisan?
hairto izwar. 28 ip eis andhofun: Iohannen
18 augona habandans ni ga- ]?ana daupjand, jah anparai He-
sailri]?, jah ausona habandans lian, sumaih ]?an ainana prau-
ni gahausei]?, jah ni gamunup. fete.
19 pan pans fimf hlaibans ga- 29 jah is qa]? du im appan jus:

brak fimf ]?usundjom, hjan ma- hrana mik qi]?i]? wisan?

'nagos tainjons fullos gabruko Andhafjands pan Paitrus qappg=83
usnemup? qepun du imma twa- du imma: pu is Xristus.
:

lif. 30 jah faurbaub im ei mann-

20 ap]?an ]?an ]?ans sibun hlai- hun ni qepeina bi ina.
bans fidwor pusundjom, Iran 31 jah dugann laisjan ins batei
managans spyreidans fullans ga- skal sunus mans filu winnan,
bruko usnemup? ip eis qepun: jah uskiusan skulds ist fram
sibun ]?aim sinistam jah paim auhu-

Yffly 26. 27. weihsa; wehsa in CA.

 30 Mark VIII. 1\

mistam gudjam jah bokarjam -tandandane kausiand

bai izei ni
jah iiaqiman jah afar brine da- daubana, uute gaaairoand biu-
gana oaatandan, dinassu gnbe <)imianaua in mah-
'\2 jah awiknnbaba batawanrd tai.
rodida. 2 jah afar dagans daiha ga-
pd=84 Jah aftiuhands ina Paitrus du- nam lesus Paitru jah Iakobu
gami andbeitan ina. jah Iohannen. jah ustauh ins
83 i]> is gawandjanda sik jah ana fairguni hauh sundro ai-

sairoanda bans siponjana nans. jah inmaidida sik in and-

nans andbait Paitru qibande: wairbja ize.
'\ jah wastjos is waur]'un
hindar mik. satana. ante glit-
ni frabjis )>aim gubs ak baim mnnjandeina lreitos ewe anaiwe,
manne. swaleikos swe wnllareia ana air-
]><•=*.-, :)4. Jah arhaitands ]
raann- bai ni mag- galreitjan.
gein mib siponjam eeinaim qab 4 jah ataugiba war]' im Helias
dn ini: saei wili afar mis laiM- mib Mose. jah wesun rodjandans
ian. inwidai sik silban jah nimai mi]' leana.
galgan eeinana jah laistjai mik. iah andhafiands Paitrna qab
•"»

\~> saei allis wili saiwala

seina du [eana: rabbei, gob ist nnaia
ganaajan, fraqiateib izai; ib saei her wisan. jah gawanrkjam hli-
fraqiateib eaiwalai eeinai in jans brine, bua ainana iah Bfoae
meina jah in bizoa aiwaggeljons. ainana jah ainana Helijin.
ganaajib bo. auk wissa h*a rodidedi; (> ni

6 Ira auk boteib mannanja- weaun auk uaagidai.

baigageigaibbana fairlru allana 7 jah war]' milhma ufarskadw-
iah gaaleibeib sik eaiwalai sei- janda im. jah(jam stibna us
na!? bamma milhmin: aa ist sunns
•'{7 aibbau Ira gibib manna meina sa linba, bamma hanajaib.
inmaidcin saiwalos aeinaizoa? iah anaka insailrandans ni

8 Dnte saei skamaibaik meina banaaeiba ainnohnn gaaehrnn,

jali wanrde meinaize in gabanr- alia [ean ainana mib sis.
i) dalab ban atgaggandam im
bai bizai horinondein jah fra-
waurliton. jah sunns mans ska- af bamma fairgunja, anabanb
maib ban qimib in wnlban im ei mannhnn ni spillodedeina
sik is.

at tins eeinia mib aggilnm balm batei gaaehrnn, niba bij>e sunns
wciham. mans us daubaim usstoj'i.
lo -Iah bata wanrd habaide-ph=88
Chapteb dun du sis misso. aokjandana
]) Z =s7 1 .Iah qab du im: amen qiba Ira ist bata aa daubaim uaatan-
izwia batei eind enmai bice her dan.

/. /. izei: in in CA. — 8. ainuohun; ainohun, originally aiuoinohuu (tlie

> Loo bang erased), in CA.
 Mark IX. 31

— 89 11 Jah frehim ina qibandans 21 jah frah ]^ana attan is

mite qiband ]>ai bokarjos batei luan lagg mel ist ei bata warb
Helias skuli qiman faurjus. imma? us barniskja.
i]^ is qa]?:
12 ib is andhafjands qa]> du 22 jah ufta ina jah in fon at-
im Helias swebauh qimands warp jah in wato, ei usqistidedi
:

faurbis aftra gaboteib alia; jah imma, akei jabai mageis, hilp
hmiwa gameli]) ist bi sunu mans unsara gableibjands unsis.
ei manag winnai jah frakunbs 23 ib Iesus qa}? du imma bata
wairbai? jabai mageis galaubjan; allata
13 akei qiba izwis batei ju mahteig ]>amma galaubjandin.
Helias qam, jah gatawidedun 24 jah sunsaiw ufhropjands sa
imma swa filu swe wildedun, atta pis barnis mib tagram qab:
swaswe gamelib ist bi ina. galaubja; hilp meinaizos un-
y=90 14 Jah qimands at siponjam galaubeinais.
gasalir filu manageins bi ins jah 25 gasailuands J?an Iesus batei
bokarjans sokjandans mib im. samab rann managei, gahrotida
15 jah sunsaiw alia managei ahmin bamma unhrainjin qi-
gasaihrandans ina usgeisnode- bands du imma: bu ahma ]m
dun, jah durinnandans inwitun unrodjands jah baubs, ik bus
ina. anabiuda, usgagg us bamma jah
10 jah frah bans bokarjans: ];>anaseibs ni galeibais in ina.
lira sokeib mib ]>aim? 20 jah hropjands jah filu tah-
ya-91 17 Jah andhafjands ains us jands ina usiddja; jah warb swe
]uzai managein qa]>: laisari, daubs, swaswe managai qebun
brahta sunu meinana du bus, ]?atei gas wait.
habandan ahman unrodjandan; 27 Iesus undgreipands ina
18 jah bishraruh bei ina ga- bi handau urraisida ina, jah
fahi]?, gawairpib ina, jah hrabjib usstob.
jah kriusti^ tunbuns seinans jah 28 Jah galeibandan ina inyb=92
gastaurkni]?; jah qab siponjam gard, siponjos is frehun ina sun-
]^einaim usdribeina ina, jah dro: dulu^e weis ni mahtedum
ei
ni mahtedun. usdreiban J^ana?
19 ib is andhafjands im qa]?: 29 jah qab du im: bata kuni
kuni ungalaubjando, und lira in waihtai ni mag usgaggan
at izwis sijau? und lira bulau niba in bidai jah fastubnja.
izwis? bairib ina du mis. 30 Jah jainpro usgaggandans yg=93
20 jah brahtedun ina at imma; iddjedun ]?airh Galeilaian, jah ni
jah gasaihrands ina, sunsaiw sa wilda ei liras wissedi;
ahma tahida ina, jah driusands 31 unte laisida siponjans sei-
ana airba walwisoda lirabjands. nans, jah qab du im batei sunus

12. Helias; Helia in CA. — IS. usdribeiDa; usdreibeina in CA. — 28. mahtedum;
mahtedun m CA.
 32 Mark IX.

mans atgibada in handnns mari- namma unte Xristaus sijn]».

ne, jah usqimand imma, jah us- amen qiba izwis ei ni fraqistei]>
qietibe bridjin daga nsstandib. mizdon seinai.
'V2 ib eis ni fro]nm bamma 42 Jah sa hrazuh saei framarz-v]'=99
waurda, jah ohtedun ina ainana ]>ize leitilane ]>ize ga-
fraih- jai
nan. laubjandane dn mis. g-o]) ist
33 jab qam in Kafarnanm. imma maie ei galagjaidau asilu-
yd=94 Jah in garda qumane frah ins: qairnue ana halsaggan is jah
lira in wiga mi]' izwis misso mi- frawaurpane weei in marein:

todedub? 43 Jah jabai marzjai bnk han-r=100

ye=95 .'54 I]> is slawaidedun; dn sis dus beina, afmait bo; gob bns
<
j

misso andiunnun hrarjis maists isthamfaniina in libain galeiban,

weei. ban twos handnne habandin ga-
35 jah sitands atwopida ]>ans leiban in gaiainnan, in fon bata
twalif jah qab du iin: jabai Iras unlrapnando,
wili frumists wisan, sijai allaize 44 ]>arei maba ize ni gaswiltib
aftnmiste jah allaim andbahte. jah fon ni afhrapnib.
jah nimande barn gasatida
.*'><; 4•") jah jabai fotua beine niarz-

ita in. niidjaiin im, jah ana ar- jai bnk, afmait ina; gob ]>ns ist
uiins iiiniaiids ita qab dn im: galeiban in libain haltamma,
37 Baei a in ]nze swaleikaize ban twans fotnns habandin ga-
barne andnimib ana namin mei- wairpan in gaiainnan, in fon
nainnia, mik andnimib. bata nnlrapnando.
yq=OG Jah sahaznh saoi mik and- 40 barei maba ize ni gaswilti]'
nimib, ni mik andnimib ak bana jali fon ni afhrapnib.
sandjandan mik. 47 jah jabai augo bein marz-
yz=:i'7 :;s Andhof ban imma Iohannes jai bnk, newairp imma; gob bus

qibands: laieari, sehrum sumana ist haihamma galeiban in biu-

in beinamma namin usdreiban- dangardja gnbs, ban twa an-

, .
dan anhnlbons, aaei ni laisteib gona habandin atwairpan in
jah vraridedum imma,unte gaiainnan funine,
ni laisteib barei maba ize ni gadaub- l

•"lit ib is qab: ni warjib imma; ni]> jah ton ni aihrapnib.

nimannahnn auk eaei taujib i>t .» IJ'azuh auk funin saltada, ra=101
maht in namin meinamma jah jah lrariatoh hnnele salt a sal-
magi epranto ubilwaurdjan mis: tada.
40 ante eaei nisi wibra izwis. 50 (]' jabai salt on-rb=102
salt: i
]
>

fanr izwis ist. saltan wairbib, hre supoda? ha-

yh=98 il Saei auk allie gadragkjai baib in izwis salt, jah gawair-
izwis stikla watins in namin mei- beigai sijub mi}' izwis misso.

89. is; probably misspelled forloBoa.— 42. hataaggan; so L6be, CA bas baleag-
snpoda enpuda /// CA.
;
 Mark .
Chapter .
14 gasailuands .ban Iesus un-
werida jah qab du im: leti]) ]>o
rg=l03 1 Jah jainbro usstandands
qam in markom Iudaias hindar barna gaggan du mis, jah ni
warjib bo; unte bize ist biudan-
Iaurdanau, jah gaqemun sik
gardi gubs.
aftra manageins du imma, jah
15 amen qiba izwis, saei ni
swe biuhts aftra laisida ins.
andnimibbiudangardja gu]?s swe
2 jah duatgaggandans Farei-
barn, ni bauh qimib in izai.
saieis frehun ina skuldu sijai
16 jah gablaihands im, lag-
mann qen afsatjan, fraisandans jands handuns ana bo biubida
ina.
im.
3 ib andhafjands qab: hm
is
17 Jah usgaggandin imma inrz=107
izwis anabaub Moses?
wig, duatrinnands ainsjahknuss-
4 ib eis qebun: Moses uslau-
jands bab ina qibands: laisari
bida unsis bokos afsateinais mel-
]?iu]?eiga, hm taujau, ei libainais
jan jah afletan.
aiweinons arbja wairbau?
5 jah andhafjands Iesus qab 18 ib is qab du imma: lua mik
du im: wibra harduhairtein iz- qibis biubeigana? ni luashun
wara gamelida izwis ]?o ana- ]?iu]>eigs alja ains gub.
busn. 19 bos anabusnins kant: ni
6 ib af anastodeinai gaskaftais horinos, ni maurbrjais, ni hlifais,
gumein jah qinein gatawida. gub. ni sijais galiugaweitwods, ni ana-
7 inuh bis bileibai manna attin mahtjais, swerai attan beinana
seinamma jah aibein seinai, jah aibein j^eina.
8 jah sijaina bo twa du leika 20 baruh andhafjands qab du
samin, swaswe ]?anaseibs ni sind imma: laisari, bo alia gafastaida
twa ak leik ain. us jundai meinai.
9 batei nu gub gawab, manna 21 lb Iesus insailirands durh=108
]?amma ni skaidai. imma frijoda ina jah qab du
rd=104 10 Jah in garda aftra sipon- imma: ainis bus wan ist; gagg,
jos is bi ]?ata samo frehun ina. swa filu swe habais frabugei jah
re =i05 11 Jah qab du im: sahmzuh gif barbain, jah habais huzd in
saei afletib qen seina jah liugaib himinam, jah hiri laistjan mik
anbara, horino]? du bizai; nimands galgan.
12 jah jabai qino afletib aban 22 lb is gauipnands in bisr]?=109
seinana jahliugada anbaramma, waurdis galaib gaurs; was auk
horinob. habands faihu manag.
rq =i06 13 panuh atberun du imma 23 jah bisaihmnds Iesus qab
barna ei attaitoki im; ib bai si- siponjam seinaim: sai lvaiwa ag-
ponjos is sokun bairn bairandam luba bai faihu gahabandans in
du. ]>iudangardja gubs galeiband.

X, IS. is; probably misspelled for Iesus. — 23. faihu; faiho in CA.
 34 Mark .
24 ib bai siponjos afslaubno- humans aftumans jah aftumaus
dedun in waurde is; ]?anih Iesus frumans.
aftra andhafjands im: bar- 32 ~Wesunu]> ban ana wiga rib=112
nilona, lraiwa aglu ist]>aim hug- gaggandans du Iairusaulyniai
jandam afar faihau iu ]>iudan- jah faurbigaggands ins Iesus,
gardja gubs galei]>an. jah sildaleikidedun, jah afarlaist-
25 azetizo ist ulbandau bairh jandans faurhtai waurbun. jah
|»;iiiko nejilos galei]?an bail ga- andnimands aftra ]>ans twalif
bigamma Juudangardja gu]>s dugann im qiban ]>oei habaide-
in
galeiban. dun ina gadaban,
26 i]> eis niais usgeisnodedun 33 batei sai usgaggam in Iai-
qibandans du sis niisso: jah Iras rusaulynia, jah sunns mans at-
mag ganisan? gibada baira ufargudjam jah
27 dn im Iesns bokarjam, jah gawargjand ina
insailrands
qab: fram mannam unmahteig daubau (jah atgiband ina biu-
ist, akei ni fram guba; allata dom),
auk mahteig ist fram guba. 34 jah bilaikand ina jah bligg-
28 dugann ]>an Paitrus qiban wand ina jah speiwand ana ina
du iuiiua sai weis afiailotum jah usqimand inima, jah bridjin
:

alia jah laistidedum buk.daga usstandib.

ri=no 21) Andhafjands im Iesus qab: 35 Jah athabaidedun sik durig=ll3
amen qiba izwis. ui lrasliun ist inima Iakobus jah Iohannes sun-
eaei aflailoti bro- jus Zaibaidaiaus qibandans: lai-
gard ai]?j>au
|>ruus (aibbau swistruns) aibbau sarij wileima ej batei ]>uk bidjoe
aibein aibbau attan aibbau qen taujais uggkis.
ai|>|'au bama aibbau haimoblja 36 i]> Iesus qabim: Ira wileits
in meina jah in bizos aiwaggel- taujan niik Igqis?
ious. :')7 ib eis qebun du inima: t'ra-
•"'• saei ni andnimai .r. falb gif ugkis ei ains af taihswon )>ci-

nu in bamma gardins jah nai jah ains af hleidumein beinai

tnela
brobruns jah swistruns jah at- sitaiwa in wulbau beinamma.
tan jah aibein jah bama jah 38 i)> Iesus qabuh du im: ni
haimoblja mib wrakom, jah in wituts hns bidjats. magutsu
aiwa bamma anawairbin libaiu driggkan stikl banei ik driggka,
aiweinon. jah daupeinai bizaiei ik daup-
ria=lll *'>1 .\])]>an managed wair]>aii(l jada, ei daupjaindau?

J l. bugjandam; so probably '" CA, 1U<> ^ being indistinct; Lobe baa Imnjan-
dam. — 25. azetito; aatuo in CA. — 27. akei before ni; in CA before fram, l>y
oversight; </>. Mi. Vlll, 14, note. — 29. aflailoti; aflailailoti inCA. aifebaD ewi-
Btrane; wanting in CA. attan; tin in CA. —jah atgiband ina (riudom; wan-
ting in CA;
inCA.
<j>. Lu. 7/ 82.
; 1

— nastandib;
1

ostandi]? in ('A. — 3S. wituts; witujjs

 Mark . . 35

39 ib du imma: gai ei gabahaidedi; ib is filu

eis qe]?un
magu. ib Iesus qabuh du im: mais hropida: sunu Daweidis,
swebauh bana stikl banei ik armai mik.
driggka, driggkats, jah bizai 49 jah gastandands Iesus hai-
daupeinai ]>izaiei ik daupjada hait atwopjan ina, jah wopide-
(daupjanda), dun bana blindan qibandans du
40 ib bata du sitan af taihs- imma: brafstei buk, urreis, wo-
won meinai aibbau af hleidumein peib buk.
nist mein du gibau, alja ];>aimei 50 ib is afwairpands wastjai
manwib was. seinai ushlaupands qam at Iesu.
rid=H4 41 Jah gahausjandans bai tai- 51 jah andhafjands qab du
hun dugunnun uuwerjan bi Ia- imma Iesus: hra wileis ei taujau
kobu jah Iohannen. ]>us? ib sa blinda qab du imma:
42 ib is athaitands ins qa,]? du rabbaunei, ei ussaihrau.
im: witubbatei (]>aiei) ]mggkjand 52 ib Iesus qab du imma:
reikinon ]>iudom, gafraujinond gagg, galaubeins beina ganasida
im, ib ]?ai mikilans ize gawal- buk. jah sunsaiw ussahr jah lai-
dand im. stida in wiga Iesu.
43 i]> ni swa sijai in izwis; ak
salimzuh saei wili wairban mikils Chapter XI.
in izwis, sijai izwar andbahts. 1 Jah
nehra wesun Iairu- riz=117
bi]?e
44 jah saei wili izwara wair- salem in Bebsfagein jah Bebaniin
ban frumists, sijai allaim skalks. at fairgunja alewjin, insandida
rie=115 45 Jah auk sunus mans ni twans siponje seinaize.
qam at andbahtjam, ak and- 2 jah qa]? du im: gaggats in
bahtjan jah giban saiwala seina haim bo wibrawair]?on iggqis,
faur managans bin. jah sunsaiw inngaggandans in
riq=llG 4G Jah qemun in Iairikon. jah ]?o baurg bigitats fulan gabun-
usgaggandin imma jainJuO mi]? danana, ana bammei nauh ains-
siponjam seinaim jah manageiu hun manne ni sat; andbindan-
ganohai, sunus Teimaiaus Bar- dans ina attiuhats.
teimaius blinda sat faur wig du 3 jah jabai liras iggqis qibai:
aihtron. dulue bata taujats? qi baits ]?a-
47 jah gahausjands batei Iesus tei frauja bis gairneib;
sa Nazoraius ist, dugann hrop- Jah sunsaiw ina isandeibhidre. vih=118
jan jah qiban: sunu Daweidis 4 galibun ban jah bigetun fu-
Iesu, armai mik. lan gabundanana at daura uta
48 jah luotidedun imma mana- ana gagga, jah andbundun ina.

30. daupjanda wanting in CA. — 42. is; ju-obably misspelt for Iesus. }>aiei,
;

wanting in CA. —
44. frumists; frumisfc in CA. —46. Barteimaius; Barteimai-
aus in CA. — 47. 48. sunu; sunau in CA.
XT, 1. Bel?aniin; Bipaniin in CA.
 36 Mark .

5 jah eumai ]nze jainar staii- 15 Jah iddjedun du Iairusauly- rka=121

dandane qebun du im: Ira tau- mai. jah atgagg-ands Ieens in
jats andbindandana bana fulan? alh dngann newairpan banafra-
6 i]> eifl qebun du im, awaawe bngjandana jah bngjandans in
;inabau]i im Ieana; jah lailotun alh. jah mesa akattjane jah ait-
in». lane ]nze frabugiandane ahakini
7 iah brahtedun bana fulan uswaltida.
at Ieana, jah galagidedun ana 16 jah ni lailot ei lvas bairh-
waatjoe seinos. iah gaaat ana beri kas bairn j^o alh.
ina. 17 jah laisida qibanda du im:
8 managai ]'an waatjom sei- niu gameli]> ist ]^atei razn mem
naim strawidedun ana wiga, su- ram bido haitada allaim bin-
mai astans niaimaitun us bag- dom? ib jus gatawidedub ita du
mam jah atrawidednn ana wiga. filigrja waidedjane.
ri>=ii9 i» Jah bai fauragaggandane 18 Jah gahausidednn bai bo- rkb= 123
(jah ]>ai afargaggandana) hro- karjoa jah gndjane auhnmistana,
pidednn qibandana: osanna. bin- jah eokidedun hraiwa imma us-
bida .-a qimanda in naniin frau- qistidedoina: ohtednn auk ina.
jins; unte alia managei afldaleikide-
10 binbido so qimandei biu- dun in laiscinais i».
dangardi in naniin attins un- li) Jah bibe andanahti warb,rkg=l98
- s Daweidia, oeanna in hau-
;

nsiddja ut us bizai banrg.

hisTjam. 2< jah in manrgin Eanrgaggan- >

rk=l20 11 Jah
in Iainisaulynin dans
«ralai]>
gaaebjnn bana amakka-
teens jah in alh: jah biaaihranda
bagm banrajana na wanrtim.
alia, at andanahtia jnban \\\-
21 jah gamnnandsPaitrna qab
eandin hreilai nsiddja in Be-
du imma: rabbei, >>ai amakka-
banian mib baim twalibini.
bagma banei Eraqaat gabanrs-
12 jah iftnmin daga oaatan-
noda.
dandam im us Bebaniin, gredaga
22 Jah andhafjanda Ieana qab rkd=l24
was.
13 jah gaaaihranda smakka-
du im: habaib galanbein gnba,
bagm Eairrabro habandan lauf. l'•". amen auk qiba izwia, biabja-

atiddja <• aufto bigeti Ira ana zuh du bamma faiigun-

ei qi]>ai

iinina. jah qimanda at ininia ni ja: ushafci ]mk jah wairp bna in
waiht bigat ana imma niba lauf: niart'in. jah ni tuzweriai in hair-
ni auk was Bmakkane.
nu-l tin Beinamma, akgalanbjai bate
14 jah usbairands qab du ini- ei batei qibib gagaggib, wairbib
nia : ni banaaeiba us bua aiw imma biahrah J?ei qibib.
manna akran matjai. jab _ 21 Pu]>]>e qiba izwia, allatarke L26
hausidednn ]>ai aiponjoe is. biahrah ]'<'i bidjandana aokeib,

!>. jah |•. a;.u_ lane or a similar expression ia wanting in CA.

 Mark XI. XII. 37

galaubeib batei nimib, jali Chapter XII.

wair-
bib izwis. 1 Jah dugann im in gajukonrkh=128
rkq=126 25 Jah ban standai]? bidjan- qiban: weinagard ussatida man-
dans, afletaib jabai lira habaib na, jah bisatida ina fabom jah
wibra luana, ei jah atta izwar usgrof dal uf mesa jah gatim-
sa in himinam afletai izwis mis- rida kelikn, jah anafalh ina
sad edins izwaros. waurstwjam, jah aflaib aljab.
26 ib jabai jus ni afletib, ni 2 jah insandida du bairn
bau atta izwar sa in himinam waurstwjam at mel skalk, ei
at
afletib izwis missadedins izwaros.
bairn waurstwjam nemi akranis
rkz- 127 27 Jah iddjedun aftra du Iai- bis weinagardis;
rusaulymai. jah in alh hrarbon-
3 ib eis nimandans ina us-
din imma atiddjedun du imma
bluggwun jah insandidedun laus-
bai auhumistans gudjans jah
handjan.
bokarjos jah sinistans,
4 jah aftra insandida du im an-
28 jah qebun du imma: in
]?arana skalk; jah bana stainam
luamraa waldufnje bata taujis?
wairpandans gaaiwiskodedun
jah hias bus bata waldufni at-
jah haubib wundan brahtedun,
gaf ei bata taujis?
jah insandidedun ganaitidana.
29 ib Iesus andhafjands qab
du im: fraihna jah ik izwis ainis 5 jah aftra insandida anba-
rana; jah jainana afslohun, jah
w^,urdis, jah andhafjib mis, jah
qi]?a izwis in hramma waldufnje
managans anj?arans, sumans
bata tauja. usbliggwandans, sumanzuh ban
usqimandans.
30 daupeins Iohannis uzuh hi-
mina Avas bau uzuh mannam? 6 banuh nauhbanuh ainana
andhafjib mis. sunu aigands liubana sis, insan-
31 jah bahtedun du sis misso dida jah bana du im spedistana,
qi];>andans: jabai qi]?am us hi- qi]:>ands batei gaaistand sunu

mina, qibi]?: a]?]?an dulue ni ga- meinana.

laubidedu].? imma?
32 ak qibam: us mannam?
ohtedun po managein; allai auk
alakjo habaidedun Iohannen ba-
tei bi sunjai praufetes
7 ib jainai bai waurstwjans
qebun du sis misso ]?atei sa ist
sa arbinnmja; hirji}> usqimam
imma, jah unsar wairbi]^ bata
was. arbi.

33 jah andhafjandans qebun 8 jah undgreipandans ina us-

du Iesua: ni witum. jah andhaf- qemun jah uswaurpun imma ut
jands Iesus qab du im: nih ik us bamma weinagarda.
izwis qij>a in mamma waldufnje 9 lira nuh taujai frauja ]Aa
bata tauja. weinagardis? qimib jah usqis-

32. ohtedun; uhtedun in CA.

XII, 4. haubi}nvundan ; some write haubi]? wundan.
 38 Mark XII.

teibpans waurstwjans, jah gibip sis patei jabai Iris bropar ga-
pana Aveinagard anparaim. danpnai jah bileibai qenai jah
10 nih bata gamelido ussugg- barne ni bilei]>ai. ei nimai bro]>ar
!

wup: stains }>ammei uswaurpun is po qen is jah ussatjai barna

pai timrjans. sah war]? du hau- bropr seinamma.
bida waihstins; 20 sibun broju-ahans wesun;
11 frnm fraujin war]? sa. jah jah sa frumista nam ([en, jah
ist Mldaleiks in augam unsa- gaswiltanda ni bilaij? fraiwa,
raim? 21 jah an par nam ]>o jah ga-
rk]?=129 12 Jah sokidedun ina undgrei- dau]uioda. jah ni sa bilaip frai-
pan jah ohtedun }>o mauagein; wa: jah pridja samaleiko.
fro]nm auk ]>atei duiinpogaiu- 22 jali nemun j>o samaleiko
kon qaj>. ]'ai sibun jah ni bilipun fraiwa.

rl=130 Jah afletandans ina gali]>un. spedumista allaize gaswalr jah

13 jah insandidedun du imma so qens.
sumai ]>ize Fareisaie jah Hero- 2•"} in pizai usstassai, ]>an ue-
diane, ei ina ganuteina waurda. standand, hrarjamma ize wair-
14 ib eis qimandans <]e])iin du ]>ip qens? pai auk sibun aihte-
imma: laisari, witum ]>atei sun- dun po du qenai.
jeius is. jah ni kara buk mans- 24 jah andhafiands [eaus qap
hun: ni auk sailris in andwair]>ja du im: niu dupe airzjai eijup ni
manne, ak bi sunjai wig gu]>s kunnandans mela nih mnUt
lnisfis; skuldu ist kaisaragild gupe?
gibanKaieara, ]>au niu gibaima? 2.") allis usstandand us ]'
1 •">
ij> Iesus gasaihranda ize dau]>aim. ni lingand ni liuganda.
liutein * ;
]
> du im: hra niik frai- ak siud swe aggiljus ]>ai in hi-
sij>? atbairip mis skatt. <'i ga- minam.
saihrau. 26 appan bi daupans, f?atei
1<> atberun, jah qaj? du urreiaand, niu gakunnaidedup
i]> cis
im: Iris isi sa manleika jah so ana bokom Mosczis ana ailra-
ofarmeleins? i)> cis «]*•]> u du tundiai. lraiwa imma qap gup
1 1

imma: Kaisaris. qipande: ik im gup Abrahamis

17 jah andhafiands Iesus qap jah gu]> Tsakis jah lakobis?
du im: osgibip |><> Kaisaris Kai- 27 nist gup dau]>aize ak qi-
saia jah l'o gups gupa. jah sil- waiz»•; appau jus filu airzjai siju]».
daleikidedmi ana |?amma. 28 jah duatgaggands aina jrfze
L8 jah atiddjednn Saddukaieis bokarje.
du imma, paiei qipand osstass samana sok-ria=l31
Gahausjande ina
ni wisan, jah frehun ina qi)>an- jandans. gnsailrands ]>atci waila
dans: im andhof, frah ina: tuarja isi
(
1 .) laisari. Moeee gamelida un- allaizo anabusne frumista'.'

24. mola: in tin- margin the glom bol

 Mark XII. XIII. 39

29 andhof imma ]?atei

ib Iesus 37 silba raihtis Daweid qibib
frumista allaizo anabusns: hau- ina fraujan, jah lvrabro imma
sei, Israel, frauja gub unsar sunus ist? jah alia so managei
frauja ains ist, hausidedun imma gabaurjaba.
30 jah frijos fraujan glib ]>ei- 38 Jah qab du im in laiseinai rle=135
nana us allamma hairtin ]>ei-
seinai: sailm]> faura bo. . . .

namma jah us allai saiwalai

beinai jah us allai gahugdai ]>ei- Chapter XIII.
nai jah us allai mahtai J^einai; 16 wastja seina. . . .

so frumista anabusns. 17 Ab]?an wai baim qi]mhaf-rmd=l44

31 jah anbara galeika ]Mzai: torn jah daddjandeim in jainaim
nehmndjan beinana swe da gam.
frijos
buk silban. maizei baim anbara 18 Abban bidjaib ei ni wairj>ai rme=l45
anabusns nist. sa ]?lauhs izwar wintrau.
rlb=132 32 Jah qa]? du imma sa bo- 19 Wairband auk bai dagos rmq=146
kareis: waila, laisari, bi sunjai jainai agio swaleika, swe ni was
qast }?atei ains ist jah nist an- swaleika fram anastodeinai ga-
]>ar alja imma.
skaftais, boei gaskop gu]>, und
33 jah bata du frijon ina us
hita, jah ni wairbib.
allamma hairtin jah us allamma
20 Jah ni frauja gamaurgidedi rmz=147
frabja jah us allai saiwalai jah
bans dagans, ni ]>auh ganesi
us allai mahtai jah bata du
ainhun leike; akei in ]>ize gawali-
frijon nelrundjan swe sik silban
dane, banzei gawalida, gamaur-
managizo ist allaim baim ala-
gida ]>ans dagans.
brunstim jah saudim.
21 Jah ]?an jabai luas izwisrmli=148
34 jah Iesus gasailuands ina
qibai: sai her Xristus, ai}>]?au
batei f rod aba andhof, qa]? du
galaubjaib.
imma: ni fairra is [nudangardjai sai jainar, ni
gubs. 22 Unte urreisand galiuga- rmb=149
iig=133 Jah ainshun banaseibs ni ga- xristjusjahgaliugapraufeteis,jah
daursta ina fraihnan. giband taiknins jah fauratanja
iid=i34: 35 Jah andhafjands Iesus qab du afairzjan, jabai mahteig sijai,
laisjands in alh: hraiwa qi]?and jah bans gawalidans.
bai bokarjos batei Xristus sunus 23 ib jus sailui]?; sai fauraga-
ist Daweidis? taih izwis allata.
36 silba auk Daweid qab in 24 Akei in jainans dagans afarrn=ir)0
ahmin weihamma: qibib frauja bo aglon jaina sauil riqizeib, jah
du fraujin meinamma: sit af mena ni gibib liuhab sein,
taihswon meinai, unte ik galagja 25 jah stairnons himinis wair-
fijands ]?einans fotubaurd fotiwe band driusandeins, jah mahteis
beinaize. bos in himinam gawagjanda.

38. bo . . ; the first two letters ofbokarjant.

 40 Mark XIII. XIV.

rna=151 20 Jab ]>an gasaimand sunu 10 Jah Iudas Iskariotes, ainsrj=l60

inansqimaiidaii in milhmam nii]> ]nze twalibe, galaibdu ]>aim gad-
mahtai managai jah wulban. jam, ei galewidedi ina im.
27 jah J>an insandeib aggiluns 11 i]? eis gahausjandans fa-
seinans jah galisij' bans gawali- ginodedunjahgahaihaitun imma
dans seinans af fidwor windam faihu gibau, jah sokida hraiwa
fram andiam airbos und andi gatQaba ina galewidedi.
himinis. 12 jah 1'amma frumistiu daga
28 a}>ban af smakkabagma azvme. ban paska salidedun, qe-
ganimib ]'o gajukon. ]»an ]?is j'un du imma ]>ai siponjos is:
juban asts blaqus wairbib jah lrarwileis ei galei]>andansman\v-
nskeinaud laubos, kunnu]? ]»atei jaima, ei matjais paska?
nelra ist asans. 13 jah insandida twans sipon ic
29 swan jah jus, ]>an gasailri]» seinaize qajmh du im: gaggata
]'ata wairban, kunneib ]>atei in ]>o baurg, jah gamotei]> ig(]is
nelua sijuj^ at manna kas watins bairands;
. . .

gaggata afar bamma,

Chapteb XIV. 14 jah badei inngaleibai, qi-
4 triiis ]>is balsanis warb? Jiaits bamma heiwafraujin batei
. . .

lnnlit wesi auk ]>ata balsan laisareis qi]>i]>: hrar Bind sali]»-
.")

frabugjaii in managizo ban brija wos. barei paska mi]> eiponjam

liunda ekatte jali giban unle- meinaim matjau?
daiiii; jah andstaunaidedun ]>o. jah sa izwis taikneib kelikn
6 ib Iesus qab: letij> ]>o; duhre mikilata gastrawi]? mauwjata,
i/.ai usbriutib? bannu go]» jah jainar manwjaib uneie.
wauretw waurhta bi mis. L6 jah usiddjedun bai sipon. ..
7 sinteino auk bane unledans 41 sai galewjada sunns mans . .

habaib mi]> i/.wis, jah ban wileib, in lianduns frawaurht aize.

magub iin waila tanjan, i]> niik 12 urreisib, gaggam; sai sa
ui sinteino habaib. lewjands mik atnehrida.
rn]> .",;» 8 patci habaida, sogatawida. 4. Jah sunsaiw nauhbanuh atrpa=l81
faursnau salbon lucin left du us- imma rodjandin qam Iudas.
filha. sums bize walibe, jah mib imma 1

9 ameo qiba i/.wis. I'islraruli managei mib hairum jah triwam

]»ci meijada so aiwaggeljo and fram bairn auhumistam gudjam
alia manaseb, jah batei gata- jah bokarjam jah sinistam.
wid.i so rod j ad a du gamundai v _>
11 Atuh-ban-gaf sa lewjandsrpb i

izos. im bandwon qibands: bammei

,
XIV.
29.
I.
.-iju)» at; il»•

... (fins, iin.il syllable

t ofal is faded out
of qisteins or
in CA.
fraqisteine. — 10. [ekariotee;
[ekarioteis in CA. — 18. gaggats; gaggael in CA. — W. sipon; 1 1n• first twoayl-
tables of siponjos.
 Mark XIV 41

kukjau, 8a ist; greipi]? ]?ana jah 5G managai auk galiug weit-

tiuhib arniba. wodidedun ana ina.
45 jah qimands sunsaiw at- Jah samaleikos bos weitwodi- ry=l90
gaggands du imma qa]?: rabbei bos ni wesun.
rabbei, jah kukida-iinma; 57 jah sumai usstandandans
46 ib eis uslagidedun handuns galiug weitwodidedun ana ina
ana ina jah undgripiin ina. qi]?andans
rpg— 183 47 lb ains sums bize atstan- 58 ]?atei Aveis gahausidedum
dandane imma uslukands hairu qi]?andan ina ]?atei ik gataira
sloh skalk auhumistins gudjins alh ]?o handuwaurhton, jah bi
jah afsloh imma auso bata ]?rins dagans anbara unhandu-
taihswo. waurhta gatimrja,
rpd- 184 48 Jah andhafjands Iesus qa]? 59 jah ni swa samaleika was
du im: swe du waidedjin urrun- weitwodiba ize.
nub mi]? hairum jah triwam grei- 60 jah usstandands sa auhu-
pan mik. mista gudja in midjaim frah Iesu
49 daga luammeh was at izwis qi]?ands: niu andhafjis waiht hra
in alh laisjands, jah ni gripu]? bai ana buk weitwodjand?
mik; ak usfullnodedeinabokos.
ei
61 i]?
bahaida jah waiht ni is
rpe=185 50 Jah afletandans inagablau- andhof.
aftra sa auhumista
hun allai. gudja frah ina jah qab du imma:
rpq=l86 51 Jah ains sums juggalaubs
]?u is Xristus sa sunus bis ]?iu-
laistida afar imma biwaibi]?s
}?eigins?
leina ana naqadana, jah gripun 62 i]? is qabuh: ik im.
is ]?ai juggalaudeis;
Jah gasaihti]? ]?ana sunu mans rya=191
52 i]? is bilei]?ands bamma lei-
af taihswon sitandan mahtais
na naqabs ga]?lauh faura im.
jah qimandan mi]? milhmam hi-
ipz=i87 53 Jah gatauhun Iesu du au-
minis.
humistin gudjin, jah garunnun
mi]? imma auhumistans gudjans 63 I]? sa auhumista gudja dis-ryb=l92
allai jah bai sinistans jah bo- skreitands wastjos seinos qa]?:
karjos. BTa ]?anamais ]?aurbum Aveis rjg=i 93
rpb=:l88 54 Jah Paitrus fairraJuO lai- weitwode ?
stida afar imma, unte qam in 64 hausidedu]? ]?o wajamerein
garda bis auhumistins gudjins, is; lua izwis ]?ugkei]?? ]?aruh eis
jah was sitands mi]? andbahtam allai gadomidedun ina skulan
jah warmjands sik at liuhada. wisan daubau.
rp]?=189 55 I]? bai auhumistans gud- 65 Jah dugunnun sumai spei- ryd=l 94
jans jah alia so gafaurds soki- wan ana wlit is jah huljan and-
dedun ana Iesu weitwodi]?a du wair]?i is jah kaupatjan ina; jah
afdau]?jan ina, jah ni bigetun; qe]?un du imma: praufetei, jah

62. is; probably misspelt for Iesns.

 \J Mark XIV. XV.

andbahtos gabaurjaba lofam dandans Iesu brahtedun ina at

elohun ina. Peilatan.
rye=10.", (}(> Jali Avisandin Paitrau in
2 Jah frah ina Peilatus: ]m iss=200
rohsnai dalapa, jah atiddja aina piudans Iudaie? ip is andhaf-
J'iujo }n\s auhuinistins gudjins, jands qa]> du imma: ]>u qipis.
(57 jali «rasailrandei Paitru
Jah Avrohidedun ina pai au-ea=201•*'»

warmjandan sik. insailrandei du huniistans gudjans filn.

iniina qap: jali ]>u ini]> Ieeua 4 ip Peilatus aftra frah ina
|>ainina Xazorenau wast.
qipands: niu andhafjis ni waiht?
68 is afaiaik qipands: ni sai Iran filu ana
]>uk weitwod-
wait, kann Ira ]>u qipis.
jand.
ryq=196 Jali galaip faur gard, jah liana
5 i]> Iesus banamaie ni andhof,
wopida.
ewaswe sildaleikida Peilatus.
jah
(')'.) ]>iwi gasaihmndei ina
Ip and dulp lrarjoh fralailot sb=202
aftra dugann (|i)>an paim faura-
im ainana bandjan banei bedun.
standandam batei sa ]»izo ist.
70 i|> is aftra laugnida. jah 7 Waenh ban sa haitana Barab-sg=203

afar leitil aftra pad atstandan- baa

in i
]
> |>aim nii]> imma droli-

dans qepun du jandani gabnndans, baiei in auh-

Pail ran : bi sun-
jai |'izt> is. jah auk (Galeilaius jodan maurpr gatawidedun.
ia jali) razda beina galeika ist.
8 jah usgaggandei alia mana-
71 i]> is dugann afaikan jab ge! dngunnun bidjan ewaswe sin-
swaran |>at»'i ni kann teino tawida im.
]>ann man-
Dan banei <|i]>i]>. i) ip Peilatne andhof im qi-

72 jah an]>arannna sin]>a liana

bands: wileidu fraletan izwis

wopida, bana pindan Iudaie?

ryz- l!i7 Jah gamunda I'aitrus pata 10 Wissa auk batei in neipissd=204
waurd, swe qap imma leans, atgebun ina J>ai auhumistans
batei nana hrukjai gndjans.
faurpizei
twaim einpam, mwidis mik prim 11 i]> bai auliuniistans gudjanfl
sinpam. jah dugann gretan. inwagidedun bo managein, ei
inais Barabban frailailoti im.
Chapteb XV. 12 I]» Peilatus aftra andhaf-ee 205
rvli L98 .Jali sunsaiw in maUTgin ga- jands <ia]> du im: Ira nu wileip
1

runitaujandanepai auhumistans ei taujau )'aniinci qipip biudan

gudjanfl nii]> paim sinistani jali Iudaie?
bokarjam 13 i)> eis aftra hropidednn:
ryb ii»!> Jah alia so gafanrds, gabin- ushramei ina.

87. Nasorenaa; Nacoreinaii in CA. — 69. TO. ]>iz<•: |•<• in CA. TO. Galei- —
laius is jah aeenu to buve »•• omitted by overnight. T2. Faurbizei; faorbiEe —
/'//
CA. gretan; greitaa /'//
CA.
XV. <;. tcarjoh; tvarjo in CA. — '>. fraletao; fraleitan /'//
CA.
 Mark XV. 48

14 ib Peilatus qab du im: hra25 Wasuh ban hreila bridjo sig=213

gatawida? ib eis mais jah ushramidedun ina.
allis ubilis
hropidedun: ushramei ina. 26 Jah was ufarmeli fairinos sid=2l4
sq=20G 15 lb Peilatus wiljands bizai is ufarmelib: sa biudans Iudaie.
managein fullafahjan fralailot 27 Jah mib imma ushramide- sie=215
im bana Barabban, ib Iesu at- dun twans Avaidedjans; ainana
gaf usbliggwands, ei ushramibs af taihswon jah ainana af hleidu-
wesi. mein is.
sz=207 16 I]) gadrauhteis gatauhun 28 Jah usfullnoda bata game- siq=21G
ina irmana gardis, ]?atei ist prai- lido bata qibando; jah mib un-
toriaun, jah gahaihaitun alia sibjaim rahnibs Avas.
hansa; . 29 Jah bai faurgaggandans siz=2l7
17 jah gawasidedim ina paur- wajameridedun ina Avibondans
purai jah atlagidedun ana ina haubida seina jah qibandans:
paurneina Avipja uswindandans; sa gatairands bo alh jah bi brins
18 jah dugimnim goljan ina: dagans gatimrjands bo,
hails, biudan Iudaie. 30 nasei buk silban jah atsteig
19 jah slohun is haubib rausa af I'amma galgin.
jah bispiwun ina, jah lagjandans 31 Samaleiko jah bai auhumi- sih=218
kniwa inwitun ina. stans gudjans bilaikandans ina
sh=208 20 Jah bibe bilailaikun ina, mib sis misso mib baim bokar-
andwasidedun ina ]uzai paur- jam qebun: anbarans ganasida,
purai jah gawasidedun ina wast- ib sik silban ni mag ganasjan;
jom swesaim. 32 sa Xristus sa biudans Is-
sl?=209 Jah ustauhun ina, ei ushrami- raelis atsteigadau nu af bamma
dedeina ina. galgin, ei gasaihraima jah ga-
21 jah undgripun sum ana laubjaima. %
manne Seimona Kyreinaiu qi- Jah ]mi mibushramidans imma si);>=2iD
mandan af akra, attan Alaik- idweitidedun imma.
sandraus jah Rufaus, ei nemi 33 Jah bibe warb meila saihsto, sk=220
galgan is. riqis Avarb ana allai airbai und
si=210 22 Jah attauhun ina ana lueila niundon.
Gaulgauba stab, batei ist ga- 34 Jah niundon hreilai Avopidaska=221
skeirib luairneins stabs; Iesus stibnai mikilai qi bands:
sia=211 23 Jah gebun imma drigkan ailoe ailoe lima sibakbanei, batei
wein mib Smyrna; ib is ni nam. ist gaskeirib: gub meins gub
sib=212 24 Jah ushramjandans ina dis- meins, duhre mis bilaist?
dailjand wastjos is, wairpandans 35 jah sumai bize atstandan-
hlauta ana bos, hrarjizuh lira dane gahausjandans qebun: sai,
nemi. Helian Avopeip.

24. disdailjand; disdailjandans in CA. — 28. qibando; qi]?ano in CA; cp.

Rom. IX, 17. Gal. IV, 30. — 29. faurgaggandans ; fauragaggandans in CA.
 4+ Mark XV. XVI.

skb=222 36 pragjands ban ains jah ga- ]>ana hundafab frah ina juban
fulljands swain akeitis galag- gadaujmodedi.
jauds ana raus dragkida ina qi- ,45 jah finbande at ]>amma
bands: let, ei sailram qimaiu hnndafada fragaf bata leik Ioset'a
Helias athafjan ina. 4b Jah usbugjands leiu jahskh=228
skg=223 37 Iblesus aftraletands stibna usnimands ita biwand ]>amma
niikila uzon. leina jah galagida ita in hlaiwa,
skd=224 38 Jah faurahah alhs disskrit- }>atei was gadraban us staina,
noda in twa iupabro und dalab. jah atwalwida stain du daura
bis hlaiwis.
ske=225 39 Gasailrands ]>an sa hunda-
fa]>s sa atstandands in and-
47 ib Maria so Magdalene
wairbja is }>atei swa hropjands
Jah Marja Iosezis selrun Irarskb=220
uzon, qa)>: bi sunjai sa manna galagibs wesi.
sunus was gubs.
1

Chapter XVI.
8kq=226 40 AVosunu]» ]>an qinons fairra-
1 Jah inwisandin sabbatedaga sl=230
|>rosailrandeins, in baimei Avas
Maria so Magdalene jah Marja
Maria so Magdalene jah Maria
so Iakobis jah Salome usbauh-
[akobis ]>is niinnizins jah Iosezis tedun aromata, ei atgaggan-
ai]>ei jah Salome.
deins gasalbodedeina ina.
41 jah ban was in Galeilaia.
2 Jah filu air ]ns dagis afar-sla=231
jah laistideduD ina jah andbahti- sabbate atiddjedun du J'aniina
dedmi imma jah an]>aros mana- hlaiwa, at urrinnandin sunnin.
gos bozei mi]uddjedun imma in 3 jah qe]nm du sis misso: has
Iairusalem. afwalwjai unsis bana stain af
skz=227 12 andanahtja daurom bia hlaiwis?
Jah jubao al
wanrbanamma, nnte was para- 4 jah inaaihrandeina gaumide-
ekaiwe, sari ist fruma sabbato, dun bammei afwalwibs ist sa
43 qimands [osei at Arama- stains: was auk mikils abraba.
baiae, gaguda ragineie, eaei was » jah atgaggandeina in ]>ata
silli.i beidanda biudangardjoa hlaiw gasehrun jnggalauj? sitan-
gu]>s. anananbjands galaib inn dan in taihswai biwaibidana
dn IVilatau jah bab ]>is leikis uastjai lreitai. jah nageianode-
Irsuis. dun.
44
is
i]> Peilatus sildaJeikida
ju]>an gaswalt, jah athaitands
ei

(]>izwis. [
6 [)arnh qaj? du im: ni faurh-slb=232
Bokeib Xazoraiu

CA. la in —
44. bans ]>an in CA. :

XVI, 7. inwisandin sabbate daga; CA has inwisandin sabbate dagis. Lobe

writes inwisandins sabbate dagis, wbieh would ho the only example of & genitive
absolute. reading inwisandin sabbatedaga, 'since the sabbath was at band',
Tin•
{Mary \f.. etc., bought sweet spices, i. 0. 'before tin' sabbatb') suits well with
1. 11. .V.V//7. .'H. in inwisandins sabbat.' dagia would menu the same thing. —
itiddjedon atiddednn in ('A.
;
 Mark XVI. 45

bana ushramidan, nist her, ur- 9 Usstandands ban in maur- eld=234

rais. sai bana sta]? ]>arei gala- gin frumin sabbato ataugida
gidedim ina. frumist Marjin ]>izai Magdalene,
7 akei gaggi]? qibiduh clu si- af bizaiei uswarp sibun imlml-
poniam is jah du Paitrau ]?atei ]>ons.
faurbigaggib izwis in Galeilaian; 10 soh gaggandei gataih bairn
baruh ina gasaihnb, swaswe qab mib imraa wisandam, qainon-
izwis. dam jah gretandam.
8 Jah usgaggandeins af bam- 11 jah eis hausjandans batei
ma hlaiwa gablauhun, dizuh- libai]? jah gasaihrans warb fram
ban-sat ijos reiro jah usfilniei, izai, ni galaubidedim.
jah ni qe]?un mannhun waiht, 12 afaruh ban bata
ohtedun sis auk.
 Aiwagge^jo ]>airh Lukan anasto(lei]>.

a=l 1 Unte raihtia managai du- 8 war]' J?an mi]>]>anei gudji-

gunnun meljan insaht )?08ga- aoda is in wikon kuniis aeinia in
bi
fullaweisidons in una waihtina, aii(lwair])ja <ru]>s.
2 swaswe anafulhun unsis ]?aiei 9bibmhtjagndjinassaushlante
Eram Erumiatin ailbaaiunjos jah ininia urrann <lu salian atgag-
andbahtos weaun waurdis, gands in alh fraujina,
]>is

galeikaida jah mis jah annua

.•'> 1<» jah alls hiuhma was mana-

weihamma Eram anastodeinai geina beidandana uta tueilai ]>y-

allaim glaggwuba afarlaiatjan- lniamins.
< gahahjo [tub meljan, batiata
1 1 1 11 war]' pan ininia in aiunai
|>aiautVilu. aggilua fraujina atandanda af
4
gakunnais ]>izo bi
ei [?oei tailiswon hunslastadis ]>vniia-
galaiafya is waurde aataj?. mi ns.
5 was in dagam Eerodee J?iu- L2 jah gadrobnoda Zakariaa
dania [udaias gudja namin Za- gaaaihranda, jah agia diadraua
kanas us afar Abijina, jah <]<>ns ina.
is ns .' qa]> |»;in <lu ininia sa aggi-
dauhtrum Aharons, jah
aamo Lsoa Aileiaabai)?. lua: ni oga ]ms, Zakaria, <lu]v
ei weaunuh ]>an garaihta ba in ei andhauaida iat bida |><>ina. jah

andwairjjja gu)?8, gaggandona qena ]>rina Aileieabai}? gabairid

in allaim anabusnim jah garaih- sunn ]ais. jali liaitais nanio is

fceim fraujina unwaha. [ohannen.

7 jab iii was ini jah wair]>i]> ]>us faheda jah
barne, ante 1-1

was Aileiaabafy atairo, jah ba 8wegniJ>a, jah managai in ga-

framaldra dage seinaize wesun. l»aui-]>ai is Eaginondi

The following vereea ofLu. (not quite % of tin• Greek irxi) are found in ih<>
Codex Argenteua: I. 7-.V. 80. XIV, 9—XVI, 24. XML 8—XX, 46. Superscription:
In tin- Vienna MS. aiwaggeljo )>airli Lokan.
/. .".
gndja; gudji in CA. qena; qeina /'//
CA. [Concerning ei and i tore in Lu.,
Hot hit• Grammar 1
, S 7 notis 2 and 8). izos; originally twice. Uppatrom:
librariua primum aeripeH umbo izos\toe,quoddeinde,radendo mo et mutandoque
u ;'/)
bi, correxH. Poateriua izos euojure intactum eat.
 Luke I.
47

15 wairbib auk mikils in and- 24 afaruh ban bans dagans

wairbja fraujins, jah wein jah inkilbo war]? Aileisabaib qens is,
leibu ni drigkid, jah ahmins wei- jah galaugnida sik menobs fimf,
his gafulljada nauhban iu warn- qibandei
bai aibeins seinaizos, 25 batei swa mis gatawida
16 jah managans suniwe Is- frauja in dagam |?aimei insahr
raelis gawandeib du fraujin guba afniman idweit mein in mannam.
ize; 26 banuh ban in menob saih-
17 jah silba fauraqimid in and- stin insandibs was aggilus Gab-
wairbja is in ahmin jah mahtai riel fram guba in baurg Galei-
Haileiins, gawandjan hairtona laias sei haitada Nazaraib,
attane du barnam jah untalans 27 du magabai in fragibtim
in frodein garaihtaize, manwjan abin bizei namo Iosef, us
garda
fraujin managein gafahrida. Daweidis, jah namo bizos maga-
18 jahqabZakarias du barnma bais Mariam.
aggilau: bime kunnum |>ata? ik 28 jah galeibands inn sa aggi-
raiktis im sineigs jah qens meina lus du izai qab: fagino, anstai
framaldrozei in dagam
seinaim. audahafta, frauja mib bus, biu-
19 jah andhafjands sa aggilus bido bu in qinom.
qab du imma: ik im Gabriel sa
29 ib si gasaihrandei gablahs-
standands in andwairbja gubs, nodabi innatgahtai is, jahbahta
jah insandibs im rodjan du bus sis tceleika wesi so goleins, batei
jah wailamerjan bus bata; swa ]?iubida izai.
20 jah sijais ]?ahands jah ni
30 jah qab aggilus du izai: ni
magands rodjan und bana dag ogs bus, Mariam; bigast auk
ei wairbai bata, dube ei ni ga- anst fram guba.

laubides waurdam meinaim, boei 31 jah sai ganimis in kityein

usfulljanda in mela seinamma. jah gabairis sunu, jah haitais
21 jah was managei beidan- namo is Iesu.
dans Zakariins, jah sildaleikide- 32 sah wairbib mikils jah su-
dun lua latidedi ina in bizai alh. nus hauhistins haitada, jahgibid
22 usgaggands ban ni mahta imma frauja gup stol Daweidis
du im rodjan, jah frobun bam- attins is,
mei siun gasalir in alh; jah silba 33 jah biudanob ufar garda
was bandwjands im, jah was Iakobis in ajukdub, jah biudi-
dumbs. nassaus is ni wairbib andeis.
23 jah warb bi]?e usfullnode- 34 qab ban Mariam du bamma
dun dagos andbahteis is, galaib aggilau: lvaiwa sijai bata, ban-
du garda seinamma. dei aban ni kann?

23. dagos; dagis in CA. —

29. innatgahtai; innagahtai in CA. According to
Uppstrom, there are traces oft above the line before the g; cp. atgaggan inn.
 -is Luke I.

b— 2 35 andhafjands sa aggilus
Jali 47 jah ewegneid ahma meins
qap du izai: ahma weihs atgag- du gu]>a nasjand meinamma.
gip ana jnik, jali niahts hauhi- 48 unte insahr du hnaiweinai
stins ufarskadweid ]ms; dupe ei piujos seinaizos. sai allis fram
eaei gabairada weihs, haitada himma nu audagjand mik alia
snims gups. kunja,
g=3 .'J(> Jah sai Aileisabai]> ni]>jo 49 unte gatawida mis mikilein
peina, jah so inkilpo sunau in sa mahteiga; jah weih naino is,
aldomin seinanmia. jah sa me- 50 jah armahairtei is in aldins
nopfl s.iilista ist izai sei haitada aide j^aim ogandam ina.
stairo; 51 gatawida swinpein in arma
37 unte nist unmahteig gupa seinamma, distahida mikilpuh-
ainhun waurde. tans gahugdai hairtins seinis,
38 qap pan Mariam: sai piwi
52 gadrausida mahteiga s af
franjins. wairpai mis bi waurda
stolam jah ushauhida gahnaiwi-
peinamma. jah galaip fairra izai
dans,
sa aggilne.
gredagans gaso]>ida piube
5: \
3i) nsstandandei ]>an Mariam
jah gabignandans insandida lan-
in ]>aim dagam iddja in bairga-
sans.
hein sniumundo in baurg Iudins,
54 hleibida Israela piumagau
40 jah galaib in gardZakariins seinamma, gamunands arraa-
jah golida Aileisabaip. hairteins,
41 jah Avar]), swe hausida Ai- 55 swaswe rodida du attam
leisabaip golein Mariins, lailaik unsaraim, Abrahama jah fraiwa
barn in qi]>au izos; jah gafull- and aiw.
is
noda ahmins weihis Aileisabaip, 56 gasto]> pan Mariam mij>
42 jah ufwopida stibnai miki- izai swe meno|>s ]>rins, jah ga-
lai jah piupido )>u in
<|a]>: qinom. wandida sikdu garda seinamma.
jab j>inj>ido akran qibaue peinis. 57
Aileisabaip usfullnoda
ij>

I.*') jah hrapro mis j>nla ei qemi mel du bairan, jah gabar sunu.
ai|>ci franjins meinis at mis? 58 jah hansidednn bisitands
44 sai allis eunsei war]> stilma jah ganipjos izos unte gamiki-
goleinais peinaizos in ansam lida franja armahairtein seina
meinaim, lailaik |>ata barn in bi izai. jah mipfaginodedun izai.
swignipai in wambai meinai. 59 jah warp in daga ahtudin
l.~, jah audaga so galaubjandei qemua bimaitan |?ata barn, jah
]>a1«i w;iir]»i]) ns1auli1s
haihaitun ina afar aaminattins |>ize rodi-
dane izai frani fraujin. is Zakarian.
1•', jah qap .Mariam: mikileid 60 jah andliafiaixlei so aipei is
eaiwala meina Eraujan, qap: ne. ak haitaidau [ohannee.

.7/. |
• 1 1 i.-ilt;i ii : ]
»iu iii.iLiii ;'//
CA. — .7.7. ir.iiua : naiw ;'/;
CA.
 Luke I. II.
49
61 jah qebun du izai batei ni attain unsaraim »jah gamunan
ainshun ist in kunja beinamma triggwos weihaizos seinaizos,
saei haitaidau bamma namin. 73 aibis banei swor wij^ra Ab-
62 gabandwidedun ban attin raham attan unsarana, ei gebi
is bata maiwa wildedi haitan unsis
ina. 74 unagein us handau fijande
63 ib is sokjands spilda nam unsaraize galausidaim skalkinon
gahmelida qibands: Iohannes ist imma
namo is. jah sildaleikidedun 75 in sunjai jah garaihtein in
allai. andwairbja is allans dagans un-
64 usluknoda ban munbs is sarans.
suns jah tuggo is, jah rodida 76 jah bu, barnilo, praufetus
biubjands gub. hauhistins haitaza; fauragaggis
.65 jah war]? ana allaim agis auk faura andwairbja fraujins
baim bisitandam ina, jah in allai manwjan wigans imma,
bairgahein Iudaias merida we- 77 du giban kunbi naseinais ma-
sun alia bo waurda, nagein is in afleta frawaurhte ize
66 jah galagidedun allai bai 78 bairh infeinandein arma-
hausjandans in hairtin seinam- hairtein gubs unsaris, in bammei
ma, qibandans: lua skuli bata gaweisob unsara urruns us hau-
barn wairban? jah ban handus hi]>ai,

fraujins was mib imma. 79 gabairhtjan bairn in riqiza

67 jah Zakarias atta is gafull- jah skadau daubaus sitandam
noda ahmins weihis jah praufe- du garaihtjan fotuns unsarans
tida jah qab: in wig gawairbjis.

68 biubeigs frauja gub Israelis, 80 ib bata barn wohs jah

unte gaweisoda jah gawaurhta swinbnoda ahmin, jah was ana
uslausein managein seinai, aubidom und dag ustaikneinais
69 jah urraisida haurn nasei- seinaizos du Israela.
nais unsis in garda Daweidis Chapter II.
biumagaus seinis, 1 Warb ban in dagans jainans
70 swaswe rodida ]?airh munb urrann gagrefts fram kaisara
weihaize bize fram anastodeinai Agustau gameljan allana mid-
aiwis praufete seinaize, jungard.
71 giban nasein us fijandam 2 soh ban gilstrameleins fru-
unsaraim jah us handau allaize mista warb at [wisandin kindiua
bize hatandane unsis, Sjriais] raginondin Saurim Ky-
72 taujan armahairtiba bi renaiau.

65. bisitandam; bisitantandam in CA. — 73. Abraham; Abrahama in CA. —

79. daubaus; daubus in CA.
wisandin kindina Syriais; originally a gloss to raginondin Saurim. Kytv
II, 2.
naiau; Kyreinaiau in CA.
I
50 Luke IT.

3 jah iddjedun allai, ei melidai 14 wulbus hauhistjam gu]^a

in
weseina, lrarjizuh in seiuai baurg. jah ana airbai gawairbi in nian-
4 urrann ban jah Iosef us Ga- nani godis Aviljins.
leilaia us baurg• Nazaraib in Iu- 15 jah warbbibe galibun fairra
daian, in baurg Daweidis sei hai- im in himin ]>ai aggiljus, jah ]>ai
tada Beblnhaini, dube ei Avas us mans bai hairdjos qebun du sis
garda fadreinais Daweidis. misso: bairhgaggaima ju nnd
5 anameljan mi]> Mariin, sei in I»e]dahaim jah sailrainia Avaurd
fragiftim was imnia qens, wisan- bata waur]>ano, batei frauja ga-
dein inkilbon. kannida unsis.
(> war]) ban mi]>]>anei ]>o A\e- 1G jah qemuu sniumjandans,
sun jainar, usfullnodedun dagos jah bigetun .Marian jah Iosef,
du bairan izai, jah bata barn ligando in uzetin.
7 jah gabar sunu seinana bana 17 gasaihrandans ban gakan-
frumabaur, jah biwand ina jah nidedun bi ]>ata waurd batei
galagida ina in nzetin, unte ni rodib was du im bi bata bain.
was in runiis in stada bamma. 18 jah allai bai gahausjan-
'8 jah hairdjos wesun in bamma dans sildaleikidedun bi ]^>o rodi-
saniinlanda bairhwakandans jah donafrani bairn hairdjam du im;
witandanswahtwom nahts ufaro 19 ib Maria alia gafastaida
h.iirdai seiuai. bo waurda bagkjandei in hairtin
i]> aggilus fraujins anaqam seinamma.
(
.)

ins jah wulbus fraujins biskain 20 jah gawandidedun sik bai

ins, jah ohtedun agisa miki- hairdjos mikiljandans jah haz-
lamma. jandans gub in allaize ]>izeei ga-
10 jah qab du ini sa aggilue: hausidedun jah gaselvun,swaswe
ni unte sai spillo izwis rodib was du im.
ogeib;
Eahed mikila, sei wairbib allai 21 jah bi]>e usfullnodedun da-
managein, gos ahtau du bimaitan ina, jah
11 batei gabaurans ist izwis haitan was namo is lesus, bata
himma daga nasjands, saei isi qibano fram aggilau, faurjuzei
Xiisius fiauja, in baurg Dawei- ganumans wesi in wamba.
dis. 22 jah bi]>e usfullnodedun da-
12 jah bata izwis taikns, bigi- gos hraineinais ize bi witoda
tiil barn biwundau jah galagid Mosezis, brahtedun ina in Iairu-
in nzetin. saleui atsatjan faura fraujin,
L3 jah anaks warb mib bamma 23 swaswe gainelid ist in wi-
aggilau managei harjis himina- toda fraujins. batei hrazuh gu-
kundis hazjandane gub jah qi- makandaizeuslukandsqibuweihs
bandane: iraujins haitada,

.'>.
qens; qeine /// CA. — 10. iahed; faheid in CA. 21. usfullnodedun; uslul-
Dodedon in CA. So in 22.
 Luke II. 51

24 jah ei gebeina fram imma managaize in Israela jah du

hunsl, swaswe qi]>an ist in wi- taiknai andsakanai.
toda fraujins, gajuk hraiwadu- 35 jah ban beina silbons sai-
bono aipbautwosjuggonsahake. wala bairhgaggib hairus, ei and-
25 baruh was manna in Iairu- lmljaindau us managaim hair-
salem, ]>izei namo Symaion, jah tam mitoneis.
sa manna was garaihts jah gu- 36 jah was Anna praufeteis,
dafaurhts, beidands labonais dauhtar Fanuelis, us kunja Aseris.
Israelis, jah ahma weihs was ana soh framaldra dage managaize,
imma; libandei mib abin jera sibun
26 jah Mas imma gataihan fram maga]?ein seinai,
fram ahmin J?amma weihin ni 37 soh ban widuwo jere ahtau-
sailvan daubu, faurbizei selri tehund jah fidwor, soh ni afiddja
Xristu fraujins. fairra alh fastubnjam jah bidom
27 jah qam in ahmin in ]uzai blotandei fraujan nahtam jah
alh jah mibbanei innattaulmn da gam.
;

berusjos bata barn Iesu, ei ta- 38 soh ]>izai meilai atstandan-

widedeina bi biuhtja witodis bi dei andhaihait fraujin jah rodida
ina, bi ina in allaim bairn usbeidan-

28 jah is andnam ina ana ar- dam labon Iairusaulymos.

mins seinans, jah ]?iu]iida guba 39 jah bibe ustauhun allata
jah qab: bi witoda fraujins, gawandide-

29 nu fraletais skalk beinana, dun sik in Galeilaian, in baurg

fraujinond frauja, bi waurda ]?ei- seina Nazarai]?.
namina in gawairbja, 40 ib bata barn wohs jah
30 bande selrun augona meina swinjmoda ahmins fullnands jah
nasein ]>eina, handugeins, jah ansts gubs was
ana imma.
31 boei manwides in andwair]>-
41 jah wratodedun bai berus-
ja allaizo manageino,
jos is jera hmmmeh in Iairusa-
32 du andhuleinai ]'iu- lem at dulb paska.
liuha]?
dom jah wul]ni manageiu ]>einai 42 jah bi]?e Avar J? twalibwin-
Israela.
trus, usgaggandam ban im in
33 jah was Iosef jah aibei is Iairusaulyma bi biuhtja dulbais,
sildaleikjandona ana bairn ]?oei 43 jah ustiuhandam bans da-
rodida wesun bi ina. gans, mibbanei gawandidedun
31 jah biubida ina Symaion sik aftra, gastob Iesus sa magus
jali qab du Mariin aibein is: sai in Iairusalem, jah ni wissedun
sa ligi]' du drusa jah usstassai Iosef jah aibei is.

26. faurbizei; faurbize in CA. fraletais; fraleitais in CA.— 31. andwairbja;

anandwairbja in CA. — 37. blotandei; blotande in CA. — 41. berusjos; birusjos
in CA. — 43. mibbanei; mib]>ane in CA. wissedun; Avisedun in CA.
 52 Luke II. III.

44 kugjandona in gasinpjam tau Iudaia. jah fidurraginja ]ns

ina uisan qemun dagis Avig jah Galeilaias Herodeis, Filippauzuh
sokidedun ina in ganibjam jah pan broju's is fidurraginja Jus
in kunbam, Ituraias jah Trakauneitidans
45 jah ni bigitandona ina ga- landis, jah Lvsaniaus Abeileni
wandidedun sik in Iairusalem fidurraginja,
eokjandona ina. 2 at auhmistam gudjam Annin
4G jah war]? afar dagans ]?rins jah Kajafin,
bigetnn ina in alh sitandan in Warb waurd gube at Iohannen z=7
midjaim laisarjam jah hausjan- Zaxariins Bunau in aubidai.
dan 11 jah fraihnandan ins.
i 1
3 jah qam and allans gaujane
d=4 47 Usgeisnodednn ban allai Ianrdanaus merjands daupein
|';ii hausjandans is ana frodein idreigos du fraleta frawaurhte,

jah andawaurdjam is. 4 swaswe gamelid ist in bokom

48 jah gasailrandans ina sil- wanrde Esaeiins praufetaus qi-
daleikideduu. bandins; stibna wopjandins in
e=5 Jah qa]> du imma so aibei is: aubidai: mamveid wig fraujins,
magn, lua gatawides nns swa? raihtos waurkeib etaigoe is;
sai sa atta J>eins jah ikwinnan- 5 all dale usfulljada jah all
dona sokidednm ]>uk. fairgunje jah hlaine gahnaiw-
49 jah qa]> du im: lva batei jada, jah wairbib ]>ata wraiqo
Bokidedub mik? niu wiseedub du raihtamma jah usdrusteis (\u
]>atei in balm attins meinis wigam slaihtaim;
skulda mean? jah gaeaihrib all leike nasein
50 jali ija ni fro]>un bamina gube.
wanrda batei rodida du im. 7Qab ban du bairn atgaggan-h=8
51 jah iddja mi}> im jah qam
deim manageim daupjan fram
in Nazaraib, jah was ufhaus-
sis: kuni nadre, Iras gataiknida
jande im. jah aibei iegafaetaida izwis bliuhan faura bamma ana-
]>o waurda alia in hnirtin eei-
wairbin hatiza?
namma.
8 waurkjaib nn akran \ ; i
i•-

52 jah Iesns baih frodein jah

bata idreigos, jah ni duginnaib
wahstan jah anstni at gu]>a jah
qiban in izwis: attau aigum
mannam.
Abraham, qiba auk izwis batei
Chapter III. mag gub us stainam ]>aim nr-
q=6 1 In jera ban nmftataihnndin raiejaa barna Abrahama.
biudinassauB Teibairiaue Kai- ) abban in so aqizi ai waur-
sarie, raginondin Puntiau Peila- tim bagme ligib; all nu bagme

/'.'. alii; nllli in CA. — 48. Diaga; iiinirau ;// CA.

Ill, I. timi'tiitiiilmiKliii ; the second syllable, . eianda above the fine CA.
.',.
dale; <l:il<i in CA.
 Luke III.
53

imbairandane akran god usmai- 19 i]> Herodes sa taitrarkes,

tada jah in fon galagjada. gasakans fram imma bi Herodia-
])— 9 10 Jah frehun ina manageins dein qen brobrs is jah bi alia
qibandans: an lira taujaima? boei gawaurhta ubila Herodes,
11 andkafjands ban qab: sa 20 anaaiauk jah bata ana alia
habands twos paidos gibai ]?am- jah galauk Iohannen in karkarai.
ma unhabandin, jah saei habai 21 War]? ban bibe daupidaig=13
matins, samaleiko taujai. alia managein jah at Iesu ufdau-
12 qemun ban motarjos daup- pidamma jah bidjandin, usluk-
jan jah qe]?un du imma: noda himins,
laisari,
hra taujaima? 22 jah atiddja ahma sa weiha
13 ]?aruh qa]? du im: niwaiht leikis siunai swe ahaks ana ina,
ufar ]?atei garaid sijai izwis, jah stibna us himina warb qi-
lausjaib. bandei bu is sunus meins sa liu-
:

14 frehun ban ina jah bai mili- ba, in buzei waila galeikaida.
tondans qibandans: jah weis lira 23 Jah silba was Iesus swe jereid=14
taujaima? jah qab du im: ni brije tigiwe uf gakunbai, swaei
mannanhun holob, ni mannan- sunus. munds was Iosefis sunaus
hun anamahtjaid, jah waldaib Heleis
annom izwaraim. 24 sunaus Matbatis sunaus
i=10 15 At wenjandein ban allai Laiwweis sunaus Mailkeis sunaus
managein jah bagkjandam allaim' Jannins sunaus Iosefis
in hairtam seinaim bi Iohannen, 25 sunaus Mattabiwis sunaus
niu aufto sa wesi Xristus, Amnions sunaus Naumis sunaus
ia=ll 16 Andhof ban Iohannes allaim Aizleimis sunaus Naggais
qibands: ik allis izwis watin 26 sunaus Mahabis sunaus Mat-
daupja; ib gaggib swinboza mis, tabiaus sunaus Saimaieinis su-
bizei ik ni im andbindan
wair]?s naus Iosefis sunaus Iodins
skaudaraip skohis is; sah izwis 27 sunaus Iohannins sunaus
daupeib in ahmin weihamma jah Resins sunaus Zauraubabilis su-
funin; naus Salabielis sunaus Nerins
17 habands Avinbiskauron in 28 sunaus Mailkeins sunaus
handau seinai, Addeins sunaus Kosamis sunaus
ib=12 Jah gahraineib gabrask sein, Airmodamis sunaus Heris
jah briggib kaurn in bansta sei- 29 sunaus Iosezis sunaus Ailei-
namma, ib ahana intandei]? fu- aizairis sunaus Ioreimis sunaus
nin unVuapnandin. Matta]?anis sunaus Laiwweis
18 managub ]?an jah anbar 30 sunaus Symaions sunaus
brafstjands biu]?spilloda mana- Iudins sunaus Iosefis sunaus Io-
gein. hannins sunaus Aileiakeimis

14. waldai}?; in the margin the gloss ganohidai sijai]?. — 15. Iohannen; Io-
hanuein in CA.
 54 Luke III. IV.

31 sunaus Mailaianis sunaus 5 jah ustiuhands ina diabulus

Maeinanis sunaus Mattabanis ana fairguni hauhata ataugida
sunaus Nabanis sunaus Daweidifl imma allans ]nudinassuns ]ns
32 sunaus Iaissaizis sunaus midjungardis in stika melis.
Obeidis sunaus Bauauzis sunaus G jah qa]? du imma sa diabu-
Salmonis sunaus Nahassonis lus: bus giba bata waldufni ]>ize
33 sunaus Anieinadabis sunaus allata jah wulbu ize, unte mis
Aramis suuaus Aizoris sunaus atgiban ist, jah ]uslrammeh ])ei
Faraizis suuaus Iudins wiliau giba bata.
34 suuaus Iakohis suuaus Isa- 7mi jahai inweitis mik in
]>u
kis sunaus Abrahamis sunaus andwairbja meinamma, wairbib
parins sunaus Xakoris bein all.
sunaus Sairokis suuaus Ra-
:'>•")
8 jah andhafiands imma Iesus
gawis sunaus Falaigis sunaus (|a]>: gamelid ist fraujan glib:

Aibairis suuaus Salamis beinana inweitais jah imma ai-

36 suuaus Kaeinanis suuaus naninia fullafahjais.
Arfaksadis sunaus Semis sunaus 9 babroh gatauh ina in Iairu-
Nauelis sunaus Lamaikis salem jah gasatida ina anagib-
37 suuaus Mabusalia sunaus lin alhs. jah qab du imma jahai :

Ainokis suuaus Iaredis sunaus sunns sijais gubs, wairp buk ba-
Maleilaielis suuaus Kaeinanis bro dalab;
38 suuaus Ainosis suuaus Snlis 10 gamelid ist auk batei aggi-
suuaus Adamis suuaus gubs. lum seinaim anabiudib hi buk du
Chaptek IX. gafastan buk,
ie=15 1 I]> Iesus aluuius weihis fulls 11 jah batei ana handuni ]>uk
gawandida sik fram Eaurdanau, ufhaband, ei Iran ni gastagqjaJs
jah tauhans was in ahniin in hi staina fotu beinana.
au|>idai
12 jah andhafiands qab imma
[esus batei qiban ist: ni fraisais
2 dage fidwor tiguns, fraisans
fram diabulau.
fraujan gub beinana.
Jah uialida waiht in dagain
13
jah ustiuhands all frai-
iq=16 ni
jainaim, jah at ustauhanaim stubnjo diabulus afstob fairra
iinnia and mel.
I'aim dagam, bibegredags \var)>.
3 jah qab du iuiuia diabulus: 14 Jah gawandida sik Iesus in iz- 17
jahai sunns sijais gubs, qib ]>am- niahtai ahniins in (hdeilaian :

ina slaiua ei wairbai hlaibs. jah meriba uirann and all gawi
4 jah andliof Iesus wi]»ra iua bisitande hi ina.
(]i|>auds gamelid ist batei ni hi
:
15 jah is laisida in gaqumbim
hlaib ainana lihaid manna, ak ize, mikilids fram allaiin.
hi all waui-dc gubs. 1<> Jah qam in Nazaraib, bareiih=18

TV, '!. sunns; BUnaus in CA. — .". diabnlue; diabulaua ;// CA. — 1•"!. frai-
etnbnjo; fraistobnjo in CA.
 Luke [V. 55

was jah galaip inn bi

todies, 25 Appan bi sunjaiqipa izwis kb=22
biuhtja seinamma
in daga sab- patei managos widuvvons wesun
bato in synagogein, jah usstop in dagam Heleiins in Israela,
siggwan bokos. ]?an galuknoda himins du jerani
17 jah atgibanos wesun imma ]>rim jah meno]?s saihs, svve warp
bokos Esaeiins praufetaus, jah huhrus mikils and alia air]?a,,
uslnkands pos bokos bigat stad 26 jah ni du ainaihim pizo
J>arei was gamelid was Helias, alja in
insandi]>s
18 ahma ana mis, in Saraipta Seidonais du qiuon wi-
fraujins
pizei gasalbodamikdu wailamer- duwon.
jan unledaim, insandida mik dn 27 jah managai prutsfillai we-
ganasjan pans gamalwidans sun uf Haileisaiau praufetau in
hairtin, Israela, jah ni ainshun ize ga-
19 merjan frahunpanaim fralet hrainids was, alja Naiman sa
jah blindaim siun, fraletan ga- Saur.
maidans in gaprafstein, merjan 28 jah fullai waurpun allai
jer fraujins andanem. modis in pizai synagogein haus-
20 jah faifalb pos bokos jahjandans pata,
usgibands andbahta gasat, jah 29 jah usstandandans uskusun
imma ut us baurg, jah brahte-
allaim in ]nzai sjmagogein wesun
augona fairweitjandona du im- dun ina und auhmisto ]>is fair-
ma. gunjis ana ]?ammei so baurgs
21 dugann pan rodjan du im ize gatimrida was, du afdraus-
patei himma daga
usfullnodedun jan ina pa]?ro;
niela po in ausam izwaraim.30 ip is pairhleipands pairh
19 22 Jah allai alakjo weitwodi- midjans ins iddja.
dedun imma jah sildaleikidedun 31 Jah galaip in Kafarnaum kg— 23
bi ]>o waurda anstais po usgag- baurg Galeilaias, jah was lais-
g;indona us munpa is, jahqe]>un: jands ins in sabbatim.
niu sa ist sunus Iosefis? 32 Jah sildaleikidedun bi ]>okd=24
k=20 23 Jah qap du im: aufto qi]?i]> laisein is, unte in waldufnja was
mis po gajukon pu leki, hailei waurd is.
:

puk silban; hran filu hausidedum 33 Jah in pizai synagogein ke=25

waurpan in Kafarnaum, tawei was manna habands ahman un-
jah her in gabaur]>ai peinai. hulpons unhrainjana, jah ufhro-
ka=21 24 Qap pan: amen izwis qipa pida qipands:
patei ni ainshun praufete anda- 34 let, lv/a uns jah pus, Iesu
nems ist in gabaurpai seinai. Nazorenu? qamt fraqistjan un-

17. Esaeiins; Eisaeiins in CA; see Jo. 12, 41, note, praufetaus; prafetus in CA.
— IS. ganasjan bans; CAerroneously had these two words twice, but between
them bans ganasjan has been erased. —
23. leki; leiki in CA. — 27. Haileisaiau;
Haileisaiu in CA.
 -
Luk*- IV. .
sie? kann Jmk Iras 42 BiJ'eh ]>an war]' dags. us-kL^_~
is, sa weiha
gubs. gaggands galai]' ana aubjana
35 jah galrotida iniina Iesus stad, iah manas^ins sokidedun
qibands: afdobn jah usgagg us ina jah qemun und ina. jah ga-
baimna. jah gawairpands ina habaidedun ina. ei ni afli]'i fairra
sa unhulba in mid aim urrann im. j

af imma. ni waihtai gaskabjands 43 ]'aruh is qab du im batei

imma. jah baini anbaraim baurgim
36 jah war]' afslauj'nan allans. wailamerian ik skal bi ]nudan-
iah rodidedun du sis misso qi- gardja gups, unte du]>e mik in-
J'andans: Ira waurde bata J'atei sandida.
mi]' waldufnja iah nnahtai ana- 44 jah was meriands in syna-
biudi]' J'aini unhrainjam ahmam gogim Galeilaia-
iah usgaggand?
37 iah usiddia meriba frain
Chapter V.
imma and allans stadins ]n>
bisunjane land> 1 Jah war]' mi]']'anei managei kl?=29
kq=_ 38 ~-~andands ban us ]'izai anatramp ina du hausjan waurd
*

- nagogai galaib in gard Sei- gu]'s, jah is silba was standands

monis. swaihro ]'an Seimcmis nelra saiwa Gainnesarai}?.
}'is

was anahabaida brinnon miki- 2 jah gasalr twa skipa stan-

lai. iah bedun ina bi Jo. dandona at J'amma saiwa ib :

39 iah atstandands ufar iia fiskjans afgaggandans af im u--

gasok bizai brinnon. jah aflailot J'wohun natja.
iia: sunsaiw ]'an usstandandei 3 galaib }'an in ain J'ize ski]
andbahtida im. ]'atei was Seimonis: haihait ina

4u niibbanei ]>an sagq sunno. aftiuhan fairra sta]'a leitil: jah

_ laisida us bamnia - -
allai swa managai ewe habaide-
:>a manageiii-
dun siukaiLS sauhtim missalei-
kaim. brahtedun ins at imma: 4 BiJ'eh }'an gaandida rod- 1=
ip is ainlrarjammeh ize handun^ jands, qa]' du Seimonau: bri^_
analagjands gahaihda ana diupij'a. jah athahid
i -
}
kz=27 41 Fsiddiedun ban iah unhul- natja izwara du fiskon.
I'ons af managaim hropiandeins jah andhafjand> Shimon qab
jah qibandeinsbateibu isXii>tus du imma: talzjand. alia naht
- _ri]?s. iah gasakands im ]'airharbaidjandans waiht ni De-
ni lailot ]os rodian. unte wi« mom; ib afar waurda jfinamma
dun silban Xristu ina wisan. wairpam natja.

arj? Apelt (Germania. XIX.

ai.-laa)?nan allan>: accusative -with the
infinitive in Gothic) supposes war}? aislaujjnan ana allans.
V. 4. traandida: so Massmann, fof gauanfnda in f'A.
 Luke V. 57

6 jah bate taujandans galu- gei |'iil< eilban gudjin, jah atbair
kun manageins flake liln, sue imma tram |»i/,ni gahraineinai
natja dishnupnodedun
7 jah bnndwidcdiin ga
]>oci wcsini in
ize.

skip;i,
; 1
fjeinai batei anabaud Moses <lu
wcil \vodi|>;ii im.
1 L5 Uamernoda |»an bata waurd
1
> ; 1 1
-
.-

1 1 1 1 1 1 ;
.. id 84
r\atiddjedeina hilpan ize; jah m.iis hi Ina, jah garunnun biuh-
qemun, jah gafullidedun ba \>o nmns managai hausjon jah leki-
ski pa, Bwe sugqun. ikhi tram imma sauhte seinaizo.
ia=31 Gaumjands |>nn Seimon I'ni-
8 10 l|> is wns afleibande anale 8C
irus draus «In kniwam lesuis <|i aubidos jah bidjands.
I'.nids: bidja |>nk, USgagg I'nirrn 17 Jah war]? in ainamma dage lq 8
mis, ante manna frawaurhts im, jah is wns laisjands, jnli wesun
Erauja. aitandans ETareisaieis jah wito
9 sildaleik auk dishabaida ina dalaiearjoe, |?aiei wesun gaqu
jah allans |>nns mi|> imma in imimii lis linimo Gall ; 1 1 1 ; 1 1 r 1 1 1 ;

gafahis f?ize flake ]?anzeiganutun, laiaa iah [udaiaa jah tairusau

10 samaleikoh f>an jah [akobn lymon; jah mahte fraujine wns
jah [ohannen sununs Zaibaidai- «In hailjail ins.
;uis, |>;ii<'i wesun gadailans Sci- I Jah s)d mans bairandanslz ; i~

mona. ana ligramannaii saei wns ns-

ib=32 Juli qaj? (In Seimona [esus: ni li|'n, jah sokidedun luaiwa ina
ogs j>us; frara himma nu manne innatbereina jah galagidedeina
Siud iiiit;iiis. in andwairbja is.

11 jah gatiuhandans [?oskipa > jah ni bigitandans hraiwa

1

ana afletandana
air]?a allata inimi bereina ina in manageins,
laistidednn afar imma. ussteigandans nun, hrot and
]g-33 12 Jah \var|> mij?]?anei was is skaljos gasatidedun ina mi]?
in ainai baurge, jah s;ii manna bamma badja in midjaim faura
fulls l^rutsfillis; jah gasaihmnda lesun.
Iesu drinaanda ana andwair]?i 20 jah gasaimands galaubein
bad ina qibands: frauja, jabai \/A\ qaj? dn bamma nsli|>in:
wileis, magt mik gahrainjan. manna, afletanda |>ns frawaurh-
13 jah nfrakjanda nandu attai- teis |?einos.
tok imma qibands: wiljnn, wnir|' 21 jah dngunnun bagkjan bai
hraina. jah suns bata Jn-utsfill bokarjos jah Fareisaieia qiban
aflni]> af imma. dnns: tins isl sn. snci iodci|>
14 jah ia fanrbaud imma <> oaiteinins? iuas mag afletan
mann ni qebi, akgaggjah atau- frawanrhtina alja ains gu]??

manageins; manageiii iaCA; <j>. II (Or. VIII, 8, note, diehnapnodednn; CA

c>.

originally had diehnanpnodednn, the a being scratched.— 10. lakobu; [akoban ///
CA. 11. afletandans; afleijTandane in CA; <j>. Uk. II, '> X, 88, note». — 15.
—
lekinon; leikinon in CA. — is. galagidedeina; galagidideraa in CA. — 20. afle-
tanda; afleitanda in CA.
 ;<s Luko . TT.

22 ufkunnands ]'an Iesus mi- du im: ni baurbun hailai lekeis

tonins ize andhafjands qab du ak bai unhailans;
im: lea bibagkeib in hairtam iz- •'>2 qam
labon garaihtans
ni
waraim? ak frawaurhtans in idreiga.
2:5 hrabar ist azetizo, qi]>an: 33 ib eis qe]?un du imma: dubie
afletanda ]mis frawaurhteis, ban siponjos Iobannes Eastand ufta
qiban: urreis jah gagg? jah bidos taujand, samaleiko jah
24 abban ei witeid batei wal- Fareisaie, ib ]>ai beinai siponjos
dufni habaid sa sunus mans ana matjand jah drigkand?
airbai afletan frawaurhtins, qab 34 barub is qab du im: ni ma-
du bamma ustibin: du bus qiba, gud sununs brubfadis, unte sa
urreis, jab ushafjande batabadi
brubfads mi]> im ist, gataujan
beinata gagg in gard beinana. fastan.
25 jali sunsaiw usstandands 35 abban qimand dagos, jah
in andwairbja ize, usbafjands ban amimada afim sa brubfads,
ana bammei lag, galaib in gard iah ]>an fastand in iainaim da-
eeinana mikiljands gub. gam.
26 jah usfilmei dissat allans •*»<; qa]mh ]>an iah gajukon du
jah mikilidedun gub, jah fullai im batei ainshun plat snagins
waurbun agisis qibandans batei niujis ni lagjid ana enagan Eairn-
gasaih/amwulbagabimma daga. jana; aibbau jah sa niuia af-
lh=38 27 Jah afar bata usiddja jah taurnid, jah bamma fairnjin ni
gasabj motari namiu Laiwwi gatimid bata af bamma niujin.
sitandau ana motastada, jab •*')7
iah ainshun ni giutid wein
qab du imma: laistei afar mis. niujata in balgins fairnjans; ai] 1 -
28 jab bileibands allaim us- bau distairid bata niujo \\<'in
standands iddja afar imma. bans balgins, jah silbo usgutnib
ijj=:i'.) 29 Jah gawaurbta daubt mi- jah bai balgeis Fraqistnand;
kila Laiwweis imma in garda "» s
ak wein juggata in balgins
eeinamma; jah was managei niuians giutand, iah bajobs ga-
motarje mikila jab anbaraize fastanda.
baiei wesun mib im anakumb- 39 jah ainshun drigkandane
jandans. fairni ni suns wili ju<rg: qi]>i)>
jah birodidedun bokarjoe auk: bata fairnjo batizo
•"»<)
ist.
ize jah Fareisaieis du eiponjam
isqibandans: duhje ini)> bairn Chapter VI.
motarjam jab Erawaurbtaim 1 Jah warb in sabbato anba-ma=4l
matjid jab drigkid? ramma frumin gaggan imma
m=40 .",1 Jah andhafjands iesus qab bairb atisk, jah raupidedun absa

28. iddja; in tin' margin (teg/ass laietida; eeeS7.— 81. lekeis; l<>ik<-is in CA.
— 38. Fareieaie; Farebmiei in CA. — 80. drigkandane; driggandane /'// CA.
 Luke VI. 59

siponjos jah matidedim binau-

is 10 jah ussailuands allans ins
andans liandum. qab du imma: ufrakei bo handu
2 i]> sumai Fareisaie qe]mn du beina. baruh is ufrakida, jah
im: toa taujid batei ni skuld ist gastob so handus is swaswe so
taujan in sabbato dagam? an]?ara.
3 jah andhafjands wi]?ra ins 11 ib waurbun un-
eis fullai
Iesus qab: ni bata ussuggwud frodeins, jah rodidedun du sis
gatawida Daweid, ban gre- misso lira tawidedeina bamma
batei
dags was silba jah baiei mib Iesua.
imma wesun? 12 Jah war]? in dagam bairn mg-43
1 bjaiwa inngalaib in gard ei usiddja Iesus in fairguni bid-
gu]?s jah hlaibans faurlageinais
jan, jah was naht bairhwakaiids
usnam jah matida jah gaf bairn in bidai gubs.
mi]> sis wisandam, ]>anzei ni
13 Jah bibe Avar]? dags, at-md=44
skuld ist mat] an nibai ainaiin
wopida siponjans seinans, jah
gudjam?
gawaljands us im twalib, banzei
mb=42 5 Jah qa]> du im ]?atei frauja jah apaustuluns namnida,
ist sa sunus mans jah ]?amma
14 Seimon banei jah namnida
sabbato daga.
Paitru, jah Andraian bro]>ar is,
jah war]? ]>an in anbaramma
Iakobu jah Iohannen, Filippu
daga sabbato galeiban imma in
jah Barbulomaiu,
synagogein jah laisjan. jah was
jainar manna, jah handus is so
15 Ma]>]?aiu jah poman, Ia-
taihswo was baursus;
kobu bana Alfaiaus, jah Seimon
7 witaidedunuh ban ]?ai bo-
bana haitanan Zeloten,
karjos jah Fareisaieis, jau in 16 Iudan Iakobans, jah Iudan
sabbato daga lekinodedi, ei bi- Iskarioten, saei jah Avar]? galew-
geteina til du wrohjan ina. jands ina.
8 ib is wissuh mitonins ize jah 17 Jah atgaggands dala]> mibme=45
qa]? du bamma maim bamma im gasto]> ana stada ibnamma,
]>aursja habandin handu: urreis jah hiuhma siponje is, jah hansa
jah stand in midj aim; baruh is mikila manageins af allamma
urreisands gastob. Iudaias jah Iairusalem jah bize
, 9 qab ];>an Iesus du im: frailma faur marein Tyre jah Seidone
izwis: hra skuld ist sabbato da- jah anbaraizo baurge, baiei qe-
gam, biu]? taujan bau un]nu]> nmii hausjan imma jah hailjan
taujan, saiwala ganasjan bau sik sauhte seinaizo,
usqistjan? 18 jah bai anahabaidans fram

TT, 1. binauandans; bnauandans in CA. —7. lekinodedi; leikinodedi in CA.

—
11. tawidedeina; tawidideina in CA. — 12. Jmirhwakands bairwakands in CA.
;
-
15. Alfaiaus; Aliaius in CA. —
17. atgaggands; atgaggaggands in CA — hiuhma•
hiuma in CA.
 GO Luk.- VI.

ahmam unhrainjaim, jah gahai- 28 biubjaib ]?ans fraqibandans

waurbnn.
lidai izwis, bidjaid frani baim ana-
1 jah alia managei sokidedun mahtjandam izwis.
(
.)

attekan iinina, unte mahts af 29 hamma stautandin ]mk bing=53

imma usiddja jah ganasida al- kinnu, galewei imma jah anbara,
lans. jah bamma nimandin af pus
mq=46 20 Jah is ushatjands augona wastja jah paida ni warjais.
eeina du siponjam seinaim qa]?: 30 lrammeh ]>an bidjandane
audagai jus unledans ahrain. bilk gif, jah af ]?amma nimandin
unto izwara ist biudangardi hi- ]?ein ni lausei.
mine. 31 Jah swaswe wileid ei tau-nd=34
niz=47 21 Audagai ins gredagans du. jaina izwis mans, jah jus tanjaid
ante sadaJ wairbib. im samaleiko.
mh=48 Audagai jus gTetandans nu, 32 Ab)>nn jabai frijod ]>ansne=55
unte ufhlohjanda. frijondans izwis, Ira izwis laune
=49 22 Audagai siju]? ban fijand ist? jah auk bai frawaurhtans
izwis mans, jah afskaidand izwis bans frijondans sik frijond.
jah idweitjand jah uswairpand 33 jah jabai binbtaujaid baim
Qaminizwaramma sue nbilamma ]>iu]> taujandam izwis. Ira izwis
in sunaus mans. laune ist? jah auk bai frawaurh-
23 faginod in jainamma daga tans ]>ata samo tanjand.
jah laikid, unte sai inizdo izwara 34 jah jabai leilrid frain ]>ai-
managa in himinam; bi bamma mei weneid andniman, Ira izwis
auktawidednn praufetum attans laune ist? jah auk frawaurhtai
iae. nawaurhtaini leihmnd, ei and-
n=50 24 A]>]>an wai izwis bairn ga- nimaina samaland.
beigam, unte ju habaid gablaihl 35 swe]>auh frijod ]>ans fijands
izwara. izwarans, binb tanjaid jah lei-
2."» wai izwis jug sadans nu. lraid ni waihtais uswenans: jah
antegredagai wairbib. wai izwis wairbib mizdo izwara managa,
jus hlahjandane nu. ante gannon jah wairbib snnjns hanhietine,
jah gretaii dnginnid. unte is gods ist baim nnfagram
ua— .". 20 Wai |>an waila izwis qi]>and jah nnseljam.
allaimane, eamaleiko allis tawi- 36 wairbaid bleibjandans, ,

deduii gallugapraufetum attans ewaswe jah atta izwar bleibe ist.

iz<•. •")7 Jah ni stojid, ei ni stojain-nq=56
nb=52 27 Akei izwis qiba balm hans- dan; ni afdomjaid, jah ni afdom-
jandam: frijod bane hatandane janda; fraletaid, jah fraletanda.
izwis, waila tanjaid baim fiian- s gibaid, jah gibada izwis;
•">

dam izwis. mitada goda jah nfarfnlla jah

27. hatandane; in the margin the gloea batjandam, which hi probably meant
to refer to fijandam. — waswe; swawe in CA.
 Luke VI. VII. 61

gawigana jah ufargutanagibada 47 EFazuh sa gaggands du mis jd=64

in barm izwarana; bizai auk sa- jah hausjands waurda meina jah
mon mitadjon bizaiei mitid, mi- taujands bo, ataugja izwis liram-
tada izwis. raa galeiks ist.
nz=57 39 Qabuh ban gajukon im: 48 galeiks ist mann timrjandin
ibai mag blinds blindana tiu- razn, saei grob jah gadiupida
han? niu bai in dal gadriusand? jah gasatida grunduwaddju ana
nh=58 40 Nist siponeis ufar laisari staina; at garunjon ban waur-
seinana; ib gamanwids hrarjizuh banai bistagq ah; a bi jainamma
wairbai swe laisareis is. razna, jah ni mahta gawagjan
=59 41 Abbanhragaumeis gramsta ita, gasulid auk was ana bamma
in augin brobrs beinis, ib anza staina.
in beinamma augin ni gaumeis? 49 ib sa hausjands jah ni tau-
42 aibbau liraiwa magt qiban jands galeiks ist mann timrjan-
du brobr beinamma: brobar, let, din razn ana airbai inuh grun-
ik uswairpa gramsta bamma in duwaddju, batei bistagq flodus,
augin beinamma, silba in augin jah suns gadraus, jah war}? so
beinamma anza ni gaumjands? uswalteins ]ns raznis mikila.
liuta, uswairp faurbis bamma
anza us augin beinamma, jah Chapter VII.
ban gaumjais uswairpa gramsta 1 Bibe ban usfullida alia boje=65
}>amma in augin bro]?rs beinis. waurda seina in hliumans mana-
j— 60 43 Ni auk ist bagms gods geins, galaib in Kafarnaum.
taujands akran ubil, nih ban 2 hundafade ban sumis skalks
bagms ubils taujands akran god. siukands swultawairbja (was),
44 luarjizuh raihtis bagme us saei was imma swers.
swesamma akrana uskunbs ist. 3 gahausjands ban bi Iesu in-
ja=61 Ni auk us baurnum lisanda sandida du imma sinistans Iu-
smakkans, nih ban us aihratund- daie bidjands ina ei qemi jah
jai trudanda weinabasja. ganasidedi ]?ana skalk is.
jb=62 45 piubeigs manna us biubei- 4 ib eis qimandans at Iesua
gamma huzda hairtins seinis bedim ina usdaudo qibandans
usbairid biub, jah ubils manna batei wairbs ist bammei fragibis
us ubilamma huzda hairtins sei- bata;
nis usbairid ubil; uzuh allis ufar- 5 unte frijob biuda unsara, jah
fullein hairtins rodeid munbs is. synagogein is gatimrida unsis.
jg— 63 46 Abbanbja mik haitid frauja 6 ib Iesus iddjuh mib im. jah
frauja, jah ni taujid batei qi]>a? juban ni fairra wisandin imma

38. mitid; mitad in CA. — 40. laisareis; laisaris in CA. gamamvids; in the
margin the gloss ustauhans. — 48. grunduwaddju ;
grunduwaddjau in CA. —
49. flodus in the margin the gloss ahra.
, ;

2. swultawairbja was; was is wanting in CA. — 3. qemi; qimi in CA.

 62 Lnke VII.

J?amma garda, insandida «In lrilftrjom, ]>ai bairandans ga-

imma sa hundafads frijonds qi- sto]?un, jah qa]>: juggalaud. du
|>ands du imma: frauja,
ni drai- ]ms qi]'a, urreis.
bei ]»uk: unte ni ini wair]>s ei uf 1•") jah ussat sa nans jah du-
hrot meiu inngaggais; gann rodjan, jah atgaf ina ai-
7 du]?ei ni mik silbau wair- ]'cin is.
]>ana rahnida at ]>us qiman; ak 1G dissat jnin allans agis, jah
qi]> waurda, jah gahailnid sa mikilideduD gap qtyandans ]>atei
jTmmagua meine. praufetus mikils urrais.in unsis,
8 jali J?an auk ik manna im jah j?atei gaweisoda gu]> mana-
uf waldufnja gasatide, habands geins eeinaizos.
uf mis silbin gadrauhtins, jah 17 Jah osiddja ]?ata waurdjh=68
qi|?a du ]»;mun;i gagg, jahgag- and alia Tudaia bi ina jah and
:

gid, jah an]?aramma: (pin her, allans bisitands.

jah qimid, jah du ekalka mei- 18 Jah gataihuo Johanneu si-it>=69
•
namma: tawei l>ata, jah taujid. ]H)njos is bi alia )>o.
i) gahauejands |»;ni J?ata Iesus .» jah athaitands twans si-
sildaleikida ina, jah wandjands ponje seinaize lohannes inean-
sik du ]>iz;ii afarlaist jandein sis dida ins du Iesua qij>ands: >u |

managein qaj»: amen qi]>a izwis, is sa qimanda, ]>au an]?aranu

ni in [sraela ewalauda galaubein wenjaima?
bigal l'ii qimandans J?an a1 imma
]q=QQ lo Jah gawandjandans sik ]>ai wairos qe]?un: lohannes sa
]>ai

insandidans <lu garda bigetun daupjands insandida ugkis du

I'iiiiii sinkan skalk hailana. ]>us qij?ands: qimanda,
]>u is sa
jz=67 11 Jah war]' in ]'ainnia afar- ]>au an]>aranu wenjaima?
daga iddja in baurg namnida 21 inuh ]>an ]>izai tueilai gahai-
Niaen, jah mididdjedun imma si- lida managans ai eauhtim jah
ponjos is ganohai jah manageins jah ahniane ubilaize, jah
slaliini
Mill." blindaim managaim fragafsiun.
12 l)i]>ch ]>an nelrn was daura
22 jah andhafjands Iesus ]>
|>izos baurgs, |>aiuli sai iitbau- du im: gaggandans gateihats
rans was nans, sunns ainalia [ohannen ]>airi gasehruts jah
;i i] mm seinai, jah si Bilbo wi- gahausideduts, ]>at<>i blindai us-
duwo, jah managei (uzos baurgs sailrand, hallai gaggand, ]>ruts-
ganoha nii|> i/.ai. iillai gahrainjanda, baudai ga-
L3 jah gasaihrands ]><> frauja hausjand, naweis urreisand, un-
Iesus infeinoda du i/.ai jah qaj? ledai wailamerjanda.
du i/.ai: ni grel . jah audags isl sahrazuh l'•"»

14 jah duatgaggands attaitok saei ni gamarziada in mis.

//. N.nii (foriiaein; see 'Gothic Grammar", > fi, n<>ti• 7. and > 17. note /).•

\\ in CA. — 12. widuwo: widowo /// (A.

 Luke VII. 63

24 at galei]:>andam ]?an bairn 33 urrann raihtis Iohannes sa

airum Iohannes dugann rodjan
du manageiu bi Iohannen: hra
usiddjedub in aubida saihran?
raus fram wind a wagid?
25 akei hra usiddjedub saiman?
mannan in hnasqjaim wastjom
gawasidana? sai bai in wastjom
daupjands nih hlaif matjands
nih wein drigkands, jah qibib:
unhul]?on habai]>.
34 urrann sunus mans mat-
jands jah drigkands, jah qibib:
sai manna afetja jah weiudrugk-
ja, fiijonds motarje jahfrawaurh-

wulbagaim jah fodeinai wisan- taize.

dans in biudangardjom sind. 35 jah gasunjoda Avar]? handu-

gei fram barnam seinaim allaim.
26 akei \va usiddjedub saihran?
praufetu? jai qiba izwis, 36 Bab ban ina sums Farei-ud=74
jah
mais praufetau. saie ei matidedi mib imma; jah
atgaggands in gard bis Farei-
u=70 27 Saistbi banei gamelid ist:
saiaus anakumbida.
sai ik insandja aggilu meinana
faura andwairbjabeinamma, saei 37 baruh sai qino in ]?izai
gamanweid wig beinana faura baurg sei was frawaurhta, jah
bus. ufkunnandei batei anakumbida
in razna bis Fareisaiaus, brig-
ua=71 28 Qiba allis izwis, maiza in
o-andei alabalstraun balsanis
baurim qinono praufetus Iohanne
bamrnadaupjandin ainshun nist; 38 jah standandei faura fotum
ib sa minniza imma in ]>iudan- is aftaro gretandei, dugann nat-

gardjai gu]?s maiza in.ma ist. jan fotuns is tagram jah skufta
seinis biswarb, jah ku-
ub=72 29 Jah alia managei gahaus- haubidis
kida fotum is jah gasalboda
jandei jah motarjos garaihtana
domidedun gub, ufdaupidai dau-
bamma balsana.

peinai Iohannis; 39 gasailrands ban sa Farei-

30 jah witoda- saius, saei haihait ina, rodida
ib Fareisaieis
ib wesi prau-
fastjos runa gubs fraqebun ana sis ains qibands: sa
sik, ni daupidai fram imma. fetus, ufkunbedi ]?au hro jah mi-
leika so qino sei tekib imma,
ug=73 31 He nu galeiko pans mans
]mtei frawaurhta ist.
]us kunjis, jah hre sijaina galei-
kai? 40 jah andhafjands Iesus qab
32 galeikai sind barnam baini du Paitrau: Seimon, skal bus
qab: laisari, qib.
in garunsai sitandam jah wop- lira qi]?an, ib is
jand am seina misso jah qiban- 41 twai dulgis skulans wesun
dam: swiglodedum izwis jah ni dulgahaitjin sumamma ains ;

plinsidedub, gaunodedum izwis skulda skatte fimf hunda, ib an-

jan ni gaigrotub. bar fimf tiguns.

26. praufetau; praufetu in CA.— 30. ana; and in CA. — 32. gaunodedum; in

the margin the gloss hufum. — 38. gretandei; greitandei in CA.

 (54 Luke VII. VIII.

42 ni habaudam ban hrabro

2 jah qinons ]>ozei wesun gale-
usgebeina, bairn fragaf. lrabar kinodos ahmane ubilaize jah
nu ]uze, qib, mais ina frijod? sauhte, jah Marja sei haitana
43 andhafjands ban Seimon was Magdalene, us bizaiei usidd-
qab: bana gawenja bammei ma- jedun unhul]?ons sibun,
nagizo fragaf. baruh is qa]? du 3 jah Iohanna qens Kusins
imma: raihtaba stauides. fauragaggjins Herodes jah Su-
44 jah gawandjands sik du sanna jah anbaros managos, bo-
]>izai qinon qab du Seimona: zei andbahtidedun im us aigi-
gasailris ]>o qinon? atgaggan- nam seinaim.
din in gard ]>einana wato mis
4 Gaqumanaim ban hiuhmamuq=76
ana fotuns meinans ni gaft; ib managaim jah ]>aim )>aiei us •
si Ingram seinaim ganatida mei-
baurgim gaiddjedun du imma,
nans fotuns jah skuftaseinamma qab bairn gajukon:
biswarb.
5 urrann saiands du saian
45 ni kukides mis, ib si, fram
fraiwa seinamma. jah mibbanei
bammei innatiddja, ni swaif bi-
saiso, sum gadraus faur wig, jah
kukjan fotuns meinans.
gatrudan warb, jah fuglos himi-
4<> alewa haubid meinata ni
nis fretun bata.
salbodes, ib si balsana gasalbo-
da fotuns meinans. 6 jah an]?ar gadraus ana
47 in ]>izei, qiba bus, afletanda staina. jah uskijanata gabaurs-
Erawaurhteis izos ]>os managons, noda in Jnzei ni habaida qram-
unte frijoda filu ; i]> bammei lei-
miba.
til fraletada, leitil frijod. 7 jah sum gadraus in midumai
48 qa]mh ban du izai: afletnn- baurniwe, jah mibuskeinandana
da bus frawaurhteis beinos. |>ai baumjus aftuapidedun bata;

I'• jah (lugunnun bai mibana- 8 jah anbar gadraus ana air-
kumbjandanaqibaniD sis silbam: bai godai, jah oekeinoda jah ta-
Iras sa ist, saei frawaurhtins wida nkrnn taihuntaihundfal)>.
afletai? bata ban qibands ofwopida: saei

: 50 i]> is (|,•|> bail du bizai qi- liabai ausonn du hnusjan. ga-

galaubeina ]>eina ganasida hausjai.
buk, gagg in gawairbi. .) frehun pan ina siponjos is
(

Chapter VIII. qibandans hra sijni so gajnko.

ne=7o 1 Jah warb bibe [afar bata] 10 i)> is qa]>: izwis atgiban ist
«i jah is wratoda and baurgsjab kunnnn runos|nudinassausgu)>s.
~~
li.iimos merjands jah wailaspil- I|> bairn anbaraim in gajukom, uz=

Ionde biudangardja gu]>s, jah ei sailrandans ni gasailrainn jah

bai twalib mib imma, gahausjandans ni Erabjaina.

\ III. galekinodoe gajeikinodoe in CA.

'.
;
— 8. Fauragaggjins; Fauragagjine in
CA. andbahtidedun; andbahtededun in CA. — 4. hiuhmam; hiumam in CA.
 I.Mko VIII. G5

uh=78 11 Abban ]>ata ist so gajuko: tedun andqiban inima faura ma

]>ata fraiw ist waurd gu]>s. a gem.
12 ib bai wibra wig sind bad 20 jah gataihan Avar]? imma
hausjandans, babroh qimib dia- ]>atei ai]>ei ];>ema jah brobrjus
bulus jah usnimib bata waurd af l^eiuai standand uta gasailran
hairtiu ize, ei galaubjandans ni ]mk gairnjandona.
gamsaina. 21 ib is andhafjands qab du
13 ib bai ana bamma staina, im: aibei meina jah brobrjus mei-
izei ban hausjand, mib fahedai nai bai sind, bai waurd gubs
andnimand bata waurd, jah bai gahausjandaus jah taujandans.
waurtins ni haband, ]>aiei du 22 War]? ban in aiuamma ]>izepg=83
mela galaubjand jah in mela dage jah is galaib in skip jah
fraistubnjos afstandand. siponjos is, jah qab du im: galei-
14 ib bata in baurnuns gadriu- |»am hindar ]mna marisaiw; jah
sando, bai sind ]?aiei gahausjan- galibun.
dans jah af saurgom jahgabein 23 baruh ]?an swe faridedun,
jah gabaurjobum ]uzos libainais anasajslep. jah atiddja skura
gaggandans afluapnand jah ni windis in pana marisaiw, jah ga-
gawrisqand. fullnodedunjahbirekjaiwaurbun.
15 ib bata ana bizai god on
24 duatgaggandans ban urrai-
airbai, bai sind. ]>ai izei in hairtiu
sidedun ina qibandans: talzjand,
godamma jah seljamma gahaus-
fraqistnam. ib is urreisands ga
jandans bata waurd gahaband
sok winda jah bamma wega Mil-
jah akran bairand in bulainai.
tins; jah anaslawaidedun, jah
up=79 16 A]>ban ni manna lukarn
war]) wis.
tandjands dishuljib ita kasa aib-
bau uf ligr gasatjib, ak ana lu-
25 ban du im: luar ist
qa]>

karnastajun bai inn-

satjib, ei
galaubeins izwara? ogandans
]>an sildaleikidedun qibandans
gaggandans saihraina liuhad.
p=80 17 Ni auk ist analaugn batei du misso: teas siai sa, ei jah
sis

swikunb ni wairbai, nih fulgin windam faurbiudib jah watnam,

]?atei ni gakunnaidau jah in swi-
jah uf hausjand imma?
kunbamma qimai. 26 jah atfaridedun in gawi
pa=81 18 Saimib nu hraiwa hauseib; Gaddarene, batei ist wibrawairb
unte saei habaib, gibada inima, Galeilaia.

jah saei ni habaib, jah batei bug- 27 usgaggandin ban imma ana
keib haban, afnimada af imma. airba gamotida imma wair sums
pb=82 19 Atiddjedun ban du imma us baurg, saei habaida unhul-
aibei jah brobrjus is, jah ni mah- bons mela lagga, jah wastjom

13. izei ; ize in CA; so in 15. fahedai; faheidai in CA. — 17. s\vikunpamma; swe-
kunpamma in CA. — 23. anasaislep; anasaisleip in CA. Uppstrom: primum scrip-
turn fnit anasaisleip, deinde manifesto rasu in, quamquam non erasum, posterius i.
— 27. unnulpcms in the margin the gloss skohsla.
;
66 Luke TIN.

ni gawasi]?s was, jah in garda ni dan faura fotum Iesuis. jah ohie-
gawas, ak in hlaiwasnom. dun.
28 gasailuands ban Iesu jah 36 gataihun }?an im jah ]>ai
ufhropjands draus du imma jah gaeaihrandana luaiwa ganas sa
stibnai mikilai qab: Ira mis jah daimonareis.
bus, Iesu, sunu gubs hauhistins? 37 jah bedun ina allai gaujans
bidja ]>uk, ni balwjais mis. ]nze Gaddarene galeiban fairra
29 unte anabaud ahmin ]>amma sis, unte agisa mikilamma dis-
unhrainjin usgaggan af bamma habaidai wesun.
maun: manag auk mel frawahv I J? is galei]>ands in ski]) ga-pd=84
ina. jah buudans was eisarna- wandida sik.
bandjom jah fotubandjom fa- 38 ba]> |>an ina sa wair ai
staibs was, jah dishniupands bos bammei )>os unhnlbons usiddje-
bandjos draibi]>s wasfram ]»am- dun, ei wesi mi]? imma; fralailot
ma unhul]nn ana aubidos. }>an ina Iesus qibande:
30 frah ]>an ina Iesus qi)>ands:
39 gawandei ]>uk du garda ]>ei-
Ira uaino ]>ein? baruh qa]>:
ist
namma, jah Ivan filu
usspillo
harjis, unte unhul]>ons managos
gatawida ]ms gaj>. jah galaijn
galijmn in ina. and baurg alia meriands Iran
31 jah bad ina ei ni anabudi gatawida imma leans.
filu
im in afgrundiba galeiban.
40 War]? ban, mibbanei ga-pe=85
32 wasub ]>an jainar hairda
wandida sik Iesus, andnam ina
Bweine managaize haldanaize in
managei; wesun auk allai bei-
bamma fairgunja: jahbedunina dandans is.
ei uslaubidedi im in ]>o galeiban;
jah uslaubida im. 41 jah sai qam wairbizei namo
33 usgaggandans )>an suns ]>ai Iaeirus, sah fanramableis syna-
unhulbans ai [>amma mann ga- gogais was; jah drinsands f aura
li]>un in ]>o sweina, jah rami sa
fotum Iesuis bad ina gaggan in
wri|>ns and driuson in bana nia-
gard seinana,
risaiw jah afhrapnodedun. 42 unit' dauhtar ainalio was
34 gasaihmndane |'an ]>ai hal- imma swe wintriwe twalibe, jah
dandans bata waur]?ano ga]>lau- sd swalt. mibbanei baa iddja is,
hun jah gataihun in baurg jah manageins )>raihun ina.
in weihsn. 43 jah qino wisandei in runa
35 nsiddjedun)>nn sailran |>atn bloj'is jera twalif, eoei in lekjans
waurbano, jah qemun at Iesua, fraqam allamma aigina seinam-
jah bigetan sitandan bana nian- ma jah ni mahta was Eram aino-
aan, afbammei unhnlbone usidd- mehun galekinon,
jedun, gawasidana jah frabjan- 44 atgaggandei du aftaro at-

28. sunn: siinau in CA. — 42. ninalio. not aiuoho: . 'Ilritr.'. 12.203. — /•>'.

galekinon; galeDdnon in CA.

 Luke VIII. IX. 07

taitok skauta wastjos is, jah 53 jah bihlohun ina gasaihran-

suns gastob sa runs blobis izos. dans batei gaswalt.
45 jah qab Iesus: luas sa te- 54 banuh is usdreibands allans
kands mis? laugnjandam ]>an ut jah fairgreipands handu izos
allaim qab Paitrus jah bai mij? Avopida qibands: mawi, urreis.
imma: talzjand, manageins bi- 55 jah gawandida ahman izos,
luairband buk jah breihand, jah jah usstob suns, jah anabaud
qibis: lvas sa tekands mis? izai giban mat.
46 baruh is qab: taitok mis 56 jah usgeisnodedun fadrein
sums, ik auk ufkunba maht us- izos; ib is faurbaud im ei mann
gaggandein af mis. ni qebeina bata waurbano.
47 gasaihrandei ban so qino
batei galaugnida, reirandei
ni Chapter IX.
jah atdriusandei du imma, in 1 Gahaitands ban bans twalifpq-86
bizei attaitok imma, gataih im- apaustauluns atgaf im maht jah
ma in andwairbja allaizos ma- waldufni ufar allaim unhulbom
nageins, jah tuaiwa gahailnoda jah sauhtins gahailjan.
suns. 2 jah insandida ins merjan biu-
48 ib Iesus qab du izai: braf- dangardja gubs jah gahailjan
stei buk, dauhtar, galaubeins allans bans unhailans.
beina ganasida ]>uk; gagg in ga- 3 Jah qab du im: ni waiht ni- pz=87
wairbja. maib in wig, nih waluns nih
49 nauhban imma rodjandin matibalg nih hlaib nih skattans,
gaggib sums manne fram bis nih ban tweihnos paidos haban.
fauramaj^leis synagoges qibands 4 jah /in banei gard gaggaib,
du imma batei gadaubnoda ]?ar salji}^ jah babroh usgaggai]>.
dauhtar beina, ni draibei ]?ana 5 Jah swa managai swe niph=88
laisari. andnimaina izwis, usgaggandans
50 lb Iesus gahausjands and- us bizai baurg jainai jah mulda
hof imma qibands: ni faurhtei; af fotum izwaraim afhrisjaib du
batainei galaubei, jahganasjada. weitwodibai ana ins.
51 qimands ban in garda ni 6 Usgaggandans ban bairhidd- p}>=89
fralailot ainohuninngaggan, alja jedun and haimos wailamerjan-
Paitru jah Iakobu jah Iohannen dans jah lekinondans and all.
jah bana attan bizos maujos jah 7 Gahausida ban Herodis say=90
aibein. taitrarkes bo.waurbanona fram
52 gaigrotun ]?an allai jah fai- imma alia, jah bahta, unte qe-
fiokun ]>o. baruh qa)>: ni gretib; ]?un sumai batei Iohannes urrais
unte ni gaswalt, ak slepib. us dau bairn,

49. synagoges; synagogeis in CA. — 50. Iesus; is in CA. — 55. ussto)?; usto]?
in CA. — 56. qebeina; qipeina in CA.
IX, 6. lekinondans; leikinondans in CA. — 7. taitrarkes; taitarkes in CA.
 68 Luke IX.

8 sumai ]>an qe]mn Helias kumbjan kubituns, ana lrar-

:

ataugida sik. Bumambban, ]?atei janoh fimf tiguns.

praufetu.s .sums bize airizaue us- 15 jah gatawidedun ewa jali
stob. gatawidedun anakumbjan allans.
9 jah qa]? Herodes: Iohannau 16 nimands ]>an bans fimf hlai-
ik haubib afinaimait: ij> hjas ist bans jah twane fiskans, ineai-
sa bi banei ik hausja swaleik? luands du himina gabiubida ins
jah sokida ina gasailvan. jah gabrak. jah gaf siponjam du
ya=91 10 Jah gawandjandans sik faurlagjan bizai managein.
apaustauleis usspillodedun imma 17 jah matidedun jah sadai
ewa filu ewe gatawidedun. jah waur]nm allai. jah ushafan war]>
andnimande ins afiddja sundro batei aflifnoda im. gabruko tain-
ana eta)? aubjana baurgs namni- jons twalif.
daizos Baidsaiidan. 18 Jah war]', mibbanei was isyd=94
11 i]> }>os inanageins finban- bidjands sundro, gamotidedun
deins laistidedun afar imma. imma siponjos is, jah frah ins
yb=92 Jah andnimands ins rodida du qibande: Irana mik qiband wi-
im )>o bi }>iudangardja uu]>s. jah san ]>os manageins?
bans barbans 19 i]> eis andhafjandans qe]uin:
lekinassaus ga-
hailida. Iohannen bana daupjand. an-
yg-=93 12 panuh dags juban dugann barai ]>an Heleian, sumai ban
hneiwan: atgaggandans ]'au du J'atei praufetus sums ]nze airi-
imma bai twalif qe]mn du imma: zaue ussto]>.
fralet }>o managein, ei galei]>an- 20 qa]> ]>an du im: abban jus
dans in ]?os bisunjane haimos lvana mik qibib wisan'.' andhaf-
jali weihea ealjaina jah bugjaina jands ]>an Paitrus qa]': ]ui is
sis matins, unte her in au]>jamma Xristus sunus gu]'s.
stada sium. 21 I]> is ban gatuotjands imye=95
18 banuh qab du im: gibibim faurbaub ei mann ni qe]>eina
jus matjan. i]> eis qebnn du bata,
imma: nisi hindar one maizo 22 qibande batei ekal sunus
find hlaibani jah fiskos twai, mans manag winnan jah usku-
niba pan batei weie gaggandane sans fram sinisiain \vnir]>an jah
bugjaima allai )>izai manaeedai gndjam jah bokarjam jah aeqi-
mat ins. iaan jah bridjin daga unvisan.
1 wcsun auk ewe fiaif )>usund-
1 2-\ Qa]> ]?an du allaini: jabaiyq=96
ii>s waire. <)a)>]>an du eiponjam Iras \ afar mis gaggan, afai-
i 1 i

Beinaim: gawaurkeib im ana- kai sik silban jah nimni galgan

//. li'kin.Mssuiis ; .—
manaeedai; manaeeidai in CA (('/>/>-
lcikinassaus in l't.

BtrOm: Liter» i. prior, colon' qaklem ;> vuinis Uteris iliftvrt ei ex parte qu&d&zn
vidrri potest, noil t.uncii erase of): in the margin the gloss managein. —
21. (|»|>.iim; «|i >«-iii ji in CA.
 Luke IX. 69

seinana dag Ivanoh, jah laistjai jah bans tAvans Avairans ]?ans
-

mik. mi]>standandans imma.

24 saei allis Avili saiwala seina 33 jah warb, mibbanei afskai-
nasjan, fraqisteib izai; a]?]>an skaidun sik af imma, qab Paitrus
saei fraqistei]? saiwalai seinai in du Iesua: talzjand, god ist unsis
meina, ganasji]? ]?o. her Avisan, jah gawaurkjaima
25 kro allis ]?aurfte gatauji]? hleibros ]?rins, aina bus jah aina
sis manna gageigands ]?o ma- Mose jah aina Helijin, ni witands
nased alia, i]> sis silbin fraqist- hra qibib.
jands ai]?]?au gasleibjands? qibandin 34 bata ]?an imma
yz=97 26 Saei allis skamai]?sik meina Avar}? milhma jah ufarskadwida
aibbau meinaize Avaurde, bizuh ins; faurhtidedun ban in bammei
sunus mans skamaid sik, bibe jainaiqemun in bamma milhmin.
qimi]? in AA ulbau seinamma jah
r
35 jah stibna war]? us bamma
attins jah bize weihane aggile. milhmin qibandei: sa ist sunus
hy=98 27 Qi]>uh ]>an izavis sunja: sind meins sa liuba, bamma hausjaib.
sumai ]?ize her standandane]>aiei 36 jah mibbanei Avar]? so stibna,
ni kausjand daubu unte gasai- bigitans Avar}? Iesus ains. jah eis
hrand ]?iudinassu gubs. ]?ahaidedun jah mann ni gatai-
28 Avaurbun ban afar bo hun in jainaim dagam ni Avaiht
waurda swe dagos ahtau, gani- ]?izei gasehmn.
mands Paitru jah Iakobu jah 37 War]? ban in bamma dagayb=99
Iohannen usiddja in fairguni bid- dalab atgaggandam im af fair-
jan. gunja gamotida imma mana-
29 jah Avar]?, mibbanei bab is, geins filu.
siuns andwairbjis is an]?ara jah 38 jah sai manna us bizai ma-
g*awaseins is lueita skeinandei. nagein ufvvopida qibands: lai-
30 jah sai Avairos twai mib- sari, buk insaihmn du su-
bidja
rodidednn iraina, ]?aiei Avesun nau meinamma, unte ainaha mis
Moses jah Helias, ist.
31 bai gasailuanans in Avul]?au 39 jah sai ahma nimib ina
qe]?un urruns is, boei skulda us- unhrains, jah anaks hropei]? jah
fulljan in Iairusalem. tahji]? ina mi]? hrabon, jah hali-
32 ibPaitrus jah bai mib imma saiAv aflinni]? af imma gabri-
Avesun kauridai gaAvak- kands ina.
slepa;
nandans ban gaseluun wulbu is 40 jah bab siponjans beinans

26. wulbau; wulbu in CA. — 27. daubu; daubau in CA.

aggile; aggele in CA.
biudinassu; biudinassau in CA. —
])amma milhmin; in the margin:
34. qemun in
jah at im in milhmam atgaggandam, from a rending of the Itala: (et timuerunt)
'et intrantibus illis in nubem' (vox facta est).— 36. mibbanei warb; Avarb mibbanei
in CA. —
38. sunau; sunu in CA. —
39. hropei)?; hropib in CA; traces ofe above
the line.
 70 Luke IX.

ei usdribeina imma, jah ni mah- nimib, andnimib bana sandjan-

tedun. dan mik; unte sa minnista wi-
41 andhafjands ban Iesus qab: sands in allaim izwis, sa wairbib
kimi ungalaubjando jah in- mikils.
windo, and Ira siau at izwis jah 49 Andhafjands ban Iohannes ig— 103
bulau izwis? attiuh ]>ana snnu qa]>: talzjand, gasehmm suinaaa
beinana hidre. ana ]?einamma namin usdreiban-
42 baruh nauh]?an duatgag- dan unhulbons, jah waridedum
gandin imma gabrak ina sa un- imma, unte ni laistei]> mi]> unsis.
hul]>a jahtahida; galrotidaban 50 jah qab du im Iesus: ni
Iesus ahmin j^arama unhrainjin, warji]>, unte saei nist wibra izwis.
jah galiailida bana magu jah at- faur izwis ist; ni ainshun auk ist
gaf ina attin is. manne saei ni gawaurkjai maht
43 usfilmansbanwaurjmn allai in namin meinamma.
ana bizai mikilein gubs. 51 Warf> ban in ]>ammei us-id=l04
1—100 At allaim ban sildaleikjandam fullnodedun dagos andanumtais
bi alia boei gatawida Iesus, qab is, jah is andwairbi seinata ga-
Paitrus: frauja, dulre weis ni tulgida du gaggan inlairnsalem,
mahtedum usdreiban bamma? ib 52 jah insandida airuns fanra
Iesus qa]>: bata kuni ni usgaggij) sis. jah gaggandans galibnn in
nibai in bidom jah in fastubnja. haim Samareite, swe manwian
ra=101 Qa]> ]>an du siponjam seinaim: imma;
53 jah ni andnemun ina, unte
44 lagjib jus in ausona izwara
andwairbi is was gaggando du
]>o waurda; unte sunns mans
Iairusalem.
skidds ist atgiban in handuns
54 gasailvandans ban siponjos
manne.
is Iakobus jah Iohannes qebun:
4.") ib eis ni frobxin bamma f

qibaima, fon frauja, wileizu ei

waurda. jah was gahuli]> faura
atgaggai us himina jah fraqimai
im ei ni frobeina imma, jah ohte-
im, swe jah Heleias gatawida?
dun fraihnan ina bi bata waurd.
55 gawandjands ]>an gasok im
rb=102 46 Galai]) ]>an mitons in ins.
jah qa]> du im: niu witub Iris
bata lraijis ]'iiu ize maists wesi.
ahmane sijub?
47 i]> Iesus gasaihrands bo mi-
56 unte sunns mans ni qara
ton hairtine ize, fairgreipands saiwalom qistjan ak nasjan. jah
barn gasatida faura sis, iddjedun in anbara haim.
48 jali qab du im: salrazuh 57 War)» 1'iin gaggandam imrec=l05
eaei andnimib bata bain ana in wiga qa]> sums du iniina:
naiiiin nirinamnia. mik andni- laistja ]>uk bishjadub badei gag-
mib; jah eahrazuh saei mik and gis, frauja.

41. hidre; hidreJ ;/; CA : ,•/<. XIV, 21. Mk. XI, 8; ;il*<> hradre, jcundre. — .77. ns-
fulliiodoihin; oaftdnodedun in CA. — ~>4. Iakobns; Iakobos CA.
/'//
 Luke IX. . 71

58 jah qab du im Iesus: fau- 6 jah jabai sijai jainar sunus

hous grobos aigun jah fuglos gavairbjis, galueilaib sik ana
himinis sitlans, ib sunns mans imma gawair]?i izwar; ib jabai
ni habaib lvmr haubib galagjai. ni, du izwis gawandjai.
59 qab ban du an]>aramma: 7 Inuh ban bamma garda wi-rib=H2
laistei mik. ib is qab: frauja, sai|>, matjandans jah driggkan-
uslaubei mis galeiban faurbis jah dans ]>o at im; wairbs auk ist
usfilhan attan meinana. waurstwja mizdons seinaizos. ni
60 qab ban du imma Iesus: faraib us garda in gard.
let bans daubans usfilhan sei-
8 Jah in boei baurge gaggaibrig— llii
nans nawins, ib bu gagg jah
jah andnimaina izwis, matjai]?
gaspillo biudangardja gubs.
bata faurlagido izwis,
rq=l06 61 Qab ban jah anbar: laistja
9 jah lekinob bans in izai siu-
buk, frauja; ib faurbis uslaubei
kans, jah qibib du im atnehrida :

mis andqi]?an baim baiei sind in

ana izwis biudangardi gubs.
garda meinamma.
10 lb in boei baurge inngag- rid=l 14
62 qab ban du imma Iesus: ni
manna uslagjands handu seina gaib jah ni andnimaina izwis,
usgaggandans ana fauradaurja
ana hohan jah saimands aftra
izos qi]?aib:
gatils ist in biudangardja gubs.
11 jah stubju ]?ana gahaftnan-
Chapter X. dan unsis us ]?izai baurg izwarai
rz=l07 1 Afarub ban bata ustaiknida ana fotuns unsarans afhrisjam
frauja jah anbarans sibunte- izwis; swebauh bata witei}7 batei
hund, jah insandida ins twans atnehrida sik ana izwis biudan-
luanzuh faura andwairbja sei- gardi gubs.
namma in all baurge jah stade 12 qiba izwis batei Saudaum-
badei munaida is gaggan. jam in jainamma daga sutizo
rh=108 2 Qabuh ]?an du im: asans wair}?ib bau bizai baurg jainai.
managa, ib waurstwjans fawai. 13 Wai bus Kaurazein, wairie=115
1)7=109 Bidjib nu fraujan asanais ei bus Baibsaidan; unte ib in Tyrai
ussatjai waurstwjans in bo asan jah Seidonai waurbeina mahteis
seina. ]?ozeiwaurbun in izwis, airis }^au
3 gaggib; sai ik insandja izwis in sakkum jah azgon sitandeins
swe lamba in midumai wulfe. gai'dreigodedeina.
ri=ll0 4 Ni bairaib pugg nih mati- 14 swebauh Tyrai jah Seidonai
balg nih gaskohi, ni mannan- sutizo wairbib in daga stauos
hun bi wig goljaib. ]?au izwis.
pia=lll 5 In banei garde inngaggaib, 15 jah bu Kafarnaum, bu und
frumist qibaib: gawairbi ]>amma himin ushauhido, und halja ga-
garda. drausjaza.

X, 2. waurstwjaus (the second); waurstwjands in CA. — o. ]?auei garde ; J?aue

gardei in CA.
 72 Luko . XIV

riq=116 16 Saei hauseib mis hau-

izwis, 24 qi]>a auk izwis ]>atei mana-
. seib, jah saei ufbrikib izwis, mis gai praufeteis jah ]>iudanos wil-
ufbrikib; ib saei ufbrikib mis, dedun sailran ]>atei jus saihrib,
ufbrikib bamma sandjandin mik.
jah ni gasehran, jah hausjan ]>a-
riz=117 17 Gawandidedun ban sik bai tei jus gahausei]>, jah ni hausi-
sibuutehimd mi]> fahedai qiban- dedun.
dans: frauja, jah unhul]>ons uf- 2") Jah sai witodafasteis sumsrka=12l

hausjand unsis in namin ]?ei- ussto]?fraisands ina jah qibands:

namma. laieari, Ira taujands libainais ai-
18 qa|> ban du im: gasalir sa- weinons arbja wairba?
tamin swe lauhmunja driusan- 2G baruh qa]? du imma: in wi-
dan us himina. toda roagamelib ist? lraiwa us-
19 sai atgaf izwis waldufni siggwis?
trudan ufaro waurme jah skaurp- 27 andhafjands qa]>: frijos
i]> is
jono, jah ana allai mahtai fijan- fraujan gub beinana us allanuna
dis, jah waihte ainohuu izwis ni
hairtin |>einamma jah us allai
gaskabjib. saiwalai beinai jah us allai mah-
20 ewebauh bamma ni faginob tai beinai
jah us allai gahugdai
ei bai ahmans izwis ufhaasjand,
beinai, jah nebjundjan beinana
ib faginod in bammei namnaiz- swe buk silban.
wara gamelida sind in himinam.
28 banuh qab du imma: raih-
rih=H8 21 I nuh bizai lreilai swegnida
taba andhoft; ]>ata tawei, jah
ahmin Ieeus jah qa]>: andhaita
libais.
bus, atta, frauja himinis jah air-
2i) I]> is wiljands uswaurlilana rkb=122
bos, unto affalht )>o faura snu-
sik domjan qa]> du Iesua: an
traim, jah frodaim, jah andhu-
lides ]>o niuklahaim ; jai, atta. has ist mis nelrundja'.'

unte Bwa warb galeikaib in and- 30 andhafjands ]>an Iesus qab:

wairbja beinamma. manna galaib af [airusalem in
22 jah gawandibs du oiponjam [aireikon jah in waidedjans fra-
eeinaim qab: rann, baiei jah biraubodedun ina
ri))=iii» All mis atgiban isi fram attin jah banjos analog . . .

meinamma, jah ni hrashun kann

Iras BUnus, alia a! la, jah Iras
is1
Chapter XIV.
isi a1 la, alia snnus, jah bammei '.)... na aftumistanhabanstab.
wili sunns andhuljan. 10 ak ban haitaizau, atgag-
rk=l20 2- Jah gawandibs «In sipon- ganda anakumbei ana bamma
jam seinaim sundro qab: audaga afl uniislin slada. ei bibe qiinai
augona boei saibjand boei jus saei haihait buk, qibai du )uis:
eairoib. frijond, usgagg hauhis; banuh

35, ii--io)>: usto)' /'//

CA. — 80. analag, remainder of analagjandatm.
XIV, 9, ,. second syllable o/"J?ana.
 Luke XIV. 73

ist bus hauhiba faura baim mi]>- kausjan bans; bidja buk, habai
anakumbjandam ]>us, mik faurqibanana.
rap— 179 11 Unte lrazuh saei hauheib 20 jah sums qa]> qen liugaida :

sik silba, gahnaiwjada, jah saei jah dube ni mag qiman.

hnaiweib sik silban, ushauhjada. 21 jah qimands sa skalks ga-
rp- 180 12 Qap>u]? ]?an jah ]»amma taih fraujin seinamma ]>ata. ]?a-
haitandin sik: ]?an waurkjais un- nuh bwairhs sa gardawaldands
daurnimat ai]>]?au nahtamat, ni qab du skalka seinamma: us-
haitais frijonds Remans nib. bro- gagg sprauto in gatwons jah
];>runs nih nibjans bei- staigos baurgs, jah unledans jah
beina.ns
nans nih garaznans gabeigans, gamaidans jah blindans jah hal-
ibai aufto jah eis aftra haitaina tans attiuh hidre.
J?uk, jah wairbib bus usguldan. 22 jah qab sa skalks: frauja,
13 ak ban waurkjais dauht, war]? swe anabaust, jah nauh
hait unledans, gamaidans, hal- stads ist.
tans, blindans, 23 jah qab sa frauja du bam-
14 jah audags wairbis, unte eis ma
skalka: usgagg and wigans
ni haband usgildan bus; usgil- jah fa]?os jah naubei innatgag-
dada auk bus in usstassai ]?ize gan, ei usfullnai gards meins;
uswaurhtane. 24 qij^a allis izwis batei ni
15 gahausjands ]?an suras ]uze ainshun manne jainaize ]nze
anakumbjandane ]>ata qap du faura haitanane kauseib ]us nah-
imma: audags saei matji]> hlaif tamatis meinis.
in biudangardjai gu]?s. 25 Mibiddjedun]?animmahiuh-rpb=182
rpa=181 1G J)aruh qab imma frauja: mans managai, jahgawandjands
manna sums gawaurhta nahta- sik qa]> du im:
mat mikilana jah haihait mana- 26 jabai hras gaggi]? du mis
gans, jah ni fijaib> attan seinana jah
17 jah insandida skalk seinana aipein jah qen jah barna jah
lueilai nahtamatis qi]?an ]?aim bro]?runs jah swistruns, nauhub
haitanam: gaggib, unte ju man- ban seina silbins saiwala, ni mag
wu ist allata. raeins siponeis wisan.
18 jah dugunnun suns faurqi- 27 jah saei ni bairib galgan
}?an allai. sa frumista qa]?: land seinana jah gaggai afar mis, ni
bauhta jah ]>arf galei]?an jah sai- mag wisan meins siponeis.
liran p>ata bidja buk, habai mik
; 28 Izwara bras raihtis wiljands rpg= 183
faurqij?anana. kelikn timbrjan, niu frumist ga-
19 jah an]?ar qab: juka auhs- sitands rahneib rnanwi]?o habaiu
ne usbauhta fimf jah gagga du ustiuhan?

14. usstassai; ustassai in CA. lo. pize; pizei in CA. — usfullnai; usfuiuai
in CA.
 74 Luke XIV. XV

29 ibai aufto, bi]>e gasatidedi 4 K*as manna izwara aigauds

grunduwaddju jah ni mahtedi taihuntehund lambe jah fraliu-
iistiuhan. allai bai gasailran- sands ainamma ]Aze, niu bilei]u]»
dans duginnaina bilaikan ina. bo niuntehund jah niun ana au-
30 qibandane )>atei sa manna bidai jah gaggi]? afar ]'amma
dustodidatimbriau jah ni mahta fralusanin. unte bigiti]> bata?
ustiuhan. jah bigitands uslagji]> ana
5
31 aib]>au Iras ]nudans gag- anisans seinans faginonds.
gands stigqan wi]>ra anbarana (> jah qimands in garda gala-
biudan dn wigna, niu gasitands bo b frijonds jah garaznans qi-
faurbie bagkei}? siaiu mahteigs ]>ands du im: fagino]> mi]» mis
mi]? taihun Jmsundjom gamoT- bammei bigat lamb mean bata
i.-m bamma twaim tigura fralusano.
mi)>
busundjo gaggandin ana sik? 7 qiba izwis ]»atei swa faheds
32 aib]>au. jabai nist mahteigs, wairbi^ in himiua in amis fra-
nauh)>auuh fairra imma wiean- waurhtis idreigondins ban in ni-
din insandjands aim bidjib ga- untehundis jah niune garaihtaizo
\\air]'iis. baiei ni J>aurbun idreigos.
rpd=iH4 33 Swah nu lvarjizuh izwara 8 Aibbau suma qino drakmansrph=188
eaei ni afqibib allamma aigina habandei taihun, jabai fraliusib
eeinamma, ni mag wisan meins drakmin ainamma. niu tandeib
eiponeie. lukarn jah usbaugei]> razn jah
rpe=18S 34 God salt: jabai salt baud sokeib glaggwaba, unte bigitiji?
\vair]u]\ h*egasupoda? 9 jah bigitandei gahaiti]? fri-
35 nih du airjnii ni du niaih- jondjos jah garaznons qibandei:
stau fagr ist; ut uswairpand iin- fagino]> mib mis, unte bigat
ma. eaei habai ausona gahaus- drakmein ]>ammei fralaus.
iandona gahausjai. 10 Swa,qiba
faheds wair-rpj*=l89
izwis.
Chapteb XV. ]>i)> in andwairbja aggilegubfl in

rpq=186 1 Wcsiniu]• J>an imma nelrjan- ainis idreigondine frawaurhtis.

danfl sik allai motarios jah fra- 11 Qa)>u]' j'iin: manne sumsry=l90
vraurhtai hausjan imma. aihta twans sununs.
2 jah birodidednn Fareieaieie 12 jah qa]» sa juhiza ice du
jah bokarjoe qibandans batei ea attin: atta. gif mis eei undrinnai
frawaurhtane andnimi}> jah mij?- iaik dail aiginis. jah disdailida
matji)> im. im sues s*'in.
rpz=i87 3 Qaj> ban du im bo gajnkoo I.'i jah afar ni managane da-
qi]>ands: gane brahta eamana allata ea

29. mahtedi; mahtide in CA. —

81. vrigaa; CA baa wig6|na (i. e. wiganna).
The stroke over th? a means a; it was inadvertently jmt too fur to tin- right,
and nu was erroneous]/ written again at the beginning of the following hne.
bagkei)>; bankeib in CA. 82. ni)>)>an: «•) in CA; ep. Mt. VI, 7. etc.
XV, 1<>. aggfle; aggek in CA.
 Luke XV. 75

juhiza sunus jah aflaib in land wastjabofrumiston jah gawasjij>

fairra wisando, jah jainar dista- ina, jah gibib figgragulb in han-
hida bata swes seinata libands du is jah gaskohi ana fotuns is,
usstiuriba. 23 jah briggandans stiur bana
14 bibe ban frawas allamma, alidan ufsneibib, jah matjandans
warb huhrus abrs and gawi jai- wisam waila,
nata, jah is dugann alabarba 24 unte sa sunus meins daubs
wairban. was jah gaqiunoda, jah fralu-
15 jah gaggands gahaftida sik sans was jah bigitans warb. jah
sumamma baurgjane jainis gau- dugunnun wisan.
jis, jah insandida ina haibjos 25 wasub ban sunus is sa al-
seinaizos haldan sweina. biza ana akra; jah qimands
16 jah gairnidasaditanhaurne atiddja nelu razn, jah gahausida
boei matidedun sweina, jah man- saggwins jah laikins,
na irama ni gaf. 26 jah athaitands sumana ma-
17 qimands ban in sis qab: giwe frahuh lua wesi bata.
hian filu asnje attins meinis ufar- 27 baruh is qab du imma ba-
assau haband hlaibe, ib ik huhrau tei bro)?ar beins qam, jah uf-
fraqistna. atta beins stiur bana ali-
snai}?
18 usstandands gagga du at- dan, unte hailana ina andnam.
tinmeinammajah qiba du imma: 28 banuh modags war}? jah ni
atta, frawaurhta mis in himin wilda inngaggan, ib atta is us-
jah in andwairbja beinamma. gaggands ut bad ina.
19 ju banaseibs ni im wairbs
29 baruh is andhafjands qa]>
ei haitaidau sunus beins; gata-
du attin: sai swa filu jere skalki-
wei mik swe ainana asnje bei-
noda bus jah ni hranhun ana-
naize.
busn beina ufariddja, jah mis ni
20 jah usstandands qam at
aiw atgaft gaitein, ei mib frijon-
attin seinamma, nauhbanuh ban
dam meinaim biwesjau;
fairra wisandan gasahr ina atta
30 ib ban sa sunus beins, saei
isjah infeinoda, jah bragjands
fret bein swes mib kalkjom, qam,
draus ana hals is jah kukida
ufsnaist imma stiur bana alidan.
imma.
21 jah qab imma sa sunus: 31 baruh qab du imma: bar-
sinteino mib mis wast
atta, frawaurhta in himin jah in nilo, bu
andwairbja beinamma, ju bana- jah is, jah all bata mein
bein ist;

seibs ni im wairbs ei haitaidau 32 waila wisan jah faginon

sunus beins. skuld was, unte brobar beins
22 qab ban sa atta du skal- daubs was jah gaqiunoda, jah
kam seinaim: sprauto briggib fralusans jah bigitans warb.

—
22. briggi)?; bringib in CA. 23. briggandans; bringandans hi CA. — 27. uf-

snaib; afsnaib in CA; cp. 23. 30.

76 Luke XVI.

Chapter XVI. ) jah ik izwis qiba: taujaij>

1 Qa]m]> ]'<in du siponjam sei- izwis frijonds us faihu]>raihua in-
naim: mauue sums was gabeigs, windibos, ei ]?an ufligaij\ and-
saei aihta fauragaggjan, jah sa nimaina izwis in aiweinos hlei-

frawrohi}>s war]? du imma ei dis- bTOfl.

tahidedi aigin is. 10 saei triggws ist in leitilam-

2 jah atwopjands ina qaj> du ma, jah in managamma triggws
imma: dulre bata hausja fram ist, jah sa iu leitilamma uutrigg-
|>us? usgif ration fauragaggjis wa jahiu managamma untriggws
beiuis; ui magt auk ju ]>anamais ist.
fauragaggja wiean. 11 jabai mi in inwindamma
3 qaj> ban in sis sa fanragagg- faihubraihna triggwai ni waur-
ja: Ira tanjan, ]>audei franja )>u]>. bata sunjeino Iras izwis
meins afnimij'fauragaggi af mis? galaubeib?
graban ni mag, bidjan ekama 12 jah jabai in )>amma fra-
mik. mabjin triggwai ni waurjmj*,
4 and]>ahta mik Ira taujau, ei bata izwar Iras izwis gibi}>?
]?an, bi]'e afsatjaidau us fanra- 13 Ni aiushuu ]nwe mag twaim rya=191
gaggja, andnimaina mik in gar- fraujam skalkinon: audizuli ai-
dins seinans. nana fijai)> jah anbarana frijo]>,
jah athaitands aintuarjanoh aibbau ainamma andtilo]\ i]>
.">

faihuskulane fraujins seinis qa]> anbaramma frakauu. ni magu]'

]);uuma frumistin: hran iilu skalt gnba skalkinon jah faihubraihna.
fraujin meinamma? 14- Gahausideduu |'an )>o alia ryb=192
6 baruh qa]>: taihuntaihund jali |>ai Fareisaieis faihufrikai wi-
kase alewis. jah qa]> du imma: sandans jah bimampideduu ina.
nim bokos jah gasitande
]>us 15 jah qa)> duim: jussijubju-
sprauto gamelei fimf tiguns. zei garaihtans domeib izwis sil-

7 babToh du au]>aramma bans in andwairbja manne, i)>

j'iin

qaj>: abban ]ui Iran filu skalt? gu]> kaun hairtona izwara; ante
.is qa]>: taihuntaihund mitade |>aia hauho in mauuaui andasel
kaurnis. jah qaj? du imma: nim in andwairbja gubs.
I'us bokos jah melei ahtaute- 16 AVito]> jah praufeteis undryg=193
hund. lohannen; ]>a|>n>h ]>iu<lauganli
8 jah hazida sa frauja ]>aua gubs wailamerjada, jah hrazuh
fauragaggjan inwindibos, ante in izai naubjada.
Erodaba gatawida; ante ]?ai sun- 17 I] azetizo ist himiu jahryd=194
1

jus ]>is aiwis frodozans sunum airba hindarlei)>an |>au witodis

liuhadis in kunja seinamma sind. ainana writ sradriusan.

A' 17. 7. ianrairairirjan : inur.ipi^jan //; CA. —. tinii: tim in CA. — 8. sunjus
sunjos ;/; CA; cp. Mk. Hi. 17. and 'Gothic Grammar', § 14. note 8.
nntt•: — /•'/.

)'ailui|)i-aihna : in the margin the Wo»- mammoniin. ibr maininonin cp. lit. ; FT, 24,
 Lukp . XVII. t

rye=195 18 Hazuh
sa afletands qen C qa]? ban frauja: jabai habai-
seina jah liugands anbara hori- dedeib galaubein swe kaurno si-
nob, jah hmzuh saei afletana liu- napis, aibbau jus [jabai] qebei]?
gaib, horinob. du bairabagma bamma: uslausei
ryq=196 19 Abban manne sums was ga- buk us waurtim jah ussatei buk
bigs, jah gawasids was paurpau- in marein, jah andhausidedi ]>au
rai jah byssaun jah waila wi- izwis.
sands daga hramnieh bairhtaba. 7 Has ban izwara skalk ai-sa=20i
20 ib unleds sums was namin gauds arjandan aibbau haldan-
haitans Lazarus, sah atwaur- dan, saei atgaggandin af haibjai
pans was du daura is banjo fulls. qi]>ai: suns hindarleib anuhkum-
21 jah gairnida sa]ntandrauh- bei?
sno bizo driusandeino af biuda 8 ak niu qibib du imma: man-
jus gabeigins; akei jah hundos wei ma du naht matjau, jah bi-
atrinnandans bilaigodedun ban- gaurdans andbahtei mis, unte
jos is. matja jah drigka, jah bi]?e ga-
22 warj))mn gaswiltan ]mrama matjis jah gadrigkais bu?
unledin jah briggan fram aggi- 9 iba bagk bus fairkaitis skalk a
lum in barma Abrahamis; ga- jainamma, unte gatawida ]?atei
swalt ban jah sa gabeiga jah ga- anabudan was? ni man.
fulhans war]>.
10 swa jah jus, ban taujai]>
23 jah in haljai ushafjands au-
alia bo anabudanona izwis, qi-
gona seina, wisands in balwei-
baib batei skalkos unbrukjai si-
nim, gasabj ban Abraham fairra-
jum, unte batei skuldedum tau-
]) jah Lazzaru in barmim is. jan gatawidedum.
24 jah is ufhropjands . . .

11 jah Avar]? mtybanei iddja is

Chapter XVII. in Iairusalem, jah is ]?airhiddja
3 . jabai frawaurkjai bro]?ar bairh midja Samarian jah Galei-
. .

beins,gasak imma, laian.

r b=199 Jah ban jabai idreigo sik, fra- 12 jah inngaggandin imma in
letais imma. suma haimo gamotidedun imma
4 jah jabai sibun sinbam ana taihun brutsfillai mans, baih ga-
dag frawaurkjai du bus jah si- stobun fairrabro,
bun sinbam ana dag gawandjai 13 jah «silbans ushofun stibna
sik qibands: idreigo mik, frale- qibandans: Iesu talzjand, armai
taisimma. unsis.
6=200 5 Jah qebun apaustauleis du 14 jah gaumjands qab du im:
fraujin: biauk uns galaubein. gaggandans ataugeib izwis gud-

18. sa; saei in CA, but the ei is scratched, afletana; afleitana in CA.
XVII, 6. jabai was erroneously incorporated from a gloss into the text.—
9. bagk bank in CA. For the dative bus, see fairhaitan
;
—
in the glossary. 13. us-

hofun; ushofon in CA; see XVI, 8, note.

 78 Luke XVII.

jam. jah war]?, mibbanei gali- 2G Jah swaswe Avar]? in dagam sz=207
bun, gahrainidai waurbun. Nauelis, swah wairbib jah in da-
15 ib ains ban ize gaumjands gam sunaus mans.
bammei hrains war]?, gawandida 27 etun jah drugkun, liugaide-
sik mib stibnai mikilai hauh- dun jah liugaidos wesun, und
jands gu]>, ]>anei dag galai]>Nauel in arka,
16 jah draus ana andawleizn jah qam midjasweipains jah fra-
faura fotum is awiliudonds irn- qistida allans.
ma; sah was Samareites. 28 Samaleiko jah swe warb in sb=208
17 andhafjands ]>an Iesus qa]>: dagam Lodis: etun jah drugkun,
niu taihuu ]>ai gahraiuidai waur- bauhtedun jah frabauhtedun, sa-
bun? ib ]>ai niun roar? tidedun, timridedun;
18 ni bigitanai waurbun ga-
29 bammei daga usiddja
i]>
wandjandans giban wuljm guba
Lod us Saudaumim, rignida
•niba sa aljakunja?
swibla jah funin us himina jah
19 jah qa}> du imraa: usstan-
fraqistida allaim,
dauds gagg; galaubeins beina
ganasida buk. 30 bi I'arama wairbib bamma
sb=202 20 Fraihans ]>an fram Farei-
daga ei sunus mans andhuljada.
saium: Ivan qimib Jnudangardi 31 In jainamma daga saei sijai s)>=209
gubs? andhof ini jah qaj>: ni ana hrota jah kasa is in razna,
qimib juudangardi gubs mib at- ni atsteigai dalab niman ]>o, jah
witainai, saei ana haibjai, samaleiko ni
21 nih qiband: sai her, ai]>bau: gawandjai sik ibukana.
sui jainar; sai auk biudangardi 32 gamuneib qenais Lodis.
gabs in izwis ist. 33 Saei sokeib saiwala seinasi=210
22 qab ]>an du siponjam: gahasjan, fraqistei]> izai,
sg=203 Abban qimand dagos )>an gair-
Jah saei fraqisteib izai in mei- sia=211
neijj ainana ]>ize dage sunaus
na, ganasji]> ]>o.
Minus gasairoan jah ni gasairoib.
«d = 204 28 Jail qiband izwis: sai her,
34 Qi]>a izwis ]>atei bizai nahtsib=212

aibbau: sai jainar: ni galeibaty bwai wairband ana ligra samin,

nih laistjaib. ains usnimada jah an]>ar bilei-
]>ada:
ee=205 24 Swaswe raihtis lauhmoni
[auhatjandei us bamma uf hi- 35 twos wairband malandeins
ininn in bate of hiinina skeinib, samana, aina usnimada jah an-
eq=20G Swa wairbib sunns mans in bara bileibada.
daga Beinamma. 37 Jah andhafjandans qebunsig=213
25 abban faurbis ekaJ manag du imma: roar, frauja? ib is qa]>
gabulan jah uskiusada Eram im: barei leik, jaindre galisand
bamma kunja. sik arans.

22. niimiui . . suiuius: aioamma . . sumins in CA.

 Luke XVIII. 79

Chapter XVIII. 12 fasta twaim sinbam sabba-

aid=214 1 Qabu]> ban Jah gajukon im taus jah afdailja taihundon dail
du bammei sinteino skulun bid- allis bizei gastalda.
jan jah ni wairban usgrudjans, 13 jah sa motareis fairrabro
2 qibands staua was sums in standands ni wilda nih augona
:

sumai baurg gub ni ogands jah seina ushafjan du himina, ak

mannan ni aistands. sloh in brusts seinos qibands:
3 wasub ban jah widuwo in bi- gup, hulbs sijais mis frawaurh-
zai baurg jainai, jah atiddja du tamma.
imma qibandei fraweit mik ana 14 qiba izwis, atiddja sa ga-
:

andastabja memamma. raihtoza gataihans du garda sei-

4 jah ni wilda laggai lreilai; namma bau raihtis jains.
afaru}? ban bata qab in sis sil- Unte salcazuh saei hauhei]? sik sie=2l 5
bin: jabai jah gub ni og jah silba, gahnaiwjada,
mannan ni aista, lb saei hnaiweij? sik silba, us-siq=2lG
5 ib in Juzei usbriutib mis so hauhjada.
widuwo, fraweit a bo, ibai und 15 berun ban du imma barna,
andi qimandei usagljai mis. ei im attaitoki; gasaiK andans
v

6 qab ban frauja: hauseib lva pan siponjos andbitun ins.

staua inwindi]?os qibib; 16 ib Iesus athaitands ins qa]>:
7 ib gub niu gawrikai bans letib bo barna gaggan du mis
gawalidans seinans bans wop- jah ni warjib bo; unte }>ize swa-
jandans du sis dagam jah nah- leikaize ist biudangardi gubs.
tam, jah usbeidands ist ana im? 17 Amen qiba izwis, saei nisiz=2l7
8 ab]?an qiba izwis batei ga- andnimibbiudangardja gubs swe
wrikib ins sprauto. ib swebauh barn, ni qimi]> in izai.
sunus mans qimands bi-u-gitai 18 Jah frah ina sums reike qi-sih=218
galaubein ana airbai? J?ands: laisari biubeiga, tea tau-
9 qa}^ )^an du sumaim, baiei jands libainais aiweinons arbja
silbans trauaidedun sis ei we- wairbau?
seina garaihtai, jah frakunnan- 19 qab ]?an du imma Iesus:
dans ]?aim an]?araim, ]?o gaju- Ira mik qibis biubeigana ? ni
kon: ainshun }?iu]?eigs niba ains gub.
10 Mans twai usiddjedun in 20 bos anabusnins kant: ni
alh bidjan, ains Fareisaius jah horinos, ni maurbrjais, ni hlifais,
anbar motareis. ni galiugaweitwods sijais, swerai
11 sa Fareisaius standands sis attan beinana jah aibein.
bo bad: gub, awiliudo bus, unte 21 i]? is qabuh: bata allata ga-
ni im swaswe bai anbarai mans, fastaida us jundai meinai.
Avilwans, inwindai, horos, aibbau 22 Gahausjands ban bata Iesus si)?— 219
swaswe sa motareis. qab du imma: nauh ainis pus

XVIIF, 11. inwindai; inwinda in CA. — 12. pizei; ]Mze in CA.

 80 Luk.' XVIII. XIX.

Avan ist: all 33 jah usbliggwandans usqi-

fatei habaie frabogei
jah gadailei unledaim, jah ha- mand imma, jah fridjin daga
bais huzd in himina. jah hiri usstandif.
laistjan mik. 34 Jah eis ni waihtai ]>is irot>kg=223

ek=220 23 I]) is gahauejands fata fun, jah was fata waurd gaful-
gams w;u•]': was auk gabeigs gin af im, jah ni wiseedun ]>o
filu. qifanona.
24 gasaihrands fan ina Iesus 35 Warf ban miffanei nelra .skd=224
gaurana waurfanana qa]?: lrai- was is Iaireikon, blinds sums sat
wa agluba ]>ai faihu habandans faur wig du aihtron.
inngaleifand in fiudangardja 36 gahauejands ban managein
gufs. faurgaggandein frali Ira wesi
2) rabizo allis ist ulbandan fata.
fairh fairko neflos fairhleifan 37 gataihun fan imma ]>atei
fan gabigamma in fiudangardja Iesns Nazoraius fairhgaggif.
gufs galeifan. 38 if is ubuhwopida qibands:
2G qefun fan ]>ai gahausjan- Iesu sunu Daweidis, armai mik.
dans: an Iras mag ganisan?
39 jah fai fauigaggandans
andbitun ina ei fahaidedi, i]> is
ska=221 27 If is qa]>: fata unmahteigo
mid filu mais hropida: sunn Da-
al mannam mahteig ist at gufa.
weidis, armai mik.
28 qaf fan Paitrus: sai weis 40 gastandanda fan Iesus hai-
aflailotum allata jah laistide-
hait ina tinhan du sis. bibe nelra
duni ]>uk. was fan imma. frah ina.
29 if is du im: amen
(]a]'uli
41 qifands: Ira fus wileis ei
qi]>a izwis ]>atei ni ainslmn ist
baujau? if is qaf: frauja, ei us-
fize afletandane gard aiffau fa- sailrau.
drein ;ii]>]>au brofruns aiffau 42 jah Iesus qa]> dn imma:
([en ai]']'au barna infindangard-
ussailr, galaubeins feina gana-
jos gufs,
sida fuk.
30 andnimai managfalb
saei ni 43 jah suns nssnlr, jah lai-
in famma mela jah in aiwa fam-
stida ina awiliudonds gufa.
ma qimandin libain aiweinon. Jah alia managei gasaihrandei ske=225
ekb=222 81 Qanimands ban ]»ans ib. gaf hazein gufa.
qa|> <lu im: sai uegaggam in lai-
ruealem, jah ustiuhada fata all Chapter XIX.
gamelido fairh pranfetune bi 1 Jah inngaleifands fairhlaif
snnn mans Iaireikon.
32 atgibada auk fiudom jah 2 jah sai guma naniin hailans
bilaikada jah anamahtjada jah Zakkaius, sah was fauramafleis
bispeiwada, motarje, jah was gabigs.

25. ]>•11•]>;: ]>iiir|>loi)>!in ;/; CA.—8& ; [eeOfl in CA. — sunn: sunnu CA.
 Luke XIX. 81

3 jah .sokida gasailnan Iesu 12 Qa]> ]?an: manna sums go-skh=228

Iras wesi, jah ni mahta faura dakunds gaggida landis f rani-
managein, unte wahstau leitils man sis biudangardja,
was. Jah gawandida sik. sk]?- 229
4 jah bibragjands fanr usstaig 1 3 athaitands J?an taihun skal-
ana smakkabagm, ei gaselri ina, kans seinans atgaf im taihun
unte is and bata munaida ]?airh- dailos, jah qab du im: kaupob,
gaggan. unte ik qimau.
5 jah bibe qam ana bamma 14 i]> baurgjans is fijaidedun
stada, insaihrands iup Iesus ga- ina, jah insandidedun airu afar
sabj ina jah qap du imma: Zak- imma qi]>andaus ni wileima ]>a- :

kaiu, sniumjands dalab atsteig, na biudanon ufar unsis.

himma daga auk in garda bei- 15 jah war]? bibe atwandida
namma skal ik wisan. sik aftra andnimands piudan-
6 jah sniumjands atstaig jah gardja, jah haihait wopjan du
andnam ina faginonds. sis bans skalkans baimei atgaf
7 jah gasaihrandans allai biro- ]?ata silubr, ei gakunnaidedi Ira
didedun qibandans ]>atei du fra- luarjizuh gawaurhtedi.
waurhtis mans galai]> [in gard] 16 qam ban sa frumista qi-
ussaljan. bands: frauja, skatts beins ga-
8 standands ban Zakkaius qab waurhta taihun skattans.
du fraujin: sai halbata aiginis 17 jah qab du imma: waila,
meinis, frauja, gadailja unledaim, goda skalk, unte in leitilamma
jah jabai Iris Ira afholoda, fidur- wast triggws, sijais waldufni ha-
falb fragilda. bands ufar taihun baurgim.
9 qab ban du imma Iesus ba- 18 jah qam anbar qi]?ands:
tei himma daga Jiaseins bamma frauja, skatts beins gawaurhta
garda war]?, fimf skattans.
skq=226 Unte jah sa sunns Abrahamis 19 qab ban jah du bamma:
ist jah ]>u sijais ufaro fimf baurgim.
10 qam auk sunus mans sok- 20 jah sums qam qtyands:
jan jah nasjan pans fralusanans. frauja, sai sa skatts beins, banei
nkz=227 11 At gahausjandam ban im habaida galagidana in fanin;
bata biaukands qab gajukon, 21 ohta mis auk buk, unte
bi J?atei nelua Iairusalem was manna hardus is, liimis batei ni
jah buhta im ei suns skulda wesi lagides, jah snei]?is }?atei ni sai-
biudangardi gu}?s gaswikunbjan. sost.

XIX, 7. gard; originally a gloss for the purpose of explaining the elliptical
in
phrase du frawaurhtis mans, was incorporated into the text. — S. gadailja; ga-
dailjau in CA. Uppstrom: "gadailja un||ledaim; sic Codex satis dare. Non nega-
mus tamen Codicem primo habuisse gadailjau un||Iedaiin, quod et Editores cum
Verelio habent, hoc autem ita emendavit librarius, ut, raso n, antecedens u in
mutaret." — 20. galagidana; galagida ina in CA.
G
 82 Luke XIX.

22 jah qab du imma: us mun- ]>aits du imma batei frauja bis

ba beinamma stoja buk, unselja gairneib.
skalk jah lata; wisses batei ik 32 galeibandans }>an ]?ai in-
manna hardus im, nimands ba- sandidans bigetun, swaswe qa]>
tei ni lagida, jah sneibands j^atei du im.
ni saiso; 33 andbindandam ]?an im qe-
23 jah dulve ni atlagides bata bun bai fraujans bis du im: dulre
silubr mein du skattjam? jah andbindats ]>ana fulan?
qimands mib wokra galausided- 34 ib eis qebun: fraujin ]?aurfts
jau bata. }>is ist.

24 jah du bairn faurastandan- 35 Jah attauhun ]>ana fuiansig-_''>3

dam qa]>: nimib af imma bana Iesua jah uswairpandans wast-
skatt jah qibib ]?amma bos tai- jos seinos ana bana fulan ussati-
hun dailos habandin. dedun Iesu.
25 jah qebun du imma: frauja, 36 gaggandin ]>an imma uf-
habai]> taihun dailos. strawidedun wastjoni seinaim
«1=230 2G Qiba allis izwis batei hrar- ana wiga.
jammeh habandane gibada, i]> 37 Bibe ]>an is nelra was ju-s!d=23±
af bamma unhabandin jah ]>atei ban at ibdaljin bis fairguniis
habaib afnimada af imma. alewabagme, dugunnun alakjo
sla=231 27 A]>]>an swe]>auh fijands mei- managei siponje faginondans
nans jainans, baiei ni wildedun hazjan gub stibnai mikilai in al-
mik ]uudanon ufar sis, briggib laizo bozei seluun mahte,
her jah usqimib faura mis. 38 qibandans: biu]>ida sa qi-

slb=232 28 Jah qibands bata iddja manda ]?iudans in namin frau-

tin in, usgaggauds in Iairusau- jinSj

gawairbi in himina jah wnl-
lvma. bus in hauhistjam.
jah Avar}? bi]?e netca was
21) 39 Jah sumai Fareisaie us bi-ele=2 ">•"•

Be]>sfagein jah Bebanijin, at fair- zai managein qe]nm du imma:

gunja batei haitada alewjo, in- lnisnri, sak ]?aim siponjam ]>ei-
sandida twans siponje seinaize naim.
30 qibands: gaggats in ]>o wi-
40 jah andhafjands qa]> du im:
]>rawair]>on haim, in bizaiei inn- Qiba izwis ]>atei jabai bai sla-Hiq=23G
gaggandans bigitats fulan asi- wand, stainos hropjand.
laus gabundanana, ana bammei 41 jah sunsei nelva was, ga-
niainslmn aiw manne Bat; and- eaihrandsbo baurg gaigrot bi J>o
bindandans inn attiuhib. 12 qibands ]>atei wissedeis
31 jah jabai lens igqie Eraih- jah ]>u in bamma daga beinam-
nni: dulue andbindib? swa qi- ma ]>o du gawairbja beinammal

22. wiss.s: wisscis in CA.— 29. at; af in CA : cp. Mk. XI, 1. — 31. igqis; inqis
in ('A. — 87. )>ozri: )>oze in (.
 Luke XIX. XX. 83

i]> nu gafulgin ist faura augam 3 andhafjands ban qab du im:

]?einaim fraihna izwis jah ik ainis waur-
43 ]?atei qimand dagos ana dis, jah qibib mis:
bus, jah bigraband fijands beinai 4 daupeins Iohannis uzuh hi-
grabai buk jah bistandand buk mina was baU uzuh mannam?
jah biwaibjand ]>nk allabro, 5 ib eis bahtedun mi]? sis misso
44 jah airbai buk ga'ibnjand qibandans batei jabai qibam: us
jah barna beina in bus, himina, qibib: a]?ban duhje ni
slz=23" Jah ni letand in bus stain ana galaubidedub imma?
staina, 6 i]? jabai qibam: us mannam,
eih=238 In ]?izei ni ufkun]?es ]?ata mel alia so managei stainam afwair-
niuhseinais beinaizos. pi]? unsis; triggwaba galaubjand
45 jah galeibands in alh du- auk allai Iohannen praufetu wi-
gann uswairpan bans frabugjan- san.
dans in izai jah bugjandans, 7 jah andhofun ei ni wissedeina
46 qibands du im: gameli]? ist lua]?ro. *

]?atei gards meins gards bido ist; 8 jah Iesus qab im: ni ik izwis
ib jus ina gatawidedub du file- qiba in hramma waldufnje ]?ata
grja ]?iube. tauja.
slb=239 47 Jah was laisjands 9 Dugann ban du managein sma=241
daga
hjammeh in bizai alh; ib bai auh- qiban bo gajukon: manna ussa-
mistans gudjans jah bokarjos tida weinagard jah anafalh ina
sokidedun ina usqistjan jah bai waurstwjam jah aflaib jera ga-
frumistans manageins, noha.
48 jah ni bigetun Ira gatawi- 10 jah in mela insandida du
dedeina: managei auk alakjo ha- bairn aurtjam skalk, ei akranis
haida du hausjan imraa. bis weinagardis gebeina imma;
ib bai aurtjans usbliggwandans
Chapter XX. ina insandidedun lausana.
am— 240 1 Jah war]? in sumamma dage 11 jah anaaiauk sandjan an-
jainaize at laisjandin imma ]?o barana skalk; ib eis jahjainana
managein in alh jah wailamer- bliggwandans jah unswerandans
jandin, atstobun bai gudjans jah insandidedun lausana.
bokarjos mi]? bairn sinistam, 12 jah anaaiauk sandjan brid-
2 jah qebun du imma qi ban- jan; i]? eis jah bana gawundon-
dans: qib unsis, in bamma wal- dans uswaurpun.
dufnje ]?ata taujis, aibbau luas 13 qab ]?an sa frauja bis wei-
ist saei gaf bus bat a waldufni? nagardis: lua taujau? sandja

46. filegrja; perhaps fiHg^ja, ns in Mk. XI, 17; cp. Brugmann, 'Comparative
Grammar', 628; also 'Gothic Grammar', § 10, note
§ 5.
XX, gebena in CA. According to Uppstrom i was perhaps written
10. gebeina;
above the line. —
12. gawundondans gawondoudans in CA; see XVI, 8, note.
;
 84 Luke XX.

sunu rneiuana bana liuban: aufto 22 skuldu ist unsis Kaisara

bana gasailrandans aistand. gild giban bau niu?

14 gasailrandans 23 bisailvands ]>an ize unselein

]?an ina bai
aurtjans ]?ahtedun mib sis misso Iesus qab du im: Ira mik fraisi]>?
qibandane: sa ist sa arbinumja: 21 ataugei]> mis skatt. Iris
afslaham ina. ei answairbaibata habaib manleikan jah ufarmeli?
arbi. andhafjandans ban qebun: Kai-
15 jali uswairpandans ina lit saris.

ns bamma weinagarda usqemun. 25 ib is qabuh du im: us-nu-

hra nu taujai ini frauja bisweina- gibi]> bo Kaisaris Kaisara jah
gardis? bo gubs gu]?a.
16 qimib iah usqistei]> aurtjam 2(3 jah ni mahtedun gafahan
j^aim, jah gibi]> bana weinagard is waurde in andwairbja mana-
anbaraim. gakausjandans qebun gers, jah sildaleikjandans anda-
ban: nis sijai.
waurdi is gabahaidedun.
17 i]>insailrands du im qab:
is
27 duatgaggandans ]>an su-
a]?]?an Ira ist bata gamelido: mai
Saddukaie, baiei qiband us-
stains bammei nskusun timrjans.
stass ni wisan, frehun ina
sab war}? du baubida waihstins?
28 qibandane: laisaii, Moses
18 lrazuh saei driusi]> ana gamelida unsis. jabai Iris brobar
bana stain gakrotoda ib ana gadaubnai aigands qen, jah sa
:

banei driusib, diswinbeib ina. nnbarnahs gadaubnai, ei nimai

smb=242 19 Jah sokidedun bad bokarjos brobar is ]>o qen jah urraisjai
jah auhumistans gudjans uslag- fraiw bro]>r seinamma.
jan ana ina handuns in bizai 2i) sibuu nu brobrjus wesun.
lveilai, jah ohtedun ]?o mana-
jah sa frumista nimauds qen ga-
gein; frobun auk ]?atei du im }->o
daujuioda nnbarnahs.
gajukon qa]\ 30 jah nam anbar ]>o qen. jah
Bmg=243 20 Jah afleibandane insandide- sa gaewalt nnbarnahs.
dun ferjans bans us liutein taikn- 31 jah bridja nam bo sama-
iandans sik garailitans wisan, samaleiko ]>an jah )>ai si-
ei leiko,
gafaifaheina is waurde jah atge- bun, jah
ni bilibuu barne jah
beina ina reikja jah waldufnja gaswultun.
kindinis. 32 spedistaallaizegadaubnoda
21 jah frehun ina qibandane: jah so qens.
laisari, wituni batei raihtabaro- 33 in jnzai usstassai nu lrarjis
deis iah laiseis jah ni andsairois ]uze wairbib qens? bai auk sibun
andwairbi, ak bi ennjai wig gubs aihtedun bo du qenai.
laiseis. 34 jali andhafjands qabduim

18.gakrotoda; gakrotada CA; see •1<• Grammar*, ? 1-. note 1. —

20. waurde; waurdei in CA. — andawaardi; andawaorde in CA.
 Luke XX. 85

Iesus: bai sunjus bis aiwis liu- 40 Ni]? ban ]?anasei]?sgadaur-smd=244

gand jah liuganda, stedun fraihnan ina ni waihtais.
35 i]> baiei wairbai sind jainis
41 Qa]> ]>an du im: hraiwa qi-sme=245
aiwis niutan jah usstassais us ]?and Xristu sunu Daweidis wi-
dau]>aim, ni liugand ni liuganda. san?
36 uih allis gaswiltan bana- 42 jah silba Daweid qi]>ib in
sei]>smagun, ibnans aggilum bokom psalmo: qab frauja du
auk sind, jah sunjus sind gubs fraujin meinamma: sit af taihs-
usstassais sunjus wisandans. won meinai,
37 a]^]?an ]?atei urreisand dau- 43 unte ik galagja fijands ]?ei-
bans, jah Moses bandwida ana nans fotubaurd fotiwe beinaize.
aihwatundjai, swe qibi]>, sahr 44 Daweid ina fraujan haitib,
fraujan gub Abrahamis jah glib jah hraiwa sunns imma ist?
Isakis jah gub Iakobis. 45 At gahausjandein ]?an allai smq=246
38 abban gu]? nist daubaize ak managein qab du siponjam sei-

qiwaize; allai auk imma liband. naim:

39 andhafjandans ban sumai 46 atsaihri]) faura bokarjam
bize bokarje qejuin: laisari, waila bairn wiljandam gaggan in l\rei-
qast. taim

37. banchvida; bamvida in CA.

 Ahvaggeljo pairh Iohannen.

Chapter I. us siponjam Iohannes mi]? Iu-

29 Sai ea ist wi]?rus gujjs, saei daium bi swiknein.
afnimi)? frawaurht ]>izos mana- 2(5 Rabbei, saei was mi)? J?us

sedais. hindar Jaurdanau, )?ammei )>u

weitwodides, sai sa daupei}?, jab

Chapter III. allaigaggand du imma.
3 Amen amen qi]?a ]uis: niba 20 So nu fallens meina usfull-
eaei gabairada iupa]?ro, ni mag noda.
gasailran }?iudangardja jams skal wahsjan, i]> iiv
gu]?s. •*5()

4 aiwa mahts
ist ga- minznan. manna
bairan atyeis wisands? ibaimag 31 Sa iupajuO qimands ufaro
in wamba allaim ist.
ai]?eins seinaizos aftra
galei)?an jag gabairaidau? Sa us himina qumana ofaro
5 Amen amen qi]>a ]ms, niba allaim ist:
saei gabairada us watin jah ah- :52 jali, ]>atei gasahj ja"• gahau-

inin, ni mag inngalei]?an in ]>iu- sida, }?ata weitwodei|>, jah J?o

dangardja gu]?e. weitwodida is ni ainshun nimij?.

23 . naga wesun jainar, ]>a-

. . Chapteb V.
ruli qemun jah daupidai wesun. 21 Swaswc ink atta urraisei]>
24 nauh]>anuh galagi]?e
ni .l.iul'ans jah liban gatauji]?, swa
was
in karkarai [ohannee. jah sunus ]>anzei will liban ga-
25 ]>;i|>roli ]?an war]? sokeins tauji]?.

The remains of Jo. {about % of the Greek text) are preserved as follows: —
7, 29
—V. -/." in tin' Skeireins; the remaining part {beginning irif/j . 4.7) in the

Codex Aigentens.
I. 29; from Skeir. I, b.

HI, from Skeir. If,

•'/,• —
4; from Skeir. If. h. e. {twice); see notes.
.•/. —
.",• from
Skeir. II. r. —
22. ainnohnn the Codex has ainohun.
;
—
28. 24 from Skeir.
:

111. ,i. — 25; from Skeir. Iff a. h. 26; from —Skeir. IV. a. 20; —
from Skeir. IV. A.
— SO; from Skeir. TV, ;i. and FT, a. —-
Skeir. IV,
,•
b. pa us to nimi)? in 32; from
Skeir. IV, c. weitwodida; unusual for weitwodida.
V, 21; from Skeir. V, h.
 John V. VI. 87

22 Nih ban atta ni stojib ain- 2 jah laistida ina managems

nohun, ak staua alia atgaf su- filu, unte gaseluun taiknins bozei

nau, gatawida bi siukaim.

23 ei allai sweraina sunu, swa- 3 Usiddja ban ana fairguni Ie- mz=4~
swe swerand attan. sus jah jainar gasat mi}? sipon-
35 Jains Avas lukarn brinnando jam seinaim.
jah liuhtjando, ib jus wildedub 4 Wasuh ban nema pasxa, somh=48
swignjan du hreilai in liuhada is. dulbs Iudaie.
36 abban ik haba weitwodiba 5 paruh ushof augona Iesus =49
maizein ]?amma Iohanne; bo auk jah gaumida bammei manageins
waurstwa boei atgaf mis atta, ei filu iddja du imma, qabuh du
ik taujau bo, bo Avaurstwa boei Filippau: bjabro bugjam hlai-
ik tauja, werbvodjand bi mik ba- bans, ei niatjaina bai?
tei atta mik insandida.
6 batuh ban qab fraisands ina;
37 Jah saei sandida mik atta, ib tsilba wissa batei habaida tau-
sah weitwodei]? bi mik. jan.
Nih stibna is lranhun gahausi- 7 andhofimmaFilippus: twaim
dedub, nih siun is gaselrub, hundam skatte hlaibos ni gano-
38 jah Avaurd is nihabaib wi- hai sind baim, bei nimai lrarji-
sando in izwis, bande banei in- zuh leitil.
sandida jains, bammuh jus ni 8 qab ains bize siponje is, An-
galaubeib. draias brobar Paitraus Seimo-
45 batei ik wrohidecljau
. . . iz- naus:
A\is du wrohida
attin; ist magula ains her saei ha-
ist saei
izwis Moses, du bainmei jus \ve- baib .e. hlaibans barizeinans jah
neib. .b. fiskans; akei bata hra ist du

46 jabai allis Mose galaubide- swa managaim?

ga-bau-laubidedeib mis; bi
dei]?, 10 ib Iesus qab: waurkeib bans
mik auk jains gamelida. mans anakumbjan. Avasuh ban
47 bande nu jainis melam ni hawi manag ana bamma stada.
galaubeib, lvaiwa meinaim waur- ]?aruh anakumbidedun wairos
dam galaubjaib? rabjon swaswe fimf busundjos.
11 namuh ban bans hlaibans
Chapter VI. Iesus jah awiliudonds gadailida
mq=4G 1 Afar ]?ata galaib Iesus ufar baim anakumbjandam, sama-
marein bo Galeilaie jah Tibai- leiko jah bize fiske swa filu swe
riade wildedun.

22; from Skeir. V, b. —

23; from Skeir. V, c. —
35. 36: from Skeir. TT, a.
— 37; from Skeir. VI, c. —
ni stibna to 38, galaubeib; from Skeir. VI, d. 45. Here —
begins the part from CA.
VI, 9 to 13; most of this is also found in Skeir. VII. —
11. samaleiko; in Skeir.

samaleikoh ban.
 KS John VI.

12 ]ianuh bibe sadai waorbnn, am, jah ]>atei mib ni qam sipon-
qab du siponjam seinaini: galisi]' iam seinaini leans in bata skip,
bos aflit'nandeins drauhsnos. ]>ei ak ainai siponjos is galijmn;
waihtai ni fraqistnai. 23 anbaraban skipa qemun us
13 banuh galesun. jah gafulli- Tibairiadau nelva bamma stada
dedim .ib. tainjons gabroko us barei matidedun hlaif ana bam-
fimf hlaibam bairn barizeinam. mei awilindoda frauja:
]>atei aflif noda bairn matjandam.
24 ]>aruh ]>an gasalr managei
u=oO 14 paruh bai mans gaeaihran- ]>atei leans niat jainar nih sipon-
dans ]'oei gatawida taikn leans, jos i>. gaetagnn in skipa jah qe-
qebon batei sa ist bi suniai prau- mun in Kafarnaum sokjandans
fetus sa qimanda in bo manaseb. lesu.
5 ib Ieeus kunnands batei
1
25 jah bigetun ina hindar ma-
uiunaidedun uagaggan jah wil- reinqe]nmuh du iinma: rabbei,
wau, ei tawidedeina ina da biu- Ivan her qamt?
dana. ahddja aftra in fairguni is
26 andhof ini [esus jah <ia]>:
ains. amen amen qi]>a izwis, sokei]>
na=51 16 I] 1
swe seibu war]', atidd- mik ni ]>atei sehmb taiknins jah
jedaD siponjos is ana marein, fauratanja, ak batei matidednb
IT jah usstigun in skip iddje- ]uze hlaibe jah sadai wanrbnb.
dunuh afar marein in Kafar-
27 waurkjaib ni ]^ana mat
naniii. jah riqis juban warb, iah
bana fralusanan. ak mat ]>nna
ni atiddja nauhban dnim [esus.
wisandan du libainai aiweinon,
L8 ib marei winda mikilamma
banei sunns mans gibib izwis:
waiandin arraisida was.
banuh auk atta gaaiglida gub.
19 ])aruh farjandansswespaur-
de .k. iah .. ai]>]>au .1. gaaai-
28 baruh qebun du imma: h*a
tauiaima ei waurkjaima wanrst-
hrand [esu gaggandan ana ma-
l-rin jah nehra ekipa qimandan,
wa guba?
iah ohtedun sis.
andhof Iesus jah qab du im:
2 .»
(

bat' ist want -iw gabs ei gnlnub-

20 baruh is qab: ik ini. ni
igeib izwis.
iai]> bammei insandida jaine
barah wildedan ina aiman
21 30 Qebnndnimma: abbanhrang 58

in ski]>. jah sunsaiw ]';it;i skip taujis ]>u taikne, saihraima jah »'i

warb ana airbai ana boei eis galanbjaima boa, hra wanrkeis;
iddjednn. 31 Attans unsarai manna ma-n.l 54
nb=52 22 Ittutnin daga managei, aei tidedun ana aobidai, swaaweisl
stob hindar marein, Behma batei gamelib: hlaif as himina gal im
skip anbar ni was jainar alia du matjan.

12. du siponjam ; in Skeir. siponjam. dranhenoe; in Skeir. dranenoe; eeegloee-

nry. — ]'ci: /'/; Skeir. t>i. — 1. a» Bmf hlaibam bairn barizeinam; in Skeir. bairn
hlaibam barueinam jah .t>. flakam. — 28. wauretwa; waurswa in CA.
 Join. VI. so

32 baruh qab im Iesus: amen 44 ni manna mag qiman at

amen qiba izwis, Moses gaf
ni mis, nibai atta, saei sandida
izwis hlaif us himina, ak atta mik, atjunsib ina, jah ik urraisja
meins gaf izwis hlaif us himina ina in bamma spedistin daga.
bana sunjeinan. 45 ist gamelib ana praufetum:
33 sa auk hlaifs gubs ist saei jah wairband allai laisidai gu]?s.
atstaig us himina jah gaf libain luazuh nu sa gahausjands at
]?izai manasedai. attin jah ganam, gaggib du mis.
34 banuh qebun du imma: 4G Ni batei attan sehri mas, ja=Gl
frauja, framwigis gif unsis bana nibai saei was fram attin, sa
hlaif. salir attan.
ne=55 35 Jah qab du im im 47 Amen amen qiba izwis: saei jb=G2
Iesus: ik
sa hlaifs libainais; galaubeib du mis, aih libain ai-
nq=5G J)ana gaggandan du mis ni weinon.
huggreib, jah bana galaubjan- 48 Ik im sa hlaifs libainais. jg=63
dan du mis ni baursei]? hmnhun. 49 Attans izwarai matidedun jd=G4
36 akei qa]> izwis batei gase- manna in aubidai jahgaswultun;
hrub mik jah ni galaubeib. 50 sa ist hlaifs saei us himina
37 all ]?atei gaf mis atta, du atstaig, ei saei bis matjai, ni
mis qimi]?, jah bana gaggandan gadaubnai.
du mis ni uswairpa ut, 51 Ik im hlaifs sa libanda saje=G5
nz=57 38 Unte atstaig us himina nih us himina qumana; jabai mas
]>eei taujau wiljan meinana, ak matjib bis hlaibis, libaib in ajuk-

wiljan bis sandjandins mik. dub; jah ban sa hlaifs banei ik

ub=58 40 patuh ban ist wilja bis giba, leik mein ist, batei ik giba
sandjandins mik ei luazuh saei in bizos manasedais libainais.
saihrib bana sunu jah galaubeib 52 panuh sokun mib sis misso jq=66
du imma, aigi libain aiweinon, Iudaieis qibandans: Iv/aiwa mag
jah urraisja ina ik in spedistin sa unsis leik giban du mat j an?
daga. 53 baruh qa]> du im Iesus:
=9 41 Birodidedun ban Iudaieis bi amen amen qi]?a izwis, nibai
'
ina, unte qab: ik im hlaifs sa matjib leik bis sunaus mans jah
atsteigands us himina, driggkaib is bio]?, ni habai]? li-
42 jah qebun: niu sa ist Iesus bain in izwis silbam.
sa sunus Iosefis, ]>izei weis kun- 54 saei matjib mein leik jah
bedum attan jah aibein? hraiwa driggki]? mein blob, aih libain
nu qibib sa batei us himina at- aiweinon, jah ik urraisja ina in
staig? bamma spedistin daga.
j=G0 43 Andhof ban Iesus jah qab 55 pata auk leik meinata bijz=67
du im ni birodeib mib izwis sunjai ist mats, jah bata bio]?
:

misso. mein bi sunjai ist draggk.

39; wanting in CA. — 40. wilja; wiljan in CA.

 00 John VI. VII.

jh=68 56 Saei matji]? mein leik jah 67 ]>aruh qab leeue du bairn
driggkib mein blob, inmiswisi|> twalibim: ibai jah jus wilei]> ga-
jah ik in imma. leiban?
57 ewaewe ineandida mik li- 68 panuh andhof imma Sei-nd=74
bands atta jah ik liba in attins, mon Paitrus: frauja, du lv annua
jah saei matjib mik, jah sa IibaiJ? galeibaima? waurda libainais ai-
in meina. weinons habais.
58 sa ist hlaifs saei us himina 09 jah weis galaubidedum jah
atetaig, ni ewaewe matidedun ufkun]>edum batei ]m is Xiistus.
attane izwarai manna jah ga- sunns gube libandine.
daujmodedun; i]> saei matjib 70 Andhof im Iesus: niu ik iz-ue=75
bana lilaif. libaib in ajukdub. wis .ib. gawalida? jah izwara
."»*.)
bata qa]> in eynagoge laie- aine diabanlue ist.
jande in Kafarnaum, 71 qa]mh ban bana Iudan Sei-
60 banuh managai gahausjan- monis Iskariotu: sa auk habaida
dans bize eiponjeie qe]>un: hardu ina galewjan aine wieande bize
iei bata waurd; Iras mag bie twalibe.
hausjon?
01 ib witande Ieene in sis eil- Cuaptku VII.
bin batei birodidedun bata ]>ai 1 Jali lrarboda Iesus afar]>ata
Biponjoe is, qa]> du im: ]'ata iz- in Galeilaia; ni auk wilda in Iu-
wis gamarzeib? daia gaggan, unte eokidedun ina
ij)=Gi> 02 Jabai mi gaeaihnb eunu bai [udaieie ueqiman.
mane ueeteigan badei was faur- 2 wasuh ban aehra dulbe Iu-
bie? daie, so hlei]>rastak<>ins.
u=70 63 Ahina ist saei liban taujib, 3 banuh qebun du immabrobr-
bata leik ni boteib waiht. jue is: usl<>i]» babro jah gagg in
ua— [)o waurda boei ik rodida fe- Iudaian. ei jah ]>ai eiponjoe sai-
me, ahma ist jah libains ist. lraina wauistwa j'cina boei ]>u
64 akei eind izwara eumai, taujis:
baiei ni galaubjand. 4 ni manna auk in analaug-
ab=72 Wieeuh |>an us frumietja leeue ncin Ira taujib jah eokeib eik us-
hrarjai sind bai ni galaubjandane kunbana wiean, jabai bata tau-
jah Iras ist saei galeweib ina. jis, bairhtei buk silban ]>izai me-
ug=":5 <;.") .bill qab: dube qab izwis nasedai.
batei ni ainehun mag qiman al 5 ni auk ]>ai brobrjue is ga-
inis.nibai ist atgiban imma fram lanbidedun imma.
attin meinamma. 6 baruh qab im Iesus: mel
66 uzuh bamma mela managai mein ni nauh ist. i]> mel izwar
galibun eiponje is Lbukaijahba- sinteino ist manwn.
oaeeibe mib imma ni iddjednn. 7 ni mag bo manaeebe fijan iz-

64. gaJewei^; galeiwei]? in CA. VII. 2. hleij>raatakeins; ble^raetakeine in CA.

 John VII. 91

wis, mik fijai]?, imte ik weit- 20 andhof so managei jah qe-

wodja bi ins batei waurstwa ize bun: unhulbon habais: luas buk
ubila sind. sokeib usqiman?
8 jus galeibib in dulb bo; ib ik 21 andhof Iesus jah qab du im:
ni nauh galeiba in bo dulb, unte ain waurstw gatawida jah allai
meinata mel ni nauh usfullib ist. sildaleikeib.
9 batuh ban qab du im wi- 22 dubbe Moses atgaf izwis bi-
sands in Galeilaia. mait, ni batei fram Mose sijai,
10 ib bibe galijmn bai brobrjus ak us attam, jah in sabbato bi-
is, ]>anuh jah is galaib in bo maitib mannan.
dulb, ni andaugjo ak swe ana- 23 jabai bimait nimib manna
laugniba. in gatairaidau wi-
sabbato, ei ni
11 banuh Iudaieis sokidedun tob bata Mosezis, ib mis hati-
ina in bizai dulbai jah qebun: zob, unte allana mannan hai-
hrar ist jains? lana gatawida in sabbato?
12 jah birodeins mikila was in 24 ni stojai]? bi siunai, ak bo
managein sumaih qe]mn batei garaihton staua stojai]\
;

sunjeins ist, an]?arai qebun: ne, 25 qebunuh ban sumai ]?ize

ak airzei]? bo managein. iairusaulvmeite: niu sa ist bam-
13 nih ban ainshun swe^auh mei sokjand usqiman?
bal]?aba rodida bi ina in agisis 26 jah sai andaugiba rodeib,
Iudaie. jah waiht du imma ni qiband.
1-1 ib juban ana midjai dulb ibai aufto bi sunjai ufkunbedun

usstaig Iesus in alh jah laisida. bai reiks batei sa ist bi sunjai
15 jah sildaleikidedun mana- Xristus?
geins qibandans: liraiwa sa bo- 27 akei bana kunnum hrabro
kos kann unuslaisi]?s? ist;

16 andhof ban Iesus jah qab: lb Xristus bibe qimib, ni man- uq=76
so nieina laiseins nist meina, ak na wait luabro ist.
bis sandjandins mik. 28 hropida ban in alh lais-
17 jabai teas wili wiljan is tau- jands Iesus jah qibands: jah mik
jan, ufkunnaib bi ]>o laisein fra- kunnub jah witub hrabro im,
muh gn]>a sijai, ]>au iku fram jah af mis silbin ni qam, ak ist
mis silbin rodja. sunjeins saei sandida mik, ]?anei
18 saei fram sis silbin rodeib, jus ni kunnub;
hauhij^a seina sokeib; ib saei so- 29 ib ik kann ina, unte fram
keib hauhiba ]ns sandjandins imma im jah is mik insandida.
sik, sah sunjeins ist jah inwin- 30 Sokidedun ban ina gafa-uz=77
diba in imma nist. han, jah ni ainshun uslagida ana
19 niu Moses gaf izwis witob? ina handu, unte nauhbanuh ni
jah ni ainshun izwara taujib atiddja hreila is.
bata witob. hra mik sokeib us- 31 lb managai bizos mana-uh=78
qiman ? geins galaubidedun imma, jah
 92 John Til.

qe]nm ei Xristns ]>an qimi]>. ibai ana im. unte lesus nauhj^anuh
managizeins taiknins taujai ]>ai- ni hauhibs was.
mei sa tawida? 40 Managai ]>an ]nzos mana-pb=82
32 hausidednn J>an Fareisaieis geins hausjandans ]nze waurde
bo managein birodjandein bi ina qebun: sa ist bi sunjai sa prau-
]>ata. fetes:
ub=79 Inuhsandidedun andbahtans 41 sumaih qe]mn: sa ist Xri-
]>ai Fareisaieis jah j?ai auhu- stns;
mistane gudjans, ei gafaifaheiua
Sumaih qejnin: ibai ]>au us Ga-ng=83
ina.
Xristns qimi)>? leilaia
p=S0 33 panuh qab Iesus: nauh lei-
42 niu gameleins qaj? ]>atei us
tila lreila mi]' izwis im, jah ]?an
fraiwa Da\veidis jah us Be]>lai-
gagga du ]'amma sandjandin haim weihea, ]>arei was Daweid,
mik.
Xristns qimi]>?
ap=81 34 Sokei]> mik jah ni bigiti}'.
43 panuh missaqiss in ]>izai ]>d=84-
jah ]>arei im ik. jus ni magu]>
managein Avar]' bi ina.
qiman.
35 ]>aruh qe]>un ]>ai Iudaieis 44 Sumaih ]>an ize wildedun pe=85
du sis misso: lradre sa skuli fahan ina, akei ni ainshnn us-
gaggan weia ni bigitaima lagida
p& ana ina hauduns.
4") Gtali)>un ban bai andbahtos pq -
ina ? nibai Juudo
in distahein
skuli gaggan jah laisjan biudos? du J>aim anhumistam gudjam
36 lvn sijai ]>ata waurd J>atei jah Fareisainm, ]>aruh qe]>un du
qa]>: sokei]> mik jah ni bigitib. im jainai: dulre ni attauhu]> ina?
jah ]>arei im ik. jus ni magu]> 4G andhofun ]>ai andbahtos:
qiman? ni lranhun aiw rodida manna

37 i]> daga famine swaswe sa manna.

in epedistin
mikilin dulbais sto]> Iesus jah 47 andhofun ]>an ini ]>ai Farei-
hropida qibands: jabai hrana saieis : ibai iah ins afairzidai ei-

I'iiursiai. gaggai du mis jah iul>?

driggkai. t8 sai jau ainshnn ]>ize reiko

•".s galaubeib du mis. swa- galaubidedi imma ai]>bau Farei-
saei
swcqji]' gameleins, ahroe us warn- eaie?
bai is rinnand watins libandins. 49 alia so managei, ]>aiei ni
•">'.)
]-;it uli ]>an qa)> bi ahman knnnun wito]». fraqibanai sind.
]>anei skuldedun niman ]>ni ga- 50 qaj? Nikaudemus du im. sari
laubjandanfl du imma ante ni atiddja du imma in naht, sums
;

n;iuli]>anuh was ahma .-a weiha wisande i/.••:

•77. <•: Xristoe ban <|imi)> ibai: Xrietne baa qimib ibai <• in CA. — 41. l>au: )>u

inCA. —
44—62; cited in Skeir. Mil. — 46. andhofun bai andbahtos: in Skeir.
andhofun baa bai andbahtos qibandaafl 1'atci. — 47. Bijab; in Skeir. siub. — / s .

Farasaie; in Skeir. bise Farasaie. — 50. iz>•: iz»-i in CA.

 John VII. VIII. 93

51 ibai witob unsar stojib Andhof mik kunnubpz=87

Iesus: ni
mannan, nibai faurbis hausei]> nih attan meinana; ib mik kun-
fram imma jah ufkunnaib lira bedeib, jah bau attan meinana
taujai? kunbedei]?.
52 andhofun jah qebun du im- 20 J>o Avaurda rodida in ga-ph=88
ma: ibai jah bu us Galeilaia is? zaufylakio laisjands in alh; jah
ussokei jah saihr batei praufetus ainshun ni faifah ina, unte nauh-
us Galeilaia ni urreisib. banuh ni qam lueila is.
21 panuh qap aftra du im Ie- pp— 89
Chapter VIII. sus: ik galeiba, jah sokeib mik,
12 Aftra du im Iesus rodida jah in frawaurhtai izwarai ga-
qabuh: ik im liuhab manasedais; daubnib; badei ik gagga, jus ni
saei laisteib mik, ni gaggib in magub qiman.
riqiza, ak habaib liuhab libai- 22 qe}mn ban Iudaieis: nibai
nais. usqimai sis silbin, ei qibib: badei
13 banuh qebun du imma bai ik gagga, jus ni magub qiman?
Fareisaieis: bu bi buk silban 23 jah qab du im Iesus jus us :

weitwodeis ; so weitwodiba beina baim dalabro sijub, ip ik us bairn

nist sunjeina. iupabro im; jus us ]?amma fair-
14 andhof Iesus jah qab du im: luau sijub, ib ik ni im us bamma
jah jabai ik weitwodja bi mik fairluau.
silban, sunja ist so weitwodiba 24 qab nu izwis bateigadaub-
meina, unte wait luabro qam jah nib in frawaurhtim izwaraim
luab galeiba; ib jus ni witub jabai auk ni galaubeib batei ik
lt*a]?ro qima aibbau luab galeiba. im, gadaubnib in frawaurhtim
15 jus bi leika stojib, ib ik ni izwaraim.
stoja ainnohun. 25 baruh qe]?un du imma: bu
16 ab]?an jabai stoja ik, staua h?as is? jah qab du im Iesus:
meina sunjeina ist, unte ains ni anastodeins, batei jah rodja du
im, ak ik jah saei sandida mik izwis.
atta. rodjan 26 manag skal bi izwis
17 "jah ban in witoda izwaram- jah stojan; akei saei sandida
ma gamelib ist batei twaddje mik, sunjeins ist, jah ik batei
manne weitwodiba sunja ist. hausida at imma, bata rodja in
18 ik im saei weitwodja bi mik bamma fairhrau.
silban, jah weitwodeib bi mik 27 ni frobun batei attan im
saei sandida mik atta. qab.
19 qebun ban du imma: hrar 28 qabuh ban du im Iesus: ban
ist sa atta beins? ushauheib bana sunu mans, ba-

51. mannan in Skeir., manna in CA. —52. andhofun jah qepun du imma; in
Skeir. andhofun qibandans. — 53 . . . VIII, 11 wanting, as in the best Greek and
Latin manuscripts.
94 John VIII.

null ufkunnaib ]>atei ik im, jah hamis wesei]). Avaurstwa Abra-

af mis silbin tauja ni waiht, ak hamis tawidedeib;
swaewe laisida mik atta meins, 40 ib nu sokeib mik usqiman.
]>ata rodja. mannan
sunja izwis rodida. izei

29 jah saei eandida mik, mi]' ]>oei hausida fram guba; ]>atuh
mis ist; ni bilaib mis ainamma Abraham ni tawida.
atta, ante ik ]>atei leikaib imraa. 41 jus tauji]> toja attins iz-
tauja sinteino. warie. ]>anuh qejnin imma: weie
30 ]>ata imma
rodjandin, ma- us horinassau ni sijum gabaura-
nagai galaubidedun imma. nai, ainana attan aignm gub.

31 banuh qab Iesus du bairn 42 qa]> du im Iesus: jabai gub

galaubjandam sis ludaium: ja- atta izwar wesi, friodedei)> ban
bai jus gaetandib in waurda mei- mik; unte ik fram guba urrann
namma. bi sunjai siponjos mei- jah qam; nih ban auk fram mis
nai siju]>, silbin ni qam, ak is mik insan-

32 jah ufkunnaib sunja, jah so dida.

sunja friians izwie briggib. 43 dulue majdein meina ni
33 andhofunimma: fraiwAbra- kunnub? unte ni magu]> hauejan
hamis sijum, jah ni manuhuu waurd mein.
skalkinodedum aiw lrauhun 44 jus us attin diabaulau eijub
luaiwa ]>u qibis batei frijai wair- jah lustuns ]>is attins izwarie wi-
bib? taujan. jaina manamaurbrja
lci]>

34- audliof im Iesus: amen was fram frumistja jah in sunjai

amen qiba hrazuh ni gaetob, unte nist sunja in
izwie ]>atei
saei taujib frawaurht, skalksist imma. ban rodeib liugn, us sei-
frawaurhtai. naim rodeib, unte liugnja ist jah
•")">
sail bail skalks ni A\isi]> in
atta is.
garda du aiwa; sunus A\isi]> du 45 i)> ik batei sunja rodida. ni

aiw a. galaubeib mis.

."»() jabai nu sunns izwie friians 4G Iras izwara gasaki]> mik bi
briggi)>, bi sunjai frijai siju]>. frawaurht? bande sunja qiba,
37 wait batei fraiw Abrahamis dulre ni galaubeib mis?
eijub; akei sokeib mis usqiman, 47 sa wieanda ueguba waurda
unte waurd mein ni gamot in gube haueeib; dube jus ni hau-
izwie. sei]>, unte us gu]>a ni eijub.

38 ik gasabj at attin
]>;il»'i IS andhofun ]'an bai Iudaieis
meinamma, rodja; jah jus batei jah qe]'un du imma: niu waila
haueidedub fram attin izwaram- qibam weie batei Samareitee is
ma, taujib. ]»u jah unhul]>on habaie?

.".'.)
andhofuo jah qebuu du im- 1
(
) andhof Iosus: ik unhul]>on
raa :a linear Abraham ist. ni halm. ;ik swera attan mei
ni t

qab im leeue: ib barna Abra- nana, jah jus uneweraib mik.

 John VIII. IX. 95

50 hauhein meina;
ik ni sokja Chapter IX.
sokeib jah stojip.
ist saei
1Jah bairhgaggands gaumida
51 amen amen qipa izwis, ja- mann blindamma us gabaurbai.
bai hras waurd mein fastaip,
2 baruh frehun ina siponjos is
daupu ni gasaihrip aiwa dage. qipandans: rabbei, hras fra-
52 panuh qepun du imma ]>ai waurhta, sau pau fadrein is, ei
Iudaieis: nu ufkunpedum batei
gabaurans warp?
blinds
unhulpon habais. Abraham ga-
3 andhof Iesus: nih sa fra-
daubnoda jah praufeteis, jah pu
Avaurhta nih fadrein is, ak ei
qipis: jabai hras mein waurd fa-
bairhta waurpeina waurstwa
stai, ni kausjai daubu aiwa dage.
gups ana imma.
53 ibai pu maiza is attin un-
4 ik skal waurkjan waurstwa
saramma Abraham a, saei ga-
pis sandjandins mik, unte dags
daupnoda? jah praufeteis ga-
qimib nahts, panei ni manna
ist;
daupnodedun. hrana buk silban
taujis pu?
mag waurkjan.
5 pan in pamma fairlrau im,
54 andhof Iesus: jabai ik hauh-
liuhab im pis fairmaus.
ja mik silban, so hauheins meina
G ]mta qi bands gaspaiw dalab
ni waihts ist; ist atta meins saei
jah gawaurhta fani us pamma
hauheib mik, panei jus qibib ]?a-
spaiskuldra jah gasmait imma
tei gup unsar ist,
ana augona pata fani pamma
55 jah ni kunnup ina, i]? ik
blindin,
kann ina; jah jabai qe]?jau ]?atei
7 jah qap du imma: gagg pwa-
ni kunnjau ina, sijau galeiks iz-
han in swumfsl Siloamis, batei
wis liugnja; ak kann ina jah
gaskeirjada insandibs. galaipjah
waurd is fasta.
afpwoh, jah qam sailuands.
56 Abraham atta izwar sifaida
ei gasemi dag meinana, jah ga-
8 banuh garaznans jah pai sai-
hrandans ina faurpis, patei is bi-
sahr jah faginoda.
57 banuh qebun pai Iudaieis dagwa
was, qebun niu sa ist :

du imma: fimf tiguns jere nauh saei sat aihtrouds?

ni habais jah Abraham sah*t? 9 sumaih qebun batei sa ist;
58 qap im Iesus: amen amen sumaih batei galeiks pamma ist;
qipa izwis, faurbizei Abraham ip is qap patei ik im.
waurpi, im ik. 10 panuh qepun du imma:
59 banuh nemun st ad nans, ei lnaiwa usluknodedun pus po au-
waurpeina ana ina; ib Iesus ]?an gona?
gafalh sik jah usiddja us alh us- 11 andhof jains jah qap: manna
lei]?ands ]?airh midjans ins jah haitans Iesus fani gawaurhta jah
Irarboda swa. bismait mis augona jah qab mis:

TTIT, 52. dau]?u; dau]>au in CA.

IX, 7. swumfsl; swurasl in CA, for original swunisll'.
96 John IX.

gagg afbwahan in ]>ata swumfsl uswahsans ist, ina fraihni)>, silba

Siloamis. i]> ik galai]> jah bi- bi sik rodjai.
jnvahands ussalr. 22 bata qebun bai fadrein is,
12 qejnm ]>an du imma: hrar ante ohtedun sis Iudaiuns: juban
1st sa? i)> is qab: ni wait. auk gaqebun sis Iudaieis ei jabai
13 gatiuhand ina du Farei- Iras ina andhaihaiti Xristu.
eaium, ]>aua saei was blinds. ntana synagogais wairbai.
I1 wasuh ]?an sabbato ]>an 23 duh]?e bai berusjos is qe]mn
bata fani gawaurhta Iesus jah ]>atei uswahsans ist, silban fraih-
uslauk imma ailgona. nib.
15 aftra ]>an freliun ina jah ]>ai
24 atwopidedun ban an]>aram-
Fareisaieis hraiwa ussahr. ma sin]?a ]>ana mannan saei was
i]> is

qab jah ]>aim: fani galagida mis blinds, jah qe]nin du imma: gif
ana augona, jah afjnvoh jah hauhein guba; weis witum ]>atei
s;iilra. sa manna frawaurhts ist.
10 qe]nm ]>an sumai bize Fa- 2•"» banuh andhof jains: jabai
reisaie: sa manna nist fram gu-
frawaurhts ist, ik ni wait; bat-
]>a. ]>ande eabbate daga ni wi-
ain wait ei blinds was, i]> nu
taib. sumaih qebun: hraiwa mag sailra.
ma una frawaurhts swaloikos 2(> banuh qebun aftra: Ira ga-
taiknins taujan? jah missaqiss tawida bus?
hraiwa nslank ]>ns
warb mib im. augona?
17 qe)ninnh du ]?amma faurbis 27 andhof im: qa]i izwis ju jah
blindin aftra: ]>u Ira qi]>is bi
ni hausidedub; Ira aftra wileib
|>.ina nslank bus angona?
ei I]'
hausjan? ibai jah jus wileib
is qabuh batei praufetue ist. ]>amma siponjos wairban?
18 ni galanbidedun ban Iudai-
28 banuh lailonn imma jah qe-
eis lii iua. }>atei is blinds wesi jah
bun: |>u is siponeis bamma, i)>
ussehri, unte atwopidedua ]>ans
weis Mose siponjos si j u in;
fadreia is |>is nssailrandins,
19 jah frehun ins qibandans: 20 weis witum ]>atei du Mose
gub, ib bana ni kunnum
sau ist sa sunns izwar, ]>aneijus rodida
qibib batei blinds gabanrans hrabro ist.
waurbi? hraiwa nu saihrib? 30 andhof sa manna jah qab
20 andhofun )»au im bai fa- du im: auk in bamma sildaleik
dreia is jah qebun: witum batei ist, |>atei jus ni witub hrabro is1
sa ist sunns nnsai• jah batei jah nslank mis augona.
blinds gabaurans warb; 31 witumuh ]>an batei gu]> fra-
21 i]> hraiwa nu sailri]> ni wi- waurhtaim ni andhauseib, ak ja-
tum, aibbau Iras nslank inmia bai Iras gubblostreis ist jah wil-
])(> augona weis ni witum. silba jan is taujib, bamma hauseib.

28. Mom•; Moses ill C.\.

 John IX. . 07
32 fram aiwa nigahausib was 2 i]> sa inngaggands bairh daur
batei uslukib Iras augona blin- hairdeis ist lambe.
damma gabauranamma. 3 bammuh daurawards uslu-
33 nih wesi sa fram gu]?a, lamba stibnai is haus-
ni kib, jah bo
mahtedi taujan ni waiht. jand, jah bo swesona lamba hai-
34 andhofun jah qejnm du ini- tib bi namin jah ustiuhib bo.
ma: in frawaurhtim bu gabau- 4 jah ]>an bo swesona ustiuhib,
rans waist alls, jah bu laiseis faura im gaggi]>, jah bo lamba
unsis? jah uswaurpun imma ut. ina laistjand, unte kunnun stib-
35 hausida Iesus ]>atei uswaur- na is;
pun imma ut, jah bigat ina qa- 5 i]y framabjana ni laistjand,
buh du imma: bu ga-u-laubeis ak ]>liuhand faura imma, unte
du sunau gubs? ni kunnun ]}izeframabjane stibua.

36 andhof jains jah qa]>: an 6 ]>o gajukon qab im Iesus; i]>

Iras ist, frauja, ei galaubjau du jainai ni fro]um Ira was ]>atei
imma? rodida du im.
37 qab ban imma Iesus: jah 7 banuh qab aftra du im Iesus:
gasahrt ina, jah saei rodeib mi]> amen amen qiba izwis batei ik
bus, sa ist. im daur bize lambe.
38 ib is qabuh: galaubja, frau- 8 allai swa managai swe qe-
ja; jah inwait ina. mun, jnubos sind jah waidedjans;
39 jah qab Iesus du stauai ik akei ni hausidedun im bo lamba.
:

in bamma fairlrau qam, ei ]?ai 9 ik im bata daur; bairh mik

unsaitrandans sailraina jah bai jabai Iras inngaggi]?, ganisib,
saiVcandans blindai wairbaina. jah inngaggib jah utgaggi]? jah
40 jah hausidedun ]uze Farei- winja bigitib.
saie sumai bata bai wisandans 10 biubs ni qimib, nibai ei sti-
mi]? imma, jah qebun du imma: lai jah ufsneibai jah fraqistjai;
ibai jah weis blindai sijum? ib ik qam ei libain aigeina jah
41 qab im Iesus: ib blindai managizo aigeina.
weseib, ni bau habaidedeib fra- 11 ik im hairdeis gods; hair-
waurhtais ib nu qibib batei ga- deis sa god a saiwala seina lag-
;

sailram eiban frawaurhts izwa-

; faur lamba; jib
ra bairhwisib. 12 ib asneis jah saei nist hair-
deis, bizei ni sind lamba swesa,
Chapter X. gasailrib wulf qimandan jah bi-
1 Amen amen qi]>a izwis, saei leibib baim lambam jah bliuhib,
inn ni atgaggij> bairh daur in jah sa wulfs frawilwib bo jah
gardan lambe, ak steigibaljabro, distahjib ]>o lamba.
sah hliftus ist iah waidedia; 13 i]> sa asneis afbliuhib, unte

4 7. qi|'i]>; qiqij'ij» in (.'A.

 98 Jolin .
asneis ist, jah ni kar' ist ina ]>ize sijais Xristus, qib nnsis andau-
lam be. giba.
14 ik im hairdeis sa goda, jah 25 andhof lesus: qab izwis jah
kann meina jali kunnun mik ]>o ni galaubeib; wanrstwa boei ik
meina, tauja in namin attins meinis, bo
y=90 15 Swaswe kann mik attajah weitwodjand bi mik.
ik kann attan, 26 akei jns ni galaubeib, ante
ya=91 Jah saiwala meina lagja faur ni sijub lambe meinaize. swaswe
qa]> izwis.
]>o lamba.
27 lamba meina stibnai meinai
yb=92 1G Jah anbara lamba aih, ]?oei
hausjand, jah ik kann ]>o. jah
ni sind bis awistris; jah ]>o ska]
laistjand mik.
briggan, jah stibuos meinaizos
28 jah ik libain aiweinongiba
hausjand, jah wairband ain awe-
im, jah ni fraqistnand aiw. jah
bi, ains hairdeis.
ni frawilwib luashun ]?o us han-
17 duhbe atta mik frijo]>, unte
dau meinai.
ik lagja saiwala meina, ei aftra
29 atta meins ]»atoi fragai mis.
nimau ]>o.
maizo allaim ist, jah ni aiw nins-
18 ni hrashun nimib ]>o af
hun mag frawilwan ]>o us han-
(mis, akei ik lagja bo af) mis
dau attins meinis.
silbiu. waldufni haba afiagjan
jah waldufni haba aftra ni-
30 ik jah atta meins ain siju.
]>,
mau ]>o; ]>o auabusn nam at at- 31 nemun aftra stajnans bai
tin meinamma. Iudaieis, ei waurpeiua ana ina.

19 ]>anuh missaqiss aftra war]? 32 andhof im lesus: manage

mijj Iudaium in ]>ize waurde. goda waurstwa ataugida izwis
20 qebunuh managai ize: ini- us attin meinamma; in haijis
hul]>on habaib jah dwahnob; lua juze waurstwe staiuei]? mik?
bamma hauseib? 33 andhofun imma bai Iudai-
21 sumaih qebun: bo waurda eis: in godis wanrstwis ni stain-
ni sind unhul]>on habandins; ibai jam ]nik, ak in wnjamereins. jah
mag unhulbo blindaim augona batei ]>u manna wisands taujis
ushikan? buk silban du guba.
22 war]) ban inniujiba in Iai- 34 andhof im lesus: niu ist ga-
rusaulymai; jab wintrus was; melib in witoda izwaramma: ik
23 jah hrarboda lesus in alb qab: gud a siju])?
in ubizwai Saulanmonis. 35 jabai jainans qab guda, du
24 banuh birunnun ina Iudai- baimei waurd gnbs war]', jah ni
cis jali qe]nm du inmia: and Ira maht ist gatairau ]mta game-
saiwala unsara haliis? jabai ]mi lido:

X. 18. mis akei ik lagja )?o af; wantinginCA {inserted according to the Greet
text by Lobe).
 John . XI. ))

36 ]>anei atta gaweihaida jah 6 swe hausida batei siuks ayos,

insandida in bana fairlru, jus qi- banuh ]mn salida in ]>ainmei was
bib batei wajamerjau, unte qap: stada twans dagaus;
sunus gubs im? 7 }?a]?roh ban afar bata qa]>
37 niba taujau waursfcwa at- du sipoujam: gaggam in Iudaian
tins meinis, ni galaubeib mis; aftra.
38 ib jabai taujau, niba mis 8 qebun du imma bai siponjos:
galaubjaib, baim waurstwam ga- rabbei, nu sokidedun buk afwair-
laubjai]?, ei ufkunnaib jah ga-pan stainam Iudaieis, jah aftra
laubjaib ]?atei in mis atta jah ik
gaggis jaind?
in imma. 9 andhof Iesus: niu twalif sind
yg— 93 39 Sokidedun ina aftra gafa- Ireilos dagis? jabai lvas gaggib
han; jah usiddja us handum ize. in dag, ni gastiggqi]?, unte liu-
40 jah galaib aftra ufar Iaur- ha]> bis fairlraus gasaitcib;
danu in bana stad ]?arei was Io- 10 abban jabai Iras gaggib in
hannes frumist daupjands, jah naht, gastiggqib, unte liuhad
salida jainar. nist in imma.
yd=94 41 Jah managai qemun at im- 11 bo qab, jah afar bata qibib
ma jah qebun batei Iohannes ga- du im: Lazarus frijonds unsar
tawida taikne ni ainohun, al- gasaizlep; akei gaggam, ei us-
lata batei qab Iohannes bi bana, wakjau ina.
sunja was. 12 banuh qebun bai siponjos is:
42 jah galaubidedun managai frauja, jabai slepip, hails wairbib.
du imma jainar. 13 qabuh ban Iesus bi daubu
Chapter XI. is; ib jainai hugidedun batei is
1 Wasuh ban sums siuks, La- bi slep qebi.
zarus af Bebanias, us haimai 14 banuh ban qab du im Iesus
Marjins jah Margins swistrs izos. swikunbaba: Lazarus gaswalt,
2 wasuh ban Marja soei sal- 15 jah fagino in izwara, ei ga-
boda fraujan balsana jah bi- laubjaib, unte ni was jainar; akei
swarbfotuns is skuftaseinamma, gaggam du imma.
bizozei brobar Lazarus siuks was. 16 banuh qab J)omas saei hai-
3 insandidedun ban bos swi- tada Didimus baim gahlaibam
strjus is du imma qibandeins: seinaim: gaggam jah weis, ei
frauja, sai banei frijos siuks ist. gaswiltaima mib imma.
4 ib is gahausjands qab: so 17 qimands ban Iesus bigat
siukei nist du daubau ak in hau- ina juban fidwor dagans haban-
heinais gubs, ei hauhjaidau su- dan in hlaiwa.
nus gubs bairh bata. 18 wasuh ban Bebania nelua
5 frijoduh ban Iesus Marban Iairusaulymim, swasAve ana
jah swistar izos jah Lazaru. spaurdim fimftaihunim.

XT, IS. Iairusaulymim; Iairusaulymiam in CA.

100 John XI.

19 jah managai Iudaie gaqe- 31 Iudaieis ]mn ]>ai wisandans

nmn bi Marfan jah Marjan, ei mib izai in garda brafstjandans
ga]?rafstidedeina ijos bi bana ija, gasailraudans Marian ]>atei
brobar izo. sprauto ussto]? jah usiddja. idd-
20 ibMarba sunsei hausidaba- jedunuh afar izai qibandans ba-
tei Iesus qimib, wib?aiddja ina. tei gaggib du hlaiwa ei gretai
i]> Marja in garda .sat. jainar.
21 banuh qa]> Marba du Iesua: 32 ib Marja sunsei qam ]?arei
frauja, weseis her, ni ]>au ga- was Iesus, gasailrandei ina draus
daubnodedi brobar meins. imma du fotum qibandei du im-
22 akei jah nu wait ei JMsluah ma: frauja, i]> weseis her, ni ]>auh
bei bidjis gu]?, gibi]> ]?us gu]>. gaswulti meins brobar.
23 qab izai Iesus: usstandi]> 33 banuh Iesus sunsei gasalu
brobar beins. ija gretandeiu jah Iudaiuns J>aiei
24 qab du imma Marba: wait qemun mi)> izai gretandans, in-
batei usstandib in usstassai in rauhtida ahmin jah inwagida sik
bamma spedistin daga. silban,
25 qa]> ban Iesus: ik im so 34 jahqa]>: lvar lagidedun ina?
usstass jah libains; saei galau- qe]>un du imma: frauja. hiri jah
bei]?du mis, bauh ga-ba-daubnib, sailr.
libaid. 35 jah tagrida Iesus.
26 jah mazuh saei libaib jah 3G baruh qebun ]mi Iudaieis:
galaubeib du mis, ui gadaubnib sai luaiwa frioda ina.
aiw; galaubeis bata? 37 sumai J?an ize qe]>un: niu
27 qa]> imma: jai, frauja; ik mahta sa izei uslauk augona
galaubida ]>atei bu is Xristus su- bamma blindin, gataujan ei jah
nus gubs sa iu j>aua fairlcu qi- sa ni gadaubnodedi?
manda. 38 banuh Iesus aftra inrauh-
28 jali ]>ata qi]>andei galai]> gaggib du bam-
tibs in sis silbin
jah wopida Marian swistar seiua ma hlaiwa: wasuh ban huluudi
]>iubjo qibandei: laisareis qam jah staina ufarlagida was ufaro.
jah haitib ]>uk. 39 qab Iesus: amimib ]>ana
20 i]> jaina sunsei hausida, ur- stain, qab du imma ewistar bis
rais sprauto jah iddjadu imma; daubins Marba: frauja, ju fnls is;
30 ni]> ban nauhbanuh qam fidnrdogs auk ist.
Iesus in weihsa, ak was nauh- 40 qab izai Iesus: niu qab ]ms
bannh in bamma stada ]>arei batei jabai galaubeis, gasaimiu
gamotida imma Marba. wulbu *?
scratrlii-il.

eridenter
tandeiu in
—
fuit
''.1.
82. ;
24. spedistin; spedistau in CA.

s.' {Hence soused),

— 81. gretai; greitai

weseis; weiseis inCA.

CA, the fust
;'//

—
i being
Uppstrom: 'ante e locus rac&t uoi literae ra&ae, quae
88. gretandeiu; grei-
 John XI. XII. 101
41 usbofun ban ]?ana stain ba-
4 qa]? }?an ains bize siponje is,
reiwas; ib Iesus uzuhhof augona Judas Seimonis sa Iskariotes,
iup jah qab: atta, awiliudo bus izei skaftida sik du galewjan ina:
unte andhausides mis.
5 duluebata balsanmfrabauht
42 jah ban ik wissa batei sin- was in t. skatte? jah fradaili])
.

teino mis andhauseis; akei in wesi

barbam.
inanageins bizos bistandandeins 6 batu]? ]?an qa]?, ni beei ina
qab, ei galaubjaina batei bu mik bize barbane
kara wesi, ak unte
insandides. biubs was jah arka habaida jah
43 jah ]?ata qibands stibnai bat a innwaurpano bar.
mikilai hropida: Lazaru, hiri ut.
7 qab ban Iesus: let ija, in dag
44 jah urrann sa dauba ga-
gafilhis meinis fastaida bata;
bnndans handuns jah fotuns
f ask jam, jah wlits is aural j a bi-
8 ib bans unledans sinteino ha-
baib mi]? izwis, ib mik ni sintei-
bundans. qab du im Iesus: and-
no habaib.
bindib ina jah letib gaggan.
45 banuh managai bize Judaie 9 Fan]? ban manageins filuy}?=99
]?ai qimandans at Marjin jah Iudaie ]>atei Iesus jainar ist, jah

saihjandans ]?atei gatawida, ga- qemun, ni in Iesuis ainis, ak ei

laubidedun imma: jah Lazaru selueina, banei urrai-
46 sumai]? ]?an ize galibun du sida us daubaim.
Fareisaium jah qebun du im ba- 10 munaidedunub }?an auk ]?ai
tei gatawida Iesus. auhumistans gudjans ei jah La-
47 galesun ban ]>ai auhumi- zarau usqemeina,
staus gudjans jah ]?ai Farei .... 11 unte managai in bis garun-
nun Iudaie jah galaubidedun
Chapter XII. Iesua.

1 ... in Bejmnijin, ]?arei was 12 Iftumin daga manageins r=100

Lazarus, sa dau]?a ]>anei urrai- filu, sei qam at dulbai, gahaus-
sida us daubaim Iesus. jandans batei qimij? Iesus in Iai-
yb=98 2 paruh gawaurhtedun imma rausaulymai,
nahtamat jainar, jahMarbaand- 13 nemun astans peikabagme
bahtida, ib Lazarus was sums jah urrunnun wibragamotjan
]>ize anakumbjandane mibimma. imma, jah hropidedun: osanna,

3 ib Marja nam pund balsanis biubida sa qimanda in namin

nardaus pistikeinis filugalaubis fraujins, ]?iudans Israelis.
jah gasalboda fotuns Iesua jah 14 Bigat ]?an Iesus asilu (jah) ra=101
biswarb fotuns is skufta seinam- gasat ana ina, swaswe ist game-
ma. ib sa gards fulls war]? dau- lib:
nais ]?izos salbonais. 15 ni ogs bus, dauhtar Sion

,
45. Judaie; Judaiei in CA; concerning
11. Iudaie; Iudaiei in CA. —
J, see
14. jah;
Iudaius in
wanting in
t

CA.
lie glossary.
 102 John .
sai biudans beins qimip sitands 26 Jabai mis Iras andbahtjai, rq=10e
ana fuliu a.silaus. mik laistjai. jah barei im ik. bar-
rb=102 1G patub ban ni kunbedun si- uh sa andbahts meina wisan ha-
ponjos is frumist, ak l>ij?e gaewe- baib; jah jabai Iras mis audbah-
raibg was Iesus, ]>aimh gamun- tei]>, sweraib ina atta.
dedun ]>atei ]>ata was du ]>;nmna 27 Nu saiwala meina gadrob-rr=107
gamelib jah bata gatawidedun noda, jah Ira qibau? atta, nasei
iniina. mik us bizai lreilai.
17 weitwodida pan so mana- Akei du]>be qam in bizai lreilai. rh=108
gei, sei was mib imma, ]>an La- 28 atta, hauhei namo beinata;
zarn wopida us hlaiwa jah uriai- qam ban stibna us himiua: jah
sida ina us daubaim. hauhida jah aftra hauhja.
18 ]:> iddjedim gamotjan 29 managei ban sei stob ga-
imma managei, unte hausidedun hausjandei qe]nm ]>eilron wair-
ei gatawidedi ]>o taikn. I'.ni: sumaih qepun: aggilus du

19 banuh ]>ai Fareisaieis qe- imma rodida.

]nm du sis misso: sailuij> batei 30 andhof Iesus jah qab: ni in
ni boteib waiht; sai so manaseds meina so stibna warb, ak in iz-
afar imma galaib. wara.
20 weeunub ]?an sumai 31 nu staua ist ]>izai manase-
]>iudo
]>ize urrinnandane ei inwiteina in dai: nu sa reiks ]>is fairlraus us-

]>izai dulbai; wairpada ut,

21 ]>ai atiddjedun du Filippau '2 jah ik jabai ushauhjada af
bamma fram Bebsaeida Galei- airbai, alia atbinsa du mis.
laie, jali bedim ina qibandans: 33 batnb ban qab bandwjands
frauja, wileima Iesu gasaihran. lrileikanima dauban skulda ga-
22 gaggib Filippus jah qil'i)' danbnan.
du Andraiin, jah aftra Andraias 34 andhof imma so managei:
jali Filippus qebun du Ieeua. weis hausidedum ana witoda ba-
rg=inn 23 I]» [eeus andhofim qibande: te] Xristus eijai du aiwa. jah

qam lreila. ei sweraidau sunns lraiwa ]ui qibia batei skulds ist
mane. ushauhjan sa sunns mans? has
rd=i<) 24 Amen amen qiba izwis. ni- ist sa sunns mans?
bai kaurno hraiteis gadriusando qab ban du im Iesus: nauh
.•'..)

in air]>a gaswiltib, sillto adnata leitil mel liuhab in izwis ist.

aflifnib; i|> jabai gaswiltib, ma- gaggib, bande liuhab habaib, ei
nag akran bairib. riqiz izwis ni galahai; jah eaej
re=l05 25 Baei frijob saiwala eeina, gaggib in riqiza, ni wait lra)>
fraqisteib izai. jah sari tiai|> sai- gaggib.
wala eeina in bammafairmau, 86 bande liuhab habaib, ga-
in libainai aiweinon bairgib izai. Laubeibdu liuhada. eisunjusliu-

26. ondbahtei]?; uudbuhti)' /// CA.

 John XII. XIII. 1 03

hadis wairbaib. bata rodida Ie- 47 jah jabai Iras meinaim

sus jah galaib jah gafalh sik hausjai waurdam jah galaubjai,
faura im. ik ni stoja ina; nih ban qam ei
37 swa filu imma taikne ga- stojau manased, ak ei ganasjau
taujandin in andwairbja ize, iii manased.
galaubidedun imma, 48 saei frakann mis jah ni and-
38 ei bata waurd Esaeiins prau- nimib waurda meina, habaid
fetaus usfullnodedi, patei qab: bana stojandan sik: waurd batei
frauja, luas galaubida hauseinai rodida, bata stojib ina in spe-
unsarai? jah arms fraujins luam- distin daga.
ma andhulibs war]?? 49 unte ik us mis silbin ni ro-
rj?=109 39 Dubbe ni mahtedun galaub- dida, ak saei sandida mik atta,
jan unte aftra qab Esaeias: sah mis anabusn at. . . .

40 gablindida ize augoiia jah

gadaubida ize hairtona, ei iii Chapter XIII.
gaumidedeina augam jah fro- 11 . . . qab: ni allai hrainjai si-
]?einahairtin jah gawandide- jub.
deina jah ganasidedjau ins. 12 bibeh ban usbwoh fotuns
ri=lio 41 pata qab Esaeias, ban sabj ize jah nam wastjos seinos, ana-
wulbu is, jah rodida bi ina. kumbjands aftra qab du im: wi-
42 banuh ban swebauh jah us tudu hra gatawida izwis?
bairn reikam managai galaubi- 13 Jus wopeid mik laisareis riq=ll6
dedun du imma, akei faura Fa- jah frauja.
reisaium ni andhaihaitun, ei us Waila qi]?ib; im auk. riz=117
synagogein ni uswaurpanai waur- 14 jabai nu usbwoh izwis fo-
]?eina; tuns, frauja jah laisareis, jah jus
43 frijodedun auk mais hau- skulub izwis misso bwahan fo-
hein manniskabauhauhein gubs. tuns.
ria=ill 44 lb Iesus hropida jah qab: 15 du frisahtai auk atgaf iz-
saei galaubei]? du mis, ni galau- wis, ei swaswe ik gatawida izwis,
bei]? du mis ak du bamma sand- swa jus taujaib.
jandin mik, 16 Amen amen qiba izwis, nistrih=118
45 jah saei sailing mik, saihrib skalks maiza fraujin seinamma,
bana sandjandan mik. nih apaustaulus maiza bamma
rib=H2 46 Ik liuhad in ]?amma fairluau sandjandin sik.
qam, ei hrazuh saei galaubjai du 17 bande bata witub, audagai
mis, in riqiza ni wisai. sijub, jabai taujib bata.

41. Esaeias; CA originally had Eisaeias, the first i being scratched. — 42. syna-
gogein ni; ni was omitted in CA, only is written over the final
i of synago-
gein. — 47. manased (the first); mananased in CA. — 49. at; the first syllable

,
of atgaf.
12. witudu; witadu in CA. — 13. laisareis; laisareisareis in CA.
 104 .Toll .
18 29 sumai mundeduu ei unte
bi allans izwis qiba.
>- =119 Ik wait hjarjans gawalida; ak arka habaida Iudas, ]?atei qebi
ei usfullib waurj?i bata gamelido: imma Iesus: bugei bizel ]>aur-

saei matida mi}? mis hlaib, ushof beima du dulbai, aibbau bairn
ana mik fairzna seiua. unledam ei Ira gibau.
19 fram himma qiba izwis, 30 bibe andnam bana hlaib
faur]?izei waurbi, ei bibe wair]>ai, jains, suns galaib ut; Avasuh ban
galaubjaib }?atei ik im. nahts ]>an galaib ut.
rk =120 20 Amen amen qi]>a izwis, saei 31 qab ban Iesus: nn gaswe-
andnimib ]>ana bauei ik insand- raids war}) sunus mans, jah gn}>
ja, mik andnimib, ib saei mik hauhibe ist in imma.
anduimi]?, andnimi]> j^ana sand- 32 jabai nu gu]> hanhibs ist in
jandan mik. imma, jah gub hauhei]' ina in
rka=l2l 21 pata qibauds Iesus indrob- sis, jah suns hauhida ina.
noda ahmin jah weitwodida j;ih
33 barnilona, nauh leitil mel
qa]>: amen amen qi]?a izwis ]>a-
ini]> izwis im sokei]> mik. jah ;

tei ains izwara galewei]> mik.

swaewe qa]> du Iudaium ei badei
rki>=l22 22 panuh selrun du sis misso ik gagga jus ni mngu]> qiman,
l>ai siponjos, Jiagkjandans bi
jah izwis qi]>a nu.
hrarjana qebi.
34 anabusn niuja giba izwis.
rkg="L23 23 Wasuh J?an anakumbjands izwis misso, swe
ei frijo]> ik fri-
ains ]>ize siponje is in barma Ie-
joda izwis ]^ei jah jus frijob misso
Suis, I'anoi frijoda Iesns; izwis.
24 bandwiduh ]>an bamma Sei-
35 bi bamma ufkunnand allai
mon Paitrns dn fraihnan Iras ]>eimeinai siponjos siju}\ jabai
wesi bi banei qa]>.
friabwa habaid mi]? izwis misso.
25 anakumbida ban jains ewa
ana barma Iesnis qn)>nh imnia: 36 panuh qa)> du imma Sei- rkq=126

frauja, Iras ist'.' mon

Paitrns: frauja. lrad gag-
2G andliof Iesns: sa istbammei gis? andhafjands Iesus qa]': )>a-
ik ufdaupjands bana hlaif giba. dei ik gagga, ni magt mik nu
gaf laistjan, ib
bi]'e laisteis.
rkd =124 Jah ufdaupjanda bana hlaif
Indin Seimonis Skariotau. 37 bamh Paitrns qa]> du im-
27 jali afar ]'annna. hlaiba. ]'an ma: frauja, duhre ni mag ]>nlv
galai]> in jainana satana. laistjan nu? saiwala meina faur
ko=12•") Qa]? ]'an dn imnia b'sns: |>;it<'i |>uk lagja.

taujis, tawei spraulo. 38 andhof Iesus: saiwala beina

28 |>atnli ban ainahnn ni wissa faur mik lagjis? amen amen qi|m
bite anaknmbjandane duhreqab 1'us J?ei liana ni hrukei]\ unte |ui
imma mik afaikis kunnan]>riin Binbam.

:l.~>. uikiiiiunti<l: ufkiiniiaii(la in CA.

 John -
Chapter XIV. 11 galaubei|> mis batei ik in
rkz=127 1 indrobnai izwar hairto; attin jah atta in mis; ib jabai-ni,
galaubeib du guba, jah du mis in bize waurstwe galaubeib mis.
galaubei]>. 12 amen amen qi]?a izwis, saei
2 in garda. attins meinis sali]>- galaubeid mis, bo waurstwa boei
wos managos abban niba ik tauja jah is taujib, jah mai-
sind;
weseina, aibbau qej^jau du izvvis: zona bairn taujib, unte ik du
gagga manwjan stad izwis; attin gagga.
3 jah ban jabai gagga, manwja 13 Jah -batei limn, bidjib in na-rkh=128
izwis stad; aftra qima jah fra- min meinamma, bata tauja, ei
nima izwis du mis silbin, ei ]>arei hauhjaidau atta in sunau.
im ik, baruh sijub jah jus. 14 jabai Iris bidjib mik in na-
4 jah badei ik gagga kunnub min meinamma, ik tauja.
jah bana wig kunnub. 15 jabai mik frijob, anabus-
5 baruh qab imma J)omas: uins meinos fastaid.
frauja, ni witum limb gaggis, jah 16 jah ik bidja attan, jah an-
hraiwa magum bana Avig kun- ]?arana parakletu gibib izwis, ei
nan? sijai mib izwis du aiwa,
6 qab imma Iesus: ik im sa 17 ahma sunjos, banei so ma-
wigs jah sunja jah libains; ains- nasebs ni mag niman, unte ni
hun ni qimib at attin niba ]?airh saimib ina nih kann ina; ib jus
mik. kunnub ina, unte is mi]> izwis wi-
7 ib kunbedeib mik, aibbau sib jah in izwis ist t

kimbedei]? jah attan meinana; 18 ni leta izwis widuwairnans,

jah ]>an fram himma kunnub ina qima at izwis.
jah gasaihjib ina. 19 nauh leitil jah so manasebs
8 ib Filippus qabuh du imma: mik ni ]:>anaseibs sailuib; i]> jus
frauja, augei unsis bana attan, sailuib mik ]?atei ik liba, jah jus
jmtuh ganah unsis. libai]\
9 baruh qa]> imma Iesus: swa- 20 in jainamma daga ufkun-
laud melis mib izwis was, jah ni naib jus batei ik in attin mei-
ufkunbes mik, Filippu? saei ga- namma jah jus in mis jah ik in
salv mik, gasahj attan jah bjai-;
izwis.
wa ]>u qibis: augei unsis bana 21 saeihabaid anabusnins mei-
attan ? nos jah fastai]? ]>os, sa ist saei
10 niu galaubeis batei ik in frijob mik.
attin jah atta in mis ist? ]^o Jah ban saei frijob mik, frijoda rkb=129
waurda boei ik rodja izwis af mis fram attin meinamma jah ik
silbin ni rodja, ak atta saei in frijo ina jah gabairhtja imma
mis ist, sa taujib \>o waurstwa. mik silban.

XIV, 11. jabai ni; CA has ni before galaubeib, which is contrary to the sense
of the passage; cp. Lu. ,.— 13. h.-ah ; km in CA; cp. batahrah bei in X V, 7. 16.
 lot; John XIV. XV.

ri=i:30 22 J>aruh Iudas, ni

qa]> imma
31 ak ei ufkimnai so manasebs
Iskariotes: frauja. Ira -war]? ]nttei ik frijoda attau meinana,
ei unsis munais gabairhtjaa }nik jah swaswe auabaud mis atta,
silhan. ib bizai manasedai ni? swa tauja. urreisib. gaggam ]>a-
]n-o.
2-aandhof Iesus jafa qab da
imma: jabai Iras mik friio]>, jah Chapter XV.
waurd mein fastaib, jah atta 1 Ik im weinatrin bata sun-
meins frijob ina. jah «In imma jeiiio. jah atta meins waurstwja
galeibos iali salijnvos at imma ist.
gataujoe. 2 taine in mis unbairan-
all
24 i]> saei ni fiio|> mik, ]>o
dane akran gob, usnimiji ita. jah
waurda meina ni fastaib; all akran bairandane. gahrainei}>
rla-131 Jah jnata waurd ]>atei hauseib ita. ei nianagizo akran bairaina.
nist meiu, ak ]>is eandjandins 3 ju jus hrainjai siju] in bis 1

mik attins. waurdis batei rodida du izwis.

rib=i:32 2."> ])ata rodida izwis at izwis 4 wisaib in mis. jah ik in izwis.
wi sands. swe sa weinatains ni mag akran
26 a}))?an sa parakletus, alima bairan af sis silbin. niba ist ana
si wt'iha. banei sandeib atta in weinatriwa. swah nih jus. niba
iiamin meinamma. sa izwis lai- in mis si lib. j

seib allata jah gamaudeib izwis 5 ik im bata Aveinatriu. ib jus

allis ]>atei qa]> du izwis. weiuatainos. saei wisib in mis
27 gawairbi bileiba izwis. ga- jah ik in imma. sa bairib akran
wairbi mein giba izwis: niswaewe ma nag. ]?atei inuh mik ni magub
ii;iii;im']>s gibi]>, ikgiba izwis. taujan ni waiht.

ni indrobnaina uswara hairtona niba saei wisib in mis. us-

nili faurhtjaina. wairpada nt ewe weinatains, jah
28 hausidedub ei ik qab izwis: gabaursnib jah galisada, jah in
galeiba jah qima at izwis: jabai fou galagjand, jah inbrannjada.
frijodedeib mik, aibbau jus fagi- 7 Abban jabai sijubin misjahrig=13a
nodedeib ei ik gagga du attin, waurda meina in izwis sind,
nut c atta meins maiza mis ist. batahrah bei wileib bidjib, jah
20 jah nu ]>
izwis. faurbizei wairbib izwis.
waurbi, ei bibe wairbai, galaub- v In bamma hauhibs is1 atta rid vm

jaib. akran manag bairaib, meins. ei

30 banaseibs fllu ni mablja jah wairbai b meinai eiponjos.

niib izwis: (|iini]> saei bizai ma- swaswe frijoda mik atta.
nasedai reikinob, jah in mis ni swah ik frijoda izwis wisaib in
bigitib wailit . friabwai meinai.

17. manaeebe; manaeeibe in CA; eo l'h

AT. .'.
ea; sua ;// CA. — c. inbrannjada; iubranjada in CA.
 John XV. XVT. :
10 jabai anabusnins meirios ik qab du izwis : nist skalks mai-
fastaid, sijub in friabwai meinai, za fraujin seinamma. jabai mik
swaswe anabusnins attinsmei- wrekun, jah izwis wrikand.
ik
nis fastaida jah wisa in friabwai Jabai mein waurd fastaidedei-nn=14()
is. na, jah izwar fastaina.
11 bata rodida izwis, ei fahebs 21 Ak bata allata taujand iz-rma=141
meina in izwis sijai jah faheds wis in namins meinis,
izwara usfulljaidau. Unte ni kunnun ]?ana sandjan-rmb=142
12 ]?ata ist anabusns meina, dan mik.
ei frijo]? izwis misso, swaswe ik 22 nih qemjau jah rodidedjau
frijoda izwis. du im, frawaurht ni habaidedei-
rle=135 13 Maizein bizai friabwai man- na; ib nu inilons ni haband bi
na ni habaib, ei bjas saiwala frawaurht seina.
seina lagjib faur frijonds seinans. 23 Saei mik fijaib, jah attan rmd=l44
rlq=136 14 Jus frijonds meinai sijub, meinana fijai]?.
jabai taujib ]?atei ik anabiuda 24 I]? bo Avaurstwa ni gatawi- iuic=145
izwis. dedjau in im boei anbar ainshun
15 banaseibs izwis ni qiba skal- ni gatawida, frawaurht ni habai-
kans, unte skalks ni wait lira dedeina; ib nu jah gasehmn mik
taujib is frauja; ib ik izwis qab jah fijaidedun jah mik jah attan
frijonds, unte all batei hausida meinana.
at attin meinamma gakannida 25 ak ei usfullnodedi waurd
izwis. bata gamelido in witoda ize, ei
16 ni jus mik gawalidedub, ak fijaidedun mik arwjo.
ik gawalida izwis, ei jus sniwaib 26 abban ban qimib parakle-
jah akran bairaib jah akran iz- tus banei ik insandja izwis fram
war du aiwa sijai, attin, ahman sunjos, izei fram
rlz=137 Ei bataluah bei bidjaib attan attin urrinnib, sa weitwodeib bi
in namin meinamma, gibib izwis. mik.
rih=l38 17 pata anabiuda izwis ei fri- 27 jah ]?an jus weitwodeib, unte
jo]? izwis misso. fram fruma mi]? mis siju]?.
18 jabai so manaseds izwis
fijai, kunnei]? ei mik f rum an izwis
Chapter XVI.
fijaida. 1 J)ata rodida izwis, ei ni af-
19 jabai w eseib, marzjaindau.
bis fairluaus r

aijibau so manaseds swesans fri- 2 us gaqumbim dreiband izwis;

jodedi; abban unte us bamma Akei qimib meila, ei saluazuhi™q=i4G
fairhmu ni sijub, ak ik gawalida izei usqimib izwis, buggkei]?
izwis us bamma fairmau, dubbe hunsla saljan guba.
fijaid izwis so manasebs. 3 jah bata taujand, unte ni
rlj?=139 20 Gamuneib bis waurdis batei ufkunbedun attan nih mik.

22. Section 143, which should begin with nih qemjau, is not indicated.
 108 John XVI.

4 akei bata rodida izwis, ei Duhbe qa]> ]>atei us meinamma =149

bibe qiniai so lueila ize, gainu- nimib jah gateihi]) izwis.
neib bize, Jmtei ik qa]? izwis. 16 leitil nauh jah ni sailui]»
rniz-147 lb bata izwis fram Emma ni mik, jah aftra leitil jah gasaih*i]>
qa]>, unte mi]> izwis was. mik, unte ik gagga du attin.

5 ib nu gagga dubamma sand- 17 ]?aruh qe]>un us bairn sipon-

jandin niik, jah ainshun us izwis jam du sis misso: lua ist bata
ni fraihni]> mik: luab gaggis? batei qi]>i]> unsis, leitil ei ni sai-
lri)> mik, jah aftra leitil jah ga-
G akei unte ]>ata rodida izwis.
saihrib mik? jah batei ik gagga
gauri]?a gadaubida izwar hairto.
du attin?
7 akei ik sunja izwis qiba, ba-
18 qebunuh: ]>ata Ira sijai ]»a-
tizo ist izwis ei ik galeij^au unte ;

tei qibi]> leitil? ni witum lua qi-

iabai ik ni galeiba, parakletus ni
qimib at izwis; abban jabai gag-
19 ib Iesus wissuh ]>atei wilde-
ga, sandja ina du izwis.
dun ina fraihnan. jah qab im:
8 jah qimands is gaeakib ]>o bi ]>ata sokei]> mib izwis mieso
manaeeb bi frawaurht jah bi ga- ]>atei qa]>: jah ni saihrib
leitil
raihtij'a jah bi staua.
mik, jah aftra leitil jah gasailri]>
'

9 bi frawaurht raihtis )>ata, mik?

batei ni galaubjand du mis; _?<> amen amen qi]ni izwis bei
10 ij> bi garaihtiba, batei du gretib jah gauno]> jus, i]>inana-
attin meinamma gagga jah ni sebs faginob; jus saurgandans
banaseibs sailri]) mik: wairbib, akei so saurga izwara
11 ib bi staua, batei sa reiks du fahedai wairbib.
]>is t';iiilrans afdomibs war]». 21 qino ban bairib saurga ha-
2 nauh ganoli skal qi)>nn iz- baid, unte qam lreila izos;
wis. akei magub Erabairan nu.
ni bi)»e gabauran ist barn, ni bana-
' ban il> jains. ahina
(iiini|> seibs gaman ]>izos aglons faura
sunjos. briggib izwis in allai sun- fahedai, unte gabaurans war)?
ini; nili ]>an rodeib ;if sis silbin. manna in fairhrau.
ak swa filu sue hauseib rodeib,
22 jah ]>an jus auk nu saurga
jah bata anawairj'o gateiliij> habaib; i]> aftra sailra izwis. jah iz-

wis. faginob izwar hairto. jah )>o fa-

14 jains mik hauheib, unte us hed izwara ni ainshun nimib ei
meinamma nimib jah gateihib izwis.
izwis. 2' jah in jainamma daga mik
rmii=i48 1." All batei aih atta, mein ist. ni fraihnib waihtais.

7, 9. j'ata. l>.it *• : SO Bernhardt now, as in CA. Lolie omits )>ata. Fortlie

construction o/")>ata. see > h~>. (2), (>>). note 2, (a). — 20. gieUpi greitij» in CA.
— I'l. ni |>anasi'i|>s: CA Jias ni )>anas.'i)>s ni, the first ni standing above tin• fine,

the aecond being scratched.

 John XVI. XVII. 109

rii=150 Amen amen qiba izwis batei 33 pata rodida izwis bei in mis™»— ir>:$
bistrah ]>ei bidjib attan in namin gawairju aigeib. in bamma fair-
meinamma, gibib izwis. Irau aglons habaid; akei braf-
24 und hita ni bedub ni waih- stei]? izwis, ik gajiukaida ]>aua
tais in namin meinamma; bid- fairlru.
jai]? jab. nimi]?, ei faheps izwara
sijai usfullida.
Chapter XVII.
gajukom rodida iz- 1 pata rodida Iesus, uzuhhof
rna=151 25 J)ata in
wis; akei qimib Ireila banuh iz-
augona seina du himina jah qab:
atta, qam Ireila; hauhei beinana
wis ni banaseibs in gajukom rod-
sunu, ei sunus ]?eins hauhjai buk,
ja, ak andaugiba bi attan ga-
teiha izwis. 2 s was we atgaft imma wal-
26 in jainamma daga in na- dufni allaize leike, ei all batei at-
min meinamma bidjip, jah ni qi- gaft imma, gibai im libain ai-
ba izwis bei ik bidjau attan bi weinon.
izwis
3 soh ban ist so aiweino li-
bains, ei kunneina buk ainana
27 ak silba atta frijoJ> izwis,
sunjana gub jah banei insandi-
unte jus mik frijodedub jah ga-
des Iesu Xristu.
laubidedub ]?atei ik fram gu]>a
urrann.
4 ik buk hauhida ana airbai,
28 uzuhiddja fram attin jah waurstw ustauh batei atgaft mis
atiddja in bana fairluu; aftra bi-
du waurkjan;
leiba bamma fairlrau jah gagga 5 jah nu hauhei mik bu, atta,
du attin. at pus silbin bamma wulbau ba-
29 baruh qebun ]?ai siponjos nei habaida at bus, faurbizei sa
is:nu andaugiba rodeis, jah fairlrus wesi.
sai
gajukono ni ainohun qibis. 6 gabairhtida beinata namo
30 nu witum ei bu kant alia mannam banzei atgaft mis us
jah ni barft ei buk Iras fraihnai; bamma fairlrau. beinai wesun
bi bamma galaubjam batei bu jah mis atgaft ins, jah bat a
fram guba urrant. waurd beinata gafastaidedun;
rnb=152 31 Andhof im Iesus: nu galau- 7 nu ufkunba ei alia ]?oei at-
beib? gaft mis at pus sind;
32 nu qam
sai qimib Ireila jah 8 unte bo waurd a boei atgaft
ei distahjada hmrjizuh du sei- mis atgaf im, jah eis nemun bi
namma jah mik ainana bileibi]>; sunjai batei fram bus urrann,
jah ni im ains, unte atta mib jah galaubidedun batei bu mik
mis ist. insandides.

du seinamma; du seina in CA; cp. I Cor. XVI, IS; Phil. II, 25; and Jo.
32.
XVII, 3. Heyne writes du seinaim.
XVII, 3. sunjana; sunja in CA; cp. II Cor. VIII, 22. Col. Ill, 5, notes.
110 John XVII. XVTTI.

9 ik bi ins bidja; ni bi ] ma-

20 abban ni bi ]?ans bidja ai-
naseb bidja, ;ik bi bans J>auzei ii;ins. ak bi bans galaubjandans
atgaft mis. unte beinai sind, ]>airh waurda ize du mis.
10 jah. meina alia beina sind 21 ei allai ain sijaina. swaswe
jah beina meina, jahhauhibsim ]>u atta in mis jah ik in bus, ei
in bairn. jah bai in uggkis ain sijaina, ei
11 ni banaseibe im in ]>arnma so mauasej's galaubjai batei bu
fairhrau, i)> ]>ai in bamma mik insandid•-.
fair-
lrau sind, jah ik du bus gagga. 22 jah ik wulbu ]?anei gaft in is

atta weiba, fastai ins in naniin gaf im, ei sijaina ain swaswe wit
beinamma ]>anzei atgaft mis, ei ain siju,
sijaina ain swaswe wit. in im jah ]m in mis, ei
23 ik
12 ban was mib im in bamma
ustauhanai du ainamma,
sijaina
fairhrau, ik fastaida ins in naniin jah kunni so manase]xs batei ]>u
beinamma, banzei atgaft misga- mik insandides jah frijodes ins.
fastaida. jah ainshnn us im ni swaswe mik frijodes
fia<iistnoda niba sa sunus fralu- 21 atta, batei atgaft mis. wil-
stais. ei bata gamelido usfulli]? jau ei barei im ik jah bai sijaina
waurbi. mi]? mis, ei eaihraina wulbu mei-
18 i)> im du bus gagga, jah ii;i na. banei gaft mis, unte fri-
bata rodja in manasedai, ei ha- jodes mik faur gaskaft fairhraus.
baina fahed meina usfullida in 25 Atta garaihta, jah so ma-rnd=154
BIS. nasebs buk ni ufkun]>a. i]> ik buk
11 ik atgaf im waurd beinata, kunba.
jah so manasebs fijaida ins. uute Jah bai ufkun]>edun ]>atei ]nirne=155
ni sind us bamma fairhrau, swa- mik insandides.
eweik us bamma fairhrau ni im. 26 jah gakannida im namo
15 ni bidja ei usnimais ins us beinata jah kannja, friabwa <>i

bamma fairhrau, ak ei bairgais boei frijodes mik in im sijai jah

im faura bamma unseljin. ik in im.
16 as bamma fairhrau ni sind,
swaswe ik us bamma fairhrau ni Chapter XVIII.
im. qibands [esus usiddjarnq=l5e
1 ]>aia
17 weihai ins in sunjai; waurd mib siponjam seinaim ufar rin-
beinata sunja ist non bo Kaidron, barei was aurti-
Is swaswe mik insandides in gards, in banei galaib leeus jah
manaseb, swafa ik insandida ins siponjos is.
in bo manased. 2 Wissnh ban jah Iudas sa rnz=i57
li) jah fram im ik weiha mik galfw iands ina bana stad, batei

silban. ei sijaina
*
iah eis weihai
*
ufta gaYddja lesus jainar mib si-
in sunjai. ponjam seinaim.

28. kunni: kannei in CA; ij>. fraknnni /'//

Rom. XIV. •".'.
 John XVTIT. Ill

rnh=158 3 lb Iudas nam hansa jah bize
gudjane jah Fareisaie andbah-
tans iddjuh jaindwairbs mibskei-
mam jah haizam jah wepnam.
m}?=l59 4 lb Iesus witands alia boei
qeraim ana ina, usgaggands ut
qab im: hrana sokeib?
5 andhafjandans imma qebun:
Iesu bana Nazoraiu. baruh qab
im Iesus: ik im. stobuh ]^an jah
Iudas sa levvjands ina mib im.
6 baruh swe qab im batei ik
im, galibun ibukai jah gadrusun
dalab.
7 ]>a]?roh ]?an ins aftra frah
luana sokeib? ib eis qebun: Iesu
bana Nazoraiu.
8 andhof Iesus: qab izwis batei
ik im; jabai nu mik sokeib, letib
bans gaggan.
9 ei usfullnodedi bata waurd
batei qab, ei ]?anzei atgaft mis,
ni fraqistida ize ainummehun.
rj=160 10 lb Seimon Paitrus habands
hairu uslauk ina jah sloh bis
auhumistins gudjins skalk jah
afmaimait imma auso taihswo;
14 wasuh ban Kajafa saei ga-
raginoda Iudaium batei batizo
ist ainana mannan fraqistjan
faur managein.
15 J)aruh laistida Iesu Seimon rjcl=l64
Paitrus jah anbar siponeis.
Sah ban siponeis was kunbs rje=165
bamma gudjin jah mibinngalaib
mi]? Iesua in rohsn bis gudjins,
16 lb Paitrus stob at daurom rjq=lG6
uta.
paruh usiddja ut sa siponeis rjz=167
anbar, saei was kunbs ]?amma
qabdaurawardai, jah
gudjin, jah
attauh inn Paitru.
17 paruh qab jaina bivvi sorjh=]68
daurawardo du Paitrau: ibai jah
bu bize siponje is bis mans? i]>
is qab: ni im.
18 baruh stobun skalkos jah
andbahtos haurja waurkjandans,
unte kald was, jah warmidedun
sik; jah }mn was mib im Paitrus
standands jah warmjands sik.
10 lb sa auhumista gudja frah rjj?=l69
Iesu bi siponjans is jah bi lai-
sein is.

sah ban haitans was namin Mal- 20 Andhof imma Iesus: ik and- ru=170
kus. augjo rodida manasedai; ik sin-
11 baruh qa]> Iesus du Pai- teino laisida in gaqumbai jah in
trau: lagei bana hairu in fodr. gudhusa, barei sinteino Iudaieis
rja=161 Stikl banei gaf mis atta, niu gaqimand, jah biubjo ni rodida
drigkau bana? waiht.
rjb=162 12 J)aruh hansa jah sa busun- 21 Wis mik fraihnis? fraihn ma=l71
difabs jah andbahtosludaie und- ]?ans hausjandans lua rodided-
gripun Iesu jah gabundun ina, jau du im; sai bai witun ]?atei
rjg=163 13 Jah gatauhun ina du Annin qab ik.
frumist; sa was auk swaihra Ka- 22 lb bata qibandin immarub=172
jafin, saei was auhumists weiha sums andbahte standands gaf
bis atabnjis; slab lofin Iesua qa]?uh: swan

, 9.
of abbreviation.
atgaft; atgaf in CA. 15. Paitru»; CA has Prus, without a sigu
 112 John XVIIT.

andhafjis bamma reikistin gud- leikamma daubau skukla gaswil-

jin? tan.
rug— 173 23 Andhof Iesus: jabai ubilaba 33 Galaib in praitauria aftra ruh=l78
podida, weitwodei bi bata ubil; Peilatus jah wopida Iesu qabuh
aibbau jabai wail;), duhre mik imma: bu is ]?iudans Iudaie?
slahis ? 34 andhof Iesus: abu ]ms sil-
rud=174 2-4 panuh insandida ina Annas bin bu bata qil>is: bau anbarai
gabundanana duKajafin bamma bus qebun bi mik?
maisl in gudjin. 35 Andhof Peilatus: waitei ikrul>=179
rue=17." 25 I]>SeimonPaitrus was stan- Iudaius im? so biuda. beina jah
dande jah warmjands sik. baruh gudjans anafulhun buk mis: Ira
qe]>un du iinma: niu jah ]ni bize gatawides ?
sipouje bis is? i]> is afaiaik jah 3G andhof Iesus: Jnudangardi
qab: ne, ni im. meina nist us bamma fairluau.
2G qab sums ]>ize skalke bis ib us bamma fairluau wesi meina
maistins gudjins, sah nibjis was biudangardi, aibbau andbahtos
I'.inimei afmainiait Paitrus auso: meinai usdaudidedeina ei ni ga-
niu buk salir ik in wesjau Iudaium; ij> nu
aurtigarda lewi]>s
mib imma? biudangardi meina nist ba]>ro.
27 baruh aftra afaiaik Paitrus, 37 paruh qab imma Peilatus: rp=l80
jah suns hana hrukida. an nuh ]>iudans is bu? andhaf-
ruq=17G 28 I]> eis tauhun Iesu fram Ka- jands Iesus (qa]?): ]>u qibis ei
praitoriaun; ]>anuk was ]>iudans im ik.
iafin in
maurgins. Ik du bamma gabaurans inirpa=l81
ruz=l77 I]> eis ni iddjedun in praitoria. jah du bamma qam in bamma

ei ni bisauluodedeiua. ak mati- fairluau ei weitwodjau sunjai;

dedeina pasxa. lrnzuh saei ist suujos, hausei]>
29 baruh atiddja ut Peilatus stibnos meinaizos.
du im jah qab: lro wrohe bairib 38 ]>anuh qab imma Peilatus:
ana bana niannan? Ira ist so sunja? iali]>ataqi]>ands
30 andhofun jah qebun du im- galai]jut du Iudaium, jah qabim:
ma: nih wesi saubiltojis, ni ]>au Ik ainohun fairino ni bigita in rpb=182
weis atgebeima ]>us ina. bamma.
31 baruh qab im Peilatus: ni- 3 .) I|> ist biuhti izwis ei ainanarpg=183
(

mi)> ina jus jah bi witoda izwa- izwis fraletau in pasxa: wileidu
rainina stoji]> ina. i]> eis qebu- nu ei fraletau izwis bana ]>iudan
nuh du imma Iudaieis: unsis ni Iudaie?
skuld ist usqimau manne ainum- 40 I]> eis hropidedun aftra rpd=184
mehun. allai qi]>andans: ne bana, ak
32 ei waurd fraujius usfullno- Barabban. sah ban was ea Ba-
(<'. batei qab bandwjands lri- rabba waidedja.

36. nedaudidedeina ; aedaadedideina inCA. — 87. qa)>; wanting in GA.

 John XIX. 118

Chapter XIX. weis ]'

aihum, jah bi pamma
rpe=185 1 panuh ]?an nam Peilatus witoda unsaramma skal g;is\vil-
Iesu jah usblaggw. tan, unte sik silban gups sunu
2 jah bai gadrauhteis uswun- gatawida:
dun wipja us baurnum jah ga- 8 Bibe gahausida Peilatus bnta .>-yl»=192
lagidedun imma ana haubid, jah waurd, mais ohta sis,
wastjai paurpurodai gawaside- 9 jah galaib in praitauria af-
dun ina, tra jah qa]> du Iesua: hjabro is
3 jah qebun: hails biudans Iu- ]m? Iesus andawaurdi ni gaf
daie; jah gebun imma imma.
slahins
lofin. 10 paruh qab imma Peilatus: *yg=193
rpq=lSG 4 Atiddja aftra ut Peilatus jah du mis ni rodeis? niu waist ba-
qab im: sai attiuha izwis ina ut, tei Avaldufni aih ushramjan buk
ei witeib ]>atei in imma ni aino- jah Avaldufni aih fraletan buk?
hun fairino bigat. 11 andhof Iesus: ni aihtedeis
rpz=l87 5 paruh usiddja ut Iesus bai- waldufnje ainhun ana mik, nib
rands bana baurneinan waip jah wesi bus atgibau iupabro; duh]>e
bo paurpurodon wastja. jah qab sa galewjands mik ]>us maizein
im: sa ist sa manna. frawaurht habaid.
rph=188 6 paruh bibe selrun ina bai 12 framuh ]'amma sokida Pei-
maistansgudjansjah andbahtos, latus fraletan ina; i]> Iudaieis
hropidedun qi]>andans ushra- : hropidedun qij^andans: jabai ba-
mei, ushramei ina. na fraletis, ni is frijondsKaisara;
rpp=l89 Qab im Peilatus: nimib ina jus salrazuh izei Jnudan sik silban
jah hramjib; taujib, andstandty Kaisara.
ry=l90 imma
Jp ik fairina in ni bigita. 13 banuh Peilatus hausjands
rya=191 7 Andhofun imma Iudaieis: ]uze. . . .

XIX, 2. wipja; wippja in CA; cp. Mk. XV, 17,

8
 Du Rumouim.
Chapteb VI. bai]> anbaramma, bamma us
2' ])o auk launa frawanrhtais dau]?aim urreisaudin, ei akran
daubus; i]> ansts gubs libains bairaima guba.
aiwoino in Xristau Iesu fraujin ]>an auk wesum in leika. win-

unsaramma. none Erawaurhte ]>os bairh witob

Chapter VII. waurhtedun in libum uusaraim
du akran bairan daubau;
1 pau niu witub, brobrjus,
6 i}> nu sai andbundanai waur-
kimnandam auk witob rodja,ba-
]>um af witoda, gadaubnandans
tei witoj? fraujinob maun swa
in bammei gahabaidai weeum,
lagga lreila swe libaib?
2 jah auk ufwaira qens at li- Bwaei
skalkinoma in niujibai ah-
bandin abin gabundana ist wi-
mins jah ni fairnibai bokos.
toda; abban jabai gaewiltib aba. 7 lua nu qibam? wito]> fra-
galauejada af bamma witoda waurhts ist? nis sijai; ak fra-
abins. waurht ni ufkunbedjau, nih bairh
3 bannu ban at libandin abin \vito]>: uute lnstn nih kunbedjau,
haitada horinondei, jabai wair- nih wito]> qebi: ni gairnjais.
bib waira anbarammaj ib jabai 8 ij> lew nimandei frawaurhts
gaewiltib wair, t'riia istbiswito- bairh anabuan gawanrhta in mis
dis, ei ni sij.ii horinondei waur- allana lustu; uute inn witob fra-
bana abin anbaramma. j
waurhts nans was.
4 swaei nu jah jus, brobrjue 9 ik qius inn witob simle;
meinai, afdaubidai waurbub wi- i]> qimandein anabuanai fra-
toda bairh leik Xristaus, <'i wair- wanrhta gaqiunoda,

The remains of the Epistle to the Roman* are preserved as follows: — In the
Ambroaian Codex A: VIl'.I-VIII. V>: VIII, 84—XI, 7.• XI, 11-88; XII. 8—XIV,
6; XVI, 21—24-, in Codex Carotene: XI. 83 [See this) — XII. XII.
.!.- 7-1. 5;
7. 9—20; XV. .7—7.7. Hence the veraea XII, IT— XIII. r, occur in both MSS. —
In alia little more than £ of the Epistle.
VII. 2. ufwaira {with Massmann). not uf waira. before which the article could
not well be omitted; c}>. ut'ai|>jai: Neb. VI, 18. — J. frawaurhte; (rawaurhti in A.
— 8. naus. probably in A. — 9. sun!»•, indistinct.
 Roman» VII. VII . 115

10 ib ik gadaubnoda, jah bi- mis gob taujan, unte mis atist

gitana warb mis anabusns, sei ubil.
was du libainai, wisan du dau- 22 gawizneigs im auk witoda
bau. gubs bi bamma innumin mann,
11 unte frawaurhts lew niman- 23 abban gasaihja anbar wi-
dei bairh anabusn uslutoda mik tob in libum meinaim, andwei-
jah bairh bo usqam. hando witoda ahmins meinis jah
12 a]?ban nu swebauh witob frahinbando mik in witoda fra-
weihata, jah anabusns weiha jah waurhtais bamma wisandiu in
garaihta jah biubeiga. libum meinaim.
13 bata nu biu]?eigo warb mis 24 wainags ik manna! Iras
dau]>us? nis ak frawaurhts, mik lauseib us bamma leika dau-
sijai,

ei uskunba waurj?i frawaurhts, baus bis?

bairh ]>ata Jnubeigo mis ga- 25 awiliudo guba bairh Iesu
waurkjandei daubu, ei waurbi Xristu fraujan unsarana; jau nu
uf arassau f rawaurhta frawaurhts silba ik skalkino gahugdai wi-
bairh anabusn. toda gubs, ib leika witoda fra-
14 witum auk batei wito]? ah- waurhtais ?
mein ist; ib ik leikeins im, fra-
bauhts uf frawaurht. Chapter VIII.
15 ]>atei waurkja ni frabja; 1 Ni waiht bannu nu wargibos
unte ni batei wiljau tauja, ak ]?aim in Xristau Iesu ni gaggan-
]?atei hatja, ]>ata tauja. dam bi leika.
16 ib jabai batei ni wiljau, 2 unte witob ahmins libainais
]?ata tauja, gaqiss im witoda ba- in Xristau Iesu frijana brahta
tei go]?; mik witodis frawaurhtais jah
17 ib nu ju ni ik waurkja ]?ata, daubaus.
ak so bauandei in mis frawaurhts. 3 unte bata unmahteigo wito-
18 wait auk batei ni bauib in dis, in bammei siuks was bairh
mis, bat' ist in leika meinamma, leik, gub seinana sunu insand-
biub. unte wiljan atligib mis, ib jands in galeikja leikis frawaurh-
gawaurkjan gob ni tais jah bi frawaurht gawargida
19 unte ni batei wiljau waurk- frawaurht in leika,
ja gob, ak batei ni wiljau ubil 4 ei garaihtei witodis usfulljai-
tauja. dau in uns, ]?aim ni bi leika gag-
20 jabai nu batei ni wiljau ik, gandam ak bi ahmin.
bata tauja, ju ni ik waurkja ita, 5 unte bai bi leika wisandans
ak sei bauib in mis frawaurhts. ]?o boei leikis sind mitond; ib
21 bigita nu witob, wiljandin bai bi ahmin bo boei ahmins.

10. gadaubnoda; noda is illegible. — 24. wainags; the g is faded. — 25. ik;
i in A.
VIII, 4. ak bi ahmin ; added in smaller letters at the close of the line.
no Romans VIII. IX.

ab]>an frabidaubus, ib jah unK'eilo agio hairtin mei-

leikis
frabi ahminslibamsjahgawairju: nanima.
7 unte frabi leikis, fijands du 3 usbidja auk anabaima wisan
guba, witoda gubs ni ufhauseib, silba ik af Xristau faur brobruns
i]> nih mag. meinans bans samakunjans bi
8 a]']>an in leika wieandans leika,
guba galeikan ni magun. •4 ]?aiei sind Israeleitai. bizeei
9 i]> jus ni siju]> in leika ak ist frastisibia jah wulbus jah wi-
in alimin. swebauh jabai ahma todis garaideins jaktriggwos jah
gubs bauib in izwis. i]> jabai Iras skalkinassus jah gahaita.
alnnan Xristaus ni habaib, sa 5 bizeei attans, jah us baimei
nist is. Xristus bi leika. saei ist ufar
10 jabai auk Xristus in izwis. allaim gnb biubibs in aiwaia.
leik raihtis. . . .
amen.
.)4 ... saei ist in taihswon abban swebauh ni nsdraus
gubs, saei jah bidjib faur uns; waurd gu]>s. ni auk allai Jmi us
35 tuas uns afskaidai af fria- lsraela, ]>ai sind Israel;
bwai Xristaus? agio )>au agg- 7 nib ]>aiei siiaina fraiw Abra-
wiba ban wrakja ban huhrusbau hamis, allai barna, ak in leaka
naqadei ]>au slei]>ei bau hairus? haitada bus fraiw:
36 swaswe gameli]> ist ]n\tei in 8 bat' ist. ni ]?o barna leikis
])uk gadaubjanda all dagis, rah- barna gubs, ak barna gahaitis
nidaj wesum swelamba elauhtais. rahnjanda du fraiwa.
M
akei in bairn allaim jiukam 9 gahaitis auk waurd }->ax' ist:
bairh bana frijondan uns. bi bamma mela qiina. jah wair-
38 gatraua auk ]>atei ni dau- ]u]> Sarrin sunns.
bus ni libains. nih aggiljus ni
10 a]']>an ni batain, ak jah
reikja, ni niahteis.nih andwairbo Raibaikka us ainamma galigrja
nih anawairbo, habandei, Isakis attins linearis;
nih haubiba nih diupiba,
.'!'.)
11 a]']'an nauhjmnuh ni ga-
nih gaskafts anbara magi uns bauranai wesun, ai]>]>au tawide-
afskaidan af friabwai gabs bizai deina Ira biubis aibbau unbiu-
in Xristau Icsu fraujin
gawaleinai minis gubsunsa- ]>is. ei bi
ramma. wisai. ni us waurstwam, ak us
Chapter IX. bamma labondin,
1 Sunja qiba, ni waiht linga, 12 qiban ist izai batei sa maiza
mibweitwodjandein mis mibwis- skalkinob bamma minnizin,
sein meinai in ahmin weihamma, 13 swaswe gamelib ist: Iakob
2 batei saurga mis ist mikila frijoda, ib Ksaw fijaida.

88. aggiljus; aggeljue /// A. reikja, aad 89; an)'aia nre much faded.
IX. 8. osbidja; oebida in A. — 1-. fijaida; in the margin stood andwaih,
according to Caatigboue, but Uppatrom baa uot noticed it.
 Romans IX. 117

14 nu qibam? ibai inwin-

lira 25 swaswe jah in Osaiin qi]nb:
di]?a fram guba? nis sijai. haita ]>o in managein meina ma-
15 du Mose auk qi]>ib: gaarma nagein meina jah bo unliubon
]>anei arm a, jah gablei}>ja (banei liubon,
bleibja). 20 jahwairbib in]?amma stada
16 bannu nu ni wiljandins ni )?arei qibada im ni managei
rinnandins, ak armandins gu]?s. meina jus, ]?ai haitanda sunjus
17 qij>ib auk bata gamelido du gubs libandins.
Faraona unte du bamma silbin 27 ib Esa'ias hropeib bi Israel:
urraisida ]mk, gabairhtjau bi jabai wesi rabjo suniwe Israelis
ei
bus maht meina, jahgateihaidau swaswe malma mareins, laibos
nam mein and alia airba. ganisand.
18 bannu nu jai banei wili ar- 28 waurd auk ustiuhands jah
mai]?, ib banei wili gahardeib. gamaurgjands in garaihtein, unte
19 qibis mis nu: abban lira waurd gamaurgib taujib frauja
nauh faianda? unte wiljin is liras ana airbai.
andstandib? 29 jah swaswe fauraqab Esa'ias:
20 ]>annu nu, jai manna, bu nih frauja Sabaob bili]u unsis
was is ei andwaurdjais guba? fraiwa, swe Saudauma]?au waur-
ibai qibib gadigis du bamma dei- beima jah swe Gaumaurra bau
gandin: lira mik gatawides swa? galeikai waurbeima.
21 bau niu habaib kasja wal-
lira nu qibam? batei biudos
dufni gallons usbamma samin 30
bos ni laistjandeins garaihtein
daiga taujan sum du galaubam-
abban
ma kasa, sumub |>an du unga- gafaifahun garaihtein,
garaihtein bo us galaubeinai,
laubamma?
22 ib jabai wiljands gub us-
31 ib Israel, laistjands wito]?

taiknjan bwairhein jah uskann- garaihteins, bi witob garaihteins

jan bata mahteigo usbeidands in ni gasnau.
managai laggamodein bi kasam 32 dulire? unte ni us galau-
bwairheins gamanwidaim du fra- beinai, ak us waurstwam wito-
lustai, dis; bistuggqun du staina bi-
23 gakannidedi gabein wul-
ei stuggqis,
]>aus seiuis bi kasam armaions, 33 swaswe gamelib ist; sai ga-
]>oei fauragamanwida du wulbau? lagja in Sion stain bistuggqis jah
24 banzei jah laboda uns, ni hallu gamarzeinais, jah sa ga-
]>atainei us Iudaium, ak jah us laubjands du imma ni gaaiwi-
biudonij skoda.

15. banei bleibja; wanting, or entirely faded out in A. Must bammei

bleibja be added? —
19. faianda; Holtzmann ('Altdeutscfie Grammatik', p. 12)
.supposes laianda. —
20. deigandin; digandin. —
23. wulbaus; wulbus in A. —
30. galaubeinai; nai is entirely faded out. —
32. unte; added above the line. —
33. sa galaubjands; sa laubjands in A; see note to X, 11.
118 Romans .
Chapter .
11 qibib auk bata gameli]>:
1 Brobrjus, sa raihtis wilja lrazuli sa galaubjands du imma
melius hairtins jah bida du gu]>a ni gaaiwiskoda.
bi ins du naseinai. 12 ni auk ist gaskaideins Iu-
2 weitwodja auk im ]>atei aljan daiaus jah Krekis; sa sama auk
gu]>s haband, akei ni bi kunpja; franja allaize, gabigs in alia us
3 unkunnandans auk gubs ga- ]>ans bidjandans sik.
raihtein seina garaihtein
jah 13 luazuh auk saei anahaitib
sokjandans stiurian garaihtein bidai namo fraujins, ganisib.
gu]?s ni ufhausidedun. 14 lraiwa nu bidjand du ]?am-
4 ustauhts auk witodisXristus mei ni galaubidedun? aibbau
du garaihtein allaini ]>aini ga- lraiwa galaubjand ]>amniei ni
laubjandam. hausidedun? i]> lraiwa hausjand
5 Moses auk melei]? garaih- inu ]
merjandan?
15 i]> lraiwa merjand niba in-
tein us witoda, batei sa taujands
]>o manna libaib in izai. sandjanda? swaswe ganieli]> ist:
lraiwa skaunjai fotjus ]uze spil-
G ib so us galaubeinai garaih-
tondane gawairbi, ]>ize spillon-
tei swa ni qibais in hairtin
qi]U]>:
]>einainma: Iras ussteigi]> in hi-
dane ]>iu]>.
iiiiii? bat' ist Xristu dala]> at-
16 akei ni allai ufhausidedun
aiwaggeljon. Esaias auk qibib:
tiuhan;
frauja, Iras galaubida hauseina
7 ai]>]>au: Iras gasteigib in af-
unsarai?
grandiba? bat' ist Xristu us
dan]'aini iup ustinhan.
17 ]>annu galaubeins us ga-
hauseinai, ib gahauseins bairh
8 akei Ira qi|?ij>? nelra bus
waurd Xristaus.
munba
bata waurd ist, in ]>ei-

nannna jah in hairtin ]>einamma; 18 akei qiba, ibai ni hauside-

\>;\\' ist waurd galaubcinais ]>a- dun? raihtis and alia airba ga-
tei merjam. laib drunjus ize jah and andins

9 ]'ai jabai andliaitis in munba midjnngardis \aurda ize.

beinamma 19 akei qiba, ibai Israel ni

fraujin Ieeu, jah ga-
lanbeis in hairtin beinamma ba- fan]»? frnmist Moses qibib: ik in
tei gub ina- nrraisida us dau- aljana izwis brigga in unbiudom,
baim, ganisis. bindai unfrabjandein in ]>wair-
in
10 hairto auk galaubeib du hein izwis brigga.
garaihtibai, i]> munba andhai- 20 i]> EsaTas anananbeib jah
tada du ganistai. qibib: bigitans warb bairn mik ni

A'. 7. margin
tap; :iccortHn<! <> Castiglione, in the ijo, the remaJudef of
. . .

n gloss; UppetrOin e&w nothing of it. —

.v. us daapsim; as da added above
the lino. —
77. galaubjands; ga above the Ene. — 12. sa sama: sa added in Hit*
margin. —
14. bidjand; jand above the line, inu; ina in .1.
 Romans . XI. no
gasok jan dam, swikunbs war]? 18 ni lrop ana bans astans,
]?aim mik ni gafraihnandam. jabai bjopis, ni bu ]?o Avaurt bai-
21 ib du Israela qibi]>: allana ris, ak so vvaurts bairi]? buk.
dag usbraidida handuns memos 10 qi]>is nu: usbruknodedun
du managein ungalaubjandein astos, ei ik intrusgjaidau.
jah andstandandeiii. 20 Availa ungalaubeinai us- ;

bruknodedun, ib }>u galaubein.ii

Chapter XI. gastost. ni liugei hauhaba, ak
I Qi]?a nu, ibai afskauf gub
arbja seinamma? nis sijai; jah 21 ]?andei gub bans us gabaur-
auk ik Israeleites im. . .
]>ai astans ni freidida, ibai aufto
ni ]?uk freidjai.
II . .gadruseina? nis sijai;
. ei
22 Sai nu selein jah lrassein
ak bizai ize missadedai war]? ga-
garaihta gu]>s, ab]>an ana bairn
uists biudoni, du in aljana brig-
]>aiei gadrusun luassein, ib ana
gan ins.
jabai bairliAvisis in se-
]>us selein,
12 ib jabai missadeds ize gabei
lein, aibbau jah bu usmaitaza.
fairlrau jah Avanains ize gabei
23 jahjainai, nibai gatulgjand
Juudom, liran mais fullo ize?
sik in ungalaubeinai, intrusg-
13 izAvis auk qiba ]>iudom: SAva janda; mahteigs auk ist
gu]> af-
lagga swe ik im biudo apaustau- tra intrusgjan ins.
lus, andbahti mein mikilja, 24 jabai auk bu us Avistai us-
14 kraiwa in aljana briggau maitans bis wilbjins aleAvabig-
ei
leik mein jah ganasjau sumans mis jah aljakuns Avisands intrns-•
us im. gibs warst in god ana alewa-
15 jabai auk uswaurpa ize ga- bagm, Iran filu mais bai bi wi-
bei fairhraus, lira so andanumts, stai intrusgjanda in SAA esana ale- T

nibai libains us daubaim? wabagm ?

16 bandei ufarskaftsweiha, jah 25 ni auk Aviljau izAA'is uiiAvei-
daigs; jah jabai Avaurts Aveiha, sans, bro^rjus, bizos runos, ei ni
jah astos. sijaiji in izavis silbam frodai, unto

17 jah jabai sumai bize aste daubei bi sumata Israela warb,

usbruknodedun, ib ]m wilbeis und]>atei fullo biudo inngalei]>ai,
alewabagms Avisands intrusgibs 26 jah swa allai Israel gani-
warst in ins jah gamains bizai sand, SAAasAve gamelib ist: urrin-
Avaurtai jah smairbra alewabag- nib us Sion sa lausjands du af-
mis Avarst, AA'andjan afgudein af Iakoba.

XI, 1. arbja; only the two as are discernible. —

17. waurtai; A has waurhtai,
the h being scratched. 18. —
astans; A has anstans, the being probably scratched.
— 22. added below the line. — 24. wilbjins; wilbjia in A. — 25. un-
hrassein; sein
weisans; was put above the line, but only un is (well) discernible ; cp. II Cor. I, 8.
I Thess. IV, 13. bi sumata; bi wanting in A ; see II Cor. I, 14. II, 5.
120 Romans XI. XII.

27 so im fram mis triggwa,

jali 2 ni galeikob izwis jnmimaaiwa
)>an afnima t'rawaurhtins ize. (akimnaidjaij^) ananiujij>ai fra]>-
28 aiwaggeljon fijan- jis izwaris. du gakiusan Ira sijai
a)'|);in bi
daiis in izwara. \p bi gawaleinai wilja gu]>s. }>atei go]> jah galei-
liubai ana attaiie; kai]> jah ustauhan.
20 inn idreiga eind auk gibos 3 qi]>a auk }?airh anst gu]>s
jah la^ons gu|>s. seigibanaist mis, allaim wisan-
30 swaswe raihtie jus snman dam mais fra]>ian ]>au
in izwis ni
ni galaubidedu]> gu]>a. nu skuli fra]>jan. ak fra]>jan du wai-
gaarmaidai waur]ui)' ]>izai ize la fra]\ian. Irarjammeh swaswe
ungalaubeinai. gup gadailida mitap> galaubei-
31 ewa jali ]>ai nu ni galaubi- nais.
dedun izwarai armaion, ei jah eis 4 swaswe raihtie in ainamma
gaarmaindau. leika managans habani.
32 galank auk gup allans in psap ]>an li]>jus allai ni ]>ata si-
nngalanbeinai, ei allans gaar- mo taui haband.
mai. 5 ewa managai a in leik siium
33 dinptya gabeins handn- in Xiistau. a]']';m ainlranizuh
geins jah witubnjis gu]v?: lraiwa anj>ar. . .

anusepilloda Bind stanos is jah 8 sa dailjands inallswerein, . . .

unbilaistidai wigoe is.

sa faurastandands in osdaudein,
34 Iras auk ufkun)>a frajufrau- sa armands in hlasein.
jins? aib)>au hraa imma ragineis 9 fiia]nva unliuta ; fiandans
was? ubila. haftjandans godamma,
•*." ai]i)'au Iras imma fruma 10 broju-alubon in izwis misso
gaf, jah fragildaidau imma'.' izwis
fria]nvaniildjai. sw<>ri]>ai
36 ante us imma jah |?airh ina misso fanrarahnjandans,
jab in imma alia inimuh wuljuis 11 usdaudein ni latai. ahmin
;

du aiwam. amen. wnlandans, Eranjin ekalkinon-

Chapteb XII. dans,
1Bidja izwis, nu 12 wenai faginondans, aglons
broju-jus.
]>aiih 1>1••]<> uuj>s. asgiban lei- us]'ulandans. bidai haft iandaiis.
ka izwara sand qiwana weihana L3 andawiznini weihaixe ga-
waila galeikaidana gn)?a, anda- mainjandans, gastigodein ga-
I'ahtana blotinassu izwarana. laistiandans.

S3, c in themargin. haudupfins is the last nor»/ from .1. with jah witubnjia
(Jar. begins; see i>. 114.
tlie.se two wortls form
XII. 2. nk ininaidjai)': line which waa cut off. hut
by Lobe, according to Mk. IX. 2. The |> wns erroneously repeated ai
tred
the beginning of the next lint-, and afterward partiahy erased. ira)>jis: <;ir. baa

traina)>ii>. ma being scratched. —

•". with an]>aE Car. breaks off: add an|'ari.-
li|>jn- (<•/'. / Tii>-.>.V. 11. Eph. 4. 25). —
8. with sa dailjaml- .1 begins. aDsvreran
(./. -r- in (Taal-en Letterbode 1875) tonjecturea alaweretn.
 Romans XII. XIII. 121

14 biubjaib ]?ans wrikandans i]> bai andstandandans silbans

izwis, ]?iubjaib jah ni unbiubjai]?; sis wargiba nimand.
15 faginon mib faginondam, "3 bai auk reiks ni sind agis go-
gretan mib gretandam. damma waurstwa ak ubilamma.
16 bata samo misso abban wileis ei ni ogeis waldufni?
in izwis
frabjandans, ni hauhaba hug- biub taujais, jah habais hazein
jandans, ak bairn hnaiwam mib- us bamma;
gawisandans; ni wairbaib inahai 4 unte gubs andbahts ist bus
bi izwis silbam. in godamma. ib jabai ubil tau-
17ainummehun ubil mid
ni jis, swarebana hairu
ogs; unte ni
ubilamma usgibandans, bisai- bairi}>; gubs auk andbahts ist
hrandans godia ni ]?atainei in fraweitands in bwairhein bamma
andwairbja gubs ak jah in and- ubil taujandin.
wairbja manne allaize, 5 dubbe ufhausjai]?, ni batainei
18 jabai magi wairban us iz- in bwairheins ak jah in mibwis-
wis, mib allaim mannam gawair- seins.
bi habandans, 6 inub bis auk jah gilstra us-
19 ni izwis silbans gawrikan- tiuhaib; unte andbahtos gu]?s
dans, liubans, ak gibib stab sind in ]?amma silbin skalkinon-
bwairhein gameli]? ist auk mis dans.
;
:

fraweit letaidau, ik fragilda, qi- nu allaim skuldo,

7 usgibib
]ub frauja. bammei gabaur gabaur, bammei
20 jabai gredo fijand beinana, mota mota, bammei agis agis,
mat gif imma, ib jabai ]?aursjai, bammei sweriba sweriba.
dragkei ina; bata auk taujands 8 ni ainummehun waihtais sku-
haurja funins rikis ana haubibis. lans sijaib, nibabatei izwis misso
21 ni gajiukaizau af unbiuba, frijob; unte saei frijob neluund-
ak gajiukais af ]>iuba unbiub. jan, witob usfullida.
9 bata auk nihorinos,ni maur-
Chapter XIII. brjais, ni hlifais, ni faihugeigais,

1 All saiwalo waldufnjam ufar- jah jabai luo anbaraizo ana-

wisandam unte nist busne ist, in bamma waurda us-
ufhausjai,
waldufni alja fram guba, ib bo fulljada, bamma frijos neluund-
wisandona fram guba gasatida jan beinana swe buk silban.
sind, 10 friabwa nelrundjins ubil ni
2 swaei sa andstandands wal- waurkeib; usfulleins nu witodis
dufnjagubs garaideinai andstob. ist friabwa.

IT. With in andwairbja gu}>s Car. begins again (Seep. 114). — 19. letaidau
in A, leitaidau in Car.
XIII, 4. hairu in Car., hairau in A. —5. after ufhausjai]? Car. breaks off. ak
in the margin. —
8. izwis above the line; only traces remain.
122 Romans XIII. XIV.

11 jah ]>ata witandans J?ata 9 jali qiwaim jah dau]>ahn . . .

beihs, )>atfi mel ist mis ju us fraujino)?.

elepa urreisan; ante nu neluis ist 10 ij? )>u Ira stojis bro]nir ]>ei-
Qaeeins uneara J?au j?an galau- nana? ai]>]>au jah )»u Ira fra-
bidedum. kant brojwr ]>einamnia? allai auk
12 nnlits frauds gnlaij\ i]?dags gasatjanda faura stauastola
atneluida. uswairpammiwanrst- Xristaus.
wam riqizia, gawasjam sar- 11 ganieli]) ist auk: libaik, qi-
ujini liuhadis. ]>i]> frauia. }>atei mis all kniwe
1^ ewe in daga garedaba gag- biugi]) jah andhaiti]' all razdo
gaiina, ni gabanram jah drug- gu)>a.
kaneim, Iigram jah aglaitjam,
ni 12 ]>annu nu lrarjizuh unsara
ni haifetai jah aljana. fram sis ra]'jon usgibi)? gu]>a.
14 ak gahamo]? fraujin unsa- 13 ni ]ninainais nu uns misso
ramma Xristau Iesua, jah leikis stojaima, ak ]>ata stojai)? ma is.
mini ni taujai)> in lustiins. ei ni satjaib bistugq broju• ai)>-

]>au gamarzein.
Chapteb XIV.
14 wait Jag gatraua in fraujin
1 I]> nnmahteigana galanbei-
nai andnimai]». ni du tweifleinai
[eeua ]>att>i ni waiht gawamm
bairh sik silbo. niba ]>amnia niu-
mitone.
2 sums raihtie galaubei)> mat- nandin Ira nnhrain wiean, )>am-
jan allata, i]> saei anmahteigs ma gamain ist.

ist. grae matji]>. 15 i] 1

jabai ni matis bro]?ar
3 s;i iiiatjands ]>amma ni mat- )>eins gaurjada, ju ni bi iria)>\vai

jandin ni frakunni, i}> 8a ni iiiat- gaggis. ni nunu mat a |><>innni-

jands ]>ana matjandan ni stojai, hia jainamma Eraqietjaie faur
gu]> auk ina andnain. ]>anei Xristus gaswalt.

4 ]>u Iras is ]
>n«»i stojis fra- 1G ni wajamerjaidau unsar
ma]>iana skulk? sciiianiina frau- ]>iul>.

jin standi]>ni]>]mudriusi]>: a]>]'au auk bindangardi gu|'s 17 nist

standi)», mahteigs auk ist frauia mats jah dragk, ak garaihtei jah
gasto]?an ina. gawair]?i jah fahe]>s in ahmin
5 sums raihtie stoji]> dag liin- weihamma.
dar daga. . . 18 saci auk in )>aim skalkino]>

XIV, S. lnikiimii ; l'nikuni in A. matjandan; .1 baa matjandin. ina; a above

the fine. — 4. gaeto)>an probably for gaatopanan in MS.
(Uppatrdm ;m<l Heyne); so
[tor. TV, 11: UDgBBbopai, to which gaatopen, as eweran to wen; </<. however
gaainanaidai in I Tbeaa. II, 17; and eeegaehofan in the glossary. — •' .1 ft daga
.1breaks off. — 9.with jah qiwaim Gar. begina again, jah qiwaim jab dan]>aim;
more than the '//</«'' baffwas cut off by the hinder of the codex ; eee the facsimile in

<;i... I. end. — 11. nil; Cir. baa alia, the anal a being scratched. 11. hra un- —
hrain wiean ; this line ((/>. u, above) waa cut off. only a few traces of the lower half
remain. — 17. |>iadangardi ; Car. baa }?iadangard.
 Romans XIV. XV. XVI. 123

Xristau, waila galeikai]? guba dom, frauja, jah namin beinam-

jah gakusans ist mannam. ma liubo.
19 J?annu nu boei gawairbjis 10 jah aftra qibib: sifaib, biu-
Bind, laistjaima jah boei timrei- dos, mib managein is.
nais sind in uns misso. 11 jah aftra qibib: hazji]?, alios
20 ni nunu in matis gatair biudos, fraujan, jah hazjaina ina
waurstw gubs. . . . alios manageins.
12 jah aftra Esaeias qibib:
Chapter XV. wairbib waurts Iaissaizis jah sa
3 . . . . bize idweitjandane buk usstandands reikinob Juudom, du
gadrusun ana mik. imma biudos wenjand.
4 swa filu auk swe fauragame- 13 ib gub lubainais fulljai iz-

lib war]?, du unsarai laiseinai wis allaizos fahedais. . . .

gamelib war)?, ei bairh bulain jah

gabrafstein boko wen habaima.
Chapter XYI.
5 ib gub bulainais jah brafstei- 21 ... jah Lukius jah Iasson
nais gibai izwis bata samo frab- jah Soseipatrus bai nibjos mei-
jan in iz\vis misso bi Xristu Iesu, nai.
6 ei gawiljai ainamma munba 22 golja izwis ik Tairtius sa
hauhjaib gub jah attan fraujins meljands bo aipistaulein in frau-
unsaris Iesuis Xristaus. jin.

7 in bizei andnimaib izwis 23 goleib izwis Gaius wairdus

misso, swaswe jah Xristus and- meins jah allaizos aikklesjons.
nam izwis du wulbau gubs. goleib izwis Airastus fauragagg-
8 auk Xristu Iesu and- ja baurgs jah Qartus sa bro]?ar.
qi]?a
baht waurbanana (bimaitis) 24 ansts fraujins unsaris Iesuis
fram sunjai gubs, du gatulgjan Xristaus mibahmin izwaramma.
gahaita attane, amen.
9 ib biudos in armahairteins Du Rumonim ustauh. »

hauhjan gu]?, swaswe gameli]? Du Rumonim melib ist us Kau-

ist: dubbe andhaita bus in biu- rinbon.

XV, S. bimaitis; the line containing this word (restored by Lobe) was cut off
(Cp. XIV, 0. 14). —
13. After fahedais Car. breaks off.

XVI, 21. Here A begins again.

 Du Kaurin]>iiim A.

Chapteb I. 19 gameli]>
ank: fraqietja ist
... 12 ik iin Pawlaus, ib ik enutrein ]uze snutrane, jah fro-
Apaullons, i]> ik Kefine, ib ik dein ]>ize frodane uskiusa.
Xristaus. 20 lrar handugs? hrar boka-
13 (lisdaili]>s ist XristuB? ibai reie? hrar eokareie bia aiwie? ni
K,\ wins ushrami]>s war]» ia iz-
1
dwala gatawida gu]> handugein
wara, ai]>)>au in]'is fairhjaus? namin Pawlaue
daupidaJ weeeib? 21 unte ank in handugein gube
14 awiliudo guba ei ainnohun ni ufkunnaida ea faiilrns bairh
izwara ni daupida niba Krispu handugein gub, galeikaida guba
jah Gaiu; bairh ]>o dwali]>a juzos wailame-
l."> oi hras ni ] > i ]>atei in mei- ganasjan bans galaub-
<
reinaie
namma namin danpidedjau. jandans.
16 ik daupida auk ja]> bans
22 ante Iudaieis taikne bid-
Staifanaus gadaukans; ]>at;i an-
jand, i]> Krekoa handugein eok-
bar ni wait ei ainnohun danpi-
jand)
dedjau.
17 insandida niik Xri-
ni)> ]>an
23 i]> weifl merjam
Tesu uehra-
niidana. Iudaiuni gainaizein. i]>
stns daupjan ak wailamerjan, ni
in enutrein waurdis, ei ni laus-
biudom dwaliba,
jaidau galga Xrietaue 24 i)> balm galabodam Iudaie
18 unte bata waurd galgins jah biudo Xristn guba nialit jah
bairn Eralusnandam dwaliba ist. gube handugein ;

i]> |>aim ganieandam mahts gube 25 unte so dwaliba gube han-

ist. dugozei mannam. . .

The remains {a littl•• more than %) of tin- first Epistle to the Corinthians an
preserved in Ambr. .1 and // {See Introduction, p. 00); in A: I. l~ — -.'>. IV, 'J— 12.
8— 71,1. 5—28. ,0—,9. IX.H>-X.4. X, 15—XI, . 21—81.
V,
XII. 10—22.
2 / . / II.
VII,
XIII. 1-1-'.
. 48— 17. 24.
: 20—27.
Hence in
, —.-,.
hot I, manuscripts
,4—7, .
: X I". 48—
XI,

17.
7,28
/ /. X 17
28. 24.
I. 12. h'i. Pawlaue; Pawiue in A. — 18. i*t Xristus; above the lint', the second
word being faded. — 25. bandogoxei; /•• is taded.
 I Corinthians IV. V. 125

Chapter IV. zup ]?an wulpagai, ip weis un-

2 . . . ei lnas triggwsbigitaidau. swerai,
3 appan mis in minnistin ist 11 und po nu meila jah hugri-
ei fram izwis ussokjaidau aippau
dai jah paursidai jah naqadai
fram mauniskamma daga; akei jah kaupatidai jah ungastopai
nih mik silbau ussokja; 12 jah. . .

4 nih waiht auk mis silbin mi]>-

Chapter V.
wait, akei ni in garaih- pamma
3 ju gastauida swe and- . . .

tips im; ip saei ussokeip mik,

wairps pana swa pata gataujan-
frauja ist.
dan,
5 ]?annu nu ei faur mel ni sto-
4 in namin fraujins unsaris Ie-
jaip, unte qimai frauja, saei jah
suis Xristaus samap gagaggan-
galiuhteip analaugn riqizis jah
galiuhteip runos hairtane; jah
dam izwis jah meinamma ahmin,
mi}? mahtai fraujins unsaris Ie-
]?an hazeins wairpip luarjammeh
suis Xristaus,
fram gupa.
5 atgiban pana swaleikana un-
6 po pan, broprjus, pairhgalei-
hulpin du qisteinai leikis, ei
koda in mis jah Apaullon in iz-
ahma ganisai in daga fraujins
wara, ei in ugkis ganimaip ni
Iesuis.
ufar patei gameli]? ist frapjan, ei
6 ni god a luoftuli izwara; niu
ains faur aiuana ana anparana
witup ]?atei leitil beistis allana
ufblesans ni sijai.
daig gabeisteip?
7 hras aukpuk ussokeip? luaup
7 ushraineip ]?ata fairnjo beist,
j?an habais patei ni namt? aip-
ei sijaip niujis daigs, swaswe si-
pau jabai andnamt, lira liropis,
jai]? unbeistjodai; jah auk paska
swe ni nemeis? unsara ufsnipans ist faur uns
8 ju sadai gabigai Xristus.
sijup; ju
waur]?ub; inn uns piudanodedu]?;
8 pannu dulpjam ni in beista
jah wainei piudanodedei]>, ei jah fairnjamma, nip pan in beista
weis izwis mippiudanoma balwaweseins jah unseleins, ak in
9 man auk pei gup uns apau- unbeistein unwammeins jas sun-
stauluns spedistans ustaiknida, jos.
swaswe daupubljans, unte fair- 9 gamelida izwis ana pizai ai-
weitl waurpum pizai manasedai pistaulein: ni blandaip izwis ho-
jah aggilum jah mannam. ram,
10 'weis dwalai in Xristaus, ip fairmaus10 ni paim horam pis
jus frodai in Xristau; weizup pan ai]?pau paim faihufrikam jah wil-
unmahteigai, ip jus swinpai; ju- wam aippau galiugam skalki-

IV, 6. }?airhgaleikoda ; originally stood before d, but has been scratched.

V, 7. fairnjo; A had faarnjo, which has been corrected. —
8. dul]?jam; 1 is

added above the line.

126 I Corinthians . ..
nondam, unte skuldedei]? ]>au us 10 ib]>aiin liugom haftam ana-
]»;nnma fairlrau usgaggan. biuda, ui ik ak frauja, qenai fair-
11 i]> nu gainelida izwis ni ra abin ni skaidau,
blandan, jabai Iras bro]>ar uam- 11 i]> jabai gaskaidnai, wisan
nids sijai hora ai]>]>au faihufriks unliugaidai, aibbau du abin sei-
ai]>}>au galiugam skalkiuonds uamma aftra gagawairbjan, jah
aibbau ubilwaurds aibbau af- abau qeu ni fraletan.
drugkja aibbau wilwa, bamma 12 ib baim anbaraim ik qiba,
swaleikainma ni mibmatjan. ni frauja, jabai Iras brobar qeu
12 lua mik jah ]>ans uta sto- aigi ungalaubjandein jas so ga-
jan? niu bans iuna jus stojib? wilja ist bauan mi]> imma, ni
13 ib ]>ans uta gu]> stoji]>. us- afletai ]>o qeu;
nimib bana ubilan us izwis sil-
13 jah qens soei aig aban un-
bani.
galaubjandan jah sa gawilja ist
Chapter VI. bauan mib izai, ni afletai bana
aban.
1 Gadars Iras izwara wibra
14 weihaida ist qens so unga-
anbarana staua habands stojan
laubjandei in abin, jah gawei-
fram inwindaim ni fram. . .

liaids ist aba sa ungalanbjands

in qenai; ai]>bau barna izwara
Chapter VII.
unhrainja weseina, i]> nu weiha
5 izwara misso, niba bau
. . .

sind.
us gaqissai lro lreilo, ei uktei-
15 i]> jabai sa ungalaubjands

'
gai sijaib fastan jah bidjan,

ni
ban samab gawandjaib, ei
fraisai izwara sat ana in un-
]>a-
skaidij) sik, skaidai;
waids brobar aibbau Bwistar in
nist gabi-

baim swaleikaim. abban in ga-

gahobeinais izwaraizoe.
wairbja la]>oda uns gu]>.
(> batub ])an qiba gakunnands,
16 Ira nuk kannt, qino, ei
ni l)i hairjai.
abanganasjis? aibbau hm kannt,
7 i]> wiljan allans mans wisan
sue mik silhan; akei lrarjizuh guma,batei q<
beina ganasjais? <i

swesa giba habaib fram guba, 17 ni ei hrarjammeh swaswe

Minis ewa, sunisiih BWa. gadailida gub, ainlrarjatoh swa-
8 abban qiba baim unqenidam swe galaboda gab, swa gaggai.
jah widnwom, gob ist im. jabai jah swa in allaim aikklesjom
sind swo ik; anabiuda.
(
.) gahabaina sik.
i]> jabai ni 18 bimaitans galabods warb
Iiugandau; batizo ist auk Liugan Iras, ni ufrakiai: mib fnurafilljn
]>;iu int andnan. galabobs war)' Iras, ni bimaitai.

11. ni]>)>fiu fniliulriks; above the line.

VTT, 11. unliugaidai; Heyne writes anliogaida. — . qino; qinon in . gar
naejie; Heyne writes ganasjais.
 I Corinthians VII. VIII. IX. 127

19 bata, bimait ni waihts ist, liuge stada anakumbjandan, niu

jah bata faurafilli ni waihts ist, mibwissei is siukis wisandins
ak fastubnja anabusne gubs. timrjada du galiugagudam ga-
20 luarjizuh iu labonai ]>izaiei salib mat an? j

labobs was, in bizai sijai. 11 fraqistuib auk sa unmah-

21 skalks gala]>obs wast, ni teiga ana beinamma witubnja,
karos, akei bauhjabai magt freis brobar in bizei Xristus gaswalt.
wairban, mais brukei. 12 swa]? ban frawaurkjandans
22 saei auk in fraujin haitans wibra brobruns, slahandans ize
ist skalks, fralets fraujins ist; gahugd siuka, du Xristau fra-
samaleiko saei freis haitada, waurkeib.
skalks ist Xristaus. 13 dub]?e jabai mats gamar-
23 wairba galaubamma us- zei]? matja mimz aiw,
bro]?ar, ni
bauhtai siju]?; ni wair]?aib skal- ei ni gamarzjau bro]?ar meinana.
kos mannam.
24 luarjizuh in Jmrnmei atla- Chapter IX.
]?obs was, brobrjus, in bamma 1 Niu im apaustaulus? niu im
gastandai at guba. niu Iesu Xristu fraujan freis?
25 abban bi maujos anabusn unsarana salu? niu waurstw mei-
fraujins ni haba, ib ragin giba nata jus sijub in fraujin?
swe gaarmaibs fram fraujin du 2 jabai anbaraim ni im apau-
triggws wisan. staulus, aib]?au izwis im; unte
26 man nu bata go]? wisan in sigljo meinaizos apaustauleins
bizos andwairbons ]>aurftais, ba- jus sijub.
mann swa wisan.
tei go]? ist 3 meina andahafts wibra ]?ans
27 gabundans is qenai, ni sokei mik ussokjandans bat' ist.
lausjan; galausibs is qenai, ni 4 ibai ni habam waldufni mat^
sokei qen. jan jah drigkan?
28 a]?]?an jabai nimis qen, ni 5 ibai ni habam waldufni swi-
frawaurhtes, jab jabai liugada star qinon bitiuhan, swaswe bai
mawi, ni frawaurhta; ib aglon anbarai apaustauleis jah brobr-
leikis gastaldand ]>o swaleika, ib jus fraujius jah Kefas?
ik izwis freidja. . . 6 bau ainzu ik jah Barnabas
ni habos waldufni du ni waurkj an?
Chapter VIII. 7 bras drauhtinob swesaim an-
9 . . . wairbai ]?aim unniahtei- nom luan? hras satjib weinatri-
gam. wa jah akran bize ni matjai?
10 jabai auk bras gasailuib luas haldib awebi jah miluks ]?is
]mk bana habandan kunbi in ga- awebjis ni matjai?

19. ni waihts (the first); ni waiht ni waihts in A.

VIII, 11. pizei; pize in A.

IX, 1. Xristu; Xristau in A. — 7. matjai in the margin.
128 Coriuthians IX. .
8 ibai bi mannan ]>ata qiba, du unwissamma. swa jiuka, ni
ai]>])au jah witob ]>ata qi}?ib? swe luftu bliggwands
9 in witoda auk Mosezis game- 27 ak leik mein wlizja jah ana-
li]> is1 ni faurmuljais auhsan ]>ri- biwa, ibai anbaraim merjands
:

ekandan, ni batei l>i auhsans silba uskusans wairbau. . . .

1
(
.) ( inanagizans «ragei- Chapter X.
gaidedjau. Ni wiljau izwis unwitans, 1
20 jah war]' ludaium swe Ju- brobrjus, batei attans unsarai
daius, ei Judaiuns gageigaided- allai uf niillnnin wesun, jah allai
jau; bairn uf witoda swe uf wi- marein bairhiddjedun,
toda, ni wisands silba uf witoda. 2 jah allai in Mose daupidai
ak uf anstai, ei bans uf witoda wesun in milhmin jah in marein,
gageigaidedjau 3 jah allai bana saman mat
21 baini witodalausam swe ahmeinan niatidedun. wi-
todalaus, ni wisands witodis laus 4 jah bata samo dragk alnnei-
gubs, ak inwitobs Xristaus, ei no drugknn. . . .

gageigau witodalausans. 15 ... daim qi]m: domeib jus

22 wasbaim unmahteigara swe batei qiba.
1() stdkls biubiqissais banei ga-
unmahteigs, ei unmahteigans ga-
uiu gamaindubs blobis
geigaidedjau; allaim was all, ei weiham,
Iraiwa sunians ganasjau. fraujins ist? hlaifs banei brikam,

2' batub ban tauja

niu gamaindubs leikis fraujins
aiwag-
in
ist ?
geljis, ei gadaila is wairbau.
17 ante ains hlaifs. ain leik ]>ai
2 1 niu witub batei bai inspaurd
managans sinm, ]?aiei auk allai
riiinandans allai rinnand. i)> ains
ainis hlaibis jah ainis siiklis
nimib sigislaun? swa rinnaib ei
brukjam.
garinnaib. 18 saihrib Israel bi leika: niu
25 hrazuh eaei haifstjan sni- ]>ai matjandans hunsla gamain-
i]»

wi)>. allis sik gabarbaib, abban jandans hunslastada Bind?

eis ei riurjana waip nimaina, i|> 19 Ira nu qibam? batei ]>o
weis unriurjana. galiugaguda Ira sijaina, aibbau
26 abban ik mi swa rinna, ni ]>atei gab'ugam saljada lira sijai?

'.). auhsan ]>i-isk;iiidaii ; in the margin : (ni )'aur\vai]ijai)s muii] » a(nlisin) ]>r(is-
kaiidin). according to I Tim. V. 18. auhsans; auheunna in A. T.i. gageigai- —
dedjau; in the margin gastaietaldjau. —
20. gageigaidedjau (twice); .1 has gar
geigaidau tor the first, gageiggaidedjaii for the second {as in 22). 21. gageigau; —
eiggauioA, in the margin gawandidedjau. According to thia gloss we might
expect gageigaidedjau. 22. Iraiwa — in tin- margin wafla. 24. epaurd; spraud
;
—
in .1. — 25. gaparbaip; .1 has gaparbip. — 26. anwiseamma; unwfsamma in A.

Some editors insert ewe before tin (>< » .

X. I. wiljau; Heyne writes wiljau auk ( {\, — 1~>. daim; remains

offrodaim.
 1 Corinthians . XI. 129

20 [ni batei bo galiugaguda 31 jab];>e nu matjai]? ja]']?e

waihts sijaina] ak batei saljand drigkai]? ja]>be hra taujij?, allata
biudos, skohslam saljand, jan ni du wulbau gubs taujaib.
guba; ni wiljau auk izwis skohs- 32 unufbrikandans sijai]? jah
lam gadailans wairban. Iudaium jah biudom jah aikkles-
21 ni magubstikl fraujins drig- jon gubs,
kan jah stikl skohsle; ni magub 33 swaswe ik allaim all leika,
biudis fraujins fairaihan jab biu-
ni sokjands ]?atei mis bruk sijai,
dis skohsle.
ak ]?atei baim managam, ei ga-
22 bau inaljanom fraujin? ibai nisaina.
swinbozans imma sium?
23 all binah, akei ni all daug; Chapter XI.
all mis binauht ist, akei ni all
1 Galeikondans meinai wair-
timreib.
swaswe ik Xristaus.
]>aib,
24 ni ainshun sein sokjai, ak
2 hazjub ban izwis, brobrjus,
an]:>aris lvarjizuh.
bei allata mein gamunandans si-
25 all batei at skiljam frabug-
ju]? jas swaswe anafalh izwis,
jaidau, matjaib, ni waiht and-
anabusnins gafastaib.
hruskandans in mibwisseins;
26 fraujins ist
3 Wiljau]? ban izwis witan ]>a-
auk airba jah
tei allaize abne haubi]? Xristus
fullo izos.
27 ib jabai hras la]?o izwis ]?ize ist, ib haubib qinons aba, i]>
ungalaubjandane jah Avileib gag- haubi]? Xristaus gu]>.
gan, all batei faurlagjaidau iz- 4 lrrazuh abne bidjands ai]>]>au
wis, matjaib, ni Avaiht andsitan- praufetjands gahulidamma hau-
dans bi gahugdai. bida gaaiwiskob haubi]? sein.
28 ib jabai luas qi]?ai ]?atei 5 ib qinono bidjandei aib-
galiugam gasalib ist, ni matjai]? ]?au praufetjandei andhulidam-
in jainis bis bandwjandins jah ma haubida gaaiwisko]? haubi]>
]mhtaus. fraujins ist auk airba sein; ain auk ist jah bata samo
jah fullo izos. biskabanon. pizai
29 bjuhtub ban qiba ni silbins, 6 unte jabai ni huljai sik qino,
ak anbaris. dulr/e auk frijei mei- skabaidau; ib jabai agl ist qinon
na stojada }?airh ungalaubjan- du kapillon aibbau skaban, ga-
dins buhtu? huljai. . . .

30 jabai ik anstai andnima, 21 . . ma du mat-

faursniwi]?
dulre anaqibaidau in bizei ik jan, jah ban sums gredags, sum-
awiliudo? ban drngkans ist.

20. ni batei galiugaguda waihts sijaina; originally a marginal gloss, accor-

]>o
ding to a variant of Greek and Latin manuscripts to 10. 22. fraujin, probably —
misspelt for iraujan. —
8. buhtaus; so Heyne, buhtu in A. auk above the line.
— 30. andnima; in the margin brukja. bizei; bize in A.
XI, 21. ma; remains of sein amm a.
9
130 I Corinthians XI. XII.

22 ibai auk gardins ui habai]» 31 i|> jabai silbans una staui-

du mat] an jab. drigkan? ban dedeima, ni ban. . . .

aikklesjon gu)>s frakunnub, jafa

gaaiwiakob )>ans unhabanrtans? Chapter XII.

Ira qijmu izwis? hazjau izwis? 10 . . . sumammuh skeireins
in bamma ni hazja. razdo.
23 unte ik andnam atfrauiin. 11 )>atubban waurkei)> aina all

]>atei jah anafalh izwis. }>atei jah sa sania ahma, dailei)> sun-
frauja Iesus in naht gale- dro hrarjammeh swaswe wili.
]>izaiei

wibe wee, nam hlaif 12 swe leik raihtis ain ist, i)>
24 jafa nwiliudonds gabrakjah libuns habai)> managans, baib
qa]>: nimib matjib, )>ata i.st leik |>an libjua allai us leika bamma
mein bata in izwara gabrukano; ainamma. managai wiaandana,
bata waurkjaib du meinai ga- ain ist leik, swa jah Xristus:
mnndai. 13 jah auk in ainamma ahmin
25 Swah samaleiko jab stikl weis allai du ainamma leika dau-
afarnalitamat.(ji)>auds: ea stikls pidai sium. jabbe Judaieie ja]>)><»
so niujo triggwa ist in meinam- bindoa, ja]>be skalkos jabbe fri-
ma bloba; ]>ata waurkjaib, swa jai, jah allai ainamma ahmin
lift a ewe drigkaib, du meinai ga- dragkidai sijum.

mnndai. 14 jah ban leik nist ains lijnis

2G sua ufta auk ewe matjaib ak managai.
bana blaif jab bana stikl drig- 15 jabai <]i]>ai fotus batei ni
kai)>. daujni fraujins gakannjai]\ im handus, ni im bia leikis, nih
ante qimai. at bamma leika, nist us bamma
27 eiban lrazuh saei matjib leika?
bana hlaif aibbau drigkai bana 16 jabai qibai auso ]>atei ni
stikl fraujins onwairbaba, frau- im a ago. ni im bia leikia, ni at
jins skula wairbib leikis jah blo- bamma leika. nist us bamma
bia fraujins. leika?
28 abban gakiusai sik silbnn 17 jabai all leik augo, bar
manna, jafa sua big hlaibis mat- hliuina? jabai all hliuma, Irar
jai jab bia stiklis drigkai: da nns?
2U saei auk matjib jafa drigkib 18 ib nu gub gasatida libuns
onwairbaba, staua sis sflbin inat- ainlrarianoh 120 in leika, swaswe
ji]' (jah drigkib) ni domjande wilda.
leik Fraujins li) i]> weaeina ]>o alia ains li-

80 du]»)>o in izwis managed siu- bua, l»*ai• leik?

kai jah unhailai jag gaslepand 20 ib nu managai li]>jus, i]>

ganohai. ain leik.

.ink: ;tli>>\i• tin• Inn•. — .'<:. <l.in)>u: d.- ]

>:i u ;//.!. — 29. jiili «lri<jrki]>; want-
ing in A.
 I Corinthians XII. XIII. XIV 131

21 ni]> ban mag augo qiban 11 ban was niuklahs, swe niu-
du handau: ]?eina ni barf, aibbau klahs rodida, swe niuklahs irop,
aftra haubi]> du fotum: iggqara swe niuklahs mitoda; bi)>e warb
ni pari. wair, barniskeins aflagida.
22 ak mais filu ]?aiei 12 saihjam nu bairh skuggwan
bugkjand
li]u\ve leikis lasiwostai wisan, in frisahtai, ib ban andwairbi
baurftai sind. . . wibra andwairbi. nu wait us dai-
Chapter XIII. lai, ban ufkunna. . . .

1 . . . aibbau klismo klismjan- Chapter XIV.

dei. 20 . . . baraiskai sijaib, akei
2 jah jabai habau praufetjans, frabjam fullaweisai sijaib.
jah witjaU allaize runos jah all 21 in witoda gamelib ist batei
kunbi, jah habau alia galaubein, in anbaraim razdom jah wairi-
swaswe fairgunja mibsatjau, ib lom anbaraim rodja managein
friabwa ni habau, ni waihts im. bizai, jan ni swa andhausjand
3 jah jabai fraatjau alios aih- mis, qibib frauja.
tins meinos, jah jabai atgibau 22 swaei nu razdos du band-
leik mein ei gabrannjaidau, ib wai sind, ni bairn galaubjandam,
friabwa (ni) habau, ni waiht bo- ak baim ungalaubjandam, ib
tos mis taujau. praufetja ni baim ungalaubjan-
4 friabwa usbeisneiga ist, sels dam, ak baim galaubjandam.
ist; friabwa ni aljanob, friabwa 23 jabai gaqimib alia aikklesjo
ni flauteib, ni ufblesada. samana jah rod j and razdom
5 ni aiwisko]?, ni sokeib sein allai, atub-ban-gaggand inn jah
ain, ni ingramjada, nih mitob unweisai aibbau ungalaubjan-
ubil, dans, niu qiband batei dwalmo]??
6 nih faginob inwindibai, mib- 24 ib jabai allai praufetjand,
faginob sunjai; ib innatgaggai luas ungalaub-
7 allata bulaib, allata galau- jands aibbau unweis, gasakada
beib, all weneib, all gabeidib. fram allaim, ussokjada fram al-
8 friabwa aiw ni gadriusib; ib laim,
jabbe praufetja, gatairanda, 25 bo analaugnjona hairtins
ja]?be razdos, gameiland, jabbe is swikunba wairband, banuh
kunbi, gataurnib. driusands ana andawleizn inwei-
9 suman kunnum jah suman ti]? gub, gateihands batei bi sun-
praufetjam. jai gub in izwis ist.
10 bibe qimib batei ustauhan 26 Ha nu ist, brobrjus, ban

.
ist, gataurnib ]?ata us dailai. samab garinnaib? hrarjizuh iz-

XIII, 3. ei gabrannjaidau; in themargin ei hrobau, according to the reading

ha ni habau; wanting in A.
ni is —
5. ni sokeib sein ain; in the

,
margin ni aljanob sein
21. batei in ;
ain. — 12. dailai ban: Massmann writes dailai ib ban.
in the margin ei in.
132 I Corinthians XIV. XV.

vrara pealmon
habai]\ laisein 9 ik auk ini sa smalista apau-
habaib, andhulein habaib, razda staule, ikei ni im wairbs ei hai-
habaib, skeirein habaib; allata taidan apaustaulus.dube eiwrak
da timreinai wairbai. aikklesjon gu]>s
27 ja]>]>e razdai Iras rodjai, bi 10 gnbs im saei
a]>]>an anstai
twane aib]>au maiet brine, jah im, jas so ansts is in mis halka
ni war]', ak managizo im allaim
Chapter XV. arbaidida jah usaiwida, a]>]>an
1 Abban kannja izwis, bro]>r- ni ik ak ansts gups mi]» mis.
ius, batei niwaggeli ]>atei merida 11 i]> ja]>]>e ik jabbe jainai,
izwis, ]»atuh jah andnemu]>, iu swa men am jah swa galaubide-
bammei jah standi]', dub.
2 bairh ]>atei jah ganisi]>, in 12 ]>ande nu Xristus merjada
lro saubo wailamerida izwis sku- ]>atei urrais us danbaim, lraiwa
]u]> gamnnan, niba sware galau- qiband enmai in izwis batei us-
bidedub. stass danbaim nist?
3 atgai auk izwis in frumist- 13 i]> jabai nestase daubaim
jam. batei andnani, ei Xristus nist, nih Xristus urrais.
gaswalt faur frawuurhtins unsa- 14 abban jabai Xristus ni ur-
ros afar bokom, rais. sware ban jas so mereina
4 jah batei ganawistrobs was. unsara. jah so galaubeins mi-
jab ]>atei urrais ]>iidjin daga sara lausa.
afar bokom, L5 bib-ban-gitanda gahnga-
jah l>atci ataugids ist Kefin. weitwods gubs, nnte weitwodide-
.")

jah afar bata baim ainlibim. dum bi gu]> batei nrraieida Xri-
6 babroh gasairoans ist mana- stu. ]>anei ni nrraieida.
gizam ]'au [fiiuf liundain] taihun 1(3 jah jabai auk daubans ni

tewjam brobre suns, bizeei bai urreisand, nih Xristus urrais.

inanagistans Bind and hita, en- 17 l\> jabai Xristus ni urrais,
maib baa gasaizlepun. sware jah so galaubeins izuara
7 babroh baa atangida sik Ia- ist, jan nauli siju]) in frawaurh-
koban, babrobbaa apaustanlnm tim izwaraim,
allaini. bannn jab bai gaslepandans 1

8 i]> sjx'distainina allaize BWa- in Xristau fraqistnodedun.

Bwe oswanrpai atangida sik jah 10 jabai in ]uzailibainai [aiuai]
mis. in Xristau wenjandane sijnm ba-

26. razda habaib ekeirein babaib; the copyist bad transposed the two chiuaee,
which In- corrected by putting a over rasda, and b over ekeirein. .1 has ekerein
instead of ekeirein.
I'. '•'.
fimf (.1 baa (if) liundain : originally .•? gloss eerving to explain tailiun
tewjam. — 19, ainai; added according to the reading of La-tin nianuBcrtyts, which
bere ba e taotnm ('.'): cp. Mk. 17. 8\ or aiuai is mere erroneous repetition of the
,•»

in,» preceding syllables {Heyne).

 I Corinthians XV. 133

tainei, armostai sium daubans ni urreisand,

allaize bai allis
xnanne. duhre bau daupjand faur ins?
20 ib nu [bande] Xristus ur- 30 dutce bau weis bireikjai si-
rais us daubaim, anastodeins jum lreilo lroh,
gaslepandane waurbans. 31 daga mammeh gaswiltan-
21 unte auk bairh mannan dans in izwaraizos liroftuljos,
daubus, jah b#irh mannan us- brobrjus, boei haba in Xristau
stass daubaize. Iesu fraujin unsaramma?
22 unte swaswe in Adama allai 32 jabai bi mannan du diuzam
gadaubnand, swah in Xristau waih in Aifaison, lro mis boto,
allai gaqiunand. jabai daubans ni urreisand?
23 abban lirarjizuh in seinai mat jam jah drigkam, unte du
tewai: anastodeins Xristus, ]>a- maurgina gaswiltam.
bro]? ]?an ]?ai Xristaus [baiei] in 33 ni afairzjaindau; riurjand
quma is, sidu godana gawaurdja ubila.
24 ]>abrob ]?an andeis, pan 34 usskawjib izwis garaihtaba
anafilhib biudinassu gulp a, jah jan ni frawaurkjaid; unkunju
attin, ]?an gatairi]? all reikjis jah gubs sumai haband. du aiwiskja
waldufnjis jah mahtais. izwis rodja.

25 skal auk is biudanon, und 35 akei qibi]? sums: luaiwa ur-

reisand daubans? ....
]?atei galagjib gup allans fijands
is uf fotuns imma.
4G ahmeino.
. . . .

47 sa fruma manna us air]?ai

20 alluh auk ufhnaiwida uf fo-
muldeins, sa anbar manna, frau-
tuus imma. aftumista fijands ga-
ja, us himina.
tairada dau]uis.
48 luileiks sa muldeina, swalei-
27 ib bi]>e qi]>i]>: alia ufhnai- kai jah bai muldeinans, lrileiks
wida sind, bairht ]?atei inu ]?ana sa ufarhiminakunda, swaleikai
izei ufhnaiwida uf ina ]>o alia;
jah }>ai ufarhiminakundans
28 panuh bi]?e alia gakunnun 49 jah swaswe berum manlei-
sik faura imma, ]>anub ]?an is kan ])is air]?einins, bairaima jah
silba sunus gakann sik faura frisaht bis himinakundins.
bamma ufhnaiwjandin uf ina ]?o 50 bata auk qiba, brobrjus,
alia, ei sijai gub alia in allaim.
jah bio]? biudinassu gubs
]?ei leik
29 aibbau hra waurkjand bai ganiman ni magun, nih riurei
daupjandans faur daubans? ja- unriureins arbjo wairbib.

20. bande; added according to the Latin reading for vDv). — 23. baiei;

-
(si

according to tlw reading of some Latin manuscripts (qui crediderunt)? Or . . .

ol iv

faded.
rfj

— 33.
-)
was wenidedun omitted at the close of the verse, i. e. after is (Greek reading:

riurjand; in the
? — 27.
margin frawardjaud.
izei ; ize in A.
— 34.
—
usskawjib;
32. matjam jam
;

aw is faded.
is

— 4S. With hrileiks (the second) begins. — 49. nianleikan in B, mannleikau in

A. — bairaiina in A, svva bairaima in B.
 134 I Corinthians XV. XVI.

51 sai runa izwis qiba: allai 2 ainlrarjanoh sabbate lvarji-

auk ni gayviltam, i]> allai in- zuh izwara frani sis silbiu lagiai
maidjanda huhjands ]>atei wDi, ei ni bi}>e
52 suns, in bralra angina, in qiman ban gabaur wairbai.
epedistin buthanrna, bnthaur- 3 a]>]>an bij>e qima, banzei ga-
nei)> auk. jah dau]>aus usstan- kiusi]> ]>airh bokos, bans sandja
dand unriunai, jah weisinmaid- briggan anst izwara in Iairusa-
janda. lem;
~>' skuld ist auk ]>ata riurjo 4 jah ban jabai ist mis wair]>
gahamon unriurein jah ]>ata di- galeij?an, galeij>and mij> mis.
wano gahamon undiwanein. 5 a]?]?an qima at izwis. ]>an
54 bauu]> ]';in ]>ata diwano Makidonja usleiba Makidonja !
;

gawaejada undiwanein, banuh auk bairhgagga.

wairbib waurd bata gamelido, 6 ib at izwis waitei salja ai]>-
ufsagqi]\s war]? daujms in sigis. ]?au jah wintrn wisa, ei jus mik
55 hrar ist gazds beina, danbn? gaeandjaib ]>islraduh bei ik
Ira i•
ist sigis bein, halja? wrato.
56 abban gazds danbana 7 ni wiljan auk izwis mi ]>airh- fra-
wauihts. ib nialits frawaurhtais leibanda sailran; unte wenja mik
witob. luo lreilo saljan at izwis. jabai
57 i]> guba a\viliu]>. izei gai un- frauja fraletib.
sis sigis ]>aiili fraujan unsarana 8 wisuh ban in Aifaisou und
lesu Xristu. paintekuaten;
Blaifctjo 58 Swaei brobrjna meinai nil,
i) haurds auk mis usluknoda
liubana, 1 ulgjai wairbaib angawa- mikila jah wanrstweiga, jah an-
gidai, ofarfuUjandana in waurat- daatabjoe managai.
\\a fraujins einteino, witandana 10 abban jabai qimai Teimau-
batei arbaiba izwara nist lanea baina, saihrib ei nnagande sijai
in fiaujiu. at izwis: unte waurstw fraujius
wanrkeib ewaawe jah ik.
Chapter XVI. 11 ni luashun innua frakunni.
1 IJ) bi gabanrbata bairn wei- iji inaandjaib iua in gawairbja,
ham, swaewe garaidida aikklea- ei qimai at mis; usbeida auk iua
jom Galatie, swa jah jus taujib. mib brobrum.

.',:{. skuld ist auk II. skuld /'// ;uik ist in A. — .',4. ]>anu]> )>an )\it.i diwano ga-
waejada undiwanein; wanting in II. obagqiJiB in A, oiaaggajpe in It. — •* awiliuj>
/// awilind in B.
.1. i/.«i in It, iz<• in .1. sigis; in the margin of tin• gloea einu.
Xrietn; Xristau in .1. — 68. weirpai\> in B, wajrpip- in A.
XVI, 1. (ialati»' m A. (Jalatiais ;/; //. jus; ;"// A nhovc thi> Urn•, tnuji)' in A.
tauj;ii)> husdjands; eo emends Lobe, which is probably correct, though A and
;'// //.

IS have Imlnuuds. lagjai in A. tuujai /// .7. auk A, wanting in H. . )vi .— —

;// .t, |'•• ;'// It. — 7. wenja in B, wenjan in A. — 9. wienh )»an B, \visn|' pan in A.
;'/;

— ]<>. s;iih-i)> ;'/;

, sail\-ai)> in B. onagandfl in B, unagans in A; cp. Phil. I. 14. —
//. Alter frakanni .1 breaks off.
 Corinthians XVI. 135

12 appan bi Apaullon bana 19 goljand izwis aikklesjons

brobar bandwja izwis batei filu Asiais. goleib izwis in fraujin
ina bad ei is qemi at izwis mib filu Akyla jah Priska mib ingard-
brobrum jah aufto ni was wilja jon seinai aikklesjon, at }iaimei
;

ei nu qemi, ib qimib, bi]?e uhtiug. jah salja.

13 wakaib stand aid uh in ga- 20 (goljand izwis brobrjus al-

laubeinai, wairaleiko taujai}>, lai.) goleib izwis misso in frijo-
gabwastidai sijaib. nai weihai.
14 allata izwar in friabwai 21 goleins meinai hanclau
wairbai. Pawlaus.
15 bidja izwis, brobrjus; witub
22 jabai luas ni fi'ijo]? fraujan
gard Staifanaus, batei sind ana-
Iesu Xristu, anabaima. maran
stodeins Akai'je jah du andbaht-
aba.
jabaim weiham gasatidedun sik;
23 ansts fraujins Iesuis mi|>
16 ei nu jah jus ufhausjaib
izwis.
]>aim svvaleikaim jah allaim bairn
gawaurstwam jah arbaidjandam. 24 frijabwa meina mi}? allaim

17 abban fagino in qumis Stai- izwis in Xristau Iesu. amen.

fanaus jah Faurtunataus jah Du Kaurinbium ustauh. du
a.
Akaikaus, unte izwarana wani- Kaurinbium frumei melida ist us
nassu ]>ai usfullidedun Filippai, swe qebun sumai, i|>
18 ga]?rafstidedun auk jahmei- uiais bugkei]? bi apau-
silbins
nana ahman jah izwarana. uf- staulaus insahtai melida wisan
kunnai]> nu ]?ans swaleikans. us Asiai.

IS. izwarana; izwana in B. — 20. goljand izwis brobrjus allai; wanting in

B. — 21. Pawlaus; Pa wins in B. — 28. with ansts A begins again. —
24. fri-
jabwa in , friabwa in B. the subscription occurs in A only, frumei; frame
in A. silbins; silbous in A.
 ) Kauriii]>ium an]>ara (lustoueiJ>.

Chapteb I. G a]>]?an jaj^]?e ]?reihanda, in

izwaraizos ga]>lailitais jah nasei-
1 Pawlus apaustaulus Iesuis
nais Jnzos waurstweigons in sti-
Xristaus J>airh wiljan gu]?s jah
\vitja ]>izo sainono ]uilaine ]>ozei
TeimauJ^aius broJ»ar aikklesjon
jah weis winnam, jah wens un-
gu]?s I'i/.ai wisandein in Kaurin-
|)()ii ini]> allaim ]>aim weihani
sara gatulgida faur izwis: ja]>]>e
gajTrafstjanda, in izwaraizos ga-
I'aim wisandam in allai Akanai.
]»lailitais jah naseinais,
2 ansts izwis jah gawairj?ifram
7 witandans j>at<>i swaswe o-n-
gu]?a attin unsaramma jah firau-
dailans ]>ulaine siju]>. jah ga-
jin lesu Xristau.
|>laili1ais wair]>i]>.
a •*{
I>iu]'i]i.s <>'u)> jah atta frau-
l

8 unte ni wileima izwis unwei-

iins unearis [esuis Xristaus, atta sans,
broJ?rjus, bi aglon unsara
l)lci]'t ino jah g\i\> allaizo ga- ]»o
i

waurjmnon uns in Asiai, unte

|>laihii'.
ufaraesau kauridai wesum ufar
4 sa<-i «ra|>rafstida uns ana maht, swaswe afswaggwidai vve-
allai aglon nnsarai, ei mageima seima jah liban
weis <:a]>rafs1 jan |'ans in allaim i) akfi silbans in uns silbam
aglom | >a irli |>o ga]?laiht Jnzaiei andahaft dau]>aus habaidedum,
ga]?rafstidai sijum silbans fram ei ni sijairria trauandans du uns
.iiiij'a. silbam, ak du gu)?a ]>annna ur-
5 ante swaswe ufarassus ist raisjandin dnu]»ans.
|?ulaine Xristaus in uns. sua jah 10 izei us ewaleikaim dan]>uni
|>aiih Xristu afar filu ist jah ga- uns galausida jah galausei]?, dn
|>rafsteins unsara. |?ammei wenidedum ei galausei}?,

The second Epistle to the Corinthians incomplete in ; has 1. 8—IV, 10. V,

1—IX, 7. XII, l-.Xlll. 18.

Superscription: Kaarin^inm; K;uirin|>;iiiini II; cp. the end of the epistle. ;'//

has K;iunii|>ium throughout; ih<• same reading occurs in B, VI, 11; <]>. Col. TV,
/.•/, note.
I. 8. \\ ith swiiswc .1 itegins. afswaggwidai weeeima in A, ekamaidedeima uue
/// B, and has ekamaidedeima /'// tlte margin, jah liban in It. jaljiban in A. —
 ]f Corinthians I. II. 137

11 at hilpandam jali izwis bi stus, saei in izwis bairh uns mer-

uus bidai, ei in managamma jada, bairh mik jah Silbanu jak
andwair)>ja so in uns giba bairh Teimaubaiu, ni warb ja jah ne,
managans awiliudodau faur uns. ak ja in imma warp.
12 unte moftuli unsara so ist, 20 h*aiwa managa gahaita
Aveitwodei ini)nvisseins unsarai- gubs, in imma bata ja, dub]>e
zos ]?atei in ainfal]?ein jah hlu- jah bairh ina amen guba du wul-
trein gubs, ni in handugein lei- bau bairh uns.
keinai, ak in anstai gubs usme- 21 abban sa gabwastjands uns
tum in ]?amma fairmau, ib ufar- mi]? izwis in Xristau jah sal-
assau at izwis. bonds uns gub,
13 unte ni alja meljam izwis, 22 jah sigljands uns jah gi-
alja ]?oei anakunnai]? aibbau jah bands wadi ahman in hairtona
ufkunnaib; a]>]?an wenja ei und unsara.
audi ufkunnai]?, 23 abban ik weitwod gu]> ana-
14 swaswe gakunnaidedub uns haita ana meinai saiwalai, ei
bi sumata, unte luoftuli izwara freidjands izwara banasei]?s ni
sijum, swaswe jah jus unsara in qam in Kaurin]?on.
daga fraujins Iesuis [Xristaus]. 24 ni ]?atei fraujinoma izwarai
b— 2 15 Jah trauainai Avilda galaubeinai, ak gawaurstwans
bizal•
faurbis qiman at izwis, ei anbara sijum anstais izwaraizos; unte
anst habaidedei]?, galaubeinai gastobub.
16 jah ]>airh izwis galei]?an in Chapter II.
Makaidonja, jah aftra af Makai- 1 Abban gastauida ]?ata silbo
donjai qiman at izwis jah fram at mis, ei aftra in saurgai ni qi-
izwis gasandjan mik in Iudaia. mau at izwis.
17 batub ]?an nu mitouds ibai 2 unte jabai ik gaurja izwis,
aufto leihtis bruhta? aib]?au ]?a- jah luas ist saei gailjai mik, ni-
tei mito bi leika bagkjau, ei sijai bai sa gaurida us mis?
at mis ]>ata ja ja jah ]?ata ne ne? 3 jah ]>ata silbo gamelida iz-
18 a]>]?an triggws gub ei ]>ata wis, ei qimands saurga ni habau

waurd unsar ]?ata du izwis nist fram ]?aimei skulda faginon, ga-
ja jah ne. trauands in allaim izwis ]>atei
19 unte gu]?s sunus Iesus Xri- meina fahe]?s allaize izwara ist.

11. in (the second); in A above the line. — 12. usmetum in A, usmeitum in B. —

14. Iesuis in A, Iesuis Xristaus in B. — Id. jah bairh in B, ja]> bairh in A. Makai-
donja Makaidonjai in A, Makidonja, Makidonjai in B; cp. II, 13. VII, 5. —
17. —
ei sijai in A, ei ni sijai in B. 18. jah ne in B, jan lie in A. —
19. merjada in A,
Availamerjada in B. Teimaubaiu in B, Teimaibaiu in A. ni in A, nih in B. jah ne
in II, jan lie in A. — 20. jah bairh in B, ja]? bairh in A. —
21. uns in A, unsis in H.
salbonds in B, salbonsd in A. — 24. fraujinoma in A, fraujonia in B.
II, 2. jabai ; in A above the line, nibai in B, niba in A. mis; the s is added in
A under the line. — 3. jah bata in B, jab bata in A. fahebs in A, faheds in B. —
 188 II Corinthians II. III.

4 a)i)?an us managai aglon jah meinamma

in ]>ammei ni bigat
aggwibai gamelida
liairtinsTeitaun brobar ineinana. ak izwis
bairh managa tagra, ni beeij twisstandands im galai)> iu Ma-
eaurgaib, ak ei frijajnva kunneib kaidonja.
boei haba ufaraseau du izwis. 14 a)>ban gu]>a awiliu]> bam-
5 al>)>au jabai Iras gaurida, ni ma sinteino ustaiknjandin hro-
mik gaurida, ak bi sumata, ei ui J?eigans uns in Xristau jah daun
anakaurjau, allans izwis. kunbjis seinis gabairhtjandin
(5 ganah bamma swaleikamma ]?airh uns in allaim stadim
andabeit bata fram managizam, 15 unte Xristaus dauus sijum
7 swaei ]>ata andaneibo izwis wobi guba in bairn gauisaudam
inais Fragiban jah gablaihan, jah in bairn fraqistnandam.
ibai aufto managizein saurgai 10 suniaim auk dauns us dau-
gaeiggqai sa swaleiks. I'iiu du daubau, sumaimub ban
8 inuh bis bidja izwis tulgjan dauns us libainai du libainai.
in ininia fria]>wa. jah du bamma Iras wadrbs?
1) dubbe gamelida, ei ufkunnau 17 unte ni sium swe suinai
kustu izwarana, sijaidu in allam- maidjandans waurd gabs, ak us
ma ufhausjandans. hlutribai, ak swaswe us guba in
10 abban bammei Ira fragibib, andwairbja gubs iu Xristau rod-
jah ik; jah ban ik jabai Ira fra- jam.
gaf, fragaf in izwara in and-
wairbja Xristaus, Chapter III.
11 ni gaaiginondau fram
<>i 1 Duginnam aftra uns silbans
satanin; nut•' ni eijum nuwitan- anafillian? aibbau ibai baurbum
diins niunins is. swe sumai auafilhis boko du iz-
g=3 12 Abban qimands in Traua- wis aibbau us izwis auafilhis?
dai aiwaggeljoD Xristaus, jah
in 2 aipistaule unsara jus siu]>,
;it haunhii mis uslukanai in frau- gamelida in hairtam unsaraim.
iin. kunba jah anakunnaida fram
13 oihabaida gabjeilain ahmiu allaim mannam.

-/. Irijapwa in A. iriapwa in B. —

.7. \A eumata in .1. bi sum aJn in B. G. anda-—
beit in B. ondabei in A. — 7. jah gaplaiban in B. jag gaplaihan in A. —
8. inuh |>is
/;; B, i mi]» |>is in .1. — 10. fragaf [twice) in//. gaaiginondau;
.1, Eragiba in B. —
in tin- margin A baa ui gaiaibondau. — 12. in aiwaggeljoa in B, in aiwaggeljone in
.1. probably according ton Latin manuscript. 18. Teitaun, tei in A above ih<>—
linr. twieetandands in A, twiatandanda in B. iminA, hnm&inB. in in ^4, in in
/"/;//. tfakaidonja in A, Makidonja in B. —
//. awiliup in .4, awillud /////. bairb
uns iu allaim stadim ;// .1, in allaim sta<lim bairh uns in B. 7.7. Xristaus; want- —
ing hi A. fraqiatnandam in tin- margin A baa fralnanandam.
; K>. auk: irani- —
ing in A. us daubau /// .1. daubaua in B. according to Greek ami Latin manu-
ecripta. jah du in it. jail du in A. —
IT. sium in A. sijuni in B. BWC is wanting in It.
III. 2. jus siu)> iii A. jusijub /// B.
 II Corinthians III. IV. 139

3 swikim]?ai ]>atei siub aipi- 12 habandans nu swaleika wen

staule Xristaus andbahtida frani managaizos balbeius brukjaima,
uns, iuna gamelida ni swartiza 13 jah ni swaswe Moses lagida
ak ahmm gups libandins, ni in hulistr ana andawleizn, dube ei
spildom staineinaim ak in spil- ni fairweitidedeina sunjus Israelis
dom hairtane leikeinaim. in andi bis gataurnandins.

Jaiktjo 4 Appan trauain swaleika ha- 14 ak afdaubnodedun frabja

bam pairh Xristu du gu}>a, ize unte und hina dag bata sa-
;

5 ni batei wairbai sijaima]}agk- mo hulistr in anakunnainai bi-

jan hm af uns silbam, swaswe af zos fairnjons triggwos wisib un-
uns silbam, ak so wairbida un- andhulib, unte in Xristau gatai-
sara us guba ist, rada;
6 izei jah wairbans brahta uns 15 akei und hina dag, mib-
andbahtans niujaizos triggwos, banei siggwada Moses, hulistr
ni bokos ak ahmins; unte boka ana hairtin ize; ligib

usqimib, ib ahma gaqiujib. 16 abban mibbanei gawandei]>

7 a]?ban jabai andbahti dau- du fraujin, afnimada bata hu-
}>aus ingameleinim gafrisahti]> listr.

in stainam warb wulbag, swaei 17 ab]>an frauja ahma ist; a]>-

ni mahtedeina sunjus Israelis ];>an barei ahma fraujins, baruh

fairweitjan du wlita Mosezis in freihals ist.
wutyaus wlitis is bis gataurnan- 18 a]?]?an weis allai andhuli-
dins, damma
andwairbja wulbu frau-
8 lvaiwa nei mais andbahti jins bairhsaihrandans bo samon
ahmins wairbai in wulbau? frisaht ingaleikonda af wulbau

9 jabai auk andbahtja wargi- in wulbu, swaswe

af fraujins

und filu mais ufarist ahmin.

]?os wul]>us,
andbahti garaihteins in wulbau.
Chapter IV.
10 unte ni was wulbag bata
Avulbago in pizai halbai in ufar- 1 Dubbe habandans ]?ata and- e=5
assaus wulpaus. bahti, swaswe gaarmaidai waur-
11 jabai auk ]>ata gataurnan- bum, ni wairbam usgrudjans,
do ]>airh wulbu, und filu mais 2 ak afstojmm bairn analaugn-
bata wisaudo in wul]?au. jam aiwiskjis, ni gaggandans in

swikunbai in A, = swikunb in B. siub in A, sijub in B. inna in B, inn in .1.

3.
swartiza in A, swartizla in B. —
5. swaswe af uns silbam; wanting in A. — 7.
mahtedeina in A, mahtededeina in B. —
9. andbahtja in A, andbahti in B. m
wulbau in A, us wulbau in B. —
IS. jah ni in B, jan ni in A. Moses in B, Mosez
in A. —
14. afdaubnodedun; in the margin A has gabliuduodedun. 17. freihals
in B, freijhals in A. — IS. in wulbu in A, in wulbau in B.
IV, 1. andbahti in B, audbahtei in A. wairbam in A, wairbaima in B, accord-
ing to Latin manuscripts.
 140 IT Corinthians IV. V.

varan gating taajandans libains Iesuis ewikunba wairbaJ

nih
waurd gn}>s, ak bairhtein sunjos. in riurjamma leika unsaiainma.
ustaiknjandans uas silbans du 12 swaei nu daa]nis in uns
allaimmi]>\visseim mauue iu aud- waurkeib, ib libains in izwis.
wairbja gu]>s. 13 habandaus nu bana saman
3 a]>]>an jabai ist gahuHda ai- ahman galaubeinaia, bi bamma
waggeljo ansara. in bairn fralus- gamelidin: galaubida, in jnzei
nandain ist gahulida, jah rodida, jah weis galaubjam.
4 in baimei gab ]>is aiwis ga- in ]'izei jah rod jam,
blindida frabja ]>ize uugalaub- 14 witandana batei sa urrais-
jandane, ei ni linhtjai im liuha- janda franjan Iesu jah unais bairh
deina aiwaggeljona wulbaua Xri- lean urraisei]* jah fauragaaatjib
stans. eaei ist frisahts gube mi)? izwis.
[ungaaaihranine]. 15 batuh ban allata in izwara.
5 abban ni uns silbans mer- ei ansts managnandei bairh ma-
jam, ak lean Xriatu franjan, i]> nagizana awiliud ufaraaajai du
uns skalkans izwarans in Iesuis. wulbau guba.
(3 ante guj* eaei qa]> nr riqiza 16 inuh jus ni wairbam us-
tiuhab skt'inan. eaei jah liuhtida grndjana, ak bauhjabai sa ntana
in hairtam unearaim du liaha- linear manna frawardjada, aib-
dein kunbjia wulbaua guba in ]>au sa innuma ananiujada daga
andwairbja Iesuis Xristaus. jah daga.
laiktjo 7 A]'|';iii habandane bata huzd 17 ante bata andwairbo h?ei-
q— '
in airbeinaim kasam, ei ufaraa- lalraiib jah leiht aglona unaarai-
sus siiai malitais gnba jah ni us zos bi ufaraeeau aiweinie wul-
nneis, baua kaurei waurkjada uneie,
in allamma braihanai akei 18 ni fairweitjandam bize ga-
ni ga&ggwidai, andbitanai akei eaibjanane ak ]>ize ungaaaitua-
ni afelaubidai, nane; ante ]>o gasailrauoua
i) wrikanai akei ni bilibanai, riurja eind, i)> ]>o ungasailra-
gadrauaidai akei ni fraqiatidai, nona aiweina.
L0 einteino daubein fraujine Ie-
suis ana leika nnearamma (bai- Chapteh V.
randana ei jah libains Iesuis ana 1 Witum auk batei jabai sa
leika ansaramma) uakunba siiai. airbeina unaar garde bizoe hlei-
11 einteino weia libandana in broa gatairada, ei gatimrjon us
daubu atgibanda in [eeuie, ei jah u]»a liahani. gard unhandu-

injoe /'//
B, sanjna in A. — 4. liuhadeina in A, liubadein in B. angasaitva-
nine / It, wanting in A; it is an arbitrary addition ; rji. Col. I, 7.7. —
nneekal•
.7.

kaufl ;'/; //. utisknlkmis in .1. — /". after unsarnni . . .1 breaks oft; the words in
parenthesis are wanting in 11. — 18. bona saman ahman : in tl»> margin — [eeo.
— 17. kiht; hreiht /'/; II: </>. I. 17. — IS. ]>iz<• {twice); bfaei in IS.

. 1. with us guba .1 begins again.

 II Corinthians V, 141

waurhtana aiweinana in bimi- mannans fullaweisjam, ib guba

n am. swilymbai sijum; a]?ban Avenja
2 unte jah in ]>amma swogat- jah in mijnvisseim izvvaraim swi-
jam, bauainai unsarai bizai us kunbans Avisan uns.
hitnina ufarhamongairnjandans, 12 Ni ei aftra uns silbans us-z=7
3 jabai swebauh jah gawasi- kannjaima izwis, ak lew giban-
dai, ni naqadai bigitaindau. dans izwis bjoftuljos fram unsis,
4 jah auk wisandans in bizai ei habaib wibra bans in and-
hleibrai swogatjamkauridai, ana wairbja bcopandans jah ni hair-
bammei ni Avileima afhamon ak tin.
anahamon, ei fraslindaidau bata 13 unte jabbe usgeisnodedum,
diwano fram libainai. guba; jabbe fullafrabjam, izwis.
5 a]']'an saei jah gamamvida 14 unte Mabwa Xristaus dis-
uns du bamma gu]?, saei jah gaf habai}> uns,
unsis wadi ahman. 15 domjandans bata, batei
6 gatrauandans nu sinteino ains faur allans gaswalt; bannu
jah Avitandans batei wisandans allai gasAvultun; jah faur allans
in bamma leika afhaimjai sijuni gasAvalt, ei bai libandans ni ]>a-
fram fraujin; naseibs sis silbam libaina ak
7 unte bairh galaubeiu gag- jiammafaur sik gaswiltandin jah
,

gam, ni ]?airh siun; urreisandin.

8 a]>ban gatrauam jah waljam 16 sAvaei Aveis fram bamma nu
mais uslei]?an us bamma leika ni ainnohun kunnum bi leika: ib
jah anahaimjaim Avisan at frau- jabai ufkunbedum bi leika Xristn,
jin. akei nu ni banasei]^s ni kunnum.
9 inuh bis usdaudjam, jabbe 17 swaei jabai Ivo in Xristau
anahaimjai jabbe afhaimjai, niuja gaskafts, ]^o al]>jona usli-
Availa galeikan imma. bun, sai waurjuin niuja alia.
10 unte allai weis ataugjan 18 a}>]mn alia us gu]?a bamma
skuldai sijum faura stauastola gafribcmdin uns sis bairn Xristu
Xristaus, ei ganimai luarjizuh jah gibandin unsis andbahti ga-
]>o swesona leikis, afar ]>aimei fri]?onais,
gatawida, jabbe biub jab]>e un- 19 unte swebauh gub Avas in
biub. Xristau manaseb gafribonds sis,
laiktjo 11 Witandans nu agis fraujins ni rahnjands im missadedins ize

3. jah in B, wanting in A. — J. jah gamanwida in B,jag gamanwida in A.

unsis in A, uns in B. — 9. inuh ]>is in B, inub jus in A. be anahaitnjai jab is added
in the margin in A. — 12. uskannjaima; margin A has anafilhaiina. unsis in
in the
A, uns in B. jah ni hairtin in B, jah ni in hairtin in .1. —
15. sis in B, wanting
in A. libaina in A, libainai in B. — 10. Xristu is added in A below the line, ni
kunnum in A, ni kunnum ina in B. — IS. jah gibandin in B, jag gibandin in A.
unsis in A, uns in B.
142 II Corinthians . VI.

jah lagjanda in one waurd gatri- 8 ]>airh wnlbu jah unswerein.

bonaie. bairh wajamerein jah wailame-
20 faur Xristu nu airinom. swe rein, swe airzjaudans jah sunjei-
at gnba gablaihandiii bairh one, aai,
bidjandana faur Xristu gaga- 9 swe unkunj'ai jah ufkunnai-
vrairbnan gnba. dai, swe gaswiltandans jah eai
21 mite bana izei ni knnba fra- libam. swe talzidai jah ni afdau-
waarht, faur one gatawida fra- ]>idai,
waurht. ei wois waur]>eiina ga- 10 swe saurgandans, ib sin-
railitei gnbe in imma. teino faginoudans, swe unledai,

Chapter VI. ib managans gabigjandans. swe

ni waiht aihaudans jah allata
1 Gawaurstwans jah ban bid-
disnimandans.
jandans ni sware anst guJ'S ni-
11 munbs unsar usluknoda du
nian izu ia :

izwis. Kaurinjuus. hairro unsar

2 .mela' auk qi]n']> .andanem-
urrunmoda
janima andhnusida ]ms jah in
12 ni ]>reihanda jus in tana, ij»
daga naeeinaie galialp beina';
]>reihanda inhairbram vwaraim;
sai nu inel waila andauem, sai
nu dags naseinnis 13 a]>]>an bata sanio anda-
launi. ewe frastim qi]>a, urrum-
3 a] aiidiun [bannn] in waihtai
gibandane bistugqe. ei ni ana• uai]> jah jus.
wammjaidau andbahti unsar. 14 ni wairbaib gajukaus un-
4 ak in allamnia ustaiknjan- galaubjandam unte lro dailo :

daae mis swe gu]>s andbahtoe, garaihtein mib angaraihtein,

in etiwitja managamma in ag- aibban
lro gamaindube liuhada
loni. in nauj'ini. in aggwibom, mib rii]iza?

5 in slahim, in karkaroni. in 5 lrouh ]>an samaqisse Xri-

1

unsutjam. arbaidim, in \vo-

in stau mi}> Bailiama, aibban lro
kainiin. in laueqibraa, daile galaubjandin mib unga-
in ewiknibai, in kunbja. in laubjandin?
laggamodein, in eeleiii, in aamin 16 lrouh ]'au eamaqieee albs
\wilianmia. in frijajnvai uuhin- gobs nn'}> galiugam? unte jus
darweisai, alhs gabs siu]' libandins. qibib
7 in waorda snnjoe, in mahtai auk gab batei baua in im jah
gabs, bairh wepna garaihteine [una gagga, jah wairba ize gub
taihewona jab hleidnmona, jah eie wairband mis managei.

btdjaodana m A, l»idjnm in B. — 21. \zc\ in B. ize in A.

17. /. jah )>nn in It, ja)> pen in A. in A. Bwara in B. — 2. andanem in
A. undiifiii ;';/ //. — 8. )>amin is arbitrarily added in B. wanting in A. bietogqejfl
A, bwtoggqe hi IS. — (1. irijn)»wai in A, friajnvai ;"/; B. — 8. )>airh (the first) in 11,

j.i)» I'airli ;/; A. — //. urrninnoda in A. nsrnninnda in B. — J J. h-ouh ]>nn ;// /;.

hou)> ]>au ;// .1. — Hi. ii-ouh )>an /'/; B. IrouJ» ]>an in A. mii)> in A, t.iju]' ;// /.'. —
 II Corinthians VI. VII. 143

17 inuh ]us usgaggib us midu- daim gabrafstida uns gup in qu-

mai ize jah afskaidip izwis, qi- nia Teitaus;
]>ib frauja, jah unhrainjamma ui 7 a}?]^an ni ]?atainei in quma
attekaib; jah ik andnima izwis, is, ak jah in ga]^>laihtai bizaiei
18 jah wairba izwis du attin, ga]u*afsti]?s was ana izwis, gatei-
jah jus wair]?ib mis du suuum hands uns izwara gairnein, iz-
jah dauhtrum, qibib frauja all- warana gauno]>u, izwar aljan
waldands. faur mik, swaei mis mais faginon
warb.
Chapter VII.
8 unte jabai gaurida izwis in
laiktjo 1 J)o habandans nu gahaita,
]>aim bokom, ni idreigo mik; jah
liubans, hrainjam unsis af al-
jabai idreigoda
lamma bisauleino leikis jah all- ]>atei
unte gasailra —
so aipistaule jaina, jabai
iums, ustiuhandans weihiba in
du leitilai lueilai, gaurida izwis
agisa gubs.
9 nu fagino, ni unte gauridai
2 gamoteima in izwis : ni ai-
nummehun gasko]>um, ni ainno- wesub, ak unte gauridai wesub
hun frawardidedum, ni ainnohun du idreigai; saurgaidedub auk bi
gu]?, ei in waihtai ni gaslei]?jain-
bifaihodedum.
3 ni du gawargeinai qiba; fau- dau us unsis.
raqab auk hairtam un-
]?atei in 10 unte so bi gub saurga idrei-
saraim sijub du mibgaswiltan ga du ganistai gatulgida ustiu-
jah samana liban. hada, ib pis fairluaus saurga
h=8 4 Managa mis trauains du iz- dau]?u gasmipob.
wis, managa mis luoftuli faur11 sailu auk silbo ]mta bi gu]?
izwis. usfullibs im gablaihtais, saurgan izwis hrelauda gatawida
ufaifnlli]?s im fahedais usdaudein, akei sunjon,
in allaizos izwis
mauagons aglons unsaraizos. akei unwerein, akei agis, akei
5 jah auk qimandam unsis in gairnein, akei aljan, akei fraweit.
Makaidonjai, ni waiht habaida in allamma ustaiknidedu]? izwis
galueilainais leik unsar, ak in hlutrans wisan bamma toja.
allamma anapragganai utana 12 a]?ban jabai melida, ni in
:

waihjons, innana agisa. ]?is anamahtjandins, ni in bis

G akei sa gablaihands hnaiwi- anamahtidins, ak du gabaii'ht-

17. iuuh J>ia in B, inu]? pis in A.

VII, 1. bisauleino in A, bilauseino in D. — 2. frawardidedun ni ainnohm is

added in A under the line. — sijum in B. mibgaswiltan in A, gas-

3. sijub in A,
wiltan in B. jah samaua in B, jas samana in A. liban in B, libarn in A. 5. —
Makaidonjai in A, Makidonjai in B. —
6. gablaihands in A, gablaihaus in B. —
7. gaunobu; gaunoba in A and B. —
8. in bairn bokom in B, in bokom in A. unte
gasaihraifl A, gasailca auk in B. —
9. in waihtai in B, waihtai in A. 10. so bi —
gub saurga in B, bi gu]> saurga in A. gatulgida in A, gatulgidai in B. 11. sailu —
in B, sailua in A.
 144 IT Corinthians TTT. YTII.

in usdaudeiu unsara boei faur jandans uns niiaan aast seiaa

izwis habani wibra izwis in and- jahgamainein andbabtjis in bans
wairbja «rubs. weihans,
13 inuh ]>is gabrafstidai sium. 5 jah ni swaswe wenidednm,
abban ana gabrafeteinai unsarai ak sik silbans atgebnn frniaist
filaus mais faginodednm ana fa- franjin, ba]>roh ban uns bairn
hedai Teitans, unte analreilai)>s wilj an gu]>s,

warp ahma is fram allaim izwis. swaei bedeima Teitaun ei

14 ante jabai Ira imma fram swaswe faura dustodida, swah
izwis hraihrop, ni gaaiwiskobs ustiuhai in izwis jah ]>o aast.
war]', ak swaswe allata izwis in 7 akei swe raihtis in allanima
siiniai rodidedum, Bwa jah hrof- managnib, galaubeinai jahwaur-
tuli unsara so du Teitaun sunja da jah knnbja jah in allai usdau-
warj>, deiu jah ana ]>izai us izwis in uns
l.~) jah brusts is ufarassau dn frijabwai, ei jah in bizai anstai
izwis siad, gamnnandins |>o al- managnaib.
laize izwara ufhausein, swe mi)> 8 ni swaswe fraujinonds qipa
agisa jah reiron andnemub ina. izwis, ak in ]>izos anbaraize us-
10 fagino mi ante in allaaiiaa daudeius jah izwaraizos frija-
gatraua in izwis. bwoa airkniba kiusaads.
9 unte kunnub anst franjins
Chapteb VIII. nnsaris Iesuis Xiistaus. batei in
laiktio 1 knnnja izwis. bro]>r-
A]>]>aa izwara gaunledida sik gabigs wi-
~
*
) >
jus, aast gube )»o gibanon in saads. ei jus bamma is unledja
aikkleejom Makidonaie, gabeigai wairbaib.
2 batei in managamma knstau K) jah ragin in bamma giba;
aglone managdube fahedaia ize unte bata izwis batizo ist. ju/.< i
i

jah bata diupo unledi izo usma- nibatainei taujan ak jah wiljan
nagnoda dn gabein ainfalbeins dngonnnb af fairnin jera.
i/.«•. 11 ib nu sai jah taujan ustiu-
' unte bi mahtai, weitwodja, liai|>. ei swaswe faaraTst nmns du
jah afar nialit silbaw ilios wcsuii. wiljan. swa jah da ustiuhan us
tnib managai ufbloteinai bid- bammei habaib.
I

18. imili )'is in II, inu]> ]>is sium in II.

in .1. sijuni in .1. abban nna in . a]>l>an
/'//
A. — It. jah in II above the line. Tfitaun (( -eek inflection) in A. 'iVitau in H:
ep. II ('or. VIII. B. — !.'. jah brusts in II. jab lmists in A. ina in A, in»• in II.

VIII, /. aikkleejom bata ia //. ja)> bata in A.

A, aikkleejon /'// //. — -. jah —
4. ofbloteinai .1. afblobeiaai ;/* II. only traces, however, remaining off, the b
/'//

being destroyed —
5. jah ni ;/; //. jan ni in A.
'. babroh ban in II. babrob ban ;// A.
— 7. frijabwai in A. hriabwai in II. 8. aedandeins —
.1. oedandeio in It. Frija- /'//

I'wiis ;// .1. friabwoe in II. gabeigai in H. gabigai .1; <•//. /•,/</>. //, 4. 10. jah /'/; —
ragin in II. jar ragin in A. taujan wiljan in A. wiljan taujan /// //.
. . //. ha- . . —
baib /// II. babai in A. jah eaei ;// II. jas eaai fa .1.
 IT Corinthians TUT. TX. 145

12 jabai auk wilja in gagreif- 22 insandidedum ]?an mi]? im

tai ist, s was we habai waila an- brobar unsarana, ]?anei gakausi-
danein ist, ni swaswe ni habai. dedum in managaim ufta usdau-
13 ni swa auk ei anbaraim iu- dana wisandan, abban nu sai
sila, ib izwis agio, ak us ibnas- filaus mais usdaudozan trauai-
sau; in bamma nu mela izwar nai managai in izwis.
ufarassus du jainaize ]?arbom, 23 ja]?]?e bi Teitu, saei ist ga-
14 ei jah jainaize ufarassus man mein jah gawaurstwa in
wair]?ai du izwaraim barbom, ei ja]?]>e biO]>rjus unsarai,
izwis,
wair]?ai ibnassus, apaustauleis aikklesjono, wul]>us
15 swaswe gamelib ist: saei Xristaus.
filu, ni managizo, jah saei leitil,
24 a]?]?an ustaiknein frijabwos
ni fawizo.
izwaraizos jah unsaraizos luof-
16 a]?]?an awiliu]? guba
gaf tuljos faur izwis
izei
da im ustaikn-
]?o samon usdaudein faur izwis
jandans, in andwairbja aikkles-
in hairto Teitaus, jono.
17 unte raihtis bida andnam,
a]>]?an usdaudoza wisands silba Chapter IX.
Aviljands galaib du izwis.
1 A]?]?an bi andbahti]?atei rah-laiktjo
18 gah-ban-mi]?-sandidedum
toda du weihaim ufjo mis ist du
imma brobar, bizei hazeins in
meljan izwis.
aiwaggeljon and alios aikkles-
jons,
2 unte wait gairnein izwara,
19 abban ni batain ak jah ga- ]?izaiei fram izwis hropa at Maki-
tewibs fram aikklesjom mibga-
donim, unte Akaja gamanwida
ist fram fairnin jera, jah ]?ata us
sin]?a uns mi]? aiistai bizai and-
bahtidon fram uns du fraujins izwis aljan uswagida bans mana-
wul]?au jah gairnein unsarai, gistans [ize].
20 biwaudjandans bata, ibai 3 Abban fauragasandida bro-r=io
lvras uns fairinodedi in digrein ]?runs, ei Iroftuli unsara so fram
bizai audbahtidon fram uns; izwis ni waurj?i lausa in ]>izai
21 garedandans auk goda, ni halbai, ei, swaswe qa]?, gaman-
bataiuei in andwairbja gu]?s ak widai sijai]?,
jah in andwair]?ja manne. 4 ibai jabai qimand mi]? mis

16. awiliub in A, awiliud in B. izei in B, ize in A. — IS. gah-ban-mi]:>-sandide-

dum gab-bau-mib-sandidedum in B; see gasaudjan in the glossary. bizei in B,
in A,
bizai in A. aiwaggeljon in B, aiwaggeljons in A. —
10. nii]>gasinba in A, mib ga-
sinbam in B. —20. digrein .1 bad digrjin, which is corrected.
; —
22. usdaudana
in A, usdauda in B. filaus mais usdaudozan in B, filu usdaudozan in A. 2S. jah —
gawaurstwa in B, jag gawaurstwa in A. wulbus in B, wulbaus in A. 24. fri- —
jabwos in A, friabwos in B.
IX, 2. lropa in B, hropam in A. Makidonim in A, Makidonnim in B. Akaja
in A, Axaia in B. uswagida in A, gawagida in B. ize, for izei, added in B.
10
140 II Corinthians IX. .
Makidoneie jah bigitand izwis un- in allai ainfalbein, sei waurkeib
manwjans, gaaiwiskondan weie, bairh one aiwxarietian gnba.
ei ni qiban jus. in [>amma atomin 12 nnte andbahti bisgudjinas-
bizoa hjoftulj
5 naudibaurft nu man Indian
saus
gaidwa
ni batainei ist usfulliando
weihane, ak jah ufar-
In Obruna ej galeibaitta <lu izwia assjando bairh managa awiliu-
]
jali fauragamanwjaina bana fau- da gnba

ragahaitanaD aiwlangjan izwa- 13 bairh gakust ]us andbaht-

rana, ]'aua manwjana wisan jia mikiljandans gnb ana ufliau-
ewaswe wailaqisa jah ni ewaswe seinai andahaitis izwaris in ai-
bifaihon. waggeljon Xristans jah in ain-
(J batub j'iiii. Baei eaiib us ga-
falbein gamaindnbais dn im jah

bagkja, oegabagkja jah Bneibib, dn allaiin.

jah s;i*'i saii]) in binbeinai, us
binbeinai jah Bneibib.
7 lrariizuh awaawe fanragalro-
gida hairtin, ni us trigon aibbau
us nanbai; ante lilasana giband
frijob gub.
v abban mahteiga
anst utarassjan
allamma einteino allie ganauhan
habandans ofaraasjaib in allam-
ma wanrstwe godaize,
ewaswe gamelib ist: tahida,
(
.»
gai anledaim, uswanrhts
<lu aiwa.
10 abban
andstaldands
Eraiwa bana eaiandan jah hlaiba
da mata andstaldib, jah manag-
jai fraiw izwar jah wahsjan ga-
tanjai akrana uswaorhtais izwa-
v.\\y.i ifi :
11 in allamma gabignandane
14 jah iz»> bidai Eaur izwis.
gairnjandans izwara in nfaras-
saus anstais <ru|>s ana izwis.
15 Awiliud gnba in biros un-i=io
asspillodons is giboe.
Chaptbb X.
gab
ist alia
1 Abban ik sflba Pawlusbidja
in i/.wis, ei in
izwis qairrein jah mnkamo-
hi
dein Xristans, ikei ana andaugi
railitishauns im in izwis. abban
aljar wisands gatraua in izwis:
2 abban bidja ei ni andwairbs
is wisib gatranan tranainai bizaiei man
gadanrsan ana sumansbansmn-
ea nandans uns swe bi leika gag-
gandans.
3 in leika auk gaggandans ni
bi leika drauhtinom,
4 ante wepna nnsaris dranh-
tinassaus ni Ieikeina ak mah-
teiga guba dn gatanrbai tul<>i]>o,

4. jafa bigitand in . jab bigitand in A. nnmanwjana in B, nnraanwjanda in

t. gaaiwiakondan in It. gaaiwiekonda in A. )>iz<>s in B, wanting in A see XI, 17.
.•

— .7. jafa ni //j //. fan ni /'//

A. — '.'. s;iii|> /// It. eaiji)> ;'/; .1 {twice). — 7. a/tor nan)>ai
.1 >f>>i>*. — :>. nswanrhts; nswanrtein B. — hi. izwaritj; \z above the Une. — 14.
iz.-i in B. afaraaeane; nfaraeean /'// //.— 7.7. nnuaepfllodone; nnoeepOKdana
in B; cp. Ro. XI, 88.
\ bidjaminl?. gatranan, originally gatraian, tbei being scratched
2. bidja,
ihr ii being written abort the linn.
 II Corinthiaus . XI. 147

5 mitonins gatairandans jah 14 ni auk swaswe ni fairrin-

all hauhibos ushafanaizos wibra nandans und izwis ufarassau uf-
knn]>i gu]?s jah frahinbandans ]>anjam uns, unte jah und izwis
all frabje jah in ufhausein Xri- gasniumidedum in aiwaggeljon
staus tiuhandans, Xristaus —
C jah manwuba habandans du 15 ni inu mitab mopandans in
fraweitan all ufarhauseino, ban framabjaim arbaidim, abbanwen
usfulljada izwara ufhauseins. habam, at wahsjandein galau-
7 bo bi andwairbja saihnb. beinai izwarai, in izwis mikilnan
jabai liras gatrauaib sik silban bi garaideinai unsarai du ufar-
Xristaus wisan. bata bagkjai af- assau,
tra af sis silbin, ei swaswe is 1G ufarjaina izwis aiwaggeljon
Xristaus, swa jah weis. merjan, ni in framabjaim arbai-
8 abbanswe]?aiih jabai hra ma- dim du man wj aim hropan.
nagizo lropam bi waldufni un- 17 abban sa hropands in frau-
sar batei atgaf frauja unsis du jin luopai;
timreinai jah ni du gataurbai 18 unte ni saei sik silban ga-
izwarai, ni gaaiwiskonda; swikunbei]?, jains ist gakusans,
9 ei ni bugkjaima swe blahs- ak ]?anei frauja gaswikunbei]?.
jandans izwis bairh bokos —
Chapter XI.
10 unte bos raihtis bokos, qi- 1 Wainei usjmlaidedei]? meinai-
]?and, kaurjos sind jah swinbos,
zos leitil hra unfrodeins; akei jah
ib qums jah waurd usbulaib mik;
leikis lasiws
frakunb — 2 unte aljanonds izwis gubs al-
11 bata bagkjai sa swaleiks, jana, gawadjoda auk izwis ai-
]?atei hiileikai sium waurdabairk namma waira mauja swikna du
bokos aljar wisandans, swaleikai usgiban Xristau.
jah andwairbai waurstwa. 3 a]»)?an og ibai aufto, swaswe
12 unte ni gadaursum domjan waurms Aiwwan uslutoda filu-
unsis silbans aibbau gadorajan deisein seinai, riurja Avairbaina
uns du ]?aim sik silbans anafil- frabja izwara af ainfalbein jah
handam; ak eis in sis silbam sikswiknein ]?izai in Xristau.
silbans 'mitandans jah gadom- 4 jabai nu sa qimanda anba-
jandans sik silbans du sis silbam

,
rana Iesu mereib, banei weis ni
ni frabjand. meridedum, aibbau ahman an-
13 ib weis ni inu mitab l\ro- barana banei ni nemu]>,
pam, ak bi mitab garaideinais, aibbau aiwaggeljon anbara, boei
]?oei gamat unsis gub, mitab ni andnemu]?, waila usbulaide-
fairrinnandein und jah izwis dub; —
12. sik (the second); sik sik in B. — ]3. weis ui iuu mitab lropam; above the
line. — IS. gakusans; gakusands in B.
XT, 3. ibai; ai above the line.
148 II Corinthians XI.

5 man auk ni waihtai mik min- 15 nist mikil jabai andbahtos

nizo gataujan ]>aim ufar mikil is gagaleikond sik swe andbah-

wisandam apaustaulum. tos garaihteins: ]uzeei andeis

G jabai unhrains ini Avaurda. wairbij? bi waurstwam ize.
akei ni kunbja, a]']>an in allam- 10 aftra qiba, ibai luas mik
ma gabairhtidai in allaim du iz- muni unfrodana; ai]?bau walla
A\is. }>au swe unfrodana nimaib mik,
7 ai]>]>au ibai frawaurht tawi- ei jah ik leitil Ira lropau.
da mik silban haunjands ei jus 17 bateirodja. ni rodja bi frau-
ushauhjaindau, unte arwjo gubs jan, ak swe in unfrodein, in ]'aiii-
aiwaggeljon nierida izwis? ma stomin Juzos lroftuljos.
8 anbarOQ aikklesjons birau- 18 unte managai lropand bi
boda niinands andawizD du iz- leika, jah ik lropa.
vvaramma andbahtja, jah wi- 19 unte azetaba usbulaib ]>ans
sands at izwis jah ushaista ni unwitaus frodai wisandans;
ainnohun kaurida
has
;

20 us]mlai]>, jabai izwis

9 unte barbos memos usfulli- ga]>iwai]>, jabai Iras fra'ni|\ ja-
dedun brobTJue qimandans af bai Iras usnimib, jabai Iras in
Makidonai; jah in allaim unkau- arbaidai briggib, jabai Iras iz-
reinom izwis mik silban fastaida wis in audawleizu slahib.
jah fast a.
21 Bi unsweri])ai qiba, swe ]>a-
10 ist sunja Xristaus in mis,
tei weis siukai weseima; ij> in
unte solroftuli ni faurdammjada
I'ammei Ire Iras ananan]>ei]\ in
in mis in landa Akaje.
unfrodein qiba, gadars jah ik.
11 in Iris? unte ni frijo izwis? 22 Haibraieis sind? jah ik.
gu]> wait.
22 Israeleiteis sind? jah ik.
12 i[> ]>atci tauia, jah taujan fraiw Abrahamis sind? jah ik.
haba, <'i asniaitau inilon ]>ize wil- 23 andbahtos Xristaus sind?
jaudane inilon, <-i in )>annnei Im- swaswe unwita qiba, niais ik: in
pend, bigitaindau Bwaewe jah arbaidim managizeim, in karka-
wt'is. rom ufarassau, in slahim ufar-
13 untebai Bwaleikai galiuga- assau, in daubeinim ufta.
apaustauleis, waurstwjans hin- 24 fram Iudaium fimf Biubam
darweisai, gagaleikondans sikdu fidwor tiguns aiuanuna wanans
apaustaulum Xristaus. nam,
14 jah nist sildaleik: unit' silba 25 ]>rim einbam wandum us-
Bataua gagaleiko^ sik aggilau bluggwans ^as. ainamma siuba
liubadis. Btainibs was, brim einbam usfar-

iiiiustiinliim ; apaualum ;// It. — 6. gabairhtidai; gabairbtida /// It. — 8.

izui-. wi> /// II. — II. aggilau; aggillaa /'// It. — 15. tin' s of ewe ie destroyed
eo is l>i.
 II Corinthians XI. XII. 149

]?on gatawida us skipa, naht jah Chapter XII.

dag in diupipai was mareins; Bbpan
binah, akei ni batizo
1
26 wratodum ufta, bireikeim ist; jah ]?an qima in siunins jah
ali'o, bireikeim waidedjane, bii*ei- andhuleinins fraujins.
keim us kunja, bireikeim us ]?iu- 2 wait mannan in Xristau faur
dom, bireikeim in baurg, birei- jera fkhvortaihun, japj^e in leika
keim in aubidai, bireikeim in ni wait, jap]?e inuh leik ni wait,
marein, bireikeim in galiuga-bro- gu]? wait, fravvulwanana pana
]?rum, swaleikana und bridjan himin.
27 aglom jah arbaidim, in wo- 3 jah wait ]>ana swaleikana
kainim ufta, in gredau jah ]?aur- mannan, jaj^e in leika jappe
stein, inlausqipreim ufta, in fri- inuh leik ni wait, gup wait,
usa jah naqadein. 4 patei frawulwans war]? in
28 inuh bo afar pata, arbai]>s wagg jah hausida unqepja waur-
meina seiteina, saurga meina da, poei ni skulda sind mann
allaim aikklesjom. rod jan.
laiktjo 29 Has siukib, jah ni siukau?
Iras afmarzjada, jah ik ni tund- i]?
5 faur ]?ana swaleikana hropa,
faur mik silban ni waiht
pa, niba in unmahtim meinaim.
-
nau?
30 jabai lropan skuld sijai, 6 ap]?an jabai wiljau lvopan,
ni sijau unwita, unte sunja qipa;
]?aim siukeins meinaizos lro-
ip freidja, ibai luas in mis Ira
pau
muni ufar ]?atei gasailuip aip]?au
31 gup jah atta fraujins Iesuis
gahauseip lua us mis.
wait, sa piupeiga du aiwam, pa-
7 jah andhuleino ei
bi filusnai
tei ni liuga.
ni ufarhafnau, atgibana ist mis
32 in Damaskon faurama]>leis
hnubo leika meinamma, aggilus
]>iudos Araitins piudanis witaida
satanins, ei mik kaupastedi, ei ni
baurg Damaskai gafakan mik ufarhugjau.
wiljands.
8 bi ]?atei prim sinbam fraujan
33 jah ]?airh augadauro in snor- ba]?, ei afsto]>i af mis.
jon athahans "was and baurgs- 9 jah qap mis: ganah buk
waddju, jah unpablauh handling ansts meina; unte mahts in siu-
is. kein ustiuhada. filu gabaurjaba

20. ni (the second); above the line. — S3, augadauro; misspelt for augadau-
ron? (This question by Bernhardt, with reference to the feminine plural daurons.
According toBraune, augadauro is neuter; see 'Gothic Grammar, § 110). baurgs-
waddju baurgswaddjau in B.
;

XII, 1. with (andhulei)nins A begins again. —

2. fidwortaihun fidwortaihuuo
;

m B, .id. in A (See 'Gothic Grammar", § 1, note 2). inuh in B, inn in A. 3. inn —

in B, inn in A. ni in A, nih in B. — 6. aibbau stands twice in A. —
7. hnubo,

in the margin gairu, in A, hnuto in B. — fraujan

<S'. in A, frauja in B.
 1 r,o II Corinthians XII. XIII.

nu mais hropa siukeim mei- 16 a])] 'an siai mi. ik ni kau-

in
naim, ei ufarhlei)>rjai ana mis rida izwi.s; ak wisands aufto li-
mahts Xristans. steigs hindarweisein izwis nam?
10 in I'izci mis galeikaib in siu- 17 ibai J'airh lrana )>izeei in-
keim. in ananiahtiin. in nau)'ini. sandida du izwis bifaihoda izwis?
in wrekeiin, in ]>reihslam faur 18 ba)> Teitu jah niibinsandida
Xristu; unto ]>an siuka, |>au imma broj;>ar; ibai Ira bifaihoda
mahteigs iin. izwis Teitus? niu ]>amma samin
11 war)) unwita lropands: jus ahmin iddjedum, niu ]'aim sa-
mik gabaididedu)?. a]']nui niam laistim?
ik
skalds was fram izwis gakann-
izwis ei sun- 19 aftra ]mg;kei]>
jan; nnte ni waihtai niins habaida joma uns wi]>ra izwis. in aud-
baim ufar filn apaustaulum, jah wairbja guJ?S in Xristau rodjam.
jabai ni waihts ini. ]>atub )>an all, liubans, in izwa-
12 ai])]>au swe]>auh taikneis raizos gatimreinaie.
apaustanlaus gatawidos waur- 20 unte og ibai aufto qimands
]nm in izwis in allai jnilainni. ni swaleikans swe wiljau bigitan
taiknim jah fauratanjam jah izwis, jah ikbigitaidau izwis swa-
niahl m i leiks swe ni wilei)> mik, ibai aufto
13 Ira auk ist ]>izei wanaiwe- )>wairheins, aljan, jiukos, bihaita,
sei)> ufar an]>aros aikklesjons, birodeinos, haifsteis, faiha, nf-
nibai ]>atei ik silba ni kaurida swalleinos, drobnans;
izwis? fragibib mis ]>ata skabis. 21 ibai aftra qimandan mik
14 sai bridjo j?ata nianwus iin gujjgahaunjai a1 izwis. jahqaino
qiman at izwis. jah ni kaurja iz- managans ]>ize fa lira frawaurk-
wis; ante ni sokja izwaros aili- jandane jah ni idreigondane ana
tius ak izwis. ni auk skulun bar- unhraini)>ai |>oei gatawidedun,
ns fadreinam huzdjan, ak fa- horinassau jah aglaitja.
dreina barnank
laiktjo 15 .\]>]>an ik la]>aleiko fra<]ima Chapter XIII.
jali fraqimada faur saiwalos iz- 1 {)ridjo |>ata qima at izwis;
waros. swebauh ei ofaraesan iz- ana munba twaddje weitwode
wis frijonds mine frijoda. jah ]>rii<> gastandi}? all waurde.

'>. sinkein in .1. siukeim in IS. —

1<>. breihslam in .1. bleihslam in IS. — 12. apan-
Btaulaoa /// //. .1 haa apaustaulus above the fine. — IS. bizei; biw in A and //.

nibai /// B, niba in .— If. jab ni in is. jan ni in -4. — 7.». labaleiko in A, in the
margin gabaurjaba, IS bus gabaurjaba. ewebauh ei; KHngbardt {'Syntax of
Gothic e\' in Zaehefa zeitacbrift, Mil. i>.:S27) pleasingly supposes Bwepa,xihe\ to be
a concessive conjunction meaning 'although'', mine in A. mini in IS. !<:. siai; —
sai in .1 and IS. — 18. laistim in .1. laustim /'/; IS. —
bngkeib in A.in. )aikci|» //; //.

snnjoma in A, sunjodama in IS. — 20. haifsteis; so in A and IS, in I! the first i

standing above tin• line, faiha ufswalleinoa in A, wanting in IS. — 21. jab ni /// IS,

jan ni in A. aglaitja //;.t. aglaitein in II.

XIII, 1. jah |<Hi'• in IS, ja|> brije /// .1. gastandib in A. gastandai /// B.
 Corinthians XIII. 151

2 fauraqa]> jah aftra fauraga- 8 ni auk magum lua wibra

teiha; s was we andwairbs an]>a- sunja, ak faur sunja.
rarama sinba jah alja]?ro nu mel- 9 abban faginom ban weis siu-
ja ]>aim faura frawaurkjandam kam, ib jus swinbai siu]>; biziih
jah anbaraim allaim, )>atei jabai auk jah bidjam, izwaraizos us-
qima aftra ni freidja, tauhtais.
3 unte kustu sokei]> ]us in mis 10 dub]?e bata aljabro melja,
rodjandins Xristaus, saei ni siu- ei andwairbs harduba ni taujau
ki]> in izwis, ak mahteigs ist in bi waldufnja bammei frauja fra-
izwis. gaf mis du gatimreinai jah ni
4 abban jabai jah ushramibs du gataurbai.
was us siukein, akei libaib us 11 bata anbar, brobrjus, fagi-
mahtai gabs; jah auk weis siu- nob, ustauhanai sijaib, gabraf-
kam in imraa, akei libam mi]? stidai sijaib, samo frabjai]?, ga-
inima us mahtai gubs in izwis. wairbi taujandans sijai]?, jahgub
5 izwis silbans fraisib sijaidu gawairbeis jah frijabwos wairbib
mi}? izwis.
in galaubeinai, silbans izwis kau-
seib; bau niu kunnub izwis batei
12 goljai]? izwis misso in fri-

Iesus Xristus in izwis ist? nibai

jonai weihai. goljand izwis ]>ai

aufto ungakusanai sijub. weihans allai.

G a])]'an wenja ]?atei kunneib 13 ansts fraujins [unsaris] Ie-

suis Xristaus, jah frijabwa gubs
ei weis ni sium ungakusanai.
jah gaman ahmins weihis mib
7 abban bidja du guba ei ni
waiht ubilis taujaib, ni ei weis allaim izwis. Amen.
gakusanai bugkjaima, ak ei jus Du Kaurinjuum anbara ustauh.
]?ata godo taujaib, ib weis swe Du Kaurinbium .b. meli}? ist
ungakusanai ]>ugkjaima. us Filippai Makidonais.

3. sokeib p>is in A, sokeibis in B. — 4. jabai jah in A, jabai in . weis in A, want-

ing in B. — 5. izwis (the first) in B, wanting in A. fraisib in A, fragib in B. baa
in .1, bauh in B. kunnub izwis in A, kunnub in B. nibai in A, ibai in B. — 6. batei
kunneib ei in A, kunneib
]>atei in B.
ei sium in A, sijum in B. 7. gakusanai in B, —
ungakusanai in ib weis swe. in A, ei weis in B. 9. siub in A, —
sijub in B. — 10.
harduba in B, hardaba in A. jah ni in B, jan ni in A. —
11. gabrafstidai sijaib,
wanting in B. frijabwos in A, friabwos in B. —
13. unsaris (according to Latin
manuscripts) in B, wanting in A. frijabwa in A, friabwa in B. — subscription
Kaurinbium (the first) in A, Kaurinbaium in B. anbara in B, .b. in A (See
'Gothic Grammar, § 1, note 2.) Du Kaurinbium .b. melib ist us Filippai Maki-
donais, wanting in B.
 Du Galatim anastodei]».

Pa wins apaustaulus, ui ai
1 20 abban ]>atei melja izwis. sai
mannam nih bairh mannan, ak in andwairbja gab» ei ni liuga.
bairh [esu Xristu jah gtip attan, 21 ]>a]uo (jam ana fera Sau-
izci urraisida ina us daubaim, raie jah Kileikiais.
2 jah ]>ai mi]) mis allai bro]>r- 22 wasub ban unkunba wlita
jus, aikklesjoin Galatiais.
aikklesjoin Iudaias baim in Xii-
3 mists izwisjah <ra\vaii-]>ifrain stau,
guba attin jah fraujin unsaiam-
23 batainei liausjandanswesun
ma lesu Xristau, ]>atei saei wrak una simle, nn
4 gaf sik Bilbao faur fra-
izei
merety galaubeiu ]>oei simian
waurhtins unearos,ei uslausidedi
brak,
mis us bamma andwairbin aiwa
ubilio bi wiljin gubs jah attine
24 jah in mis niikilidedun gub.
angaria,
Chapter II.
5 bammei wnlbua du aiwain
amen. 1 J)a]>roh bi fidwortaihun jera
(> eildaleikja ei ewa eprauto af- usiddja aftra in Iairusaulyma
wandjanda a! bamma la]>oudiu mib Barnabin, ganimande mib
izwia in ;i list ai Xristaus du a 1 1
- mis jah Teitu
baramma 2 uzu]>-]>an-iddja bi andhnlei-
aiwaggelja,
7 batei nisi anbar, alja aumai iiai. jah ussok im aiwaggeli ba-
eind bai drobjandana izwia jah tei merja in biudom, i)> snndro
wiljandana inwandjan aiwa•• baimei buhta, ibai sware rinnau
Xristaus. . aibbau rnnnjan.
. .

'/'//<•
Epistle to tin- Galatians Licks I. s—i;> . a lift hover J. .1 has
III. C,—2(i,

I 22—11, '>. II. I 7-1 II. . III. 27—17, 23. V 17— VI, 18 (14— is in the Codex
.

Turinensis; see Introduction). II contains I. I -7. I. 20— II, 17. TV, 19— VI, 18.
Hence the versee 19—28. V, 17- —VI, 18 occur in both manuscripts,
I. 22—11, '>. IV.
Superscription: Only traces of tin• first six letters remain. 4. andwairpin; —
anawairpin II. — ewa in .1; ewaewe in II. — 7. alter Xrietaue
/'// '»".
stops; gap
tn erst 20. — 22. with unknn)>s .1 begins. — 24 inikilidcduii in //. molidcduii //; A. .

II t. ]•;|>> //;.!. )>u]»ro ;////. Bdwortaihao (jera, originally fldwortaxbunejera-

jera, with raaoiv ofejera) in A, .di.. fur .id., inU. — 2. in )>iudom itiB, in piudoe in A.
 Galatians . 15.3

3 akei nih Teitus sa mib mis, muneima, ]?atei usdaudida pata

Kreks wisands, baidi]?s was bi- silbo taujan.
m ait an 11 Abban ban qam Paitrus in g=3
4 a]>]?an in ]uze ufsliupandane Antiokjai, in andwairbi imma
galiugabro]>re, innufslupun andsto]?, unte gatarhtys was.
]>aiei
biniuhsjau freihals unsarana Ma- 12 unte faur]?izei qemeina su-
llei ailium in Xristau Iesu, ei mai fram Iakobau, mi]> biudom
unsis ga]?iwaidedeina matida; ib bi]?e qemun, ufslaup
5 ]?aimei nih hreilohun gakun- jah afskaiskaid sik, ogands bans
bedum ufhnaiwein, ei sunja ai- us bimaita;
waggeljons gastandai at izwis. 13 jah miblitidedun imma bai
anbarai Iudaieis, swaei Barnabas
6 a]?]>an af ]?aim ]>ugkjandam
mibgatauhans war]? bizai litai
wisan lva, luileikai simie wesun
ize.
ni waiht mis wulbris ist; gu]>
14 akei bibe ik gasalvr ]?atei ni
mans andwairbi ni andsitib; a]?-
raihtaba gaggand du sunjai ai-
]?an mis bai bugkjandans ni
waggeljons, qab du Paitrau faura
waiht ana insokun,
allaim: jabai bu Iudaius wisands
7 ak bata wibrawairbo gasai- ]?iudisko libais jah ni iudaiwisko,
luandans ]?atei gatrauaida was liraiwa ]?iudos baideis iudaiwi-
mis aiwaggeljo faurafilljis swa- skon?
swe Paitrau bimaitis, 15 weis raihtis Iudaieis wisan-
8 unte saei waurstweig gata- dans jah ni us biudom frawaurh-
wida Paitrau du apaustaulein tai,
bimaitis, waurstweig gatawida 16 abban witandans ]?atei ni
jah mis in biudos, wairbib garaihts manna us
9 jah ufkunnandans anst bo waurstwam witodis alja bairh
gibanon mis, Paitrus jah Iako- galaubein Iesuis Xristaus, jah
bus jah Iohannes, baiei buhte- weis in Xristau Iesua galaubide-
dun sauleis wisan, taihswons at- dum, ei garaihtai wair]?aima us
gebun mis jah Barnabin gamai- galaubeinai Xristaus Iesuis jah
neins, swaei weis du ]?iudom, i]> us waurstwam witodis, unte
ni
eisdu bimaita; ni wair]?ib garaihts us waurst-
10 batainei ]?ize unledane ei ga- wam witodis ainhun leike.

4. pize in A, pizei in B. freihals in B, freijhals in A. — 5.nih in A, ni in B.

Iveilohun in A, lceilohum in B. gastandai; in the margin A has pairhwisai. — 6.
wulpris in , wulprais in A. andsitip in A, audsitaip in B; in the margin A has
niniip. ana insokun (ana being adverb); Heyne writes anainsokuu. — 7. wipra-
wairpo in B, wi]>ra]:>o in A. Paitrau in B, Paitru in A. — 8. waurstweig• gatawida
twice, in the margin twice waurhta; has waurstweigatawida. apaustaulein in
B, apaustulein in A. — 9. after po A stops, sauleis, the u being faded. — 10. pize;
]>izei in B. — 11. gatarhips; gaparhips in B. — 12. ogauds; ogaus iu B. bimaita;
the second a above the line. — 14. akei ake in B.
;
154 Galatian» . III. IV.

17 abban jabai eokjandans ei -1swa filu gawunnub sware!

garaihtai domjaindau in Xri- abban jabai sware.
stau, bigitauai sijum jaesilbans saei nu andstaldib izwis ah-
."»

frawaurhtai, bannu Xristus fra- niin jah waurkeib mahtins in iz-

waurhtais andbahts? nis sijai. wis, uzu waurstwam witodis bau
18 unte jabad batei gatar bata uzu gahauseinai galaubeinais?
aftra timrja, missataujandanmik G swaswe jah Abraham galau-
Bilbao ustaiknja. bida guba. . . .

19 unte ik bairh \vito]> witoda 27 Swa managai auk swe in

gaswalt, ei guba libau. Xristau daupidai wesub, Xristau
2<» Xristau inibushramibswarb; gahamodai sijub.

i]> liba u u ni banaseibs ik. i]> li- 18 nist Judaius nih Kreks. nist
baib in mis Xristus: abban batei ekalks nih freis, nist gumakund
mi liba in leika. in galaubeinai nih qinakund; unte allai jus ain
liba sunaus gabs bis frijondins sijub in Xristau Iesu.
mik jah atgibandins sik silban 29 abban bande jus Xristaus,
faur mik. bannu Abrahamis fraiw sijub jab
21 ni faurqiba anstai gubs; bi gahaitam arbjans.
ante jabai bairh witob garaihtei,
aibbau jah Xristus eware ga- Chapter IV.
swalt. 1 Abban qiba, swalaud melis
swe arbinumja niuklahs ist, ni
Chapteb III. and waihtiusiza ist skalka i'rauja
1 unfrodans Galateis, has allaize wisands,
izwis afhugida sunjai ni ufhaus- 2 akei uf raginjam istjahfau-
jan, izwizei faura augam [esus ragaggam und garehsn at tins.
Xristus fauramelibs was in izwis 3 swa jah weis, ban wesum
ushramibs? barniskai, uf stabim bis fairhraus
2 batain wiljau witau fram iz- wesum skalkinondans;
wis, uzu waurstwam witodis ah- 4 lb bibe qam usfulleins melis.
man nemub bau uzu gahauseiuai insandida gub sunn seinana,
galaubeinais? waurbanana us qinon, waurba-
\ swa unfrodans sijub? ana- nana uf witoda.
Btodjandane ahniin mi leika ns- 5 ei bans uf witoda usbauh-
tiuhib? tedi, ei suniwe sibja andnimaina.

17. with eokjandans .1 begins again, and after in It stops. —

IS. utiueatan-
jandau; iniaeataajandin in A. — 20. sunaus; sunns in A.
III. 8. uiiinnlaiis; nnfropana in A.

IV.

nor/-/,
•.'.

earnest interpreters' explanations

understate). —
of ,
— 29. arbjans; abrjans

4. wanrpanana (tin- erst); tin- second

.1.

(7) rudiments,

Above the line.

;';/

uf siabim |»is fairlraus; in the margin nftugglam, a gloss owing to the

[2) elements oftli<>

with reference to the 'stars' and their worship, {Bernb&rdfs Glossary,
ne- — .',.

bauhtedi uebauhtide in A.
;
 Galatians IV. 1 55

6 abban batei siju]> jus sunjus 16 ib nu swe fijands izwis war]>

gu[>s, insandida gu]> ahman su- sunja gateihands izwis.
naus seinis in hairtona izwara, 17 aljanond izwis ni waila, ak
hropjandan abba fadar. usletan izwis wileina, ei im al-
7 swaei ni banasei]>s is skalks janob.
(ak sunus, ib) bande sunus, jab 18 a]?]?an gob ist aljanon in
arbja gubs bairh Xristu. godamma sinteino, jan ni ]>atai-
8 akei ])an swebauh ni kunnan- nei in ]?ammei ik sijau andwair]>s
daiis gub bairn boei wistai ni at izwis.
sind gu]>a skalkinodedub; 19 barnilona meina, ];anzei af-
9 ib nu sai ufkunnandana gu]>, tra fita unte gabairhtjaidau Xri-
maizub ban gakimnaidai fram stus in izwis,
guba, hraiwa gawandidedu]? iz- 20 a['|)an wilda qiman at izwis
wis aftra du bairn unmahteigain nu jah inmaidjan stibna meina,
jah balkam stabim, ]?airaei aftra unte afslaubibs im in izwis.
iupana skalkinon wilei]>? 21 Qibib mis, jus uf witodajj-
10 dagam witai]? jah meno- wiljandans wisan, ]?ata wito]> niu
bum jah melam jah abnam? hauseib?
11 og izwis ibai sware arbai- 22 gameli]? ist auk ]>atei Abra-
didedjau in izwis. ham twans aihta sununs, ainana
12 Abban wairbaib swe ik, us biujai jah ainana us frijai.
unte jah ik swe jus, brobrjus, 23 akei ban sa us ]>iujai bi
bidja izwis. ni waiht mis gasko- leika gabaurans was, i]> sa us
bub; frijai bi gahaita.
13 witub ]>atei bairh siukein 24 ]>atei sind aljaleikodos; ]^os
leikis aiwaggelida izwis bata fru- auk sind twos triggwos, aina
mo, raihtis af fairgunja Seina, in ]-
14 jah fraistubnjai ana leika wadw bairandei, sei ist Agar.
meinamma ni frakunbedu]} ni 25 Sehia fairguni ist in Arabia,
andspiwub, ak swe aggilu gu])s gamarko bizai nu Iairusalem, i]>
andnemub mik, swe Xristu Iesu. skalkino]? mib seinaim barna.m.
15 mileika was nu audagei iz- 26 i]> so iupa Iairusalem frija
wara? Aveitwodja auk izwis ba- ist, sei ist ai]?ei unsara;
tei jabai mahteig wesi, augona, 27 ganieli]> ist auk: sifai stairo
izwara usgrabandans atgebei]' so unbairandei, tarmei jah hro-
mis. pei so ni fitandei, unte nianaga

7. ak sunus wanting in A.
ib; — 11. arbaididedjau; arbaidedidjau in A. — IS.
siukein; in the margin uuniaht. — 14. aggilu; aggelu in .1. — iJ. weitwodja;
t above the line. — 10. with begins again, gabairhtjaidau; in the margin
]?anzei
A has (du) laudjai gafrisahtnai. Xristus in A, Xristaus in B. 21. niu hauseib;—
in the margin A has niu ussuggwu]?, according to the Latin 'nonne legistis\ —
23. after leika .1 breaks off. —
24. aljaleikodos aljaleikaidos in B.
;
 ir><> Galatiaiw TV. V.

barna ]>izos an]>jone mais ]>au bo gakunde (ni) us ]>amma

)'izos aigandeins aban. la]»ondin izwis ist.

28 a]']»an hiweis, allana daig di-

bro]u-jus. 9 leitil beistis
Lsakis gahaita barna shun. stairib.
2 .) akei J>an ewaswesa bi leika
(
10 ik gatrana in izwis in frau-
gabanrana wrak ]>;ma bi ahmin, jin waiht aljis hugjij»,
]?atei ni
swah iali mi. a]']»au sa drobjands izwis. sa
30 akei Ira qij>i]> ]>ara game- bairai ]>o wargiba, salrazuh saei
lido? Uflwairp ]uzai ]mu'ai jah siiai.

]>annna sunau izos; ante ni 11 a]']»an ik. broju-jus. jabai

ni-
nii]) , -bi sunns biajos mi]» sunau bimait merjau. dulre ]>anainais

frijaizos. wrikada? ]>annu gatauran ist

31 ]>annu nn, broJ?rjus, ni si- marzeins galgins.
jum ]>iuios barna. ak frijaizos. 12 wainei jah usmaitaindau
]>ai drobjandans izwis!
Chapter V. 13 Jus auk <lu freihalsa labo-ia=ll
1 ])anunei freihalsa nns Xri- dai siju]>. bro]>rjus: batainei ibai
stus frijans brahta standai]\ nn, bana freihals du lewa leikis fcau-
ni aftra skalkinassaus jukuzja jaib, ak in fria]>wos ahniins skal-
us]mlai]>. kino] 1 izwis misso.
laiktjo - Bai ik Pawlus qi]>a izwis ]>n- 14 unto all wito]> in izwis in
tei, jabai biniaiti]>, Xristus izwis ainamma waurda nsfulljada, in
nist «In botai. bamma fi-ijos nehmndjan ]>ei-
•">
weitwodja hrammeh
;i]>]>;in nana ewe bnk silban.
manne bimaitanaize J>atei skula 15 i]' jabai izwis misso beitib
ist all witob taujan. jah fairinob, sailci]» ibai fram
4 lausai siju]> af Xristan. juzei izwis misso fraqimaindau.
in witoda garaihtans tjij?i|? izwis, 16 a]']>:in qiba, ei ahmin gag-
us anstai usdruenb. jah lustu leikis ni ustiuhai]'.
u'ai]»

5 a]>]>an weis ahniin us galau- 17 unte leik gairneib wibra

beinai wenais garaihteine bei- ahman, i]' ahma wibra leik: ]>o
dam. nu misso
sis andstandand. ei ni
6 unit' Xristau Iesu nik bi-
in 1'islrah ]>alci wilei]>. bata taujib.
mait waiht gamag nih faurafilli, 18 a]']'an jabai ahmin tiuhan-
ak galaubeins' ]>ah-h friaj>wa da. ni siju]> uf witoda.
waurel weiga. 1 9 a]>]>an swikun]»a sind waurst
7 rnnnub waila; Iras izwis ga- wa leikis, J»atei ist horinassns,
eunjai ni ufhausjan?
l;n ida kalkinassus, unhrainiba, aglaitei,

. hrammeh; hramme in I). — 6. Xristau; Xristu in II.

•".'.
— 7. afhauejan;

had nfhaoBJaudane, dans being scratched. — 8. ni; faded in B. labondin; labo-

din in H. — '.). beistie; luitis in II. — 7.7. fairinob; fairrinob /// B. — IT. with i)>
ahma .1 begins again, taujib in A, tanjaib in II: cp. Jo. IX. -.
 Galatiane V. . 157

20 galiugagude skalkinassus, 3 ib jabai Jmgkei]? Iras lua wi-

lubjaleisei, fia]>\vos, haifsteis, al- san ni waiht wisands, sis silbin
jan, hatiza, jiakos, twisstasseis, frabjamarzeins ist.
birodeinos, hairaiseis, 4 i]y waurstw sein silbins kiu-
21 nei]?a, drugka-
maurj^ra, sai luarjizuh, jah ]>an in sis sil-

neins, gabauros, jahbatagaleiko bin lvoftulja habai jah ni in an-

]>aim, batei fauraqiba izwis swe jmramma
ju fauraqa]>, batei bai ]>ata swa- 5 lcarjizuh auk swesa baur]>ein
leik taujaudans biudangardjos bairib.
gu]>s arbjans ni wairband. 6 ab]?an gamainjai sa laisida
22 ib akrau almiins ist frija- waurda ]?amma laisjandiu in al-
]>\va, fahe]>s, gawairbi, usbeisnei, laim godaini.
selei, blei]?ei, galaubeins, 7 ni wairbai]? airzjai, gu]> ni
23 qairrei, gahobains, ewiknei; bilaikada, manna auk]?ateisaii]>,
wibra bo swaleika nist witob. ]>ata jah sneibi]>;
24 ib baiei sind Xristaus, leik 8 unte saei saii]> in leika sei-
sein ushramidedun mib winnom namma, us ]?amma leika jah
jah lustum. snei]>i]> riurein, ib saei saii]> in

laiktjo 25 Jabai libain ahniin, ahmin ahmin, us ahniin jah snei]>i]> li-
jah gaggani. bain aiweinon.
2G ni wairbaima fiautai, uns 9 a]>]>an ]>ata god taujan-
misso ushaitandans, misso in dans ni wairbaima usgrudjans;
neiba wisandans. unte at mel swesata snei]:>am ni
afmauidai.
Chapter VI. 10 ]?annu nu ]>andei mel ha-
1 Brobrjus, jabai gafahaidau bam, waurkjam J'iu]? wibra al-
manna in luizai missadede, jus lans, ])ishun Avi]>ra swesans ga-
ahmeinans ga]>\vastjai]> bana laubeinai.
];>ai

swaleikana in ahmin qairreins, 11 Sai mileikaim bokom iz\visib=U>

andsaikcandsbuk silban, ibai jah gamelida meinai handau.
]>u fraisaizau. 12 swa managai swe Avileina
2 izwaros misso kauribos bai- samjan sis in leika, ]>ai nau]>jand
raib, jah swa usfullei]> \vito]> Xri- izwis bimaitan, ei h"eh wraka
staus. galgins Xristaus ni Avinnaina.

20. twisstasseis in B, twistasseis in A. — 21. fauraqiba; iaurqi]>a /'// and B.

taujaudans in A, tagaujandans in B. — 22. frijabwa in A, fria]?wa in II. fahe|>s
in A, faheds in B.
andsaihrands in A, atsailuands in Ji; cp. Lu. XX, 21. ibai in B, iba in
VI, 1.
A. — 3. frabjamarzeins ist; in the margin A has sik silban ushitxmds ist.
sis silbin
— 5. baurbein in B, baurein in A. —
7. saiib in B, saiji]> in A. bala in A, batuk
in B. —
8. saiib in B, saijib in A. —
10. galanbeinai in A and B; with Tosureofn
at the end in A. —
77. iziris gamelida in B, gamelida izwis in A. samjan m
A, samjam in B. wraka in A, wrakja in B; cp. Tim. 3, 11.
1 58 Galatians VI.

13 pan swe]>auh ]mi izei \vair]>i ana im jab armaio. jah

i

bimaitanaj Bind, \|>

fastand, ana [sraela gu]>s.
ak wileina izwie bimaitan, ei in 17 ]\-inamais arbaide ni ains-
izwaramma Ieika hropaina. lmn mis gansjai, unte ik staking
14 mis ni sijai lropan in ni [fraujins unsaris] Iesuis [Xri-
i)>

waihtai niba in galgin fraujins stans ana leika meinanmiabaira.

unsaris Iesuis Xristans, ]>airh
18 ansTs fraujins unsaris Iesuis
I'.nici mis fairhnifl uahramfys i>i
Xristans mij?ahmin izwaramma,
jah ik fairhrau.
broJ?rjus. amen.
15 ante nih bimait waiht ist
nili faurafilli,ak niuja gaskafts. Du Galatim ustauh.
16 jah swa managed swe ]>izai Du Galat(im gameli}?) ist ns Tbi-
garaideinai galaistans Bind, ga- mai.

]!. nih pan in B, ni)> )>an in A. izei in B, ize in A. — 14. in ni waihtai ;/) .1. ni
in waihtai in B. galgin galgins in A. iairlrns //; .1. iairlraus in B. ist //; .1
in B.
above the line, with jah ik Codex Turinensis {See the introductory remarks to
this Epistle) pegina. — IS. nih . . . nih; ni . . . nih in A. nih ... ni in B. —
17. fraujins angaria [eenia Xristans in B. Iesuis /'// .1. — Subscription; Du Galatim
gamelib ist us Rumai (but im guuielib is faded), wanting in B.
 Aipistaule Pawlaus du Aifaisium anastodeij».

Chapter I. G du hazeinai wulbaus anstais

1 Pawlus apaustaulus Xristaus seinaizos, in juzaiei ansteigs was
Iesuis bairh wiljan gubs j^aim uns in bamma liubin sunau sei-
weiham bairn wisandam in Aifai- namma,
son jah triggwaim in Xristau 7 inbammei habam faurbauht,
lesn. fralet frawaurhte, ]?airh
blob is,
2 ansts izwis jah gawairbifram bi gabein wulbaus anstais is,
guba attin unsaramma jah frau- 8 ]?oei ufarassau ganohida in
jin Iesu Xristau.
uns in allai handugein jah fro-
a=l 3 |)iubij>s gub jah atta fraujins dein,
unsaris Iesuis Xristaus, izei ga-
9 kannjan unsis runa wiljins
biubida uns in allai biubeinai
seinis, bi wiljin saei fauragalei-
ahmeinai in himinakundaim in
kaida imma
Xristau,
4 s was we gawalida uns in im-
10 du fauragaggja usfulleinais
mele, aftra usfulljan alia in Xri-
ma faur gasatein fairlraus, ei
sijaima jah unwam- stau, bo ana himinam jah bo
weis weihai
mai in andwairbja is; in frijab- ana airbai, in imma,
wai 11 in bammei hlauts gasati-
5 fauragarairo]? uns du suniwe dai wesum fauragaredanai bi wil-
gadedai bairh Iesu Xristu in ina, jin gu]?s bis alia in allaim waurk-
bi leikainai wiljins seinis, jandins bi muna wiljins seinis,

Only Jf ( V,20— TT, 8) of the Epistle to the Ephesians is lost. A contains I,

1-If, 20. Ill, 0-V, 3. V, 17-20. VI, 0-10. has I, 1-IV, 6. IV, 17-V.ll. VI,
S—24. Hence the verses I, l—II, 20. Ill, 0—IV, . IV, 17— V, 3. VI, 0—10, occur
twice. — In A this Epistle stands before that to the Galatians.
Superscription: aipistaule Pawlaus du Aifaisium anastodip in A, du Aifaisium
anastodeip in B.
I, 3. in allai in B, ana allai in A. — 4. uns in A, unsis in B. weis weihai in B,
weihai in A. frijapwai in A. friapwai in B. — 5. in ina in A, in imma in B. — 7.
gabein; b in above the line. — 0. bi wiljin saei fauragaleikaida imma; in the
margin A lias ana leikainai poei garaidida in imma. —
10. jah po; jap po in A, only
jah in B.
 100 Epheaane I. II.

12 ei eijaima weia du hazeiuai gasatida iu taihswou seiuai iu

\\ul|)aus fauraweujandaus himinain
is, ]?ai

in Xii-taii; 21 ufaro allaize reikje jah wal-

1•') in |iammei jah jus, gahaus- dufnje jah mahte jah fraujinas-
jandana waurd eunjos, aiwaggeli aiwe jah allaize namne nanini-
ganiataie izwaraizoa,bammei ga- daize ni ]>atainei iu bamma aiwa
laubjandana gasiglidai wanrbub ak jah in bamma anawairbin,
iilimiii gahaitia ]>amma weihin. 22 jah alia ufhnaiwida uf fo-
14 izci isT wadi arbjis unsaris tuns inmia. jah ina atgaf haubi]>
du faurbauhtai gafreideinaia, du ufar alia aikklesjon,
liazeinai wulbana is.' 23 sei ist leik is. fullo ]>is alia
b=2 1") Dnbbe jah ik, gahausjands iu allaim usfulljandins.
izwara gaJanbein in fraujin Eesn
Xristau jah frijabwa in allans Chapter II.
bane weihana, 1 Jah izwis wisandans dan-
10 answeibands awiliudo in iz- bans missadedim jah frawaurh-
wara, gamund waurkjands in tiiu izwaraim,
bidom meinaim, 2 in baimei simle iddjednb bi
17 ei gub fraujins nnsaris Ie- bizaj aldai ]ns i'airlraus. bi reik
suis Xriatans, ana wulbaus, gi- waldufujis rattans, alnnins bia mi
li.ii alnnan handQgeins jab waurkjandins in suuum ungalau-
izwis
audholeinaie in ufkunbja aeinam- beinais.
1.. 3 in baimei jah weis allai us-
L8 inliuhtida hairtins nietuni smnan in lustuni leikis
angona
izwarie, ei witeib jus lua isl wens unsaris. taujandans wiljana lei-
labonais is. bjileika gabei \\nl- kis jah gamitone, jah wesnm wi-
baua arbjis weihaim, stai barna hatizis ewaawe jah
is in

L9 jah Ira ufarassns mikileins bai anbarai

mahtaia is in one bairn galaub- 4 i]> gu]> gabeiga wisanda in
jaudani bi waurstwa niahtais armahairtein, inbizoa managons
Bwinbeins is, frijabwoe bizaiei frijoda ana,
20 batei gawaurhta in Xristau jah wiaandana ana daubana .")

urraisiands ma us dauj>aim. jah frawaurhtini mibgaqiwida uus

18. sunjos in I!, snnjus in .1. — 14. izci in II. izc in A. gafreideinais; in the
margin baa ganietaie. — 7.7. frijabwa in A, friabwa in B. — 18. inliuhtida ;'// .1.

inliuliitida /'/; /.'. jus /// I! aJbove the line, lrileika; IrileiUu A, illegible in 11. —
/.''. iu una; the margin .1 basin izwis. according to the Greek and Latin manu-
ecripta. — 22. alia (tin• first) in .1. all ;'// //. of lutuns /'// .1. uf fotum in If.
II. 2. i'airlraus ;'// .1. aiwis /// //. sununi ;'// A, suinun ;'// II. '!. wilians; in the —
margin baa lostuna, according ti> Latin mannacripta. weamn A, wisum //; II. ;'//

batiste; hatize;/; .1. liaiis in It. In the margin baa oseateiiiai Drrngkai, gloaa to
wietai barna liatizis. — 4. gabeiga ;'// II. gabigs A. managoaa in A, managoi //*
/'/;

II. I'izaici in A, iu bizaiei in B.

 Ephesiaus II. 161

Xri.stau — anstai siju]> ganasi- jah mi^gardiwaddju faj^os gatai-

dai !
— rands,
6 jah miburreisida jah mi]:>ga- 15 fijabwa, ana leika seinam-
satida in himinakundaim in Xri- ma wito]? anabusne garaideinim
stau Iesu, gatairands, ei bans twans ga-
7 ei ataugjai in aldim ]?aim skopi in du ainamma
sis silbin
anagaggandeim ufarassu gabeins niujamma mann waurkjands ga-
anstais seinaizos in selein bi uns wairj?i,
in Xristau Iesu.
16 jah gafribodedi bans bans
8 unte anstai siub ganasidai in ainamma leika gu]>a J>airh
]>airh galaubein, jah ]?ata ni us galgan, afslahands fijabwa in sis
izwis, ak gu]?s giba ist; silbin.
9 ni us waurstwam, ei Iras ni 17 jah qimands wailamerida
Ipopai; gawairju izwis juzei fairra, jah
10 ak sium taui, gaskapa-
is gawair]u ]>aim izei nehra,
nai in Xristau Iesu du waurst-
wam godaim, ]>oei fauragaman- 18 unte ]?airh ina habam at-
gagg bajobs in ainamma ahmin
wida gup ei in ]>aim gaggaima.
du attin.
11 du]>]?e gamunei]? batei jus
19 Sai nu ju ni siju]? gasteis 'ajktjo
]?iudos simle in leika, ]?ai namni-
jah aljakunjai, ak siju]? gabaurg-
dans unbimaitanai fram bizai
jans bairn weiham jah ingardjans
namnidon bimait in leika kandu-
gubs,
waurht.
12 unte wesu]? ]?an in jainam- 20 anatimridai ana grundu-
ma mela inuh Xristu framabjai waddjau apaustaulejah praufete,
usmetis Israelis jah gasteis ga- at wisandin auhumistin waih-
haite trausteis, wen ni haban- stastaina silbin Xristau Iesu,
dans jah gudalausai in manase- 21 in bammei alia gatimrjo
dai, gagatiloda wahsei]? du alh wei-
13 ib nu sai in Xristau Iesu hai in fraujin,
jus, juzei simle wesu]> fairra, 22 in bammei jah jus mi]?ga-
waur]?ub nelv/a in bloba, Xristaus. timridai sijub du bauainai gups
14 sa auk ist ga\vair]>i unsar, in ahmin.
saei gatawida ]?o ba du samin

5. sijub ;'/; A, sijum iv B. —

6. mi]mrreisida jah inibgaeatida in A, miburreisidai
jah mibgasatidai in B. —
7. aldim in B, aldaim in A. 8. siub in — in B. ,
— 10. sijum in B. godaim in the margin A has ]:>iubeigaim.
sium in A, ; 11. du]j- —
be; A had dubbbe, one b being seratclied. simle; A has simle Avesu]?. 12. inuli in —
B, inu in A. Xristu in A, Xristau in B. gudalausai in A, gubalausai in B. 14. —
illibgardiwaddju midgardivaddju in A, mibgavdawaddju in B.
; 10. afslahands —
in A, afslahans in B. —
IT. izei in B, ize in A. —
ID. mi jn in B, mi in .1. aljakun-
jai ; aljakoujai in A and B. — 20. after aiiatimii ... .1 stoj>n.

11
162 EpheeiatiR .

Chapter III. jah waldufnjam in ]'aim himina-

1 In waihtais ik Paw-
]>izozei kundam ]?airh aikklesjon so filu-
lus bandja Xristaus Iesuis in iz-
faiho handugei gu]?s,
wara I'iudo — 11 bi muna aiwe ]>anei gata-
wida in Xristau Iesu fraujin un-
2 jabai swejmuh hausidedub
saramma,
fauragaggi <j:n}>* anstais sei gi-
12 in ]>ammei habam balbein
bana ist mis in izwis,
jah atgagg in trauai-
[freijhals]
3 unte bi andhuleinai gakan-
nai bairh galaubein is.
nida was mis so runa, swe faura-
13 in j'izei bidja, ni wair]'ai]>
gamelida in leitilamma,
nsgrudjans in aglom meinaim
4- du]>]>e eisiggwandans ma- faur izwis. ]>atei ist wuljms izw ar.
gei]? frabjan frodein meinai in 14 in ]>is biuga kniwa nieina
runai Xristaus. dii attin fraujins unsaris Iesuis
."»
anbaraim aldini ni
batei Xristaus,
kun]> was sunum manne, swaswe 15 us ]mmmei all fadreinis in
nu andhuli]' ist ]>aim weihani is himina jah ana airbainamnjada,
apaustaulum jab praufetum in 1G ei gibai izwis bi gabein wul-
aliniiii. baus semis mahtai inswin|>ian
6 wisan ])iudos gaarbjans jah bairh ahnian seinana in innu-
galeikans jali gadailans gahaitis nian niannan,
is in Kristau Iosu ]>airh aiwag- 17 bauan Xristu bairh galau-
geljon, bein in hairtam izwaraim,
7 ]>izozoi war]' andbahts ik bi 18 ei in frijaj'wai gawaurlai
gibai anstais gu]»s ]>izai gibanon jah gasulidai mageib gafahan
mis bi toja mahtais is. mi]' allaini baim weiham Ira si-
mis ]>amina undarleijin al- iai braidei jah laggei jahhauhei
S
laize |>izr weihane atgibana war]' jah diupei,
ansl a so. in ]'iudoni wailamerjas 10 kunnan ]>o ufarassau miki-
]'o unfairlaistidon gabein Xri- lon ]>is kunbjis irija]'wa Xristaus.

staus ei fullnai]' du allai fullon gubs.

9 jah inliuhtjan allans lriloik 20 a]']'an ]'amma mahteigia

]';ita Fauragaggi runos Jnzos ga- afar all taujan maizo [giban]

fulginons fram aiwam in guba bail bidjam aibbau fra]'jam bi

bamma alia gaskapjandin, mahtai bizai waurkjandein in
1 kanni]' wesi nu reikjam unsis,
<-i

///. '.>. with in gu}>a .1 begins again. — 10. fllnfaiho in -t. managfal]?o in II; in

tin• margin A 1ms managaim managnandei. — 12, bal)>ein in II. baljvin freijhals in
A. — 18. in |>izt'i ;;; IS. in 1'izc /'/( .1 and II. — l<>. ins\viii)>jan in .1, uas\viii|>nan ///

II. in in II. wanting in A. — 18. inja|nvai in .1. Iria]'\vai in B. gawaortai; ga-

w.uirlitai in A and II. jali laggei in //. jal laggei in A. — frija)nva in A. fria]>\va in
//. fullnai)) in B, l"iilnai)> in .1. da in II. in in .1. — 20. giban in A. wanting in D.
niisis ;'// .1. ana in 11.
 Ephesians Til. IV. 163

21 immuh. wulbus in aikklesjon fetuns, sumanzub ]>an aiwagge-

in Xristau Iesu in alios aldins listans, sumanzub pan hairdjans
aiwe. amen. jah laisarjans,
12 du ustauhtai weihaize du
Chapter IV. waurstwa andbahtjis, du timrei-
laiktjo 1 Bidja nu izwis ik bandja in nai leikis Xristaus,
fraujiu, wair]?aba gaggan 13 unte garinnaima allai in
Jnzos
labonais Juzaiei labodai siub, ainamundiba galaubeinais jah
2 mib allai haimeinai jak qair- ufkunbjis sunaus gu]>s, du waira
rein, mi]> usbeisnai, usbulandaus fullamma, in mita]> wahstaus
izwis misso in frijabwai, fullons Xristaus,
3 usdaudjandans fastan aina- 14 ei ]?anaseibs ni sijaima niu-
mundi])a ahmins in gabundjai klahai, uswagidai jah usflaugi-
gawairbeis. dai winda lvammeh laiseinais
4 ain leik jah ains ahma, swa- liutein manne, in filudeisein du
swe atlabodai siju]> in aina wen listeigai uswandeinai airzeins,
labonais izwaraizos. 15 ib sunja taujandans in fri-
5 ains frauja, aina galaubeins. jabwai wahsjaima in ina bo alia,
aina daupeins; izei ist haubib, Xristus,
6 ains gu]? jah atta allaize, 16 us bammei all leik gagati-
saei ufar allaim jah and allans lob (jah) gagahaftib bairh alios
jah in allaim mis. gawissins andstaldis bi waurst-
7 ib ainhrarjammeh unsara at- wa in mitab ana ainhrarjoh fero
gibana ist ansts bi mitab gibos uswahst leikis taujib du timrei-
Xristaus. nai seinai in frijabwai.
8 in bizei ussteigands in
qi}^i]>: 17 pata nu qi]?a jah weitwodj a laiktjo
hauhi]?a ushanb hunb jah atnh- in fraujin, ei ]>anasei]:>s ni gag-
gaf gibos mannam. gaib swaswe jah an]>aros biudos
9 batub ban usstaig Ira ist gaggand, in uswissja hugis sei-
niba batei jah atstaig faurbis in nis,
undaristo airbos? 18 riqizeinai gahugdai wisan-
10 saei atstaig, sa ist jah saei dans frama]?jai libainais gubs, in
usstaig ufar allans himinans, ei unwitjis bis wisandins in im, in
usfullidedi allata. daubi]?os hairtane seinaize,
11 jah silba gaf sumans apau- 19 baiei uswenans waurjmnai
stauluns, sumanzub ban prau- sik silbans atgebun aglaitein in

21. iinmuh in A, imraa B; cp. Rom. XI, 36. in aikklesjon in Xristau Iesu in B,
in

in Xristau Iesu jah aikklesjon in A, perhaps according to Latin manuscript».

IV, 1. siup in A, sijup in B. —
2. frijapwai in A, friapwai in B. — 6. after allaize

stops. — 8. in the margin A has psalmo (Ps. 68, 19.). —

13. sunaus sunus in A.
;

waira fullamma; in the margin the gloss gumin fullamma. — 14. liutein; the
being faded. — 15. izei; ize in A. —
16. jah; wanting in A. — 17. with patu
begins again.
104 Epheeiane IV. V.

wauistwein unhrainibos allaizos sigh'dai sijub in daga uslausei-

in faihufrikein. nais.
20 i]> jus ni swa ganemub Xri 31 alia baitrei jah hatis jah
el u. bwairhei jah hro])s jah wajame-
21 jabai ewebauh ina hauside reins afwairpaidau af izwis mi]>
<lu]>. jab in imina uslaisidai si- allai unselein.
ju]> ewaswe ist sunja in Iesu, '2 wairbaiduh mib izwis misso
22 aflagjaib jus bi fruinin
»'i
arniahairtai.fragibandans
seljai.
usiiicta ]>aua faimjail niannan izwis misso, swaswe gu]> in Xri-
]>ana riurjan bi lustuni afmar- stau fragaf izwis.
zeinaie,
2•"} airab-ban-niujaib ahmin Chapter V.
frabjis izwaris 1 Wairbaib nu galeikondans laiktjo
24• jah gahamob bamma niu- guba, swe barna liuba.
jin mans ] 'annua bi guba ga-
2 jah gaggaib in frijabwai,
ekapanin in garaihtein jah weihi- swaswe jah Xiistus fnjoda uns
]>ai sun JOB.
jah sik faur uns atgaf Bilbao
2•") in ]>izei aflagjandans liugn
hunsl jah saub guba du daunai
rodjaib sunja lrarjizuh mi]> ne-
wobjai.
lrundjin scinanima, unto sijuni
3 abban horinaBBus jah alios
anbar an]>aris li]ms. anhraini]'os ai]>]>au faihufrikei
26 bwairhaib ]'an eijaib jah ni nih naninjaidau in izwis. swaswe
frawaurkjaib: sunno ni dissigqai
gadob ist weiliaim.
ana bwairhein izwaia,
4 (aibbau aglaitiwaurdei) ai)>-
27 nili gibaib stab unhulbin.
|>au dwalawaurdei aibbau sal-
28 saei hlefi, banaeeibs ni hli-
dra, |>oei du baurftai ni fairrin-
fai. ib inais arbnidjai waurkjands
n.nid. ak inais awiliuda.
Bweeaim handuin biub, ei liabai
d ailj an baurbandin. pat a auk witei]' kunnandans .")
laiktjo

2 .) aiuliun \vaurd<' abilaize us batei lrazuh hora aibbau un-

(

munba izwaramma ni usgaggai, lirains aibbau faihufriks, batei

ak |>a1ci gob sijai du tiniieinai ist galiuga-gude skalkinaesus, ni
gaiaubeinaie, ei gibai anst haus- habaib arbi in biudangardjai
jandain. Xristaus jah gubs.
30 jah gaurjaib bana wei- ni ni nianna izwis usluto lau- (")

lian aliinan gabs, in bammei ga- saini waurdam, bairh boei qimib

20. ewa i>t in It above the fine. — 34. jab gahamob ;'// B, jag gahamob in A.
— 25. sijuni in A. siju|» in It. — 28. jab ni in It. jan ni ;// .1. diaeigqai in A. dieeigg-
qai /'// It. — 27. nili <iil>ai|> in II, ni gibib in A. — 28. i|> in A, ak in B. — 80. jab
;/; A, wanting in It. in bammei /'//
.1. |?ammei in It.

V. 2. frijabwai in A. friabwai in It. — 8. After nanm I breaJre off. —

/. ; i
| •) >.i u agiaitiwaardei, wanting in It. .7. hraxnh —
hon; hraznhors in It. ekal-
kinassiis; skalkinassaus in IS. —
8. usluto: uslusto in It.
 Ephesians V. VI. 165

hatis gubs ana sunum ungalau- hausei]> Xristau, swah qeneis ab-
beinais. nam seinaim in allamma.
7 ni wairbaib nu gadailans im, qenins iz- 25' jus wairos frijo]>
8 wesub auk suman riqiz, ib waros, swaswe jah Xristus fri-
nu liuhab in fraujin swe barna joda aikklesjon jah sik silban
;

liuhadis gaggai]> —
atgaf faur ]>o,
9 abban akran liuhadis ist in 26 ei bo gaweihaidedi gahrain-
allai selein jah garaihtein jah jands bwahla watins in waurda,
sunjai — 27 ei ustauhi silba wulbaga
sis
10 gakiusandans ]^atei sijai aikklesjon, ni habandein wamme
Availagaleikai]? fraujin, aibbau maile aibbau lua swalei-
11 jah ni gamainjaib waurst- kaize, ak ei sijai weiha jah un-
wam riqizis. . . wamma.
17 wairbaib unfrodai,
du]?]'e ni 28 swa jah wairos skulun fri-
ale frabjandans lea sijai wilja jon seinos qenins swe leika seina.
fraujins. [sein silbins leik frijo]>] saei seina

18 jah ni anadrigkai]? izwis qen frijob, [jah] sik silban frijo]?.

weina, in ]?ammei ist usstiurei, 29 auk manna luanhun sein

ni
ak fullnaib in ahmin, leik fijaida, ak fodeib ita jah

19 rodjandans izwis in psal- warmeib, swaswe jah Xristus

mom jah hazeinim jah saggwim aikklesjon. . .

ahmeinaim, siggwandans inhair-

tam izwaraim fraujin, Chapter VI.

20 awiliudondans sinteino fram 8 . . . tauji]> ]uu]us, bata gani-

allaim in namin fraujins unsaris mi]> at fraujin, ja]?]?e skalks
Iesuis Xristaus attin jah guba, ja]>]>e freis.
21 ufhausjandans izwis misso 9 jah jus fraujans, ]>ata samo
in agisa Xristaus. taujaib wibra ins, fraletandans
22 qeneis seinaim abnam uf- im hrotos, witandans ]>atei im
hausjaina swaswe fraujin, jah izwis sama frauja ist in hi-
23 unte wair ist haubi]> qenais, minam, jah wiljahalbei nist at
swaswe jah Xristus haubi]> aik- iinma.
klesjons, jah is ist nasjands lei- 10 J)ata nu an]?ar, brobrjusi=io
kis. meinai, mswinbjaib izwis in frau-
24 akei swaswe aikklesjo uf- jin jah in mahtai swinbeins is.

11. after riqizis stops. —

17. with du]?pe .4 begins again. 22. qeneis qenes — ;

in A. — 24. Xristu in A. qeneis qenes in A.

Xristau ; 2S. sein silbins leik frijop
;
—
and jah; interpolation according to Latin manuscripts. 20. after aikklesjon —
A stops.
VI, 8. with taujip begins again. — 9. with fraletandans A begins again.
jah jus fraujans; occurs twice in . — 10. inswinpjaip in A, inswiujaip in B. the
number (i=10) added in occurs already in II, IV.
KWi Ephosians VI.

11 gahamob izwia earwam in ahmin jah dn ]?amma Avakan-

gu\>8, ei mageib standan wij?ra <lans sinteino in alia! usdandein
listins diabiilaus, jah bidom fram allaim bairn wei-
12 unte nist izuis brakja wij?ra ham,
leikjah blob, ak wi}?ra reikja jah 19 jah fram mis, ei mis gibai-
waldufnja. \vi]>ra ]»ans fairluu dau Avanrd in nsluka mnnbis
habandane riqizis Jris, wij?ra bo meinis, in bal]>ein kaunjan runa
alimeinona unseleins in ]>aim hi- aiwaggeljons,
minakundam. 20 fanrboei airino in kunawi-
L3 (lii]']'e nimib sarwa gu]>s. ei dom, ei in izai gadanrsjau ewe
mageij? andstandan in bamma skuljau rodjan.
daga ubilin jah in allamma us-
21 a])]>an ei jus Avitei]> lua bi
waurkjandans standan.
inik ist, Ira ik tauja, kanuei]>
1-1 standaib nu ufgaurdanai izwie allata Tykeikus sa liuba
hupins izwarans ennjai jah ga- |brobar jah triggwa andbahta in
paidodai brunjon garaihteins, fraujin,
1 jah gaskohai fotnm in man-
.">

22 ]?anei insandida du izwis

wibai aiwaggeljons gawairbjis, duj^e ei kunnei]> Ira bi ugk ist
1') nfar all andnimandane skil-
jah gabrafetjai hairtona izwara.
du galaubeinaie, bammei magub
23 gawairbi bro]u*um jah fri-
alios arhjaznos )>i.s uuseljins fu-
abwa mi]? galaubeinai fram guba
niskos afhrapjan.
attin jah fraujin Iesu Xristau.
17 jah hum naseinais niraaib,
jah meki ahmins, ]>ateiist waurd
24 ansts mi]? allaim baiei fri-
jond fraujan unsaraua Iesu Xri-
gu]
stu in unriurein. amen.
18 bairh alios aihtronins jah
bidoe aihtrondans in alia inela Du Aifaisinm ustauh.

11. diabulaus; in the margin A has unhulj'ins. — 14. jah gapaidodoi in 11. jag
gapaidodai in A. — T'>. uneeljine in .1, aaeeleins in B. — 18. wakaodans /'// /<', du-
wakandana in A. in allai in I>. wautingin A. — 19. after gibaidau .t stops, iiiei-

ni>; nioiuais in />. — 21. u)>]>an, only lvmuius, the net being faded.
 Du Filippi.sium.

Chapter I. nai swe sinteino jah nu mikiljada

14 ... tans bro^re in fraujin Xristus in leika meinamma, jaj?] >e
.

gatrauandans bandjom meinaim l^airh libain jab-b-e bairh daubu.

inais gadaursau unagandans 21 mis liban Xristus Iaiktjo
A]?]?an
waurd gu];>s rodJan. ist jah gaswiltan gawaurki.
15 sumai raihtis jali in nei]ns 22 i]>jabai liban in leika, ]>ata
iah haifstais, sumai ]>au in godis mis akran waurstwis ist, jah
wiljius Xristu merjand, lra]?ar waljau ni kann.
16 sumai ]?an us fria|?wai, wi- 23 a];]>an dishabai]?s (im) us
tandans ]>atei du sunjonai ai- ]?aim twaim, J?anuh lustu ha-
waggeljons gasatfys im. bands andletnan jah mij? Xri-
17 p»aiei us haifstai, Xristu stau wisan; und filu mais batizo
merjand ni swiknaba, munau- ist;
dans sik aglons urraisjan band- 24 abban du wisan in leika
jom meinaim. ]?aurftozo in izwara.
18 lira auk? ]?andei allaim hai- 2.j jah bata triggwaba wait

dum, jap>be inilon ja];>be suujai, ]>ateiwisajah];>airhwisa at allaim

Xristus merjada, jah in |?amma izwis du izwarai framgahtai jah
fagiuo, akei jah faginondugiuna; fahedai galaubeinais izwaraizos,
19 unte wait ei j?ata mis ga- 2G izwara biauknai
ei lvroftuli
gaggi]? du ganistai ]?airh izwara in Xristau Iesu in mis J?airh mei-
bida jah andstald ahmins Xri- nana qum aftra du izwis.
staus Iesuis, 27 lveh batainei wair]>aba ai-
20 bi usbeisnai jah wenai mei- waggeljons Xristaus usmitai]>,
naim, unte ni in waihtai gaaiwi- ei,jab]?e qimau jah gasailrau iz-
sko]'s wair]?a, ak in allai trauai- wis ja]?be alja]^ro, gahausjau bi

The remains (? ) of the Epistle to the PhUippiaus are preserved as follows : A

coutaias II, 20— IV, ; MsI, 14— If, 8. If, 2J—1 V, IT. Hence the verses If, L'G—
IV, 6 are contained in both manuscripts.
Superscription according to IV, 1.5.
I, 14 tans; Inst syllable of inauagistatis. — 7.7. haifstais; liaiitais in

IS.— 23. im; wanting in B.

 PbilippiauB I. II.

izwis juilfi standi]» in ainamma skalkis nimands. in galeikja

ahinin, ainai saiwalai samana inanne waur]>ans jah manaulja
arbaidjandans manna,
galaubeinai ai- bigitans ewe
waggoljons. 8 gahaunida sik silban waur-
28 jah ni in wailitai afagidai bans ufhausjands attin uud . . .

fram J)aini andasta]nam. batei 22 ]>atei swe attin barn

ist im ustaikn.-ins fralustais. mijjskalkinoda mis in aiwaggel-
izwia ganistais. jah bata fram j on
gnj>a 23 banuh nu wenja sandjan
•J'.) izwis fragiban ist faur Xri- bi]»e gasailra Ira bi mik ist suns,
stu. ni ]>atainriduiinmagalaub- 24 a>ban gatraua in fraujin
jan. ak jah bata faur ina winnan, Jjammei jah silba sprauto qima.
::n l>osamonhaifst habandans 25 abfan ]>arf munda Aipa-
boei gasaihnbin mis jah nu hau- fraudoitu brobar jah gawanrst-
eeip in mis. wan a }j gahlaiban meinana. j

Chapteb II. izwarana apaustulu jah andbaht

1 Jabai lro nu ga]u-aisteino in ]>aurftais meinaizos. sandjan du
Xristau. jabai lro gablaihte fri- izwis,
abwoe, jabai lro gamaindu]'.• 26 ante gairnjands was allaize
ahmins. jabai lro mUdibo jah fewara jah unwunands in bkei
gableibeino, hausidodu]> ina siukan.
2 osfulleij-» meina failed ei J?ata 27 jah auk sinks was nelra
eamo hugjaib, bo samon friabwa daubau; akei gap ina gaarmai-
habandans.samasaiwalai. sama- da, a]>]>an ni batainei ina. ak
frabjai, jah mikj (v gauivin ana gaurein i

3 ni waiht aibban "' haban.

bi haiistai
lansai hauheinai. ak in allai hau- 28 sniumundos nu insandida
neiuai gahugdais anbar anba- ina, <'i gasauVandana ina aftra
rana munande sis auhuman. faginob jah ik hlasoza siiau uf-
I ni I'.) eeina Irarjizuh initon- kunnan Is Ira bi izwis ist.
dans ak jah ]>o an]>araiz<• lrarji- 29 andnimaib nu ina in fran-
znh. mi]> allai fahedai, jah bane
jin

5 bata auk frabjaidau in izwis ewaleikane swerans habaib,

batei jah in Xrietau leeu, •".<) ante in waurstwis Xristaus

6 eaei in gnbaakaanein wieands nnd d&ubn atnetuida ufarmnn-

ni wulwa rahnida wisan sik ga- nonds saiwalai seinai, usfnlli- <
i
i

leiko guba, dedi izwar gaidw bi mein and-

7 ak sik Bilbao uslausida wlit bahti.

28. afagidai; the manuscript ha J afagidaa, which has been corrected.

II. 5. ii;i|'.i;ii(l;ni
trai|<jai<lan in li. —
25. izwarana izwana ;;; 26. in —
>/
: :
/.'.

J'izc /'// .1
; with these .1 begins, correctly baa in )>izd. —
28. gasaihrandane
ina in .1 above the line. —
29. babaip in .1. haibai]' in 11.
 Philippians III. 169

Chapter III. 9 jah bigitaidau in imma, ni

laiktjo
J)ata anbar, brobrjus meinai, habands meina garaihtein bo us
faginob in fraujin. ]^o samona witoda, ak ]?o ]?airh galaubein
izwis meljan mis swebauh ni la- Xristaus Iesuis, sei us guba ist
tei, ib izwis bwastiba. garaihtei ana galaubeinai,

2 saibjib bans hundans, sailuib 10 du kunnan ina jah maht

]>aus ubilans waurstwans, saibjib usstassais is jah gamaindub ]m-
]?o gam ait anon. laine is, mibkauribs was daubau

3 abban weis sium bimait, weis is,

alimin guba skalkinondans jah 11 ei luaiwa gaqimau in us-
stassai us daubaim.
Inopandans in Xristau Iesu, jah
ni in leika gatrauam, 12 ni batei ju andnemjau aij?-
4 jah ban ik habands trauain bau ju garaihts gadornibs sijau,
jah in leika. jabai luas anbar abban afargagga ei gafahau, in
bugkeib trauan in leika, ik mais, ]iammei gafahans war}? fram
Xristau.
5 bimait ahtaudogs, us kno-
dai Israelis, kunjis Baineiamei- 13 bro]?rjus, ik mik silban ni
nis, Haibraius us Haibraium, bi
nauh man gafahan
Avitoda Fareisaius, 14 abban ain, swebauh ]>aim
wrakjands aikkles- afta ufarmunnonds, ib du bairn
bi aljana
jon, bi garaihtein ]>izai sei in wi-
boei faura sind mik ufbanjands,
toda ist wisands usfairina. mundrein afargagga afar si-
bi

7 akei ]>atei was mis gawaurki, gislauna bizos iupa labonais

]?atuh rahnida in Xristaus slei]?a
gubs in Xristau Iesu.
wisan. 15 swa managai nu swe sijai-
8 a]?ban swebauh all domja ma fullawitans, bata hugjaima;
sleiba wisan in ufarassaus kunb- jah jabai lua aljaleikos hugji]>,
jis Xristaus Iesuis fraujins mei- jah bata izwis gub andhuljib;
nis, in bizei allamma gasleibtys 16 a]?ban swebauh du bammei
im, jah domja smarnos wisan gasnewum, ei samo hugjaima
allata, ei Xristu du gawaurkja jah samo fraj^jaima. [samon
habau, gaggan garaideinai].

Ill, 3. sium in A, sijutn in B. jah ni in B, jau ni in A. — J. bimait in A and

(/brbimaita? asks Bernhardt). Baineiameinis in B, Baiuiameinis in A. — 8. Xri-

staus Iesuis in A, Iesuis Xristaus in B. Xristu; Xristau in A and B. — .9. ]>o us
witoda in B, us witoda in A. bo bairh in A, bairh in B. Xristaus Iesuis in A,
Iesuis Xristaus in B. — 12. afargagga in A, ik afargagga in B. — 13. nauh in A,
bau in B. — 15. hra in A, wanting in B. andhuljib in A, andhugjib in B. — 16.
sainon gaggan garaideinai in A, wanting in B; it is an additional variant, which
originally stood in the margin, but was afterward incorporated into the text.
frabjaima (in A andB) seems to be an error; it must hare replaced an original gag-
i>aima or a similar word.
 17<» Philippians III. TV

17 mibgaleikondans meinai 4 nunu fagiuop) in fraujin sin-

jah mundo)» teino; aftra qi^a, fagino]?.
wair]>ai]>. broju-jtis,
izwis bans swa gaggandans swa- 5 anawiljei izwara kuu]?a siai
swe habaib frisaht unsis. allaim mannam; frauja nelra ist.
18 unte managai waihtai maurnai]', ak in
gaggand, (i ni

banzei ufta qa}? izwis. allai bidai iali aihtronai mi)>

i)> nu jah

gretands qfya, pans fijands gal- awiliudam bidos izwaros kunJ?os

gins Xristaus, eijaina at guj>a.
7 jah gawairjn gu}?s,];>ateiufar-
19 ]u'zeei andeis wair]>i]> fra-
ist all ahane, fast a hairtona
lusts. ]»izeei gu\) wamba ist jah
wulj?us in skandai he, baiei air-
jah leika izwara in Xristan Iesu.
beinaim fra]>jand. 8 ]>ata anpar. bro]u'jus.|uslrah
]>atei ist sunjein, juslrah ]>atei
20 unsara bauains in himi-
i|>
gariud, ]ush-ah j^atei garaiht.
nam ist, |>a)>roei jah nasjand us-
bishrah J?atei weih, ]>islrah ]>atei
beidam fraujan [esu Xristu,
liubaleik. ]>islrah )?atei wailamer,
21 saei inmaideij? leika haunei- jabai Iro godeino. jabai lro ha-
nais ansaraizos <lu ibnaskaun-
zeino, ]mta mito]?;
janima leika \vnl|>aus scinis hi
i) jah galaisidedu]' izwis
]>atei
waurst wa.untemag jah ufhnaiw-
jah ganeinu]> jah gahausidedujj
jan sis alia.
jah gaselru]? in mis. ]>ata. tau-
jai]>; jah gu]) gawair]>eis sijaimib
Chapter IV.
izwis.
laikljo 1 Swaoi nu. bro]?rjus meinai
liubans jah lustusamans, t'ah<>]'s
10 faginoda in fraujin z=7
A]>]>an

jah waips meinSj swa standi]' in mikilaba, unto ju Iran ga]>ailm]>

frau j in.
du fan r mik fra]>jan: ana ]>am-
2 Aiodian India iali Syntykein mei jah fro)ni]>, a]?]?an analati-

bidja |';it;i saino fra]\iaii in frau-

dai wnur]ui]>.
jin. 11 ni |>atoi bi jmrbai qi)>au:
3 jai jah ]>uk waliso bidja ga- unto ik galaisida mik in ]»aimei
juko, ni|>ais |>os j'o/.ci nii]>arl»ai- im gaiiohi]>s wisan.
didedun mis aiwaggeljon mi|> 12 lais jah haunjan mik, Iris
in
Klemaintau jah anj?araim ga- jah ufarassau haban; in allam-
waurstwam meinaim, jMzeei nam- nia jah in allaim us]>ro]>ij>s im,
na Bind in hokoni lihainais. jah sads waii-]>an jah gredags,

17. jab mundop /'// //. jam mundo]? fa .1. — Hi. pizeei (the fir.st) in II. pizeiei
in .1. |>i/.<vi (thesecoad) in .1, |>i/.e in II. wuljni.s //; II. wulpaus /// .1. — 21. wul-
J'iins in .1, \vns|'iiiis ;/; II.

IV. 2. i.ili Syntykein fn It. ias Syntykein fa — Klemaintau in B, Klai-

.1. •'?.

maintau fa .1. — 4. annu //; .1. nunn nu fa It. — 5. anawiljei: auawiljefa and B. .t

«i.ii in II. sijai in .1. — C. after eijaina .1 Btope. — 12. utarussuu; ufarassu in Ik ia
nliovi' thi' line; cp. II I'or. II. 4. Lu. XV. 17.
 Philippians IV. 171

jah ufarassau haban jah barbos waggeljons, ]>an usiddja af Ma-

bulan. kidonai, ni ainohun aikklesjono
13 all mag in ]?amma inswinb- mis gamainida in rabjon gibos
jandin mik Xristau. jah andanemis alja jus ainai,
14 a]?ban swe]>auh waila gata- 16 unte jah in paissalauneikai
widedub gamainja briggaiidans jah ainamma sinba jah twaim
meiua aglon. andawizn mis insandidedu]?.
15 abban witub jah jus, Filip- 17 ni j^atei gasokjau giba, ak
pisius, batei in anastodeinai ai- gasokja ak. . . .

14. briggaiidans; dan above the line. — 15. ainohun; ainnohun in II. — IT. ak;
remaining letters of akran.
 Kaulaussaium.

Chapteu I. awiliudondans at tin. sad

(> . . . in snnjai la]>oda izwie du dailai hlaatis
7 swaswe ganemu]? at Aipafrin weihaize in liuhada,
|»;i]]iina liubin gaskalkja ansa- saei galausida izwisnswal- '
rauima, saei isl fcriggws faur iz- diifnja riqizis jah atnam in ]>in-
wis andbahts Xristaus Iesuis, dangardja snnatis fiia]nvos sei-
8 saei jah gakannida uns iz- nai/.os.
wara fiia]>\\a 1n ahmin. 14 in ]>animei habam fanr-
b-2 <) I)u]'])o fram ]>amma baaht, Eralet frawaarhte,
j;ili weis,
daga ei bansidednm, ai Kreilai- 1") saei ist frisahts gnj>8 nn-
<1<m1 urn faur izwie bid jandans jah gasaihranis, framabaar allaizos

aihtrondans ei fnllnni]? kunbjis gaskaftais,

wiljins is in allai handngein jah 16 ante in imma gaskapana
frodein ahmeiaai, waurbna alia in hiniinani jah
10 gaggaib wairbaba fran- ana air]>ai, ]>o "asailranona jah
,.j

jins in allamma |?atei galeikai, |'o angasaircanona, ja]»)'e sitlos

ia allamma waurstwe godaize ja]>]>e franjinassjns ja]>]>e reikja
akraa bairandans jah wahsjan- ja]>be waldafnja. alia bairh ina
dans in afkunbja gaj?s, iah in imma gaskapana sind,
in allai mahtai gaswinbidai
1 17 jah is ist fanra allaini jah
iii mahtai wnl^aas is in allai as- alia in imma dssatida sind.
|>ul;iin;ii jah nsbeisnai nii|> fahe- 1 jah is ist hanbi]' leikis. aik-
«lai. klesjons; saei istanastodeins,fm-

The remains of tin• Epistle to the Colossians are preserved as follows: con*
tains I. 10—29. II 20— III, S. IV. 4— hi; II. 13—20 and IV. 13— JO in the Codex

Tnrinensis (See Introduction). has 7, 6 20. II. 7 7— IV. T.t. Hence the verses
I. 10—29. II. 20—III, 8. IV. -I— hi occur in both manuscripts. About % of the
Epistle is lost.

Superscription: It is taken from tin• abbreviated form Kau>saim. which occurs

;it the dose of the Epistle in II.

I. 10. with w;iir]';il>;i .1 begins, akran : in .1 twice. j;ili wabHjandane in A,

wanting in B. — 14. frawaarhte; li in aboiO the line. — Id. hJminain in A, lii-

miiia /// B. jali bo in It. jaj> ]>o in A. walduinia: n above the line.
 Colossians I. II. 173

mabaur us dau]?aim, ei sijai in 27 baimei wilda gakanu-g-ub

allaim frumadein habands,
is jan gabein Avulbaus ]>izos runos
19 unte in imiiia galeikaida in ]?iu,dom, batei ist Xristus in
alia fullon bauan izwis, Avens Avul]?aus,
20 jah bairh ina 28 ]?anei Aveis gateiham talz-
gafri]?ou alia
jandans all manne jah laisjan-
in innna, gaAvair]:>i taujands Jrairh
blo]> galgins is, bairh ina, ja]>be dans all manne in allai haudu-
]>o ana air]?ai ja]?]>e bo ana hi- gein, ei atsatjaima all manne
niinam. fullawitan in Xristau Iesu;
21 Jah izwis simle Avisandans 29 du bammei arbaidja us-
framajndans jali fijands gahug- daudjands bi AAaurstwa ]iatei
dai in waurstwani ubilaim, i]? nu inna Avaurkei]? in mis in mahtai.
gafri]?odai
22 in leika mammons is bairh Chapter II.

dau]m, du atsatjan izwis weihans 11 .... frawaurhte leikis, in

jah unwammans jah usfairinans bimaita Xristaus,
faura imma, 12 mi]?ganawistrodai imma in
23 jabai swe]?auh bairhwisi]? in daupeinai, in bizaiei jah miburri-
galaubeinai ga]?wastidai jah ga- stiJ? bairh galaubein waurstwis
tulgidai jah ni afwagidai af A\e- gubs, saei urraisida ina us dau-
nai aiwaggeljons boei hauside- baim
duj?, sei merida ist in alia ga- 13 jah izwis daubans AA'isan-
skaft bo uf himina, bizozei Avar]? dans missadedim jah unbimaita
ik Pawlus andbahts. leikis izwaris mibgaqiwida mib
24 [saei] nu fagino in ]>aimei imma, fragibands uns alios mis-
Aviuna faur izwis jah usfullja sadedins,
gaidwa aglono Xristaus in leika 14 afsAvairbands ]?os ana uns
meiuamma faur leik is, j^atei ist wadjabokos raginam seinaim,
aikklesjo, ]>atei was andaneij^o uns, jah
25 Avarb ik andbahts bi
])izozei )>ata usnam us midumai, ganagl-
ragina gu]?s batei giban ist mis jands ita du galgin,
in izwisdu usfulljan waurd gubs, 15 andhamonds sik leika reik-
26 runa sei gafulgina was fram ja jah waldufnja gatarhida bal-
aiwam jah fram aldim, ib nu ga- |?aba, gablaubjands bo [bairh-
s\vikunbidaAvar]?]?aim weiham is, taba] in sis.

24. saei; seems to be a later addition in B, wanting in A. gaidwa in A, gaiwa

in B. — 27. Avilda; in in the margin. Xristus in B, wanting in A. 29. us- —
daudjands in A, usdaujauds in B. after bi stops. batei inua Avaurkeib, ei inua,
faded out. after mahtai A stops.
II, 11. begins. — 13. with the second jah Codex Turinensis begins, but little

is legible (See Introduction). — 14. usuam in A, usnian in B. galgin ; al in above

the line. — 15. bairhtaba seems to be a gloss to bal]>aba, which has ben incor/ to-
la ted into the text.
174 Coloasiane II. III.

16 ni manna nu
bidom- ' unte gadaubnodedub, jah li-
izwis
jai in mata aibbau in dragka bains izwara gafulgina ist mi]>
aibbau in dailai dagie dulbais Xristau in g'u]>;i
aibbau f ulli]>e aibbau sabbatum, 4 ]>an Xristus swikun]>s'-wair-
17 batei ist skadus bize ana- bib, Iibains izwara. banuh jah
wairbane, ib leik Xrietaus. ins bairhtai wairbib mib imina
18 ni tuashun izwis gajiukai in wulbau.
wiljande in hauneinai jah bloti- 5 daubeib nu libuns izwarans,
aaseau aggile, ]>atei ni sabj ua- bans J?aiei sind ana airbai, hori-
hafiands sik, sware ufblesans naesu, unhrainein, winna, lustu
Eram frabja leikis seinis, ubilana, jah faihugeigon sei ist
1 .) jah ni habands haubib, as gaJiugagude skalkinassus,
(

bammei all leik bairh gawissins G bairn ]>oei qimib hatis'gubs

jah gabindos anknando jah bei- ana eunum ungalaubeinais.
hando wahseib dn wahstau gube. 7 in baimei jah jus iddjedub
20 jabai gaswultub mib Xri- simle, ban libaidedub in bairn;
stan af stabim bis fairlraus. Ira 8 ib nu aflagjib jah jus ]>o alia.
banaseibs ewe qiwai in ]'amma hatis, bwairhein, unselein, ana-
Eairhrau urredib: qiss, aglaitiwaurdein ; us munba
21 ni tekais nih atsnarpjais izwaramma ni UBgaggai
nih kauejais? 9 ni liugaib izwis misso, af-
22 ]>;)tci ist aUduriurein, bairh elaupjandans izwis bana fairnjan
batei is brukjaidan l>i anabus- mannan mi]> tojam is,
niin jah laiseinim nianne.
10 jah gahamob niujamma
2'\ swebanh wanrd
)>o('i sind
bamma ananiwidin du ufkunbja
habandona handugeins buhtaus bi frisahtai ]>is saeigaskop ina.
in fastubnja jah hauneinai hair-
11 ]>arei nisi Kreks jah.Tudai-
tins jah unfreideinai leikis, ni in
us, bimait jah faurafilli, barba-
Bweribo hrizai du Boba leikis.
rufl jah Skybus, skalke jah freis,
Chapteb III. ak alia jah in allaim Xristus.
1 Jabai nu miburrisub Xri- 12 gahamob izwis nu swe ga-
Btau, boei iupa sind Bokeib, barei walidai gube, weihans jah wali-
X rist us ist in taihewai gnbs si- sniis. brusts bleibeins, armahair-
tande; tein, eelein, haunein ahine, qair-
2 baimei iupa sind Erabjaib, ni rein usbeisnein,
j'aiiii )>oci an;i «•
i i] >;i i sind, 13 bulandans izwis misso jah

20. with l'is .1 begins. — 21. tekata; n-ikais in and B. nih; twice in .1. ni
in B. — 28. unfreideinai in .1. anfreidei /'// //.

///. 2. una; //; .1 above tliel'me. — 5. liorinassu in II. horinassau in .1. winna
in A, winnon ;'// //. abflanain .1. obila in H: na was perhaps added above the line.
— 8. with izwaramma ni .1 bivaksoff. — 1l'. blei)>eins• blofyein in Ii. ahine; only
ji is discernible.
 Colossians III. IV. 17

fragibandans silbam, jabai Iras augam skalkinondans saa- man-

A\i]>ra lrana habai fairina, swa- nam samjandans, ak in ainfal-
swe jah Xristus fragaf izwis, swa bein hairtins ogandans gub.
jah jus taujai]?, 23 bislrah batei taujaib, us
14 a]']mn ufar alia friapwa, sei saiAvalai Avaurkjaib, swe fraujin,
ist gabinda amamundibos. ni mannam,
15 jah gawairjn gu]?s swign- 24 Avitandans ]>atei af fraujin
jai .... hairtam izwaraim, in nimib andalauni arbjis, unte frau-
bammei jah labodai wesu]? in jin Xristau skalkinob;
ainamma leika; jah awiliudon- 25 sa auk skabula andnimi])
dans Avairbaib. batei skob, jah nist Aviljahalbei
16 Avaurd Xristaus bauai in at guba.
izwis gabigaba; in allai handu-
gein jah frodein ahmeinai lais- Chapter IV.
jandans jah talzjandans izwis
1 Jus fraujans, garaiht jah ib-
silbans psalm om, hazeinim, sagg-
nassu bewisam atkunnaib, Avi-
wim ahmeinaim in anstai, sigg-
tandans batei aihub jah jus frau-
wandans in hairtam izwaraim
jan in himinam,
fraujin.
17 all bislvah batei taujaib in 2 bidai haftjandans izwis, Ava-
Avaurda aibbau in AA-aurstwa, all
kandans in izai in awiliudam,

in namin fraujins Iesuis aAviliu- 3 bidjandans samana jah bi

dondans guba attin bairh ina. uns, gub uslukai unsis haurd
ei

18 jus qinons, ufhausjaib Avai- A\aurdis du rodjan runa Xri-

ram izwaraim, SAve gaqimi]? in staus, in ]>izozei jah gabundans
fraujin. im,
19 AA-airos, frijob qenins iz\A
r
a- 4 ei gabairhtjau ]?o swaswe
ros jah ni sijaib baitrai wibra skuljau rodjan.
bos. 5 in handugein gaggai]? du
20 barna, ufhausjaib fadrei- bairn uta, bata mel usbugjan-
nam bi all; unte bata AA'aila ga- dans,
leikaib ist in fraujin. 6 Avaurd izAvar sinteino in an-
21 jus attans, ni gramjaib stai salta gasupob siai, ei Aviteib
barna izAA'ara du bwairhein, ei ni hraiAA'a skuleib ainluarjammeh
Avairbaina in unlustau. andhafjan.
22 beAvisa, ufhausjaib bi all 7 batei bi mik ist, all gakan-
(bairn bi) leika fraujam, ni in nei]> izwis Tykeikus sa liuba bro-

13. silbam; uncertain. — an additional faded

15. swignjai; swignjaiba, with
letter in B. Uppstrom nnd Heyne have swignjai ban; Bern hard suggests swignjai
ana. — 22. bairn bi, wanting in B. —
25. wiljahalbei wiljahalbein in B. ;

IV, 4. with swaswe A begins again. — 5. bata mel in B, mel in A. —. siai

in B, sijai in A. — 7. Tykeikus in A, Tykekus in B.
17(5 f'olossians IV

}>ar jab triggwa andbahts jah jah fullawitans in allaiiima wil-

gaskalM in fraujin, jin gu]>s.

8 ]>anei insandida du izwis 13 weitwodja auk iinma batei

(1] ei kunnjau Ira bi izwis ist habai]> manag aljau bi izwis jah
jah ga]n-afstjai hairtona izwara, sind in Laudeikia bi bans ]>aiei

i) nii)»Aunisiuiau]>amma liubin
jah Iairaupaulein.
jah triggwm bro]>i•. saei ist 14 o-olei]> izwis Lukas lekeis sa us
izwis, ]>aiei all lewis gakannjand liuba jah Demas.
]?atei her ist.
15 golei]? )>ans in Laudeikia
biO]>ruus jah Nymfan jah )>o in-
10 «oleij? izwis Aieistarkus sa
gardjon is aikklesjon.
mibfrahun]?ana mis. jah Markus
1G jah ]?an ussiggwaidau at iz-
gadiliggs Barnabins, bi |>anei ne-
wis so aipistaule. taujaty ei jah
mu]> anabusnins, ei, jabai qimai
in Laudekaion aikklesjon ossigg-
at izwis, andnimaib ina,
waidan, jah ]>oei ist us Laudei-
11 jah Iesus saei haitada In- kaion. jus ussiggwaid.
stils, ]>aiei sind us bimaita; ]>ai 17 jah qi]>ai]> Arkippan: saitu
ainai gawaurstwans sind biudan- )>ata andbahti ]>atei andnanit in
gardjos gu]>s. ]>aiei wesun mis du fraujin, ei ita usfnlljais.
gabrafsteinai. 18 goleins meinai handau Paw-
12 goleib izwis Aipafras sa us la us.
izwis. skalks 19 gamunei]) meinaizos band-
Xristaus [esuis, sin-
teino usdandjands bi izwis in bi- ies, ansts mi]> izwis. amen.
dom, ei standafyallawaurstwans Du Kanlanssainm ustauh.

Aieistarkus
10. 11. Ariastarkus in A. — Iustus in A. Justus
2 7. //. — 12.
Xristaus Icsuis in 11, Iesuis Xristaus in A. — sinteino sa sinteino
1'•. 7/j .1. — 7-7.

after sind Ambf. A stops, Codex Tarinensis begins. Laudeikia A, Laudeikaia

;'// /!. — 7-7. lekeis in A. leikeis in IS. jah Deman in A. wanting in 11. — 7.7. bo in-

gardjon in B, ingardjon in A; <•//. I (Or. X\'I. '.). — Subscription Kanseaim /// //;

.1 onlv
;'// . . . u aus
. . . . is discernible.
 Du J>aissalauneikaium. a.

Chapter 15 baiei jah fraujiu usqemun

II.

10 .... jah gub, lraiwa wei- Iesua jah swesaim praufetum,

haba jah garaihtaba jah unfairi- jah uns frawrekun jah gu]?a ni
liodaba izwis ]>aim galaubjan- galeikandans jah all aim man-
dam wesum, nam andaneibans sind,
11 swaswe witub, ainhmrjanoh 16 warjandans uns du ]>iudom
izwara swe atta barn a seina bid- rodjan ei ganisaina, akei du us-

jandans izwis jahgablaihandans, fulljan seinos frawaurhtins sin-

12 jahweitwodjandans du gag- teino. abban snauh ana ins ha-
gan izwis wairj?aba gubs, saei tis gubs und andi.
laboda izwis du seinai biudan- 17 Abban weis, brobrjus, gaai-b=2
gardjai jah wulbau. naidai af izwis du mela hjeilos
13 dube jah weis awiliudom andwair]>ja ni hairtin, ufarassau
guba unsweibandans, unte ni- sniumidedum andaugi izwar ga-
mandans at uns waurd hausei- sailuan in managamma lustau.
nais gubs andnemub ni swaswe 18 unte wildedum qiman at
waurd manne, ak, swaswe ist izwis, ik raihtis Pawlus jah ai-
sunjaba, waurd gubs, batei jah namma sin]>a jah twaim, jah
waurkeib in izwis, juzei galaubei]?. analatida uns satana.
14 jus auk galeikondans waur- 19 hm auk ist unsara wens
bubj brobrjus, aikklesjom gu]?s aibbau fahebs ai]?]?au waips luof-
]>aim wisandeim in Iudaia in tuljos, niu jus in andwairbja
Xristau Iesu, unte ]?ata samo fraujins unsaris Iesuis Xristaus
wunnub jah jus fram izwaraim in is quma?
inkunjam, swaswe jah weis fram 20 jus auk siub wulbus unsar
Iudaium, jah f aliens.

Of the A contains only V, 22—28; begins

First Epistle to the Thessalonians
with II, 10, J of
about
the Epistle being wanting.
Superscription; added according to the superscription of the Second Epistle to
the Thessalonians.
, 13. waurkei]?; \> in above the line. — 17. gaainaidai; so Uppstrom and
Heyne; cp. Rom. XIV, 4. Bernhardt writes gaainanaidai. izwar izwara in B.
12
 178 I Theeualoniane III. IV.

Chapter III. 10 naht jah daga ufarassau

Jaiktjo 1 In bizei ju ni usbulandans bidjandans ei gasailraima and-
banamais galeikaida uns ei bili- wairbja izwara jah ustiuhaima
]?anai weseima in Abeinim ainai, waninassu galaubeinais izwarai-
2 jah insandidedum Teimau- zos?
baiu, brobar unsarana jah and- 11 Abban silba gu]? jah attag=3
baht gubs in ahvaggeljon Xri- unsar jah frauja unsar lesus ga-
staus, ei izwis gatulgjai jah bid- raihtjai wig unsarana du izwis;
jai bigalaubein izwara, 12 abban izwis frauja manag-
3 ei ni ainshun afagjaidau in jah ganohnan gataujai fria]>-
jai
baim aggwibom. silbans auk wi- wa in izwis misso jah allans.
tub ]>atei du ]?amma gasatidai swaswe jah weis in izwis,
sijum; 13 du tulgjan hairtona izwara
4 jah auk ban wesum at izwis, usfairinona in weihibai faura
fauraqebum izwis batei anawairb gu]>a jah attiu unsaramma in
was uns du winnan agli]?os, swa- quma fraujins unsaris Iesuis Xri-
swe jah warb jah wituj?. staus mib allaim ]>aim weiham
5 dubbe jah ik ju ni us]?ulands seinaim.
insandida du ufkunnan galau-
bein izwara, ibai aufto usfaifraisi Chapter IV.
izwis sa fraisands jah swarewair-
1 J>annu nu, hrobrjus, anahai-d=4
bai arbaibs unsara. tarn bidai izwis jah bid jam in
G abban nu at qiraandin Tei- fraujin Iesua, ei, swaswe andne-
mau]>aiau at unsis fram izwis mu]) at uns luaiwa skulub gag-
jah gateihandin uns galaubein gan jah galeikan gu]>a, swaswe
(jah) friajnva izwara, jah batei
jah gaggib, jah gaaukai]? ma is.
gaminbi unsar habai]> god sin-
2 witub auk lrarjos anabns-
teinogairnjandans unsgasailran
nins atgebum izwis bairh fraujan
swaswe jah weis izwis,
Iesu Xristu.
7 iuuh bis gabrafstidai sijum,
hrobrjus, fram izwis ana allai
3 ]?ata auk ist wilja gubs, woi-
nau]>ai jah aglon unsarai in iz-
hi|>a izwara, ei gahabaib izwis
af kalkinassau,
waraizos galaubeinais,
8 unte sai libam, jabai jus ga- 4 ei izwara ga-
witi Ivarjizuh

standib in fraujin. staldan sein kas in weihibai jah

9 lua auk awiliude magum us- sweribai,
gildan fraujin guba bi izwis ana 5 ni in gairnein lust a as swa-
allai fahedai bizaiei faginom in swe jah biudos )>ozei ni kunnun
izwara faura gu]?a unsaramma. gub,

///, Kaaatidai; gatidai in H.

.'/. — . usfmlauds: us)>ulans in 11. —
. Teiinau-
)>aiau ; Ti-imau}>aiu ill li. jab (the second); wanting in B. —
<S. sai above the line,
;

but indistinct.
 Thessalonians IV. V 170

6 ei bras ni ufargaggai nih bi- ma fraujins ni bisniwam faur

faiho in toja brobar seinana, bans anaslepandans,
unte fraweitands frauja ist al- 16' unte silba frauja in haitjai,
laize, swaswe jah fauraqe]?um iz- in stibnai arkaggilaus jah inbut-
wis jah Aveitwodidedum. haurna gubs dalab atsteigi]? af
7 unte ni laboda uns gub du himina, jah daubans ]>ai in Xri-
unhrainibai ak in Aveihiba. stau usstandand faurbis,
8 inuh bis nu saei ufbrikib, ni 17 ];>a]>ro ban AAeis bai liban-
mann ufbriki]? ak guba, saei gaf dans ]>ai aflifnandans suns mi]>
ahman seinana Aveihana izwis. im fraAvilwanda in milhmam du
gamotjan fraujin in luftau jah
9 abban bi brobrulubon ni ;

framAvigis mi]? fraujin Avair]?am.

baurbum meljan izwis; mite sil-
18 SAvaei nu brafstei]? izwis
bans jus at guba uslaisidai sijub
misso in ]>aim Avaurdam.
du frijon izwis misso.
10 jah auk taujib bata in al- Chapter Y.
lansbrobruns in allaiMakidonai. 1 Abban bi ]?o ]?eihsa jah mela, q=6
a]?}?an bid jam izwis, brobrjus, brobrjus,
ni ]>aurbum ei izwis

biauknan mais meljaima;

2 unte silbans glaggwo witub
11 jah biarbaidjan anasilan
]?atei dags fraujins swe ]?iubs in
jah taujan swesa jah Avaurkjan
naht swa qimib.
handum izwaraim, swaswe jah
3 ban qiband gaAA*air]>i jah tul-
izwis anabudum,
giba, banuh unweniggo ins biqi-
12 ei gaggai]? gafehaba du mi]> fralusts SAvasAve sair qibu-
bairn baiei uta sind jah ni aims-
hafton, jah ni unbabliuhand.
nun Iris baurbei]>.
4 a]?ban jus, brobrjus, ni sijub
«=5 13 Abban ni Avileima izwis up- in riqiza, ei sa dags izAvis swe
Aveisans, brobrjus, bi bans ana- ]>iubs gafahai;
slepandans, ei ni saurgaib swe 5 unte allai jus sunjus liuhadis
bai anbarai, baiei ni habandAven. sijub jah sunjus dagis; ni siub
14 unte jabai galaubjam batei nahts ni riqizis.
Iesus gas wait jah ueetob, swa 6 bannu nu ni slepaima swe
jah gub bans baiei anasaislepun ]?ai anbarai, ak AA akaima jah r

]?airh Iesu tiuhib mib imma. Avarai sijaima.

15 batub ban izwis qibam in 7 unte baiei slepand, nahts sle-
Avaurda fraujins, batei Aveis bai pand, jah baiei drugkanai wair-
libandans bai bilaibidans in qu- ]>and, nahts drugkanaiA\air]mnd.

IV, .
weitwodidedum; weitwodedum in ft. —
IS. brobrjus; brobrus in B. —
17. mib im mib imma in B.
;

V, 3. ni; wanting according to Castiglione and Lobe, Uppstronrs text has it,
but nothing is said about it in the notes. —5. nabts; nabs in B. —
7. nalits sle-

pand nahtslepaud in B.
;
180 I Thessalonians '

8 ib weis dagis wisandans us- sinteino binb laistjai]} mty izwis

skawaj sijainia.gahamodaibrun- misso jah wibra allans.
jongalaubeiuais jah friajnvos jah 16 sinteino faginob in fraujin,
liilma wenai uaseinais, 17 unsweibandans bidjaib,
i) unte ni satida uns gub in 18 in allamma awilindob; bata
hatis, ak du gafreideinai gani- auk ist wilja gu]>s in Xristau Iesu
etaisbairh fraujan unsaranalesu in izwis.
Xristu. 19 ahman ni afroapjaib,
10 saei gaswalt faur uns, ei, 20 praufetjam ni frakunneib.
ja]>]>e slepaima jabbe wakaima. 21 aj>]>an all tiskinsaib, j^atei
samana mib imma libaima. gop sijai gahabaib;
11 inuh bis brafeteib izwis 22 af allamma wailite ubilaizo
misso jah timrjaib ainlrarjizuh afhabaib izwis.
anbar anbarana swaswe jah tau- 23 a]>]>an silba gu]> gawairbjis
iil'• gaweihai izwis allandjo jah ga-
12 abbau bidjam izwis, bro]>r- hailana izwarana ahman, jah
ius, kuniian bane arbaidjandans saiwala jah leik usfairinona in
in izwis jah faurstassjans izwa- quma fraujins linearis Iesuis Xri-
rans in fraujin (jah talzjandans staus gafastaindau.
izwis, 24 triggws saei la]>oda izwis,
13 ei) swerai]' ins ufaraesau in saei jah tanjib.
friabwai waurstwis ize, jah
in 25 brobrjus, bidjaibnb ban jah
gawairbi habaib in izwis. bi uns.
14 bidjamub ]>an izwis. bro]>r- 20 goljaib brobruns allans in
ius, talzjai]> bans uugatassans, gafrijonai weihai.
brafstjaib bans grindafrabjans, 27 biswara izwis in fraujin ei
usbulaib bans siukans, usbeis- ussigu'waidau so aipistaule al-
neigai sijaib wibra allans. laiin bairn weiham brobrum.
15 sailrib ibai Iras ubil und 28 ansts fraujins unsaris Iesuis
nbilamma lramma uegildai, ak Xristaus mib izwis. amen.

8. nsskawai; unskawai in B. nasoinais: nassrinais in IS. — 7•*?. jah talzjandans

izwis ei; wanting in B. — 14. bro]>rjus; j above the fine. — 21, all: one 1 above
tlir line. — 22. with ubilaizo .1 begins. — 27. allaim in .1. wanting in D.
 Du baissalaiineikaium .1). anastodei]».

Chapter I. guba usgildan ]?aim gabreihan-

1 Pawlus jah Silbanus jah Tei- dam izwis aggwibai,
maubaius aikklesjon paissalau- 7 ib izwis gabraihanaim iusila
neikaie in guba attin unsaram- mib uns, in andhuleinai fraujins
ma jah fraujin Iesu Xristau. unsaris Iesuis af himinam mi|>
2 ansts izwis jah gawairbifram aggilum mahtais is
guba attin unsaramraa jah frau- 8 in funins lauhmonjai, giban-
jin Iesu Xristau. dins fraweit ni kunnandam gub
3 awiliudon skulum guba sin- jahni ufhausjandam aiwaggeljon
teino in izwara, brobrjus, swa- fraujins unsaris Iesuis Xristaus,
swe Avair}? ist, unte ufarwahseib 9 baiei fraweit andnimand fra-
galaubeins izwara jah managnib lust aiweinon fram andwairbja
friabwa ainmarjizuh allaize iz- fraujins jah fram wulbau mah-
wara in izwis misso, tais is,

4 swaei weis silbans in izwis 10 ]>an qimib ushauhnan in

luopam in aikklesjom gubs in baim weiham seinaim [is] jah sil-
daleiknan in allaim baim galaub-
stiwitjis izwaris jah galaubeinais
in allaim wrakjom izwaraim jah jandam, unte galaubida ist weit-
aglom ]?ozei usbulaib, wodei unsara du izwis, in daga
5 taikn garaihtaizos stauos jainamma.
gubs, du wairbans briggan izwis 11 du bammei jah bidjam sin-
biudangardjos gubs, in pizozei teino bi izwis, ei izwis wairbans
jah winnip, briggai ]>izos labonais gub unsar
6 swepauh jabai garaiht ist at jah fulljai alia leikain biu]?einais

Of the Second Epistle to the Thessalonians A contains /, 7—7/, 4. Ill, T—1T;

Ji has I, 1—5. II, 15— III, 18. Hence I, 1—5. Ill, 7—17 in both manuscripts.
A little more than | is lost.
Superscription . du paissalauueikaum .b. anastodeib in A, du paissalauiie-
fcaium anbara in B. —4. in izwis in A, izwis in B. —
5. after in stops, bizozei
jali winnib swebauh; faded out. — 6. izwis stood in A, only w is discernible.
aggwibai (instrumental dative); so probably for aggwiba of the MS. — 10. is; sei-
naim is in A; perhaps originally is only, to which seinaim is a grammatical correc-
tion?
182 II Theesaloniane I. II. III.

seiuaizos jah waurstw galaubei- Chapter III.

liais in mahtai, 1 pata anbar gabidjaib jahbid-
12ushauhnai namo fraujins
ei unsis, bro)u'jus. ei waurd fraujins
unsaris Iesuis Xristaue in izwis bragjai jah inikiljaidau swaswe
jah jus in imma bi anstai gube jah at izwis,
unsaris jah fraujins unsaris Ie- 2 jah ei uslausjaindau af ga-
suis Xristaue. stojanaim jah ubilaim mannain:
ni auk ist allaim galanbeins.
Chapter II. •*{
abban Lriggwa frauja. saei
1 A]>ban bid jam izwis. brobr- gatulgeib izwis jah galansjai iz-

ius. in qumifi fraujins unsaris wis af bamma ubilin.

b-suis Xristaue jah gaqumbaie 4 a)>}>an gatranam in fraujin
unsaraizos du iinin;i. in izwis. ei ]mtei anabudum izwis

2 du ni sprauto wagjan izwis jah taujib jah taujau habaib.

train &hin nih gadrobn&n, nih 5 ib frauja garaihtjai hairtona

J mi Hi nih izwara in friabwai gubs jah in

ahman nihjmirh s&upa
pairh aapistauhin ewepairh one, osbulainai Xristaue.
ewe patei ateijai dags thmjins. 6 Abban anabiudam izwis, e=5
in namin Eraujins un-
3 ui hrasbun izwis usluto h\-nn- brobrjus,
saris Iesuis Xristaue, ei gaskai-
ma haidau, ante mba qimip a£
daib izwis af allamma brobre
etaas faurpia jah andhulids wair-
hrairbandane ungatassaba jah
bai manna Erawaurhtaie, sunus
ni bi anatilham ]>oei andnemu)>
fralustais.
at uns.
4 sa andstandands jah ufar-
7 silbans auk kunnub lraiwa
hafiands sik ufar all qibanaize
skuld galeikon unsis. ante ni
ist
gub aibbaa allata blotinassu.
angatewidai weenm in izwis.
ewaei ina in alh gube gasitan,
8 nih arwjo hlaif matidedum
OBtaiknjandan. . . .

at lralnma. ak winnandane ar-

15 ... unsavos baidai naht jah daga waurkjan-
16 abban silba frauja onear dans, ei ni kauridedeima lrana
[esus Xristus gub jah attajali izwara.
onsar, saei frijoda unejahatgaf *.»
ni batei ni habaidedeinia
gablaiht aiweina jah wen goda wnldufni. ak ei uns silbans du
in anstai, frieahtai gebeima du galeikon
17 gabrafstjai hairtona izwara unsis.
jah gatulgjai in allaim waurst- lo jah auk ban weeum at iz-

wam jah waurdam godaim. wis. bata izwis anabudum. ei ia-

//. aiterwagj/ejioBly single letters at* diecernibk, mid the text is entirety
J. -.

uncertain. —
7J. with nnaaroe begins again. />'

III. ;, at ;;; abovs tlw liin'. 7. with i-t —

begins again. 8. nili /// .4, ni
1 —
;/; //. hlaif in . liluib in A
 Thessalonians III. 183

bai Iras ni wili waurkjan, nih daib izwis mib imma, ei gaska-
matjai. mai sik;
11 hausjam auk sumans lrair- ni swaswe fijand ina
15 jah
,

bandans in izwis ungatassaba, rahnjaib, ak talzjaib swe brobar.

ni vvaiht waurkjandans ak fair- 16 Abban silba frauja gawair-q=G
weitjandans; beis gibai izwis gawairbi sinteino
in allaim stadim. frauja mij>
12 baimuh swaleikaim anabiu-
dam jah bid jam in fraujin Iesua allaim izwis.
17 so golems meinai handau
Xristau ei mi}? rimisa waurkjan-
Pawlaus, batei ist bandwo ana
dans seinana hlaib matjaina.
allaim aipistauleim meiuaim; swa
13 abban jus,bro]?rjus, niwair- melja.
]?aib usgrudjans waila taujan- 18 ansts fraujins unsaris Ie-
dans. suis Xristaus mib allaim izwis.
14 ib jabai Iras ni ufhausjai amen.
waurda unsaramraa bairh bos Du paissalauneikaium anbara
bokos, bana gatarhjai]?; ni blan- ustauh.

10. nih in A, ni in B. — U. ni ; in above the — IT. after bandwo

line. .1 stops.
aipistauleim meinaim ; aipistauleineinaim in B. anbara; frumei .
 (
a=l 1 PawlusapaustaulusXristaus beinai unhindarweisai,
Iesuis bi anabusnim gu)?8 n;is-
Du TeimauJ»aiau frnmei dustodei]».

jah mibwissein godai jah galau-

G af baimei snmai afairzidai

I.

jandis linearis jab Xristaus Ie- uswandidednn du lausawaurdein,

suis wenais unsaraizos. 7 wiljandans wisan witodalai-
2 Teiinau]>aiau walisin barna earjos, ni rrabjandans nih lea
in galaubeinai. ansts, armaio, rodjand nih bi Ira stiurjand.
gawair]?i t'ram p,u]>a attin jah
8 A]>]nm witum ]n\ie\ goJ? istb=2
X list an Ipku fraujin unsarammrt.
\vito]>, jabai Iras is witodeigo
3 swaswe ba]> ]mk saljan in
brukeij*,
Aifaieon, galeij?ands Mnkidonais.
<«i faurbiudais suinaim ei an]>ar-
i) witands ]>atei garaihtamma
loiko ni laisjaina
\vito]> nisi sati]>, ak witodalau-
4 ni]>
saim jah untalaim jah unsibjaiin
]>an atsailraina spille
jah gabaur)?iwaurde andilau- jah frawaurhtaim jah nnairk-
eaize, boei soknim andstaldand
naimjah usweihaim, attansbligg-
mais bau timreinai gu]?s bizai wandam jah ai|>eins bliggwan-
w isandein in galaubeinai. dam, mannane maur^rjandam,
r> a|']>aii andeisist anabusnais 10 horam, mannane ga]?iwan-
Eriabwa us hrainjamma bairtin dam, liugnjam, ufarswaram, jah

The remains of tin' First Epistle to Timothy has come down tous as follows:
in 1. 1—9. 18— IV, 8. V. 4— 17, 12; in III, 1-111.4. IV. 1—V. 10.21— VI, .
Hence in A and B: I. !-!>. is— ill. 4. IV. 1—8. V.4—10. Sl—VT, 12. The bat six
verses, about t \, of the wbok epistle, .•'/•' lost.
Superscription: Teimaapaiau Teimaaa)>aiau in II. dustodei]?; uetauh ;// II.
;

/// .1 tin• superscription is entirely hided out.

I. 2. 'lViinaii]'aiau in .1. T<'ini;ni]';iiu in II. — •'?.
galeijTanda in .1. ^'ali'i]>ans /'//

//. ; k i 1 1 < > 1 1 a s in

i 11. Makcdonais /'/; .1. — 4. andilausaize ;/; 11. andalansaize //; .1.

meandein in li, wieandin in .— ;~.

appaii anil. 'is /// .1. appandeis It. nii]>wi.*-
/'/;

:•, in t gamundai.
h<> margin
7. ni II. lins
ill in — ;'/; .1. — 8. witum in .1,

\vitn|> in II. gop ;// .1. god in . witodeigo in II. wiloda in A. — '>. wilands in
.1, WXt&UBtnB. witop nist ,sati)> ;// II. nisi witop >ati|> /'// .1. un.-ilijaim : /// the
margin has afgndaim. after aipeioa .1 stops.
 I Timothy I. II. 185

jabai lira aljis ]>izai19 habands galaubein jah go-

hailon lai-
seinai andstandi]?, da mibwissein, bizaiei sumai af-
11 sei ist bi aiwaggeli wul]mus skiubandans bi galaubein naqa-
bis audagins gu]?s, batei gatrau- dai waurbun;
aib ist mis. 20 bizeei ist Hymainaius jah
12 jah awiliudo bamma in- Alaiksandrus, banzei anafalh sa-
swinbjandin mik Xristau Iesu tanin ei gatalzjaindau ni waja-
fraujin unsaramma, unte trigg- merjan.
wana mik rahnida gasatjands in
andbalitja, Chapter II.
13 ikei faura was wajamerjands 1 Bidja nu frumist allis taujan d=4
jali wraks jah ufbrikands; akei bidos, aihtronins, liteinins,
awi-
gaarmai]>s was, unte unwitands liuda fram all aim mannam,
gatawida in ungalaubeinai, 2 fram biudanam jah fram al-
14 ib ufarassida ansts fraujins laim bairn in ufarassau wisan-
mij? galaubeinai jah friabwai }- dam, ei slawandein jah sutja aid
zai in Xristau Iesu. bauaima in allai gagudein jah
15 triggw bat a waurd jah al- gariudja.
laizos andanumtais wairb, ]?atei 3 ]>atu]? ban ist god jah anda-
Xristus Iesus qam in bamma nem in andwairbja nasjandis uii-
fairbjau frawaurhtans nasjan, saris gubs,
]>izeeifrumists im ik; mans wili gani-
4 saei allans
16 akei dube gaarmaibs war]?, san jah in ufkunbja sunjos qi-
ei in mis frumistamma ataugi- man.
dedi Xristus Iesus alia usbeisnein 5 ains allis gu]?, ains jah midu-
du frisahtai bairn izei anawair- monds gubs jah manne, manna
]>ai wesun du galaubjan imma Xristus Iesus,
du libainai aiweinon. 6 sa gibands sik silban anda-
17 a]>ban biudana aiwe, un- bauht faur allans, [bizei] weit-
riurjamma ungasailuanamma ai- wodein melam swesaim,
namma frodamma gu]?a sweriba 7 du bammei gasatibs im ik
jah wul]?us in aldins aiwe; amen. merjands jah apaustaulus, sunja
laiktjo 18 |)o anabusn anafilha bus, qiba in Xristau, ni liuga, laisa-
barnilo Teimau]?aiu, bi bairn reis biudo in galaubeinai jah
faura faursniwandam ana buk sunjai.
praufetjam, ei driugais in J;aim 8 wiljau nu wairans bidjan in
]>ata godo drauhtiwitob, allaim stadim ushafjandans swik-

16. Xristus; Xristaus in B. izei; ize in B. — 17. frodamma; probably fridam-

nia in B. — IS. with faura A begins again.
jah sutja in B, jas sutja in A.
II, 2. —
4. in ufkunbja in A, ufkunbja in B. —
6. andabauht; andabaht in A and B. weitwodeiu in B. )>izei weitwodei in A. —
7. jah suujai in B, jas suujai in A.
 18G J Tiinothv II. III.

uos handuns inuh ]nvairheiu jah suts, qairrus, ni sakuls, ni faihu-

tweiflein friks,
9 samaleiko jah qinons in ga- 4 seinamma garda waila faura-
feteinai hrainjai, mi]> gariudjon gaggands, barna habands uf-
jah inaliein fetjandeins sik, ni in hausiandona mi]> allai anawil-
fiahtom aib)?au gul)?a aib]>au jein —
marikreitum aib]?au wastjomga- seinamma gar-
ib jabai Iras
lubaim, da fauragaggan ni mag. lraiwa
10 ak ]?atei gadob ist qinom aikklesjon gnbs gakarob? —
gahaitandeim gub blotan, bairh nih niujasatidana. ibai aufto
waurstwa goda. ufarhauhids in staua atdriueai
11 qino in hliuba galaiejai sik unhnlbine.
in allai ufhauseinai.
7 skal auk is weitwodi]:>a goda
haban fram bairn utn. ei ni at-
12 galaisjan qinon ni us-
\]y
driueai in idweit jah hlamma
laubja, ni fraujinon faura waira,
unhnlbine.
ak wisan in bahainai.
8 jah swa diakaununs gariu-
13 Adam auk frnina gadigans dans, nih faihufrikans. ni weina
war}?, baJnOh Aiwwa.
filu haftjandans, nih aglaitga-
14 jah Adam ni warb usluto]>s. staldans,
i|> qino uslutoda in missadedai 9 habandans runa galaubei-
war]'. nais in hrainjai gahugdai.
1 5 ib ganisib bairh barne ga- 10 jah ]>ai pan gakinsaindau
baurb, jabai gaetandand jas in ga- frumist, swa andbahtjaina
lanbeinai jah frijabwai jah weihi- ungafairinodai wisandans.
|'ai mib gafrabjein. 11 qinons samaleiko gariudos,
ni diabulos, gafaurjos, triggwos
Chapter III. in allamma.
laiktjo 1 Triggw bata waurd: jabai 12 diakaunjus eijaina ainaizos
Inas aipiskaupeins gairneib, go- qenais a bans, barnani waila fau-
dis wanrstwis gaimeij?. ragaggandans jah seinaim gar-
2 ska! nu aipiskaupue unga- dim.
fairinobs wisan. ainaizos qenais 13 bai auk waila andbahtjan-
aba, andabahts, gariude, froJ>s, dans grid goda fairwnnrkjand
gafanrs, gaetigode, laiseigs, jah managa balbein (in) galau-
•" ni weinnle, ni elahals, ak beinai ]>izai in Xristau Iesn.

8. Inufa in 11, inn in A. — 18. gadigans /'// .1. gadigande /'// II. — l~>. frijajnvai
;;; .t. ina)>wai in II.
aipiskanpoins in A, aipiakopeinfl in B.
III. 7. ungn-— 2. ungafnirino]>s in A.

fairinondo II. —
'/. ni (the first) in A. nib
/'// . — 4.
fauragaggan ds in A. Eaara-
gaggaofl in II. ofhausjandona /// B, ofhaoBJanjandona in A. here II st oj>s. ana-
wiljcin: nnawiljin /// .1. —
K>. wisandans: wisandans sandans in A. 11. gaiaur- —
joe; in the margin anda|>ahtos. —
13. in (the first); wanting fa A.
 I Timothy . TV 187

14 bata bus melja wenjands beinais jah godaizos laiseinais

qiman at bus sprauto; boei galaistides.
15 abban jabai sainjau, ei wi- 7 ib bo usvveihona swe usal-
teis hraiwa skuld ist in garda banaizo spilla biwandei; i]? bro-
gubs usmitan, saei ist aikklesjo bei buk silban du gagudein.
gubs libandins, sauls jah tulgiba 8 abban leikeina usbrobeins du
sunjos. fawamma
brake; ib gagu-
ist
16 jah unsahtaba mikils ist dei du allamma ist brake, ga-
gagudeius runa, saei gabairhtibs haita habandei libainais bizos
war]) in leika, garaihts gadomibs nu jah bizos anawair]?ons.
war]? in ahmin, ataugids war]? 9 Triggw bata waurd jah al-laiktjo
baim aggilum, merids war]? in laizos andanumtais wair]?.
biudom, galaubibs warb in fair-
10 du]?]?e allis arbaidjam jah
luau, andnumans warb in wul-
idvveitjanda, unte weiiidedum du
bau.
guba libandin, saei ist nasjands
allaize manne, bishun galaubjan-
Chapter IV.
dane.
1 Abban ahma swiknnbaba qi-
]>i]> batei in spedistaim dagam
11 Anabiud bata jah laisei. ]>=i>

afstandand sumai galaubeinai, 12 ni manna beinai jundai fra-

atsailrandans ahmane airzi]?os kunni, ak frisahts sijais baini
jah laiseino unhulbono, galaubjandam, in waurda, in us-
2 in liutein liugnawaurde jah meta, in fria]?wai, in galaubeinai,
gatandida habandane swesa mib- in swiknibai.
wissein, 13 unte qima, gaumei saggwa
3 warjandane Hugos, gabar- boko, gablaihtai, laiseinai.
ban mate, banzei gu]? gaskop du 14 ni sijais unkarja bizos in
audniman mi]? awiliudam ga- bus anstais, sei gibana war]? bus
laubjandam jah ufkunnandam bairh praufetjans afar analagei-
suuja. nai handiwe praizbytaireis.
4 unte all gaskaftais gubs go]?, 15 bo sido bus, inu]? baim si-
jah ni waiht du uswaurpai mi]? jais, ei batei beihais ]?u swikunb
awiliudam andnuman. sijai allaim.
5 gaweihada auk bairh waurd 16 atsaihr du bus silbin jah du
gu]?s jah bida. laiseinai usdaudo, bairhwis in
6 bata insakands brobrum ]?aim; batuh auk taujands jah
go]?s wair]?is andbahts Xristaus buk silban ganasjis jah hausjan-
Iesuis, alands waurdam galau- dans bus.

71', 1. with abban begins again,spedistaim in A, spidistaim in B. — -3. ga-

barban mate in A, gabarbamante in B. —

7. ib (the second) in A, wanting in B.—
S. gagudei in A, gagudein in B. habandei; had habandiei, the i being scratched,
after anawairbons A stops.
 188 ] Timothy V

Chapter V. jau allamma waurstwe godaize

i=10 1 Sineigana ni andbeitais ak afarlaistidedi.
gablaih swe attin, juggans swe 11 ib juggons widuwous biwan-
brobrnne, dei;
2 sineigos swe aibeius, juggos 12 galaubein wana ga-
swe swistrims in allar swiknein. tawidedun;
ia=ll 3 Widuwous swerai, bozei bi 13 ab]?an samana jah un-
sunjai sijaina widuwons. waurstwons laisjaud sik bairh-
4 ib jabai lro widuwono barna gaggan gardins, a]>]?an ni ]>a-
aibbau barne barna habai, ga- tain unwaurstwons ak jah un-
laisjaina swesana faurjos jah fairweitjandeins, rod-
sik faurjus
gard barusnjan jah andalaimi jandeins poei ni skulda Bind.
usgiban fadreinam; ]?ata auk ist 14 wiljaa du juggos liugan,
[god jah] andanem in andwairb- barna bnii-nn, garda waldan. . .

ja gubs. 16 lviduwon.s, andbahtjai . . .

a]>]?an soei bi sunjai widuwo im. jah ni kanijaidau aikklesjo,

.">

istjah ainakla, wenida du gnba ei ]>aim bi sunjai . . .

jah bairhwisib in bidom nahtain 17 ... in waurda jah laieeinai.

jah dagam 18 qa]> auk gameleins: auhsin
G ib so wizondei in azetjam jah briskandin ni faurwaip-

libandei dauba ist. jais. jah wairbs sa waurstwa

7 jah ]>ata anabiud ei unga- mizdons is.
fairinodos sijaina. 19 bi praizbvtairein wroh ni
8 ab]>an jabai Iras swesaim. andniniais, niba in andwair]>ja
bishtra ingardjam, ni gablaihib, twaddje aibbau brije weitwode.
galaubein inwidib jah ist unga- 20 i]? ]?ans frawaurhtans in
laubjandin wairsiza. andwair]u"a allaize gasak, ei jah
i) widuwo gawaljaidau ni mins ]>ai an]?arai agis habaina.

saihs tigam jere, sei wesi ainis 21 weitwodja in andwairbja

abins qens, gubs jah fraujins Iesuis Xristaua
JO in waurstwani godaim weit- jah bize gawalidane aggile ei
A\odi]>a habandei, iau barna fo- bate fastais inn faurdoincin. ni
didedi, iau gastins andnemi, jau wailit taujands bi wiljahalbein.
weihaim fotune bwohi, jau ag- 22 handuns Bprauto ni niann-
lons wiunandain andbahtidedi, hun lagjais. ni gamainia siais

V, 7. sineigana; eeneigana in II: (]>. eineigos in the following verse, Lu. I. 18,
and siiiisin. — 4.
with galaisjaina A begins again, sik in wanting in B. anda- .
nem in .1. god jah andanem in II: cp. II. —
7. nngafairinodoe in .1. ungafairidoa
•'!.

;';/
It. —
10. after allamma stops, tin• following verses are very much faded in .1.
/>'

— 7-7. Castiglione believed to bave read tin• words from poeH ni to 16, sunjai. Upp-
strSm bas not been ;il>h> to decipher anything. H>. twaddje; —
twadjein .1. 21. —
with \viljalial]>i'in II begins again. 22. mannhnn— in .1. manhnn in B. siais in .
gijais ;'// II.
 Timothy '. VI.
I
189

frawaurhtim frama]>jaim. buk ]?and neiba [maurbra] haifsteis,

silban swiknana fastais. auaqisseis, anamindeis ubilos,
23 ju ni drigkais banamais 5 usbalbeins fraAvardidaize
wato, ak weinis leitil brukjais in manne ahin, at baimei gatarnib
qi]?aus]?einis jahbizo ufta sauhte ist sunja, hugjandane faihuga-
beinaizo. waurki Avisan gagudein, afstand
24 sumaize maune frawaurh- af baim swaleikaim.
teis swikunbos sind faurbisni-
6 ab]?an ist gawaurki mikil
wandeins du stauai, sumaizeh gagudei mib ganauhin.
ban jah afargaggand. 7 ni waiht auk brahtedum in
bamma fairmau, bi sunjai batei
25 samaleiko pan jah waurst-
ni usbairan \va magura;
Ava goda swikunba sind, jah ]?o
aljaleikos sik habandoua filhan 8 ab]?an habandans usfodein
ni mahta sind.
jah gaskadwein ]?aimuh ganohi-
dai sijaima.
Chapter VI. 9 abban ]?aiei Avileina gabigai'
laiktjo .1 Swa managai swe sijaina uf wairban, atdriusand in fraistubn-
jukuzjai biwos, seinans fraujans ja jah hlamma unhulbins jah lu-
allaizos sweriboswairbans rahn- stuns managans unnutjans jah
jaina, ei uamo fraujins jah lai- skabulans, ]?aiei sagqjand mans
seins ni wajamerjaidau. in frawardein jah fralust.
2 a])ban baiei galaubjandaus 10 Avaurts allaize ubilaize ist
haband fraujans, ni frakunneina, faihugeigo, bizozei sumai gairn-
unte bro]?rjus sind, ak mais skal- jandans afairzidai AAaur]:>un af
kinona, unte galaubjandans sind galaubeinai jah sik silbans gabi-
jah liubai, baiei wailadedais ga- waidedun sairam managaim.
dailans sind. ]?ata laisei jah ga-
11 lb bu, jai manna gubs,bataiz=l~
blaih.
]>liuhais; ib laistjais garaihtein,
3 jabai Iras aljaleikos laisjai gagudein, galaubein, frijabAva,
jah ni atgaggai du hailaim waur- Villain qairrein.
dam baim fraujins unsaris Iesuis
12 haifstei ]?o god on haifst
Xristaus jah gagudein galaubeinais, undgreip libain ai-
j^izai bi
laiseinai, Aveiuon, du bizaiei labobs is jah
4 ib hauhbuhts, ni waiht wi- andhaihaist bamma godin anda-
tands, ak siukands bi soknins haita in andwairbja managaize
jah waurdajiukos, us ]>aimei wair- Aveitwode.

23. qibaus; in the margin A —

24. sumaizeh in A, sumaize in B.
lias subnis.
atgaggai in D, atgaggib in A.
17, 3. aljaleikos in A, aljaleiko in D. 4. maui'- —
bra in B, wanting in A, and in all Greek and Latin manuscripts. *— 5. afstaud af
baim swaleikaim, wanting in B. —
0. jah {the third) in B, wanting in A. sagqjand
;'//.1, saggqjand in B. —
10. jah sik B, jas sik A. ;'/i —
11. frijabwa in A, friabwa
;/; B. —
12. with andwairb. A breaks off.
. .
1 !)() 1 Timotliv VI.

13 anabiuda in andwairbja 15 ]>anei in melam swesaini

gape bis gaqiujandins alia jah taikneib sa audaga jah ains
Xristaus Iesuis bis weitwodjan- mahteiga jah |>iudans ]>iudanon-
dine uf Pauntiau Peilatau pata dane jah frauja fraujinoudane,
godo andahait, 1G saei ains aih nndiwanein
14 fastan buk ]?o anabusn un- jah liuha]? bauib uuatgaht, ]?a-
wamma ungaiairinoda and qum uei sah; mamie ni aiushuu liih
fraujins linearis Iesuis Xristaus, sai. . . .

l'J. Puuutiuu; Puuuteau in B. — 10. sai . . . .; remaining hitters ofsoihiau.

 I Mi Teimaii]>aiau .1».

Chapteh I. 6 in bizozei waihtais gamaudja

1 Pawlus apaustaulus Xristaus bilk anaqiujan anst gubs, sei ist
Iesuis ]?airh wiljan gubs bi ga- in bus bairh analagein handiwe
haitam libainais sei ist in Xri- meinaizo.
stau Iesu. 7 unte ni gaf unsis gub ahmau
2 Teimaubaiau liubin barna. faurhteins, ak mahtais jah fri-
ansts, armaio, gawairbi fram jabwos jah inaheins.
gupa attin jali Xristau Iesu frau- 8 ni nunu skamai buk weitwo-
jinuusaramma. dibos fraujins unsaris Iesuis nih
3 awiliudo guba meinamma, meina bandjins is, ak mi]?arbai-
]>ammei skalkino fram fadrei- dei aiwaggeljon bi mahtai gubs,
am iii hrainjai gahugdai,
ii iuai-
wa unsweibando haba bi buk 9 bis nasjandins uns jah labon-
gaminbi in bidom meinaim naht dins [uns] labonai weihai, ni bi
jah daga,
waurstwam uusaraim, ak bi sei-
nai leikaiiiai jah anstai, sei gi-
4 gairnjands ];>uk gasailuan,
gainunands tagre ]?einaize ei fa- bana ist unsis in Xristau Iesu
faur mela aiweina,
hedais usfullnau,
5 gamaudein andiiimands bi- 10 ib gaswikunbida nu ]>airh
zos sei ist in bus unliutons ga- gabairhtein nasjandis unsaris Ie-
laubeinais, sei bauaida faur]us in suis Xristaus, gatairandins raih-
awon ]?einai Lauidjai jah aibein tis daubu, ib galiuhtjandins li-
]?einai Aiwneikai, gab-ban-traua bain jah uuriurein ]?airh aiwag-
]?atei jah in bus. geljon,

Of the Second Epistle to Timothy A contains T, 1—18. II, 21— IV, 16. has
I, 5— IV, 11. Hence the verses I, 5— IS. II, 21 — IV, 11. occur in both manuscripts.
The last six verses (= ^ of the Epistle) of the fourth chapter are wanting.
The superscription in A is entirely faded out.
I, 5. Lauidjai only u is discernible. Aiwneikai Aiwneika in A. with ga)j-J>an-
; ;

traua bjegins. —7. l'rija)>wos in A, ir\a\>xvos in B. — .9. laj?oudins in B, lajwndins

una in A. — 10. dau]?u in A, daujmu in B. aiwaggeljon in A, I above the line; ai-
waggejon in B.
11)2 Timothv . .
11 in ]?oei gasati]?s ini ik mer- ]?airh managa weitwodja [waur-
jands jah apaustaulus jah laisa- da gu}?s], |?o anafilh triggwaim
reis jMudo; mannam, ]?aiei wair]>ai sijaina
12 in Jnzozei fairinos jah ]mta jah an|?arans laisjau.
winna, akei nih skama mik; unte 3 l?u nu arbaidei swe gods ga-
wait luamma galaubida, jah ga- drauhts Xristaus lesuis.
traua }?ammei mahteigs ist j>ata 4 ni aiushun drauhtinonds
anafilh mein fastan in jainana fraujin dugawindi]? sik gawaurk-
dag. jam pizos aldais, ei galeikai
13 frisaht habands hailaize |?ammei drauhtino]'.
waurde at mis hausides in
|>oei 5 jah ]?an jabai haifstety Iras,
galaubeinai jah frija]>wai in Xri- ni weipada, niba witodeigo bri-
stau Iesu, kib.
14 ]?ata godo anafilh fastai 6 arbaidjands air]>os waurstw-
]>airh alimau weihana, saeibaui]> ja skal frumist akrane andni-
in uns. nian.
1 5 waist ]>atei afwandidednn 7 fra]?ei ]mtei qi]>a: gibi]> auk
sik af mis allai j^aiei Bind in j?us frauja fra]n us allai m.
Aeiai, ]>izeei ist Fygailus jah Air-
8 gamuneis Xristu Iesu urri-
in ogaineis. sanana us daupaim, us fraiwa
16 gibai armaion frauja Aunei- Daweidis, bi aiwaggeljon meinai,
seifauraus garda, unte ufta mik 9 in J'izaiei arbaidja and band-
anaj?rafstida jah naudibandjo jos swe ubiltojis, akei waurd
meiuaizo ni Atamaida sik, gu|>s nist gabundan.
17 ak qimands in Rumai us- 10 inuh ]u's all gajnila bi )>ans
daudo sokida mik jah bigat. gawalidans, ei jah ]>ai ganist ga-
18 gibai frauja inima bigitan tilona sei ist in Xristau Iesu nii)>
armahairtein at franjin in jai- wulj'au aiweinamma.
uamma daga. jah Ivan filn in triggw |>ata wanrd: jabai 1 1

Aifaison andbahtida mis, mais mi]>gadau]>nodeduni, jah ini]>li-

waila ]>n kant. bam

1 \m
('
nu, barn mein waliso,
II.
12 jabai ga]uilam, jah mi|'j>iu-
danom; jabai afaikam, jah is
afaiki]> uns:
inswiii])(M |>uk in anstai I'i/.ai in 13 jabai ni galaubjam, jains
Xristau Iesu, triggws wisi]>: afaikan sik silban
2 jah ]'oei hausides at mis in mag.

12. jainana in .1. jainamma in B. — 7•*?. frijabwai /'// .1. friabwai /" H. — 7.7.

waist, faded oat in has waits. bizeei — 75. mais stands in

A and
II.
II

..
after . I

niter
;

kant
IS

.1 slops.

triggwaim luanuom; triggwainiauiiain

/// .1. |>i/<i

///
///

//. —
It.

C. arbaidjands; arbnid-
jans in H.
 II Timotliv II. III. 193

e=5 14 pize gamaudei, weitwod- l^liuh, ib laistei garaihtein, ga-

jands in and\vair]?ja fraujius; laubeiu frijabwa, gawairbi mi|>
waurdam weihan du ni waihtai ]?aim bidai anahaitandam frau-
daug, niba uswalteinai baim jan us hrainjamma hairtin.
hansjondam. 23 ib bos dwalons jah unta-
15 usdaudei ]mk silban gaku- lons soknins biwandei, witands
sanana usgiban guba, waurstw- ]?atei gabairand sakjons;
jan unaiwiskaua, raiktaba raid- 24 ib skalks fraujius ni skal
jandau waurd sunjos. sakan, ak qairrus wisan wibra
16 ib bo dwaloua usweihona allans, laiseigs, usbulands,
lausawaurdja biwandei, imte filu 25 in qairrein talzjands bans
gaggand du afgudein, andstandandans, niu luan gibai
17 jab waurd ize swe gunds im gub idreiga du ufkunbja sun-
alib, bizeei ist Ymainaius jah Fi- jos,
letus, 26 jah usskawjaindau us un-
18 Jmiei bi sunja uswissai us- hulbins wruggon, fram bammei
metun, qibandans usstass ju gafahanai habanda afar iswiljin.
waurbanajahgalaubein sumaize
uswaltidedun. Chapter III.
19 abban tulgus grunduwadd- 1 Abjmn ]?ata kunneis ei in
jus guba standib habands sigljo spedistaim dagam atgaggand
bata: kunba frauja ]>ans baiei jera sleidja.
siud is, jah: afstandai af uuseleiu 2 jah wair]?and mannans sik
hrazuh saei namnjai namo frau- fiijondans, faihugairuai, bihait-
jius. jans, hauhhairtai, wajanierjan-
20 abban in mikilamma garda dans, fadreinam uugaluairbai,
ni sind batainei kasa gulbeina launawargos, unairknai,
jah silubreiua, ak jah triweina 3 unhunslagai, unmildjai, faiii-
jah digana, jah suma du swerein, nondans, ungahabaudans sik,
sumub ban du uuswerein; unmanariggwai unseljai, ,

21 abban jabai hjas gahrain- 4frale\vjandans, untilamalskai,

jai sik bize, wairbib kas du swe- ufbaulidai, frijondans wiljan sei-
ribai, gaweihai]?, bruk fraujin, uaua mais bau gub,
du allamma waurstwe godaize 5 habandans hiwi gagudeius,
gawanwib. ib maht izos inwidandans; jah
22 ab]?an juggans lustuus ]mus afwandei;

14. bize;
]?izei in B. — 17. gunds; s doubtful, alip probable. —
21. ]>he;
bizei in B. with du begins again. —22. frijabwa in A, friaj^wa in B. —
26. usskaw-
jaiudau in B, usskarjaindau in A. habauda in A, tiuhanda in B.
Ill, 2. sikl'rijondaus in A, sik frioudans in B; in the margin A has seinaigairnai,
misspelt for seinagairnai. hauhhairtai in A, hauhairtai . unairknai in ,un-
aiiknans in A. —
3. unmanariggwai in B, uuuianarigwai in A. —
5. jah baus in B,
ja]> baus in A.
13
 194 IT Timothy III. IV.

G unte us ]?aim sind ]>aiei sliu- 14 ib bu Eramwairbie wisais in

pand in gardins jah frahun]?ana baimei galaisides buk jah ga-
tiuhand qineina afhla]>ana fra- trauaida sind bus, witands at
waurhtim, ]>oei tiuhauda lustum lranima ganamt,
missaleikaim, 15 jah batei us barniskja A\ei-
7 siuteino laisjandona sik jan hos bokos kun]>es ]>os malitei-
ui aiw lranhun in ufkunbja sun- gons ]mk usfratwjan du ganistai
jos qiman mahteiga. bairn galaubein bo in Xristau
Iesu.
8 aj>]>an ]>amma haidau ei
Jannee jah Mambres andstobuD 16 boko gudiskaizos ahma-Iaiktjo
All
teinais jah Jmurftos du Laiseinai,
Moseza, swa jah pai andstan-
dand sunjai, mannans frawaur- du gasahtai. du garaihteinai, du
talzeinai in garaihtein,
banai ahiu, uskusanai bi galau-
bein.
17 ei ustauhans sijai manna
9 akei ni ]>eihand du filnsnai, gubs du allamma waurstwe go-
mite unwiti ize swiknnb wairbib daize gamanwibs.
allaim, ewaewe jah jainaize was. Chapter IV.
/ 7 10I]> ]>u galaista is laiseinai 1 Weitwodja in andwairbja b 3

ineinai, usmeta, muna,

gubs jah EranjinsXristaus Iesu is. sidau.
gaJanbeinai, usbeisnai, frijabwai, saei skal etojan qiwans jah dan-
]>ulainai. bans biqumie(jah) biudinassn is,
11 wrakjom, wnnnim, hrileika 2 merei wanrd, instand uhtei-
mis waurbun in Antiaukiai, in go nnnhteigo, gasak, gablaih,
Kikaunion, in Lystrys lrileikos galrotei in allai usbeisuai jah ;

wrakjos usbulaida jah us allaim laiseinai.

mik galansida frauja. 3 wairbib mel ]>an haila laisoin
12 jah ]'an allai 1'aioi wileina ui nsbnland, ak du seinaim lu-
gagndaba libao inXristau [eeu, stum gadragand sis laisarjans
wrakos winnand. subjandans hansein,
1 *5 i]> abilai mannana jah liutai 4 a]>]>an af sunjai hauseia af-
I'cihand du wairsizin. airzjai jah wandjand, ib hi epillamgawand-
aiiv.iandans. iand sik.

<>. bafei ;'/; .1. bod in IS. lustuni IS, du luslustiim in A. — ~. j.in ni ;'//

A, ni in If. —
Jannee in .1, Jannia in If. Mambree in It, Biamree in .1.
8. —
it. ewikanb; tln> margin &aegatarhi]>; in jah above tho line, wanting in 11. —
10. galaista is; in tin• margin A baa galaisides (misspelt for galaistidee) laiseinai
1 1 1
frijabwai in A, iria)>\vai in IS.
1
•
i 1 ; i . 11. wrakjos in wrakoa in It. us|nilui-— .
da; asbolida in A, faded out in IS. VS. liutai; in the margin —
baa lubjaleieai,
about which UppatrUm aaja nothing, da wairsizin: ilir margin .1 baa abelara /'//

wouretwam. — 11. juh in 11, juu in A. — Id. all /'/; If, alll in A. gudiskaizos in .
gudiskaizo in IS.

IV, 1. jah; wanting in A and B. — 2, instand in A, stand in ubteigo io .4, />'.

olitcigo in II.— 8, gadragaud in A, dragaud in U. subjandaus in . eubjondana //; IS.

 II Timotliv IV 195

5 ib ]m andabahts sijais in 11 Lukas

mis ains. ist mi]?
allaim, arbaidei, waurstw waur- Marku andnimands brigg
kei aiwaggelistins, andbahti ]?ein ]ms silbin, unte ist mis bruks du
usfullei. andbahtja.
G abban ik ju hunsljada jah 12 abban Tykeiku insandida
mel meinaizos diswissais atist. in Aifaison.
7 haifstbogodon haifstida, run 13 hakul ]?anei bilai]? inTraua-
ustauh, galaubein gafastaida; dai at Karpau, qimauds atbair
8 ]>abroh galagibs ist mis jah bokos, ]?ishun maimbranans.
Avaips garaihteins, ]>anei usgibi]>
mis frauja in jainamma daga, sa 14 Alaiksandrus aizasmi]?a ma-
garaihta staua, ab}?an ni batai- naga mis unbiu^a ustaiknida;
nei mis, ak jah allaim ]?aiei fri-
usgildi]? imma frauja bi waurst-

jond qum is. wam is.

9 sniumei qiman at mis sprau- 15 ]>ammei jah ]m Avitai: filu

to; auk andsto]? unsaraim waur-
10 unte Demas mis bilaib fri- dam.
jonds bo nu aid, jah galaib du 16 in frumiston meinai sunjo-
J>aissalauneikai, Kreskus du Ga- nai ni manna mis mibwas, ak
latiai, Teitus du Dalmatiai allai mis bili]?un; ni rahnjai . . .

6. diswissais; in the margin A has gamalteinais. — <S. ]>aproh in A, }'a]'ra ]>an

m B. sa garaihta A, sa railita in B. — 10. jah galaip in B, jag galai)» in A.
Kreskus; Xreskus in A, Krispus in H. Teitus Ju Dalmatiai A, u anting in B. /'/; —
11. after du aiid(bahtja) stops. —
14. Alaiksandrus; Alaiaiksaiidrus in A. 76. —
rahnjai, remains ofrahnjaidau.
 Du Teitan anastodeij».

Chapter aiuaizos qenais aba. barna ha-

I.

1 wins ska Iks gube, ib apau- bands galaubeina, ni in osqissai

m aulas Ieeuis Xristaue bi galau- usstiureins ai]>]iau ungalrairba.
beinai gawalidaize g;u]>s jah uf- 7 skaln]' J?an aipiskaupus un-
kunbja ennjoe, sei bi gagudein gafairinobfl wisan swe gu]>s fan-
ist ragaggja, ni hauhhairts, ni bi-
2 <lu wenai libainais aiweinons, haitja. ni bwairhe, ni weinnle, ni
]>oei gahaihait unlinganda gn]? slalials, ni aglaitgastalds.
faur niela aiweiua, 8 ak gastigods. bleibe, anda-
3 i]> ataugida mela eweeamma 1'alits. garaihte, weihs,gabaarbs,
waurd sein in mereinai, sei ga- 9 Andanemeigs bi laiseinaib=2
trauaida ist mis bi anabusnai wanrdis triggwis. ei nialitcigs si-
nasjandis unsaris gu)>s. jai jah gablaihan in laiseinai hai-

4 Teitan walisin barna bi ga- lai jah ]>ans andstandandana ga-

mainjai galaubeinai. anets jah sakan.
gawairbi fram gu]>a attin jah 10 sind auk managai unga-
Xristau lesn naajand unearam- hrairbai, laneawaurdai, luton-
1 1 1 1 .
lans. I'ishun )>ai us bimaita.
5 in I'izozpi waihtais bilaib ]uis 11 I'anzei skal gasakan. )>aiei
in Krctai [in ]>ize], ei wan.na gardins allans nswaltjand lais-
atgaraihtjais jah gaeatjate and iandans )>atei ni skuld ist in fai-
banrga praizbytairein, ewasweik hugairneins.
boe garaidida, 12 qa]> auk sums ize ewes iz••
6 jabai Iras ist Qngafairinod&, praufetus: Kretee sinteino liugn-

Ofthe Ep'ath to Titaa A contain» I. 0—11. 7. has T. 1—in. Three fifths of the
ft text ;• last.

a ofanastodt i]> remains.

Superscription: Only the first

srrms to have been ;i gioea to in |>izozei waihtais; according

I. S. in ])i/.t> i<>

Bernhardt (rixoxei ie demonstrative. —

. uagafainaode; angafairiaonde /// //. —
with wnnniis .1 beghta. jah bane //; II. \&p peoaa in A.
.'/. 10. laosawaardcd in — //,

laasaiwaurdai after bie(huu) stops..

 Tihis . II. 197

jans, ubila unbiarja, wambos la- dam waiht hrain, ak bisaulida

ni
tos. sind ize Jah aha jah mibwissei.
13 so ist weitwodei sunjeina. 16 gub andhaitand kunnan, ij>
in bizozei fairinos gasak ins lras- waurstwam inwidand, andaset-
saba, ei hailai sijaina in galau- jai wisandans jah ungalaubjan-
beinai, dans jah du allamma waurstwe
14 niatsaibjandans judaiwi- godaize uskusanai.
skaize spille jah anabusne manne
afwandjaudane sis sunja. Chapter II.

15 abban all hrain hrain jaim; 1 lb ]n\ rodei batei gadof ist
ib bisaulidaim jah ungalaubjan- bizai hailon laiseinai. . . .

12. nnbiarja; two preceding letters have been scratched, the is doubtful.
14. spille, spilli in- A. — 16. uskusanai; in the margin ungakusanai.
 Du Filemanna.

... 11 ... ij 1 nu ]ms iah mis 18 ib jabai lva gaskob |>us

brake, ]">anuh insandida. aibbau skula ist, bata mis rah-
12 ib ]>u iua. bat' ist meinos nei.

brusts, audnim. 19 ik Pawlus gamelida meinai

13 banei ik wilda at mis ga- handan. ik usgiba: ei ni qibaa
haban, ei faur buk mis andbah- ]nis ]mtei ia]> ]mk silbau mis
tidedi in bandjom aiwaggeljons, skula is.
14 i]> inn bein ragin ni waiht 20 iai. brobar, ik beina niutau
wilda tauian. ni swaswe bi i
i
anabrafstei meinos
<

in fraujin;
nanbai }A\\\> bein siiai. ak us ln-
brusts in Xristau.
stum :

21 gatranands ufhauseinai bei-

15aufto ank du]>e afgaf sik
nai gamelida ]uis. witands batei
du tueilai, ei aiweinana ina and-
iah afar )>atei qiba taujie.
oimaie,
16 in ni swaswe skalk, ak afar 22 bijandzub ban manwei mis
skalk, brobar liubana. ussindo salibwos; wenja auk ei bairh bi-
mis. ib Iran filu mais ]uis iah in dos izwaros fragibaidau izwis.
leika iah in fraujin 23 golei]? buk Aipafras sa
;

17 jabai nu mik habaie du ga- mibfrahonbana mis in Xristau

mana, andnim ]>ana swe mik. Eesu. . .

The remains [a little more than half) of the Epistle to Philemon an preeerverl
in .1.

The auperacription does not occur in the manuscript.

12. meinoe brusts; in the margin tneina h(air)l'ni. 14. bein eijai; |>iu- — 1>
beinssijai in A. as Instant; in the margin gabanrjaba, not mentioned byUppatrdm.
 Remains of the Old Testament.
Ezra.

Chapter II. 28 wairos Baibilis jah Aai .s.

o*
8 . hunda. m. e.;
.

9 sunjus Zaxxaiaus. hr. j.; 29 wairos Nabawis .n. b.

10 suniwe Banauis .x. m. b.; 30 sunjus Makebis .r. n. q.
11 suniwe Babawis .x. k. g\; 31 sunjus Ailamis anbaris bu-
12 suniwe Asgadis busund. hy. sundi .s. n. d.
u. q. 32 sunjus Eeiramis .t. k.
13 suniwe Adoneikamis. x. j. q. 33 sunjus Lyddomaeis jah Anos
14 suniwe Bagauis twa busund- .hy. k. e.
ja. j. q. 34 sunjus Eiaireikons .t. m. e.
15 suniwe Addinis. w. n. d. 35 sunjus Ainna'ins .g. busund-
16 sunjus Ateiris sunaus Aizai- jos .x. 1.
keiins niuntehund jah .h. 36 jah gudjans sunjus Aidduins
17 suniwe Bassaus .t. 1. g. us garda Iesuis niun hunda .u. g.
18 suniwe Iorins .r. i. b. 37 sunjus Aimmeirins pusundi
19 suniwe Assaumis .s. k. g. .n. b.

20 suniwe Gabairis .y. e. 38 sunjus Fallasuris busiradi

21 suniwe Baiblaem .r. k. g. .s. m. z.

22 suniwe Naitofabeis .r. m. q. 39 sunjus Iareimisjmsundi .i. z.

23 suniwe Anabobis .r. k. h. 40 jah Laiwweiteis sunjus Ie-
24 suniwe Asmobis .r. n. h. suis jah Kaidmeielis us sunum
25 wairos Kareiabiareim jali Odueiins .u. d.
Xafira jah Bero]? .lir. in. g. 41 sunjus Asabis liubarjos .r.
26 wairos Rama jah Gabaa n. h.
.x. i. b. 42 sunjus daurawarde, sunjus
27 wairos Makmas .r. k. b. Saillaumis jah sunjus Ate. . .

The remains of the Books of Ezra and Nehemiah are preserved in the Ambrosia
Codex D (See Introduction).
IF, 11. Babawis; D has Babaawis ; ep. 21. 25, below. — 12. busutul; misspelt
for Jmsimdi? —
14. Bagauis; Ohrloff supposes Baguais. — 16. sunjus; sunaus in D.
Aizaikeiins; Aizaikeiinis in D. —
21. Baiblaem; Biaaaiblaem in D. — 25. Kareiabia-
reim; Kareiabiaareim in D. —
28. Xm; Ohrloff supposes Ga'i. — Makebis; Ohrloff
supposes Makbeis. — 33. Lyddomaeis; Ohrloff supposes Lyddonaeis or Lyddo-
naeid. —
37. Aimmeirins; Ohrloff supposes Aimmeiris. — 38. Fallasuris; Ohrloff
supposes Faddasuris. — 42. Saillaumis; Ohrloff supposes Saillumis.
 Nelieniiah.

Chapteh V. 17 jah Iudaieis jah ]>ai faura-

13 ... jah qa]> alia gamainbs ma])ljos .r. jah .n. gumane jah
amen, jah hazidedun fraujan, jah ]?ai qimandans at unsis us ]»iu-
gatawidedun ]>ata waurd alia so dom bairn bisnniane unsis ana
luauagei. biuda meinamma andnnmanai
14- jah fram bamma daga ei wesun.
auabaub mis ei 18 jah was fraquman da^is
wesjau faura-
nia]']eis ize in Iudaia, fram jera .a., lamba gawalida
lriznh stiur
.k. uud jer .1. jah anbar Arta- .q., jah gaits .a. gamanwida was

ksairksaus ]>iudanis, .ib. jera, ik mis, jah bi .i. dagaus gaf wein
jah brobrjus meinai lilaif faura- allai ]>izai filusnai, jah allai buai
ma]>leis meiiiis nimatidedum. managein, jah ana ]>o alia lilaif
15 i|> fauramabljos ]>aiei wesun faurama]>leis meinis ni sokida, in
faura mis, kaurideduu J?o mana- bis ei ni kauridedjau bo mana-
gein jah nemiin at im lilaibaus gein in bairn waurstwam. . .

jah wein jah nauhbanuh silnbris

^ilcle .m., jah skalkos ize frauji- Chapter VI.
nodedun managein, i]> ik ni
bizai 14 (praufe)te baiei brafsti-
. . .

tawida swa faura andwairbja dedun mik.

agieds gups. 15 jah ustauhana war]' so
16 jah waurstw bizos baurgs- baurgswaddjus .e. jah .k. daga
waddjaus ni swinbida, jah baurp menobis Ailnlis .n. dage jah rb.
ni gastaistald, jah biwos meinai 16 jah war]' sw<> hausideduu
jah allai ]'ai galieanans du bam- Hands nnsarai allai. jah ohtedun
ma waurstwa. alios biudos ]>os bisuniane unsis.

See introductory remark to Ezra.

V. 14. wesjau; weisjau in D. art&ksaireaus; so ObrJoff, Dims Artarksairkeaue;

ep. however alabalstraun in Ln. VII, -7. —

tS. wesun; weisun in I). 16. ni —
swinbida; OhrlotF suggests inswinbida. —
17. wesun: weisun in D. is. ana; —
originally alia, which baa been corrected.
17. 7 J. meuobia Ailulis; only meao . . . is distinct, the addition is entirely uncer-
tain.
 Neheiniah VI. VIT. 201

jah atdraus agis in ausona ize jah aipistulans iusandida To-

abraba, jah ufkunbedun ]?atei beias ogjan mik.
fram guba unsaramma war]? us-
fulli]? bata waurstw.
Chapter VII.
17 jah in dagam jainaim ma- 1 Jah war]? swe gatimrida
nagai wesun bize reikjane Iudaie war]? so baurgswaddjus, jah ga-
]>aiei sandidedun aipistulans du satida haurdins, jah gaweisodai
Tobeiin jah Tobeias du im, waur]?un daurawardos jah liu-

18 managai auk in Iudaia }?arjos jah Laiwweiteis.

ufaibjai wesun imma, unte megs 2 jah anabau]? Ananiin brobr
meinamma jah Ananeiin faura-
was Saixaineiins sunaus Aieirins,
jahloanan sunus is namdauhtar ma]?lja baurgs Iairusalems, unte
Maisaullamis sunaus Barakeiinssa was wair sunjeins jah ogands
du qenai. f rau j an ufar managans,

19 jah rodidedun imma waila 3 jah qa]? im: ni uslukaindau

in andwairbja meinamma, jah daurons Iairusalems, und ]>atei
waurdameina spillodedun imma, urrinnai sunno. . .

JG. ausoua; Ohrloff suggests augoua. — 17. 18. wesun; weisuu in I).
 Fragment of a Gothic Calendar.

The Gothic Calendar published by Mai and Castiglione,

(first
in "Ulphilae partium ineditarum specimen, Mediolani, 1819'') a
fragment of which has come down to us on a page of the Am-
brosian Codex A (See Introduction), followed, as may be seen from
I'ppstrom's 'Codices Ambrosiani', p. 120, immediately after the
Epistle. to Philemon. Between them four leaves have been lost.
which had space for the missing portion and subscription of that
Epistle, as well as for the 295 days, from January 1st to
October 22nd.
The Calendar contains the names of martyrs who either be-
longed to the Gothic people or, with the exception of the apostle
Philip, at least suffered death in the regions of the lower Danube
(See Bernhardt, 'Vulfila oder diegotische Bibel', pp. (301 and 605).

pizeana Gutbiudai managaize a

marytre jah FriJ?areikeis. 17
led
g Kustanteinaus ]>iudanis

e
kz
() l)auii]>aiaus aipiskaupaus.
kh
kjT gamin]?] marytre ]u'ze bi We-
rekan papan jah Batwin bi-
laif; aikklesjons fullaizoe ana
i
(bit |>indai gabrannidai.
ia

XaubaJmbair.fruma Jiuleis .1. TT7

Fri|'«-irciki'is: FrijOrakeikeie in A. Batwin; Batvcan is expected. Knetnntri

ii.-nis: Kiistanti-iinis in .1. I>.niri|);ii;ius iiipisknupiiiis: I>;uiri)>;nus iiipisk*.
 Calendar. 203

5? ka
EE
ie Filippaus apaustaulaus in kg
Jairupulai kd
ke
iz Eq
w kz
7J7 ]?ize atyjane in Bairaujai .m. kh
samaua k]> Andriins apaustaulaus
X X
apaustaulaus (in-ice); apaustaulus in A. aljjjaue in; alpjanoine in A.
The following page of the manuscript, which would contain the month of
December, is blank.
 Skeireins aiwaggeljons ]»airh Johannen.

The so-called Skeireins stands on eight unconnected Leaves

five of which (I. II. V. VI. VII.) are at .Milan and three (III. IV.
VIII.) at Home (See Introduction). They once belonged to the
monastery at Bobbio.
The order of the leaves is determined by the order of the
passages from John explained therein. Since the eighth leaf, which
contains the explanation of Jo. VII, 44— .~>2, is marked with the
numeral sign e (=5), which indicates the end of the fifth 'quaternio',
i. e. of the fortieth leaf, the entire number of leaves ma be esti-
mated at about one hundred (Massmann, p. 57). Each of the
sixteen pages extant is divided into two columns, each column
numbers twenty-five lines.

The Skeireins (See skeireins in the Glossary) contained an

interpretation of the gospel of St. John, and was probably written
by a Goth, who, as can I»; proved, used writings of the apostolic
fathers Theodoras (died in 355) and, probably, Ammonias (be-
fore 250) and Cyrillus (born about 400).
The remains of the Skeireins were first published in part (See
Introduction). Then followed an edition of all the leaves, together
with a Latin version, by Massmann (See Introduction). A
thorough critical examination of a ssm a 's edition appeared
under the title of "Beitrage zur Textberichtigung und Erklarung
der Skeireins", Alt en burg, 1839, by Lobe. This treatise has
contributed much to the understanding of the Skeireins. Another
examination of the manuscripl .by uppst rom (See Introduction),
yielded a much improved condition of the text. A further great
improvement of the text is due to Vollmer (See Introduction).
For more about the Skeireins, Bernhardt's elaborate work
(See Introduction) should be consulted.
 Skeireins I a. b. c. 205

Chapter I. Chapter I,

a, {Gup us himina wlaitoda ana (Deus de coelo prospexit super a

Ps 58, 3. 4
sununs manne, du sailuan sijaiu) filios hominum, ut videat si est)
saei frapjai aippau sokjai gup. intelligens aut requirens deum.
allaiuswandidedun, samana un- omnes declinaverunt, simul inu-
brukjai waurpun, jah ju uf dau- tiles f acti sunt, iamque su b mortis
paus atdmsun staua. inuh pis ceciderunt iudicium. propterea
qam gamains allaize nasjands, venit communis omnium salva-
frawaurhtins afhrainjau, tor, omnium peccata abluiturus,
allaize
ni ibna nih galeiks unsarai ga- qui non aequalis nee similis no-
raihtein, ak silba garaihtei wi- strae iustitiae, sed ipse iustitia
sands, ei, gasaljands sik faur uns erat, ut, tradens se pro nobis
hunsl jas saup guba, pizos ma- oblationem et hostiam deo, huius
nasedais gawaurhtedi uslunein. mundi operareturredemptionem.
bata nu gasaihiands Iohannes, hoc igitur videns Iohannes, id
b po sei ustauhana habaida wair- quod perficiendum
|
erat a do-b |

pan fram fraujin garehsn, mi]> mino consilium, vere dixit Ecce
Jh. T, 29 sunjai qap: sai sa ist wiprus hie est agnus dei, qui tollit pec-
gups, saei afnimip frawaurht pi- catum mundi. potuisset quidem
zos manasedais. mahtedi swe- etiam sine hominis corpore, po-
pauh jah inu mans leik, waldufn- testate tantummodo divina, sol-
ja patainei gudiskamma, galaus- vere omnes ex diaboli domina-
jan allans us diabulaus anamah- tione, sed sciebat futurum fuisse,
tai, akei (was) kunnands patei ut tali potestate virtutis neces-
swaleikamma waldufnja mahtais sitas exhiberetur neque amplius
naubs ustaiknida wesi jan ni pa- servaretur iustitiae consilium,
naseips fast aid a garaihteins ga- sed necessitate effecisset homi-
rehsns, ak naubai gawaurhtedi num salvationem. profecto enim
manne ganist. sunjaba auk dia- diabolo ab initio non cogente
bulau fram anastodeinai nih sed decipiente hominem et pere |

cnaubjandin ak uslutondin man- mendacium incitante ad trans-

|

nan jah pairh liugn galratjandin grediendam legem, hoc fuisset

ufargaggan anabusn, batuh Avesi contra ac decebat, dominum ve-
wipra bata gadob, ei frauja qi- nientem vi divina ac potestate

Remarks: The Roman numeral signs above the texts refer to the pages of the
e, d) to the columns (See introductory re-
original leaves, the small letters (a, h,
marks to the Skeireins). — Ps. = Psalm. — Cod. = Codex.
The words in parenthesis have been added by Vollmer. Uppstrom says "Ab :

initio fortasse supplendum: Gup us himina anahnaiw ana sununs manne du saihran
jau sijai . . .
."

2, b. afnimib frawaurht; ]> frawaurht above the line, batainei pataine in Cod.
;

was, Vollmer; wanting in Cod. garehsns; garehsn in Cod. suujaba, Vollmer;

jabai in Cod.
 206 Skeireins I d. IT a.

mands mahtai gudiskai jah wal- eum solvere et necessitate ad

dufnja bana galausidedi jah nau- pietatem convertere: nonne enim
]?ai du gagudein gawandidedi videretur turn in iustitia extor- j

nei auk buhtedi bau in garaih- quenda transgredi illud autea

teins gaaggwein ufargaggan bo iam ab initio constitutum con-
faura ju us anastodeinai garai- silium? decebat igitur potins
don garehsn? gadob nuwasmais eos qui sua sponte oboediebant
]?ans swesamma wiljin ufhaus- diabolo ad transgredieudam le-
jaudans diabulau du ufargaggan gem dei, hos rursus sua voluu-
anabusn gubs, ]>anzuh aftra swe- tate assentiri salvatoris doctri-
samma wiljin gaqissans wair]?an nae et aspernari nequitiam eius |
,i

dnasjandis laiseinai jah frakun- qui prius decepisset, veritatis

|

nan unselein ]?is faur]?is usluton- autem cognitionem ad renova-

dins, ib suujos kun]>i du aftra- tionem divinae vivendi rationia
anastodeinai ]nze in guba usmete institui. pro])terea igitur etiam
gasatjan. inuh bis nu jah leik corpus hominis sumpsit, ut prae-
in; ns andnam, ei laisareis uns ceptor nobis fieret iustitiae quae

wairbai ]?izos du gu]?a garaik- ad deum est. sic enim debebat,

teins. swa auk skulda, dugalei- ut similes faceret suae sapieutiae,
kon seinai frodein, jah mans aftra et homines itemm invitare ver-
galabon waurdam jah waurst- bis et factis et nuntius fieri evan-
wam jah spilla wairban aiwag- gelicae vivendi rationis. sed quo-
geljons usmete. i]> in Juzei nu niam legis coercitio nou solum
witodis gaaggwei ni batain ga- conversion!. . .

wandeinai. . .

Chapter II. Chapter II.

a ... (sei)nai galaubeinai wair sua fide factus iam pro eo a . . .

bands ju faur iua bal)?eij>,inmela audacter se gerit, tempore scili-

raihtis bulainais, leik is afar ]m- cet passionis, corpus eius post
lain swikunbaba mib Ioseba us- passionem cum Iosepho sepeliens,
filhands, gaswiknnbjands ei ni manifestans sc uon defecisse prop-
afwandida sik in fanramablje ter principum minas. propterea
lrotos. iuuh ]>is jah nasjands, etiam salvator, etiamtum simul
nanh mibban anastodjands, us- incipiens, indicavit sursum feren-
taiknida bana iupa briggandan tem in regnum dei viam dicens
in bindangardjai gabs wig qi- Amen amen dico tibi, nisi qui

Jh. , 8 bands: ;uncn amen qipapns, ni- nascitur desuper, non potest vi-
hn eaei gabairada iupapro, ni dere regnum dei. ,desuper' au-b |

mag gasaihran, piudangardja tern dixit illam sanctam et cae-

c. uei; n<> /;> Cod.; </>. II Cor. Ill, 8. gaaggwein; gaagweiii in Coil.
II. n. leik ix: lcikis in ('oil. ei ni : ni above the Iin>•.
 Skeireins 1 b. c. d. 207

hgups. ,iupab|ro' ban qab ]>o wei- lestera genituram alteram per
hon jah hirainakundon gabaurb lavacrum pati. hoc autem non
anbara bairh bwahl usbulan. intellegebat Nicodemus, propter-
]?ammuh ]>an ni fro]? Neikaude- ea quod tunc primum audiebat
mus, in bis ei mibban frumist a magi,stro; ideo dixit Quomodo
hausida fram laisarja,; inuh Jus potest homo nasci, cum senex
Jh. Ill, 4 qab: luaiwa mahts ist manna sit? numquid potest in ventre in
gabairan alpeis wisands? ibai matris suae iterum introire et
mag• in wamba aipeins seinaizos nasci? ignarus enim cum etiam-
aftra galeipan, jag gabairaidau? tum esset neque nosset consue-
unkunnands auk nauh wisands tudinem et corporalem ex utero
jah ni kunnands biuhti jah bo in mente habens genituram, in
leikeinon us wambai munands dubitationem incidit. propterea
gabaurb, in tweifl atdraus. inuh dixit Quomodo potest homo, c
|

cbis qab: luaiwa mahts ist man-

\
cum senex sit, nasci? numquid
na alpeis wisands gabairan? ibai potest in ventrem matris suae
mag in wamba aipeins seinaizos iterum introire et nasci ? at sal-
aftra galeipan, jah gabairaidau? vator futuram destinationem
ib nasjands bana anawairban eius videns et in fide profectu-
dom gasailuands jah ]?atei in
is rum esse, interpretatus est ei ut
galaubeinai ]?eihan habaida, ga- etiamtum ignaro dicens Amen
skeirida imma swe mibban un- amen dico tibi, nisi qui nascitur
Jh. Ill, Skunnandin qibands: amen amen ex aqua et spiritu, non potest
qipapus, niba saei gabairada us introire in regnum dei. opus
watin jah ahmin, ni mftg inn- enim erat et conveniens naturae,
galeipan in piudangardja gups. ad dispensationein baptismatis d
|

naudibaurfts auk was jah gadob recipiendam, aquam et spiritum

d wistai, du garehsn dau peinais |
accipere. nam homine e diversis
(ganiman, wato jah ahman) and-naturis fabricato, ex animo sci-
niman. at raihtis maim us mis- licet et corpore, cum que alterum
saleikaim wistim ussatidamma, ex his visibile, alterum autem
us saiwalai raihtis jah leika, jah spirituale sit, ideo convenienter
anbar ]?ize anasiun wisando, an- horum vestigia secutus etiam
]>aruh ban ahmeino, du]>be ga- duas nominavit res, propriam
temiba and ]?ana ]Aze laist jah utrique ad baptismatis dispen-
twos ganamnida waihtins, swesa sationein, et visibilem aquam et

b. bwahl; bwalh Neikaudemus; Nekaudemus in Cod. manna; man in

in Cod.
Cod. biubti; before this word perhaps anbaraizos gabaurbais, or something else
seems to ha ve been omitted. — c. beihan ban above the line,
; gaskeirida ... qi- .

bands, Yollmer; in Cod. siaacZsgaskeirjands .... qibands. biudangardja; gardja

above the line. —d. ganiman, wato ja ahman; wanting in Cod. missaleikaim,
Yollmer; missaleikom in Cod. ahmeino; for ahmein? waihtins, Yollmer; waihts
in Cod.
 208 Skoiioins d. Ill . b. e.

bajopum du daupeinais gareh- praeditum ratione apiritum, ni-

snai, jah ]>ata raihtis anaaiunjo mirum at hoc videre . . .

Avato jah ]?ana audabahtan ah-

man, ei raihtis ]?ata gasailran. .

Chapter III. Chapter III.

a ... (ma)naga f\'esuDJainar} par- (aquae) mnltae erant ibi;a
. . .

Jli. 111,2.5.24
f/ ^ qemun jah daupidai wesun; et aderant et baptizabantur;
ni nauhpanuh (auk) galagips was nondura enim conieetus erat in
in karkarai Iohannes. batuh|>an custodiam Iohannea. hoc autem
qipanda aiwaggelista ataugida dicena evangel ista indicavit dis-
ei so garehsns bi ina nelua andja penaationem de eo prope fineni
ivaapairhHerodea birunain. akei fuisse propter Herodia inaidiaa.
faurpata, at bajo]>um daupjan- sed antea, ainbobus baptizan-
dam jah aintuaparammeh seina tibus et utroque suum commen-
anafilhandam daupein, mi)? sis dante baptiama, inter ae invicera
misso sik andrunnun aumai, ni diaputabant quidam, neacientea
kunnandanaluaparakuldedi mai- uter futurua esset maior. deinde
Jli. Ill, 2.~> /a. paproh }>;ni warp sokrins ant em facta est quaestio a dis-b
!

b us eiponjam Johannes In- cipulia Iohannis cum ludaeia de

damm bi swiknrin, in pizei ju jah purificatione, propterea quod iam
leikia hraineino inmaidi)>a uas etiam corporis purgation um inu-
si. Ins jah so bi gup hraineiana- tatns erat moset divina puritas

budana was, ei ni panaaeipa ju- imperata erat, nepoatea iudaicia

daiwiakaim nfarranneinim jah aaperaionibua et baptismatisper-
danpeinim sinteino brukjan ua- petuo uti aolliciti esaent, sed Io-
daudjaina, ak Iohanne haua- hannem audientea praecuraorem
jandana pamma faurrinnandin evangelii poenitentiam agerent.
aiwaggeljon (idreigona). waaub commendabat autem etiam do-
]';in jali franja ]>o ahroeinon ana- minus apirituale baptiama, ita-

fllhanda daupein, eipan garaih- que iure est de purificatione

t;il>awarp bi awiknein aokeina quaestio mota; nam lex ab im-
gawagida ante \vito)> ]>he un- prudeutibus eoniniissoriini delic-
:

faurweieane mieeadede ainaizoa torum unius purgationem con-c

|
|

chrainein raidida, azgon kalbona stituit, cineribue vaccae com-

///. a. auk, Vollmer; wanting in Cod. daupjandam; or(gwia/£r galaubjandam,

which has been corrected, andruunuu, Lobe: uudrauuau in Cod. inaisa, not maiza
wisan; nn ellipsis of this infinitive also v<rv common in Old English :><1 Old
Norse, and may have been in use in Gothic as well {Bernhardt). b. siponjani; — i

above the line, ei (noiewaei); wanting ia Cod. Idreigoaa; wanting in Cod. \>'\/.c-
uataurweieaue; for bico nnfaurweieono —
c. hraineio; Cod. has wit<>|>, which
seems to bean erroneous repetition, and to have supplanted a word whose sen»- is
at .ill events that ofhraiueiu.
 Skeireins TIT, d. IV, a. 209

gabrannidaizos utana bibaurgei- bustae extra inoenia; postea

nais; afaruh]?an]>o in wato wair- autein hos in aquam coniciebant
pandans hraiu jah hyssopon jah puram atque hyssopo lanaque
wullai raudai ufartrusnjaudans rubra adspergebant, sicut con-
(\vesuu),s\vaswegadob]>ansufar- veniebat oblivisci studentibus.
mitou munandans. i]> Johannes #t lohannes poenitentiae bap-
idreigos daupein merida jah mis- tisma praedicavit et delietoruni
sadede aflet bairn ainfal]>aba ga- veniam sincere se convertentibus
wandjandam gahaibait, i}> frau- promisit, domini autera baptis-
jins (daupeins), at afleta fra- ma, praeter diniissiouem pecca-
waurhte, jah fragift weihis all- torum, etiam douatiouem sancti
iums, jahfragibandsim batei sun- spiritus, etiam (lioc) donaus iis
jus biudaugardjos wairpaina; ut filii regui fiant; ut sit bap-d |

dswaeisijai daupeins lohannes ana tisma Iohannis in medio duoruni

midumai twaddje ligaudei, ufar- posrtum, exsuperans quidem legis
]>eihaudei raihtis witodis hrai- purificationem, sed minus multo
iiein, \\> minnizei filaus aiwaggel- evangelii baptismate. propterea

jons daupeinai. inuh bis bairh- perspieue nos docet dieens Equi-
Mtt. Ill, lltaba uns laiseip qi bands: appan dem in aqua vos baptizo; sed

lie 16 ^ J72 wa ^n izwis daupja; ip sa qui post me venit, fortior me

Me. J, 7. 8) afar mis gagganda swinpoza mis est, cuius ego nou sum dignus
ist, pizei ik ni im wairps ei ana- qui procumbens solvam corri-
hueiwands andbindau skauda- giam calceamenti eius; ille vero
raip skohis is; sah pan fowls vos baptizabit in spiritu sancto.
daupeip in ahmin weihamma. bi ex dispensatione igitur. . .

garehsuai nu. . .

Chapter IV, Chapter IV.

So nu faheps meina usfullno- Hoc ergo gaudium meum ini-a
Ih. 111,29.30^.
jains skal wabsjaUi j}< ])letum est ;ilium oportet cre-
minznan. eiban nu siponjans sei- scere, me autem minui. itaque
naus ];>ans bi swikneiu du Iudai- discipulos suos, de purificatioue
um sokjandans jah qtyandans cum Iudaeis quaereutes et dicen-
.Hi. Ill, 26 sis: rabbei, saei was mip pus hin- tes ipsi Kabbi, qui erat tecum
darJaurdanau, pannnei pu weit- trans Iordanem, cui tu testimo-
wodides, sai sa daupeip, jah allai nium perhibuisti, ecce hie bapti-
gaggand du imma, nauh mikun- zat, et omnes veniunt ad eiun,
naudans ]>o bi nasjand, inuh bis etiamtum ignorantes de salva-

wesun, Vollmev; wanting in Cod. inunandans; uiuuaiidaue in Cotl. daiiprins;

wanting in Cod. —d. minnizei minizei in Cod.
;

IV, a. siponjans seiuaus pans .... sokjaudans iali (jij>andans: siponjam scmaim
paiin .... sokjaudans jah qipandam in Cod, -
.j.
 210 Skei reins IV. b. c. d.

iaiseib ins qtyands: jaws skal tore, propterea docet cos dicens
wahsjan, ij> ik minznnii. a|>]>an Ilium oportet crescere, mo autein
bso bi ina garehsns du leiti lam- minui. at dispensatio deeocon-
I

ina mela raihtis brake was, jah stituta ad breve tempus qui-b |

fauramanwjandei saiwalos ]?ize dem utilis rait, et praeparans

daupidane fralailot aiwaggeljons animos baptizatorum tradidit
mereinai. i]>fraujins laiseins ana- evangelii praedicationi. domini
stodjandei af Indaia jah ami autem institutio incipiens a Iu-
allana midjungard gabaih, and daea vel per omnem orbem ter-
(stab) luarjanoh beihandei uud rarum crevit, per omnem locum
hita nu jah aukandei, all manne crescens usque ad hoc tempus et
du gubs kunbja tinhandei, skeirs proficiens, omnes homines ad dei
wisandei. inuh bis jah mikildub coguitionem ducens, quia perspi-
fraujins wulbaus kannida qi- cua est. propterea etiam mag-
]?ands: sa iupnpro qimanda ufaro nitudinem domini gloriae notifi-
.Hi. [II, 81 allaim ist. Ni batei ufaro wisan- cavit dicens Qui desuper venit,
dan swarekannidedi, ak jah swa- super omnes est. Xon quod super-
clauda is mikil dubais maht in- antem temere notificaverit, sed
|

sok, jah himinakundana jah iu- etiam tantani eius magnitudi-c |

pa]>ro qumanana qimands, i]> sik nis potentiam indieavit, et coe-

airbakundana jah us airbai rod- lestem et desuper degressum di-
jandan, iu ]>izei wistai manna cens, se autem terrestrem et ex
was, jab]>e weihs ja]>]>e prau fetus terra loquentem, propterea quod
wisands jag garaihtein weitwod- natura homo fuit, sive sanctus .

jands, akei us air]?ai was jah us sive propheta erat et iilstitiam

waurdahai wistai rodjands; ib sa testificabatur, at tamen ox terra
us himina qumana, jabai iu leika fuit et ex verbal] natura loquens;
wisan buhta, akei ufaro allaim sed qui ex coelo venit, etiamsi
.. in, :\2 ist. Jnh Jmtei gasalv jag gah&u- iu corpore esse videbatnr, tamen

sida, pata weitwodeip; jah po super omnes est. Et quae vidit

weitwodida is ni ainshun mmip, et audivit, ea testatur; et testi-
djah bauhjabai us himina ana monium eius nemo accipit. at-
|

airpai in manne garehsnais qam, queetsi e coelo in terrain prop-d |

akei ni ]>e haldis airbeins was nib ter hominum diepensationem ve-
us airbai rodjands, ak faimina- nit, tamen nou idcirco terrester
knnda anafllhanda ralhenja, boei fuit neque ex terra loquens, sed
gasalr jag gahausida at at tin. coelestia radons mvsteria. quae t

h. and allana, Lobe; und allana fn Cod. and stab hrarjanob, Vollmer; and
tuarjano //* Cod. ekeira wieaudei; stands before niikilduj) in Cod. iupapro; ]>

above the line. — c. waurdabai; Wackernagel ['Gothiscbe uud Ahs&ehsiscbe L•

stOcke") ivriiesiuauniekai; <>. waurdaba /// the Glossary, baubjabai as; Cod. ha/I
|?aahjabai ueaii*; air is scratched out in Cod. — d. ana airbai; Cod. bus auuii-|>ui.
n* uii-pui; ua J>ai /// Cod.
 Skei reins IV. d. V. a. b. 211

|>o mi insakana wesun fram apud pa-

lo- viderat et audi vera t
hanne, trem. haec igitur indicabantur
ni in bis batainei ei frau-
jins mikilein gakannidedi, ak du a Iohanne, non ideo tantum, ut
gatarhjan jah gasakan ]>o afgu- domini magnitudinem notam fa-
don haifst Sabailliaus jah Mar- ceret, sed ad notandam et con-
kaillaus, j^aiei ainana anananbi- futandam illam impiam contro-
dedun qi]>an attan jab snnu; i]> versiam Sabellii et Marcelli, qui
anbar sa weiha. . . uiium ausi sunt dicere patrem et
filiuni; aliud vero sanctus spiri-

tus. . .

Chapter V. Chapter V.
;t (ei andni) mai bi attin sweri- ut particeps sit secundum a
. . .

]?os, at allamma waurstwe ai- patrem honoris, in onini opere

naizos anabusnais beidi]>. ib ]>a- unum praeceptum exspectat.
tei raihtis (anbarana) ]>ana fri- quod vero alterum quidem dili-
jondaii, anbaranuh ]>an ]>ana gentem, alterum autemdilectum,
frijodau, anbarana taiknjan- alterum monstrantem, alterum
dan, anbaranuh J>an galeikon- autem imitantem illius opera
dan jainis waurstwam (qibi]>), dicit, hoc vero indicavit sciens
]>atuh ]?an insok kuimands ]>ize futurorum errorem, ut discant
anawair]?ane airzein, ei galais- ex eo duas personas patris et
jaina sik bi bamma twa and- filii profited neve rixarentur. se
wairbja attius jah sunaus'and- cundum hoc vestigium perspi-
haitan jah ni missaqibaina. an- cuo usus verbo dixit Sicut enimb |

duh bana laist skeins brak pater excitat mortuos et vivi-

|

bjands waurdis qa]?: swaswe auk ficat, sic etiam Alius quos vult
-Hi- V, 21
atta urraiseip daupansjab liban vivificat, ut, sua voluutate et
gataujip, ewa jah sunns panzei sua potentia imitans eum qui
will liban gataujip, ei, swesam- prius vivificavit mortuos, ipsuni
ma wiljin jah swesai mahtai ga- vivificaturum mortuos pollicitus
leikonds bamma faurbis gaqiu- incredulorum puguacitatem in-
jandin daubans, (silba gaqiujan crepans corriperet. neque pater
daubans) gahaitands bize unga- iudicat quemquam, sed iudicium
laubjandane ]?rasabal]>ein and- omne tradidit Alio, quodsi unus

ni in; in above the line, jah gasakan; above the line. Markaillaus, Voll-
wev; Markailliaus in Cod. sa weiha; sweihaa, perhaps above the line.
in Cod.,
V, a. ei andnimai bi ina du in Cod. raihtis anbarana, Vottmer; raihtis in Cod.
;

frijodau; frijoudau in Cod., the first being scratched, taiknjaudan anbaranuh;

taikujanda nbaranuh (i. e. the second part at the beginning of a new line) in Cod.
|

qij'ib, Tollmer; wanting in Cod. Lobe and Wackernagel insert it in another place .•

anbaraua raihtis. missaqibaina, Yollmer; niibqibaiua

ib batei qibib in Ox/, silba
gaqiujan daubaus; wanting in Cod, Lobe without silba,
 212 Ski'ircins V, b. c. d. VI, a.

.ih. V, 22 beitands gaeoki. ;;/' pan atta ni idemque esset secundum Sabellii
etojip aianohun,ak staua alia declarationem, diversis signifi-
atgaf sunau. nu ains jah sa catus nominibus, quomodo iudi-
sama wesi bi Sabailliaus insah- care et non iudicare idem pos-• |

tai, missaleikaim bandwi^s nam- set? neque enim tantum nomi-

nam, lraiwa stojan jah ni sto num commutatio duarum pereo-
|

cjan sa sama mahtedi? ni auk ]m- uarumdiversitatem ostendit, Bed

tainei namne inmaideins twaddje multo magis peris argumen-
andwairbje anbarleikein band- tuin, alterum quidem neminem
Avei]?, ak filaus mais waurstwifl iudicantem, sed tradentem filio

ustaikneins, an]>arana raihtis ni iudicii potestatem; atque ille ac-

aiunohun stojandan, ak fragi- eipit secundum patrem honorem
bandan sunau stauos waldufni et omne iudicium secundum illius
jah is (ist) andnimands bi attin voluntatem facit, ut omnes ho-
]>o s\veri)>a jah alia staua bi jai- norent filium, sicut honorant pa-
Jh. V, 23nie wiljin taujauds, ei allai swe- trem. debemus igitur omnes nos,
radna eunu, swaawe swerand at- in tali ac tarn manifest a decla-
tan. skulum nu allai weie, at ratione, deo non genito oppo-
swaleikai jah ewa bairhtai insah- nere genitum etunigenitum hli-<i |

tai, gu]>a uubauranamma and- um dei deum agnoscere, ut cre-

dsatjan bauranana jah aina- dentes honorem iam utrique
baura sunau gu]>s gu]? wisandin tribuamus secundum dignitatem;
gaknnnan, eijmn galaubjandans nam illud dictum Ut omnes ho-
sweriba ju lca]>arammeh usgi- noreut filium, sicut honorant pa-
baima bi wairbida; unte ]?ata trem non parem sed similem
qibano ei allai eweraina eunu, honorem tribuere nos docet. at-
awaswe ewerand at tan ni ibnon que ipse salvator, cum pro dis-
ak galeika sweriba nsgiban uns cipnlis precana patri dixit Dili-
laiseib. jah silba naejande, (]>an) gie eos, sicut diligis me, non
bi siponjans bidjands du attin parem dilectionem sed eimilem
Jh. XVII,28qab ei frijos ins, ewaawe frijos ••a re BUrnifieat. eodcm niodo . . .

mik, ni ibnaleika Erijabwa ak

galeika bairh ]>ata uetaikneib.
I'aminuh eamin haidau. . .

Chapter VI. Chapter VI.

a ... nands, unswikunbozeiwarb• ... minus illnstrie facta est a
bi nanbai jainie insahts, ewe sil- neceesario illius praedicatio, si-

gasoM, Yollmer; gasok in Cod. aiimolmii: ainolmii in Cod.— c. is ist ist is wont- :

ing iii Cod. banranana, UppetrSm; illegible in Cod. gap wisandin gaknnnan,
Yollmer (lie writes gu\>&\ cp. however Eph. II, 11. Mk. Ill, 10. Jo. Xlll, 1.); ]>
wiaandan knnnan in Cod. hra)>aranimeh; hrabaramma in Cod. allai; the second
Iabove the line, ben, Yollmer; wanting in Cod,
 Skei reins VI, a. b. c. 213

.Th. in, 30 ba is qi]>i]^: jama skal wahsjan, cut ipse dicit Ilium oportet ere-
ip ik minznan, in bizei nudu lei- scere, me autem minui, quaprop-
galaubjandulohanne
tilai hreilai ter igiturad breve tempus cre-
hausjandans buhtedun, ib afar dere in Iohannem audientes visi
ni filu ufarmaudein bo bi ina at- sunt, sed haud multo post obli-
gebun; ei]?an waila ins maudeib vioni eius res tradiderunt; itaque
&b. V,3S.36qibands: jains was lukarn brin- recte eos admonet dicens Ille fuit
nando jah liuhtjando, ipjus wil- lucerna ardens et lucens, vos au-
dedup swignjan du hjeilai in liu- tem voluistis ad horam exultare
hada is. appan ik haba weitwo- in luce eius. ego autem habeo
b dipa maizein pamma
Iohan ne; \
testimonium maius illo Iohan- b
|

po auk waurstwa poei atgaf ne; opera enim quae dedit mihi
mis atta ei ik taujau po, waurst- pater, ut perficiam ea, ipsa opera
wa poei ik tauja, weitwodjand quae ego facio, testimonium per-
bi mik patei atta mik insandida; il ibent de me quia pater me mi-

jains auk manniskaim waurdam sit; ille enim humanis verbis

weitwodjands buhtu, testificans, perturbare conscien-
tweifijan
sunjeins wisands, baim unkun- tiam, quanquam verax erat, ig-
nandam mahta; ib attins bairh norantibus poterat; at patris
meina waurstwa weitwodei alia per mea opera testimonium ora-
ufar insaht manniskodaus Io- nem supra demonstrationem hu-
hannes unandsok izwis undredan manae naturae Iohannis irrefu-
mag- kunbi'. unte luarjatoh tabilem vobis praebere potest
waurde at mannam innuman cognitionem. nam quodvis ver-
maht ist anbarleikein inmaidjan, bum apud homines acceptum po-
ci]? ]?o weihona waurstwa, un- test immutatione depravari, sed
|

andsakana wisandona, gaswi- sancta opera, cum irrefutatac

kunbjand bis waurkjandins dom, sint, manifestant operantis de-
bairhtaba gabandwjandona ]?a- stinationem, perspicue declaran-
tei fram attin insandibs was us tia a patre missum esse de caelo.
.Th. V, 37 himina. inuh bis qibib: jah saei propterea dicit Et qui misit me
sandida mik atta, sah weitwo- pater, ipse testimonium perhibet
deip bi mik. ab]>an missaleiko de me. vario autem modo et
jah in missaleikaim melam attins varus temporibus patris de eo
bi ina Avar]? weitwodeins, sum an factum est iudicium, nunc per
]>airh praufete waurda, sumanuh prophetarum verba, nunc per
ban bairh stibna us himina, su- vocem de caelo, nunc per pro-
manuh ban bairh taiknins; ib in digia; sed quia his ita factis du-

T7, a. minznan; miznan in Cod. hausjandans, Vollmer; h ausj an in Cod. 6. —

buhtu, Lobe; buhta in Cod. alia, Vollmer; all in Cod. weihona waurstwa; wa
below the line. —c. gaswikunbjand, Vollmer: gaswikunbjaudoua in Cod. nii.ssa-

Ieiko, missaleiks in Cod. bi ina; bi inna Cod. ;'//

 214 Skeireins VI. d. VII, a. b.

]>izei bairn swa waur]?anam bar- rius incredulorum fiebat cor, d |

dizo]>ize ungalaubjandane war]) ideo iure addidit dicens Xeque

|

d hairto, inuh bis garaihtaba ana-
.71). V, 37.38 aiaukqibands: nih stibna islran-
hun gahansidedup, nih shin is
gaselrup, jali waurd is ni babaip
wisando in izwis, pande panei in-
sandida ja ins. pa mm
uh jus ni ga-
laubeip. unte at bairn galuair-
bam frakuiman ni skulds ist, ib
sumaijah stibna is gahausidedun,
sumai ]>an is siun selrun. auda-
Mt. V, Sgai auk]>an qapjmi hrainjahair-
tans, unte pai gup gasailrand.
vocein eius unquam audistis, ne-
que speciem eius vidistis, et ver-
bum eius non babetis manens in
vobis, quoniam quern misit ille,
ei non creditis. nam apud oboe-
j
dientes futurum non est ut de-
spiciatur, sed quidam et vocem
eius audiverunt, quidam autem
eius speciem Beati
viderunt.
enim, inquit, mundi corde, quia
hi deum videbunt. Ac iam pro-
inde pignus per . . .

jah ju ]>a]>ro swe wadi bairh. . .

Chapter VII. Chapter VII.

a ... ahun kunnandins fraujins . . . non fit mentio ulla cog-
maht jah andbaggkjandins sik is noscentis domini virtutem et per-
vvaldufneis; nib Stains (ains) akpendentis eius potestatem nee ;

.Hi. VI,9 jah Andraias, saei qa]>: ist ma- Petrus solus sed etiam Andreas
qui dixerat Est puer turns hie
gala ains her saei habaip .<>. hlai-
bans barizeinans jah twans fi- qui ha bet quinque panes hordea-
skans, analeiko Bwe Filippus ga- ceos et duos pisces, similiter ac
sakada ni waiht mikilishugjands Philippus coargitur nihil magni
nih wairbidoslaisareisandbaggk- sensisse neque dignitatem ma-
jands, bairh boei usbar qibands; gistri perpendisse, quare excla-
.Hi. W.uakci pata tua ist <lu swa inana- mavit dicens Sed hoc quid est
gahn? ib frauja andtilonds ize inter tarn multos? sed dominus
bniuklahein qa]>: waurkeip pans accommodans se ad eorumpueri-
|

.Tli. »I,10
majQS anakumbjan. ib eis, at litatem dixit Facite homines b
managamma wisandm in
hauja discumbere. illi autem, cum foe-
bamma stada, )>o flluena ana- lium multum esset in eo loco,
kumbjan gatawidedun, discumbere fece-
fimf jni- multitudinem
eundjos waire inuh qinons jah runt, quinque inilia virorum prae-
barna. swe at mikilamma nah- ter mulieres et pueros. sicut in
tamata anakumbjandans (we- magna coena discubiierunt, cum
sun), at ni wisandein aljai waih- non esset aliud quidquam prae-

]>aiin swa: ]>aiin above the lino.— . •>\•*•1•|>: lru|> below the line, .skulds,
Yollnii'v; skuld in Coil.

Uppetrdm; wanting in Coil. — h. nalitamata anakuinbiandnns;

17/. a. ains,
niata anaku above the line, weeuu, VoIImer; wanting in Cod. wisandein; wisan-
din in Coil.
 Skeireins , b. c. d. VIII, a. 215

tai ufar ]?aus fimf hlaibans jah terquinque panes et duos pisces,
twans fiskans, ]>anzei niniands quos accipiens et grates agens
jah awiliudonds gaj?iubida, jah benedixit, et tantulo satians eos
swa managai ganohjands ins victu, non solum sufficientiam
wailawiznai ni ]?atainei ganau- necessitatis eis praebuit, sedc
c haii baurftais ak multo plus, posteaquam coena-
im fra |
gaf,
filaus maizo. afar ]?atei matida vit multitudo, inventum est ex
so managei, bigitan was ]nze illis panibus duodecim cophini
hlaibe .ib. tainjons fullos ]?atei pleni quod supererat. Similiter
.Hi. VI, llaflifnoda. samaleikoh pan jah autem etiam .piscium quantum
pize fiske swa filu swe wildedun. voluerunt. neque enim in pani-
nili ]^aii ana bairn hlaibam ai- bus solis suae potentiae magni-
naim seinaizos mahtais filusna tudinem ostendit, sed etiam in
ustaikriida, ak jah in ]?aim fiskam: piscibus: tantum enim paravit
swa filu aukgamanwida inswair- eos fieri, ut unicuique tantum,
]>au, swaei ainluarjammeh swa quantum volebat accipere eorum,
filu, swe wilda andniman ize, ta- faceret, neque ulla in re inopiam

jah ni in waihtai wani-

wida, multituclini esse fecit, sed prae-
nassu ]>izai filusnai wairban ga- terea multo magis discipulis,
tawida. akei
il nauh us Jjarama |
satisfecit, et alios commonefecit
filu mais siponjans fullafahida, intellegere se esse eundem qui in
jah anjmrans gamaudida gaum- deserto quadraginta annis pa-
jan j^atei is was sa sama saei in tres eorum nutrivit. Ut autem
au]?idai .m. jere attans ize fodida. impleti sunt, dixit discipulis suis
\\.X\,\2.1% panuh bipe sadai waurpnn, qap Colligite quae superaverunt frag-
siponjam seinaim: galisip pos menta, ne quid pereat college-
afiifnandeins drausnos, ei waih- runt ergo, et impleverunt duo-
tai ni fraqistnai. panuh galesun decim cophinos fragmentoruin
jah gafullidedun .ib. tainjons ga- ex quinque panibus hordeaceis
bruko us paim .e. hlaibam bari- et duobus piscibus, quae super-
zeinam jah .b. fiskam, patei afiif- fuerunt his mauducantibus. . .

noda at paim. . .

Chapter VIII. Chapter VIII.

a ana ina
... (ains)hun uslagida . . . nemo imposuit in ilium a
l1 '•^ 11 14
handuns, at weihai auk is mah- manus, san eta
•
'
scilicet eius po-
tai unanasiuniba unselein ize tentia invisibiliter nequitiam eo-
nauh disskaidandein jah ni us- rum etiamtum dissolvente neque
laubjandein faur mel sik gaha- patiente ante tern pus se compre-

c ]>izo (the first); ]>izei in Cod. swa filu auk; swa filu auk swe in Cod. and-
iiiman ize; andniman ist in Cod.
MIL <•?. disskaidandein; e above the line.
 216 Skeireinfi VIII, a. b. c. d.

Jh. VII, ban. galipun pan pai andbahtos liendi. Yenerunt ergo ministri
45. 4G
^ u p a j jn auhumistam gudjam ad summos pontifiees et Phari-
jah Faivisaium, paruh qepun du saeos, turn dixerunt eis illi Quare
imjainai: dulve ni attauhupina? noii adduxistis eum? responde-
audhofun pan pai andbahtos qi- runt autem ministri dicentes
pandans patei ni Jranhun aiw quia nunquam locutus est homo
rodida manna swaswe sa manna. sicut hie homo, hoc autem
bsohban andahafts du gasahtai, respousum refutationi, imo po-b
|

maizuh ]>an du afdomeinai jai- tius condemnationi illorum in-

naize ungalaubeinai Avar]?, and- credulitati factum est. respon-
hofun auk jainaim anahaitan- derunt enim illis increpantibus
dam im in ]?izei ni attauhun ina, se quod non adduxerant eum,
andsitandans iainaize unselein
ni non respicientes illorum nequi-
]?ize analiaitandane im, ak mais tiam increpantium se, sed potius
sildaleikjandans fraujins laisein admirantes domini doctrinam
s\vikun]:>aba in allaim alaman- aperte in omni hominum genere
nam faurawisan rahnidedun. ib praestareexistimaveruut. sed illi,
jainai, in unseleins seinaizos bal- propter nequitiam suam fiduciam
]?ein ize ni usjmlandans, mi}? ha- eorum non tolerantes, cum ira
tiza andhofun wi]?ra ins qipan- responderunt contra eos dicentos
cdans: ibai jah jus afairzidai Xumquid et vos
I seducti estis'.V |

47_iaSiD/>? sai jau ainshun pize reike ecce num quisquam principum
galaubidedi imma aippau pize credidit ei aut Fharisaeorum?
Fai-eisaie? alja so managei, paiei sed turba haec, quae non novit
nikunnun witop, fraqipanai sind. legem, maledicti sunt, haec au-
tem cum acerbitate irae locuti
]>oh ]>an mi}? baitrein Jnvairheins
rodidedun; in ]>ammei liugan- sunt qua in re mentientes in- ;

dans bigitanda, ei ni ainshun veniuntur, neminem principum

reike aib]?au Fareisaie galaubi- autPharisaeorum credidisse ei,
dedi imma, at Neikaudaimau bi siquidem Nicodemus ex consilio
garehsnai gu]?s qimandin at im- dei venerat ad eum uoctu, et
ma in naht, jah mi}> bal]>ein faur cum confidentia pro veritate con-
suuja insakandin jah qimandin Numquid lex
tendit et dixit eis
Jh. VII, 51 im: ibai witop unsarstojij) man- nostra iudicat hominem? illis |

dnan? at jainaim qtyandam pa-

|
tei ni ainshun reike jah Fareisaie
galaubida, ni fra]>jandans ]nitei
sa raihtis Fareisaius was jah
dicentibus neminem principum
aut Pharisaeorum credidisse, non
cogitantes ilium vere Pharisaeuni
esse et decuriouem ludaeorum et

l>;in ]>ni; J»an above the line, (perhaps corrected) in ('nil.

jainai; jaijainai —
1>. j>an; J>a in Cod. in allaim; perhaps ina allaim should lie written. r. ini}> —
baitrein ^wairheins; mi)> baitreins }>wairheine in Cod. ainshun; ainlnni in Cod. —
il. Fareieaie; Pareiaaiei in Cod.
 Skeireins VIII, d. 21'

ragineis Iudaie, jali ains reike unum inter potentes selectum ex

ustaikni]?s us J?aim fraqi]?anam maledictis do- esse credentem
was galaubjands fraujin (jah) du mino et ad confutandam illorum
gasahtai jainaize imseleins faur nequitiam pro eo loquentem. Sed
ina rodjands. ip eis ni us]>ulan- ill! non tolerant es correptiouem
daus ]
gasaht aiidhofun qi- responderunt dicentes Num etiani
Jh. VII, 52 Randans: ibai jah pn us Galei- tu e Galilaea es? serutare et
laia is? ussokei jah sailv pa- vide (proplietani a Galilaea non
tei surgere)

jali du, Yolhmr; du in Cod.

 The Gothic Title -Deeds.

The Gothic title-deeds, which are in several respects of great

importance, have been edited and explained by Massmann (See
Introduction). They are the oldest title-deeds in Germanic hi-
story, and show us the Gothic language and letters of the daily
life of the middle of the sixth century. The language naturally
differs somewhat from that of AVulfila, which dates two centuries
farther back. The following points of difference have been pointed
out by Bernhardt (in his "Wulfila", pp. G49 and G50):
(1) The short in diakon, dinkona.
(2) The indefinite quality of the unaccented inflectional syl-
lables and of the final sound of the first part of compounds is
proved by fluctuation of orthography; as, gablaibim beside
gahlaibaim (where we should expect gnlikiibnm)•, here, as in sun-
jaiftipae (cp. the Latin suniofridus) the ni is meant to denote a
sound similar to Latin c, which is proved by the names uuilljenant
gudeljuus, guderit; the same sound is also found in gudiluh.
(3) The s of the nominative has decayed in: unt&haxi = ufitn-
diakun, diakon
haijie, }vilj;irij)= mljareps, =
diakauhus; further-
more, in guderit =
gndareps, auillienant= wiljananps, bosbat =
ansabalpe; and in gudil&ib =
gudalaibs, alamud =
alamode (in
the Arezzo document). It is retained, however, in euDJaffiipas,
malatheus, gndeljuus. The same loss of s is shown by West-
Gothic names like ndnmir— audamere, ansiulf— aneiwuhs, argi-
bad =s argabalps, cuniuld =
kunjawalds, egered = agweps, etc.
(See Bezzenberger, 'Ueber die A-Reihe der gotischen Sprache',
p. 7 et seq.)
These deviations from Wulfila's language serve to prove that
the latter has conic down to us in a, comparatively pure and
genuine condition, though the manuscripts belong to the sixth
century.
 Title-Deeds. 219

. The Document at Naples.

This title-deed was written by a notary public, Deusdedit, in
551, during the reign of Totila, shortly before Italy was invaded
by Narses, who put an end to the rule of the Eastern Goths for-
ever. The body of the deed is written in Latin. The clerics (uni-
versus) of the Gothic church St. Anastasia (aclisie notice sancte
anastasie eclesie legis gothorum sancte anastasie) at Ravenna had
borrowed from a Petrus Defensor the sum of 120 shillings (solidi
aurei), for which they made over to the loaner a piece of land,
eight 'unciae' of marsh (paludes, (Gothic saiwe), worth 180 shil-
lings, 60 shillings being paid them in return. The following Latin
names of the Gothic clerics occur in the bod of the deed
optrit et vitaljanus praesbs suniefridus diacs petrus subdiacs
uuiljarit et paulus clerici. nee non et minnulus et danihel
theudjla mirjea et sindila spodej. costila gudeljuus guderjt
hosbat et benenatus ustiarji. uuiljarit et malatheus.
At the end document stand the numerous subscriptions,
of the
partly in the Gothic, partly in the Latin language. The following
is a complete copy of the Gothic subscriptions

+ ik papa ufitahari ufmida handau meinai jab andnemum

skilliggans .j. jah faur]>is ]>airli kawtsjon diakuna ala-
moda unsaramma dau jah mib gahlaiba/Ji unsaraim andne-
mum skilliggans rk wairb bize saiwe
signum + witaljani praesbi ssti venditoris qui iacientae inue-
cillitate oculorum suscribere non potuit signum iecit
4- ik sunjaifribas diakon handau meinai ufmelida jah and-

nemum skilliggans .j. jah fau]us ]?airh kawtsjon mi]) diakona

a7amoda unsaramma jah mi]? gahlaibaim unsaraim andne-
mum skiTliggans .rk. wairj? bize saiwe.
+ ego petrus subdiacs aclisie gotice sancte anastasie uic in-
solutum cessionis venditionisque et documentum padulis
sstorum cum omnibus ad se pertinentibus a me uel sstis
colliuertis uel comministris meis iactum tibi ssto petro ur defs
conparatori ad omnia sstarelegi consensiet sz7.sciibsi et testes
ud suscriberent pariter conrogauimus et pretju/72 centu octo-
ginta soljdos id est centum uiginti per cautione antea accepisse
profitemur et nunc de presenti alios sexaginta solidos perci-
pimus.

ufitahari;above the line (Latin optrit). ufmida, for ufmelida. unsaramma;

ma above the line, dau; erroneous repetition of the Inst syllable ofalamoda and
the following u. iauj'i.s; for faur)>i8.

-r , —- ->
220 Title-Deeds.

signum + uuiliarit clerici sstj uenditorjs qui faciente inue-

cillitate oculorum suscribere nou potuit ideoque signum iecit.

Now come the subscriptions of

Paulus clerieus eclesie legis gothorm sea anastasie; Petrus
defensor, uuillienant; igila; theudila, clerieus eclesie ss legis go-
thorum see anastasie.
Furthermore:
ik merila bokareis handau meinai ufmelida jab andneniira
slulliggans jah faurpis j^airh kawtsjon jah mi)> diaku/j,•/ ,•//<•/-
~]".

moda unsaramma jah mip gahlaibim unsaraim anduemuni

Hkilliggsiua j\ k~ wair]> ]nze saiwe.
Then follow six crosses before the names of those who evidently
could not write, the names being written by the notary:
signum + sinthilanis spodej sstae basilicae gothorm xxendi-
toris
signum + costilanis ustiarji sstae basilicae gothorm u(endi-
toris)
signum -4- gudeljui ustiarii sstae basilicae gothorm uendj-
tor(is)
signum + guderit-ustiarji ss-basilicae gothorum uendit(o)-
ri(e)
_
signum + hosbat c ustiarji ss basiljce-gothorm uj(enditoris)
signum + beuenatj ustiarii ss-basilice-gothorum (ueuditoris).
Lastly:
ik wiljarip bokareis handau meinai ufmelida jah ixndncmum
skilligngans !J7
jah faurpis ]>airh kawtsjon jah mip diakmia
alamoda unsaraniina jah mi]> gahlaibaim unsaraiza andne-
mwm ekilliggans .rk. wairpize saiwe.
One subscription, that of the above mentioned Malatheus,
seems to have been torn off.

B. The Document at Arezzo.

This document is only an inexact facsimile and
probably lost,
reprint by Doni ("Inscriptiones antiquae", edited by Gori, at
Florence, 1731) have come down to us. In it is said that Gudi-
1u b a deacon, has sold to another deacon, A 1 am od four 'unciae'
, ,

Duiljarit; a above the line, uuillienant; above called minnulue. above

merila;
niirjca. ekilligugane; tor ekilliggana or ekillingans. wairbiEe; wairb |>i/e.
tor
Qndilub; Massmann supposes Gudilaib. The Latin text of the document bos
Gudilebue, the first Latin subscription Gudilebo, the fourth Gudiliuo.
 Title-Deeds. 221

of the farm of Caballaria with some buildings

Caballariae (

appellatuv cum portioue aedificii), for the sum of 133 gold

. . .

shillings. The language of the body of the document is Latin.

So is that of the subscriptions of the three witnesses, while that
of Gudilub is Gothic. Alamod's subscription had not been copied
by Doni, and is now, as it would seem, irrecoverably lost. The
four subscriptions are as follows: —
ik gudilub 'dkn' bo frabauhtabo ka fram mis gawaurhta bus |

'dkn' |
alamoda fidwor unkjane hug sis kaballarja jah skilliggans
|

|
andnam jah ufmelida.
'rig'
Ego Constantius .... his instrumentis quatuor unciar, fundi
suprascripte Caballariae a suprascripto rogatus Gudilebo diacono
uinditore testis suscribsi et ss. centum triginta tres solidos prae-
tium traditum uidi in prs.
ei

Signum + Leontij Guic testis qui et suprascriptum prae-

. . .

cium ei traditum uidit et fundi suprascriptae Caballariae

. . . .

rogatus scripsit.
Signum + Donati Guic qui et suprascriptum praecium ei
. . .

traditum uidit .... fundi suprascriptae Cauallariae rogatus a

suprascripto Gudiliuo.

unkjane; in the facsimile the last letter resembles a. liugsis; hardly read cor-
'
rectly. The vertical strokes indicate the lines of Domi's facsimile.
 SYNTAX.
THE SEXTEXCE.
§ 1. Gothic, as in other languages, a sentence is either
Iii

simple or compound. A simple sentence contains a single state-

ment, and has only one subject and one predicate. E. g., ]>ai
ns sildaleikidedun, the men marveled; Mt.
in a 8, 27. A com-
pound sentence contains two or more statements. there is no If
logical relation between such statements, they are called coordi-
nate clauses. E.g., jah atiddja dala]> rign jah qemun
alrus, and rain descended, and floods cum•: Mt. 7. 25. Jakob
frijdda, i)> saw fijaida, Jakob have I loved, but Esau have
J hated; Rom. 1). 13. —
If there is a relation between statements,

e. if on• statement depends on .-mother or others, the dependent

1
i.

statement is called the subordinate clause, and the clause on

which it depends is called the leading or main #r principal clause.
main clause with its subordinate clause or clauses is called
a complex sentence. E. g., wait auk atta izwar ]>izei
(Cp. 70. n. 1) jus |>aiirbu]>. for your Father knoweth what
>;

things .re have need of: Mt. 6, 8. (For further examples, see
§§ 92—100).
1. A compound sentence may be, and usually is, abridged, when two or
more elements of its clauses are identical; e. g. tauhons grobos aigun jah
fnglde biminie eitlane, (tin•) foxes b&ve holes nod the hinJs of (the) heaven
20. Ik im bC- usetass jab libains, I nm the insurrection
nests; Mi. N
1
('bare ) .

and ('lam') th>- liil•; Jo. 11, 25.

Note 2. For the conjunctions used in compound sentences, see 'Gothic Gram-
mar', S 218.

Svibject and Predicate.

S 2. The subject of a sentence (Com]). a $ 13) may be, (a)
substantive. E.g., jah qaj? m in a lesus. and Tesus said unto
i

him; Mt. 8, 1. (I>) a pronoun. E. g., i]> ik qi|>a izwis, hut J

say unto you: Ml 5, (c) a word or a collection of words used
.
•'>'•».
g§ 2—3.] Subject and Predicate. 223

substantively; as, («) an adjective; e.g., blindai ussaihrand,

the blind receive their sight; Mt. 11, 5. (3) an infinitive or infinitive
phrase; e. g\, luaiwa aglu ist ... in biudangardja gubs
galeiban, how hard is it to enter into the kingdom of God; . . .

Mk. 10, 24. (r) a participial phrase; e. g\, sa lewjands mik

atnelinda, that betrayeth me is at hand; Mk. 14, 42. () a
particle; e. g\, ei sijai at mis ]?ata (Cp. § 08, (2), (a)) ja ja
jah ne ne, that with me there should be yea, yea, and nay, nay;
II Cor. 1, 17. (s) a clause; e. g., saei matjib mein leik jah
driggkib mein bio]', aih libain aiweinon, whoso eateth
my nesh, and drinketh my blood, has eternal life; Jo. 0, 54.
Note 1. The subject nominative of a personal pronoun is omitted when it is
expressed by inflection of the verb or implied in the context; e. g., qipa auk iz-
wis, for I say unto you ; Mt. 5, 20. jabai nu bairais, therefore if thou bring;
Mt. 5, 23. Except when special emphasis is required; e. g., 'ik' im, ni ogeip iz-
wis, it is '/', be not afraid ; Jo. 5, 20. So chiefly in antithesis; e. g., 'jus' bi leik a
s to jib, i]> 'ik' ni stoja ainnohun, 'ye' judge after the nesh, but '
judge no
man ; Jo. 8, 15.
Note 2. In Gothic, as in Greek and Latin, the pronoun of the third person is
further omitted, (a) when it is indefinite; e. g., atberun du imma barna,
they (= 'men) brought children to him; Mk. 10, 13. (b) in impersonal construc-
tions;e. g. rignida, it rained; Lu. 17, 29. (c) when it is implied by the verb;
e. g., puthanrnei p auk, for the trumpet shall sound ; I Cor. 15, 52.
Note 3. The nominative of the third person is sometimes found when it is
omitted in Greek; e. g., ei is jupan gaswalt, ei >%.
Note
The subject infinitive occurs sometimes with du (to); e.g., jah pata
4.
du frijon in a jah pata du frijon nehrundjan
. . . managizo ist, etc., . . .

and to love him and to love (his) neighbor

. . . is more, etc.; Mk. 12, 33. . . .

(See § 107.)

The predicate of a sentence may be, (a) a verb; e. g.,

§ 3.

abban ik in watin izwis daupja, I indeed baptize you with

water; Mt. 3, 11. jah gahailnoda sa biumagus is in jai-
nai lueilai; and his servant was healed in that hour; Mt. 8, 13.
(b) the verbs wisan or wairban with, (a) a subst.; e. g., ik
im sa hlaifs libainais, I am the bread of life; Jo. 0, 48.
(,5) an adjective; e. g., wairbib auk mikils in andwairbja

fraujins, for he shall be great before the Lord; Lu. 1, 15. {) a

participle; e. g., jah wesun siponjos Iohannis jah Farei-
s a i e s f a s t a d a s and the disciples of John and the Pharisees
i ,

were fasting [used to fast]; Mk. 2, 18. () a pronoun; e. g\, jah

;i 1]?ata mein ]>ein ist, and all that I have is thine; Lu. 15, 31.
1

() a preposition with its case; e. g., swaei nu razdos du band-

wai sind, wherefore tongues are for a sign; I Cor. 14, 22. () an
adverb; e. g., nist her; he is not here; Mk. 10, 0.
Note 1. In Gothic, less frequently than in Greek, the copula is sometimes
omitted; so always after hails in salutation.
22-1- Syntax: Agreement. [§§ 4— (>.

Agreement.
A. Subject and Predicate Verb.
§ 4. number and
The predicate verb agrees with its subject in
person; e. g., ip atgag-gand dagos ]>an afnimada af im sa
bru]>fa]>s, jah pan fastand, but the days will come, when the
bridegroom shall be taken from them, and then they shall fast;
Mr. 9, 15.

A
singular collective substantive frequently takes a plu-
§ 5.
ral verb. E. g., jah setun bi ina managei, and the multitude
sat about him; Mk. 3, 32. Sometimes one verb is in the singular—
and another in the plural number; e. g., audhof so managei
jah qebun, the people answered and said; Jo. 7, 20.
Note 1. When two or more singular subject nominatives are connected by
jfl h (and), they generally take a plural veil» (Coinp. § ), n. 8; § 10, n. 1.); jah
e. g.
n i wissedun Josef jah and not knew (of it)
ai]>ei is, Joseph and his mother;
Lu. 2, 43. But very often, even
one subject is a plural, the singular verb is found:
if

e.g., jah wafrpip ]>us Fahdps jah swggnipa, and there shall be to thee [and
thou shalt bare"] joy and gladness; Lu. 1. 14. ap)>au hdriuassus jah alios
unhrainil'os aibpau faihufrikei nib na in ujaidau in izwis, hut forni-
cation, ami all uncleanness, or covetousness, let it not once be named among you;
Eph. 5, 3. —
Both constructions are common in Greek.
Note When
the subjects are of different persons, the first person of the verb
2.

is used rather than the second and third (so in Greek and Latin). E.g., ik jah
atta ineius ain siju, / and my father are one; Jo. 10, 30.
Note 3. Two• subjects (Compare note 4) connected by m ]> (with) take a sin- i

gular verb; e.g., jah ataugips warp im Ilelias mi ]> Muse, and there appeared
unto them Elias with Moses; -Mk. i), 4.

Note 4. If two persons speak of themselves, or if addressed, they generally

have a dual verb; e. g., pan ainzn ik jab Barnabas h a bos vvaldnfni, i

I only ami Barnabas, have not we power? 1 Cor. 9, 6. ga-u-laubja pa >-i t

magjau pata taujan? Believe ye (— the two blind men) that I am aide to do
this? Ml. 9, 28. But also (as even in classical Greek) a plural verb is found; e. g.,
eai sa atta peine jah ik winnandona sokidedu m )>uk, behold, thy fit her
and I have sought thee sorrowing; Lu. 2, 48. Ira patei BOkidddup mik? niu
wissedu]>, etc., how is it hat ye sought me? wist ye not, etc.; Lu. 2, 49. And a
1

plural and a dual verb interchangeably; e. g., laisari, wi lei ma. ei patei puk
bidjos taujais nggkis, Master, we would that lion shoulilest do for us what- t

—
soever we shall desire. So Mk. L4, 18 15. Compare Lu. L9,81: d u lr andbin-
d ]>, but 3.: a ndb udu . i t

15. Subject and Predicate Substantive.

S c>. A substantive in the predicate generally agrees with its

subject in <-;is»>. (Sec 5;

3, (b), (a))
NoTK 1. The predicate substantive i> someliuies expressed by d ii with theda-
tlve. (SeeS 8, (b), («), and S 18, n. I.)
§§ 7—0.] Agreement. 225

§ 7. The subject pronouns bat a, batuh,

]>atei, Jua, are
not subject to agreement with the predicate substantive. E. g\,
niu bata ist sa timrja? Is not that the carpenter? Mk. 6, 3.
batuh ban ist wilja bis sandjandins mik, that is (the)
will of him that sent me; Jo. G, 40. batei ist im ustaikneins
fralustais, winch is to them a token of destruction; Phil. 1, 28.
hj a auk ist unsara wens? For what is our hope? I Thess. 2, 19.
But, with special emphasis, sa ist a untie me ins sa liuba, this
is my beloved son; Mk. 9, 7. so ist weitwodei sunjeina,
this is true witness; Tit. 1, 13. And a relative sometimes agrees
with its predicate, not with its antecedent; as, gatauhun in a
innana gardis, ]?atei ist praitoriaun, led him away into
the hall, which is (called) Pretorium; Mk. 15, 1G. unte" was
paraskaiwe, saei ist fruma sabbato, because it was the
preparation, which is the day before the sabbath; Mk. 15, 42.
§ 8. Subject pronouns, and bai (both), referring to two per-
sons of different gender take the neuter gender. E. g., bo we* sun
jainar, they (= Joseph and Mary) were there; Lu. 2, G. ija ni
fr m
b u b a m a w a r d a, they ( =Joseph and Mary) understood
not the word; Lu. 2, 50. wesunuh ban garaihta ba, and
they (Zacharias and Elisabeth) were both righteous before God;
Lu. 1, G. jah ba framaldra wesun, and both were very old;
Lu. 1, 7. jah sijaina \>o twa du leika samin, and they
twain (—man and wife) shall be one flesh; Mk. 10, 8. (Comp. § 9,
note 3; and Mk. 3, 31. Lu. 2, 44. 45. 48. 8, 20.).
Note. A may
agree with the natural rather than the grammatical
relative
gender of its antecedent; e.g., barniloiia meina, J?anzei aftrafita, my little
children, of whom [travail in birth again; Gal. 4, 19. alja so mauagei baiei ,

ni kunuuu witob, hut this people who knoweth not (the) law; Jo. 7, -49.

C. Subject and Predicate Adjective or Participle.

§ 9. A predicate adjective or participle agrees with its subject
in gender, number, and case. (See § 3, tb), (,) and ().)
Note Sometimes the adjective or participle conforms to the natural rather
1.
than the grammatical gender and number; e. g., unte ni w air bib garaihts
us waurstwam witodis aiuhun leike", for by the works of the law shall no
man be justified ; Gal. 2, 16. jah unsahtaba mikils ist gagudeius runa,
saei gabairhtibs warb in leika, and without controversy great is the mvs-
tery ofgodliness (=C'hrist), who was manifest in the flesh; I Tim. 3, 16. The sub- —
ject is a collective noun: jah alls hiuhma was manageins beidaudans
t a and the whole multitude of the people were praying without; Lu. 1, 10. alja
,

so manageif raqi j?anai sind, but this people are cursed; Jo. 7,49. (Comp.§5).
Note 2. A predicate adjective or participle preceding its masculine or feminine
subject sometimes neuter; e.g., jah was fraqumau dagis hrizuhstiur
is

ains, and one ok was consumed every day, Neb. 5, 18. banuu gatauranist
15
 '•'»—
22< Syntax: Agreement. [§S 10 •

inarzeins galgins, then is the offense of the cross done nwny; Gal. 5, 11. ei
ka 1> wesi li u ... so f il u f ai ho h andugei gu])s, that now might he known
i

... the manifold wisdom of God; Eph. 3, 10. hraiwa uuusspilloda [ os?]
si nd stauos is, how unsearchable are his judgments! Horn. 11, 33.

Xote 3. predicate adjective or participle belonging to several substantives

of tsame gender agrees with them in gender e.g., wasuh ]>an a
lie a r a rj a ; j i

Magdalene jah so anbara Marja sitandeins, and there was Mary Magda-
lene and the other Mary sitting; Mt. 27, 61. But if the substantives are of different
geuder, the adjective or participle is neuter; e. g., ak bisaulida sind ize jah
aha jah mi wissei, but their mind and conscience is denied: Tit. 1, 15. See
]>

<ilso Lu. 2, 33. I These. 23. Or it follows the gender of the nearest substantive;
.">,

<>.g., nist ga]>i\vaids brftbar ai]>j>au swistar in bairn s walei ka m i .

.•/brother or a sister is not in bondage in each cases; Cor. 7, 15. See also Rom. I

8, 38. 39. (Comp. § 8, and § 1 0, note 1.)

Note 4. Adjectives denoting space, time, rank, and the like, are used attribut-
ively,answering to an English adverb or adverbial phrase; e. g., mid jai in la i- i

narjam, in the midst of the teachers; Lu. 2, 4G. in midjaim faura Iesua.
into the midst before Iesus; Lu. 5, 19. ana midjai dul|>, about the midst of the
feast; Jo. 7, 11. inib tweihnaini markom, through t lie midst of the coast;
Mk. 7, 31. niba ains gu)>. hut Hod alone; Mk. 2. 7.

D. Attribute and Substantive.

§ 10. An
attributive adjective (including the article), parti-
ciple, or adjective pronoun, must agree with its substantive in
gender, number, and case. E.g., taihswG ]>eina handus, thy
right hand; Mt. 5, 30. all at a leik |?ein, thy whole body;
Mt. 5, 20.30. ain tagl, one hair; Mt. 5, 36. gasailiri)> wulf
qimandan, he seeth the wolf coming;; Jo. 10, 12.
Note 1. AH attributive adjective or participle belonging to two or more .sub-

stantives of the same gender and number generally occurs and agrees with the
nearest and
on••, is understood with the rest; e.g., dn izwarai framgahtai
jali ialiedai ga I a u bei a i s izwaraizos.
and'joy of your for your furt Iterance
faith; Phil. 1, 25. allaim anabusnim jah garaihtei m f ra uj 11s, in all
in i

[the] commandments and ordinances of the Lord; Lu. 1, 6. Jah bitauh Iesus
baurgs alios jah haimos, and Jesus went about all he cities and villages; t

lit. 0, 85. brobar nieius jah swistar jah aibei, my brother, and sifter, and
mother; Mk. 8, 85. (See also I Thess. 2, 12. Skeir. I, c). If the attribute follows —
several singular substantives, il is pat ID the plural; e.g., bi usbeisnai jah we-
nai mei a in according to my expectation and hope; Phil. 1, 20.
i . When the —
substantives are of different gender, the attribute ofteueet occurs and agrees with
each; e. g., ew&rai at tan bei nana jah aibei u beina, honor thy fit her and
thy mother; Mk. 7. 10. 10,19. (Comp. Lu. 18, 20.). so ai|>ei tneina afbbau
|>aibroprjus ineinai, my mother ormy brethren; .Mk. 8, 83. (See also Mk. 8,
82.84. G, 4. 10,7.).
NOTE 2. Attributes generally follow their substantives, exeepi when special
emphasis is required.
8. Adjectives (especially numerals and superlatives) and indefinite pro-
nouiis often require its substantive to be in the genitive. See 21 and note 2.
Note I. Concerning the use of the strong and weak forms of adjectives, see$56.
§55 11—13.] Cases: Nominative. 227

. Substantive or Pronoun and Apposition.

§ 11. A
substantive in apposition with another substantive
or pronoun agrees with it in case aud, generally, in number. E. g•.,
mi]? Iesua pamma
Nazorenau; Mk.14,67. Iesu Nazaren n;
Lu. 4, 34. Iohanuis sa daupjands, John the Baptist; Mk.
6, 14. jah galaib in Kafarnaum baurg Galeilaias, and
came down to Capernaum, a city of Galilee; Lu. 4, 31. izwis
auk qi]>a ]>iudom, for I speak to you Gentiles; Rom. 11, 13.
Note 1. An appositiou belonging• to several substantive's connected by jah is

iu the plural sanialeikoh ban jah Jakobu jah Johanneu su-

number; e.g.,
uuns Zai baidaiaus, and so also James and John, the sons of Zebedep; Lu. 5, 10.

THE CASES.
§ 12. The Gothic, like the Greek, has five cases — the nomi-
native, vocative, accusative, genitive, and dative.
Nori<: 1. The parent speech of the Indo-Gennanic languages (to which belong
also Gothic and Greek) had three more cases, — an ablative, a locative, aud au in-
strumental (See § 32).

A. Nominative.
§ 13. The nominative (a) as the subject of a
is chiefly used,
finite verb (For examples, see §§ 4; 5 and note 1. Comp. also —
§ 25, note 1; and § 112), (b) iu the predicate, («) after verbs
signifying• to be, become, remain, appear. E. g., ik im so us-
stass jah libaius, lam the resurrection and t lie life; Jo. 11, 25.
jah was drus is raikils, and the fall of it was great; Mt. 8, 27.
jah wastjosis wanr|>uu glitmunjandeins lv/eitos s\v£
snaiws, and his raiment became shining; white as snow; Mk.9, 3.
jains triggws wisi|>, he abideth faithful; II Tim. 2, 13. ni ei
we is gakusanai ]>ugkjaima, not that we should appear
approved; II Cor. 13, 7. (/?) after passive verbs (Comp. § 18, n. 5)
signifying to be named, called, considered, deemed, supposed,
found, chosen, ordained, preserved, made, and the like; e. g., sei
haitada Nazare]>, which is named Nazareth; Lu. 1, 26. ja-
bai liras bro]?ar namnips, if any man called a brother; I Cor.
5, 11. bimaitans galapo]>s war]» Iras, was any man called
being- circumcised; I Cor. 7, 18. (See also 21). atiddja sa ga-
raihtoza gataihans du garda seinamma l>au raihtis
jains, this (man) went to his house, considered more justified
228 Cases: Vocative [S5 18—14.

than tin- other; Lu. IS. 14. ui ]>atei ju garaihts gado- . . .

mi]>s sijau, not as though ...I were already deemed right;

J'liil. 3, 12. swaei sunns mnnds was IosSfis, .so that he was
supposed to be Joseph's son; Lu. 3, 23. bigitanai si jura jas
silbans frawaurhtai, ire ourselves also are found sinners;
Gal. 2, 17. ]>atei gaskeirjada insandi])s, that is interpreted,
Sent; Jo. 9, 7. ak jah gatewi]>s gasinba uns, but {he was)
also chosen for our traveling companion; II Cor. 8, 19. gatea-
ti]>.s im ik m£rjands, I am ordained a preacher; I Tim. 2. 7.

jah eaiwala jah leik usf airinona gafastaindau, and . . .

(your) soul and body be preserved blameless; I These. 5, 23.

imteso bi gu)> saurga idreiga du ganistai gatulgida
ustiuhada for godly .sorrow is made perfect repentance to sal-
.

vation; IlCor. 7, 10 (See text and foot-note), unte" bata and-

wa ii•]) 6 luei a h• a irb a li lei lit aglons uns a ra izos bi ufa v-
1 j

assan aiweinis wulj>aus kaurei wanrkjada unsis, for

our affliction, which is at present for a short time and light, is
made for us an exceeding weight of eternal glory; II Cor. 4, 17.
1. wisao and wair]>an often take du with the dative in the predi-
cate instead of a nominative. (See § (i, n. 1, and 5 8, (b), ().)

2. The nominative is sometimes found nam- after verbs or expressions of

ing, calling, nb)>au lea mik haitib
where we should expect the ace.; e, g.,

frauja franja (or vocative Kopte, */>«?)? und why call ye me Lord, Lord?
Lu. G, 46, jah gasatida Seimona uaino Paitrus and Simon {),
he surnamed Peter; Mk. 3, 1G. jus wopeid mik laisareis jah frauja
i'i>

also:
\ ),
ye call me Master and Lord; Jo. 13, 13. Compare
fram bixai namniddn (dative) bimait (nom.) in leika haudu-
waurht (nom.), hytli.it which is called chvutoeiaion in tin• ilrsh made by hands;
Eph. 2, 11. ul'ar all qi)>auuize (gen.) gu)> (nom.), over nil that is called God;
11 These. 2, 4.

B. Vocative.
? The vocative, with and without the interjection 6. is
14.
used in address. E. g., a kkaiu, sniumjands d a la |> atstei•»!
Zaccheue, making haste (i. e. make haste and) come down! Lu.
1!), 5. laisari ]>iii|><'iira good Master! Lu. 18, 18. 6 kuni .

ungalaubjandfi jah inwindd, faithless and perverse gener-

ation! Lu. i), 41.
Xotk 1. The vocative is eometiinee preceded by a personal pronoun of the
id person; e.g., |mi I6ki, hailei bnk silban, thou physician, head thyself
Lu. 4, L'.'i. jus wafros n-ijo]> qenina izwaros, husbands, love your wives;
Eph. 5, 25. — ]mi a Inn a ]>u rod ju nd s jah ban]'s, tlioii {not speaking—)
dumb ninl deaf spirit; Mk. i». 25. atta unsar )>u in himinam, our Father,
thou in heaven; Mt. G, 9.
3 .] Accusative. 229

NOTE. 2. The Greek article in address is always expressed by the personal pro-
noun in Gothic. But in exclamations the article is used in Gothic as well; e.g.,
sa gatairands bo alh, jab bi brinsdagaus gatinirjau ds bo, ah, that
destroyeth the temple, and buildeth it in three days; Mk. 15, 29. — In Jo. 19, 3:
hails ]>iudans Judaie the word sijai is understood before the subject, biu-
dans, hailed he the King of the Jews! (Compare hails [sijais] bin dan
Judaie, hail, King of the Jews ! Mk. 15, 18.) — For Jesus (Lu. 18, 38, in C. .),
read Jesu.

C. Accusative.
§ 15. The direct object of a transitive verb is put in the accu-
sative. It mav be
(1) external, i. e. by the act of the verb. E. g-. a]>]>an
affected }

ik in watin izwis daupja, I indeed baptize you with water;

Mt. 3, 11. jabai auk f ri b bans frijondans izwis ainans,
lu 6 m i d h a b a i b ? for if ye lo ve them only which lo ve you,
what {of rewards =) reward have ye? Mt. 5, 40.
Note 1. Many verbs which would take an accusative in English govern the
genitive or dative in Gothic. (S. § 25, note; § 40.)

Note 2. Many
intransitive verbs become transitive when compounded with
and take an accusative; as f aurbigaggan, bihrairban, biqi-
prepositions,
mau, birinnan, bisitan, bistandan, bistigqan, bihlahjan, bilaikan,
biskeinan,bispeiwan,bikukjau,bilaigon; — anaqiman; — andsitan;
— gabeidan, gajiukan, ganiutan, gaai wiskon; — bairhgaggan, bairh-
leiban; — undrinnan; — usbeidan, usleiban; — ufargaggau, ufarbei-
han, ufarwisan, ufarskad wjan (also with dative); — wi )>ragaggau; —
disdriusan, dissitan.
Note 3. The impersonals gredon, huggrjan, to hunger, baursjan, to
thirst, take an accusative of the person affected; e.g., jabai gredo fijand bei-
nana, mat gif imma, ib jabai baursjai, dragkei ina, if thine enemy hun-
ger, give him food; if he thirst, give him drink; Rom: 12, 20. bana gaggandan
du mis ni kuggreib, jah bana galaubjandan du mis ni baurseib hran-
hun, he that comet h to me shall never hunger, and he that belie vet h on me shall
never thirst; Jo. G, 35. (Comp. 0. E. me hyngreb, byrsteb, Mdl. E. me hun-
gre]), birsteb, N. H. G. mich hungert, diirstet).

Note 1. kar' ist (or simply kara), it concerns, takes the ace. of a person
and the gen. of a thing (Comp. § 26, note 1); as, jah ni kar' ist ina bize lam be,
and careth not for the sheep; Jo. 10, 13. ni beei ina bize bar ban kara
wesi, not that he cared for the poor; Jo. 12, 6. "without ist; as, niu kara buk
bizei fraqistnam? carest thou not that we perish? Mk.4, 38. (See also 12, 11).
hra [kara?] mik, what does it concern me? I Cor. 5, 12.
Note 5. skulawisan, likeskulan, to be a debtor, to owe, takes an accu-
sative of the thing owed (Comp. § 22, end; and § 35.); e. g., af let uns batei sku-

lans sijaima, forgive us that which we owe (=our debts), Mt.6,12. batei ja J>
buk silban mis skula is, that thou owest me also thine own self; Philem. 19.
But ni ainummehuu waihtais (gen.) skulaus sijaib; owe no man any-
thing; Rom. 13, 8.
28(1 Cases: Accusative. [§ 15.

(2) not external,

(a) factitive, by the act of the (transitive) verb.
i. e. effected
E. g., ik Tairtius sa meljands ]>o aipistauleiu, I Tertius,
who wrote Rom. 16, 22. galeiks ist mann tinir-
this epistle;
j and in razn, he is like a man which built a house; Lu. 6, 48.
in g u ]> a b a m m a alia g a s k a a d u, iu God, who crea ted all j i

things; Eph. 3, 9. (Compare § 18).

cognate, i.
(b) after (transitive and
e. an abstract substantive

intransitive) verbs of kindred signification. E. g., ei waurk-

jaima watiretwa gups, that we might work the works of God;
Jo. 6, 28. haifst bo godon haifstida, 1 ha ve fought a good
tiglit; II Tim. 4, 7. jah ohtedun sis agis mikil, and they
feared (a great fear=) exceedingly; Mk. 4. 41. ei driugais in
b a m ]> a t a g d d r a u h t w t ]> that thou by them mightest
i i i ,

war this good warfare; I Tim. 1, 18. jah Xristaus Iesuis bis
weitwod j andins u f a t a u ]> a t a g d andahait, and i

of Christ Jesus, who in the time of Pontius Pilate witnessed this

good confession; I Tim. G, 13. jah naiteinns, swa managos
swa swo waj amSrj and, and blasphemies wherewith soever (lit.:
as many as) they shall blaspheme; Mk. 3, 28. huzdjai]> huzda,
lay up treasures; Mt. 6, 19, 20.
NOTE The modified cognate accusative has an adverbial force. So also.
1.
sometimes, a Bangle accusative; as. ban rodei]> lingn, when he speaketb a lie
{deceitful words = deceitfully); Jo. 8, 44. su a tan a d a but speakingi j i ,

the truth (= true words = truly); Eph. 4, 15. j> jabai ubil taujis, but iftbou i

do that which is evi/(= evil deeds = (to act) in an evil manner); compare waila
taujan, to do well (= to do good deeds); Jl These. III. 13.
NOTE 2. Here may be mentioned
(«) E.g., Btandaib
the accusative of specification (or limiting accusative).
nu ufgaurdauai hupina izwarana sunjai, stand therefore, girt (about)

( ),
your loins with truth; Eph. G, 14. jah urrann sa dauba gabundans han-
diins jali fotuna faakjam, and the dead man catne forth; bound hand and foot
(lit.: bands and feet) witlt bandages; Jo. 11, 44. bimait (bimait a ? B. note be-
low) ahtauddga 'as to circumcision' eight days old
(=. circumcised

La. 4. 18.
8, 8.) —
on the eight day); Phil. 3, >. (Tins accusative is very rare in Gothic.

§ 53.) as, rr v t/'jyjjv t

,,
"Will til a generally rendered it by the (instrumental or locative) dat. (Cp. $52,(6);

eaiwalai eeinai; .Mk. 8, 86.

fotuni; Eph. (5, !.">. ahin; I Tim.
lea () banamaie draibeis bana laisari? why troublest
hairtin;
II Tim.

thou the
, , ('». .">.

Master any further? Mk. (S. also Mk. 5, 80. Rom. 14, 10). swaswe ik

()
.">, .'!•",.

all aim all leika, juei as I phase all (men) in nil (things); I for. 10, 33.
( bata an bar ( ),
alia
I Cor. 1,16.
->isr<i), in all things; Eph. 4. 1•".

bata andaueibo (),

nothing, not nt nil; Rom. 9, 1. II Cor. 12, ~>. nib bimait waiht (ri)
;/;
besides;
contrariwise; II Cor. 2, 7. ni waiht

gamag aih faurafilli, neither circumcision avaikth anything, nor the foreskin,
(ial. ... 6.
§§ 1— 18.] Accusative. 231

(/?)The accusative of extent of time, space, and degree (Cotnp. § 30); e.g., ah t
jah dag in diupipai was ma re ins, a night and a day I was in the deep of
the sea ; II Cor. 11,25. m a a g auk in el f r a w a vv i a for many a time it had
I ,

caught him;~Lu.8, 29. swa lagga hreila swe libaip, as long (a while=time)
as he livetli; Rom. 7, 1. jah aflaib jera ganoha, and went away for many
years; Lu. 20, 9. — qemun dagis wig, they went (lit.: came) a day's way; Lu.
2, 44. jah jabai hras puk ananaupjai rasta aina, gaggais mib imma
twos, and if any one compel thee (to go) one mile, go with him Uvo; Mt. 5, 41. —
filu mais, much more; Mk. 10, 48. Skeir. VII, d. (und filu mais, much more;
Lu. 18, 39. II Cor. 3, 9. 11. Phil. 1, 23).

§ In Gothic, as in Greek, many verbs take an ace. of the

16.

( ),
reflexive pronoun. E.g., qinons fetjandeins sik
tlnit women adorn themselves; I Tim. 2, 9. jabai ik hauhja
mik si lb an if I exalt myself; Jo. 8, 54.
( «?),

Note 1. Many verbs with a reflexive accusative are used for Greek passive or
middle verbs; e. g., ataugida sik Jakobau, he showed himself to James (<u<pftrh
was seen); I Cor. 15, 7. bidjan skama mik, to beg I am ashamed (--airsl•;
)', Lu. 16, 3. baiei qemun hailjan sik (lafti/vat) sauhte seinaizo,

transitive verbs; e. g. nehrjandans sik (),

which came (to get themselves healed =) to be healed; Lu. 6, 17; or for Greek in-
drawing near; Lu. 15, 1.
Note 2. Some of the above reflexive verbs are also used intransitively (with-
out sik); as, ataugida frumist Marjin pizai Magdalene, he appeared first
to Mary Magdalene; Mk. 10, 9.
Note 3. Some transitive verbs or their compounds may be used reflexively or
intransitively; e. g., izwis daupja (trans.), £ baptize you; Mt. 3, 11. niba
daupjand, except they wash ; Mk. 7, 4. jah galaubein sumaize uswalti-
dediin (trans.), and overthrew the faith of some; II Tim. 2, 18. wegos walti-
dedun (intrans.) in skip, the waves beat into the ship; Mk. 4, 37.

§ 17. Two accusatives, one of a person (external; s. § 15, (1))

and the other a thing• (§ 17, 2), with oue verb are very rare
of
in Gothic. E.g., jah laisida insingajukom manag, and
he taught them many a thing in parables; Mk. 4, 2. sa izwis
laiseip allata, he shall teach you all (things); Jo. 14, 26. wi-
leima ei patei (ace. by attraction; comp. § 26) puk bidjos
taujais uggkis, we would that thou shotildest do for us whatso-
ever we shall ask (of) thee; Mk. 10, 35. Ira (ace. of specification;
s. § 15, (2) (b), note 2, («) — ) auk boteip in an an, for what
shall it boot a man; Mk. 8, 36. An imitation of the Greek con-
struction is:
j odes mik (
friapwa

loved me; Jo. 17, 26.

- ]>6ei (usually the dative; s. § 52, 2) fri-
,-, ) the love wherewith thou hast

§ 18. Verbs signifying to make, present, show, see, find, re-

have, call, name, know, consider, count,
ceive, leave, keep, take,
esteem, appoint, and the like, may take two accusatives, both
denoting the same person or thing, i. e. the accusative of an ex-
232 Cases: Genitive. [§§ ls-20.

terna! object and a predicate accusative. E. g\, Irana ]>uk sil-

ban taujis Whom makest thou thyself? Jo. 8, 53. raih-
]>u?
t w a r k ei}j t g sis. make his paths straight; Lu. 3, 4.
;i i

duatsatjan izwis weihans jah unwammans jah usfai-

rinans faura imma, to present you holy and unblameable and
without fa ult before him; Col. 1,22. b a e i jah a a st ul una
namnida, whom also he named apostles; Lu. C, 13. so sunja
frijans izwis briggij>, the truth shall make von free; Jo. 8,32.
Note 1. The predicate accusative is sometimes preceded by sw§; g., awl <•.

uuf rod an a n m ai mi k asi fool receive we;

\> II Cor.
, 11, 16.
<j

Note 2. Instead of the predicate accusative du with the dative is sometimes

used e. g., ib jus gata widedub ita du f il igrja w aided jane, hut ye have
;

made it den of robbers (lit. woe-doers. — 'German: 'zn eioer r&uberhdbfe'); Mk.
11,17. bai auk sibun aiht£dun j>6 du qenai, for the seven had her to wife
(German: 'zum weihe'); Mk. 12, 2•!.

Note 8. For the accusative as the subject of an infinitive. Bee ? 112.

None 4. Verbs with two accusatives in the active take a double nominative in
the passive; see § 13, (b), (,;)•

Note 5. The prepositions governing the accusative will be found in the 'Gothic
Grammar', § 217.

E). Genitive.
§19. The genitive primarily denotes the kind or genus to
which an object or objects belong, and, therefore, has 1 he force
of an adjective. If we say, 'the leaves of a tree', the genitive

phrase 'of a tree' specifies 'the kind of leaves'; or, 'Henry's father,
brother, and son', Henry's marks the relationship between 'Henry'
on the one hand and 'father, brother, son' on the other. The
sentence ',-ood books are of great value' means that 'good books'
belong to a kind of things which are of great value' (= 'very
valuable').
Note. While the real nature of the genitive after substantives and words used
as substantives (Ad nominal Genitive) is clearly Been, it is more or less obscure in
other relations, especially, sometimes, after verbs. Rut it most be borne in mind,
that the genitive, like other cases, often discharges the function of other cases (Com-
pare S 12. and notel ); and that the genitive alter verbs is often due to substantives
from which such verbs are derived, or with which they are cognate in derivation or
meaning.

I. Genitive after Substantives.

>i 20. The by an adnominal genitive are
relations expressed
of various kinds, and are genet-ally expressed in English by the
preposition of. E. g.. hawi hai)>jos, tin' grass of the (heath
= uncultivated) Held; Mt. , 30, n§mun astanepeik:abagm€,
they took branches ofpalm trees; Jo. 12, 13. sa sunns mans.
§f 20-21.] Genitive. 233

the son of wan; Jo. 12, 24. bi witoda fraujins, according to

the law of the Lord; Lu. 2, 89. in a g is is Judaie, for fear of -

the Jews; Jo. 7, 13. gub Israelis, God of Israel; Lu. 1, 68.
(& , ),
(
fram Nazarai]> Galeilaias

),
from Naza-
reth of Galilee; Mk. 1, 9. fram Bebsaeida Galeilaie (a-d
from Bethsaida of Galilee (lit.: Galileans);
?,?
Jo. 12, 21. dag-is wig, a day's journey; Lu. 2, 44. in dag• a
stands, at the day of judgment; Mt. 11, 22. managei mo- —
tarje, a company of publicans; Lu. 5, 29. hiuhma siponje
is, \ a h h a s a m k 1 a m a a g e s a company of his disciples,
i i i ,

and a great multitude of people; Lu. G, 17. managdu]'s fahe-

dais, abundance of joy; II Cor. 8, 2. pund balsanis, a pound
of balsam (ointment); Jo. 12, 3. ]»ans fijands (rob?
galgins Xristaus, the enemies of the cross of Christ; Phil. 3, 18.
motarje frijonds ()
ah f rawaurhtaize, a friend of j
— )
publicans and sinners; Mt. 11, 19. nasjands leikis, (-)
{
the Savior of the body; Eph. 5, 23. unte fraweitands frauja
- ),
ist allaize
Lord is the avenger of all (these things);
hand allai laisidai guns
be all taught of God; Jo. G, 45.
( I
because that the
Thess. 4, 6.
),
\v
they shall
air-

Note 1. Instead of a personal pronoun in the gen. a possessive pronoun is

used; e.g., wafrdus ineiiia jah allaizos aikklesjons, mine host and of the
whole church; Rom. 10, 23. (Comp. § 24, note 2). But the intensive silba is put
in the genitive; e.g., naiihup pan seina silbius saiwala, and his own
(souI=) life also; Lu. 14, 20.
Note 2. For the dative with substantives, see §§ 34. 37.

II. Genitive after Substantive Pronouns (including the Definitive

Article; s. § G3), Neuter Adjectives (Compare III, below),
and Numerals.
most cases usually
( ),
§ 21. This genitive is in called partitive
genitive. E. pai piudo (they of the publicans =
( .)
g\,
who are publicans =)
gas alu Iakobu ban a Zaibaidaius
), he saw James, the (son) ofZebedee; Mk.1,19;
the publicans; Mt. 5, 4G.
( Mt. G,

— unci bata
- 7.

hieilos]>ei (ty Seov), as long as; Mt. 9, 15. in boei baiirge"

( —), into whatsoever city; Lu. 10, 8. (See also Lu. 10,
5. 10); sumai pize bokarje, some of the scribes; Mt. 9, 3.
qinono suma, a certain woman; Mk. 5, 25. aina anabusne
]>izo minis ton 6, one of these least commandments; Mt. 5, 19.
ni ainohun mahte, no mighty work; Mk. G, 5. nih lu a
. .
. .

fulginis, (not anything =) nothing hid; Mk. 4, 22. hras iz-

234 Caaee: Genitive [5S 21—22.

wara, any of you; I Cor. G, 1. managans suniwe Israelis,

many of the sons of Israel; Lu. 1, 10. Irani meh ]>an bidjan-
dane buk, to every man that asketh (of) thee; Lu. G, 30. an-
baruh ban siponje, and another of his disciples; Mt. 8, 21;
bras izwara, which of you? Mt. G, 27. lcarjamma ize, to
which of them? Mk. 12, 23; —
a ins li]>i\ve beinaize, one of
ihy members; Mt. 5, 29. twans siponje seinaize, two of his
Mk. 11, 1. (bans brins tiguns (subst.; s. § 20, and

)
disciples;
'Gothic Grammar', § 142.) silubreinaize, the thirty pieces of
silver: Mt. 27, 3.). —
allaize grase maist (for the t

greatest of all herbs; Mk. 4, 32. bairn frumistam Galeilaias,

to the fiist (= chief estates) of Galilee; Mk. G, 21; manageins —
filu, a, great (lit.: much of a) multitude; Mk. 9, 14. Jo. 12, 12.
w aland melis, so long time; Jo. 14, 9. halbata a gin is i

meinis, half of my goods; Lu. 19, 8. all razdo (not alia

razdd; hence the example given in my 'Comparative Glossary',
j). 21, () belongs under (a)), every tongue; Rom. 14, 11.
NOTB 1. we sometimes find us with the dative; e. g.,
Instead of the genitive
um a. m, some of them; Rom. 11, 14. a inshnn us iz wis
ns us i fraihni )> i

mik, and none ofyou asketh me? Jo. 1G, 5. (Comp. 17, lz). us bairn reikatn
mauagai, many among the rulers; Jo. 12,42. — Also in w. dat.; as, sumai iu
iz wis, some among you; I Cor. 1, 12.

Notr 2. If pronouutt and adjectives are used adjeetively, they naturally agree
with (In• substantives which they limit or quality e.g., daga Irani meh. every
;

ilny (daily); .Mk. 14,41). baurgs alios jah hainios. nil the cities and villages;
Mt. 9, 85.

III. Genitive after Adjectives.

§ 22. The
genitive is used after adjectives (and their adverbs)

(,
signifying belonging to. Here the adjective simply renders the

pra US [\
t'el

pbet of their own; Tit. 1,12.

' : ),
notion of the genitive more emphatic.

]>f> s«
'~>>
E. g..
one of themselves, a })1-
esonaleikis
sums ize swes iz»"'

and in some MSS. ?3<a,etc; s. Bernhardt's note), the things be-

longing to his body = that which his body deserves; II Cor. 5, 10.
)'o ingardjdn is aikklesjon (, olxm w>z<r> /.^, the
church belonging to his house; Col. 4. 15. weihs fraujins {iytm
), holy to (lit. of) the Lord ( — one belonging to the Lord);
Lu. 2, 23. Comp.: 6 Sfto^rou faoO, sa weiha gu)>s, the Holy One
of find; Mk. 1.24. Lu. 4, 34. inwitGbs Kristaus, under the
law of Christ ; [ Cor. 9, 21. meina wairbs, worthy of me; Mt.
10. .'{7. \vairj>aba fraujins, worthy of t he Lord; Col. 1, 10.
skula wairjnfo leikis jah blo|>is fraujins
) Tun T>r> xnoiou). sh.lll
t«d
be guilty oftlie bo<lv
&< and blood
 23—25.] Genitive. 235

(
§§

of the Lord; skula dau)jus ist «»), He is

guilty of death; Mt. 26, 66.
§ 23. The genitive after some adjectives denotes that in re-
spect to which an adjective is used, and here it often represents
an instrumental or ablative (Comp. 12, note 1; § 27). E. g\,
§
fullos gabruko, full of fragments; Mk. 8, 19. framaldra
dage, very old (lit.: 'of age of days'); Lu. 1, 7. unweisans
bizos runos, ignorant of the mystery; Rom. 11, 25. sijais
unkarja bizos in bus anstais, (be thou not careless as to =
neglect not the gift (that is) in thee; I Tim. 4, 14. jah bans bar-
bans lekinassus gahailida, and healed ( the needy of healing
= them that had need of healing/ Lu. 9, 11. bizeei wanai \ve-

(
)

seib, of which ye were needy; II Cor. 12, 13. ni avis and s wito-
dis laus, being not without law; I Cor. 9, 21. frija ist bis
Avitodis, she is free from the law; Rom. 7, 3. frijana brahta
mik witddis ~ ),
hath made me free from
the law; Rom. 8, 2. framabjai usmetis Israelis, alien from
the commonwealth of Israel; Eph. 2, 12. framabjai libainais
gubs, alien from the life of God; Eph. 4, 18.
Note 1. For the dative after some adjectives given in the preceding para-
graphs, see § 3G.

IV. Genitive after Verbs.

§ 24. used predicatively after avis an and

The genitive is
w air]? an to denote that to which an object or objects belong.
E.g., Xristaus sijub, ye belong to Christ; Mk. 9, 41. Such
a genitive is generally called -possessive genitive. But the
fact is that the persons implied in sijub are of a kind of men
that live according to the will of Christ are Christian men. —
bize" ist biudangardi gubs, of such is the kingdom of God
(=the kingdom of God consists of beings as 'they' are); Mk. 10, 14.
luarjis bize wairbib qens? Whose wife of them is she? Lu.
20, 33 (Comp. Mk. 12, 23; and note below). jah bu bize is, —
thou also art (one) of them; Mt. 26, 73. bizeei is H. jah ., of
whom H. and .; I Tim. 1, 20.
is

Note 1. wisan also takes the dative; see § 35.

Note 2. Instead of a personal pronoun in the gen. a possessive pronoun is
used; e. g., nist raein du gib an, is not mine to give; Mk. 10, 40. (Comp. § 20,
note.)

§Verbs take the genitive Avhen their action affects an

25.
object or objects (only in part) (Comp. §§ 19 and 21). Verbs of
.

this kind are: (ni) haban, (not) to have, niman, to take,

receive, andniman, fairaigan, to partake of, giban, to give.
28C Cases: Genitive [§§ 20— 2<\.

it an, mat] an, to in tan, to obtain,

eat, dri glean, to drink,
enjoy, kausjan, to taste, fraisan, to temj)t. E.g., ni ha-
baida din pais 6s air bos, it had (not of deep earth =) no
depth of earth; Mk. 4, 5. sw§ lamba ni habanilona hair-
deis, as sheep (lit.: lambs) having no shepherd (= care of a shep~
herd); Mt. 9, 30. ei mi akranis, that he might receive
. . .

of the fruit; Mk. 12. 2. ni magu]' biudis fraujins fairailian

jab (= -jah) biudis skohsle, ye cannot partake of the table
of the Lord, and of the table of devils; I Cor. 10, 21. ]>aiei (by
error for auk a a i a i s hlaibis jah a i s s t k 1 i s b r u k-
<>•.) 1 1 i i i

jam for (who all =) ire all partake of one bivad and one cup;
I Cor. 10, 17. jabai gibaidau kunja bamma taikne, (it
of signs should he given =) no sign shall he given unto this ge-
neration; Mk. 8, 12. sad itan haiirne, (to eat enough of=)
to nil bis belly with the husks; Lu. 15, 16. jah swa ]ms hlai-
bis mat jai j aj> (=jah) bis stikils drigkai, and so let him
eat of the bread and drink of the cup; I Cor. 11, 28. jainis
aiwie nintan, to obtain that world; Lu. 20, 35. ik ]>eina
niutau, let me have joy of thee; Phitem. 20. }>ai izei ni kaus-
jan d daubaus, which shall not taste of death; Mk. 9, 1. ei
ni fraisai izwara sat an a, lest Satan tempt you; I Cor. 7. 5.
Notb 1. Most of these verbs also takean accusative, which happens when
their action affects the whole object; comp. > 15, note 1; § 2G. note 1. Some also
take the dative; Bee 43.
NOTE 2. ni wisan takes a dative of the person (comp. § 33, (1)) and a geni-

comp. § 13), e. g., jah ni was im barne (xai

tive of the thing (subject;
a'')Toii ),
and they hat no (lit.: and to tliem was not of) children; Lu. 1. 7.
ante ni was im rilmis (dtort odx ijx because there was no room ),
for them; Lu. 2, 7.

S 26. Similar to the preceding genitive is the (objective) p;eni-

tive after verbs signifying to ask, beg (Comp. § 17. 3d example)
desire, hear, look at, remember, remind, call, spare, take
]ielj>,

hold of, and the

Here an object is like. not fully affected, but an
9
affection is 'merely attempted or brought about 'in part', E. £•.,
bab ]>is Ieikia I6suis, be begged the body of Iesus; Mt. 27. 58.
frShun ina bizos gajukons, they asked of him the
parable; Mk. 4, 10. gafrnjandane izwara, longing after you;
II Cor. 0, 14. du lust izos, to lust after her; Mt. 5, 28.
]'iui anbarizuh beidaima? or shall we expect another? Mt.
11, 3. hausjandans biz6 waurd§, hearing (of) these words;
.Mk. 7, 40, Iras ma ; ]>is hausjon? who ran hear (of) it?
Jo. 6, 60. ni ban a1 safhraina spill§ jah ga ba rbiwa urde
|>

a n (1 i 1 a usa i , neither give heed to fables and endless genea-

logies; I Tim. 1. 4. bisa fir a ml a ns gOdis, having regard for
§S 2G— 27.] Genitive. 237

good {things) ; Rom. 12, IT. ni fairweitjandam ]>ize gasai-

luanaue ak ]>ize ungasailuanane, while we look not at the
things (which are) seen, but at the things (which are) not seen;
II Cor. 4, 18. jah gam u da Paitrus watardis Iesuis, and
Peter remembered the word oflesus; Mt. 2G, 75. sa izwis lai-
seib allata jah gamaudei]) izwis allis, he shall teach you
all (things) and remind you of all (things); Jo. 14, 2G. jah and-
b aggk j a d n s s i k i s w al d u f e s and remembering his power,
i i ,

nih wairbidos laisareis andbaggkjands, nor re-

membering the dignity of the Master; Skeir. VII, a. gawei-
ni
sodedub meina, ye visited me not; Mt. 25, 43. galeikai sind
barnam wopjandam seina misso,
they are like unto
children calling one to another; Lu. 7, 32. ei freidjands
izwara banaseibs ni qam in Kaiirin]?on, that (sparing =)
to spare you I came no longer unto Corinth; II Cor. 1, 23. ga-
halp ]>eina, 1 helped thee; II Cor. G, 2. ei gafaifaheina is
waurde, that they might take hold of his words; Lu. 20, 20.
jah gripun bai juggalaudeis, and the young men
is laid
hold on him; Mk. 14, 51.
Note 1. Some of these verbs also take an accusative (S. § 25, note 1), or an
accusative of the person and a genitive of the thing, or a preposition with its case
instead of the genitive of the thing, or a dative (S. § 37 et seq.).
Note 2. Here belongs also the genitive after kara wis an; e.g., jah nikar'
ist iua pize lambe, and lie careth not for the sheep. (Coinp. § 15, note 4; § 25,
note 1).

§ 27. The genitive (as instrumental or ablative; comp. §23)

occurs after verbs signifying to nil, fullness, and want. E. g.,
fulljands aketis, filling (it) with vinegar; Mt. 27, 48, gafull-
jands swam aketis, ailing a sponge with vinegar; Mk. 15, 3G.
usfullibs im gablaihtais, ufarfulli]>s ira fahedais, lam
with comfort, I am exceedingly filled (lit.: with

)
filled 'overfilled')
joy; II Cor. 7, 4. jah swinbnoda ahmins full an ds jah
ha d Uge i ll S (xai , and ( the child)
waxed strong becoming filled with spirit and wisdom (in Or.:
waxed strong in spirit, etc.); Lu. 2, 40. gredagans gaso]?ida
biube, he hath filled the hungry with good things; Lu. 1, 53. —
bizei jus baurbub, what ye have need of; Mt. G, 8. fraujin
baurfts ]>is ist, (to the Lord is —) the Lord has need of
(this =) him; Lu. 19, 34. ainis ]?us wan ist, (of one thing
there is want to you =) one thing thou lackest; Mk. 10, 21. ga-
barban mate, to abstain from meats; I Tim. 4, 3.
Note 1. It will be noticed that the verbs fulljan and gas 6]?]" an take an
accusative of the object fully affected.
Note 2. For the dative of possession after wi sa'n , see § 2">, note 2 ; § 35, (1 ).
238 Cases: Genitive. rjS 28— 30.

§28. The genitive (as ablative) follows hailjan, to heal;

gahrainjan, to clean; (ga) lekinon, to be healed; afholon
(w. gen. of pers. and aec. of th.), to defraud; bileiban, to leave.
E. g., hailjan sik saiihte seiuaizo, (to heal themselves =)
to be healed of their diseases; Lu. 6, 17. a]»]'an jabai l\ras
gahrainjai sik ]>ize, if a man therefore clean himself from
these; II Tim. 2, 21. lekinon f ram
seinaizo, imma sauhte
to be healed by him of their diseases; Lu. 5, 15. jah jabai his
lr a (dir. obj.) afholoda, and if I have defrauded (lit., of) any
man of any thing; Lu. 19, 8. jah bilei]?ai qenai jah barne
ni bileibai, and leave {his) wife (behind him), and leave no
children; Mk. 12, 19.
Note 1. The direct object after these verbs is regularly put in the ace. The —
thing of which one is healed or cleaned is once each expressed by a f with the dative.
— gahailida af eauhtim jah slahim (besides the gen.:) jah
managana
ah mane ubilaize, he cured many of (their) diseases and plagues and of evil
spirits; Lu. 7, 21. (Comp. Mk. 5, 29. 34). brain jam unsis a! all am m a bi-
nanlei e k s j a h a h in ins, let us cleanse ourselves from all (of) h'lthiness of
1 i i

(the) bodj ami spirit; II Cor. 7, 1.

§ 29. The may follow verbs expressing

genitive (of cause)
affection. ,E. g., unte saei skamaib sik meina jah waurde
meinaize ... jah sun us ma s skamaib sik is, for whosoever
shall be* ashamed of me and of my words, of him also shall the . . .

Son of man be ashamed; Mk. 8, 38.

T. Adverbial Genitive.
§ 30. The genitive may denote
the time within which any- (a),
thing takes place; e. g., dagis luizuh, daily; Neh. 5, 18. \vi-
t an dan 8 wahtwfim nahts, keeping watch by night; Ln. 2, 8.
nahts sir]) and . . . . nahts <1 rugkanai wafrband, sleep in
thr night .... are drunken in the night; I Thess. 5, 7. fast a
fcwaim sin]);im sabbataus, I fast twice in the week; Lu. 18,
12; — (b) the space within which anything takes place, or the aim
gaggida land
of an
(&
action. E. g.,
,, ;)
is. went into ('over) a far

(
country e:V Ln. 19, 12. jah insandida

(
;

ina haibjCs seinaizos, and he scut him into his fields ('-*
efa robs );
Lu. 15, 15. uslei]>am jainis stadis,
li't US pa88 OVer UUto he other side Mk. 4,35.
t .);
galeibandS akiddnaiS, going into Macedonia
Maxedoviay)] I Tim. 1, 3; — (c) the incisure after a comparative.
E. g.. Hlaus mais, much more; II Cor. 7. 13. 8, 22. Skeir. V, c.
minnizei filaus, much less; Skeir. Ill, d.
\•: l. (n) For the adverbial dative of time, see S • >.', (2); — (b) the adverbial
genitive of place follows verbs of motion (S. examples, above). — Compare S 13, 2,
note 2,
S3 31-:J5.] Dative. 239

VI. Genitive after Prepositions and Prepositional Adverbs.

§ 31. The genitive may
some prepositions and prepo-
follow
sitional adverbs. See Glossary: in, du, fram, af; — innana,
utana, utabro, hindana, ufaro; and 'Gothic Grammar',
§ 217.

B. Dative.
§ In Gothic, as in Old English *) the dative denotes rela-
32.
tions of four old cases (See § 12, note 1): Dative proper, Instru-
mental, Ablative, and Locative.

Dative Proper.
33. We have seen (§19) that the genitive is primarily used
§

to express a close relation between objects, and (§ 15 et seq.) that

the use of the accusative is to denote an object which is directly
affected or effected by an action exerted by another This
object.
close and immediate relation is generally not expressed by the
dative, which rather denotes a remoter and incidental relation
between objects, or that with which anything is indirectly connect-
ed or that to or for which anything is or is done. The dative is
therefore usually called the remoter or indirect object.

I. Dative after Substantives.

§ 34. The dative after substantives denotes that to or for
which anything is. E. g., liuhab du andhuleinai (Cp. § 114)
piudom, a light for enlightenment to the Gentiles (=to lighten
the Gentiles) ; Lu. 2, 32. saurga meina allaim aikklesjom,
my care (for=) of all (the) churches; II Cor. 11, 28. (Comp. § 35,
note 2).
§ 35. The dative after wisan and wairpan isused to de-
note (1) possession. jah luabro imma
E. g\, sunus ist?
and whence is he his son? Mk. 12, 37. jah ni was im barne\
and they had no (lit.: there was to them not) children (See § 25,
note 2); Lu. 1, 7. ip ist biuhti izwis, but ye have a custom;
Jo. 18, 39. — jahwairpip pus faheds jah swegnipa, and
th u shalt ha ve joy an d gla dnessy Lu 1, 14. sei w a r b i b allai
.

managein, which shall be to all people/ Lu. 2, 10. ei uus wair-

]>ai the inheritance may be ours; Lu. 20, 14.
bat a arbi; that
— (2) the relation of one person or thiug to another in the
predicate (Cp. § 38). E. g\, leas imma ragineis was? who
hath been a counselor to him; Rom. 11, 34. sijai allaim skalks,

!) Cp. March, Anglo-Saxon Grammar, p. 148.

240 Cases: Dative. [§§35—36.

shall be a servant to all; Mk. 10, 44. ui is frijonds kaisara,

thou art not friend to Cesar; Jo. 19, 12. ewaei frauja ist
sa sun us mans jali |)amma sabbato. therefore the Son of
man is Lord also {to=) of the sabbath; Mk. 2, 28. ni a inn in
in f-h an waihtais skulans sijai]?, be not debtors to anybody
(in any respect=) owe no man anything; Rom. 13, 8. |>ai auk
reiks ni sind agis gddamma waurstwa ak ubilamma,
for rulers re not terror to a good work, but to an evil one;
Rom. 13, 3. skula wairj>ij) stauai gaqum]?ai, shall be . . .

debtor unto (the) judgment council; Mt. 5, 21. 22. eis . . .

\\; r ]> a (1 mis manage.i, they

ii shall be (to me=) my people;
nu swe fijands izwis warp. / am therefore

(
II Cor. G. 1G. i)>

become nn enemy to you; Gal. 4. 16.

Note The copula is often omitted: e. g., Ira uns jah pus
1. xal *),

what (is and to thee, i. e. what bare we to do with thee.' Mi. B, 29.
there) to us
Mk. 1. 24. Ira mis jah )>us (r> :
<7<;:'), what have I to do with thee? Mk.

5, 7. ni waiht )mis jah |»annna garaihtin, have thou nothing to do with

that just (man): Mt. 27. 19. So always alter the interjection wai; e. g.', wai )mis
a razci a wai |'us Iiel'saidan, woe unto thee, Chorazin. woe unto thee,
,

mthaaida! Mt. 11, 21. Lu. 10, 18. (See also Mk. 13, 17. Lu. G. 24. 20. 20).
Note 2. The dative after substantives generally readers the Greek genitive.
Note For the genitive after substantives, see S 20.
.'i.

Note 4. It remains to say that a dative and a genitive; occur interchangeably

after substantive in lie same sentence: as. ni u |>a a fst sa t mrja sa sun us
t t i ,

Marjins, bro]»ar Jakdba jah J use jah Jfidine jah Seimouis*? Is not
i

this the carpenter, the son of Mary, the brother (to =) of James and Joses, and of
Jud.i and Simon'.' Mk. 0. •*{.

II. Dative after Adjectives.

§ :{(). The dative follows predicate adjectives with w i s a and
and waii'l'a u

(1) with reference to time. E. g., ]>atei anawairji una was

d u W D a agli \>dB that ('it was future' to us to suffer tribula-
{
i ,

t jon — ) wesbould sutler tribula ion t («#)\ I Thess. 3, 4.

(2) of space. E. g., gaggats in haira (Sec S •">, note) |>5
\vi))ra\vair|>on iggqie, go into the village over against you;
Mk. 11, 2. |>atei ist w |>i a w a ir]> Galeilaia. whhh is overi

against Galilee; Lu. 8, 2G.

(3) of feeling, thought, and the like. E. g., ]>anuh nnuh-
]),i u h a ii ;i u a s n u a iga
i ds u l>a
iia sis ha vingyet there- 1 i .

fore one son dear to him; Mk. 12, G. guj>, lml]'s sijais mis
frawaurhtamma, God be merciful to me sinner; Lu. 18, 13.
unto <i-o])s ist |>ni in u afagra m ah unsol ia m for be is kind i ,

unto the unthankful and to the evil; Lu. G. :i.~>. in |>izaie! an•
Bteige was uns in ]>a m ma ubi n su na u sei na in in a where- 1 i .
 3G.] Dative. 241

in he was merciful to us own beloved son; Eph. 1, G. Icaz-

in his
u h mo dags brobr seiiiamma, whosoever is angry with his
brother; Mt. 5, 22. saei was imma swers, who was dear unto
him; Lu. 7,2. fad rein am ungahrairbai, disobedient to par-
ents; II Tim. 3, 2. jah allaim mannam andaneibans sind,
and are contrary to all men; I Thess. 2, 15. jah ban jabai
ist mis wairb ga lei ban, and if it be meet for me also to go;
I Cor. 16, 4. batei ni skuld ist bus, that it is not lawful for
thee; Mk. 6, 18. Jo. 18, 31. II Cor 12, 4). s was we
(S. 10, 2.
gad 6b ist weiham, as it is becoming to saints; Eph. 5, 3. ib
jabai agl ist qinon, but if it be indecent for a woman; I Cor.
11, 6. batei garaid sijai izwis, that which is appointed you;
Lu. 3, 13.

(4) of advantageor disadvantage. E. g., gob ist unsis her

Avisan, it is good for us to be here; Mk. 9, 5. ni sokjands
batei mis bruk sijai, ak batei baim managam, not seek-
ing that which is profitable to me, but that which (is profitable)
to (the) many; I Cor. 10, 33. batei airbai Saudaumje su-
tizo wairbib in daga stauos bail bus, that it shall be more
tolerable for the land of Sodom in the day ofjudgment, than for
thee; Mt. 11, 24. ni ganohai sind baim, are not sufficient for
them; Jo. G, 7. go]> ist imma mais ei, it is good for him
rather that; Mk. 9, 42.

of knowledge or the opposite. E. g\, sah ban siponeis

(5)
was kunbs bam ma gudjin, that disciple was known unto the
high priest; Jo. 18, 15. wasu]> (= was-uh) ban unkunbs
wlita (For this dat., see § 53, (1), (c)) aikklesjom, Judaias
baim in Xristau, and was unknown by face unto the churches
of Judea, those in Christ; Gal. 1, 22.

(6) of possibility, impossibility, or the like. E. g•., allata

m a h t e i g b a m m a g a 1 a u b j a d i e very thing ( is) possible t
,

him ( belie ving — ) that belie veth; Mk 9, 23 untenist unmali-

. .

teig guba ainhun waiirde, for nothing (lit.: not any one of
words) shall be impossible with God; Lu. 1, 37. rabizo allis
ist ulbandau bairh bairko ne]?los bairhleiban bau ga-
bigamma in biudangardja gu]>s galeil^an, for it is easier
for a camel to go through a needle's eye, than for a rich (man) to
enter into (the) kingdom of God; Lu.18, 25. (See also Mk. 10, 25).
luaiwa aglu ist baim hugjandam afar faihau in biu-
dangardja gubs galei]?an, how hard is it for them that fix
their thoughts on riches' to enter into the kingdom of God; Mk.
10, 24.
242 Caaee: Dative. [§S .'!7— Ms.

III. Dative after Verbs.

(For the dative after wisan and \vair]>an, see § M.">.)

In Gothic, as in all languages, the dative is used after

37.
transitive verbs of giving, bringing, promising, showing, saying,
commanding, forbidding, permitting, writing, reading, etc., to de-
note a person or thing• towards which an action is exerted, while
that which is directly affected by the act of the verb is put in the
accusative (§ 15, (1)). Verbs of this kind are: giban, atkun-
nan, to give; saljan, to offer; gadailjan, to distribute; fra-
gildan, to -ecompense; gale wj an, to offer, bet my; afletan,
to lea ve; f r a 1 e t a to release; atbairan, attiuhan, to bring;
,

w air pan, to cast; lagjan, to j nit; gawandjan, to return;

gahaitan, to promise; taiknjan, to show; (waila) qiban,
to say; a a biu dan, to command; faurbiudan, to forbid;
uslaub j an, to permit; in § j a to write; u s s gg w a
1 to read;
, i ,

dugawindan, to entangle; awiliudon, to give thanks. (See

also § 46, note.) E. g., gibai izai afstassais bokos, let him
give her a writing of divorcement ; Mt. 5, 31. atberun iiiiina
mannan bandana daimonari, they brought to him a dumb
man possessed with a devil; Mt. 1). 32. jah sa izwis taikneip
kelikn mikilata, and he will show you a large upper room;
Mk. 14-, 15. unte ni alia m el jam izwis, for we write none
other things unto you; II Cor. 1, 13. bata anabiuda izwis
ei frijo]> izwis misso, this 1 command you, that ye love one
another; Jo. 15, 17. jah fa urban]) im ei waiht ni nomeina
in wig uiba hrugga aina, ami he forbade them (that any-
thing• they should not take=) to take nothing (on the way =)
for their journey, save a staff only; Mk. G, 8.
NoTB. Iii English t ho preposition to, which indicates the remoter relation, is

often omitted, and sometimes other prepositions must be used; e.g., ei lagid§di
i mma liandu. th:it ln> might fiut (his) hand uj>on liim; Mk. 7, Ml>.

§ The dative after andbahtjan, ekalkindn, to serve,

38.
minister; siponjan. to be a disciple; drauhtinon, to war;
afarlaistjan, to follow alter; reikinou, (ga)fraujinon,
(ga)waldan, ragin to rule, govern; ga ragi
. give coun- .

sel to; and-, ufhausjan, to listen to with submission, obey, de-

notes the relation of one person to another, or to a thing.
E. g., jah a nd ba lit id a imma, and (she) ministered unto him;
Mr. 8, 15. saei jah silba eipdnida [£sua, who also himself
was disciple to Jesus; Mt. 27, 57. ni ainshun drauhtinOnde
fraujin, DO man warring• unto a lord; II Tim. 2.4. d ]>iz;ii
afarlaistjandin sis managein <in)>. and said unto the
people following him; Ln. 7. (Cp. Lu. 1. 3. Tim. 5. 10): gar-
'.). I
§§ 38-40.] Dative. 243

da waldan, (give direction fo=) guide the house; I Tim. 5, 14.

wit up ]>atei (paiei) puggkjand reiki no piudom, gafrau-
jinond im, ip pai mikilans ize gawaldand im, ye know
that they which think to rule over the Gentiles, exercise lordship
over them, and their great ones exercise authority upon them;
Mk. 10, 42. at raginondin Saurim Kyrenaiau, when Cyre-
nius was governor of Syria; Lu. 2, 2. saei garaginoda Iu-
daium, he who gave counsel to the.Jews; Jo. 18, 14. jah and-
hausidedi pau izwis, and it should obey you; Lu. 17, 6. aij?-
pauainammaufhauseip, or he will obey the one; Mt. 6, 24.
— Similarly, after andstandan, to oppose, resist; a d w e i h a n
strive against, oppose. E. g., ni andstandan allis pamma
unseljin, not to resist evil at all; Mt. 5, 39. and we hand
i

witoda ahmins meinis, opposing to the law of my mind;

Rom. 7, 23.

§ 39. The dative a remoter relation occurs after intran-

of
sitive verbs denoting motion towards a person or thing. E. g.,
duatiddja imma hundafaps (there) came unto him a cen-
turion; Mt. 8, 5. gamotidedun imma t w a i d a m i ar s
j

(there) met him two possessed with devils; Mt. 8, 28. wesunup
pan imma nelujandans sik allai motarjo.s jah fra-
Avaurhtai hausjan imma (S. § 45), then were drawing near
unto him all (the) publicans and sinners for to hear him; Lu.
15, 1. — Similarly, after \vair]?aii and gagaggan. E.g., him-
ma dag a naseinsj^amma gardawar}?, this day is salvation
come to this house; Lu. 19, 9. jah wair]?ip> izwis, and (it)
will be done unto you; Jo. 15, 7. ei ]?ata mis gagaggij? du
ganistai, that this shall turn to (me for) my salvation; Phil.
1,19.
§ 40. Many take the dative of a direct object. But it
\r erbs
must be borne in mind that this dative properly denoted a per-
son or thing toward which an action was directed. Some of such
verbs may have followed the analogy of verbs that naturally
govern the dative. At any rate it is not from an original point
of view that these verbs are said to take the dative of a direct
object (Comp. § 15, (1), notel). Verbs of this kind are: (at)te-
kan, to touch; kukjan, to kiss; (ga)bairgan, to hide, keep,
preserve; gaumjan, to perceive, observe; wit an, to watch;
maiirnau, to be anxious for, be troubled about; ufarmun-
non, to forget; idweitjan, to reproach; sakan, to rebuke;
(ga)li-otjan, to threaten, rebuke, charge; laian, to revile; ga-
mains wair]>an, to partake of. E.g., sei teki]? imma, that
touches him; Lu. 7, 39. ]>anuh atberun du imma barna ei
244 Cases: Dative. [§§ -1-0—41.

attaitoki im; ib siponios is sokun (Corap. gasakan,

}~>ai

> 45) baim bairandam du. and they brought children to him,
that he should touch them; the disciples, however, rebuked those
that brought {them to 'him'): Mk. 10, 13. bammei kukjau,
whomsoever I shall kiss; Mk. 14.44. in libainai aiweinon
bair<i-i)' izai, shall keep it unto life eternal; Jo. 12, 25. Ira
gaumeis gramsta, why'beholdest thou the mote•? Lu. 0.41.
witandans IAsua. watching Jesus; Mt. 27. 54. ni maurnaib
saiwalai izwarai Ira matjaib jah Ira drigkaib, nih
leika izwaramma Ire wasjaib, take no thought for your life,
what ye shall cat. or what ye shall drink: nor yet for your body,
what (s. § 52, 2 . (b)) ye shall put on; Mt. (5. 25. (s. also Phil.
4. 0). sw^bauh baim afta ufarmunnonds. indeed, forget-
ting those (things which are) behind: Phil. *5. 14. ba nuh d uga d
idweitja'D baurgim, then began he to upbraid the cities; Mt.
11.20. jah gamains bizaiwaurCai jah em air bra alewa-
bagmis warst, and with them partakesi of the root and fat-
ness of the olive tree; Rom. 11, 17.

i The dative is used after intransitive verbs denoting

41.
disposition; as. (ga)trauan, to trust: galanbjan, to believe,
trust; wafla hugjan, to think well of. agree with; hleibjan,
to help; ei wa
to bear grudge, be angry; a
. an to be jeal- 1 j ,

ous, envy: hatizon. to be angry; frakunnan, nfbrikan, to

despise.(Cp. § 37.) E.g., batei silbans (nom.) trauaidedun
sis ei we so in a garaihtai, jah fra k u na nda us bai an• m
baraim, that (themselves) trusted in themselves that they were
righteous, and despised the others: Lu. 18, 9. jah galaubjam
imma, and we believe in him: Mt. 27. 42. sijais waila hug-
jande a nda st a ui beinamma sprauto, {be well thinking
towards—) agree with thine adversary quickly; Mt. 5. 25. h lei-
bid a Israrla biumagan seinamma, he hath holpen Israel.
his servant; Lu. 1, 54. ib so Herodia naiw imma, then-fore
(the) Herodias was angry with him; Mk.6,19. unt§ aljanOnds
izwis gubs aljana (see§ 52. (5)), for I am (lit.: being) jealous
over you with the jealousy of God {=godly)', II Cor. 11.2. i|>
mis hatizob, but are ye angry with me? Jo. 7. 2'\. saei hau-
Beib izwis, mis (see § L5) hauseib, jah eaei ufbrikib iz wis,
mis nfbrikib; i)> eaei ufbrikib mis. ufbrikib bamma
sandjandin mik, he thai heareth you heareth me; and he hat t

rlespiseth you despiseth me; but he that despiseth me despiseth

.
him that sent me:

t;ik<s ill.•
Lu. 10. 1(5.

Tlic verb galanbjan, to believe, with the sense of to regard as true,

accusative ol the thing believed; <•. tr.. ak galanbjni bata <• )>atci
§§ 42—4.",.] Dative. 245

qi]'ib gagaggib, hat shall believe (that) that that which he saith cometh to
]>ass; Mt. 11, 23. (Comp. § 46, note).

§ 42. Verbs signifying to please, take a dative (See § 40; and

§ 4G, note) of the person to whom anything is pleasant. E. g.,
unte ik patei leikaib imma, tauja sinteino, for I do al-
ways that which pleases him; Jo. 8, 29. jah galeikandein
Heroda jah bairn mibanakumbjandam, and (when she)
pleased Herod and them sitting with (him); Mk. 6, 22. swe
man am samjandans, as (those) pleasing men; Col. 3, 22.
Note. Here may be mentioned the verb ga nan ban, which once takes the
dative (usually the accusative); ganah bam ma swaleikamma andabeit,
sufficient to such one (is the) reproach; II Cor. 2, 6. Furthermore, the impersonal
bugkeib; e. g., bugkeib im auk ei, for it appears to them that; Mt. G, 7.
§43. The dative after gafribon, gasibjon, to reconcile,
g a g a> w a r a become reconciled, g a \v a d
, to espouse, is j ,

used to denote the person to whom the action is directed (Cp.

§ 37). E. g\, abban alia us gu|>a bamma gafribondin
uns sis, and all things (are) of God, who hath (lit. the having)
reconciled us to himself; II Cor. 5, 18. gasibjon brobr bei-
namma, to be reconciled to thy brother; Mt. 5, 24. gaga-
wairbnan guba, to become reconciled to God; II Cor. 5, 20.
gawadjoda auk izwis ainamma waira, for I have espoused
you to one husband; II Cor. 11, 2.
§ 44. The dative (See § 40) is found after verbs signifying
to trouble, plague, torment, destroy, injure; as, usagljan, us-
briutan, to trouble, weary; balwjan, to plague, torment;
qistjan (fraqistjan, usqistjan; s. § 40), to destroy. E.g.,
ib in bizei usbriutib mis so widuwo, fraweita bo, ibai
und andi qimandei usagljai mis, yet because this widow
troubleth me, I will avenge her, lest (coming to the end=) by her
continual coming she weary me; Lu. 18, 5. balwjan u sis, to
torment us; Mt. 8, 29. ni qam saiwalom qistjan ak nas-
jan, is not come to destroy souls, but to save; Lu. 9, 56.
§ 45. The original force of the dative is well seen with the
following verbs which also take an accusative, according to the
meaning: hausjan (Cp. ufhausjan, § 38) w. dat., to hear, i. e.
to listen, or hearken to, or pay attention to, w. ace: to hear
something, (also w. gen.; s. § 26); anahaitan w. dat., to exclaim
loudly against, rebuke, w. ace, to call upon, invoke; andhaitan
w. dat., to confess (one's self) to, thank, w. ace, to confess some-
thing (once w. dat.; Mk. 1, 5), acknowledge, recognize; fullafah-
j an w. dat., to give satisfaction to, serve, w. ace, to make con-

tent/ gamainjan w. dat., to communicate or distribute to, w.

ace, to make common, defile; gas a k an w. dat., to address re-
Oi() Cases: Dative. [§ 4•".

bukiiigly. rebuke, to convince, reprove, silence; o- a ]> Lu-

\v. ace.,
ll an w. dat., to address kindly. Take in the arms, entreat, w. ace, .

to exhort; warjan w. dat., to be opposed to. forbid, w. ace, to

keep away, forbid; ]>iu]>jan w. dat., to bestow a blessing upon,
w. ace., to praise, treat well. E. g., hausei]> mis, hearken unto
me; Mk. 7, 14. jah hausjands imma. and bearing him; Mk.
(3,20. (Cp. also Jo. 9, 31. 11,41.42.). sa lrazuh nn saei hau-
sci]> waurda meina, therefore whosoever lira ret h my words;
Mt. 7, 24. — andhofun auk j a in; in ;i naha it an da in im ...
]>ize analiaitandane im, for they answered those rebuking
thrm of those rebuking them; Skeir. VII, b. lrazuh auk
. . .

saei a n ah a iti J' bidai (instr.) a (ace.) f ran j ins. for who- mo
soever shall call upon the name of the Lord; Rom. 10, 13. sa —
lrazuh nn saei andhaitib mis in andwairbja nianne,
andhaita jah ik imma in andwairbja attins meinis,
whosoever therefore shall confess me (i. e. make confession in my
behalf), him (=in his behalf) will I confess also before my Father:
Mt. 10.32. jabai Iras ina andliaiha it Xristu, if any one i

recognizes him as Christ; Jo. 0, 22. — wiljands ]>izai niana-

gein fulla fahjan willing to give satisfaction to the people;
,

Mk. 15, 1.". eiponjans fulla fa hid a, he made (his) disciples

content; Skeir. VII, d. — a]>]>an ga main a sa la isida wa j i -
da (instr.) ]>a m ma laisia nd in in allaim gddaim, let him
that is taught in the word communicate unto him that teacbeth
in all good things; Gal. G, 6. (See also Rom. 12, 13: andawiz-
nim). batei magi ina ga m a in an }?atagamainja do j . . .

niannan, that can defile him that detiles man: Mk. 7, 15 . . .

(See also 18. 20.). — gasok wind am jah marein, he rebuked

the winds and the sea; Mk. 8, 20. Iras war a gasaki]? mik i

bi frawaurht? which of you convinceth me of sin? Jo. 8, 40.

(See also 10, 8). jah ; a ]>laiha nds im ]>in]>ida im, and . . .

speaking kindly to them he bestowed his blessing upon them:

. . .

Mk. 10, 10. (Cp. 9, 36). sineigana ni andbeitais ak ga-

]>laih ewfi a in (dat.) nggane (ace.) swfi l)i'o]'nins. rebuke
t
j

not an elder, but entreat (= Speak kindly to) (him) as (to) a,

father: and {exhort) tin young men as brethren: I Tim. 5, 1.
1

jah \\a rid rd uin rain a, and we were opposed to him; Mk. o, 38.
i

(See also 39, and Ln. 9, 49). jah war jib ]>o. and forbid i

them not (—do not keep thrm away; see also Ln. 18, 16). ba-
tei swa |>in1»idn izai. that he thus bestowed a blessing on her:
Ln. 1. 2!). (See also Mk. 10. 16, above): |'in|'jai]> ]>ans wri-
kandans w s blessi treat well) them that persecute you;
i
, (

Mt. 5, 4 1. (See g 46, note; and § 25, note 1).

§§ 4G— 47.]
- Dative. 247

§ With some verbs; as, usqistjan fraqistjan, that

4(3.

take both the dative and accusative, a difference in signification

is (at least in some instances) scarcely or not all perceptible.

E. g., jah saiwalai jah leika fraqistjan, to destroy both

soul and body; Mt. 10, 28. jah qam midjasweipains jah
fraqistida allans, and the flood came and destroyed all; Lu.
17, 27. —
ei usqistidedi imma, {that, etc. =) to destroy him/
Mk. 9,22. jah usqisteib ]>ans waiirstwjans, and will destroy
the husbandmen/ Mk. 12, 9.
Note. Some of the verbs mentionedpreceding paragraphs are also used
in the
absolutely, or are followed by a clause, or by a preposition with its case; e. g., sai
sa lewjands mik atnehnda, ,
he that betrayeth me (has approached =) is
at hand; Mk. 14,42. — gaumjan batei is was sa sama, to observe that he
was the same; Skeir. VII, d. — jah qab du imma Iesus, and Jesus said unto
him; Mt. 8, 7. jah wesuu rodjandans mi J? Iesua, and they were talking
with Jesus; Mk. 9, 4.

§ The dative after verbs treated of in the preceding• para-

47.
graphs denotes a person or thing to which an action is directed.
Closely related to this dative that of interest (advantage or
is
disadvantage), Avhich denotes that for which anything is or is
done (Cp. § 3G, (4)). E. g\, ban bans fimf hlaibans gabrak
fimf busundj om, when I brake the five loaves for five thousand;
Mk.8,19. raznbido haitada allaim biudom, shall be called
a house of prayer for all nations; Mk. 11, 17. luas afwalwjai
u sis ban a stain, who shall roll away for us the stone? Mk.
1G, 3. g a b a r i d s u u b u s shall bear (for) thee a son; Lu. 1, 13.
,

urraisjan barna Abrahama, to raise up children unto

(for) Abraham; Lu. 3, 8. seinamma fraujin standi]? ai]>-
bau driusib, to (for) his master he standeth or falleth; Rom.
14, 4.
—
Note 1. A particular sort of this dative is the reflexive dative (Cp. §§ 00 G2)
expressing the Greek middle (Cp. § 83); e. g., bam ma
wil jandin af bus lei Ivan
sis ni ufwandjais, from him that will borrow (for himself) of thee turn not
thou away ; Mt. 5, 42. unt§ ohtSdunIudaiuns; jubau auk gaqe]>un
sis
sis Judaieis, because they feared the Jews; for already had the Jews agreed
among themselves; Jo. 9,22. afslaupjandans izwis bana fairnjan man-
nan, putting off the old man ; Col. 3, 9. rodida sis ains, he spake within him-
selfalone; Lu. 7, 39. sa Fareisaius standands sis, the Pharisee standing by
himself (or sis bad, prayed within himself'.'); Lu.18,11. nim bus bokos, take
thy bill; Lu.lG, C. 7. jah mundob izwis bane s wa gaggandans, and mark
them which walk so (lit. those so walking); Phil. 3, 17. bo sido bus, meditate
upon thesethings;! Tim. 4, 15. ni faurhteib izwis, be not affrighted; Mk.16, 6.
sailuib ei atsaihnb izwis, see that ye are on your guard ; Mk. 8, 15. bagk-
jandans sis, reasoning with themselves ;Mk. 2, 6. jah bahta sis, and cast in
her mind (lit. for herself); Lu. 1, 29. frawaurhta mis, have sinned; Mt. 27, 4.
Lu. 15, 18. run gawaurhtedun sis alia so hairda, the whole herd ran
24* Cases: Dative. [§§ 48—51.

ivo/en ly: Mt. 8, 32. in a § a f wand an Jane

j sis s u j a , of men t urning from
themselves the truth; Tit. 1, 14-. (For farther examples, see SS 60 and Gl).
NoTB 2. For the dative of purpose after du, see Glossary: du, (0).
§ 48. Here may
be mentioned the so-called possessive dative
which is generally represented in Greek by the genitive. E. g.,
lagida figgrans seinans in ausona imma, he put Ins fin-
gers into his ears (lit. he put to him his angers into the ears);
Mk. 7. 33. s k1 ded i m m a h 1 m a s his (lit. to him) i ,

ears opened; Mk. 7. 35. jah allaini in ]>izai synagdgein

wdsun augona fairweitjandona du imma, and the eyes ot
nil (lit. to nil) in the synagogue were fixed on him; Lu. 4, 20.
izei uslauk augona |'nmma blind in, who opened the eyes
of (lit. to) the blind; Jo. 11, 37.

S Considering- the true nature of the verbs that (appar-

49.
ently) take the dative of ;i direct object (See §40), we can easily
understand why they govern the dative in the passive also: e. g.,
ei ganmjaindan mannam, that they may (appear to=) be
.see// of meny Mt. 0, 5. ei gasaihraindan mannam fastan-
dans. ih;ii they may appear unto men (fasting =) tofnst; Mt.
, 10. ei ni gasaihraizan mannam fastands, that thou
appear not unto men fast; Mt. 6, 18. Impersonal construc- —
tions baj o]>um ga ba irga d a (preservation is secured to both
: .

—) both are preserved/ Mt. 17. ]»ei waihtai nifraqistnai,

'.).

that (there arise no loss in anything =) nothing be lost (Sec ^ 53,

(1), (c)); Jo. 6, 12. [Cp. the Lai in ////'///' invidetur, etc.] Con- —
trary to Latin usage we find: unledai ivn ila merj a ml a the
poor are instructed in the gospel; Mt. 11. 5. Lu. 7. 22. So with
fraqiman; II Cor. 12, 15. fra]>jan; Phil. 2. 5. bileiban; Lu.
17. 34. 35.

Dative as Instrumental.
^ 50. The instrumental is originally the
denotes 117/ //-case: it

adjacency, accompaniment, association passing over into the —

expression of means and instrument by the same transfer of
meaning which appears in the English prepositions with ana by. 1 )
§ 51.The only remnants of instrumental endings in Gothic
an• those of the pronouns ]>e and Ire. ]>e occurs but once alone
(For bib6, du]?§, see the glossary); ni ]>e ha Id is. not the more
.so, by no means; Skeir, IV. <1. — Ire occurs frequently, (1) inter-

rog. E. g.. !r w a si a in a wherewithal shall we dot he ourselves

i .

.- - <<".• Mt. o. :U, (See also Mk. 9, 50. Lu. 14, 34.) So

i) See Whitney, Sanskrit Grammar, S 21^.

§§ 51— 52.] Dative. 240

with galeiks and ga.leikon. E. g., Ice nu galeiko* ]>aus

mans ]>is kunjis, jah hie sijaina galeikai, whereunto then
shall I liken the men of this generation, and to what may they
)"!
be like (rivt oZv

what do ye more <

.... -/.\ rivt eiffh Lu. 7, 31. (See also
Mk. 4, 30). With a comparative. E. g., lue managizo tauj b,
( )'!
Mt. 5; 47.
wherewith ye shall clothe yourselves; Mt. 6, 25.
as, in Jjammei lue hras anananbei]?, whereinsoever an
lue wasjaib,
(2) indefinite;
is
—
i

bold; II Cor. 11, 21.

§ 52. The instrumental is generally expressed by tbe dative
(Comp. §§ 23. 27). It denotes,
(1)association or accompaniment, (a) after substantives,
chiefly in the predicate with ay is an and w air]? an. E. g., mi]>-
gasinba uns, a traveling• companion to us; II Cor. 8, 19. ni
wiljau auk izwis skokslam gadailans wairban, and I
would not that ye should (be fellow-dealers to 1
devils =) have
fellowship with devils; I Cor. 10, 20. (See also Lu. 5, 10. So with
wairban; Eph. 5, 7).jah galaistans waurbun imma Sei-
mon jah ]>ai mi]' imma, and Simon and they that were with
him (were followers to him =) followed after him; Mk. 1, 36. (So
with wisan; see Gal. 6, 16. II Tim. 3, 10). ak sijub gabaurg-
jans baim weiham, but ye are fellow-citizens with the saints;
Eph. 2, 19. ni wairbaib gajukans ungalaubjandam, be
not companions to tjie unbelievers; II Cor. 6, 14. (b) after ad- —
jectives of consent, likeness, and the like. ) E. g., gaqiss im ^\\-
1

toda, / (am consenting — ) consent unto the law; Rom. 7, 16.

g a w i e i g s ira a u k w i t d a g u b s for I am delighted with
,

the law of God; Rom. 7, 22. galeik ist barn am sitandam

in garunsim jah wopjandam an]?ar anbarana, it is like
unto children sitting in the markets and calling one (to) another;
Mt. 11,16. (SeeMk. 12, 31. Lu. 6, 47. 48. 49. 7,32. Jo. 8, 55. 9,9.
Skeir. I, a). — Comp. galeiks,
§51,(1)). ibnans aggilum auk
sind, for they are equal unto the angels; Lu. 20, 36. ni ibna
nih galeiks unsarai garaihtein, not equal to, nor like, our
righteousness; Skeir. I, a. bata samo ]nzai biskabanon,
(the same to =
) like the shaven (one); I Cor. 11, 5. (c) after —
verbs. E.g., (compounded with mi])) ni manna mis mibwas,
no man was with me; II Tim. 4, 16. ]>ozei mi]>arbaidideduu
mis, which labored with me/ Phil 4, 3. j a b a i u. m i bu rr i su p
Xristau, if ye then be risen with Christ; Col. 3, 1. bai w ai-
ded an s
j ]>ai mi bush rami dans imma, the evil-doers which

!) Cj>. March, Anglo-Saxon Grammar, § 29i).

250 Cases: Dative. [§ 52.

were crucified with him; Mt. 27. 44. (Comp. Mk. 10, 27). mi]>-
skalkindda mis, he bath served with me; Phil. 2. 22. mibin-
siiiidida ininia bro]>ar. I sent a brother wit h him; II Cor. 12.
IS. jali mi j>fairinodedun izai. and (they) rejoiced with her;
Lu. 1, 58. (Comp. Lu. 15. 9). ]>atei mib ni qam siponjam
seinaiin Iesus in j>ata skip, th.it Jesus came not with his
disciples into the ship; Jo. 6, 22. —
ni blandaib izwis hdram,
ye shall not keep company with fornicators; I Cor. 5. ). (Comp.
II These. '. 14:). j u «rahorinoda izai. Jinth committed adultery
with her already; .Mr. 5, 28. —
fraqimandei allamina sei-
n. nil in a, having spent nil (hers—) that she had; Mk. 5. 26.
soei in lekja ns fraqara allamma aigina eeinamma which .

bad spent nil her property uj><>n physicians; Lu. 8, 48. fon at-
gaggai us hi mi a jali fraqimai im. fire shall come down
from hen ven nnd mnke nwny with (!) them: Ln. i». 54. jali ni
Ogeib izwis bans usqimandans leika batainei, i]> sai-
walai ni magandans usqiman, and fear not them making
away with the body only, but nre not able to mnke away with
the soul: Mt. 10, 28. batei nu g'u|> «raw a ]> in an a |'annna ;i

ni ekaidai, what therefore God bath joined together, let not

—
man part with.' ) galeiko ina waira frddamma, / will
1

liken him unto wise man; Mt. 7. 24. galeikoda niann d wa-
in in in a shall be likened unto
. foolish man; Mr. 7. 26. ni ;-
leikob izwis bamma
aiwa, be not conformed to this world;
Rom. 12. 2. jali afrbai ]>uk gaibnjand jah barna beina
in bus, nnd shall Iny thee even with the ground, and thy children
within thee; Lu. Ii). 44. jali bamma
fairnjin ni gatimid
bata at bamma
ninjin. and with the old (piece) agreeth not
that (taken out) of the new; Ln. 5. 3G. (Cp. > 52. b; and > 51. 1.
ga leik On.)
Note. The associative relation is sometimes obscure, especially when the gov-
erning verb also takes other cases. Here may be mentioned liugnn, to innrry,
which governs the accusative when used of a man. while the passive, which is a» d
ota woman, takes the dative: e.g., sa izei atsatida liugai]', whosoever shall
marry jah liuguih anbara, ami shall marry
divorced (woman); Mt. ">. 32.
another (woman); Mk. 10, 11. jah jabai qino a f ]> aban neinana jah t i

lingada anparamma, and if a woman shall put away her husband and l>t>
married to another; Mk. L0, L2. —
Sometimes a comparison of other languaev^
may decide. *

menus oi• instrument (concrete or abstract),

(2) (ft) with
slahan, to smite; (ns)bliggwan, to bent: bnanan, to rub;

»
J
) Cp. Whitney, Sanskrit Grammar, § 288, a.
I
p. Bernhardt, 'Gotieche Grammatik', S L68. page Oft
$ 7,2.] Dative. 251

gameljan, to write; waiirkjan, to work; natjan, to make

wet; (ga)salbon, to anoint; biswairban, to wipe/ blaub-
jan, to make void; andstaldan, to provide, minister; (uf)-
daupjan, tobaptize; sweran, to honor; andhaitan, to con-
fess; rodjan, qipan, to speak; laisjan, to teach; usluton,
to deceive; matjan, to eat; gasopjan, to satisfy; (ga)supon,
to season; gadragkjan, to give to drink; afluapjan, to
quench; ufartrusnjan, to besprinkle; bi win dan, to wrap;
weihan, to strive; gawargjan, to condemn; gaumjan, to
see; fra]>jan, to understand; etc. E. g., sumaip pan lofam
slohun (in a); and others smote (him) with the palms of their
hands; Mt. 26, 67. jah bliggwands sik stainam, and beat-
ing himself with stones; Mk. 5, 5. b(i)nauandans handum,
rubbing (them) with (their) hands; Lu. 6, 1. ik awl us game-
lida meinai handau, I Paul have written (it) with my (own)
hand; Philem. 19. waiirkjan handum izwaraim, to work
with your (own) hands; I Thess. 4, 11. waurkjands swesaim
handum, working with his own hands; Eph. 4, 28. natjan
fotuns is tagram jah skufta haubidis seinis biswarb,
jah kukida fotum is jah gasalboda pamma balsana,
to wet his feet with teal's, and did wipe (them) with the hairs of
her head, and kissed his feet (Cp. §40), and anointed (them) with
the ointment; Lu. 7, 38. blaupjandans waurd
gu]?s ]?izai
anabusnai izwarai, making void the word of God through
your command Mk. 7, 13. ap]?an sa andstaldands fraiwa
;

pana saiandan jah hlaiba du mata andstaldip, now he

that provides the sower with seed will also provide (you) with
bread for (your) food; II Cor. 9, 10. ufdaupidai daupeinai
Iohannis, being baptized with the baptism of John; Lu. 7, 29.
ei ni gaumidedeina augam jah fropeina hairtin, that
they should not see with (their) eyes, nor understand with their
heart/ Jo. 12,40. jah us warp pans ahmans waurd a, and
he cast out the spirits with (his) word; Mt. 8, 16. — (b) with
verbs of clothing, unclothing, and covering; as, (and-, ga-) was-
jan, gapaidon, and-, ga-, ufar-hamon, dishuljan. E. g.,
jah ni wasjaip (Comp. hrewasjan, § 51, (1)) twaim pai-
dom, and not clothe (yourselves) with two coats/ Mk. 6, 9. uf-
gaurdanai hupins izwarans (See § 15, (2), (b), note 2, (a))
sunjai jah gapaidodai brunjon garaihteins, being girt
about your loins with truth, and being clothed with the breast-
plate of righteousness; Eph. 6, 14. ak gahamop fraujin un-
sarainma Xristau Iesua, and clothe (yourselves) with our
Lord Jesus Christ; Rom. 13, 14. andwasidedun in a bizai
252 Cases: Dative. [§ 52.

rpur ai a h g a w a s
j n a w a s t j m s \v 6 s a in t hey
i d §d i i ,

took off the purple from him (lit. 'unclothed him with the purple'),
and clothed him with his own garments; Mk. 15, 20. (Cp. Col.
2,15). dishuljib it a kaea, covereth it with a vessel; Ln. 8, 16.
— (e) with verbs of buying mid selling. E. g\, niu twai spar-
wans assarjau bugjanda, nre not two sparrows bought for
bize frabugjandane ahakim, of
1

;i farthing? Mt. 10, 29.

them that sold (=were dealingwith) doves; Mk. 11, wairj>a .
galaubamma usbaulitai sijub, ye are bought with costly
price; I Cor. 7, 2•'}. Cp. Jo. G, 7: twaini liundam hlaibds
(loavee=) bread {bought) for two hundred pennies; and I Cor.
9, 7: hras drauhtinob swesaim annum Iran? who goeth
a warfare any time ;it his own charges?
(3) ruling or management. 10. g., iah waldaib annum
izwaraim, and manage with your wages; Ln. 3, 1-1.
Note. Ruling may be conceived as transitive, or as giving law or direction to
a dative, or as being master ofa genitive, or as being strong by means of instru-
mental. 1 ) In the above example w
aid an means to manage, conduct one's affairs
(Cp. the German 'vralten'), the gloss gandhida sijaib, be content, being a better
i

rendering of the Greek and Latin texts.

(1) with verbs denoting violent motion ; 2 ) as, (af-, at-, us-)
wairpan, saian, (uf)straujan, asdreiban, afskiuban.
10. g., swasw§ jabai manna wairpij? fraiwa anaafrba,
as if a man should cast (with) seed upon the (em-th=) ground:
Mk. 4. 26. (Cp. 11, 23. 15, 24). ]>nk afwairpan stainam,
to stone thee; Jo. 11, 8. atwafrpands baim silnbram in
alh, casting down the pieces of silver in the temple; Mt. 27, 5.
dn saian fraiwa seinamma, to sow his seed; Mk. 4, 3. Lu.
8, 5. managai ]>an wastjom seinaim Btrawidddun ana
wiga, and many spread (lit. with) their garments on the way;
Mk. 11, 8. ei usdribeina imma, that they should cast him
out; Lu. 9, 40. lr weis ni niahtrd in usdreiban bam•
(1 ii

ma? why could we not cast him out? Lu. 9, 4•*}. £>izaiei su-
in.• afskiubandans, which some havingput away; ITim.1,19.

Note. A comparison of other languages (Cp. § 52, (1), note) leads to the
galokan also may express an instrumental re-
supposition thai the dative after
lation: galukands haurdai beinai, having abut tlijr door; lit. , 6.
a>.
Here may be mentioned the dative after frawisan. e.g., bibfi ban frawas a I-

lamma, and when lie had spent all; Lu. 1">. 14. (Cp. the Latin vescor with the
instrumental ablative).

(5) cause. E.g., ungalanbeinai usbruknod£dun, be-

cause of unbelief they were broken oil': Rom. 11. 20. habaid&-

J
) March, Anglo-Saxon Grammar, > 300.
-) Bee Bernhardt, Qotische Grammatik, S 164.
§§ 52—53.] Dative. 253

dun siukans sauhtim missaleikaim, had (any) sick with

divers diseases; Lu. 4, 40. jah gahailida managaus ubil
habandans missaleikaim sauhtim, and he healed many
that were sick with divers diseases; Lu. 1, 34. ip ik huhrau
fraqistna, and I perish with hunger; Lu. 15, 17. unte agisa
mikilamma dishabaidai wesun, for' they were taken with
great fear; Lu. 8, 37. aj'ban anstai g"u]?s im saei im, but
because of the grace of God I am what 1 am; I Cor. 15, 10.
(6) manner. E. g\, appan pamma haidau swa, now . . .

as .so; II Tim. 3, 8.
. . unagein skalkinon imma, to serve
him without fear; La. 1, 74. swe in daga garedaba gag-
gaima, ni gabaitram jah drugkaneim, ni ligram jah
aglaitjam, ni haifstai jah aljana, let us walk honestly, as
in the day, not in rioting and drunkenness, not in chambering
and wantonness, not in strife and envying; Rom. 13, 13. jah
atiddja ah ma sa weiha leikis siunai swe ahaks ana in a,
and the Holy Ghost descended in (the) shape of a body like a dove
upon him; Lu. 3, 22. niu ]>amma samin ahmin iddjedum,
niu ]>aim samam laistim? walked we not in the same spirit,
not in the same steps? II Cor. 12, 18. unte ufarassau kaii-
ridai wesum,
for we were pressed exceedingly; II Cor. 1, 8.
(7) measure of difference. E. g., ni waihtai botida, by
nothing bettered; Mk. 5, 30. auk ni waihtai mik min- man
nizo gataujan, for I suppose to accomplish not a whit less
than; II Cor. 11, 5. (Cp. § 30, (0). —
Note 1. The verb skaidan, to separate, and biniman, to takeaway, steal,
1
seem to take an instr. dative, the original case, however, being the ablative. ) (See
§ 54). E. g•., manna bamma ni skaidai, man shall not put that asunder;
Mk.10, 9. ibai ant'to qimandans bai siponjos is binimaina imma, lest

his disciples come and deprive it (= the sepulchre) of him (i. e. to steal him);
Mt, 27, 64.
Note Also other constructions are used with many of the above mentioned
2.
verbs, according to the meaning (Cp. § 45; and § 46, note). Thus, for example, the
verb uswairpan, to cast out (devils, spirits, Satan), generally takes the accusa-
tive; e.g., jah beinamma namin (instr. dative) unhulbons (ace.) uswaur-
pum, and by of thy name have {we not) cast out evil spirits? Mt. 7, 22.
virtue
(See also Mt. 8, 16. Mk. 1, 34. 39. 3, 15. 23. 7, 26. 16, 9.); ouce (or twice; cp. Mt.
8, 31.) the instrumental dative (See (4), above): Mk. 3, 22. In all other meanings
uswairpan governs both the accusative and instrumental dative.

Dative as Locative.
§ 53. The locative isexpressed by the dative. It denotes,
(1) place where, (a) with intransitive verbs of rest (Cp. § 39)

!) Cp. March, Anglo-Saxon Grammar, §301, and c; Whitney, Sanskrit Gram-

mar, § 383, a.
254 Caaee: Dative. [§ 53.

compounded with the locative preposition at. E. g., unt€ mis

atist u b i 1 , for evil Bom. 7. 21. i]> ains
is present with me;
sums ]iize atst a nd a ndane imma, and one of them that
stood (lit. standing) by him; Mk. 14, 47. — (b) "with haftjan
(sik), to cleave, continue, indulge/ (ga)standan, to stand; fa-
gin n, to rejoice/ lropan, to boast, glory}) E. g\, haftjan-
dans godamma (cleaving—) and cleave to {that which is) good;
Rom. 12, 9. bidai haftjandans izwis, continuing; in prayer;
Col. 4, 2. wenai faginondans. ... bidai haftjandans.
rejoicing in hope continuing instant in prayer; Rom. 12, 12.
. . .

ni weina filu haftjandans, not indulging much 'in wine,'

I Tim. 3, 8. seinamma fraujin standi]*, to his own master
he standetb; Rom. 14, 4. i]> ]>u galaubeinai gaatoat, and
thou (hast planed thyself in =) standest by faith; Rom. 11, 20.
unte galaubeinai gaatobub, for by faith ye stand; II Cor.
1, 24. — bamma ni faginob, in this rejoice not ; Lu. 10, 20. ni
fa gin ]> inwindibai, rejoice not in iniquity; I Cor. 13, 6. ]>i-
zaiei fram izwis lropa, for (lit. in) which I boast of you;
II Cor. 0, 2. baim siukeins meinaizos lropau, / might
glory of the things concerning- mine infirmity; II Cor. 11, 30.
ewaei weis silbans in izwis lropam, so that we ourselves
glory in you; These. 1, 4. —
Similarly, with frabjan, to under-
stand, mind (as the result of being mentally engaged in a thing).
E. g., unte ni fra ]>j is ]>a m guba ak bai m manne. for thou
i

mindest not the things of God but the things of men; Mk. 8, 33.
ib eis ni frobun bamma
waurda, hut they understood not
that word (saying); Mk. 9, 32. (c) of feeling or emotion, or with
reference to which anything is or is done (Cp. § 15, (2), (b), (o ).'-')
E. g.. a h u fa w 6 gi a
j d s a h m in sei a m in a and sighing• deep- .

ly in his spirit; Mk. 8, 12. jah awinbndda ahmin, and waxed

strong in spirit; Lu. 1, 80. aw&gnida ahmin IAsus. Jesus re-
joiced in spirit; Lu. 10, 21. in ia nhl id a ahmin, he groaned
in t lie spirit Jo. 11, 33. f ra wa rdida
: niaiiiir ahin, ofmen i

corrupt in mind/ I Tim. (>. 5. jah gaaleibeib sik saiwalai

aeinai and suffers damage in (respect to) his soul: Mk. 8, 36.
duganasjan bane gamalwidans hainin, to make whole
those (that are) broken in heart; La. 4, 18. ewaswd fauraga-
li g'\ d a h a irtin, according as he purposeth in his heart ; 1 1 Cor.
'•>. 7. —jah Irsns bain frodein j a li wa list a jah anatai,

') Cp. Bernhardt, Gotische Grammatik, SS 161 and L65; Whitney, Sanskrit
Grammar, 302, c, and 808.
'-) Cp. Whitney, Sanskrit Grammar, •;
808, a.
§ 53—5 4.] Dative. 255

and Jesus and stature and favor; Lu. 2, 52.

increased in wisdom
wasub pan unkunbs wlita aikklesjom Iudaias, and was
unknown by face unto the churches of Judea; Gal. 1, 22. rabjon
s was we" fimf busundjos, in number about five thousand; Jo.
6,10. jabai unhrains ira waurda, akei ni kunbja, though
I be rude in speech, yet not in knowledge; II Cor. 11, 6. gum a
namin h a t a s Zakkaius, a man by name called Zaccheus
i

Lu.19,2. namin Iaeirus, Jairus by name; Mk.5,22. jahga-

skohai fotum in manwibai aiwaggeljons gawair]>jis,
and as to your feet (or on your feet? cp. 1, (a), above) shod with
the preparation of the gospel ofpeace; Eph. G, 15. ni waihtai
gaska]>jands imina, hurting him not (=in no respect); Lu.
4, 35.
Note 1. It is not always easy to see whether the dative with verbs of rejoicing
and boasting is a locative dative or an instrumental dative of cause. Thus the
above examples of this kind are perhaps to be regarded as belonging under § 52, (4).
Note 2. The verb frabjau also takes the accusative of a direct object (See
§ 15); e. g., bata saiuo; Rom. 12, 16. 15, 5. Phil. 4, 2. samo; II Cor. 13, 11.
Phil. 3, 16.

(2) time when. E. g\, himma daga, this day; Mt. G, 11.
jera hrammek, every year; Lu. 2, 41. ]?izai naht, that night;
Lu. 17, 34. bizai kreilai, at that hour; Lu. 2, 38. mela ga-
baurbais seinaizos, {at the time of his birth =) on his birth-
day; Mk. 6, 21. wintrau, in the winter; Mk. 13, 18. sabba-
ti m on the sabbath; Mk. 2, 24. air uhtwon, early in the morn-
,

ing (lit. ere day-break); Mk. 1, 35. anbaraim aldim, in other

ages; Eph. 3, 5. daubu ni gasaihnb aiwa dage, I shall never
(lit. not at the time of the days) see death; Jo. 8, 51. ainamma
sin]?a, once; II Cor. 11, 25. ainamma sinba jah twaim,
once and again; Phil. 4, 10. I Thess. 2, 18. brim sinbam,
thrice; Mt. 2G, 75.
Note. Here belongs also the dative absolute (= ablative absolute in Latin,
genitive absolute in Greek); see § 119.

Dative as Ablative.
§ This dative denotes place whence or separation from.
54.
It is found,
(1) with verbs compounded with the ablative prepositions af
and fra. E. afstandand sumai galaubeinai, some shall
g.,
{the) faith; I Tim. 4, 1. ak afstobum bairn ana-
depart from
laugnjam aiwiskjis, but we have {placed ourselves away
from =) renounced the hidden things of dishonesty (Cp. Rom. 11,
V
20, under § 53, 1, (b)); II Cor. 4, 2. jah fraliusands ainam-
ma ]>ize, and losing one of them; Lu. 15, 4. jabai fraliusij>
256 Adjectives. [§§ .",4— .",7.

drakmin ainamma, 'if she will lose one drachm; Lu. 15, 8.
]>;i]niiici fralaue, which I hud lost ; Lu. 15, 9. bammei ik
haubib a f in a mai t , whom I whom I cut
beheaded (lit. from
oft' Tin- head); Mk. 0, 16. afsloh imma ausO bata taihswo.
cut off his ear, the right (our); Mk. 14, 47.
Note. The last two examples may also bo explained as belonging to S 48. —?
with Dileiban, to leave, forsake. E. <>•., dull* § mis bi-
(2)
laist, why hast thou forsdken me? Mt. 27, 46. iuuh ]>is bilei-
bai manna attin seinamma iah aibein seiuai. for this
cause shall a man have his father and his mother; Mk. 10. 7.
with a comparative degree. E.g., swinbdza mis ist,
(3)
is mightier than I: Mt. 3. 11. managizo bairn, move than
these; Mt. 5, 37. 111 a is fodeiuai. more than food: Mt. 6, 2.").
wairsizei ]> a frumein, worse than the first; Mt. 27. 04.
i i

handugozei mannam, wiser than man; I Cor. 1. 2.~>.

Note. Here belongs also the dative after frama and aahnma; 1 ) a ;r.. fru-
man iz wis before you; Jo.
; .
18. an par anparana munands sis an h u-
111 a a. each considering another higher than himself; Phil. 2. .*{.

Dative after Prepositions.

For the prepositions governing
55. tin 1
dative, see 'Gothic
Grammar*, > 217.
NOTE. It remains to say that the prepositions governing both tin• dative and
accusative denote with the former, and motion with the latter. But in and
ana often take the dative where we should expect the accusative: nee 'Glossary',

ADJECTIVES.
>lGenera] remarks on the inflection of adjectives will 1•»'
56.
found given in the 'Gothic Grammar', §§ 121 139 (particular —
attention being called to §§ 121; 122 and note; 132. notes 1. 3.
and 4.) As regards agreement, see §§ and 10 of this syntax. '.)

£ ."7. A comparative
usually followed by ba u than,
degree is .

with the person or thing compared. E.g., in managizo bau

brija hnnda skatte. f'<>r mon> than three hundred pence; Mk.
Ik atiddja ea garaihtoza gataihans du garda sei-
5.
namma ban rafhtis jains, this {man) went down to his house
[declared) morejustiaed, indeed, than that (one); Lu. is. 14. But
it takes the (ablative) dative when bau is omitted; see §54, (3).
«

') See 'Gothic Grammar*, 5 I• !!»: and Leo Meyer, 'Die Gothische Sprache',
pp. -it;? and -'«
§§ 58— GO.] Numerals. Pronouns. 257

Note. Here may be mentioned the pleonastic use of mais with a comparative;
e.g., niu jus mais wulprizaus sijup paim? are ye not better {of moi-e con-
sequence), than they? Mt. 6, 2G. ak mais wairs habaida, but mther found
herself worse (lit. found herself more worse); Mk. 5, 2G. i'ilaus mais usdaudo-
zan, much more diligent; II Cor. 8, 22.

NUMERALS.
§ 58. Numerals may
be used adjectively aud substantively.
For the partitive genitive after numerals, see § 21. Concerning
inflection, see 'Gothic Grammar', § 122, note; § 132, note 3;
—
§§140 149. E.g., jota ains aippau ains striks, one jot or
one title; Mt. 5, 18. wesunuh |)au garaihta ba (Cp. § 8),
and they were both righteous; Lu. 1, G. bajopum (See § 49)
gabairgada, both are preserved; Mt. 9, 17.

PRONOUNS.
I. Personal Pronouns.
§ In Gothic, as in Greek and Latin, the subjective per-
59.
sonal pronouns (See 'Gothic Grammar', § 150) are chiefly used for
emphasis. See examples in § 2, (b), and note 1.
Note 1. For pu and jus rendering- the Greek article in address, see § 14,
notes 1 and 2.

II. Reflexive and Possessive Pronouns.

§ 60. The reflexive pronoun seina, sis, sik, (See 'Gothic
Grammar', 150) refers to the subject of the clause in which it
§
occurs (Cp. § 47, note 1). E. g., hro allis paurfte" gataujip
sis manna, for what profit would a man do to himself; Lu.9,25.
patei nih Saulaumon in allamma wulpau seiuamma
gawasida sik s\ve" ains pize, that even Solomon in all his
glory did not clothe himself like one of these; Mt. G, 29. So —
with a participle or an infinitive; as, jah gaf jah paim mi
sis wis and am, and gave also to them which were (lit. being)
with him; Mk. 2, 26. Lu. 6, 4. jah auk pai frawaiirhtans
bans frijondans sik frijond, for the sinners also love those
that love them, jah gawaurhta twalif du wisan mi sis,
and he ordained twelve to be with him; Mk. 3, 14. But the —
personal pronoun is, etc., refers to a word other than the subject
within its clause, or to a word outside its clause. E. g., J?ozei
laistidedun afar Iesua fram Galeilaia andbahtjan-
17
258 Pronouns. [§§ 00—02.

deins m in a,
which followed Jesus from Galilee, ministering unto
i

him; Mt. 27, 55. jabai nu g'u]' hauhibs ist iu imma (tie
Son), jah gub hauheib ina (the Son) in sis (God), jah suns
ha uh id a ina (the Son), if therefore God be glorified in him, God
shall also glorify him in himself, and hath straightway glorified
him; Jo. 13, 32.
Note. The English one another is rendered (1) by miseo, (a) alone; e. g.,
Tnisso in neiba wisandans, (being reciprocally in envy=) envying one An-
other; Gal. 5, 20. (b) with the oblique case of a personal pronoun; e. g., ewaei
sokidedun mib eis misso, insomuch that they (jnestioned with one another;
Mk. 1, 27. — Cp. also Gal. 0, 2. (2) by anbar; as, ak .... anbar anbarana
munauds sis auhnman;
§54, (.3), note, Bee unte sijuin anbar aubaris
libus, for we are members one of another ; Eph. -1. 25.

a dependent clause the reflexive pronoun refers to

61. In
the subject of this clause, but the pronoun is to the subject of the
leading verb. E. g., jah suns ufkunnands Iesus ahmin sei-
naranLa batei swa ]>ai mitdd§dun sis, and Jesus immedi-
ately knowing in his spirit that they so reasoned within them-
selves; Mk. 2, 8. —
hrileiks ist sa, ei jah windos jah marei
ufhausjand imma? what manner of man is this, that even
(the) winds and (the) sea obey him'.' Mt. 8, 27.

62. The reflexive possessive pronoun seine, etc. (See 'Go-

£

thic Grammar', § 151) is subject to the rules given in the preced-

ing paragraphs for the reflexive seina sis. sik. E.g., lrazuh ,

modngs bro]>r seinamma i]> saei qi]nb bro]>r sei-. . . ;

namma raka, whosoever is angry with his brother...', and

whosoever shall say to his brother, Raca; Mt. 5, 22. wasuhban
Maria soei salboda fraujan balsana jah biswarb fo-
t ns is (i. e. of the Lord) skufta seinamma (i. e. Mary's),
ii

it was (that) Mary which anointed the Lord with (balsam—) oint-

ment, and wiped his feet with her hair; Jo. 11, 2. qi]>a izwis, —
|>atei haband mizdon seina, I say unto you that they have
t heir reward: Mt. (>, 5. jah warb bibdusf ullnodedun dagos
andbahteie is, galaib du garda seinamma, audit came
to
pass, (that,) as soon as (the) days of his (i.e. Zncharias) mini-
stration were accomplished, he departed to his own house; Lu.
1,23.
danhtr ,
jah (qino) ba|> ina ei ]»o unhulbon uswaiirpi ns
and (the woman) besought him that he would
cast forth the devil out of her daughter: Mk. 7, 20.

Note 1. izi stands incorrectly for seiuai in II (Or. 1), 14. and is foreeinfts
in I Tim. 5, 18.

2. possessive prononu may be used substantively; see ? B2, (2). (c).

§? ? —07.] Demonstrative Fronouns and Article. 250

III. Demonstrative Pronouns and Article.

The demonstrative pronoun (See 'Gothic Grammar',
63.

,, .
§
§153) sa is used both substantively and adjectively, and expresses
the Greek and But it sometimes occurs where
the Greek text has no pronoun at all. When used adjectively, it
stands either before or after the substantive. E. g., hnleiks ist
sa ()! what manner of man is this? Mt. 8, 27. j ah sa
libai]? in meina, even he shall Jive by me (lit. in the interest
()
of me); Jo. 6, 57. sa ()unmahtins unsaros usnam jah
sauhtins usbar, Himself took our infirmities, and bare (our)
sicknesses; Mt. 8, 17. sa was auk ()
swaihra Kajafin,
for he was father-in-law to Caiaphas; Jo. 18, 13. — aina ana-
busne pi 6 minnistono, one of these least commandments;
Mt. 5, 19. bize minnistane, of these least ones; Mt. 10, 42.

§ The demonstrative pronoun sah, soh, batuh, (See

64.
'Gothic Grammar, § 154) is likewise used substantively and ad-

)
jectively, and refers to a preceding relative clause or some other
antecedent. E.g., ip saei..., sah (8 * & mikils hai-
. . ,

sah (\ )
t a da, but whosoever ..., the same shall be called great ; Mt. 5, 19.
was Samareites, and he was a Samaritan ; Lu.
()
17, 16.
(going^=) went
soh
and
gaggandei gataih paim, and she
told them; Mk. 16, 10. patuh
in , the same (i. e. in the same way); Mt. 27, 44.
" sa- ( )
§ The pronoun jains (*??. See 'Gothic Grammar',
65.
§ 156) is used both substantively and adjectively, and is often
found with the article. E. g., jah jainana afslohun, and
(that—) him they killed; Mk. 12, 5. in jainamma daga, in
that day; Mt. 7, 22. bi am ma
razna jainamma, and beat
upon that house; Mt. 7, 25. ip jainaim paim uta, but unto
them (that are) without; Mk. 4, 11.
§ 66.Also the defective *his (See Gothic Grammar, § 155)
is used alone or with a following substantive, but never with the
article. E.g., fram himma, from henceforth; Jo. 13, 19. 14, 7.
unci hita, until now; Mt, 11, 12. Mk. 13, 19. Jo. 16, 24. I Cor.
15, 6.

§ 67. The pronoun sa has oftenest assumed the force of the

definite article. But its primary nature is even then perceptible
in manyinstances where it is connected with words signifying
objects wmich are before, near, or about us or the person speak-
ing or acting, especially in a direct quotation. Hence also with
reference to present time, and to that which has just occurred.
260 Article. [§§ 67—G8.

Furthermore, when a word is again mentioned or in any way

referred to. Upon the whole it may be said, that the definite
article is used to express individuality, and that which is known:
or to point out that which shall be made known. Hence its
omission with substantives that denote individuality of them-
selves (See § 08, note 2). —
It is frequently omitted where it is
found in the corresponding Greek text, but, except nine or ten
times, it is not used when it does not occur in Greek. ) 1

§ 68. The Gothic article occurs,

(1) with substantives, or adjectives used substantively, (a)
appellatives, («) alone. E.g., jah liuhtei]> allaim bairn (See
(2), (a), below) in bammagarda, and it gives light unto nil
that are in the house; Mt. 5, 15. audagai ]>ai hrainjahair-
tans, blessed (are) the pure in heart; Mt. 5, 8. () qualified by
an adjective or participle, the article preceding the attribute fol-
lowed by its substantive. E. g., unte usgibis bana minni-
st'an kintu, till thou hast paid (lit. pa vest) the uttermost (lit.
least farthing; Mt. 5, 26. bize ligandane weihaize, of the
saints which slept (lit. of the lying saints)/ Mt. 27, 52; or the
substantive followed by its attribute; e. g., in daga bamma
ubilin, in the evil day: Eph. 6, 13. ]>o us sis niaht usgag-
gaudein the virtue having gone (lit. going) out of him; Mt.5,30;
.

or standing between the substantive and its attribute; e. g.,

hlaif unsarana ]>ana sinteina gif uns himma daga, our
daily bread give us this day; Mt. 0, 11. jah rums wigs sa
brigganda in fralustai, and broad {is) the way. that leadeih
(lit. the leading) to destruction/ Mt. 7, 13; or occurring twice,

both before the substantive and its adjective; e. g., lu so lai-

seino so niujo? what (is) the new doctrine? Mk. 1, 27; or be-
fore each of two attributes, the substantive following the first;
e. g., ei aflagjai]> bana fairnjan manna bana riur-
. . .

ian, that ye put off the old man, which is corrupt (lit. the
. . .

corrupt); Eph. 4, 22; or before the first of two attributes; e. g.,

jah allai ]>ana eaman mat ahmeinan matidedun, and
did all eat the same spiritual meat I Cor. 10, 3. (b) (rarely)
: —
proper names, when emphasized or in apposition (where it is often
omitted in English, especially when the proper name stands alone).
E. g., mij> Iesua )>ainma Galeilaiau, with Jesus the (tableau;
Mt. 20, 69. in baimei was Marja so Magdalene, jah
Marja s6 Jakdbie jah Jos£zis aibei, jah aibei suniwe
Zafbafdaiaue, among which was Mary (the) Magdalene, and

i) Bee Bernhardt, 'Der Artikel hu Gotischeu', p. 2eteeq.

§ 68.] Article. 261

Mary the mother of James and Joses, and (the) mother of (the)
sons of Zebedee; Mt. 27, 56. maiza Iohanne ]?amma daup-
jaudin, a greater than John the Baptist; Mt. 11, 11. (See —
note 2, below).
(2) with adverbs or adverbial (ov prepositional) phrases, (a)
alone. E.g., jus us bairn dalabro siju]?, ib ik us bairn iu-
pabro im, ye are from benedth, but I am from above; Jo. 8, 23.
banuh qibib jah bairn af hleidumein ferai, then shall he
say also unto them on the left side; Mt. 25, 41. ei sijai at mis
bat a ja ja jah ne ne, that with me there should be (the) yea,
yea, and nay, nay; II Cor. 1, 17. (b) with a substantive (or a
word used substantively) preceding the article; e. g., all aim
bairn in bamma
garda (See (1), (a), (a)); the adverbial phrase
standing between the article and its substantive; e.g., gaggam
du bairn bisunjane haimom jah baurgim, let us go into
the villages and towns near by; Mk. 1, 38; the substantive stand-
ing between its article and the adverbial phrase; e. g\, Moses
auk melei]? ]?o garaihtein us witoda, for Moses describeth
the righteousness (which is) of the law; Rom. 10, 5.
(3) with a substantive or pronoun in the genitive (Cp. § 21).
E. niu jah bai biudo bata samo taujand? do not even
g.,
the heathen the same? Mt. 5, 46. s was we" bai biudo, as the
heathen (do); Mt. 6, 7. unte ak bairn
ni fra]>jis bairn gu]>s
manne (See § 53, (1), (b), end), ak jah bo anbaraize hrarjiz-
uh, but every one also the (things) of othei-s; Phil. 2, 4.
(4) Avith a participial phrase. E. g., ib sa afar mis gag-
ganda, but (the {one) coming after me =) he that comerh after
me; Mt. 3, 11. (For further examples, see (1), (a), {), above).
(5) with an infinitive phrase. E. g., Ira ist bata us dau-
baim usstandan, what the rising from the dead should mean
(lit. is); Mk. 9, 10. ib bata du sitau af taihswon meinai
aibbau af hleidumein nist mein du giban, but (this;) to
sit on my right (hand) or on my left is not mine to give; Mk. 10, 40.

(6) Avith a whole clause or sentence. E.g., bata jabai nia-

geis galaubjan, (the) if thou canst believe; Mk. 9, 23. bata
auk ni horinos, ni maurbrjais, ni hlifais, ni faihugei-
gais, ...in bamma waurda usfulljada, bamma frijos
neluundjan beinana swe buk silban, for this, thou sh alt
not whore, thou shalt not murder, thou shalt not steal, thou shalt
not covet, it is comprehended in this (word — ) saying, (in
. . .

this,) thou shalt love thy neighbor as thyself; Rom. 13, 9.

Note 1. Some substantives denoting certain kinds or classes of people, or
definite persons or things, iu the sacred writings, are very often used with the
2<i2 Pronouns. [§3 08—70.

article; as,bai boknrjos. thescribes; bai gudjans, the chief (or high) priests;
}>ai siponjus. the diaeiptee; J'ui einistans, the eldest; )>ai reiks. the rulers;
bai Fareisaieis. the Pharisees; biz§, bairn Herodiane, -um, of, to the He-
rodians; so managei, -eins, the multitude;— sa biudans. the king• timrja .

the carpenter; — baorgs, the city (of Jerusalem); so alhs, the temple (at Jeru-
salem)•, so dulps, the paschal feast (Easter): etc.

2. Proper names generally (Cp. § 08, (1), (b): and § 07) occur without
the article: also gu)>. and frauja and atta, when signifying God. But gup
and atta preceded or followed by an attribute are also found with the article
Ibre belong also sunno, sauil. the sun; himius, heaven; halja, hell; dan-
bus, death; marei, sea; airba. earth, but with the article, when it means soil;
furthermore, dags and nahts, but with the article, when denoting particular
measure of time.'

IT. Relative Pronouns.

S <30. The Gothic

pronoun is formed by adding the
relative
relative particle ei to demonstrative and personal pronouns (See
'Gothic Grammar". §§ 157 and 158).
S 70. The relative pronoun saei, s6ei, batei,
(1) follows the word to which it refers.
giba ]>oei anabaub ,
E. g., jah atbair
and offer (tin-•) gift that Moses
commanded; Mt. 8. 4. ni wafht auk ist gahulib batei ni
andhuljaidau, jah fulgin batei ni ufkunnaidau, for
there is nothing covered, that shall not be revealed; and hid, that
shall not be known: Mt. 10, 26. fraletan a in ana bizai nia-
nagein bandjan banei wild€dnn, to release unto the people
;i prisoner, whom
they would: Mt. 27. 15. bata badi ana . .

bammei lag sa usliba, the bed in which the sick of palsy

. .

lay; Mk. 2, 4.

(2) precedes it. E. g., bammei ik haubib afmaimait

J oli a r. whom I beheaded; (See § 54, (1),
sa ist, it is John,
end): Mk. 6, 16. jah saei sandida mik atta. and the Father
which sent me; Jo. 5, 37. ak saei mik sandida, atta. but the
Father which sent me; Jo. 12. 4'.). ist saei wrdhida izwis
Mum's, Moses who hath accused you; J<>. 5. 45. i|^ sari
it is

t a u i i]> ja h la isja swa sa h mikils ha it a da

i . but whoever .

shall do and teach so, the same shall be called great; Mt. 5, 19.
A demonstrative pronoun to which a relative refers, is sometimes
1.

omitted; wait auk atta izwar )>iz<i jus J»a rbu )•. for your Fa titer
knoweth ('that' of which =) of wh.it ye have need Mt. 6, 8. ]> bammei lei- : i

til fralttada, leitii trijod (Cp. 'Gothic Orammar', £ 74. note 1 . bat [be) to
whom little /> forgiven, tovetb little: Ln. 7. 47.

') Sk• Bernhardt, 'Der Artikel im Gotischen', p. 8; particularly, his remarks

on dag
S§ 71—73.] Relative Pronouns. 203
Note 2. For saei and soei we often find izei and sei, respectively; also
izei for baiei (See Gothic Grain mar, note 3); e. g., mik ., maunan izei suuja .

izwis rodida, me, a man that hath to hi von (the) truth; Jo. 8, 40. in baurg
Galeilaias sei haitada Nazaraib, unto a city of Galilee, which was named
Nazareth; Lu. 1, 26. atsailuib swebauh faura liugnapraufetum bairn
izei qimand at izwis in wastjom lambe, beware (however) of false pro-
phets (of them) that come to you in sheep's clothing; Mk. 7, 15.
Note 3. As regards the agreement of the relative pronoun with its predicate
or its antecedent, see § 7; and § 8, note.

§ 71. A relative pronoun is sometimes assimilated to the case

of its antecedent in the genitive or dative, the relative takes i. e.
the case of the word to which it refers, irrespective of the con-
struction of the verb of the relative clause. E. g., in allaize
J^izeei gahausidedun jah gasetuun, for all the things that
they had heard and seen; Lu 2, 20. jah afdailja taihundon
.

dail allis bizei gastalda, and 1 (deal out=) give {the tenth
i
deaT ==) tithes of all that I possess; Lu. 18, 12. bi waldufnja
I'ammei frauja fragaf mis, according to the power which
(the) Lord hath given me; II Cor. 13, 10.

§ 72. A
demonstrative pronoun, to which a relative refers, is
frequently omitted, and the relative itself attracted into its case.
(Cp. §70, notel). E. g., duhre bai siponjos peinai ni gag-
gand bi bammei anafulhun bai sinistans, why walk not
thy disciples according to (that) which the eldest have handed
down? Mk. 7, 5. ei taujau bammei qibib biudan Judaie 1

that I shall do unto (him) whom ye call (the) King of (the) Jews?
Mk. 15, 12. ni waiht ufar batei garaid sijai izwis, laus-
jaib, exact nothing beyond (that) which is appointed you; Lu.
3,13. jabai leiVirid fram baimei weneid andniman, if ye
lend (to them) of whom ye hope to receive; Lu. 6, 34. (See also
9, 36.). ei galaubjaip bammei insandida jains, that ye
lielieve on (him) whom he hath sent; Jo. 6, 29 (See also 7, 31.), etc.
Note. A substantive is sometimes attracted into a relative clause, and agrees
with the relative pronoun; e. g., and banei dag galaib Nauel in arka, until
the day that Noe entered into (the) ark; Lu. 17, 27. ib bammei daga usidd-
ja LOd us Saudaumim, but the (same) day that (lit. in what day) Lot went
out of Sodom; Lu. 17, 29. salida in bammei was stada twans dagans,
he abode two days in the place in which he was (lit. in what place lie was);
Jo. 11, 6.

§ The relative pronouns ikei, bu-ei, juzei, etc. (See

73.
Gothic Grammar, § 158) refer to pronouns of the first and second
persons. E. g., ik auk im sa smalista apaiistaule, ikei
ni im wairps, for I am the least of the apostles, that am not
worthy; I Cor. 15,9. a ]? ]> a ik s b a Pawlus b d a izwis...
i 1 i j

ikei . . . hauns im in izwis, now I Paul myself beseech you ...

2(54- Pronouns. [§§ 7.— 74.

who . . . am base among you; II Cor. 10, 1. mik . . . , ikei

faura• was, me ., who was before; I Tim. 1, 13.
. . ]?u Iras is
]>uei stojis frama^jana skalk? who art thou thatjudgest
another man's servant? Rom. 14, 4. bu iii buzei waila . . .

-a lei k aid a, thou in whom lam well pleased; Mk. 1, 11.

. . .

Lu. bu
3. 22. bukei wilda (marginal gloss to in buzei
. . .

waila galeikaida; see) Mk. 1, 11, (above), jus sijuj> juzei,

yeare they which; Lu. 16, 15. jus, juzei simle wosuj> fairra .

ye who sometime were far off; Eph. 2, 13. izwis juzei, for . .

you, who; II Cor. 8, 10. izwis juzei, to you who; Eph. 2, 17.
lausai sijub af Xristau, juzei, ye are separated from Christ,
who; Gal. 4. in izwis, juzei, in you that; I Thess. 2. '.
•"),

izwis ... izwizei faura augam, you before whose ej . . .

Gal. 3, 1.

Note 1. Sometimes eaei occurs instead of ikei; e. c,•.. ik ira saei weit-
wodja bi in k si ban, lam {one) that bear witness about myself; Jo. 8,
i I 18.
ikPawlus .. saei uu fagino, [Paul. who now rejoice; Col. 1, 24 (in 11). .

Note 2. The antecedent of both ikei and saei is sometimes omitted (See § 2,

note 1); e.g., lansai eijnp af Xristau, juzei in witdda garafhtans qi-
bip izwis, ye are separated from Christ, who justify yourselves in the law Gal. ;

"). 4. anstai gupe im saei im, by the grace of God lam what (lit. who) lam;
I Cor. 15, 10.
NOTE •*5. For hnleiks used as a relative, sec 3 77. note.

Y. Interrogative Pronouns.

$ 74. The interrogative Iras (See Gothic Grammar, § 159)

is used,
(1) in direct questions, (a) substantively. E.g., leas ist sa
slahands [>uk? who is he that smote thee? Mt. 2G, 68. Iran a
wiloi]) ei fraletau izwis? whom will ye that I release unto
you'.' Mt. 27, 17. Ira sijai bata? what may this be? Mk. 1, 27.
h• is bidja u? what (lit. of what; see § 26) shall I ask? Mt. 6. 24.

<lu Ira mm
a galei |>;i in a ? to whom shall we ^o? Jo. 6, 68. i

(b) adject ively. E.g., Iras manna izwara, what man ofyou;
Lu. 1"). 4.

(2) inalways substantively. E. g\, Ira

indirect questions,
tauji]' taihswo beina, what thy right (hand) doeth; Mt. 6, 3.
unto wait lram in a galaubida, for I know whom I have be-
lieved; II Tim. 1, 12.
None 1. The interrogative Iras is seldom used attributively (See (1), (h).

above); a eubstantive following usually occurs in the geuitive (See § 21), with
which i I agrees in gender; e. g., lms izwara, which ofyon? Mt.G, 27. in hi am-
mo waldufnie bata tanjis by what authority doest thou this.' Mk. 11, 28.
-
.'

in hrainuia waldufnjfi bata tauja, by what authority I do this; .Mk. 11, 29.
SS 75 — 77.] Interrogative Pronouns. 265

lirawaiirde? what a word (lit. of words)•, Lu. 4, 30. Kris ah m an A sijup,

whn t manner of spirit ye are of; Lu. 9, 55. hra a 1 1 i s ub i 1 i s g a t a \v d a ? why,
i

what (of) evil has he done? Mk. 15, 14.

Note 2. The neuter Ira is sometimes used like the Greek or the Latin quid,
irrespective of a masculine, feminine, or plural following; e.g., hra kara unsis,
what is that to us (lit. why, or in what respect, care to us; see § 15, (2), (b), note 2,
(a);and § 15, (1), note 4); Mt. 27, 4. hra ufarassus mikileins mahtais is,
what (is the) abundance of (the) greatness of his power; Eph. 1, 19. — And like rt' 7

qua re?, quomodo?; as, lira panamais draibeis panalaisari? why iron blest
thou the master any further? Mk. 5, 35. hra auhjop jah gretip? why do ye
make this noise and weep? Mk. 5, 39. ip pu hra stojis bropar peinana? bm
why dost thou judge thy brother? Rom. 14, 10. — For und lira, in hris, see the
Glossary.
Note 3. For hras used indefinitely, see § 78, note 2.

§ The interrogative luabar, which of the two?, whether?

75.
(See Gothic Grammar, § 160) is always used substantively, a
substantive following takes the genitive. E. g., luabar ist aze-
tizo, w tether is easier; Mt. 9, 5. Mk. 2, 9. Lu. 5, 23. hrabar
nu bize, qib, mais ina frijod, tell me therefore, which of them
will lo ve him more? Lu. 7, 42. tuabar skuldedi maiza? which
of them should (be) greater; Skeir. Ill, a.
§ 76. The interrogative luarjis, which, who, (of several. See
'Gothic Grammar', § 160) is chiefly (See, (2), below) used substan-
tively, both in direct and indirect questions.
(1) in direct questions. E. g., hrarjamma
ize wairbib
qens? whose wife shall she be of them (lit. to which of them, etc.)?
Mk. 12, 23. hjarja ist allaizo anabusne frumista? which
is the first of all commandments? Mk. 12, 28. hrarjis bize
wairbib qens? whose wife of them is she? Lu. 20, 33. in luar-
jis bize waurstwe staineibmik? for w hich of those works do r

ye stone me? Jo. 10, 32.

(2) in indirect questions, (a) substantively. E. g\, hrarjis
maists w£si, who should be the greatest; Mk. 9. 34. hrarjis
bau ize" maists wesi, which of them should be greatest; Lu.
9, 46. luarjai sind bai ni galaubjandans, who (were the
not-believing ones =) they were (lit. are) that believed not; Jo.
6, 64. ik wait luarjans gawalida, / know whom I have
chosen; Jo. 13, 18; (b) adjectively: witu]? auk hiarjos ana-
busnins atgebum izwis, for ye know what commandments
we gave you; I Thess. 4, 2. .

§ The interrogative luileiks, of what soH? (See 'Gothic

77.
Grammar', § 161), is either substantive or adjective. It is used,
(1) in direct questions. E.g., luileiks ist sa, what manner,
of man is this? Mt. 8, 27. in hrileikai gajukon gabairam
bo? with (lit. in) what comparison shall we compare it? Mk.4, 30.
266 Pronouns. [§J 77—78.

lu ileik a wa a d a ge i izwsra, of wha t

sort was t hen your
blessedness? Gal. 4, 15.
(2) in indirect questions, lveleika (e for i see 'Gothic Gram- ;

mar, §161, note) Avesi so goleins, of what sort this salutation

should be; Lu. 1, 29. lrileika so qino, of what sort this woman
(is); Lu. 7, 39. hi ileik am ma dau]»au skulda gad a \>, .

what death be should die; Jo. 12. 33. (See also 18, 32. Gal. 6, 11.
Eph. 1, 18. 3, 9.)
Note. It is sometimes a relative, (1) with a following correlative (swaleiks);
tuileike sa muldeina, ewaleikai jab ]>ai mnldeinans, hnleiks -
.

ufarhimioaknnda, ewaleikai jab )>ai afarhiminakandane, as (is) the

earthy (mac) such (are) the earthy {men) nl»u, as (is) tlie heavenly (man), eucb
(;>re) the heavenly (men) also; I (or. 10, 48. lrileikai siuni ... swaleikai.
each as we are such (will we he): II for. 10,11. (2) without a correlative:
. . .

lrileikai simle wesiin, whatsoever tiny nine were; Gal. 2, G. lrileika mis
watrbnn ... k-ileikos wrakjfts us)>ulaida, which earns unto me what . . .

persecutions I endured, II Tim. 3, 11.

VI. Indefinite and Distributive Pronouns.

^ 78. The indefinite sums (See 'Gothic Grammar', £ 162)

used :

someone, plural some. E.g., seleum su-

(1) substantively:
maua, we saw one: Mk. i). 38. jah dugunnun sumai spei-
wan ana wlit is, nnd some began to spit into his face; Mk.
14,65. taitok mis (See § 40) sums, somebody bath touched
me; Lu. 8, 40. —
Often with a partitive genitive (See S 21 ) :
.•/

certain on'•, some one (a) following the genitive; as. jah qi no-
no euma, and certain woman (lit. of women): Mk. 5, 2•"».
«•>

hund a fa d 6 ]>an sum is ska Iks, and a servant of a certain

centurion (lit. of certain one of centurions); Lu. 7, 2. (b)
preceding it; as. ]>arnh sumai ]>iz8 l>o-karje qe]nm, umh be-
hold, certain of the scribes said; Mt. 9, 3. jah gasaihrandans
sumans )>ize sip6nj€ is. and when they saw {lit. seeing) some
of the disciples of his; Mk. 7. 2. —
Also followed by in with the
dative; as. hraiwa qi]>and sumai in izwis, bow say some
among you; [Cor. 15, 12. jah ganasjau eumans us im, and
I might save some o/(lit. out of) them; Rom. 11, 14.
(2) adjectively: certain, some, (a) following its substantive.
E.g., twai dulgis skulans w§sun dulgahaitjin sumam-
ni a. there were two debtors to a certain creditor (i.e. .•/ certain
creditor had two debtors; see §35); Lu. 7,41. id a imma ga mot
\\ a fr sums ns baurg, there met him out of (the) city a certain

man; Lu. 8, 27. (b) preceding it. E.g., afppau euma (for-s•.
erroneously regarded as an indefinite pronoun), either n certain
§§ 78— 79.] Indefinite and Distributive Pronouns. 267

woman; Lit. 15, 8. staua was sums

in sumai baurg, there
was in a (certain) city a (certain) judge; Lu. 18,2. Also strength- —
ened by ains; as, jah ains sums juggalan]>s laistida
afar imma, and there followed (after) him a certain young man;
Mk. 14, 51.
Note 1. The indefinite sums, sometimes with -'uh, -h, is often used in en u-
merative expressions; e.g., managoi ... qebun beiluou wairban (For con-
struction, see § 112) suniaih qebun: aggilus du imma rodida, (the) people
. .said that it was thunder, otlievs said : an angel spake to him; Jo. 12, 29; so
.

s u in s sums . sums
. . sumsuh; sumsuh
. . . s m s u h etc.
; . . . ;

Note 2. The interrogative hras (See § 74) is frequently used as an indefinite

pronoun; e.g., jah ni wild a ei hras wissedi, and he would not that any mnn
should know (it); Mk. 9, 30. J?atei brobar beins habaib hra bi pu\i, that
thy brother hath aught against thee; Mt. 5, 23.
§ 79. formed by affixing- -hun to manna,
Indefinites are
man, Iras, who?, and ains, one. (See Gothic Grammar, § 1(53).
All occur with the negative particle not. i ,

(1) E. g\, sailtr ei mannhun (dative) ni

ni mannahun.
qi]?ais waiht, see (that) thou say nothing to any man; Mk.
1,44. ni mannahun auk ist saei tauji]> maht in uainin
meinamma, for there is no man which shall do a miracle in
my name; Mk. 9, 39.
(2) ni krashun occurring always in the nominative singular.
,

E.g., a]']»an ni In ash u lagji]? du pi at a fan an ]?arihis

ana snag a fairnjana, no man putteth as a patch a, piece
of new cloth unto an old garment; Mt. 9, 16. jah frawil \vi ]> i

h;a s h u ]? 6 us h a ndau m e i ai , and no man shall pluck them

out of my hand; Jo. 10, 28.
ni ainshun, (a) "without a substantive. E.g., ni ains-
(3)
hun ist in kunja ]?einamma, there is none in thy kindred;
Lu. 1, 01. ni ainummehun gaskoj^um, ni ainnohun fra-
wardidedum, ni ainnohun bif aihodedum we have done ,

wrong to no man, ire have corrupted no man, we have defrauded

no man; II Cor. 7, 2. (b) with a partitive genitive. E. g., jah
ni mahta jainar ainohun mahte gataujan, and he could
do there no mighty work; Mk. 6, 5. ni ]?auh gauesi aiiihuu
leike, no flesh (lit. none of bodies) should be saved; Mk. 13, 20.
(c) followed by us with the dative. E. g., jah ainshun us iz-
wis ni fraihni]? mik, and none (out) of you asketh me; Jo.
1G, 5. jah ainshun us im ni fraqistnoda, and none (out)
of them hath perished; Jo. 17, 12.
Note. When a sentence contains a negative idea, the particle ni is sometimes
omitted; as, sai jau ainshun ]>ize reike galaubidedi imma aibbau Fa-
reistiie? has any of the rulers or of the Pharisees believed on him'.' (i.e. they have
not); Jo. 7, 48. Skeir. VIII, c.
 -
268 Pronouns. [5

80. The English expressed by affixing -uh to

every, each, is

the interrogative pronouns. (See 'Gothic Grammar', $ 104).

(1) lrazuh, every, (a) substantively. E.g., lrazuh auk
fu i n a 1 tad a, for e very one shall be suited with fire; Mk. 9. 4i>.
jah lrazuh in izai nau]\iada, and every man is pressed into
it; Lu. 16, 10. —
A dependent substantive or pronoun takes the
genitive. E.g.. lrazuh gumakuudaize uslukands qij'u.
every {one of the) male opening (the) womb; Lu. 2. 23. lrani-
nu'h J?an bidiandane ]>uk gif. ^ive to every man that asketh
of thee to every one of (those) asking tliee); Lu. 6,30. ij?
(lit.

Iron qinono bidjandei, but every woman that pray eth (lit.
every one of women, praying); I Cor. 11.5. (b) attributively. E.g..
daga lraninieli was at izwis. everyday I was with you; Mk.
14.49. iah niinai galgan sei nana dag lr anoh (. S 15.
(2), (b), note (2), (,?), and take up his cross daily; Lu. 9. 23. lr ei 1

hr h, everyhour; I Cor. 15, 30. dagis lrizuh, daily; Neh. 5, 18.

Note 1. participle following lrazuh is sometimes preceded by the article:
lrazuh nu sa gahausjands at attin, every man therefore that bath
.

beard (lit. hearing) from the Father; Joh. (i. 4•"). lrazuh sa galaubjands do
iin in a. everJ man that beBeveth on him; Rom. 10, 11.

Note 2. The indefinite relative whoever, whosoever, is expressed (ai by lraz-

uh saei or salrazuh saei (or izci: see § 70, note 2: and 'Gothic Grammar',
§ 164 e. g., lrazuh saei eafhrib qindn, whosoever looketh on a woman; Mt.
|;

•".
28. h-azuh saei afletai qen, whosoever shall put away hie wife; Mt. 5, 31.
— salrazuh nu snei hauseib wnurda meina, therefore whosoever heareth
my words; Mt. 7. 24. salrazuh nu saei andhaitij> mis, whosoever therefore
shall confess we (See § 45); Mt. 10, '2. batahrah bei (=batei; see 'Gothic
Grammar", g 1 7. note 2) \vil<'i)> bidji]'. ye shall ask whatever ye will; Jo. 15, 7.
batahrah bei bidjaib attan, whatsoever yet shall ask {of the) Father; .Io. 15,
16. — salrazuh izci asqimib izwis, whosoever killeth you: Jo. 16, 2. sa-
lrazuh i/.t-i biudao sik silban taujib, whosoever maketh himself kims:
Jo. 10, 12. — (b) by bishramh followed by saei or ei in all eases; <•.
g. t i )>

]' is Ira oh saei ... afaika jah ik. hut whosoever . him will I also deny;
. .

lit 10,88. bidei mik bishrisnh )"• (See (a), above) wileis, ask of me what-
soever thou wilt; Mk. 6, 22 (See also 28).
by lrarjizuh (See 'Gothic Grammar', 5 165), (a) sub-
(2)
stantively; e. g.. lrarjizuh Ira n&mi, what every man should
take; Mk. 15, 24. lr arj a nimf'h SWaswG gu]> gadailida mi-
t;i)> galaubeinais. according as God hath dealt to every man
(the) measure of faith; Rom. 12. 3. with a partitive genitive:
jah Iran a toll hunslA sail a salt a da. and every sacrifice
shall be salted with salt; Mk. 9, 49. lrarjizuh izwara whoso-
ever of you; Lu. 14, 33. (b) attributively: e. g.. and dul]> )>an
lrarjoh, now at every feast; Mt. 27. 15 (See also Mk. 15, 0:
and Bkeir. IV. b.).
NOTB. The indefinites lrazuh and lrarjizuh with numerals are used distrib-
utm-lv: e. g.. jah dngann ins ineandjan wans lranzuh. and begun to
§§ 81—82.] Indefinite and Distributive Pronouns. 209

send them forth by t wo and t wo Mk ; . G, 7. j a h u s a d d a ins twang banz-

i i

uh, and sent them two and two; Lu. 10, 1. — ana hrarjanoh fimf tiguiis,
by fifties in a company; Lu. 9, 14.
§81. Each of two and each one of two are rendered by lira-
baruh and ainhrabaruh, respectively (See 'Gothic Grammar',
§ 166).E. g., ei]>an ruabarammeh usgibaima, there-
. . .

fore we should gi ve each; Skeir. V, d. ainluabarammehseina

anafilhandam, each one commending his baptism; Skeir. Ill, a.
§ 82. The indefinite alls (See Gothic Grammar, § 122, notel),
all, whole, every, is used:
(1) substantively, without or with the article. E. g\,
(a)
unte allata wairbib, till all shall be fultilled; Mt. 5, 18.
faura bairn allaim, before them all; Mt. 26, 70. (b) with a
personal pronoun. E. g., eis allai gadomidedun ina skulan
wis an daubau, they all condemned him to be (a debtor unto
death, i. e.) guilty of death; Mk. 14, 64. (c) (all) with a geni-
tive singular. E. g., jah all manageins iddjedun du imma,
and the whole (of the) multitude resorted unto him; Mk. 2, 13.
all dagis, (the whole of the day, i. e.) all the day long; Rom.
8, 36. (d) with a genitive plural, where it likewise occurs in the
neuter singular, and may be rendered by every. E. g\, all b ag-
in egodaize, every good tree; Mt. 7, 17. us allamma haimo
Galeilaias, out of every town of Galilee; Lu. 5, 17; or agrees
with the substantive in gender; as, in is all kniw£ biugib jah
andhaitib all razdo guba, every knee shall bow to me, and
every tongue shall confess to God; Rom. 14, 11.
(2) adjectively, with or without the article. E. g., alia
(a)
so hairda, the whole herd; Mt. 8, 32. jah hailjands alios
sauhtins jah alia u hail j a, and healing all sicknesses and
every (Cp. (1), (d), above) disease; Mt. 9, 35. (b) with the pro-
noun jains. E. g., jah usiddja meriba so and alia jaina
airba, and the fame hereof (lit. this fame) went abroad into all
that land; Mt. 9, 26. in allai airbai jainai, in all that
country; Mt. 9, 31. (c) with a possessive pronoun used substan-
tively, either with or without the article. E. g., jah all bata
mein bein ist, and all mine is thine; Lu. 15, 31. jah fraqi-
mandei allamma seinamma, and having spent all (hers =)
that she had; Mk. 5, 26. (cl) with other words, or phrases, used
substantively. in allaim god aim, in all good things;
E. g.,
Gal. 6, 6. jah allans bans ubil habandans gahailida,
and healed all that were sick (lit. all 'the- evil -having'); Mt. 8, 16.
jah liuhteib allaim bairn in bammagarda, and it giveth
light unto all that are in the house; Mt. 5, 15.
270 Verb: Voices. [§S 83—84.

THE VERB.
Voices.
83. The Gothic has two voices, Active and Middle. Of the
§
middle voice there remain only a few. but frequently occurring,
forms of the present indicative and optative. Since those forms
have a passive force, the middle voice is also called Passive Voice,
or Medio-Passive. The remaining passive tenses are formed by
means of the preterit participle and the corresponding tenses of
vv air ban and wisan. E. g., daupjada, he is baptized, dau-
pi]>s was or war]?, he was baptized.
Note. Verbs iu -mm, originally inchoatives, often have a medial meaning (See
'Gothic Grammar', § 194; and my 'Comparative Glossary of the Gothic Lauguage',
page 592).

§ 84. A
verb in the active voice expresses what the subject
does or is, while in the passive voice the verb expresses what the
subject suffers. E. g., abban ik in watin izwis dan pi a; ib
a afar mis gagganda swinbSzamisist, / indeed baptize
you with (lit. ;'/;) water, but he that cometh after me is mightier
than I; Mt. 3, 11. —
minnista haitada, shall be called (tin•)
h-ast; Mt. 5, ID.
Note 1. The subject nominative of personal pronouns is generally omitted
(Sc.'S2, uotel).

NOTE 2. The active of the Greek text is often rendered passively in Gothic, no
dnubn.ii a fdau|>jaidau (for >«:
/),
<loubt for the (sake of clearness;
let him be put to death ; Mk.
e. £.,

7, 10. ei galagjaidan (for -.:)

asiluqafruus ana halsaggan
Ilk. 9, 42.
rejoice; Lu.
the child
Ulit-6 ui
(*>,

born; Jo. K!, 21.

is
21. i)>
lilohjanda
bi]»e
(for
gabaurau ist (for
is.

but as soon as
), barn,
apbau Ira liaiih faianda (for
—
but why
)
that a millstone were laid about his tieek;
for ye shall {be caused to laugh—

),
)
are we yet blamed'.' Horn, 1), So especially where we render the Greek person
11).

by the indefinite they, men; as, Ibai lisanda (for af bafirnuin .;)
Weill abas j a? are grapea gathered of thorns ( = ilo men gather grapes of thorns).'
),
;
Mt. 7, 10. in it ads gdda gibada (lor good measure
. . . shall . . .

In• given; Lu. 0, 88. (Sec also 41: lisanda for Iloth active and —
passive in the same sentence: gal isada ... galagjand ... iubrannjada (for
«,:* . . . . . . )', •. 15, 0.

-),
Note 3. Reversely, a Greek passive construction, even a present form, is ren-
dered by a Gothic active veil.; e. <;.. ju.ll dnatsnewnn (for
anil drew to the shore; Mk. 0, 53. jah gasl <*>]> (for
is, and his hand was whole again, Lu.(>, 11.— ip lesus ga w an djands sik
so ha due
(for
but Jesus turned him about, and (lit. turning himself); Mt.9. 22. (Si e
,)-•;),
alxo Mk. .", 30). jah ganlei]>rib sik (for <'^) saiwalai eeiual? ami in- /
§§ 84—86.] Tenses. 271

jureth himself in regard to his soul; Mk. 9, 3G. —

Here must be mentioned the infini-
tive active for the Greek infinitive passive (the latter being also expressed by a pret-

note); e.g.,
therefore to watch the sepulchre;
(for -^)
erit participle and wairpan or wisan, or by a conjunctional clause; s. § 10(3,
bait nu witan
Alt. 27, G4.
painma hlaiwa, command
gameljau (for -.<'.)
allan a midjungard, to (enroll for taxation —) tax the whole world; Lu. 2, 1.
(so) anameljan mi
usqimau (for &),
Mariin, to enroll (himself)' with Mary; Lu. 2, 5. jah
and suffer death; Lu. 9, 22.
Note 4. The preterit participle of intransitive verbs has an active (and, like
the present participle, sometimes an adjective) meaning, e. g., qumans, having
come; gaqumaus, having come together; usgaggaus, having gone out; wafir-
]} au s , ha ving become, being; —
h a u h ft h t s high-minded, proud; a d a p a h t s
,

vigilant; etc. 1 )
Note 5. Concerning the dative governed by passive verbs, see § 49.

Tenses.
The Gothic verb has two tenses, Present and Preterit
§ 85.
(Perfect). The future is expressed by the present or (rarely) by
means of sk u 1 an shall; h a b a ha ve; d u g
, a u begin, etc. , i ,

see (I) 86, (1), and note 1.

§ 86. The present expresses,
(1) continued present action, a general truth or an habitual
action. E. g\, amen auk qiba izwis, for verily I say unto you;
Mt. jah jabai taihswo J>eiua handus marzjaibuk,
5, 18.
afmait J?o jah wairp af pus; batizo ist auk }>us, etc.,
and if thy right hand offend thee, cut it off, and cast (it) from
thee; for it is profitable for thee, etc.; Mt. 5, 29.
(2) sometimes a past action; so in vivid narration, the Greek
using the same tense for the aorist. (Historical present). E. g\,
uauhban imma rodjandin gaggip sums maune, while he
yet spake, there cometh a, certain man (lit. of men; see §§ 21 and
78); Lu. 8, 49. baruh farjandans swe spaurde .k. jah .e.
aip^au .1. gasailuaud Iesu, so having rowed about five and

twenty or thirty furlongs, they see Jesus; Jo. 6, 19. g a t i u h a d

ina du Fareisaium, they bring him to (the) Pharisees; Jo.
9, 13. bo qa]>, jah afar p>ata qibib du im, these things said
he, and after that he saith unto them; Jo. 11, 11. banuh Iesus
. gaggi)) du am ma hlaiwa, Jesus therefore
. . cometh to . . .

the grave; Jo. 11, 38.

wo dan, and they come

(one); Mk. 5, 15.
) —
Sometimes the present and the preterit
occur interchangeably for the Greek historical present; as, jah
atiddjedun (for du Iesua, jah gasailcand bana
(lit. came) to Jesus, and see the possessed
jah sai qimib ains |>ize synagogefade,

*) See Bernhardt, (Sotisclie (Jranimatik, § 170.

272 Verb. [ 86.

namin Jaeirus jah sailrands ina gadraus (for x&mt) du

f turn Iosuis, and, behold, there cometh of the rulers of
the synagogue, Jairus by Dame, and seeing him be Ml at the feet

)
of Jesus; Mk. 5, 22. g a gg ]> Fili

present
u s j a h <] ]m ]> d u A n-
draiin, jah aftia Andraias jah Filippus qe]>un (for
du IT'sua, Philip eometh and telleth Andrew, and again
Andrew and Philip told Jesus; Jo. 12, 22.
is
The Greek historical
more frequently rendered by the preterit; see § 87.
i

—
i

(3) the Greek future (Cp. notes 1 and 2, below). E. g., Bah
|
>iz wis d a u e in ah mi wei ham m a, ho, howe ver, shall
i

baptize you with (lit. in) the Holy Ghost; Mt. 3, 11. audagai
pai hrainjahairtans, unto ]>ai gu]> gasailr and, blessed
(are) the pure in heart, for they shall see God; Mt. 5, 8. qimand
(shall) come ... bigraband (shall) cast a, trench about ...
bist a inland (shall) surround . . biwaibjand (shall) encom-
.

pass gaibnjand (shall) lay even lt't and (shall) leave;

L. 19,
())
.

skula wuir]>i]>
. .

4-. 44. — ni maurprjais

saei maur]>rei]>
stauai, thou shalt not kill; and ()
()] . . .

i ]>

whosoever killeth shall he subject to judgment; Mt. 5, 21. ni

ufarswarais, Vp nsgibais franjin ai^ans ]>einans. thou
shalt not forswear (thyself), but shalt perform unto the Lord
thine oaths; Mt. 5, 33. und Ira at izwis sijau? und lira —
]> u ii w is? how long shall I be with you ? how long shall I
1 ;i i

su/Jer you'.' Mk. 9, 19. jabai gibaidau kunja ]>anima —

taikne, if there should be given a sign (lit. of signs) tint this
general ion: Mk. 8, 12. Avoujaauk ei pafrh bidos izwaros

)
fragibaidau izwis, for I trust that through your prayers I
shall be given unto you; Phil. 22.
when this has a present moaning.
often the Greek perfect,

)
(4-)

E. g., ante atist (for asans, because (the) harvest

is come; Mk. 4, 29. aipei peina jah brdprjus peinai stan-
(1 nd (for
out ; Lu. 8, 20.

aslipa, my
fit;i

gatra.ua (for
Rom. 8, 38. pinmagns humus ligi]> (for
servant lieth at homesick
— Sometimes the preterit is used; see § 87.
)
thy mother and thy brethren stand with-

of
for I am persuaded;

the palsy:
,

in garda
Mt. 8. (>.
--,

1, The Greek Future ia further rendered (See §85), (a) onfie by means of
skiilan; e. ., Ira skuli bat a barn w a r]>a n wli.it manner of'cbUd shall this
,

he? Lu. 1',. (b) li.v hal»a ; as )>a in sa and bah ts in eins w isa liaba |>,
1 1 i

there shall also my servant he; Jo, L2, 26. i]' ]>a tauja, jah taujnn haha,
t
«
-

lintwhat I tin, 12.ami w ill do; II (Or. 11,

ei ...jah tauji]» jah taujan lia-
baib, that ye both do and will do; II These. 8, 4. (c) by means of duginnaU;
a>. antdgaunon {ah grfttan duginuid, for ye shall mourn and weep; Lu.
6,23. jah in |>amnia latino. ,ik«-i {ah fa gin 6 duginna and J therein ,
§§ 86—87.] Tenses. 273

do rejoice, yea, and (d) by means of anawairbs e. g., bn~

will rejoice; Phil. 1, 18. ;

tei auawairb was uns du winuau agli]>os, that we should suffer (lit. Unit,
it wns future to us to suffer) tribulation; IThess.3, 4. izei anawairba wesuu i

du galaubjan imraa, which should hereafter believe on him; I Tim. 1, 16.

Note 2. The past future is likewise expressed by the present tense; e. g\, us- i

gaggis jainbro, unte usgibis bana mi an is tan kintu, thou shalt not
come out thence, till thou (shalt ha ve =) hast paid the uttermost (properly least)
farthing; Mt. 5,26. hana ni hrukeib, unte bu mik afaikis kunnau brim
sin]'ara, the cock shall not crow, till thou (shalt have=) hast denied (to know)
me thrice; Jo. 13, 38.

§ 87. The preterit is the only tense for the past. It ex-
presses,
continued or repeated past action (Imperfect). E.g., jah
(1)
andbahtida imma, and (continually) served him; Mt. 8, 15.
habaidedunuh ban bandjan gatarhidana, Barabban,
they had then a notable prisoner, Barahbas; Mt. 27, 1G. id wei ti-
ded u imma, reproached (=were reproaching) him; Mt. 27, 44.
ib eis bahaidedun, but they held their peace; Mk. 3, 4.

(2) a past action, with reference to its present completion

(Perfect). E. g\, galaubeins ]>eina ganasida ]>uk, thy faith
hath made thee whole; Mt. 9, 22. Mk. 5, 34. trauaida du
gu]?a, he trusted (i. e. heretofore) in God; Mt. 27, 43. sai

fig tree
nemun
reward; Mt.
the present; see
(for )
smakkabagms banei fraqast gabatSrsnSda,
which thou cursedst

6, 2. 16.
§ 86,
—
(4).
is
mizdon seina,
The Greek
behold, (the)
withered away; Mt. 11, 21. aud-
they have (received) their
perfect is usually rendered by

simple past action, i. e. an isolated occurrence, Avithout

(3)
reference to another action or to its completion or duration. It
answers to the Greek aorist. E. g., jah atiddja dalab rign
jahqemun aluos jah waiwoun Avindos jah bistugqunbi
]?amma razna ainamma, jah ni gadraus. and (the) rnin
j

descended,and the floods came, and the winds blew and beat
upon that house; and it fell not; Mt. 7, 25. jah stibua qam
us himinam, and there came a, voice from heaven; Mk. 1, 11.
— Here belongs also the answers to the Greek
preterit Avhich
historical present (the latter being sometimes rendered by the
present; see § 86, (2)). E. g., jah qab imma Iesus, and Jesus
said unto him; Mt. 8, 4. jah qab du imma Iesus, and Jesus
said unto him; Mt. 8, 7. 20. jah suns sai ahma ina ustauh
in au]>ida, and, behold, immediately the Spirit drove him into
(the) wilderness; Mk. 1, 12. jah galibun in Kafarnaum, and
they went into Carpernaum; Mk. 1, 21. 1°
274 Verb: Moods. [§S 87—90.

a past action which had already occurred previous to a

(4)
certain time in the past, or when another completed action com-
menced (Pluperfect). E. g\, atuh-]?an-g'af sa idwjande im
bandwdn, and the traitor had given them a token; Mk. 14, 44.
baiei in auhjodau maurbr gatawidedun, had com- that
witted murder in the insurrection; Mk. 15, 7. in neibis atg§-
bnn iua bai auhumistans gudjans, for envy had delivered
him the chief priests; Mk. 15,10. af bizaiei nswarp sibun
unhulbdns, out of whom he had cast seven devils; Mk. 1G. >.
us biz aiei usidd j &dun unhulbdns sibun, out of whom went
seven devils; Lu. 8. 2.

Notb.Examples of the compound See § s:\) passive ben» - (

(a) Imperfect: jah daupidai w£sun allai, and were all baptized; Mk.1,5.
m£rida weaun alia bo waurda, all these sayings were noised abroad; Lu. 1,
65. jah tauhane was in ahmin iu aubidai, nnd was led by (tlic) Spirit in
(ilir) wilderness] Lu. 4, 1.
(I») alia garabana Bind, are all numbered; lit. 10, 80.
Perfect: banel 1 >

gamelib of whom it is written Mt. 1 1,10. jah jabai eatana . . . gadai-

is t,

)
;

liba war]', and ifSatan be divided; Mk. '. 20. . . .

(c) Aoriet: batei qi]>au ist. tli.it it was said; Mt. >, 21. 27. :v.\. 38. '.

afbauraibe was (for I was thirsty, Mt. 25, 42. jah aswaurhta
ga 6 m da wa rb ha ndugei fra m ba
il i am eeinaim, and wisdom was {;uul
is still) deemed righteous of her children ; Mt. 11, 19.
(d) Pluperfect: ante gasulib was ana etaina, for it [bad been=) was
founded njton ,•? rock; Mt. 7, ana bainniei so baargs
2.~>. gatimrida
was. on which their city {had been=) was built; Lu. 4, 20. sah atwaurpaua
iraa <1 u daura is. and he had been laid at his gate: La. 16, 20.

Aloods.
§ 88. The Gothic language has three moods, Judicative, Oj>-
taiive (Subjunctive), and Imperative. (See Gothic Grammar,
>iK)7. (3 ). Concerning• the Infinitive, which is sometimes classed
With the moods, see § 106.

Indicative.

£ 89. The used simply to express a fact,

indicative mood is

i.e. to declare, affirmatively or negatively, a person or thing as

acting or existing. E. g\. a bba k i w a tin w s d a u pi a i i :

i)' s;i afar gagganda ewinbOza mis ist, I indeed baptize

you with water, hut he that comet h after me is mightier than I;
Mt. 8, 11. —
For further examples, see §§ 86 and 87.

Optative.
S 90. While the indicative expresses an actual fact, the opta-
tive is used to state what is merely conceived in the mind; as, a
§5 )()— 01 .] Optative. 275

wish, exhortation, possibility, doubt, and the like. The op- p

tative occurs both in independent and dependent sentences (Cp.

§ 91, note 1).
I. Optative in independent sentences.
§ 91. In independent sentences the optative implies,
(1) a ii/.s/j (optative proper). If the wish can be fulfilled, the
present optative is used. E. g•., weihnai am ]?ein; qimai
biudinassus ]?eins; wairbai wilja ]?eins jah ni brig- . . .

gais uns in f raistubnjai, hallowed be thy name, thy king-

dom come, thy will be done and lead us not into temptation;
. . .

—
Mt. 6, 9 13. wairbai mis bi waurda beinamma, be it unto
me according• to thy word; Lu. 1, 38. hul]?s sijais mis fra-
waurhtarania, be merciful to me a sinner; Lu. 18, 13. gub . . .

gibai izwis, God grant you; Rom. 15, 5. With the particle —
waiiiei (, Lt. utinam); as, wainei jah usmaitaindau
]?ai drobjandans izwis! would that they were even cut off
which trouble you! Gal. 5, 12.
The preterit optative implies that a wish is not, or can not,
be fulfilled. E. g•., i]> wissedeis hadst thou but known
. . . ! ! . . .

Lu. 19, 42. —with wainei: jah wainei biudanodedei]?, and

would that ye did reign! I Cor. 4, 8. wainei usbulaidedeib
meinaizos leitil hja unfrodeins, would that ye could bear
with my folly a little! II Cor. 11, 1.
(2) an exhortation. E. g•., bairhgaggaima ju und Be];>-
1 ah aim jah sailiraima, let us now go unto Bethlehem, and
see; Lu. 2, 15. gawaurkjaima hleibros brins, let us make
three tents; Lu. 9, 33. sijais waila hugjands andastauin
beinamma, agree with (lit. be well thinking towards) thine ad-
versary; Mt. 5, 25. nih bi haubida beinamma swarais,
neither sh alt thou swear by thy head; Mt. 5, 36. swa nu bid-
j a i b jus, so therefore pray ye; Mt. 6, 9. swa 1 u h t j a i 1 i u h a b i

izwar, so shall your light shine; Mt. 5, 16.

(3) possibility or probability. E.g., jah (ban) b an a gar d
is diswilwai, and then he may plunder the house; Mk. 3, 27.
aib]?au hras imma fruma gaf, jah fragildaidau irama,
or who has first given to him, and it should be recompensed unto
him again? Rom. 11, 35. bairaima jah frisaht bis himina-
k dins, we shall also bear (the) image of the heavenly; I Cor.
15, 49. sa bairai bo wargiba, he shall bear his (lit. the)
judgment; Gal. 5, 10. ib waurstw sein silbins kiusai (ex-
hortative) luarjizuh, jah ];an in sis silbin luoftulja habai
(potential), but let every man prove his own work, and then shall
he have rejoicing in himself; Gal. 6, 4.
27G Verb: Moods. [§§91—93.

Here belongs also the optative in a direct question. E. g.,

Ira sijai ]>ata? what may this be? Mk. 1. 27. Iras bannu sa
sijai? who may he be? Mk. 4, 41. Iran buk sehruni jan . . .

ni andbahtidedeima bus? when saw we tliee and did not . . .

minister unto thee (i. e. could it be possible that we did not

minister unto thee, when we saw thee?); Mt. 25, 44.
Xote 1. It should be noticed that in affirmative sentences the hortative opta-
tive expresseswhat should be, or be done, either now or in the future, while the
imperative generally implies that which the subject desires to be, or be done, im-
mediately (Cp. § 10.">). E.g., qimai piudinassas beins; wafrpai wilja
peine, thy kingdom conn•, thy will be done; Mt. 6, 10. but: hlaif unsarana
pana siiiteinan gif nns himma daga; jah a f t nns batei skulans si- 1

jaima, give us this day our daily bread, and forgive us our debts (lit. that which
we owe); -Mt. G, 11. 12.

Xotr 2. It is sometimes doubtful whether an optative has a hortative or a po-

tential force; e. •., jabai hropan skuld sijai, paim einkeins meinaizds
lcopau, behoove to glory, [might (or
if it let me) glory of the things which con-
cern (lit. of) mine infirmity; II Cor. 1 1. •'!().

II. Optative in dependent clauses.

1. I.V OBJECT CLAUSES.

§ 92. The optative
used in object clauses implying doubt.
is

uncertainty, contrariness, and the like. The object clause is intro-

duced by the conjunctions ei, batei, bei (See 'Gothic Grammar',
S l.">7, and note 2). The verbs of In» leading clauses are usually
verbs olsaying, thinking, hearing, permitting, and the like. E. g.,
ni hugjaib ei qemjau gatairan wit6b aibbau praufe-
tuns, think not that lam come to destroy {the) law, or (tin•)

prophets/ Mt. 5, IT. ga-u-laubjats batei magjau bata

taujan? believe ye, that lean do this? Mt. 9, 2S. badei hau-
sidSdun ei is wesi, where they heard {that) he was; Mk. <>.
.".").

baiei eilbans trauaidodun

sis ei weseiua garaihtai,
which trusted in themselves that they were righteous; Lu. 18, 9.
jus qibib batei \va jamerjau, say ye that I blaspheme? Jo.
lo. .''>(). jali ni qiba izwis ]>ei ik bidjau attan bi i/.wis,
and I say not unto you, that will pray the Father for you;
Jo. 16, 20. batei attan selri lc a s, noi that (i.e. / will not
i

say that) nny man hath seen the Father/ <>. 6, 4(i. iragif ug-
kis ei taihswon beinai jah ains af hleidumein
a ins af
beinai sitaiwa, grant to us that we may sit, one on thy right
{hand), and the other on thy left {hand);
S 93. The optative occurs in 9G) object clauses final (Cp. S

after verbs of willing, commanding, or the opposite. E.g., wi-

lei/.u ei qibaima, fon atgaggai us hiraina jah fraqimai
§§ 93— no.] Optative: i (

im, wilt thou that we command fire to come down from heaven
and consume them? Lu. 9, 54. — For further examples of final
clauses, see § 96.
§ The optative in object clauses is used after verbs of
94.
fearing. E.g., og izwis ibai sware arbaididedjau inizwis,
I am afraid of yon, lest I have bestowed labor upon ou in vain;
Gal. 4, 11. ab]>an og ibai aufto ... riurja wairbaina
frabja izwara af ainfalbein, but I fear, lest by any means ..
vour jninds should be corrupted; II Cor. 11, 3. unteogibai
aufto qiraands ni swaleikans swe~ wiljau bigitau izwis,
jah ik bigitaidau izAvis sAvaleiks swe" ni wileib ibai . . .

aftra qimandan mik gup gahaunjai at izwis, jah. qai-

no managans, for I fear, lest, when I come (lit. coming), I shall
not find you such as I would, and that I shall be found unto
jou such as you would not .; lest when I come again, my God
. .

will humble me among you, and that I shall bewail many; II Cor.
12, 20. 21.
§ 95. The optative often occurs in indirect questions.
the present optative, («) after the present tense in the
(a)
leading clause. E. g., ni maiirnai]? saiwalai izwarai hra
matjaip jah lira drigkaib, nih leika izwaramma lire*
wasjaib, be not anxious for your life, what ye shall eat and
what ye shall drink, nor yet for your body, what ye shall put
on; Mt. 6, 25. i]i sun us mans ni habai]? brar ha u bib sein
anahnaiwjai, but the Son of man hath not where he shall lay
his head; Mt. 8, 20. — {) after the preterit in the leading sentence.
E.g., Fareisaieis frehun ina skuldu sijai mann qen af-
satjan, (the) Pharisees asked him, if it be lawful for a man to
put away (his) wife; Mk. 10, 2. frehun ban ina siponjos is
qibandans hra sijai so gajuko, and his disciples asked him,
saying what this parable might be; Lu. 8, 9.
(b) the preterit optative, always after the preterit in the Lead-
ing* clause. E.g., jah witaidedun imma, hailidediu sab-
bato daga, and they watched him, whether he would heal (him)
on (the) sabbath day; Mk. 3, 2. jah sokidedun hraiwa ina
innatbereina jah galagidedeina in andwair]>ja is, and
they sought (means) how they might bring him in and lay him
before him; Lu. 5, 18. ni ku an dans lua]:>ar skuldedi
maiza, not knowing which should be greater; Skeir. Ill, a.
2. In Final Clauses. (Cp. § 93.)
§ 96. A purpose or motive isgenerally expressed by the op-
tative (proper; see § 91, (1)). The final couj unctions, or better.
278 Verb: Moods. [§ 90.

the conjunctions introducing• final clauses, are ei (intensified dube

ei, in pis ei, du bamma
ei), that (to this end, for this cause,
that), \>e\, that, ibai, lest.

A final clause takes,

(a) («) after a primary tense in the

the present optative,
leading clause. swa liuhtjai
E. g., liuhab izwar ei ga- . . .

s a lu a a iz w i d a w a first w a j a h h a u h a
ara g a a11a j i

izwar an a, let your light so shine that They may see your . . .

good and glorify your Fat her: Mt. 5, 16. sailu ei m ami
works,
ni qibais, see that thou ted no wan; Mt. 8, 4. ibai lukarn
qimibdubeei uf melan satjaidau aipbau uudar ligr?
iu e ana lukarn as tab an eat j aid a u is a candle brought
i ,

(lit.Joes perhaps a candle come) to be put under a bushel, or

under bed. anil not to lie set on a candlestick? Mk. 4, 21. salbo
haub-ib bein jah ludja b-eina bwah, ei ni gasailr aizau
man am fa stands, ak attin beinamma, anoint thine
head, and wash thy face; that thou appear not fasting unto men,
but unto thy Father; Mt. 0, 17. 18. du gabaurans bamma
im (Perfect) jah du pa a (jam (Perfect) in mm fair- bamma
Iran ei weitwodjau sunjai, to this (end) was I born, and for
this (cause) came 1 into the world, that I should bear witness
unto the truth; Jo. 18, 37. galisib b6s aflifnandeins —
drauhsnos, bei waihtai ni fraqistnai, gather up the re-
maining fragments, that nothing be lost; Jo. 6, 12. sijais —
wa ila hugjands an da si a uin beinamma ...ibai lean a t-
gibai buk sa andastaua stauin, jah sa staua buk at-
gibai andbahta, jah in karkara galagjaza, agree with
thine adversary . . . lest at any time
the adversary deliver thee
to the judge, and tin' judge deliver thee to the officer, and (then)

thou wilt be cast into prison; Mt. 5, 25. hait nu wit an bam-
ma hlaiwa and bana bridjan dag, ibai aufto qiman-
daiis bai siponjOs is binimaina m in a, jah qibaina du
i

managein, command therefore to watch the sepulchre until the

third day, lest his disciples come by night, and steal him away,
and eay unto the multitude: Mt. 27, 04. (,5) after the preterit in
the leading clause. E. g\, Muses ga nicl da u sis ei ninia i i . . .

brObar is bo qfin is jah ussatjai barna br6br seinam-

ma, Moses wrote unto us that his brother should (and shall)
. . .

take his wife and raise up children unto his brother: Mk. 12, 19.
bato rodida iz\vis,ei ni afmarzjaindau, this have I spoken
unto you. that ye should (and shall) not be offended: Jo. 1<>. 1.
jah ussOk im aiwaggfili ... ibai swan* rinnau, and com-
§§ 90-07.] Optative 279

municated unto them the gospel . . . lest by any means I should

run in vain; Gal. 2, 2.
the preterit optative, (a) once after a primary tense in
(b)
the leading clause. E. g., atgibana ist mis hnupo leika
meinamma, aggilus satauins,.ei mik kaupastedi, there
is given to me a thorn in my flesh, a messenger of Satan, to buffet
me; II Cor. 12, 7. () after a secondary tense. E.g., jah allans
bans ubil habandaus gahailida, ei usfullnodedi, and
healed all (the evil- havings) that were sick, that it might be
fulfilled; ruua nemun allai
Mt. 8, 16. 17. (bai) gudjans
jah bai sinistans manageius bi Iesu, ei afdaubide-
deina in a, all the chief priests and elders of the people took
counsel against Jesus to put him to death; Mt. 27, 1. jah qa]>
baim siponjam seinaim ei skip habaib wesi at imma in
bizos manageins, ei ni braiheina ina, and he spake to his
disciples that a ship should be (held=) ready for him because of
the multitude, lest they should throng him; Mk. 3, 9. ussok —
im aiwaggeli ibai sware rinnau (See last example under
. . .

(a), (), above) aibbau runnjau, communicated unto them the

gospel lest by any means I should run, or had run, in vain;
. . .

Gal. 2, 2.
Note. Also the infinitive is used to express purpose; see § 114.

f 3. In consecutive clauses.
§ 97. The optative in consecutive clauses is used to express
a result.
so that. E. g., bu Id as is ei and wanrd-
(a) after ei, that,
jais guba? who art thou that repliest against God? Rom. 9, 20.
— After wairbs in negative clauses; as, bizei ik ni im wairbs
ei anahneiwands andbindau skaudaraip skohis is, the
latchet of whose shoe I am not worthy to stoop down, and un-
loose (lit. whose I am not worthy that stooping clown I unloose
the latchet of his shoe); Mt. 3, 11. ni im wairbs ei uf hrot
mein inngaggais, I am not worthy that thou shouldest come
under my roof; Mt. 8, 8.• Lu.7, 6. ju banaseibs ni im wairbs
ei haitaidau sunus beins, / am no more worthy to be called
thy son; Lu. 15, 19. 21. ikei ni im wairbs ei haitaidau
apaustaulus, that am worthy to be called an apostle; I Cor.
15, 9. —
After verbs signifying to bring about: niu mahta sa
izei uslauk augona bamina blindin, gataujan ei jah sa
ni gadaubnodedi? could not this (man), who opened the eyes
of (lit. to; see §48) the blind, bring about that even this (man)
should not have died? Jo. 11,37. abban mahteigs ist guj>
280 Verb: Moods. [§§ 97—99.

alia anst ufarassjan in izwis, ei ufarassjaib in al- . . .

ia m m a w a iir s t w e g d a e and God is able to make all grace

i ,

a hound in you, that ye may abound to every good work (lit.

. . .

every one ofgood works); II Cor. 9, 8. taujaib ei jah in Lau-

dekaion aikklesjon ussiggwaidau, cause that it be read
also in the church of Laodicea; Col. 4, 16.
(b) iifter ewaei, swaswe (Cp. § 115), that, so that. E. g.,
swaei ni mahtedeina sunjus Israelis fairweitjan du
wlita Mosezis, 80 that the children of Israel could not stead-
fast ly behold the face of Moses; II Cor. 3, 7. swaei bedeima
Titaun, bo that we desired Titus; II Cor. 8, 6. swaei sijai
da peine Iohannes ana mid umai twaddje ligandei so ,

that the baptism of John be lying between the two; Skeir. Ill, d.
— swaswe fairgunja mibsatjau, .so that I could remove
mountains; I Cor. 13, 2.

4. In causal clauses.
§ cause or reason is generally expressed by the indic-
98.
ative, sometimes by the optative. E. g., Abraham atta iz-
war si f aid a ei gasehn dag meinaua, your father Abraham
rejoiced, because he should see my day; Jo. 8, 56. jah fagino
i i w a r a e g a a b j a i b and I rejoice for your sakes, tha t
, i 1 ,

ye may believe; Jo. 11, 15. usfullei]? meina fahed ei bata

samohugjaib, fulfill ye my jov, that ye be likeminded; Phil.
2, 2.

5. In relative clauses.
£ In relative clauses the indicative expresses that which
99.
actually is or is done, the optative that which is merely conceiv-
ed in the mind. The indicative relative clause is therefore often
used attributively for a Greek attributive adjective, or participle.
The relatione expressed by optative relative clauses are as follows:
consecutive (Cp. § 97), after negative and interrogative
(a)
clauses. E.g., ni wafhts ist utabro mans inngaggando
in iua |>;iici magi in a gamainja.n, there is not hing from
without a wan, th.it entering into him can defile him: Mk. 7, 15.
n mannahun auk ist saei taujib maht in namin mei-
i

ii ;i jah magi sprauto u bil wa urd a mis, for there is

in ni ; j

no man which shall do a miracle (i.e. if he really does a miracle;

hence the indicative) in my name and lightly be able (potential
optative) to speak evil of me ; Nik. 9, 39. leas saei frawaiirh-
tins afl£tai? who is this that forgiveth sins'.' Lu. 7,49. Iras
ban izwara skalk aigands arjandan aibbau haldan-
 99.] Optative. 281

dan, saei atgaggandin af haibjai qibai? but which of

you, having a servant ploughing or feeding (lit. holding, i.e. hold-
ing cattle), that will say unto him (when he is) corning from the
field? Lu. 17, 7. —Also the relative clause is often negative: ni
waiht auk ist gahulib )>atei ni andhuljaidau, jah ful-
j in batei ni ufkunnaidau, for there is nothing covered, that

shall not be revealed/ and hid, that shall not be known; Mt. 10,
26. nih allis ist lua fulginis batei ni gabairhtjaidau,
for there is nothing hid, which shall not be manifested; Mk. 4, 22.
ni auk ist analaugn batei swikunb ni wairbai, nih ful-
gin batei ni gakunnaidau jah in swikunbamma qimai,
for Dot (anything) is secret that shall not be made manifest; nor
hid, that shall not be known and come abroad; Lu. 8, 17. ni
ainshun auk ist manne saei ni gawaurkjai maht inna-
min meinamma, for there is no man, who may not do a mir-
acle in my name; Lu. 9, 50. niistainshun . . . saei ni and-
nimai managfalb in bamma
mela, there is no man ...,
who shall not receive manifold in this time; Lu. 18, 29—30.
(b) causal (Cp. § 98). E. g., nib baiei sijaina fraiw
Abrahamis, allai barna, ak in Isaka haitada bus
fraiw, neither because they are (the) seed of Abraham, (are they)
all children, but in Isaac shall thy (lit. to thee) seed be called;
Rom. 9, 7. batei ist all du riurein, bairh batei is bruk-
jaidau bi auabusnim jah laiseinim manne, which is all to
perish, because it is used after the commandments and doctrines
of men; Col. 2, 22.
(c) conditional (Cp. § 99). E. g., saei nu gatairib aina
anabusne bizo minnistono jah laisjai swa mans . . . ib
saei tauji]? jah laisjai swa ..., whosoever therefore shall
break (i. e. he actually will break) one of these least command-
ments, and should (perhaps) teach men so but whosoever shall
. . .

(actually) do and (perhaps) teach so .; Mt. 5, 19. qibanuh

. .

ban ist batei hrazuh saei afletai qen, it hath been said
that whosoever shall (i. e. possibly) put away (his) wife; Mt. 5,31.
jah aflet uns batei skulans sijaima, and forgive us what
we may owe; Mt. 6, 12. jah saei ni nimib galgan seinana
jah laistjai afar mis, nist meina wairbs, and he that
(really) taketh not his cross and (therefore not) followeth after
me (i. e. it would be impossible that he should then follow him;
see also Lu. 14, 27.) is not worthy of me; Mt. 10, 38. bislira-
duh bei gaggaib in gard, bar saljaib (See § 91, (2)), unte
usgaggaib (See § 101) jainbro, wheresoever ye may enter
into a house, there abide till ye depart thence; Mk. G, 10.
282 Verb: Moods. [§§ 1)9-100.

Note Some sentences which are regarded by some as final relative sentences
1.
are properly general relative propositions, i. e. such relative sentences as imply in-
deflni tenet»; e.g., gif mis sei undrinnai mik dail aiginis, give me (the)
portion of goods that mayeth fall to me (i.e. 'give me whatever falleth to mt?);
Lu. 15, 12. bugei bizei bafirbeima, buy tint of which we have need (i. e. 'buy
whatever weaeetT); Jo. 13, 29. ni sokjands batei mis bruk sijni. not seek-
ing that which mayeth be useful to me (i. e. 'anything of use to me); I Cor. 10, 33.
in allamma batei galeikai, in all that mayeth please; Col. 1, 10.
.Note 2. Only the following relative clause may be regarded as final: h*ar —
si ml sal 1' w As, barei paska m b si
1 jam mei nai m mat] an? where is
i

the guestchamber, where I may (\. e. 'show me the gu., that I may') cat the passo-
ver with my disciples; Mk. 14-, 14.
Note 3. General relative clauses sometimes have a conditional force; e. g.,
abba all uskiusaib (See § 91, (2)), b at ei K°b si jai gahabai]' (See § 91,
(2)), prove all {things), hold fast that which be (i. e. 'whatever be') good (i. e. 'if
you find it to be good, hold it fast'); I These. 5, 21. ei j'atci beihais J»u swi-
k |> si jai allai in, that that which thou mayest profit, be manifest to all (i.e.
•that, if thou profit anything, it shall be', etc.); I Tim. 4, 15.

6. In temporal clauses
100. If a temporal clause merely lias an additional ad-
S

verbial force, the verb is put in the indicative. If there is a Logical

relation between the temporal clause aud the main clause (Cp. § 1),
the verb of the subordinate temporal clause takes the optative.
(For the conjunctions introducing temporal clauses, see 'Gothic
Grammar', S 218.) E. g., ban nu taujais armaidn, ni
haurnjais faura bus, therefore when thou doest (i.e. 'iftliou
should do any') alms, do not sound trumpet before thee; Mi.
(). 2. ja h ban bidjaib, ni si a i i ]» s was we ]>ai liutans, and
1
when thou prayest (i. e. 'if thou should pray ), thouehalt not I»'

as the hypocrites {are); Mr. fastaib, ni

."». 5. abban bi]>e
wairbaib swaswe* bai liutans gaurai, moreover when ye
fast (i.e. 'if you should fist') he not, as tin• hypocrites, of a sad
countenance; Mt. 6, 10. kaupob, unte ik qimau, occupy till
Iconic; Lu.19, L3. uslukaindau daurdns I aim sal ems,
ni
mid batei urrinnai eunno, let not the gates of Jerusalem be
opened until the sun rise; Neh. 7. wail auk ana i/. war -\.

bizei jus baurbub, faurbizei jus bidjaib ina, for your

Father knoweth what things ye have nerd of, before ye ask him;
Mt . , 8. faurbizei ha a hrukjai twaim Bin bam, i «rid is
mik r m |
> i sin]>;un. before the cock crowtwice, thou shall deny
me thrice; Mk. 14, 72. bata waurkjaib, swa ufta sw6 drig-
kaib, d u mei nai gamundai. swa ufta auk swfi matjaib
bana hlaif jab bana stikl drigkaib, daubu fraujins
gakannjaib, unte qimai, this do ye, as oft as ye drink (it),
in my remembrance. For as often as ye eat this bread and drink
§§ 100—102.] Optative. 283

this cup, ye do show the Lord's death, till he come; I Cor. 11,
25. 26. abban go]? is aljanon in godamma sinteino,
jan ni batainei in bammei ik sijau andwairbs at izwis,
but it is good to be zealously affected always in (a) good (thing),
and not only when I am present with you; Gal. 4, 18.
Since the Greek often has the subjunctive mOod, where Wulfila uses the
Note.
indicative, we must suppose that
in these cases Wulfila's view of the clause differed
from that of the Greek writer (Cp. § 102). At any rate the mood is (primarily) not
governed by the conjunctions which introduce the dependent clause, for ban,
uute, bibe, occur very often before clauses with the indicative mood. Only faur-
bizei is always found before clauses with the optative mood.

7. In comparative clauses.
101. In a comparative clause the indicative is used to ex-
§
press an actual comparison, while the optative expresses a com-
parison which is merely conceived in the mind. (For the particles
of comparison, see 'Gothic Grammar', § 218). E. g., qiba auk
. .allaim wisandam in izwis ni mais f rabj an bau skuli
.

f ra]>j an, for I say to all that are among you, not to think
. . .

{of himself) more than (it behooves to think—) he ought to think/

Rom. 12, 3. hja hropis, sw§ ni nemeis? why (lit. what) dost
thou glory, as if thou hadst not received (it); I Cor. 4, 7. ei si-
jaib niujis daigs, swaswe sijaib unbeistjodai, that ye
may be a new lump, as ye are unleavened; I Cor. 5, 7. swaswe
habai waila andanem ist, ni swaswe ni habai, it is ac-
cepted (lit. well pleasing) according to that he hath, not accord-
ing to that he hath not; II Cor. 8, 12. bi unsweribai qiba,
s we batei wei s si u k ai w esei m
a to ( my) disgra ce I speak,
,

as though we had been weak; II Cor. 11, 21. ei in izai ga-

daiirsjau swe skuljau rod jan, that therein I dare speak as
I ought (to speak); Eph. 6, 20. ei gabairhtjau bo swaswe
skuljau rod jan, that I may make it manifest, as I ought to
speak; Col. 4, 4.

. Optative in conditional sentences.

§ 102. A
conditional sentence, like all compound sentences,
consists of two originally independent clauses (Cp. § 91) which, in
course of time, were put in a dependent relation. The (subordi-
nate) clause containing the condition is called the protasis, and
the (main) clause containing the conclusion is called the apodosis.
If a clause, protasis or apodosis, implies a fact or anything re-
garded as a fact, the verb is put in the indicative, if it implies
possibility or doubt or anything regarded as possible or doubt-
28-J- Verb: Mood*. LS 1"-•

ful,the verb takes the optative (See § 90). A thing• may be re-
garded, however, as a fact by one person and as doubtful or
possible by another; hence the mood is governed by the view of
him who makes the statement. A conditional clause is introduced
by j a b a )> a u d e r )> a
i . de if, j a b a i b a or i b a i if
, i , i i ,

not. ja |)j>e . . ja]>be, whether . or: or, when the verbs of the
. . .

protasis and apodosis are in the preterit, usually by ib, if, nih
or i , if not.

(a) Both the protasis and the apodosis take the present op-
tative, the optative of the apodosis being• either potential (See
>: 91, (3)) or hortative (See § 91, (2)). E. g., jabai Iras wili
afar mis gaggan, afaikai sik silban jah nimai galgau
seinaua dag lranoh, jah laistjai mik, if any one will come
after me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross daily, and
follow me; Lu. 9, 23. jabai leas mein waiird fastai, ni
kausjai dau|>u aiwa dage, if a man keep my word, he shall
never taste (of) death; Jo. 8, 52. jah jabai fraatjau alios
a ih tins mein us, jah jabai at gib u leik mein ei ga-
brannjaidau, friabwa (ui) habau, ni waiht botos
i |>

mis taujau, and though I give away all my goods (to the poor),
and though I give my body that it be burned, but have not love,
it proHteth me nothing; I Cor. 13.3. jabai lcopan skuld si-
jai, bairn siukeins meinaizos lcopau, if it be necessary to
glory. I may glory of the things concerning my infirmity; II Cor.
11, 30. abbao jabai wiljau liropan, ui sijau uuwita, for
though I would glory, I would not be a fool; II Cor. 12. 0.
ja]>j>6 nu matjaib jabbg nu drigkaib ja|>|>e Ira taujib,
alia t a u wul|>au guba taujaib, wether therefore ye eat, or
<1

drink, or whatsoever ye do (i. e. .re do something; hence the in-

dicative) do all to the glory of God; I Cor. 10, 31.

Both the protasis and the apodosis take the preterit opta-
(b)
tive implying non-fulfillment or the opposite of a proposition.
(Comp. S 91, (1), end). E. g., i)> bam a Abrahamis weseib.
waurstwa Abrahamis tawidf'dei |>, if ye were Abraham's
children, ye would do the works of Abraham; Jo. 8, 39. nih
wf'si sa I'raiii guba, ni mahtfuli taujau ni waiht, if this
(man) were not (but ><• is') of God, he could do nothing; Jo.
33.
'.). —
TIip apodosis is ofteneet introduced by |>au or ai|>|>au:
as, ant6 jabai in Saudaurajam waurbeiua mahteis )<) * 1

\vaiir|'anus in izwis afbbau cis wi'scina and bin a dag.

for if tin mighty works, which have been done in you (i. e. the
1

people of ('.). had (but 'tiny have not') been done in Sodom, they
§ 102.] Optative. 285

(i. e. of &') would have remained until this day; Mt.

'the people
11,23. jabai habaidedei]> gala ubeiu swe kaumo sina-
pis, ai]>j>au jus qe^eib du bairabagma I'amnia.i^ekt/
(but 'ha ve not') faith as a grain of mustard seed, ye might say un-
to this sycamine tree; Lu.17,6. jabai a His Mose galaubide-
deib, ga-]>au-laubidedeib mis, but had ye (but ye have
not') believed Moses, ye would have believed me; Jo. 5, 46. sa
ib wesi praufetus, ufkunb^di bau lv jah hnleika so
qino sei tekib imma, this (man), if he were a prophet, would
have known who and of what sort the woman is that toucheth
him; Lu.7,39. ib blindai weseib, ui |>au habaidedeib fra-
waurhtais, if ye were blind, ye should have no (lit. not of)
sin; Jo. 9, 41.
(c) The protasis takes the preterit optative, and the apodosis
the present optative. E.g., jah jabai qebjau batei ni kunii-
jau ina, sijau galeiks izwis liugnja, and if I should say
that 1 know him not, I would be a liar like unto you; Jo. 8, 55.
jabai niein waurd fastaidedeina, jah izwar fastaina,
;/' they had kept my word, they might keep yours also; Jo. 15, 20.

(d) The protasis takes the present optative, and the apodosis
the present udicative. jah jabai Iras g' g q s q i b ai d u In §
i i i :

bata taujats? and if any man say unto you, why do ye this?
JMk. 11, 3. jah jabai Iras nieinaim hausjai waurdam jah
galaubjai, ik ni stoja ina, and if any wan hear my words,
and believe, I judge him not; Jo. 12, 47. jah jabai habau
praiifetjans, jah witjau allaize runos jah all kunbi,
jah habau alia galaubein, ... ib friabwa ni habau, ni
waihts im, and though I have (the gift of) prophecies, and
understand (of) all mysteries, and all knowledge, and have all
faith, but have not love,
. . . am nothing; I Cor. 13, 2.
(e) The protasis takes the present optative, the apodosis the
imperative. E. g., jabai nu bairais aibr bein du huusla-
stada aflet jaiua.r bo gib a bein a
. . . .jah gagg ... jah . .

. .at bair bo gib a bein a, therefore if thou bring thy gift to

.

(the) altar leave there thy gift

. . . and go and bring
. . . . . . . . .

thy gift; Mt. 5, 23. 24. ib jabai augo bein bata taihswo
marzjai buk, usstigg ita jah wairp af bus; .jah jabai . .

taihswo beina haiidus marzjai buk, afmait bo jah

wairp af bus, and if thy right eye offend thee, pluck it out and
cast (it) from thee; and if thy right hand offend thee, cut it
. . .

off, and cast (it) from thee; Mt. 5, 29. 30.

(f) the protasis takes the preterit optative, the apodosis the
present indicative. E. g., jabai wesi rabjo suuiwe Israelis
280 Verb: Moods. [§S 108—104.

swaswe malma mareine, laibos ganisand. though the

number of the children of Israel should be as (the) sand of the
sea, remnants shall be saved; Rom. 9. 27.

IV. Optative in subject clauses.

S 103. If a subject clause expresses a fact, or anything re-
garded as a the verb takes the indicative: if it implies
fact,
possibility, probability, doubt, or the like, the verb is put in the
optative. Subject clauses are introduced by ei. E. g., batizo
ist auk ]mis ei fraqistnai aius 1 i ]> i w e ]>einaize jah ni
allata leik j>ein gadriusai gaiainnau, for it is better
in
for thee that one of thy members should perish and not thy whole
body should be cast (lit. should fall) into hell; Mt. 5, 29. 30. ga-
nah siponi ei waiijmi sue laisareis is. jah skalks swe
frauja is, it is enough for (the) disciple that he be as bis master.
and (the) servant as his lord; Mt. 10. 25. go]> ist imma ma is
ei galagjaidau asiluqairnus ana halsaggan is jah fra-
wai'irpans wesi in marein, it is good for him rather that a
millstone were hanged about his neck and he were cist into (the)
sea; Mk. 9,42. jah ]>uhta im ei suns skulda wSsi )>iudan-
gardi gu]>s gaewikun)?jan, and they thought that the king-
dom of God should immediately appear; Lu. 19, 11. batizo ist
izwis ei ik galei]>au, it is better for you that I go away; Jo.
16, 7. i]> ist biuhti izwis ei ainana izwis fraletau in
pasxa, but ye have custom (See § 35), that should release
one unto you at (the) -passover; Jo. 18, 39. aj>]'an mis in
ni inn ist in ist ei fram izwis ussokjaidau ai)>]>au fram
manniskamma daga, but with me it is a very small thing
(lit. in the least) that I should be judged of you, or of man's
judgment (lit. 'human day', i.e.day ofjudgment); I Cor. 4, 3.
,•/

galeikaida one ei bili]>anai weseima in A]>einim ainai,

it pleased us thai we should be left at Athens alone; I Thess. 3, 1.

V. Optative in appositive clauses.

>; 104. An appositive clause a clause which serves to ex-
is

plain a preceding noun or pronoun. Like subject clauses (See

> 103), it is introduced by ei, and its verb, probably by influence
of the Greek subjunctive, takes the optative. E.g., jah lra)>ro
mis |?ata ei q£mi ai)>ei fraujins meinis at mis? and
whence is this to me, that the mother of my Lord should come
to me? Lu. 1, 43. ai ]'is |>a nei s wor wi ]>ra A bra ha m a t a 1

nnsarana, ei g&bi unsis unagein (See skal- $ ."2, (5)) ...

kinon imma, (the) oath which he sware to our fat her Abra-
ham, that he would grant unto US to serve him without fear;
§§ 104 — 106.] Imperative. Infinitive. 287

Lu. 1, 74. bat' ist waurstw gu]>s ei galaubjaib bammei

ins an did a jains, this is (the) work of God, that ye believe on
him whom he hath sent; Jo. 6, 29. batuh ]?an ist wilja bis
sandjandins mik ei hrazuh aigi libain aiweinon, and
. . .

this is the will of him that sent (lit. of him sending), that each
one . may have everlasting life; Jo. 6,40. frija ist bis wi-
. .

todis, ei ni sijai horinondei, she is free from the law, (that

she be not whoring =) that she is no adulteress; Rom. 7, 3.
ni ufar batei gamelib
ist frabjan, ei ains faur ainana
ana anbarana ufblesans ni sijai, not to think above that
which is written, that one be not puffed up for one against an-
other; I batuh wesi wibra bata gadob, ei frau-
Cor. 4, 6.
ja qimands mahtai gndiskai jah waldufnja bana ga-
'lausidedi jah naubai du gagudein gaAvaudidedi, that
would be against that (which is) befitting, that the Lord, coming
with godly might and power, should release him and necessarily
convert (him) to piety; Skeir. 1, e.

C. Imperative.
§ 105. The imperative mood serves to express a command,
an exhortation, or an entreaty. (For the distinction between the
imperative and the hortatory optative, see § 91, note 2. See also
'Gothic Grammar', § 167, (3)). E. g., aflet jainar bo giba
beina in andwairbja hunslastadis jah gagg faurbis
gasibjon brobr ]?einamma, jah bibe atgaggands atbair
bo giba ]?eina, leave there thy gift before (lit. in presence of)
the altar, and go first to be reconciled to thy brother, and then
come and (lit. coming bring, i.e.) offer thy gift; Mt. 5, 24. insai-
lvib du fuglam himinis, behold the fowls of the air; Mt. 6, 26.
sailuats ei manna ni witi, see that no man know it; Mt.
9, 30. hirjats afar mis, come (ye) after me; Mk. 1, 17. us-
leibam jainis stadis (See § 30, (b)), let us pass over unto the
other side; Mk. 4, 35.

D. Infinitive.

106. The infinitive, which is often called a mood, is pro-

§
perly a verbal substantive (See 'Gothic Grammar', § 167, (5)).
Unlike the indicative, optative and imperative, which serve to
express, respectively, an actual or possible fact as executed by a
definite person, the infinitive expresses the notion of a verb in a
general way, i.e. it is merely a name which denotes a state or
an action; hence, an abstract substantive of a verbal nature (Cp.
§ 2, (O).
288 Verb: .Moods. [§§ 107—109.

;. is no special form of an infinitive passive in Gothic. It is expressed

There
by means an auxiliary verb and a preterit participle, or by a conjunctional
of
clause; e.g.,ewasw6 pata skip gahulip wairpan fram w$gim, insomuch
that the ship was covered with the waves; Mt. 8, 24. jah iddjednn allai. ei
inelidai w£seina, ami all went to be enrolled (for taxation); Lu. 2, 3. Also by
the infinitive active: s. £ 84, n. :{.

I. Infinitive as Subject. (See 2.»

§ 107. Thesubject infinitive is used, (a) alone. E.g., abban

mis Xristus ist jah gas wilt an gawaurki, for to
lib a
we to live is Christ and to die is gain; Phil. 1, 21. hraiwa agin
is1 .... in biudangardja <>u]>s galeiban, how bard is it —
to enter into the kingdom of God; Mk. 10. 24. (b) with dn.
g.j i]> ]>ata du sitau af taihswon meinai aibban af
hleidumein nist niein du gibau, but to sit on my right hand
and on my left hand is not mine to give; Mk. 10, 40. (c) with
I'at a (S. § 68, (5 ). E. g., Ira ist bata us daubaim usstan-
daii, what the risingjrom tin* dead is; Mk. ), 10. jah bata
(1 u frij on a us all am ma hair tin
i ah J? a t a dn frijou . . .
j

nelrmnlian swf> sik silban managizo -ist allaini bairn

alabrnnstim jah saudim, and(the) to love him with ,•/// the
heart and (tin•) to love {his) neighbor as himself, is more than
. . .

;ill burnt offerings and sacrifices; Mk. 12, 33.

108. The subject infinitive is used with impersonal predi-
>:

cates; as, luopan Dinah, akei ni batizo ist, it is not expe-

dient to glory, for it is not better; II Cor. 12. 1. jah barf ga-
leiban jah snilran bata, and I must needs (lit. it is necessary)
go and see that; Lu. 14, 18. ante ni gDb ist niman hlaib
barn£ jah wairpan hundam, for it is not med to t;ik>> th<>
children's bread and to cast it unto the dogsj Mk. 7. 27.
Note. A subject of this infinitive is sometimes put in the accusative (S. 112),
but more frequently a dative construction is found; e.g., gftp pua ist hamfain-
ma in libain galeiban, pan twos handuns babandin galeipan in
g. it better for thee to enter into life maimed, than ha ving t wo hands
.

to go into hell; Mk. 9, 43. (See also 45. 47.) hraiwa aglu i>t paira hugjan-
da in fa r Fafh a a in piudauga rdja ]> s gmleipa n. azet izd ist alba n-
d.i u pafrh pafrkfl 6 |>ios ga lei pan pan gabigam ma in pinda uga rdja
iiu]>s galeipan, bow bard ia it for them that trust in riches to enter into the
kingdom ofGod! It is easier for a camel to <x<> through the eye ofa needle, than for
a rkb man to enter int-o the kingdom of God; Ifk. 10,24. -'•">. jab warp pafrh-
gaggan imma eabbatO daga pafrb atisk. and it came to pass that In•
went (lit. .•///'/ it nme topass to him to go) through the corn tielil* on the sabbath
day; Mk 2, 28.

II. Infinitive as Object.

>i 1 09. M;my verbs are followed bv an objective (comple-

mentary) infinitive with the same subject. Verbs of this kind are:—
§§ 109—112.] Infinitive. 289

w i 1 j a , to will, wish; s kj a
to seek, desire; u a ,to m ,

think; biarbaidjan, usdaudjan, to strive, endeavor; usbid-

jan, to wish earnestly/ wen j an, to hope, trust/ magan, to be
able; wit an, to know; laisjan sik, to learn; skulan, shall;
gadaursan, to dare; ogan, to fear; skaman sik, to be
ashamed/ afaikan, to deny/ an dh ait an, to profess, confess;
gali ait an, to promise; dnginnan, to begin; and the like.
E. g., jah bamma wiljandin af bus leiluan sis ni us-
wandjais, and from him that will borrow of thee, turn not thou
away; Mt. 5, 42. jah sokidedun ina undgreipan, and they
sought to lay hold on him; Mk. 12, 12. unte" ni magt ain
tagl lueit aibpau swart gataujan, because thou canst not
make one hair ab]>an samana jah
white or black; Mt. 5, 36.
unwaurstwons laisjand sik bairhgaggan gardins, and
withal idle women learn to wander from house to house (lit. to
pervade houses); I Tim. 5, 13. jah jabai wildedeib mibni-
man, sa ist Helias, saei skulda qiman, and if ye will re-
ceive {it), this is Elias, which should come; Mt. 11, 14. jah ga-
haihaitun imma faihu giban, and promised to give him
money; Mk. 14, 11.
§ 110. An used after verbs of permitting
object infinitive is

and commanding (Cp. § 112), the person to whom anything is

permitted or commanded standing in the dative. E.g., uslaubi
mis frumist galei]>an jah gafilhan attan meinana, per-
mit me nrst to go and bury my father; Mt. 8, 21. unt§ ana-
baud ahmin bamma unhrainjin usgaggan af bamma
mann, for he had commanded the unclean spirit to come out of
the man.
§ 111. A complimentary infinitive is likewise found after ga-
wiljis wis an, to be willing, be pleased; manwus wis an, to
be ready, lustu haban, to have a desire. E. g., jas so (sa)
gawilja ist bauan mib imma (izai), and she (he) be pleased
to dwell with him (her); I Cor. 7, 12. 13. manwus im qiman
at izwis, I am ready to come to you/ II Cor. 12, 14. lustu
habands andletnan jah mi]? Xristau wisan, having a de-
sire to depart, and to be with Christ; Phil. 1, 23.

III. Accusative and Infinitive.

§ 112. A
subject in the accusative, with its predicate in the
infinitive, is found as object after verbs of hearing, saying, com-
manding (Cp. §110), knowing, thinking, believing, hoping, and the
like.E.g., in bizei hausidedub ina siukan, because ye had
heard that he had been sick; Phil. 2, 26. tuana qiband mik
19
iMH) Verb: -Moods. L>5 112—115.

mans wisan? whom am? Mk. 8, 27. ana-

do they say that I
bi ud a .... fast a ]>uk |»6 anabusn, I command .... that
thou keep the commandment; I Tim. 6, 13. unte wissedun sil-
ba X list u in a wisan, for they knew that he was Christ Him-
ii

self; Lu. 4, 41. hugjandona in gasinbjam ina wisan.

{they) supposing him to be in the company; Lu. 2, 44.
tj
1 13. An
accusative with infinith-e clause as subject is used
after impersonal verbs and expressions (Cp. § 108, note). E. g.,
ij> azetizo ist himin jah air]?a hindarlei]>an J>au witd-
dis ainana writ gad ri us an, and it is easier for heaven ami
earth to pass, than one title of the law to fail; Lu. 1G, 17. ]>a-
tei batizo ist ainana mannan fraqistjan fatir mana-
ge] that it was (lit. is) better that one man should die for the
.

people; Jo. 18, 14. jah war]? afslaubnan allans, and it

came to pass that they were all amazed; Lu. 4. 'M).

IV. Infinitive of Purpose.

£ 114. The used to express purpose, (a)

infinitive is often
alone especially after verbs of motion. E.g., jah gagga kaus-
jan bans, and I go to prove them; Lu. 14, 19. ni hugjaib
ei qemja u ga t a ira wi tf>]> ai]>]>au praufetuns; ni qam
ga a ira a k usfulljan, think not that I am come to destroy
1

the law, or tin• prophets: I am not come to destroy, but to ful-

fill: Mt, 5, 17. sniumidedum andaugi izwar gasaihran
in ma a ga in ma lust an, we hastened to see your fa re with
great desire; I Thess. 2, 17. batei du f ra waiirhtis mans ga-
la i]i [in gard] ussaljan, that he was gone to a sinful man's
{house) to be a guest: Lu. 10, 7. (b) with du. E. g., sai ur- —
rann sa sai a «Is du sai a fraiwa seinamma, behold,
there went out the sower to sow his seed: Mk. 4, 3. lrazuh
saei sailri]) qinon du lnston izos, whosoever looketh on a
woman to lust after her; Mt. 5. 28. saei habai a u so a du
hausjan gahausjai, he that hath ears to hear, let him hear;
Lu. 8, 8.

V. Infinitive with Conjunctions.

The infinitive (or ace. with the inf.). with sua sue
i 115.
and swaei, is used to express result (Cp. $ .>7. In), in imitation (

of "'-? with the infinitive or accusative with the infinitive. E.g.,

jah sai w&gs wa r]> in marei sua sue bat a skip
in i U i Is ,

gahulib wafrban fram w@gim, and. behold, there arose a

great wave in {the) sea, insomuch that the ship was covered with
thewaves; Mt. 8, 24. jah galesun sik du imma manageiua
§5 5— 118.] Infinitive. Participle. 201

filu, swaswe ina galeibandan in ma-

in skip gasitan
rein, and there was gathered unto him a great multitude, so
that he entered (lit. entering) into a ship, and sat in the sea;
Mk. ganah bamma swaleikarnma andabeit bata
4, 1.
fram managizam, swaei bata andaneibo izwis mais
fragiban jah gablaihan, sufficient to such a, one (is) the
punishment from many, so that contrariwise ye (ought) rather
to forgive (him), and comfort (him); II Cor. 2, 6. 7. jah ma-
nagnib friabwa ainhrarjizuh allaizd izwara in izwis
misso, swaei weis silbans in izwis hropam in aikkles-
jom gu]?s, and the lore of every one of you all toward each
other aboundeth; so that we ourselves glory in you in the churches
of God; IIThess. 2, 3. 4.

E. Participles.

§ The Gothic language has a present and a preterit

116.
participle (S. 'Gothic Grammar', § 1GT, (5)). Both discharge the
functions of an adjective, and the present participle may govern
a case. (For inflection, see 'Gothic Grammar', §§ 133 and 134).
Note. For preterit participles with an active meaning, see § 84, note 4. As
regards a certain class of participles used as substantives, and following a sub-
stantival inflection, see 'Gothic Grammar', § 115. Participles with adjectival in-
flection may likewise be used as substantives.

117. In rendering the Greek participle the Gothic translator

§
largely imitated the Greek construction. But a Greek participial
construction is often rendered by a relative clause in Gothic, while
the Gothic participle sometimes stands for a Greek adverb or
adverbial expression, and, though rarely, vice versa. 1 ) The Gothic
present participle does duty for the Greek present, aorist, and
perfect participles.
§ 118. A as a mere attribute, i. e.
participle is used (1)
without a case, (a) without the article. E.g., ib inna]>ro sind
wulfos wilwandans, but inwardly they are ravening wolves;
Mt. 7, 15. jah gaf akran urrinnando jah waksjando,
and did yield fruit that sprang up and increased; Mk. 4, 8. in
ai i s id reig d i s f r a w a r h t i s beca use of one sinner that
,

repenteth; Lu. 15, 10. (b) with the article. E. g., jah bande
bata hawi haibjos himma daga wisando, the grass of the
field, which to-day is; Mt. 6, 30. wait manna ... frawul-
vanana ]>ana swaleikana und ]>ridjan himin, I knew a
man . . . such a one caught up to the third heaven; II Cor. 12, 2.

') Cp. H. Gering, 'Die Participia im Gotischen', Halle, 1878.

292 Verb: Participle. [§§ 118-121.

(2) predicatively, with an object. E. g., all bagnie ni taujan-

dane akran god, every tree (S. § 82, (1), (d)) that bringeth not
forth good fruit; Mt. 7, 19. jah was jainar manna gabaur-
sana babands handu, and (there) was a wan there which had
a withered hand; Mk. 3, 1.
Note. It will be noticed that a Gothic participial construction must sometimes
be rendered by a relative clause in English.

119. The time or circumstance of an action may be ex-

§
pressed by a substantive or pronoun and a participle in the
dative. This construction is called dative absolute (See § 53, (2),
note). E. g., jah usleibandin Iesua in skipa aftra hin-
dar marein, gaqemun sik manageins filu du imma, and
when Jesus had passed over again in a ship unto the other side
of the sea, much (of) people gathered unto him; Mk. 5, 21.
nauhbanuh imma rodjandin qemun fram pamma syna-
gogafada qibandans, while he yet spake, there came from the
ruler of the synagogue Mk. 5, 35. raginondin
(certain) saying;
Puntiau Peilatau Iudaia war]? waurd gubs at lo- . . .

ll an en, Pontius Pilate being governor of Judea, the word . . .

of God came unto John; Lu. 3, 1 ... 2.

§ 120. dative and a participle are often preceded by at.
E.g., at andanahtja ]>an waurbanainma atberun du
imma dairnonarjans managans, when the even was come,
they brought unto him many that were possessed with devils;
Mt. 8, 1G. jah at Iesu ufdaupidamma jah bidjandin,
u s1uk d a h i in i u s nd Jesus being ba.pt ized, nd praying, 1 1n
,
.•/ 1

heaven opened; Lu. 3, 21. at libandin abin, while (her) hus-

band

) 121.

da us,
§
liveth;

J? a
Rom. 7, 2. 3.

nominative absolute is pointed out by Bernhardt

(Syntax, § 193): jah waurbans dags gatils
ah tarn at waurhta
Herod is . . .

and a convenient day being come, that Herod

qap ]>iu-
made
(-
. . .

. . .

a supper . . . the king said; Mk. G, 21 . . . 22.

 [The references are to paragraphs of the 'Gothic Grammar. The letters hr, q, \>

follow h, k, t, respectively.]

A. Addiii, pr. n., Adin; gen. -is;

Aai, pr. n., Aai; Ezra 2, 28. 2, 15.Ezra
aba, in. (108, n. 1), husband, af (56, n. 1), prep. w. dat. (217),
man; Mk. 10, 12. Rom. 7, 2. of, from, out of, away from;

I Cor. 7, 16. 11, 3. 4. Epb. 5, (1) local, (a) with vs. of motion;
22. 24. I Tim. 3, 12. Mt 8, 1. Mk. 15, 30. Skeir. IV,
abba, m. (108), father; Gal. 4,0. b. (b) with vs. of taking, receiv-
Abeileni, Abilene, indecl. pr. n. ing, gathering, borrowing, and
in gen.; Lu. 3, 1. the like; Mt,5,42. 7,16. 9,15.
Abija, pr. n., Abia; gen. Abi- Mk. 13,27. Lu.6,29. 8,12. (c)
jins; Lu. 1, 5. after vs. of loosing, freeing, cur-
Abia]>ar, pr. n., Abiathav; dat. ing, healing, and the like; Mt.
Abia]?ara; Mk. 2, 26. 6, 13. Mk. 5, 4. Lu. 1, 21. Rom.
abraba, adv. (210), strongly, 7, 6. Similarly, after la us;
very much, very; Mt. 27, 54. Gal. 4, 5. hails; Mk.5,34.(d)
Mk. 16, 4. Neh. 6, 16. after vs. signifying to takecare,
Abraham (61, n. 3), pr. n., Abra- hide, conceal, abstain; Lu. 18,
ham; Jo. 8, 39. 40; gen. -is; 34. I Thess. 4, 3. 5, 22. (e) af
Mk. 12, 26; dat. -a; Mt. 8,11; ta hsw on the right
, hand
ace. -am; Lu. 3, 8. (side); Mt. 25, 41. a f hleidu-
abrs, adj. (124), strong, mighty, m ein , on the left hand (side);
vehement; Lu. 15, 14. Mk. 10, 37. 15, 27. (2) tem-
abu (216 and n. 1), from prep. poral: from, since; Mk. 10, 6.
af and the interr. particle -u, II Cor. 8, 10. (3) designating
q,v. cause, authority, agency: of,
Adam, pr.n., Adam; I Tim. 2, 13. by, with; Lu. 8, 14. Jo. 7, 28.
14; gen. -is; Lu. 3, 38; dat. — Occurs often in composition
-a; I Cor. 15, 22. with vs., sbs., and adjs., where
Adoneikam, pr. n., Adonikam; itdenotes 'separation, or a
gen. -is; Ezra 2, 13. transition from one state or
Addei, pr.n., Addi; gen. -eins; condition into another.'
Lu. 3, 28. af-agjan, w. v. (187), to strike
294 ;ii'-uik;in — af-drugkja.

with awe, terrify; I These. 3.3. w. dat.; Mk. 5, 37. to follow

Phil. 1. 28. after, strive for; Phil. 3, 12. 14.
af-nikan, reel. v. (179). to deny, afar-laistjan, w. (188), to fol-
v.
curse, (1) abs.; Mk. 14,08. 71. low after; Mt. 8, 10. Mk. 10,
(2) w. ace.; Mt. 10, 33. 20. 75. 32; w. dat. of pers.; Lu. 7, 9;
(3) w. iuf; Jo. 13, 38. of th.j to follow diligently; I
ai'-airzjan, w. v. (187) to lead Tim. 5, 10; to pursue, 'with a
astray, deceive; Mk. 13, 22; in view to find out ;' Lu. 1, 3.
pass.: to be hd astray or deceiv- afar-sabbatus, m. (120, n. 1), the
ed, to err or swerve from; Jo. tirst day after the Sabbath;
7. 47. I Cor. 10,33. Skeir. VIII, |>is dagis afarsabbate, lit.
e; \\. af; I Tim. 1,0. 0,10.
on the day; (See Syntax. ^ 30)
afar, (1) prep. (217), (a) w. ace., of the after- sahliathf
'
Mk.
only temporal: after; Mt. 27. 16, 2.
,3.'20, 2. I Cor. 11,2."). — afar af-dailjan, w. v. (188), to give
lei til, after a little while; Mt.
portion; a f<l. t a ih undon. to
26, Mk. 14, 70. afar ni
7:;.
give tithes; Lu. 18, 12.
filu, not long after; Skeir. TI,
af-riaiibnan, w. v. (194), to become
a. afar ]>ata, after that,
deaf, grow dull; II Cor. 3, 14.
thereafter; Lu. 5, 27. Jo. 0, 1.
af-(laui]>s, pret. partic. (20. a
afaruh [>an, hut after; Mt. :

134 and note) of afdojan,

8, 5.Mk. 10, 12. afar ]>atei,
after that; Mk. 1,14. Skeir. VII, q. v.
af-daufcjan, w.v. (187), w. ace.
c. afar dagans, after some
to put to death, kill: Mt. 27. 1
days; Mk. 2. 1. (b) w. dat., («)
local: after; Mt.8,1. Mk. 1,17. Mk.14,55; in pass, to die: Mk.
temporal: after; Mt. 7.10.
(,;) 3, 11.
Mk. 1.7. Jo. 13. 27. () in other af-dohnan, w.v. (194), to become
relations: after, according to,
dumb, hold one's peace; Lu.
4. 35.
in pursuance of; Mk. 10, 24.
a), w. v. (187), to
Lu. 1,69. 5, 5. I Cor. 15,3.— af-dojan (20,
tire out. \.-x. harass; Mt. 9,36.
s.-.-ins io be need substantively

in Lu. 1. 5: us ;i fa r Abij ins. af-domeins, f. (103, n. 1). con-

of the course of Ahiah. (2) demnation; Skeir. VIII, b.
adv., afterward; Skeir. III,c— af-ddmjan, w. v. (187), \\. ace.,
In composition with vs. ami to judge; Jo. 1(5.11. to con-
sbs.it means after, wiili refer- demn: Lu.0.37. to curse; Mt.
ence to spa»••' or time*. 26, 74.
afar-fcs, m. (90), the next day. af-draiisjan. w. v. (1SS), w. ace.,
3
lit. 'after-day ; Lu. 7, 11. to cast down, precipitate', Lu.
afar-gaggan, an. v. (179, n. 3: 4. 29.
207), to go after, follow; ITini. af-<Irmrkja. tn. (l<»s). drunkard;
.1. 24; w. dat.: Mt. 8, 23. mi]' Mt. 11. 1!). I Cor. 5, 11.
 af-cUmibuan — af-lt'ts.
295

af-dumbiiaii, w. v. (194). to be- 9, 5. ace and a dat.

vv. of dis-
come dumb, hold one's pence: advantage; Lu. 10, 11.
Mk. 4, 39. af-liugjan, vv. v. ace,
(188), vv.

m. (108), voracious enter,

af-etja, to deprive of sound judgment,
glutton; Mt. 11, 19. Lu. 7, 34. to fascinate, bewitch Gal. 3, 1. ;

*
af-filhan, str. v. (174, n. 1), w. af-hapjan, vv. v. (188), vv. ace, to
ace, to hide; Lu. 10, 21. quench; Eph. 0, 16. I Thess.
af-gaggan, 5, 19. to choke; Mk. 4, 7. 19.
str. v. (179, n. 3;
go
way, depart Mt. Lu. 8. 7.
207) to
, ;

11,7; folld. by af vv. dat. Lii. ;

5, 2. ana w. ace; Lu. 9, 10.
fairra w. dat.; Lu. 2, 37. iu
w. ace; Jo. , 15.
af-gibnn (50, n. 1), str. v. (176),
to give away; w. sik, to de-
part (cp. G. 'sich fortbegeben');
Philem. 15.
af-grundiba, f. (97), abyss; Lu.
8, 31. Rom. 10, 7.
af-gudei, f. (113), ungodliness; af-leiban, str. v. (172, n. 1), to
Rom. 11, 20. Tim. 2, 10.
af-gubs, adj. (124), godless, impi-
ous, lit. away from God; I Tim.
1,9, gloss. Skeir. IV, d.
af-haban, vv. v. (192),
vv.dat., to keep away from, ab-
stain I Thess. 5, 22.
; afl. aljap, to go away; Mk.
af-haimeis, adj. (127; or -liaims;
130, u. 2).
af-hamon, w. v. (190), to take
off clothes, to unclothe; II Cor.
5,4.
af-hlaban, str. v. (177, u. 1), to
load, lade; II Tim. 3, 6.
af-holon, w. v. (190), w. geu. of
pers. and ace of th., to defraud;
Lu. 19, 8.
af-lirainjan, w. v. (188), w. ace,
to destroy what is unclean, to
cleanse one from Skeir. I, a.
; 27, 50.
af-brisjan, vv. v. (188), to shake af-lets, m. (91), forgiveness, re-
off, vv. ace and af vv. dat.; Lu.
af-hapnan, vv. v. (194), to be-
come extinguished, quench
(intr.); Mk. 9, 44. 46. 48. to
choke (intr..); Mk. 5, 13. Lu.8,
14. 33.
af-lageins, f. (124), a laying
aside, remission; Mk. 1, 4.
af-lagjan, vv. v. (187), vv. ace, to
layoff, put off, put away; I Cor.
13,11. Eph. 4, 22. 25^ Col. 3,
8. to lay down; Jo. 10, 18.
go away, depart; Mt. 9, 24.
27, 5. folld. by af vv. dat.; Mk.
1, 42. Lu. 5, 13. ana vv. ace,
Lu. 5, 16. du vv. dat.; Mk.3, 7.
vv. sik af fairra vv. dat.; Mt. 7, 23. Lu.
4, 42. in vv. ace; Lu. 15, 13.
12,1.
af-Ietan, red. v. (181; -leitan,
7, n. 2), to leave, forsake, put
away (as, a wife), vv. ace of
pers. orth.; Mt. 5, 24. 31. 32.
to leave, disregard, lay aside,
w. ace; Mk. 7, 8. to let off, for-
give, vv. ace of th.; Mt. 9, 6;
and dat. of pers.; Mt. 6, 12, 14.
15. to let one have, w. dat, of
pers. and ace of th.; Mt. 5, 40.
—
afl. ah m an, to expire; Mt.
mission; Lu.1,77. Skeir. Ill, e
290 af-lifnan — af-ewafrban.

af-lifnan, w. v. (194), to remain, af \v. dat., to depart from: Lu.

remain over and above; Lu. 9, 9, 33.
17. Jo. 6, 12. to remain, sur- af-skiuban (56, n.l), str. v. (173,
vive; IThess. 4, 17. n. 1), w. instr. dat., to put
af-linnan, str. v. (174, n. 1), to away; I Tim. 1, 19. to cast
depart] Lu. 9, 39. away, reject; Rom. 11, 1.

af-maitan, str. v. (179), to cut af-slahan, str. v. (177, n. 1), w.

off; w. ace. of th.: Mt. 30. ace., to slay, kill; Mk. 12, 5.
,
Mk. 9,43. 45. afm. haubib Lu. 20, 14. w. ace. of th. and
w. poss. dat. of person, to be- poss. dat. of pers., to strike off,
head: Mk. G, 16. 27. cut off; Mk. 14, 47.

af-marzeins, (103, n. 1). offense. af'-slaupjaii, w. v. (188): afsl.

f.

deceit fulness; Mk. 4, 19. Eph. sis w. ace., to slip off, put off;
4,22. Col. 3, 9.

af-marzjan, w. v. (188), w. ace., af-slaubjan, w. v. (188), in p;i

to offend: Jo. 16, 1. II Cor. 11. to be in despair; II Cor. 4, 8.
29. afelaubibe im in izwis, I
af-iiiauibs, (26, a) adj., prop. stand in doubt of you; Gal. 4,
pret. partic. of *afmojan (134 20.
and note), weary, fatigued: af-slaujman, w. v. (194), to be
Gal. 6, 9. beside one's self, be astonished,
af'-ninian, str. v. (170; 175), to be amazed; Mk. 1, 27. 10, 24.
take away, remove, w. ace.; Lu. Lu. 4, 36.
1, 25. Jo. 11, 39; and dat.; Mk. af-sneiban, str. v. (172, n. 1);
4, 25; or af w. dat., Mt. 9, 15. occurs in CA, for ufsn.; see Lu.
16. 15, 27, note.
af-qiban. (176, n. 1), w. af'standan, str. v.
str. v.
(177, n. 3), to
dat.. to renounce, forsake; Lu.
fall away, Lu. 8, 13. w. dat.,
14. 33.
to depart from; I Tim. 4, 1; to
at'-sateins, f. (103, n.l), a setting- keep or stand aloof from, to
off: bokos afsateinais. a a void; II Cor. 4, 2; folld. by af
writing of divorcement: Mk. w. dat., to depaH from; II Cor.
10. 4. 12,8. Tim. 2, 19, fairra.
af-saijan, w. v. (187), w. ace., to to depart from; Lu. 4, 13.
I hit away (a wife), divorce] Mt. af-stass, (103, n.3). a standing
f.

5, 32. Mk. 10, 2. to dismiss, or falling off or a way; II Th< —

Lu. 16. \.
2, 3. afstassis bokos, a
af'-skaidan. red. v. (179), w. arc.. writing of divorcement; Mt. .">.

to sever from, separate from: 31.

Lu. 6. 22: and a f \v. dat.: Rom. af'-swairban, str. v. (174. n. 1),
8, 35. 39. sik, one's self', W.acc., to wipe away, blot out:
II Cor. 0, 17. Gal. 2, 12: and Col. 2, 14.
 af-swaggwjan — aglait-gastalds. 297

af-swaggwjan, w.v. (188), occurs afwairpan, str. v. (174), w.instr.,

once, in Cod. .: swaswe af- to cast away, put away; Mk.
svvaggwidai weseima jal 10,50. stain am afw. w. ace,
lib an, so that we despaired to cast stones at, to stone; Lu.
even of life; II Cor. 1, 8. 20, 6. Jo. 11, 8. in the pass. w.
afta, adv. (213, n. 2), behind, af w. dat., to be put away
backwards; Phil. 3, 14. from; Eph. 4, 31.
aftaiia, adv. (213, n. 2), from be- af-walwjan, w. v. (188), w. ace,
hind; Mk. 5, 27. to roll away; Mk. 16, 4. w. af
aftaro, adv. (211, n. 1), from be- w. dat,; Mk. 16, 3.
hind, behind; Mt, 9, 20. Lu. 8,
af-wandjan, w. v. (188), to turn
44. behind; Lu. 7, 38. away, turn aside; w. ace;
af-taurnan, w. v. (194), to be- II Tim. w. and dat.
3, 5.
refl.
come separated by tearing; ace of th.; Tit. 1, 14. w. ace of
hence to make a rent; Lu. 5, 36. th. and af w. dat.; Rom. 11,
af-tiuhan, str. v. (173), w. ace, 26. II Tim. 4, 4. afw. sik, to
to take or draw aside; Mk. 8, leave, withdraw; Skeir. II, a.
32. w. airra w. dat., to draw
f
vv. af w. dat., to turn away
away, push off (the ship); Lu. from; II Tim. 1, 15. once in
5,3. pass., to be removed, w. af w.
aftra, adv.,back, backwards,
dat,; Gal. 1, 6.
behind; Lu. 2, 44. again; Mt.
Agar, pr. n., Agar; Gal. 4, 24.
5,33. Skeir. II, b. c.
aggilus, m. (120, n. 1), angel,
aftra-ana-stodeins, (103, n. 1),
f.
messenger; Lu. 1, 11; pi. nom.
a renewing; Skeir. I, b.
superl. adj. (139 and
-jus; Mk.12,25. or-eis;Mk.
aft iinia,
n. 1), the last; Mk. 10,31. 1, 13; gen. -e; Lu. 9, 26; dat.

aftumists, superl. adj. (139 and

-um; Mt. 25, 41; ace -uns;
n. 1), the last; Mk. 9, 35. Lu.
Mk. 13, 27.
14,9. 10. aft. haban, to lie aggwipa, f. (97), ajiguish, dis-
at the point of death Mk. 5, 23.
;
tivss, tribulation; Rom. 8, 35.

af-paursjan, w.v. (188), only in II Cor. 2, 4. 6, 4.

the pass.: af baursibs wi- aggwus (68), adj. (131), narrow;
san, to be thirsty; Mt. 25, 42. Mt, 7, 13. 14.
44. agis (35), n., gen. agisis (94),
af-]>liuhan, str. v. (173, n. 1), fear, awe; Mk. 4, 41. Lu.l, 12.
to nee away, flee; Jo. 10, 13. 2, 9. Neh. 5, 15.
af-pwahan, (177, n. 1), to aglaitei, f. (113), lasciviousness,
str. v.
wash off, wash one's self; Jo. unchastity; Mk. 7, 22. II Cor.
9, 7. 11. 15. 12,21. Gal. 5, 19. Eph. 4, 19.
af-wagjan, w. v. (188); folld. by aglait-gastalds, adj. (124) greedy
af w. dat., to move away from; of filthy lucre, greedy/ I Tim.
Col. 1, 23. 3, 8. Tit, 1, 7.
208 azrlniti — ailits.

aglaiti, n. (95), lasciviousness, alitau-tehund, indeel.uum. (143),

unchastity; Rom.13,13. II ('or. eighty, Lu. 2, -\7.
12, 21 (in A). untuck, num. (146). the eighth;
aglaiti-waurdei, f. (113), indecent Lu. 1 59. ,

language, filthy t;ilk; Col. 3, 8. aba, f. (97), river, stream, \\;iut:

ai:lil>a. f. (07), tribulation, an- Mt. 7, 25. 27. Mk. 1, 5. Lu. 6,
guish distress; I Th.>ss. 3, 4. 48.
aglft, f. (2), tribulation, an- Aibair, pr. n.. Heber; Lu. •">. 35.
guish; Mk. 4. 17. 13, 24. Jo. aibr, n. (94), an offering; Mr..",.
10. 21. :V.\. II Cor. 1,4. 23.
airls, (124), indecent, 'lis- Aiddua. pr. n., Jedaiah; Ezra 2,
adj.
graceful; I Cor. 11, G. 36.
agluba, adv. (210). with difficuJ- Aieira, pr. n., AnaA; Xeh. G, 18.
ty, hardly; Mk. 10, 23. Lu.18, Aifaisius, pr. n., Epbesian; dat.
24. pi. -ii in : Eph. superscr. and
aglus, adj. (131), difficuH, hard; eubecr.
Mk. 10,' 24. Aifafeo, pr. Epbesus; dat. -on
n.,

Agustus, pr. n.. Augustus; dat. I Cor. 15.82. 16, 8. Eph. 1.1.
-an : Lu. 2. 1 I Tim. 1, 3.
alia. m. (108), mind, understand- aitfa]>a. for w.. If opened, open!
iug; Phil. 4. 7. Col. 8. 12. II Mk. 7, 34.
Thcss. 2. 2. aigan, (aihan), pret.-pree. v.

ahaks, (103), do Fey Mk.

f. 1. in. (208). to own. have, possess;
11. 15. Lu. 2, 24. :>,. 22. (1) w. ace.; Mt. 8, 20. aig.
ahana, f. (07). chaff; Lu. 3, 17. waldufni w. inf.: Jo. 10, 10.
Aharon, pr. n.. Aaron; Lu. 1. 5
\•. ana w. dat.: Jo. 10.11. (2)
\v. double ac•.: Lu. 3, 8. (•'?) w.
alijan. w. v. (185). to think: Mt.
;i<c. and du w. dat.: Mk. 12.
K>. 34.
2:1. Lu. 2<>. :\:\.
alnna. m. (108), the Spirit, th>-
aiirin, n. (04). goods, property;
Holy Ghosts Mt. '. 11. 8, 16.
Lu. 8,43. 15. 10.
27. 50. Mk. 1, 12.
aihan ; a. aigan.
ahmateins, f. (103, n. 1). respi-
aihtron, w. v. (100). to !» desir-
ration; II Tim. 3, 16. ous of. to beg; Mk. 10, 40. Lu.
aliinciiis, adj. (123), spiritual; 18, 35. to pray; Eph. 0. is.
Rom. 7. 14'. I Cor. 10, 3. Eph. Col. 1. 0.
5. 10. Skeir. II, d. III. b. aihtrons. (103, n. 1). prayer,
f.

alis. n. (04), ear (of grain); Mk. supplication; Eph. 0. 18. Phil.
2. 23. 4, 28. Lu. 0. 1. L 0. I Tim. 2, 1.
ahlau. iudecl. num. (141). eight, nilits (20. n. 2), f. (103), proper-
Lu. 2, 21. 9,28 ty, possession; in pi. goods.
ahtaii-dftirs.adj. (1 24 ), eight day8 things; I Cor. 13, 3. II Cor.
old: Phil. :'.
12. 14.
 aik-a-tmidi — aias-hun. 299

ailra-tundi (64), f. (98), bramble- ain-kabaruh, prn. (166), each of

bush, bush; Mk. 12, 2G. Lu. 6, two; Skeir. Ill, a.
44. 20, 37. ainlif, num. (56, n. 1; 141),
aikklesjo, for. w., f. (Ill), church; eleven; I Cor. 15, 5.
Rom. 16, 23. Ainnaa, (or Sainnaa?) pr. n.,
Aileiaizair, pr. n., EJiezer; gen. Senaah; gen. -ins; Ezra 2, 35.
-is; Lu. 3, 29. Ainok, pi•, n., Enoch; gen. -is;
Aileiakeim, pr. n., Elhikhn; gen. Lu. 3, 37.
-is; Lu. 3, 30. Ainos, pr. n., Enos; Lu. 3, 38.
Aileisabaib, pr. n.(23), Elisabeth; ains, num. (140), (I) def., one, a
Lu. 1, 5. 7. 13. single one, (1) w. a sb.; Mt. 5,
Aillam, pr. n., Elam; gen. -is; 18. 41. (2) w. partit. gen.; Mt,
Ezra 2, 31. 5, 19. 29. Mk. 9, 37. (3) alone;
ailoe (6, n. 1), for. w., my God! Mt.27,15. Mk. 12, 32. (4) ain
Mk. 15, 34. wisan, to be one; Jo. 10, 30.
Ailiil, a Jewish name of a month; 17, 11. ains jah sam a, one
gen. -is; Neb. 6, 15. [An en- and the same; Skeir. V, b; so
tirely uncertain reading.] w. a sb.; I Cor. 12, 11. ain
Aimmeira(l), pr. n., Immer; gen. ist jahbat a sam pizai
-ins (or -is?) Ezra 2, 37.; biskabanon, just as much
aina-baiir (33), m. (101, n. 2), as she were sha ven
if I Cor. ;

onlv-born {
i
unigemtus )\ >
Skeir. 11, 5. a in an a, the same;
V,d: Skeir. IV, d. ains ... jah
ainaha, m., adj. (always follg.the ains, the one ... and the
weak deck; 132), only; Lu. 7, other; Mk. 10, 37. 15, 27.
12. 9,38; fem. ainaho (not ains . . .au]>ar, one an- . . .

ainGho); Lu. 8, 42. other; Mt, 6, 24. Lu. 1, 41.

ainakls, adj. (124), lonely, deso- (II) indef., one, some one, an,
late; I Tim. 5, 5. a, (1) w. asb.; Mt. 8, 19. Jo.
aina-mundiba,f. (97), unanimity, 6, 9. (2) w. partit. gen.; Mk.5,
unity; Eph. 4, 3.13. Col. 3, 14. 22.8,28. (3) alone; Mk. 10,
ainialbaba, adv. (210), simply; 17. 15, 36. (4) w. us w. dat,;
Skeir. Ill, c. Mt. 27, 48. Mk. 9, 17. (5) w.
ainlalbei, f. (113), simplicity, sums; Mk. 14, 47. 51. (HI)
goodness of disposition; II Cor. only, alone, (1) w. a sb.; Mk.
1, 12. 8, 2. 9, 11. 13. 11, 3. 2, 7. Jo. 12, 9. Skeir. VII, c.

Col. 3, 22. (2) w. a prn.; Mt, 5, 46. I Cor.

ainfalbs, num. adj. (148), single, 9, 6. — rodida sis ains,
one-fold; Mt. 6, 22.
lit. spoke to himself; Lu.7,39. (3)
ain-lrarjizuh, prn. (165, n. 1), used alone; Mk. 9, 2. I Tim. 6,
every one, each one; Rom. 12, 16.
5. I Cor. 7, 17; frequently w. ains-hun, (163, e),
indef. prn.
gen. pi.; Lu. 4, 40. 16, 5. only in negative sentences, not
300 Aiodia — ai]>jmu.

any one, none, (1) alone; Lu. Airmogaineis, pr. n., Hermo-
1, 61. 5,39. (2) w. partit. gen.; genes; II Tim. 1, 15.
Mk. 6, 5. 13, 20. —
waihte airpa, f. (97), earth, land, region;
ainohun ni, nothing; Lu. Mt. 5, 18. Mk. 4, 5. Lu. 8, 8.
10, 19. (3) w. us w. dat.; Jo. Skeir. IV, c. d.
1G, 5. 17, 12. — Sometimes in air]»a-kunds, adj. (124), earthy,
sentences "without a negative born of the earth; Skeir. IV, c.
particle, but with a negative airl>eins, (124), of earth,
adj.
sense; Jo. 7, 48. I Cor. 1, 16. earthen; II Cor. 4, 7. earthy.
Skeir. VIII, c. earthly, I Cor. 15, 49. II Cor.
iodia. pr. n., Euodias; ace. -an 5, 1. Phil. 3, 19. Skeir. IV, d.

Phil. 4, 2. aims (20, n. 2), m. (105), mes-

Aipafras, pr. n., Epaphras; Col. senger, embassador; Lu. 7,24.
4, 12. Philem. 23; dat. -in; tran sf. embassage, mes-
9, 52;

Col. 1, 7. sage; Lu. 14, 32. 19, 14.

Aipafraudeitus, pr. n., Epaphro- airzei, f. (113), deceit; Eph. 4, 14.
ditus; Phil. 2, 25. Skeir. V, a.

aipiskaiipei, for. w. (113), office of airzeis, adj. (128), astray, led

astray; II Tim. 3, 13. airzeis
bishop, bishopric; 1 Tim. 3, 1.
sa ito err; Mk. 12, 24. 27.
,

aipiskaupus, for. w., m. (120, n.

airzeis wair]>an, to be de-
1 ), bishop; I Tim. 3, 2. Tit. 1,
ceived; Gal. 6, 7.
7. Cal.
airzipa, f. (97), deceit, error; Mt.
aipistaule, for. (120, n. 3),
\v., f.
27, 64. I Tim. 4, 1.
epistle, letter, Rom. 16, 22. Col.
airzjan, w. v. (187), w. ace, to
4, 16. I Cor. 5, 9.
lead astray, deceive; Jo. 7, 12.
air, adv. (214, n. 1), early; Mk.
IITim. 3, 13. pres.partic. airz-
1,35. 16,2.
jan d s decei ver; Mt 27, 63
, .

Airastus, pr. n., Erastus; Rom.

II Cor. 6, 8.
16,23.
aistan, w. v. (193), to regard, rev-
airindn, w. v. (190), to be a
erence; Lu. 20, 13.
messenger, an embassador, w.
aipei, f. (113), mother; Mt. 10,
t'nur w. ace; II Cor. 5, 20. -
.. ,. 27, 56. Mk. 6, 24. 1 Tim.
Eph. 6, 20.
1, 9. Skeir. II, b. c.
airis, compar. adv. (212), earlier,
ai]>s, gen. aipis, m. (91), oath;
long ago, once; Lu. 10, 13.
Mt. 5, 33. 26, 72. Mk. 6, 26.
airiza, compar. adj. (136), of old
Lu. 1, 73.
time, Jiving formerly; Mt. 5,
aippau (20, 3; 71, n. 1), conj.
21. 33. Lu. 9, 8. 19.
(218), (1) or; Mt. 5, 17. Lu.
airkni]>a, f. (97), genuineness, 18,11. ai)>]>au jabai, now
purity, sincerity; II Cor. 8, 8. if, but if; I Cor. 4, 7. ai)>]>au
Airiufidam, pr. n., Elmodam; jah, or also; Rom. 14, 10.
gen. -is; Lu. 3, 28. I Cor. 16, 6. ai)>]>au ibai,
 Aiulf — aiza-smi)?a. 301

ifby chance 11, 7. aiweins, adj. (124), eternal; Mt.

; II Cor.
unte jabai ... aibpau, 25, 41. Mk. 3, 29. 10, 17. II
either ... or; Mt. 6, 24. an- Cor. 4, 17.
dizuh aibbau, either or; aiwiski, n. (95), shame, dis-
. . .

Lu. 16, 13. (2) else, otherwise; honesty; I Cor. 15, 34. II Cor.
Mt. 6, 1. I Cor. 7, 14. 15, 29. 4,2.
(3) introducing the apodosis of aiwiskon, w. v. (190), to behave
a conditional sentence; Mt. 11, unseemly, to act shamefully;
23. Lu. 17, 6. Jo. 14, 2. (4) yet, I Cor. 13, 5.
truly, then (always in the apo- aiwlaugja, for. w., m., gift, bless-
dosis, and preceded by abai); ing; II Cor. 9, 5.
j

I Cor. 9, 2. II Cor. 12, 12. Gal. Eunice; dat.

Aiwneika, pr. n.,
2,21. -ai; II Tim. 1, 5.
Aiulf, pr. n. (65, n. 1).
aiws, m. (91, n. 5), time, life-
adv., prop. ace. sing•, of
aiw, time, age, world, eternity; Lu.
aiws, q. v. (214), ever; only 16,8. 18,30. Gal. 1,4. Eph. 3,
in negative sentences aiw ni, :
11 a i w a d a g e at a 11 times.
. ,

never; Mk. 2, 12. I Cor. 13, 8.

w. ni, never; Jo. 8, 51. 52. du
ni aiw, never; Mt. 9, 33. ni aiwa, for ever; Jo. 8, 35. 12,
aiw ainshun, no one ever; 34. du aiwam, th.s.; Rom.
Jo. 10, 29. ni ainshun aiw, 11, 36. fram aiwa, from the
th. s.; Lu. 19, 30. ni bana- beginning of the world, from
seibs aiw manna, noone for eternity; Jo. 9, 32. fram ai-
ever; Mk. 11,14; ni hranhun wam, th. s.; Eph. 3, 9. Col.l,
aiw, not at any time, never, 26. und aiw, forever; Lu.l,
Jo. 7, 46. Skeir. VIII, a. ni 55. in aldins aiwe, forever
aiw luanhun, th. s.; II Tim. andever, ITim.1,17. in alios
3, 7. ni mannahun aiw aldins aiwe, throughout all
liranhun, no one ever; Jo. 8, ages; Eph. 3,21. i a w s i i

33. forever; Mt. 6, 13. Rom. 9, 5.

aiwaggeli, for. w., n. (95), gospel, Aiwwa, pr. n., Eve; I Tim. 2, 13;
glad tidings; I Cor. 9, 23. 15, ace. -an; II Cor. 11, 3.
1. Gal. 1, 6.
aiwxaristia, for. w., m.? ace. -an
aiwaggelista, for. w., m. (108), (108); thanksgiving; II Cor. 9,
evangelist; Eph. 4,11. II Tim. 11.
4, 5. Skeir. Ill, a. aiz (78, n. 1), n. (94), brass,
aiwaggeljan, w. v. (187), to bronze, money; Mk. 6, 8.
preach the gospel, preach Gal. Aizaikeia, pr. n., Hezekiah; gen.
;

4,13. -ins; Ezra II, 16.

aiwaggeljo, f. (112), gospel; Mt. aiza-smij>a, m. (108),
worker in
9,35. Mk.1,1. Gal.2,7. Skeir. bronze, coppersmith; II Tim.
I, d. Ill, b. 4,14.
302 Afzleim — alt'w.

Aizleim, pr. n., Esli; gen. -is; Akyla, pr. n., Aqnila; I Cor. 1(5.

Lu. 3, 25. 19.

Aizor, pr. n.. Esrom; gen. Lu. 3, 9. -is; aqizi, f. (9s,. ,•,.;

Lu. 3. 33. alabalstraiin, indeel. forw., f. (2-1.

ajukdi'i]N. (21, n. 2). f. (103). n. 5; 46, n. 2; 120, n. 2), an
time, eternity: in ajukdfi]>s. alabaster box; Lu. 7, 37.
for ever; Lu. 1, 33. Jo. 6, 51. ala-brunsts, f. (103), holocaust,
,.. burnt offering; Mk. 12, 33.
ak. conj. (218), but. for; Mt. 5, Alaiksandrus, pr. n.. Alexander;
15. Mk. 1, 44. ni patain ITim.l, 20. II Tim. 4, 14: gen. . .

ak j ah not only, but also; -aus; Mk. 15, 21.

. . .

Rom. 9, 10. i ]>atainei . . . alakjo, adv.. together, collective-

ak. not only but; Skeir.
. . . ly; allai alakjo all: Mk.
IV. d. V. c. VII. b. ui ]>atai- 11. 32. Lu. 4. 22. managei
nei ... ak jab. ) not only . . . alakjo, nil the people; Lu.
but also; Rom. 9, 24. ak niu. 19, 48. alakjo managei.
not rather, Lu. 17. 8. Rarely — the whole multitude; Lu. 19.
without a negative; Mk. 11,32. 37.
Lu. 7. 7. Skeir. I, I). ala-inans. in. (117. n.l), nil men.
AkaijiiN (Akajus). nom. pi., the the whole human race; Skeir.

people ofAcbaia; gen. -e, I Cor. VIII, b.

16, 15; Akaj§, II Cor. 11,10. Alamod 8? prop, n., in dat.Ala-

,

Akaikus. pr. n., Acbaikus; gen.

m da: once each in Ar. and
-mis; I Cor. 16, 17.
Neap. Documents.
alan. (177).
str. v. to grow;
Akaja (AkaTja A xaia), pr. n.,
grow
.

II Tim. 2, 17. to uj>.

Acbaja; IICor.9,2; dat. Aka'i-
nourish: I Tim. 4. (5.
jai; II Cor. 1, 1.
ala-]>arba. adj. (132, n. 2), very
akei, conj. (218), but; Mt. 9, 18. poor, very needy: Lu. 15, 14.
11. 8. Mk. '•». I•-.. 13, 20. 24.
aldoma, m. (108), old age; Lu.
Jo. 7. 27. ;i kei n i . but not, 1. 36.
but neither, Rom. LO, 2. Gal. aids (73: an
74, n. 3), f. (103),
2, 3. Eph.
age, generation; 2, 2. 7.
akeita, for aw. m., or a keit . n,
II Tim. 2, 1. world;
3, 5. life;
(91, . 2), vinegar, Mi. 27,
IITim. 4, 10. fra m aldim .

Mk. 15,36. from generations; Col. 1, 26.

akran. (94), fruit; Mt. 7. 16.
n. in a <1 1s aide, from gener-
i

Mk.4, 7. ICor. 9, 7. Gal.5, 22. ation to generation; Lu. 1. 50.

akrana-laus. adj. (121), fruitless, also under a i \vs.

unfruitful; Mk. 4. 19. aleina. f. (97). ell. cubit; Mt. 6,

akra, m. (91, n. 1). field; Mi. 27, 27.
7. 8. 1•'. Mk. L5, 21. Lu. L5, alew, n. (119). olive, oil; Mk. 6,
25. 13. Ln. 7,46. 16, 6.
 alewa-bagms — alls. 303

alewa-bagms, m. (91), olive-tree; aljar, adv. (213, n. 1), elsewhere;

Lu. 19, 37. Rom. 11, 17. 24. II Cor. 10, 1. 11.
alews (130; or ale we is 127), aljab, adv. (213, d. 1), in another
adj., belonging to the olive- direction; afleiban alja]?,
tree, fairguni alewjo, the to go away; Mk. 12, 1.
Mount of Olives; Mk.11,1. Lu. aljabro, adv. (213, n. 1), from
19, 29. elsewhere, by some other way,
Alfaius, pr. n., Alpheus; gen. absent; Jo. 10, 1. II Cor. 13, 2.
-aus; Mk. 2, 14. 3, 18. Lu. G, 10. Phil. 1, 27.
15. aljis, adj. (126), other, another;
alhs, f. (11.6), temple; Mt, 27, 5. II Cor. 1, 13. Gal. 5, 10. I Tim.
Mk. 14, 49. Lu. 4, 9. II Cor. 1, 10. Skeir. VII, b.
6,16. all-andjo, adv., wholly, alto-
alibs; see aljan. gether/ I Thess. 5, 23.
alja, (1) conj., than, except, un- allabro, adv. (213, n. 2), from all
less; Mk.9, 8. Lu.4, 26. II Cor. directions, from every quarter;
1, 13. Skeir. VIII, c. (2) prep, Mk. 1, 45. Lu. 19, 43.
w. dat. (217), except; Mk. 12, alla-waiirstwa, m. (108), one who
32. works, with all his might, per-
alja-kuns, adj. (130), foreign, fect; Col. 4, 12.
strange s a a 1 j a k u j a this
; , allis, (1) adv. (215), in general,
stranger; Lu. 17, 18. alja- wholly, at all; w. ni not at all;
,

k u j a strangers; Eph. 2, 19.

i , Mt. 5,34.39. I Cor. 15, 29. (2)
contrary to nature; Eom. 11, conj. (218), (never at the be-
24. ginning-, except Mk. 12, 25),
alja-leiko, adv., otherwise; I Tim. for; Mk. 6, 14. Lu. 1, 44. Jo.
6,3 (id B). 5, 46. nih allis, for neither,
alja-leikon, to express figura- for not; Mk. 4, 22. Lu. 20, 36.
tively; pret. partic. -o^s, alle- — al s 1 i ib, indeed
. . . but . . .

gorical; Gal. 4, 24. Lu. 3, 16.

alja-leikos, compar. adv. (212, alls, adj.(122, n. 1), all, every,
u. 2), otherwise; Phil. 3, 15. whole, (1) alone, w. or without
I Tim. 5, 25. 6,3. the art. (demonstr. prn.); Mt.
alja-leikobs; see aljaleikon. 5, 18. 6, 32. 26, 70. (2) w. a
aljan, w. v. (187; pret. partic. pers. prn.; Mk. 14, 64. (3) w. a
alibs), to fatten; Lu. 15, 23. poss. prn., w. or without the
27. 31. art.; Lu. 15, 31. Jo. 17, 10.
aljan, n. (94), zeal, jealousy; (4) w. a rel. prn.; Mk. 11, 24.
Rom. 10, 2. 19. II Cor. 11,2. (5) w. a partic; Mt, 8, 16.
aljan on, w. v. (190), to envy, Rom. 12, 3. (6) w. an adj"., w.
affect zealously; I Cor. 13, 4. or without the art.; Mk. 7, 23.
w. dat.; II Cor. 11, 2. Gal. 4, Lu. 9, 2. Gal. 6, 6. (7) w. an
17. w. in w. dat.; Gal. 4, 18. adv. phrase; Mt. 5, 15. (8) w.
304 all-swerei — ana-aukan.

a sb., w. or without the art.: ral,about: Jo. 7, 14. (c) of

Mt. 8, 32. w. jains;
9, 35; measure, about; as a a s a r-

Mt. 9, 20. 31; w. a poss. prii.; dim fimftaihunim: Jo. 11,

Mt. 5, 29. 0, 29. (9) the gen. 18. (d) after vs. of 'writing,
pi. of alls, either alone or w. reading, hearing, knowing,
a the same case, after a
sb. in learning', and the like. from, /'/;,

superl.; Mk.4,31. 12,22. I Cor. out of, by: Mk. 12. 26. Jo. 9. 3^
15, 8; for this gen. in w. dat.; 12, 34. I Cor. 5, 9. Skeir. VII.
Lu. 9, 48. (10) all (n.sing.) w. c. (e) of 'cause*, especially after
gen. sing.; Mk. 2, 13. (11) the vs. of 'affection', ;'/), for, at.
sing, of alls, every, w. gen.pl.; over; Mt. 7, 28. Mk. 12, 17.
Mt. 7, 17. Lu. 3, 5. Rom. 14, II Cor. 1.4. 5,4. I Thess 3. 9.
11. —bo alia, in all things; (f) denoting 'inclination, refer-
Eph. 4, 15. ence', and the like, in, upon,
all-swerei,
rein
ty;
,

Rom.
for
f.

bt ,,
(113); in al Is he-

12, 8 (See note; and

in simplici-
toward, over, of; Mk. 9, 37.
Lu.10, 19. 18,3. II Cor. 1,23.
(g) stains ana staina, one
cp. SAverei). stone upon another; Lu. V.>.
all-waldands, m. (115), nil-ruling: 44. gaurei ana gaurein,
ahnightji'liCoT. 6, 18. sorrow upon sorrow: Phil. 2,
albeis, adj. (128), old; Jo. 3, 34. 27. (2) w. ace, (a) local, on,
Skeir. II, b. alb-
c. Cal. — bo upon, at, into; Mt. 5, 15. Lu.
j 6 a old things; II Cor. 5,17.
, 5,4. trop., against; Mk. 14. 55.
sa albiza (com par.), the elder: Jo. 13, 18. —
ana andaugi,
Lu. 15, 25. in presence/ II Cor. 10, 1. 1 i u-
albs; see aids. bai ana attans, beloved for
Amalaberga (54, n. 2), pr. n. the fathers' sake (?); Rom. 11,
Amalafrigda, pr. n. (3, n. 2). 28. (b) temporal, in; Lu. 17,4.
Aineinariah. pr. n., Aminad&b; (c) distributive: ana baurgs,
gen. -is; Lu. 3, 33. in e very city; Tit 1 . , 5 a a a -
. 1

anion, for w., Amen, verily: Mt. 1 s a k k 1 esj s, throughout

5,18. 10,42. Neh.5, 13. Skeir. all churchte; 1 1 Cor. 8, 18. ana
II, a. lrarjanoh fimftiguns, bj
Ammo, pr. n., Amos; gen. -6ns; fifties: Lu. 9. 14. (II) adv., on,
Lu. 3. 25. upon, Mt. 27, 7. Mk. 8, 23.
in;

MUM (108; or ams, 91?), in.. 11,7. moi-eo ver, besides; II Cor.
shoulder: Lu. 15, 5. 8, 7. —
Frequently in compo-
an. interrog. part. (216) (cp. Lt. siiion w. vs., sbs., adjs., and
<an',G. Menu•?); Ln. 3. 10. 10, ad vs.
29. 18, 2<>. ana-aukan, red. v. (179). to add;
ana, (I) prep. (217), (1) w. dat., (1) w. ana w. ace: Mt. (5. 27.
(n) local, in. to, on, upon, over: Lu. 3. 20. (2) w. an inf. or a
Mt.7.24. Mk.1,45. (b) tempo- partic. it denotes 'continued or
 ana-biudan — ana-laceins. 305

repeated action', and may be taken (with fever); Lu. 4, 38.

translated by again, further- to be possessed; Lu. 6, 18.
more, while the inf. or the ana-haimeis (127, or -halms;
partic. become the finite verbs; 130, n. 2), adj., at home, pres-
Lu. 20, 11. 12. \v. a partic; ent; II Cor. 5, 8. 9.
Skeir. VI, d.
ana-haitan, red. v. (170; 179),
ana-biudan, str. v. (170; 173),
(bidai, dat. of means), to call
to command, instruct, bid, (1)
upon, invoke; w. ace; Rom.
w. dat. of pers.; Mt.27,10. Lu.
10, 13. I Thess. 4, 1. w. two
4, 36; and bi w. ace; Lu.4, 10.
aces.; II Cor. 1, 23. w. dat., to
(2) w. ace. ofth.; Mt.8,4. (3) exclaim loudly against, to re-
w. inf.; Mk. 6, 27. (4) w. du w.
buke; Skeir. VIII, b.
, inf.; Lu. 4, 10. (5) w. ace. and
ana-hamon, w. v. (190), to put
inf.; I Tim, 6, 13. (6) w. imper.;
on clothes, to clothe II Cor. ;

Mk. 9, 25. (7) w. ei; Mk.9, 9.

5,4.
ana-busns (75,n.l),f. (103), com-
mand, commandment, charge, ana-hnaiwjan, w.v. (187), w.acc,
ordinance; Mt. 5, 19. Mk. 7, 7. to lay upon; Mt. 8, 20.
8. 13. Jo. 15, 12. ana-hneiwan, str. v. (172, u. 1),
ana-drigkan (gg; 67, n.l), str. v. to bend down, stoop down;
(174, n. 1); anadr. sik w. Mk. 1, 7. Skeir. Ill, d.
instr., to get drunk, be drunk; ana-keilan, w.v. (193), w. ace,
Eph. 5, 18. to give rest to, refresh; II Cor.
ana-filh, n. (94), tradition, any-
7,13.
thing committed to one, com- ana-kaiirjan, w. v. (188), w. ace,
mendation; Mk. 7, 3. II Thess. to press upon, overload; II Cor.
3,6. II Tim. 1, 12. 14. ana- 2,5.
filhisbokos, epistles of com- anaks, adv., suddenly, at once;
mendation; II Cor. 3, 1.
Mk. 9, 8. Lu. 2, 13. 9, 39.
ana-nlhan, str. v. (174, n.l), vv.
ana-kumbjan (kumbjan from
dat. of pers. and ace. of th., to
Lt. 'cumbere', to recline, as 'at
deliver up, deliver, commit; Mt.
table'), w. v. (188), to liedown,
27, 2. Mk. 12, 1. Lu. 1, 2. to
sitdown, recline, sit at meat;
commend; II Cor. 3, 1. 5, 12.
Lu.7,36. 9,14. w. ana w. dat.;
to hand down as tradition;
Mk. 8, 6. in w. dat.; Mt. 9, 10.
Mk. 7, 5. 8. 13. — bata ana-
fulhano izwar, your own
mib w. dat.; Mt. 8, 11.
tradition; Mk.,7, 9. ana-kunnains, f. (103, n. 1), a
ana-gaggan, an. v. (179, n. 3; reading; II Cor. 3, 14.

207), to come after, be future; ana-kunnan, w. v. (193), to read;

Eph. 2, 7. II Cor. 1,13. 3,2.
ana-haban, w. v. (192), to take ana-lageins, f. (124), a laying on;
hold of, possess; in pass, to be I Tim. 4, 14. II Tim. 1, 6.
20
30G arm-lnuian — ana-^aima.

ana-lasjan, w. v. (187), w. ace. tic, (dat.) ananiwidin; Col.

to lay on Lu. 4, 40. b a j s
; 3, 10.
anal., to wound; Lu. 10, 30. ana-niuji]>a, f. (97), a renewing,
ana-latjan, w. v. (188), w. ace, renewal; Rom. 12. 2.
to hinder; I These. 2, 18. Phil. ana-praggan (51), red. v. (178),
4,10. to harass, trouble; only pret.
ana-laugnei, f. (113), secretness; partic. occurs; II Cor. 7, 5.
Jo. 7, 4. ana-qiman, str. v. (175, n. 1), w.
ana-laugniba, adv. (210), secret- ace, to come near, approach;
ly, in secret; Jo. 7; 10. Lu. 2, 9.
ana-laugns, adj. (130), secret: ana-qiss, f. (103), blasphemy;
Mk. 4, 22. Lu. 8, 17. I Cor. 4. Col. 3, 8. I Tim. 6. 4.
5. 14, 25. II Cor. 4, 2. ana-qi]»an, str. v. (17G, n. 1), to
ana-leiko, adv., in like manner; blaspheme; in pass., to be evil
Skeir. VII, a. spoken of; 1 Cor. 10, 30.
ana-mall tjan, w. v. (188), to be ana-qiujan (42), \v. v. (187), to
violent against, do wrong, de- quicken, stir up; II Tim. 1, 6.
fraud, maltreat, (1) abs.; Mt. ana-silan, w. v. (193), to be si-
11, 12. Mk. 10, 19. II Cor. 7. lent, be still, grow still: Mk. 4.
12. in pass., to suffer violence; 39.
Mt. 11, 12. to suffer wrong; ana-siuns, adj. (130), visible:
II Cor. 7, 12. (2) w. ace; Lu.3, Skeir. II, d.
14. G, 28; in pass, the nom.; ana-slawan, w. v.
(193), to be-
Lu. 18, 32. come silent; Lu. 8, 24.
ana-niahts (GG, n. 1), f. (103), iina-slepan(78,n.3),red.v.(179),
power, injury; II Cor. 12, 10. to fall asleep, sleep, be asleep;
Skeir. I, b. Lu.8,23. IThess.4,13.14.15.
ana-meljan, w. v. (187), to write ana-stodeins, f. (103, n.l), begin-
down; in a passive sense, to be ning; Mk.1,1. Col. 1,18. Skeir.
enrolled for taxation, be taxed; 1, b. e first fruits; I Cor. 15,

Lu. 2, 5. 20. 23.

ana-minds, f. (103), supposition; ana-stodjan, w. v. (188), intr.,
I Tim. G, 4. to begin; Gal. 3, 3. Skeir. II, a.
aiia-nan)>jan, w.v. (188), to dare, IV,b. Mk., Lu., Eph.,IIThess.,
be bold; Mk. 15, 43. Rom. 10, and Tit. superscrs.
20. II Cor. 11,21. w.inf.; Skeir. ana-timrjan, w.v. (188), to build
IV, «I upon; w. ana dat.; Eph. .
ana-nanhjan, w. v. (188), w.acc., 2, 20.
to constrain, compel; Mt. 5,41. ana-trimpan, str. v. (174, n. 1),
Ananeias (Ananias), pr.n., Ha- to tread upon, piess upon; \v.
nani{ah); dat. -in"; Neh. 7. 2. du w. inf.; Lu. 5, 1.
ana-ninjan, w.v. (188), to renew; ana-]>aima, for. w., anathema;
II Cor. 4, 1G. Eph. 4, 23. par- Rom. 9, 3. I Cor. 16, 22.
 ana-]mvan — anda-waurdi. 307

ana-]>iwan, (103), w. aec,

vv. v. reward; II Cor. 6, 13. Col. 3,
to bring into subjection I Cor. ; 24. I Tim. 5, 4.
9, 27. anda-nahti, n. (95), evening; Mt.
Ana]>0]>, pr. n., Anathoth; Ezra 8, 16. Mk.l, 32. 4,35. 11, 11.
2,23. 19.15,42.
ana-]>rafstjan, w. v. (188), w. ace, anda-neij>s, adj. (124), contrary;
to refresh II Tim. 1, 16. Phi-
; I Thess, 2, 15. Col. 2, 14. —
lem. 20. at a andaneipo, contrari-
ana-wairbs, adj. (124), future; wise; II Cor. 2, 7.
Mk. 10, 30. Lu. 3, 7. Jo. 16, anda-nem (33), n. (94), a receiv-
13. Col. 2, 17. I Tim. 1, 16. ing; Phil. 4, 15.
4,8. Skeir. II, c. V, a. batei anda-nemeigs, adj. (124), receiv-
au aw air]? was mis duwiu- ing, holding fast; Tit. 1, 9.
n a n, that we should (lit. that and a ne m s ( 33 ) ad j .(130), pleas-
- ,

it was future to us to) suffer; ant, acceptable; Lu. 4, 19. 24.

I Thess. 3, 4. II Cor. 6, 2.
w. v. (188),
aiia-waiiiiiijan, to anda-nuints (33), f. (103), a re-
blame; II Cor. 6, 3. ceiving, acceptation; Lu.9, 51.

ana-wiljei, f. (113), moderation, Rom. 11, 15. I Tim. 1, 15. 4, 9.

gravity; Phil. 4, 5. I Tim. 3,4. anda-sets (34), adj. (130), abomi-
nable; Tit. 1, 16. the n. sing,
and, prep. w. ace. (217), (1) lo-
is used substantively, abomi-
cal, denoting 'motion over, or
along, an object', to, into, on; nation; Lu. 16, 15.
Mt. 9, 26. 11, 1. Lu. 14, 23. anda-stabjis, m. (92), an adver-
Rom. 10, 18. —
an d all every sary; Lu. 18, 3. I Cor. 16, 9.
,

where; (2) temporal, at) Mt. Phil. 1, 28.

27, 15. Mk. 15, 6. —

Occurs anda-staua,
m., an adversary;
often in composition with sbs., Mt 5, 25.
adj. (124), cautious,
adjs., vbs., and ad vs., while the anda-bahts,
vigilant, reasonable; Rom. 12,
fuller form, an d a occurs with ,

1. ITim.3,2. II Tim. 4. 5. Tit.

sbs. and adjs. only; Lu. 9, 6.
1, 8. Skeir. II, d.
anda-bauhts, f. (103), ransom;
I Tim. 2, 6.
and-augi, n. (95), face; II Cor.
10, 1. I Thess. 2, 17.
anda-beit, n. (94), reproach; II
Cor. 2, 6. and-augiba, adv., openly, plainly,
frankly; Jo. 7, 26. 10, 24.
anda-hafts, f. (103), answer, re-
ply, sentence, resolution; I Cor. and-augjo, adv., openly, publicly;
9, 3. II Cor.l, 9. Skeir. VIII, b. Mk. 1, 45. Jo. 7, 10. 18, 20.
an d a -h ait, (94), profession, anda-wairbi, n. (95),
n. worth, price;
confession; II Cor. 9, 13. I Tim. Mt. 27, 6. 9.
6,12.13. anda-waurdi, n. (95), answer;
anda-lanni, n. (95), lvcompense, Lu. 2, 47. 20, 26. Jo. 19, 9.
308 anda-wizns — and-huleins.
anda-wizns, f. (103), necessity. dat. of pers.; Mt. 25, 45. Mk.
need, want; Rom. 12, 13. II 7, 28. (3) w. ace. of th.; Mt.
Cor. 11, 8. Phil. 4, 16. 27, 12. Mk. 14, 60. 61. (4) w.
anda-M or -w 1 ei
leizn, u. (94; s wi]?ra w. ace: Mt. 27, 14. Lu.
f., 103?); countenance, face; 4,4. Skeir. VIII, b. (5) w. ei;
Mt. 26, 67. Lu. 17, 16. I Cor. Lu. 20, 7; or batei; Mk. 12,
14, 25. II Cor. 3, 13. 11, 20. 29. frodaba: Mk.12,
(6) w.
and-bahti, n. (95, n. 1), office, 34; raihtaba; Lu. 10,28;
service, ministry, ministration: wail a; Mk. 12, 28.
Mk. 10,45, I Cor. 16, 15. II Cor. and-liaitan, red. v. (170: 179), to
3, 7. 11, 8. profess, confess, make confes-
and-bahtjan, \v.v.(187), to serve, sion, (1) abs.; Jo. 12,42; w. du
minister; Mk.10, 45. Jo. 12, 2. w. dat.; Rom. 10, 10. (2) w.
I Tim. 3, 10. 13. w. ace. of th.. ace, to confess, acknowledge,
to perform, administer; II Cor. Skeir. V, a; w. two aces.; Jo. 9,
3, 3. 8, 19. 20. w.dat. of pers., 22. (3) w. dat., to confess
to serve, minister; Mt. 8, 15. (one's self) to, to thank; Mt.
25, 44. I Tim. 5, 16. Philem.13. 10,32. Lu.2, 38. 10, 21. Rom.
and-bahts, m. (91), servant, min- 10, 9. 14, 11. 15, 9; ouce to
ister, officer, Mt. 5, 25. Mk.14, confess something; Mk.1.5.
54. Jo. 12, 26. 18, 3. 22. Lu. (4) w. ]>atei; Mt. 7,23. (5)
4, 20. Skeir. VIII, a. w. inf.; Tit, 1, 16.
and-bcitan, str. v. (172, n. 1), w. and-hanion, \v. v.
(190), w. sik
ace, to rebuke; Mk. 1, 25. 3, and instr.dat,, to take off; Col.
12. 8, 32. 33. Lu.18,15. 1 Tim.
2,15.
5, 1. Skeir. V, b. in pass., to be
and-hausjan, w.v. (187), w. dat.,
perplexed: II Cor. 4, 8.
to listen to; hence, to obey,
and-bindan, str. v. (174), to loose,
hear; Mk. 6, 20. Lu. 17, 6. to
imhind, (1) w. ace; Mk. 1, 7.
listen to (and answer favor-
11, 2. 4. 5. Lu. 3, 16. 19, 30.
ably), to hear; Jo. 9, 31. 11,
Jo. 11, 44. Skeir. Ill, d; fio•., to
41. 42. II Cor. 6, 2; pers. pass.;
explain: Mk.4, 34. (2) w. af w.
Mt. 6, 7. Lu. 1, 13.
dat.; Rom. 7, 6.
aiid-biiiidnan, w. v. (194), to be-
and-hugjan, w. v. (188), in
(Phil. 3, 15); prob. en error, for
come loose, to loosen; Mk. 7,
35. and h ul an j
, q. v.

andeis, m. (92, n.l), end; Mk. 3, and-hruskan, w. v. (? only pres.

26. 27. Rom. 10, 18. Phil. 3, 19. partic occurs), to ask ques-
Skeir. III. a. and andi, to the tions, inquire; I Cor. 10, 25. 27.
end, to the uttermost: I Thess. and-huleins, f. (103, n. 1), un-
2. 16. covering, revelation, ilium illa-
aud-liafjnn, str. v. (177. n. 2), tion; Lu. 2, 32. I Cor. 14, 26.
(1) abs.: Mt.8, 8. 11,4. (2) w. II Cor. 12. 1. 7.
 and-huljan — and-wair)?i. 300

and-huljan, w. v. (187), ace, .

gard, consider; Lu.20,21. Gal.
to uncover; Mk.2,4. toivveal; 6,1 (in A).
Mk. 10, 26. Lu. 2, 35. 17, 30. and-sakan, str. v. (177, n. 1), to
IIThess.2, 3; and dat. of pers.; argue against, speak against;
Lu. 10, 21. 22. Jo. 12, 38. Eph. Lu. 2, 34.
3, 5. Phil. 3, 15. pret. partic. and-satjan, .. (187), ace,.
andhulips, uncovered, open; to set against, attribute; Skeir.
I Cor. 11, 5. II Cor. 3, 18. V,e
andi-laus, adj. (124), endless; and-sitan, str. y. (176, n. 1), w.
I Tim. 1,4. ace, to regard; Gal. 2, 6. Skeir.
andiz-uh, conj. (218), otherwise, VIII, b. to inquire into; I Cor.
else; andizuh ... aip)?au, 10, 27.
either . . . and-speiwan, str. . (172,
or; Lu. 16, 13. 1), .
and-letnan, w. v. (194), to be- to reject, lit. to spit against;
come free, to depart; Phil. 1, Gal. 4, 14.
23. and -staid, n. (94), supply, minis-
and-niman, str. v. (170; 175), w. tration; Eph. 4, 16. Phil. 1,19.
ace, to take, receive, partake, and-staldan, red. v. (179), ace .
except; Mt. 10, 40. Mk. 4, 20; of pers. and instr. dat. of th.,
in pret. to have received, to to provide, supply, minister;
have; Mt. 6, 2. 16; —
gamau- II Cor. 9, 10. Gal. 3, 5. I Tim.
dein andn., to call to remem- 1,4.
brance, to remember; II Tim. 1, and-standan, str. v. (177, n. 3.),
5; — and ana . .
dat.; Neh. to oppose, be contrary, with-
5, 17; or ace, Lu. 2, 28; or in stand, resist, gainsay; Rom.
. ace; Lu. 16, 4. 9; or at .
10, 21. Eph. 6, 13. dat.; Mt. .
dat.; I Cor. 11, 23; or du w. 5, 39. Jo. 19, 12. Rom. 9, 19.
inf.; Mk. 7, 4. .. (193), Av.ace,
and-staiirran,
and-qi]>an, str. v. (176, n. 1), ay. to murmur against; Mk. 14, 5.
dat., to speak with, approach; and-tilon, .. (189), . dat., to
Lu. 8, 19. to bid farewell to; serve, cleave to; Lu.16, 13. to
Lu. 9, 61. serve, accomodate one's self;

Andraias, pr.n., Andrew; Jo. 6, 8. Skeir. VII, b.

12, 22. Skeir. VII, a; gen. An- and-pagfcjan (gg; 67, . 1), . v.
draiins; Mk. 1, 29. An- (209; pret. -pahta (5, b), to
driins; Cal.; dat. -in; Jo. 12, consider, devise, . sik, (in

22; ace -an; Mk. 1, 16. 3, 18. pret.) to be resolved, know;

Lu. 6, 14. Lu. 16, 4. .
gen. of th., to re-
and-rinnan, st. v. (174, n. 1), to collect, remember; Skeir. VII, a;
run against, to strive, dispute; so -ithout sik; Skeir. VII, a.
Mk.9,34. .
sik; Skeir. Ill, a. and-wair]>i, n. (95), presence, face
and-saflian (34, n. 1), str. y. (176, (person); Mt. 6, 16. Lu. 9, 53.
n. 1), w. ace, to look at, re- I Thess. 2, 17. in , or f aura —
310 and-\vair)'is — an)>ar-leiko.

and wairbj a . in the pivsence 24. favor\ Lu. 1, 30. 2,52.

of. before; Mt. 5, 16. 24. Mk. thank; I Cor. 10, 30. Col. 3, 16.
9,2. i n managamma and- Antiaukia, pr. n., Antioch; dat.
wa r ]->
i a before many;
, II Cor. -jai; Gal. 2, 11; or -iai; II
1, 11. Skeir. V, a. c. bi and- Tim. 3, 11.
wa r ]> i a \v . gen before;
.
, I Tim
anbar, adj. (122. n. 1; 124, ns. 1.
5,19.
4; 14G), another, second, (1)
and-wairbis, adv. need as prep.
alone,w.and without art.; Mt.
w. dat., over against; Mt. 27,
5,39. 8,9. Mk. 12,31.32. Lu.
61.
ainl-wairbs, adj., (124), present;
5,29. 6, 10. anbar an- — . . .

]>aruh ]>an, the one the . . .

I Cor. 5, 3. 7. 2(5. II Cor. 4, 17.

other; Skeir. II, d. V, a. anba-
a d w air]» o, used as sb. Rom.
ban
:

rai . . . anbarai ban,

8, 38.
some otheis; Mk.G, 15. sum
. . .

aml-wasjan, w. (187), w. ace. v.

. an ]> a rub j^an, some
. . . . .
of pers. and instr.dat., to un-
some; Mk. 4, 5. sumaih ...
clothe, take off (clothes); Mk.
anbarai, some. . .others; Jo.
15, 20.
7,12. anbarai ... sumaih
and-waurdjan, w. v. (188). w.
]>an, th.s.; Mk. 8, 28.
anba-
dat. of pert., to answer, ivjjIy
rai ban sumai ban, th. . . .

to; Rom. 9, 20.

s.; Lu.9,19. ains anbar, . . .

and-weihan, str. v. (172), w.dat., the one the other: Mt. G. 24.
. . .

to strive against, oppose; Rom. Lu. 7, 41. 17,35. ]»ata an-

7, 23. 9, 13 (gloss). b a r for the ivst. besides I Cor.
, ;

Anna, pr. n., Anna; Lu. 2, 3G. 1,16. IICor.13,11. Eph. G, 10.
Annas, pr. n., Annas; Jo. 18, 24; an]>ar an bar an a, one an-
dat. -in; Lu. 3, 2. Jo. 18, 13. other; Phil. 2, 3. IThess.5,11.
anno, f. (Ill; or anna, 9G?), anbar aubaris, one of an-
wages, salary; Lu. 3, 14. s\v£- other; Eph. 4. 25. (2) w. a si...
sai m a m a t one's wn ,
(a) in gen.; Mt.8,21.(b) in the
charges; I Cor. 9, 7. same case. \v. or without the
Anu, pr. n.. Ono ('); gen. -os; art.; Mt.27,61. Mk.4,36. 12,
Ezra 2. 33. 4. — an]>aramma sinba,
the second time', Mk. 14. 72.
ans

42.
. (9, n.4). m.
occurs),
(?
beam Lu.6,41
90; only dat.
;
Jo. 9, 24. anbar fruma
sabbat 6 the first sa hl>a t ,
—
after the great Easter sabbath;
usteigB, adj. (124), gracious, fa-
Lu. G, 1.
vorable Eph. 1, 6. ;

ansts. f. {102) Joy, II (or. 1,24. anbar-leikei, f. (113), diversity;

gift; Rom. (. 23. I Tim. 4. 14. Skeir. V. c VI, b.
II Tim. benent; 1. 6. IICor. 1, an|>ar-lciko, adv.. otherwise; I
15. grace', Lu. 2. 40. Rom. 1G, Tim. 1.3.
 Appaullo — arman. .'ill

Apaullo (?), pr. ii., Apollo; gen. arbi-numja, m. (108), one who
-Cms; Cor. 1, 12; dat. -on;
I takes an inheritance, an in-
I Cor. 4, 6; ace. -;
I Cor. 16, heritor, heir; Mk.12,7. Lu.20,
12. 14. Gal. 4, 1.
apai'istaulei, for. w., f. (Ill), arbja, m. (1()S), heir, Gal. 3, 29.
apostleship; I Cor. 9, 2. Gal. 4, 7. arbja wairj?an, to in-
2, 8 (apaustulein in A). herit; Mk. 10, 17. Lu. 10, 25.
apaustaulus, m. (120, n. 1; apau- 18, 18. Gal. 5, 21.
stulus, 13, n.l), apostle, mes- arbjo, f. (112), heiress; arbjo
senger; sing. nom. -us; Jo. 13, w air ban, to inherit; I Cor.

16; gen. -aus; I Cor. subscr. 15, 50.

II Cor. 12, 12; or -us; Cal. (in Arimabaia, pr. n., Ariinathea;
A); ace. -u Phil. 2, 25; pi. nom.
;
gen. -as; Mt. 27, 57. Mk. 15,
-eis; Mk. 6,30; gen. -§; I Cor. 43.
15, 9; dat. -urn; I Cor. 15, 7; Areistarkus, pr. n., Aristarchus
ace. -uns; Lu.6,13. 9,1. I Cor. 10 (Arias tarkus in A).
Col. 4,

4, 9. Eph. 4, 11. Arfaksad, pr. n., Arphaxad; gen.

-is; Lu. 3, 36.
ara f m. (108), eagle; Lu. 17, 37.
arhazna, f. (97), arrow; Eph. 6,
Arabia, pr. n., Arabia; Gal. 4, 25.
16.
Araitas, pr.n., Aretas; gen. -ins;
arjan, Ws v. (187), to plow; Lu.
II Cor. 11,32. 17,7.
Aram, pr.n., Aram; gen. -is; Lu. arka, (97), ark, box, bag; Lu.
f.

3, 33. 17, 27. Jo. 12, 6. 13, 29.

arbaidjan, w. v. (187), to work, ark-aggilus (57), m. (105), arch-
labor, toil; Mt.6, 28. I Cor. 15, angel; I Thess. 4, 16.
10. II Tim. 2, 6. to suffer, en- Arkippus, pr. n., Archippus; dat.
dure; II Tim. 2, 3. 9. 4, 5. sa- -au; Col. 4, 17.
mana arbaidjan w. dat., to arma-hairtei, 1 (11 3), pity, mercy;
labor or strive together for; Lu. 1, 50. 54. 58. Rom. 15, 9.
Phil. 1,27. w. du w. dat., to Eph. 2, 4.
labor under; Col. 1, 29. w. in w. arma-hairtiba, f. (97), pity, mer-
dat., to suffer in; II Tim. 2, 9. cy; Mt. 6, 4. 9, 13. Lu. 1, 72.
arbaips, f. (103), labor, work, arma-hairts, adj. (124), merciful;
toil; I Cor. 15, 58. II Cor. 6, 5. Eph. 4, 32.
press ure of b usiness; 1 1 Cor 1 1 armaio, f. (112), mercy, pity;
.

28. in arbaidai briggan, Rom. 9, 23. 11, 31. Gal. 6, 16.

to exalt one's self; II Cor. 11,
20. arbaidai winnan,
labor; II Thess. 3, 8.
arbi, n. (95), heritage, inherit-
ance; Lu. 20, 14. Gal. 4, 30.
Eph.l, 14. 18. 5, 5. Col. 3, 24.
I Tim. 1,2. 16. alms; Mt.6,
to 1. 2. 3.
arman, w. v. (192), to show
mercy; Rom. 9, 16. 12, 8. w.
ace, to have mercy on; Mt.
9, 27. Mk. 10, 47. 48.
312 arms — at-angjati.

arms, adj. (124), miserable, poor. \ asts,m. (91), branch, twig; Mk.
wretched, super] . a r in 8 t . 4,32. 11,8. 13,28. Jo. 12, 13.
nom. pi. armostai (137): Rom. 11, 16. 18. 19. 21.
I Cor. 15, 19. at, prep. (217), (1) w. dat., (a)
arms, m. (101), arm; Mk. 9, 36 local, («) of the pers. of which
Lu. 1, 51. 2, 28. Jo. 12, 38. anything is 'heard, learned, re-
arniba, adv. (130, n. 3: 210). and the like, of, from:
ceived',,
surely, Mk. 14. 44. Mk. 15,45. Lu. 10, 7. II Tim.
ardmata, forw.. sweet spires: Mk. 1, 18. Neh. 5, 15. Skeir. IV, d. —
10. 1. ]mj at im, what they have;
Artaksairksus, pr. n.,Artaxerxes; Lu. 10, 7. (,5) nearness, at, by,
Neh. 5, 14. with: Mt. 9, 9. Mk. 4, 1. (f) in
arwjo, adv., without cause; Jo. consideration of, on account
. 25. gratuitously, freely; of: Skeir. V, c. — at ]> a mma
II Cor. 11, 7. for nought; II lei ka , therefore: I Cor. 12, 15.
These. 3, 8. 10. in Skeir. VI, d at is added
Asaf. pr. n. (gen. Asa bis. 50), to avoid ambiguity. (*) the

Asaph; Ezra 2. 41. point at which anything ar-

asans. f. (103), harvest, harvest rives, after vs. of 'coming, bring-
tin if. summer: Mt. 9, 37. 38. ing', and the like, to; Mt. 7.15.
Mk.4. 29. 13,28. Lu. 10, 2. Mk. 7. 31. 9.20. Lu. 3, 2. (b)
Aser. pr. n.. Aser: gen. -is: Lu. temporal, i. e. 'time within
2. 36. which'; Lu.3.2: often emphatic
Asgad, pr. n., Azgad; Ezra 2, 12. w. the dat. aba.; Mt. 8, 10. Mk.
Asia, pr. n.. Asia; gen. -a is: 4,6.35. Skeir. II, d. Ill, a. VII.
I Cor. 10, 19. dat. -ai; I Cor. b. VIII, a. c. d. (2) w.acc, only
subscr. II Cor. 1,8. II Tim.l, 1 5.
asilu-qairnus. f. (105), millstone
(lit. 'ass-mill. a mill turned
i.e.
temporal; as, at dulj», at the
feast; Lu. 2, 41. at
the season; Mk. 12,
at
2.
, at m§l
by an ass): Mk. 9, 42. swrsata, 713 due seasotr. Gal.
m.f. (105), young ass, ass;
iisi'us. (J. 9. at maurgin waiir]>n-
Lu. 19, 30. Jo. 12, 14. 15. nana, when the morning was
Asnioj>, pr. n., Azmaveth; gen. come; Mt. 27, 1.
-is: Ezra 2, 2 1. at-ahni. n. (95), year, Jo. is. 13.
asneis,m. (92). servant, hired at-angjan, w. v. (187), (1) to
man, hireling', Mk. 1, 20. Lu. bring before the eyes, to show.
15, 17. 19. Jo. 10, 12. 13. (a) w. ace. of th.; Kpli.2.7. (b)
asviiijiis. forw., in. 1 1 ().)). ,•/ small w. dat. of pers, and ace. of th.;
coin, farthing: Mt. 10, 29. Lu L 5. 20. 24. Jo. 10. 32. (<•)

4ssaum, pr. n.. Hasbum; gen. W. si k , or si k sil 1>; , and

-is: Eira 2, L9. dat. of pers.; Mt. 8, 4. Mk. 1,
aetata * (,: *)• truth, certainty; I Lu. 5. 11. 17.
1. L (d) W. 1

Lu. 1.1 acc.ofth.and Id w. dat.; Tim. I

 at-bairan — at-Iagjan. «13

1, 16. (e) av. dat. of pers. and at-giban (56, n. 1), str. v. (176),
an question; Lu. G, 47.
indir. (1) to give over, deliver up, de-
(f) w. ei; Skeir. Ill, a. (2) to liver, av. dat. (indir. obj.) and
appear, (a) w. sik; Lu. 9, 8. ace (dir. obj.); Mt. 5, 25. 27,
(b) w. dat.; Mk. 16, 9. (c) w. 18. Mk. 1, 14. 10, 33. (2) to
.sik and dat. of pers.; Mt. 27, deliver, communicate; I Cor.
53. 1 Cor. 15, 7. 8. (d)w.faura 15,3; av. Mt. 26, 2;
(Iuav. inf.;
w. dat.; II Cor. 5, 10. in pass. in av. ace; Mk. 9,31. Lu.9,44.
w. dat.; Mk. 9, 4. I Cor. 15, 5. av. tAvo aces.; Eph. 5, 2. (3) to

I Tim. 3, 16. deliver, give, w.two aces.; Eph.

at-bairan, str. v. (175), to bring; 1, 22. w. ace and du av. dat.;

(1) av. ace. of th.; Mt. 5, 24. 8, Jo. 13, 15. av. und Av.dat.; Mt.
4. Mk.6,28. to offer; Mk.1,44. 27, 10. du w. dat. of purpose;
Lu. 5, 14. (2) w. dat. of pers. I Cor. 5, 5. II Cor. 10, 8. or inf.;

and ace. of th.; Mt. 9, 32. Mk. Mk. 4,11. Lu.8,10. duAv.inf.;
12, 15. 16 (implied). (3) w. Joh. 17, 4.
ace. and du w. dat.; Mt. 8,16. at-haban, av. v. (192); ath. sik
9, 2. Mk. 10, 13. du av. dat., to approach; Mk.
at-driusan, str. v. (173, n. 1), to 10, 35.
fall; \y. du w. dat., to fall down at-hafjan, av. v. (177, n. 2), \v.
before; Lu. 8, 47. in w. ace, ace, to take down; Mk.15,36.
to fall into; I Tim. 3, 6. 7. 6, 9. at-hahan (5, b), red. v. (179), av.
Neh. 6, 16. Skeir. II, b. uf w. ace, to let down Lu. 5, 4. II ;

dat., to fall under; Skeir. I, a. Cor. 11, 33.

Ateir, pr. n., Ater; gen. -is ; Ezra at-haitan (69, n. 2), red. v. (170;
2, 16. 42. 179), av. ace, to call to one; Mt.
at-farjan, w. v. (188), to hind, 10, 1. Mk. 3, 13. 23. 7, 14. 8,
arrive; Lu. 8, 26. 1. 10, 42. Lu. 7, 19. 15, 26.
at-gaggan, an. v. (179, n.3; 207), atisk, n. (? 94; only ace sing,
to go to, come; Mt. 5, 24. 9, atisk occurs), seed, cornfield;
15. Mk. 2, 18. w. inf.;Lu.5, 7. Mk. 2, 23. Lu. 6, 1.
av. af w. dat.; Lu. 17, 7. ana at-kunnan, av. v. (193), to afford,
av. ace; Mk. 1, 10. Lu. 1, 35. grant, give; av. ace of th. and
du av. dat.; Mt. 25, 39. Mk. 5, dat. of pers.; Col. 4, 1.
15. 6, 25. in av. ace; Mk.3,20. at-lagjan, w. v. (187), av. ace
11, 15. us av. dat.; Lu. 9, 54. (sometimes implied), to lay,
av.inn; Mt. 9, 25. Mk. 6, 22. lay on, j)iit on av. ana av. ace;
;

aftana; Mk. 5, 27. Mt. 9, 18. Mk. 15,17. du w.

at-gaggs, m. (91), access; Eph. 2", dat.; Lu.19,23. failr av. ace;
18. 3, 12. Mk. 8, 6. i av. ace, to cast into;
at-garailitjan, av. v. ( 1 88), av. ace, Mt. 7, 19. av. adv. ana; Mk.8,
to set in order; Tit. 1, 5. 23. adv. failr; Mk. 8, 6.
314 nt - — at-wandjan.

at -, w.v. (100), invite, call; at-stei?au, str. v. (172, n. 1), to

w. ace. and in w. dat.; I Cor. 7,
24. in w. ace; Eph. 4, 4.
at-ligan, str. v. (170, n.l), to lie
close to, be present with; Rom.
7,18.
at-iiehjaii, w. \. (188), to draw
near, approach, come nigh, he
at hand; Mk. 14, 42. Rom. 13,
12. w. sik; Mk. 14,42. w. ana
w. ace; Lu. 10, 9. (so w. sik)
descend, come down; Lu. 19,6.
Eph. 4, 10. w. af w. dat.; Mt.
27, 42. Mk. 15, 30.32. in w.
ace {to step down into, enter);
Mt. 9, 1. Eph. 4, 9. us w. dat.;
Jo. 6, 33. 38. 41. 42. 50. 58.
dalap atst., to come down;
Lu.19, 5.\v. af w.dat.; IThess.
4, 16. atst. dala]? w. inf., ///.
s.; Lu. 17, 31.

11. und atta (69, n. 1), m. (108), father,

w. dat. Phil. 2, 30.
at-niinan, str. v. (170; 175), to forefather; Mt. 5, 16. 10, 37.
take to, adopt; Col. 1, 13. Jo. 6, 31. 7, 22. Rom. 15, 8.

at-rinnan, str. v. (174, n.l), to at-tekan (teikan; 7, n. 2), red.

run to, come to; Lu. 16, 21. v. (181), to touch; Mt.8,3.15.

at-sailran (34, n. 1), str. v. (17G,

9,20.21.29. Mk. 1, 41. 3,10.
n. 1), (1) w. gen., to take heed
Lu. 5, 13.
to; I Tim. 1,4. 4,1. Tit. 1, 14. at-tiuhan, str. v. (173), w. ace,
(2) w. du w.dat., th.s.; I Tim. to pull or draw towards, to
4, 16. faura \v. dat., to be- bring; Mk. 11, 2. Lu. 19, 30.
ware Mt, 7, 15. Lu. 20, 46.
of; Jo. 7, 45. Skeir. VIII, a. b. and
(3) ats. sis w. gen., to beware dat.; Lu. 19, 35. Jo. 19, 4. w.
of; Mk. 8, 15. (4) w. ace, to ana w. dat.; Mk. 15, 22. w.
consider; Gal R). 5. (5)
6, 1 (in hidre; Lu. 9,41. 14, 21. inn;
w.inf.. to take heed {that); Mt. Jo. 18, 16. dala}?; Rom. 10, 6.
6,1. at-]>insan, str. v. (174, n. 1), w.
at-satjan, \v. w. ace, to
v. (187), ace, to draw towards one; Jo.
present; w. faura w. dat. {to 6,44. w. d u w. dat.; Jo. 1 2. 32.
the Lord); Lu. 2, 22. w. two at-wairpaii, str. v. (174), to cast,
aces.; Col. 1, 22. 2* cast down, w. (instr.) dat. und
at-snarpjan. w. v. (188), to taste; in w. ace; Mt. 27, 5. w. ace of
Col. 2. 21. pers. and in w. ace; Mk. 9, 22.

at-etandan, sir. v. (177, n. 3), to 47 (the inf. w. a pass, sense).

standby, stand near; Mk. 14, atwatirpane wisan du w.
70. 15,35. to come near; Lu. dat., to be cast, belaid at; Lu.
2. 38. 20, 1. w. dat., to stand 16,20.
near; Mk. 14, 47. atst. in at-walwjan, w. \. (188), w. ace
a nd \va ir]>ja VV.gen., to stand and (1 u w. dat.. to roll to; Mk.
over against; Mk. 15, 3!). to 15.46.
get near, stejt up to; W. ufar at-wandjan, w.v. (188); atw. sik
[over) w. ace; Lu. 4, 39, aftra, to return; Lu. 19, 15.
 at-wisan — auhuma. 315

at-wisan, str.v. (176, n. 1), to be aufto (au or au? 24, n. 1), adv.
present, be at Land; Mk. 4, 29. ( 21 1 ) perhaps, likely, sure-
, .
,

II Tim. 4, 6. w. dat.; to be pre- ly; Lu.4, 23. 20, 13. I Cor. 16,
sent with; Rom. 7, 21. 12. II Cor. 12, 16. Philem. 15.
at-witains, (103, n. 1), obser-
f. ei aufto, if haply; Mk.11,13.
vation; Lu. 17, 20. ib a i aufto, lest perhaps, lest ,

at-wopjan, w.v. (187), w. ace, to perhaps; Mt,27,64. Mk.2,22.

call, bid one come; Mk. 9, 35. 11, 13. niu aufto, if per-
10,49. Lu. 16, 2. Jo. 9, 18. 24. haps, whether or not; Lu. 3, 15.
Lu. 6, 13. ibai aufto ni, lest not; Rom.
Abeineis, pr. n. pi., Athens; dat. 11,21. nibai aufto, except;
-im; IThess. 3, 1. II Cor. 13, 5.
aim, n. (? 94; ouly dat. pi. ab- auga-dauro, n. (110), window; II
namis found ),year; Gal. 4,10.
Cor. 11,33.
a]>]>an, couj.(218), always at the augjan, ay. v.
(187), to show; Jo.
beginning• of the sentence, but,
14, 8. 9.
moreover; Mt. 5,22. Mk.2,10.
augd, n. (110), eye; Mt. 5, 29. 38.
I Cor. 4, 3. Skeir. IV, b. VI, a,
9, 30. I Cor. 15, 52. Gal. 4, 15.
yet; II Cor. 11, 6. for; Rom. 8,
in augam skalkinon, to
6. 9,11. Tim. 4, 4;
and; II
serve with eye-service; Col. 3, 22.
then, therefore; Mk. 11, 31.
nevertheless; II Tim. 2, 19. in- auhjodus,
m.( 105), noise, tumult,
insurrection; Mk. 5, 38. 15, 7.
deed; Mk. 1, 8. Rom. 11, 22.
now; II Cor. 10,1. abbanei, an Iijoii. w. v. (190), to make a,
but that; Lu. 5, 24. a ban noise, to cry aloud; Mt. 9, 23.
jabai, and if; Lu. 6, 32. Jo. 8, Mk. 5, 39.
16. abban swebauh jabai, auh mists, for auhumists; s.
for though; II Cor. 10, 8. ab- auhuma.
ban swebauh ni, but not as auhns, in. (91, n. 2), oven; Mt. 6.
if; Rom. 9, 6. a]']?an nu, 30.
therefore; I Cor. 9,27. a b b a auhsa, m. (108, n. 1), ox; Lu. 14,
u s w e b a u h, wherefore; Rom 19. I Cor. 9, 9. I Tim. 5, 18.

7,12. auhsus (? 108,n. 1).

audagei, f. (113), blessedness; auhuma, superl. adj. (139), w. a

Gal. 4, 15. compar. meaning, higher; Phil.
audagjan, w. (187), w. ace., to
v. 2, 3. — From auhuma a new
call blessed; Lu. 1, 48. superl ist formed
. , auhumists
audags, adj. (124), blessed; Mt. (124), the highest, a chief; Eph.
5,8. 11,6. Lu. 1,45. 10,23. 2,20. auhumisto, the high-
I Tim. 1, 11. Skeir. VI, d. est point; Lu. 4, 29. auhu-
auda-hafts, (124), blessed,
adj. mists g u d jMt.a, chief priest;
happy; Lu. 1, 28. 27, 62. Mk. 14, 60. 66. Lu. 3,
Audericus (25, n. 2), pr. n. 2. 19,47.
316 auk — azvtnus.

auk, conj. (only once at the begin- desert, waste; Mk. 1, 35. 45.
ning of a sentence: Jo. 9, 30). Lu.4, 42. 9, 10. 12. Gal. 4, 27.
for; Mt. 5, 18. Mk. 1.16. Phil. awebi, n. (95), fiock of sheep; Jo.
15, 22. j ah auk, for; Mt. 8, 10. 16. I Cor. 9, 7.
9. 26. 73. and, farther, but; awiliub (a \v i li u d). u. (94), thank:
Rom. 8, 10. I Cor. 8. 11. 15. 50. I Cor. 15. 57. II Cor. 2, 14. 8,
a uk . . . i |\ indeed . . . bat; Jo. 16: giving of thanks, thanks-
16.22. I Cor. 15. 51. auk j ah. giving; II Cor. 4. 15: pi., th. >•.:
and also; I Cor. 1, 16. ban II Cor. 9, 12. Eph. 5. 4. I Tim.
auk, but; Jo. 12, 10. auk 2. 1.
raihtis, for; Mk. 6. 17. jah awiliudon, w. v. (190). to thank,
ban auk, for also; Lu. 7. 8. give thanks; Mk. 8, 16. Jo. 6,
ankan, red. v. (179). to increase; 11. ICor.ll. 24. Skeir. VII, b. w.
Skeir. IV, b. in {for) w. gen.; I Cor. 10, 30.
auknan, w. v. (104. a), to become Eph. 1, 16. w. dat.; Lu.17,16.
larger, to increase, hence to to glorify; Lu. 18. 43 and \v. ;

ha ve nourishment, be nourish- fram (for) w. dat.: Eph. 5. 20.

ed: Col. 2, 19. in (for) w. gen.: II Thess. 1. 3.
Auneiseiiaurus, pr. n., Onesipho- \\ . unte; I Tim. 1, 12. pres.
rus: gen. -aus; II Tim. 1. 16. I
lartic. a \v i 1 i ud6 ds , t ha nk-
Ai'inisimus (9, n. 1), Onesimus; ful; Col. 3, 15. in pass.: ei so
dat.-au: Col. 4. 9. g ba aw
i i 1 i udau f a r uns,
aurahi (or a u r a h that for the gift thanks may be
j ? a ? Only
dat.pl. aurahiom occurs), f. gi ven on ourbehalf; II Cor.1,11.
(98; or 111?), tomb; Mk.5,2.3. awistr (4), n. (94). eheepfold;
aurali (5, a), for. w. (from Lt. Jo. 10, 16.
'orale'), n. (98). a cloth for awo, f. (112), f., grandmother;
wiping off perspiration, nap- II Tim. 1. 5.
kin: Jo. 11, 44. Axaja: see Akalja.
jiurkeis, m.(92), for. w. (from Lt. azetaba. adv.. willingly, gladly.
'urceus' ),jug, cup; Mk. 7. 4. 8. easily; II Cor. 11,19.
aiirti-trards. m. (101). garden; azeti, n. (95), pleasure; wizon
Jo. 18,1. 26. in azetjam. to live pleas- m
aurfja. in. (108), gardener, hus- ure; I Tim. 5. (').

bandman; Lu. 20, 10. 14. 16. azets, adj. (124). easy; compar.
Ansila 25, n. 2), pr. n.
1 n. aǤtiz6; Mt.9, Mk.2. 9. 5.
auso. n. (110), ear; Mt. 1<>. 27. Lu. 5. 23: w. dat.; Mk. 10, 25.
Mk.4. 9. Ln. 1.44. I Cor. L2, aziro. f. (112), ashes; Mt.ll, 21.
L6. Neh. 6, 16. I. n. 10, 13. Skeir. Ill, c.

au|dda. f. (97). desert; Mi. 11. 7. azvinus (77). for. w. (from (Jr.
Mk. 1, 3. 8, 4. Lu. 1. 80. 5. 1•;. toy), occurs only once, in gen.
Skeir. VII, d. pi. a v. ym unlea vened bread;
,

anj>eis (or a n)>s: 130, n. 2). adj., Mk. 14, 12.

 ba — BaiJ>saidau. 317

. bring, bring forth (a child); Lu.

1, 57. 2, 6. Jo. 16, 21. (w. bar-
ba, enclitic particle; Jo. 11, 25.
a) I Tim. 5, 14. w.
(fruit),
Babaw, pr. n., Bebai; Ezra 2, 11.
akran; Mk. 4, 28. Lu. 8, 15.
badi, n. (95), bed; Mk. 2, 4. 9. Jo. 12, 14. 15, 2. wroh bal•
11. 12. 6, 55. Lu. 5, 19. 24. ran ana \v. ace, to bring an
Bagauis (gen.), pr. n., Bigvai; accusation against; Jo. 18, 29.
Ezra 2, 14. Bai rail ja, pr. Beroea (now
n.,
bagms m. (91), tree;
(48, n. 1), Veria, a city in Macedonia);
Mt.7, 17. 18. 19. Mk.8,24. 11, dat. -ai; Cal.
8. Lu. 3, 9. 6, 43. 44. bairgahei, (113), hill-country;
f.

bai, num. adj. (140, n. 1), both; Lu. 1, 39. 65.

Lu. 1, 6. 7. 5, 7. 6, 39. 7, 42.
bairgan, str. v. (174, n. 1), w.
Eph. 2, 14. 1G. dat., to hide, keep; .Jo. 12, 25.
Baiailzaibul, pr.n.inacc, Beelze- w. faura w. dat.; Jo. 17, 15.
bub; Mt. 10, 25. Mk. 3, 22. bairhtaba, adv. (210), clearly,
baidjan, w. v. (187), w. ace, to brightly; Mk. 8, 25. Skeir. Ill,
command, compel; Gal. 2, 3. d. VI, c. openly; Col. 2, 15.
14.
bairhtei, f.(113), brightness, clear-
Bailiam, pr. n., Belial; dat. Bai-
ness, manifestation; bairh-
liama; II Cor. 6, 15.
tei sun j os, by manifes-
Baineiamein, pr.
gen. -is; Phil. 3, 5.
baira-bagms, m.(91), for
sycamine tree; Lu. 17, 6.
n.,

bai ran, str. v. (175), w. ace, (1)

,
Benjamin; tation of the truth; II Cor. 4, 2.
in bairhtei
4.6.
openly; Mt. 6,
,

bai rh tjan, w. v. (187), to

bright, manifest,
make
show; w. ace
to bear, support; Rom. 11, 18. (dir. obj.) and dat. (indir. obj.);
(2) to bear, carry, (a) in the Jo. 7, 4.
hands or ou the shoulders; Mk. bairhts, adj. (124), bright, mani-
14,13. Lu. 7, 14. 14,27. Jo. fest; I Cor. 15, 27. Skeir. V, c;

12, 6. Gal. 6, 5 (b) in other

;
bairhts wairban, tobecome
relations; Lu. 10, 4. Jo. 19, 5. manifest; Jo. 9, 3. Col. 3, 4.
Rom. 13, 4. I Cor. 15, 49 w. baitraba, adv., bitterly; Mt. 26,
;

ana w. dat.; Gal. 6, 17. (3) to 75.

bear, endure, suffer; Gal. 5, 10. baitrei, f. (113), bitterness; Eph.
6, 2. (4) to carry, bring (a per- 4,31. Skeir. VIII, e
son); w. at w. dat.; Mk. 2, 3; baitrs (20, 3), adj. (124), bitter;
d u w. dat.; Mt. 9, 2. 5, 23. Mk. Col. 3, 19.
1, 32. 7, 32. 8, 22. 9, 19. Lu. Baibil, pr. n., Bethel; gen. -is;
18, 15; w. ana w. dat.; Mk. 6, Ezra 2, 28.
55. Lu. 5, 18; \v. du (adverbi- Baiblaem; see Beblaihaim.
al); Mk. 10, 13. (5) to bear; Baibsa'idan; see Bebsaeidan.
318 bajo]>s — BarftaulaumaiuK.

bajdbs, adj. (117, n. 1). both; Mt. 20, 73. Skeir. V, o. (4) w.
Mt. 9, 17. Lu.5,38. Eph.2,18. ]?atei; Lu. 20.37.
I Cor. 10.
Skeir. II, d. Ill, a. w.
12.
(5) au indir. question:
balgs, in. (100), leather bug, wine- Jo. 12, 33. 18, 32.
skin, hot tl••; Mt. 9, 17. Mk. 2, bandwo, f. (112), sign, token;
22. Lu. 0, 37. 38. Mk. 14,44. These, 3, 17.
balsan, for. w., n. (94), balsam, banja, f. (97). wound, sore; Lu.
balm; Mk. 14, 4. 5. Lu. 7, 37. 10,30. 10. 20. 21.
38.46. Jo. 11, 2. 12, 3. 5. bansts, m. (103). barn; Mt.6,26.
balbaba, adv., boldly, openly; Lu. 3, 17.
Jo. 7, 13. Col. 2, 15. Barabbas (Barabba), pr. n.;
balbei, f. (113), boldness; II Cor. k. 15,7. Jo. 18, 40. ace. -an;

3, 12. Eph. 3, 12. G. 19. Skeir. Mt. 27, 16. 17. Mk. 15, 11. 15.
VIII, b. c. Jo. 18,40.
balbjaii, W. v. (188), to be bold, Barakeias, pr. n., Beivchinh; gen.
to dare; Skeir. II, a. -ins; Neh. 0, 18.
balwa-wesei, f. (113), wickedness, barbarus, for. w., m. (105), for-
malice; I Cor. 5, 8. eigner, barbarian; Col. 3, 11.
bahveins, f. (103, n. 1), torment, barizeins, adj. (124), of barley,
punishment; Mt. 25, 40. Lu. Jo. 0, 9. 13.
16, 23. barms, m. (103), bosom; Lu. 6,
balwjan, \v. v. (187), w. dat., to 38. 16, 22. 23. Jo. 13, 23. 25.
torment, plague; Mt. 8, 29. Mk. barn (33), n. (93), child; Mt.ll,
5, 7. Lu. 8, 28; balwi]?s, tor- 19. Mk. 5, 39. 9, 24. 36. Rom.
mented; Mt. 8, 6. 9, 8. Tit. 1, 4. Skeir. VII, b.
Banaui, pr. n., Bani; gen. Ba- barne bar a, children's chil-
n a uis; Ezra 2, 10. dren, grandchildren', I Tim. 5,4.
bamli, f. (96), band, bond; Mk. Barnabas, pr. n., Barnabas; I Cor.
7, 35. Lu.8,29. Col. 4, 19. Phil. 9,6. Gal. 2,13. gen. -ins, Col.
1, 14. 17. II Tim. 2, 9. Philem. 4, 10. dat. -in; Gal. 2, 1.9.
L3. barnilo, n. (110), lit tie child, son;
bandja (32), m. (108), one being Mt. <>, 2. Mk. 2, 5. 10,24. Lu.
hound, ;i prisoner; Ml. 27, 15. 1,76. 15,31. Jo. 13, 33.
10. Mk. 15, 0. Eph. 3, 1. 4, 1. barniskei, f. (113), childishness,
II Tim. 1,9. childish things; I Cor. 13, 11.
bandwa, f. (97, u.l), sign, token; barniski, n. (95), childhood; us
I Cor. 14, 22. barniskja, from childhood;
bamhvjan, w. v. (188), to make Mk. 9, 21. II Tim. 3, 15.
signs, to show, designate, (1) barnisks, adj. (124), childish;
ate.; I Cor. 10,28. (2) w. dat. I Cor. 14, 20. Gal. 4, 3.

of pen., to beckon; Lu. 1, 22; Bartei mains, pr. n., Bnrtimeus;

and du w. inf.; Jo. 13, 24; or Mk. 10.46.
«i; Lu. 5. 7. (3) w. ace. of th.; Bar]>aulailniaius (24, n. 5), pr.n.,
 barusnjan — bi. 319

Bartholomew; ace -u; Mk. baurbei, f. (113), burden; Gal. 6. 5.

3,
18; or Barpulauruaiu; Lu. baubs, adj. (124), deaf, dumb:
6,14. Mt. 9, 32. 11, 5. Mk.7, 32. 37.
barusnjan, w. v. (187), w. ace, Lu. 7, 22. bau]?s Avairpan,
to honor; I Tim. 5, 4. to become dull, become insipid,
Bassus, pr. n., Bezai; gen. Bas- lose its savor; Lu. 14, 34.
saus; Ezra 2, 17. beidan, str.v. (172, n.l), w.gen,
batists, superl. adj. (138), best; to abide, expect; Mt.ll, 3. Mk.
Lu. 1, 3. 15, 43. Lu. 1, 10. 21. 2, 25. 8,
batiza, compar.adj.(138), better; 40. Skeir. V, a.
Mt, 10, 31. Lu. 5, 39. Jo. 18, beist, n. (94), leaven; Mk. 8, 15.
14. w. dat.; Mt. 5, 29. 30. Jo. I Cor. 5, 6. 7. 8. Gal. 5, 9.
16, 7. II Cor. 8, 10. beitan, str.v. (172, n.l), w. ace,
Batwins(?), pr.n., at win; ace. to bite; Gal. 5, 15.
-in Cal.
; Berob, pr. n. (indeclinable; 120),
bauains, f. (103, n. 1), dwelling; Beeroth; Ezra 2, 25.
Mk. 5, 3. II Cor. 5, 2. Eph. 2, berusjos (7, n. 3; 33), pl.m.(92),
22. Phil. 3, 20. parents; Lu. 2, 27. 41. Jo. 9, 23.
bauan (26), w. v. (179, n. 2; 193, Bebania, pr.n., Bethany; Jo. 11,
n. 1), to dwell, inhabit, (1) w. 18; gen. -as; Jo. 11, 1. dat.
ace; I Tim. 6, 16. (2) w. mi -in; Mk. 8,22. 11, 12; or Bi-
w. dat.; I Cor. 7,12; in w. dat.; paniin; Jo. 11, 1; orBepan-
Rom. 7, 17. 20. 8, 9. II Cor. 6, jin; Lu. 19, 29. Jo. 12,1. ace
16. — aid bauan, to lead a -an; Mk. 11, 11.
life; I Tim. 2, 2. Beblaihaim, indecl. pr. n.; Jo. 7,
Bauanairgais (a by-name of James 42. Beblahaim;Lu.2,4. 15.
and John), Boanerges; Mk. 3, Baiblaem; Ezra 2, 21.
17. Bebsaeida, pr. n.; fram Bep-
Baiiaiis, pr. n., Booz; gen. Bau- saeida; Jo. 12, 21. batirgs
auzis; Lu. 3, 32. namnidaizos Baidsaii-
baur (33), m. (101), son one
(lit. dan; Lu. 9, 10. — wai bus
being born); Mt.ll, 11. Lu. 7, Baipsaidan; Mt.ll, 21. Lu.
28. 10, 13.
baurei, (113), burden; Gal. 6, 5. Bebsfagei, pr. n., Bethfage; dat.
f.

baurgja, m. (108), burgher, citi-
zen; Lu. 15, 15. 19, 14.
baurgs, (116), burgh, borough,
f.
town, city; Mt.5,35. 8, 33. Mk.
1, 38. 45. 6, 56. Lu.5,12. Neh.
7,2.
baurgs-waddjus, f. (105), town-
wall; IICor.ll, 33. Neh. 5, 16.
6, 15. 7, 1.
-ein; Mk. 11,1. Lu. 19, 29.
bi, prep. (217), (I) w. dat, (1)
local, against, upon; Mt. 7, 25.
27. Lu. 4, 11. by; Mk. 5, 41.
9, 27. (2) temporal, at; Rom.
9, 9. (3) in abstr. relations,
by, on; Mt, 5, 34. 7, 16. Lu.l,
58. 1 Cor. 15, 15. on account of,
through, by; Jo. 16, 30. I Cor.
320 bi-abrjan — bidjan.

10, 27. II Cor. 12, 7. after, ac- to toil for, strive for; I Thess.
cording to; Mt.9, 29. Mk.7, 5. 4,11.
Rom. 8, 5. 12, 16. Tit. 1, 3. bi-aukan, red. v. (179), to add;
Skeir. Ill, d. V, a. b. c. d. VIII, Lu. 19, 11. w. dat. of pers. and
b. bi bam ma, according• to ace. of th., to increase;
Lu. 17,
that, in the like manner; Lu. 5. in pass. w. dat. of pers., to
G, 23. bi sunjai, in truth, in- give still more, give besides;
deed, certainly; Mk.11,32. Jo. Mk. 4, 24.
8, 36. ITim.0,7. bi naubai, bi-auknan, to become larger, in-
of necessity; Philera. 14. Skeir. crease, abound; Phil 1, 26. I
VI, a. bi n ami byname; Thess. 4, 10.
,

Jo. 10, 3. bi and wairbja, bi-baurgeins, f. (103, n. 1), forti-

after the outward appearance; fication, camp; Skeir. Ill, c.
II Cor. 10, 7. (II) w. ace, (1) bi-bindan, str. v. (174), w.acc. of
local, against, on; Mt. 5, 39. pers. and (instr.) dat., to bind
about Mt. 8, 18. Mk. 1, 6. 3,
; about; Jo. 11, 44.
8.32.34. to; Jo. 11,19. (2) bida, f. (97), ivquest. prayer; Mk.
temporal, in, within; Mk. 14. 9, 29. Lu. 1, 13. 2, 37. 9, 43.
58. 15, 29. Neb. 5, 18. at; II exhortation; II Cor. 8, 17. the
Tim. 4, 1. about; Mt. 27, 46. pers. addressed in gen.; Lu. 6,
after; Gal. 2, 1. (3) in abstr. 12; orw. du w.dat.; Rom. 10,1.
relations, at, about, over, be- the pers. for whom the prayer
cause of, for, of, concerning; is made is expressed by faur
Mt, 5, 44. 6, 28. Mk. 1, 30. 5, w. ace; II Cor. 9, 14; or bi w.
27. 33. to; Rom. 9, 31. by; Lu. ace; Rom. 10, 1. II Cor. 1, 11;
4, 4. against: Mt. 5, 23. 27, 1. or fram w. dat.; Eph. 6, 18.
Mk. 3, 6. I Tim. 5, 19. accord- bidai anahaitan, to call
ing to, after; II Cor. 7, 9. 10. upon, beseech; Rom. 10, 13. II
I Tim. 1,11. Skeir. Ill, b. V, d. Tim. 2, 22. I Thess. 4, 1. bi-
bi all, in all things; Col. 3, 20. dos taujan, to make prayers;
22. bi 8 u in at a, in part] II Lu. 5, 33. gard, or razn, bi-
Cor. 1, 14. 2, 5. bi twang, by (16, house of prayer; Mk. 11,
two; I Cor. 14, 27. bi wig, 17. Lu. 19,46.
by the way; Lu.10,4. bi an- m bidagwa, m. (108), beggar, Jo.
il an as
, a man, after the man- 9. 8.
ner of men: I Cor. 9, 8. 15,32. bidjan, str. v. (176, n.5), to pray,
It occurs often in composition ask, desire, beseech, call on, beg,
VT. vs., also w. sbs., adjs., and (1) abs.; Mt. 6, 5. 7. 9. Mk. 1,
ad vs. 35. 6. 25. Jo. 16. 26. (2) w.
bi-abrjan, \v. v. (187), to be as- ace of the pers. addressed; Mt.
tonished; w. ana w. dat.; Ml. 5. 42. 6, 8. Lu.6. 30. Rom. 10,
7. 28. 12; or desired; Mk. 15. 6. (3)
bi-arbaidjan, w.v. (187), w. ace, the pers. addressed is indicated
 bi-ddmjan — bi-leiban. 321

by bi w. ace; Mt. 5, 44. Jo. 16, bi-hait, n. (94), strife-, II Cor. 12,
26. 17, 9. 20; or faura vv.acc; 20.
Rom. 8, 34. Col.l, 9. or f ram bi-haitja, m.(108), a, contentious
w. dat.; Lu. 6, 28. (4) the th. man, boaster; II Tim. 3, 2. Tit.
asked in ace; Lu. 18, 11. Jo. 1,7.
14, 13; or gen.; Mt. 27, 58. Mk. bi-hlahjan, str. v. (177, n. 2), to
6,24. 10,38. (5) w. ace. of laugh at, laugh to scorn Mt. ;

pers. and gen. of th.; Jo. 14, 14. 9, 24. Mk. 5, 40. Lu. 8, 53.
(6) \v. ace. of both pers. and bi-lrairhaii. (174, n. 1),
str. v.
th.; Mk. the th.
6, 23. 10, 35., w. ace, to throng about, to
being expressed by bi w. ace; throng; Lu. 8, 45.
Lu. 4, 38; or au imper. clause; bi-lre (Cp. hie), by what, where-
Lu. 5, 8. 14, 18. 19; or optative by; Lu. 1, 18.
clause; Lu. 8, 28. Eph. 3, 13. bijands (perhaps pres. partic. of
or a clause w. ei w. opt.; Mt. 8, a lost v., *bijan, to add), in
34. Mk. 5, 10; or an inf. clause; bijandzub-ban, but withal;
Mk. 5, 17. II Cor. 5, 20. Phil. Philem. 22.
4, 2; or du w. inf.; I Thess. 2, bi-kukjan, w. v. (188), w. ace,
11. II Thess. 2,1. to kiss; Lu. 7, 45.
bi-domjan, w. v. (187), w. ace, bi-qiman, str. v. (175, n. 1), w.
to judge; Col. 2, 16. ace, to come upon; I Thess. 5, 3.
hi-faiho, f. (112), covetousness;
w. v.
bi-laibjan, w. ace, to (188),
II Cor. 9, 5.
lea ve; in pass, to be left, to re-
bi-faihon, w. v. (190), to make a main; I Thess. 4, 15.
gain by, to defraud; II Cor. 7,
bi-laigon, w. v. (190), to lick;
2. 12,17.18. I Thess. 4, 6.
Lu. 16, 21.
bi-gairdan, str. v. (174, n. 1), to
begird, gird one's sell; Lu.17, 8. bi-laikan, red. v. (179), w. ace,
bi-gitan, str. v. (176, n. 1), to
to mock; Mk. 10, 34. 15,20.
find, w. ace; Lu. 2, 16; \v. at
31. Lu. 14, 29; pass.; Lu. 18,
w. dat.; II Tim. 1, 18; f ram w. 32. Gal. 6, 7.

dat.; Lu. 1, 30. ana w. dat.; bi-leiban (56, n. 1), str. v. (172,
Mk. 11, 13. in w. dat.; Jo. 14, n. 1), to remain; Cal.
30. 18, 38. 19, 4. 6. w. two bi-leiban, str. v. (172, n. 1), to
aces.; Mk. 7, 30. Lu. 7, 10. II leave, forsake, (1) \v.(abl.)dat.;
Cor. 9, 4. 12, 20. in pass. w. Mt. 27, 46. Mk. 10, 7. 12, 19.
nom.; Lu. 15, 24. 32. 17,18; 20. 21. 22. 14, 52. 15, 34; and
w. two noms.; I Cor. 4, 2. 15, another dat. (indir.obj.); Rom.
15. w. an obj. clause; Lu.5,19. 9, 29. (2) w.ace; Lu.15,4. Jo.
19,48. 14, 27. 16, 28. 32. II Tim. 4,
bi-graban (56, n. 1), str. v. (177, 13. (3) w.partit. gen.; Mk.12,
n.l), to surround with a ditch; 19. Lu. 20, 31. (4) personal
Lu. 19, 43. pass.; Lu. 17, 34. 35.
21
322 "bi-iuait — bi-suieitan.

bi-mait. n. (04). circumcision; 7, 32; dii w. dat.: Lu. 5, 30:

Jo. 7, 22. 23. Rom. 15, 8. Gal. in i
J> w. refl. dat. (izwis niis-
2,9. so); Jo. 6, 43.
bi-maitan, red. v. (179), (l)trans., bi-riiuaiiis, (103, n. 1),
f. evil
to ciivumci.se; Jo. 7, 22. Lu.l, counsel; Skeir. Ill, a.
59. 2, 21. I Cor. 7, 18. Gal. 5, binisjos; see berusjos.
3. 6, 13. (2) intr., to undergo bi-sailrau (34, n. 1; 176, n. 1),
circumcision, hence to be cir- (1) abs., to look round about;
cumcised; Gal. 2. 3. 5, 2. 6, 12. Mk. 10, 23. (2) w. acc, to look
1 Cor. 7. 18. round about on; Mk.3,34. 11,
bi-mainpjan, w. v. (188), \v. ace, 11. to perceive; Lu.20,23. (3)
to deride, mock at; Lu. 16. 14. w. geu., to ha ve regard for, pro-
bi-nauhan, pret.-pres. v. (201); vide; Rom. 12, 17.
impers.: bin ah, it is lawful; bi-satjan, w. v. (187). to beset.
ICor.10.23: it hehores; II Cor. set round anything; w. acc.
12.1; bin a lit ist, tli. s.\ and (instr.) dat.: Mk. 12. 1.
I Cor. 10, 23. bi-sauleins, f. (103. n. 1), filthi-

bindan, str. v. (174). \v. ace. of ness; II Cor. 7, 1.

pers. and (instr.) dat.. to bind: bi-sauljan (24. n. 1). w. v. (188),
Lu. 8, 29. sully, defile; Tit. 1. 15.
bi-niman. str. v. (170; 175). w bi-saulnan (24. u. 1), to become
(instr.) dat., to take away. soiled, sullied, defiled; Jo. 18,
steal; Mt. 27. 04. 28.
bi-niuhsjaii. w. v. (188), w. ace., bi-sitan, str. v. (176. n. 1). tosit
to spy out; Gal. 2. 4. about, sit near: occurs only in
bi-raubon, w. v. (100). w. ace. to pros, partic used as sb., m.
rob, strip, despoil; Lu. 10. •">(). (115), one who dwells near:
II Cor. 11, 8. uom. bisitauds, those
pi.

bi-reikei, f.(113), danger; HCor. that dwell round about: hence

11.2»;. neighbors: 5*: <;en. bi-
Lu. 1.

bi-reks. adj. (130, n. 2), being in sitande (round about); Lu.

danger, endangered; Lu. s 23. < . 4.14: dat. bi sit and am w.
I Cor. 15,30. acc; Lu. 1, 65. acc bisit a mis
bi-rinnan, etr. v. (174. n. 1). w. {neighborhood); Lu. 7. 17; \v.
ace., to run about; Mk. 0. 55. u. {round about Galilee)] Mk.

to surround; Jo. 10. 24. 1.28.

bi-rodeins, (103, n. l). mur- bi-skaban. str. v. (177. n. 1). to
f.

muring, slander; Jo. 7. 12. II shave off the hair, to shave;

Cor. 12, 20. Cor. 11.5. I

bi-i'odjan. to mur- bi-ekeinan, str. v. (172. n. 1). w.

w. v. (188).
mur. (1) abs.; Lu. 15, 2. 19, 7. acc., to shine upon, shine round
(2) w. acc. of Hi.: Jo. 6, 61. 7. about: Lu. 2. 9.
32. (3) w. bi vv. acc: Jo. (5. 41. bi-sineitan. str. v. (172. n. 1). w.
 bi-sni\vaii — blandau. 323

ace. of th. and dat. of pers., to 2. 8, 1. Jo. 13, 36. (2) conj.,
besmear, anoint; Jo. 9, 11. when, as, as soon as; Mt. 6, 16.
bi-sniwan, str. v. (176, n. 2), w. 11, 1. Lu. 1, 23. 7, 1. 3, 21.
faur w. ace, to hasten on be- Phil. 2, 23.
fore, to prevent; IThess.4, 15. bi-bragjan, w. v. (188), to pass
bi-speiwan, str. v. (172, n. 1), w. by with effort (?); occurs only
ace, to bespit, spit upon; Mk. once: bibragjandans faur,
15, 19. Lu. 18, 32. running before; Lu. 19, 4.
bi-standan, str. v. (177, n. 3), to bi-bwahan, str. v. (177, n. 1), to
stand by, stand round; Jo. 11, wash one's self; Jo. 9, 11.
42. w. ace, to surround; Lu. biud-; see biubs.
19, 43.
biugan, str. v. (173,n.l),fo bow,
bi-stigqan (67, n.l), str. v. (174, bend; Eph. 3, 14 to bend it-
;

n. 1),to beat against; Lu. 6, self; Rom. 14, 11.

49. w. bi w. dat.; Mt, 7, 25. 27.
biuhti, n. (95), custom; Lu. 1,9.
Lu. 6, 48. d u w. dat., to stum-
2, 27. 42. 4, 16. Jo. 18, 39.
ble at; Rom. 9, 32.
Skeir. II, b.
bi-stugq (bistuggq; 67, n.l),
n., a stumbling; offence; Rom. biuhts, adj. (124), accustomed,
wont; Mt, 27, 15. Mk. 10, 1.
9, 32. 33. 14, 13. II Cor. 6, 3.
bi-swijane, adv., about, round biubs, m. (9l; or biub, n.? 94),
about, near by; Mk. 1, 38. 3, table; Mk. 7, 28. Lu. 16, 21.
34. 6, 6. Lu. 4, 37. 9, 12. Neh. I Cor. 10, 21. Neh. 5, 17.

5, 17. 6, 16. bi-waibjan, w. v. (188), vv. ace,

bi-swairban, str. v. (174, n. 1), to wind about; hence to encom-
w. ace and instr. dat., to wipe, pass; Lu. 19, 43. b i w ai bi b
Lu. 7, 38. 44. Jo. 11, 2. 12, 3. w. (instr.) dat., wound about,
bi-swaran, str. v. (177, n. 1), to cast about; Mk.14,51; clothed;
conjure, adjure; w. ace of pers. Mk. 16, 5.
and (a) bi w. dat. and a con- bi-wandjan, w. v. (188), w. ace,
junctional clause; Mk. 5, 7; (b) to turn away, avoid, shun, re-
in w. dat,; I Thess. 5, 27. fuse; I Tim. 4, 7. 5,11. II Cor.
bi-tiuhan, str. v. (173), w. ace, 8, 20. II Tim. 2, 16. 23.
to go about, visit; Mt. 9, 35. bi-wmdan, str. v. (174, n. 1), w.
Mk. 6, 6. to lead about; I Cor. ace, to wind round, in wrap,
9,5. swathe; Lu. 2, 7. (biwun-
bi-]>agkjan, (-baggkjan; 67, n. dans, wrapped)12; and (instr.)
1; pret. bahta; 5, b), vv. v. dat.; Mt. 27, 59. Mk. 15, 46.
(209), w. ace and in w. dat., bi-wisan, str. v. (176, n. 1), to
to meditate, reason; Lu. 5, 22. feast, be merry; Lu. 15, 29.
bi-be (bi-]>e-h; for -h, s. -uh), blandan, red. .(179,.1),/?/',
(1) adv., after that, then, after- communicate with, keep com-
ward; Mt. 5, 24. 9, 17. Lu. 4, pany; I Cor. 5, 11. w. dat,; I
324 blaubjaii — briggan.

Cor. 5, 9. . mi]? w. dat.: II II Cor. 3, 6 ;

pi. b6k s , letteis;
Thess. 3, 14. Jo. 7, 15; letter, epistle; Gal.
blaubjan, w.v. (187), \v. ace. and 6,11. II Cor. 7, 8. 10,9.10.11.
(instr.) dat., to make void or 16, 3. II Thess. 3, 14 the writ- ;

of none effect; Mk. 7, 13. ings, scriptures; Mk, 12, 24

bleibei, . {11%), mercy; Rom. 12, (gloss).14,49. book; Mk.12,
1. II Cor. 1, 3. Col. 3, 12. 26. Lu. 3, 4. bill; Lu.16.6.7.
bleibjan, w. v. (187), to have afstassais bokos, a writing
mercy, to pity; Lu. G, 36. of di vorcement; Mt. 5, 31. bo-
bleibs, adj. (130, n. 2), merciful. kos afsateiuais, a, bill of
kind; Lu. 6, 36. Tit. 1, 8. divorcement; Mk. 10, 4. ana-
blicgwan (68), str. v. (174, n.l), filhis bokos, letters of
to beat, scourge; w. ace; Mk. commendation; II Cor. 3, 1.
10,34. Lu. 20, 11. I Cor. 9, 26: saggws boko, reading; I
aud (iustr.) dat.; Mk. 5, 5. — Tim. 4, 13. s gg w a u b ki
s.

attans bliggwands, mur- to read; Lu. 4, 16.

dei-er of fatheis; ai]?eius bokareis, m. (92), scribe; Mt. 5,
bliggwands, murdeivr of 20. 7,29. Mk. 8,31. 9.14. 12,
mothers; I Tim. 1, 9. 32.
blinds, adj. (123), blind; Mt. 9, bota, f. (97), advent age. good,
27. 11,5. Mk.8,23. Lu. 6, 39. boot; I Cor. 13, 3. 15,32. Gal.
14, 13. 18, 35. Jo, 9, 1. 6. 5,2.
blonia, m. (108), flower; Mt. 6, botjan, \v. v. (187), w. ace, to
28. boot, profit, advantage; Mk.
blotan,red.v. (179, n.l) to ivver- , 8, 36. Jo. 6, 63. 12, 19. ni
ence, worship, w. ace: Mk.7, 7. wafhtai botida, nothing
I Tim. 2, 10; and instr.; Lu.2. bettered; Mk. 5, 26.
37. bralr, n. (94), a quick, sudden
blotinassus, m. (105). service, movement; bralr a gins, ,•/

worship; Rom. 12, 1. Col. 2. 18. twinkling of an eye;

I Cor. 15,

II Thess. 2, 4. 52.
blob, gen b 1. s ( 94 ) n
]
> i biood; braidei, f. (13), breadth; Eph.
. . .

Mt. 27, 4. 6. Mk. 5. 25. 29. 3,18.

Eph. 1, 7. 6, 12. braibs (braids; 74, n. 2), adj.
blo]>a-riiman<ls, adj. (prop. pies. (124), broad; Mt. 7. 13.
partic.; 133), blood-running; brakja (33, n. 1), f. (108), strag-
qino bl and <-i a gle, wivst ling. strife; Eph. 6, 12.
.

woman with an issue of blood; briggin (67,.2), w. v. (208). to

Mt. 9,20.
hnaiian (for bi-nauan? 26, b)
str. or \v. (? 179, n. 2), to rub,
w. (instr.) dat.: Ln. 6, 1.
boka, f. (97), letter; Rom. 7. 6.
bring, lead, guide, w. ace; Mk.
6. 27. Lu.7,37. 15,22.23. Jo.
10, 16; and ana w. ace. (sc
skip): Lu.5,4; at \v. dat.: Mk.
11, 7. 9,20. du w. dat.; Mk.
 brikan — dags. 325

9, 17; inw. dat.; Mt, 6, 13. 7, partake of, (1) w. gen.; I Cor.
13. 14. — in aljana brig- 10,17. IICor.1, 17. 3, 12. (2)
gan, to bring into jealousy; w. (instr.) dat.; Skeir. Ill, b.
in arbaidai br., to put in the obj. being implied; I Cor. 7,
bondage; II Cor. 11, 20. in 21.
b w a r h e i br to bring into bruks (15), adj. (130), useful,
anger, make angry; Rom. 10, profitable, w. dat. of pers. and
19; w. und w. ace; Lu. 4, 29; d u w. dat. of th.; I Cor. 10, 33.
w. her; Lu. 19, 27. —
br. sa- I Tim. 4, 8. II Tim. 2, 21. 4, 11.
in an a, to gather together; Philem. 11. Skeir. IV, b.
Lu. 15, 13. to make, render; brunjo, f. (112), breast-plate;
as, frijana br., to make free; Eph. 6, 14. I Thess. 5, 8.
Jo. 8, 32. 36. Gal. 5, 1. w. gen. brunna, m. (108), well, spring,
of the th. from which any one issue; Mk. 5, 29.
is freed; Rom. 8, 2. gamain- brusts, f. (116), breast; Lu. 18,
ja br., to communicate; Phil. 13. heart, affection, love, bow-
4,14. br. haubibwundan, els; , II Cor. 7, 15. Col. 3, 12.
to wound in the head; Mk. 12, Philem. 12. 20.
4. w air ban a br., to make -fad is, m. (101),
briib-fabs, gen.
or count worthy; II Cor. 3, 6. bridegroom; Mt. 9, 15. Mk. 2,
II Thess. 1, 5. 11. 19. 20. Lu. 5, 34.
brikan (33, n. 1), str. v. (175, brubs (15), f. (103), bride, daugh-
n. 1), to break; I Cor. 10, 16. ter-in-law; Mt. 10, 35.
to destroy; Gal. 1, 23. to con- bugjan, an. v. (209), w. ace, to
tend, struggle; II Tim. 2, 5. buy, sell; Mk.11,15. Lu. 9, 12.
bringan; see briggan. 13.14,18.17,28. Jo. 6, 5. 13.
brinnan, str. v. (174, n. 1); to 29. w. (instr.) dat. of price;
burn; Jo. 5, 35. Skeir. VI, a. Mt. 10, 29.
brinno, f. (112), fever; Mk.1,31. byssaun, a Gr. word in ace. re-
Lu. 4, 38. 39. in brinno li- tained in Gothic; Lu. 16, 19.
gan, to lie sick offerer; Mk.
1,30. D.
brobar, m. (114), brother; Mt. Daddjan (73, n. 1), w. v. (187),
5, 22. 23. Mk. 6, 17. Lu.8, 19. to give suck, to suckle; Mk.13,
I Cor. 15, 1. 6. 16, 11. II Cor. 17.
9,3. Dagalaiphus (21, n. 1; 52), pr. n.
brobrahans, pi. m. (perhaps a dags, m. (90), day; Mt.7,22. 11,
weak adj. used as sb.; 132), 12. Mk. 6, 21. Lu. 5, 17. 9, 23.
brethren; Mk. 12, 20. judgment-day, judgment; I Cor.
bro]>ru-lubo, f. (112), brotherly 4, 3. — inwisandin sabbate
love; I Thess. 4, 9. bropra- daga; see note to Mk. 16, 1.
lubo (?); Rom. 12,10. all dagis, allday along;
briikjan (15), an. v. (209), to use, Rom. 8, 36. dagis luizuh,
320 daiffs — dan r.

daily; Neh.5,18. dagalvam-

dalaha, adv. (213, n. 2), below;
men, daily; Mk. 14, 66.
Mk. 14, 49. Lu. j

16,19. himma
daga, to-day; dalapro, adv. (213. n. 2), from
Mt. 6, 11. 30. Lu.2,11. daga beneath; Jo. 8, 23.
iah daga, day by day, daily: Dalmatia. pr^., Dalmatia; dat.
II Cor. 4, 16. -ai; IITimT4, 10.
dai£?s, m. (91), dough, lump; Damasko, pr. n., Damascus; dat.
Rom. 9, 21. 11,16. I Cor. , 6. -on: II Cor. 11. 32.
7. Gal. 5, 9. Damasks, adj., of Damascus; II
Daikapaulis, pr. n., Decapolis; Cor. 11, 32.
gen. Daikapaulaios;Mk. 7, jdaubei, f. (113), deafness, dull-
31. dat. Daikapaulein: Mk. ness, blindness; Rom. 11, 25.
5,20. daubi]>a, f. (97), deafness, dull-
daila, f. (97), dealing, participa- ness, blindness; Rom. 11, 25.
tion, fellowship; II Cor. 6, 14. daufs (56. n. 1). adj. (124. n. 2),
pound; Lu. 19, 13. 24. 25. deaf, hardened; Mk. 8, 17.
dailjan, w. v. (188), to deal, deal dauhtar, f.
(114), daughter: Mt.
out, distribute, give; Rom. 12, 18. 22. Mk. 7,26.29. Lu.l,
9,
8. w. dat. (indir. obj.); I Cor. 5. II Cor. 6, 18.
12, 11. Eph. 4, 28.
daunts, f. (103), feast; Lu. 5, 29.
dails, (103), deal, part, por-
f.
14, 13.
tion; Lu. 15, 12. 18, 12 (See
dauns, f. (103), odor, savor, Jo.
af dailjan). II Cor. 6.15. Col.
12, 3. I Cor. 12, 17. II Cor. 2.
1, 12. us dailai, in part;
14. 15. 16. Eph. 5, 2.
I Cor. 13, 12. batai us dai-
daupeins, f. (103, n. 1), baptism:
lai, that (which is) in part;
I Cor. 13, 10. in dailai, in Mk.1.4.10, 38. 39. 11. 30. Lu.
respect of; Col. 2, 16.
3,3. 7,29. 20,4. a washing:
daimonareis, for. Goth,
w.
Mk. 7, 4. 8.
(\v.

suffix), m. (92), one possessed daupjan. w. v. (187), to baptize;

with a devil; Mt. 8, 16. 28. 33. Mk.1,5. 8. 9. 10, 38. Lu.3,16.
I Cor. 1, 13. 12.13. intr.. to
9, 32. Lu. 8, 36.
dal, n. (94, n. 2), dale, valley; wash one's self; Mk. 7, 4. Skeir.
Lu. 3, 5. ditch; Lu. 6, 39. dal Ill, a. d.; to undergo baptism.

u f m e s a a dish for a wine-fa t

,
be baptized; I Cor. 15, 29. —
Mk. 12. 1. daupidans; one being lmj>-

dalap. adv. (213. n. 2), down- tized; Skeir. IV, b. sa daup-

ward, down; Mt. 7. 25. 11, 23. jands (pres. partic. used as

27, 51. Mk. 15,37. Lu. 4, 9. sb.),m.(115), the Baptist: Mt.

Rom. 10, 6. on the ground: 11, 12. Mk. 6, 14.

Jo. 9, 6. 18, 6. and dalab, (laur, n. (94), door, gate: Mt. 7,

to the bottom: Mt.27.51. Mk. L3. Mk.1,33. 15,46. Lu.7.12.
15. 3s. Jo. 10. 7.
 daiira-warda — dis-niman. 327

daura-warda, f. (97), a female diabula, f. (97), a female slander-

doorkeeper; Jo. 18, 16. er; I Tim. 3, 11.

daura-wardo, f. (112), a female diakamms, for. w., m. (120), dea-

doorkeeper; Jo. 18, 17. con; pi. nom d i a k a li j u s .

daura- wards, m. (91), doorkeeper, I Tim. 3, 12; ace. diakau-

porter; Jo. 10, 3. Neh. 7, 1. nuns; I Tim, 3, 8; nom. and

Ezra 2, 42. .dkn. (=diakun
dat. sing.
Dauribaius, pr. n., Dorotheas; and diakuna); Ar. Doc. dat.
gen. -us (for -aus; 105, n. 2); diakuna; Neap. Doc.
Cal. Didimus, pr. n., Didymns; Jo.
dauro, f. (only in 112),
pi.; door; 11,16.
Mt. 27, 60. Mk. 16, 3. Jo. 18, digrei, f. (113), thickness, abun-
16. Neh. 7, 3. dance; II Cor. 8, 20.
daupeins, f. (103, n. 1), the dying; dis-, inseparable particle prefixed
II Cor. 4, 10. death, peril of to vs. and verbal sbs. In mean-
death; II Cor. 11, 23. ing it answers to the E. asun-
daubjan, w. v. (187), w. ace, to der, in pieces (cp.dis-dailjan
kill, mortify; Col. 3, 5. dis-skaidan); sometimes it
daubs (gen. daubis), adj. (124), intensifies the v. (cp. dis-ha-
dead; Mt. 8, 22. 11, 5. Mk. 9, ban, dis-niman).
26. 12,27. Jo. 11, 39. 44. Skeir.
dis-dailjan, w. v. (188), w. ace,
V,b. to divide, separate; I Cor. 1, 13.
daububleis, adj. (127), devoted to divide, distribute; Mk. 15,
to death; I Cor. 4, 9.
24; and dat. of pers., to give in
daubus, m. (105), death; Mt. 26, portions or shares; Lu.15, 12.
66. Mk. 7, 10. I Cor. 15, 55. II
dis-driusan, w. v. (173, n. 1), w.
Cor. 1, 10. Skeir. I, a.
ace, to befall, fall upon; Lu. 1,
Daweid, pr. n., David; Mk. 2, 25.
12.
12, 36. 37; gen. Daweidis;
dis-haban, w. v. (192), w. ace,
Mt, 9, 27. Lu. 1, 27. II Tim. 2, 8. to seize upon, take; Lu. 5, 9.
deigan, str. v. (172, n. 1), to 8, 37. to constrain; II Cor. 5,
knead, form of earth; sa dei- 14. Phil. 1, 23.
ganda, the former, he who dis-hniupan, str. v. (173, n. 1),
forms; Rom. 9, 20. digans (n. w. ace, to tear or break to
pi. digana), (made) of earth; pieces, to break; Lu. 8, 29.
II Tim. 2, 20.
dis-hnupnan, w. v. (194), to be-
Demas, pr. n., Demas; Col. 4, 14.
come torn or broken into pieces,
II Tim. 4, 10. to break; Lu. 5, 6.
diabaulus (13, n. 1), for. w., m. dis-huljan, w. v. (187), to cover,
(105), devil; Lu.4,2. 3,56. Jo. veil; w. ace and (instr.) dat.;

6, 70. 8, 44. Eph. 6, 11. Skeir. Lu. 8, 16.

I, b. c. dis-niman, str. v. (170; 175), w.
328 die-sigqan — drauhsnn.

acc; to take wholly, possess; diups, adj. (124), deep; Mk. 4, 5.

II Cor. 6, 10. II Cor. 8, 2.
dis-sigqan, str. v. (174, n. 1), to dins, gen. diuzis, n. (94), beast;
go down, descend (said of the Mk. 1, 13. I Cor. 15, 32.
sun); Eph. 4, 20. diwan, str. v. (170, n. 2), to die;
dis-sitan, str. v. (170, n. 1), w. bat a diwan that which is
,

acc, to settle upon, seize upon; mortal, mortality; I Cor. 15,

Mk. 10, 8. (dizuh-]>an sat 53. 54. II Cor. 5, 4.
= die- (78, c) uh-]>ansat, donijan, w. v. (187), w. acc, to
by tmesis) Lu. 5, 20. 7, 10. deem, judge; I Cor. 10, 15. II
dis-skaidan, red. v. (179), to dis- Cor. 5, 14; to discern; I Cor. 1 1

sever, set aside; Skeir. VIII. a. 2'.), domjan

sik silban d u
dis-skreitan, str. v. (172, n. 1). w. dat., to reckon ones self
tear asunder, rend; Mk. 14, 63. among; IICor.10, 12. w. double
dis-skritnan, w.. v. (194), to be- acc: garaihtana d., to deem
come torn to slnvds, to rend right, to justify; Lu. 7, 29. 10,
(intr.); Mt. 27, 51. Mk.15,38. 15. Gal. 2,17. uswaurhtana
dis-taheins, (103, n. 1), disper- f. d., th. s.; Lu. 10, 29. w. acc
sion; Jo. 7, 35. and inf., to deem, hold, think;
dis-tahjan, w. v. (188), w. acc, Phil. 3, 8.
to scatter; Lu. 1, 51. Jo. 10, (loins, m. (91), judgment, know-
12. 10,32. to waste; Lu. 15. ledge, opinion; Skeir. II, c VI, c
13. 10, 1. dragaii, str. v. (177, n. 1), to
dis-tairan, str. v. (175, n. 1), w. carry, load; dragand in B,
acc,to tear asunder, buret; gadragand (q. v.) in .; II
Mk. 2, 22. Lu. 5, 37. to ha yen Tim. 4, 3.
(prop, to corrupt); Gal. 5, 9. dragk (draggk; 07, n. 1). n.
dis-taiirnan, w. v. (194), to be- (94), drink; Jo. 0,55. Horn. 14.
come torn asunder, to burst 17. I Cor. 10, 4. Col. 2, 10.
asunder, Mt. 9, 17. dragkjan, w. v. (188), to give to
dis-wilwan, str. v. (174, n. 1). w. drink; w. acc; Mt. 25, 42. 27,
acc. to plunder completely, Mk. 48. Mk. 15, 30. Rom. 12, 20;
3,27. and (instr.) dat.; I Cor. 12, 13.
dis-wiiibjan, w. v. (188), \v. acc, draibjan, w. x. (188), w. acc, to
to grind to powder, Lu. 20, 18. drive; Lu. 8, 29. to trouble;
die-wise, i. (103), an unbinding Mk. 5, 35. Lu. 8, 49. dr. sik.
or dissolving) hence release, de- to trouble one's self; Lu. 7, 0.
parture, deatb; II Tim. 4. (5. draknia, for. w., m., a drachm;
dimpei, f. (113). depth, deep; Eph. (abl.) dat.; drakmin, acc. pi.
8, 18. drakmans; Lu. 15, 8; acc
«1 i li pi J»:i. f. (97). depth, deep; Lu. sing, drakmein; Lu. 15, 9.
5.4. Rom. 8,89. 11.33. II Cor. draubsna (02. n.4),f. (97), crumb,
11,25. fragment; Mk.7,28. Lu.10,21.
 (lrauhtinassus — du-ga-windan. 329

Jo. 6, 12. drausna, Skeir. drunjus, m. (105), sound; Rom.

VII, d. 10,18.
(lrauhtinassus, m. (105), warfare; drus, m. (101, ns. 1 and 2), fall;
II Cor. 10, 4. Mt. 7, 27. Lu. 2, 34.
drauhtinon, w. v. (190), to war; du (217), (I) adv., to; Mk. 10,
II Cor. 10, 3; w. dat. (indir. 13. Lu. 8,44. (II) prep. w. dat.,
obj.); II Tim. 2,4; w. (instr.) (1) local, to, into, at, on, to-
dat,; I Cor. 9, 7. wards; Mt, 8, 16. 25, 39. Mk.
draiihti-witoj>, n. (94), warfare, 1,5. Lu.5,8. Phil. 3, 14. w. an
fight; I Tim. 1, 18. elliptical gen.; Lu. 19, 7. (2)
dreiban, (172, n. 1), to
str. v. temporal, during; Lu. 4, 25.
drive; w. ace. and us w. dat., d u a i w a fore ver, for e ver and
,

to drive out, put out; Jo. 16, 2. ever; Rom. 11, 36. duhreilai,
drigkan (driggkan; 67, n. 1), for a while, foraseason; Philem.
str. v.(174, n. 1), to drink, w. 15. Skeir. VI, a. du leitilai
ace; Mt.6,25.31. Lu.1,15. Jo. lreilai, for a little while; Skeir.
6, 54. w. partit. gen.; I Cor. 11, VI, a. du a for a while,
in e 1 ,

28. drugkans (pret. partie), for a short time; Lu. 8, 13. I

drunken; I Cor. 11,21.1 Thess. Thess. 1, 17. duleitilamma
5,7. mela, th. s.; Skeir. IV, b. du
driugan, str. v. (173, n. 1), toper- maiirgina, to-morrow; I Cor.
form military service, to war, 15, 32. (3) very often with inf.;
fight; I Tim. 1, 18. Mt, 5, 28. Mk. 3, 15. 4, 3. (4)
driusan, (173, n. 1), to
str. v. after vs. of 'saying, believing,
fall; Mk.13, 25. Rom.14,4. w. hoping', and the like, to denote
afw. dat.; Lu. 16, 21. an aw. the person to whom an action
ace.; Mk.3,10. 9, 20. Lu.5,12. is directed; Mt. 8, 7. Mk.9,42.
daw. dat.; Mk. 3, 11. 5, 33. 7, Jo. 5, 45. (5) of purpose or re-
25. faura w. dat.; Lu. 8, 41. sult, for, in; Mt.8,4. Rom. 15,
17, 16. us w. dat.; Lu. 10, 18. 4; often = pred. ace. or nom.;
drinso (31), f. (112), slope; Mt. Mk.11,17. 12, 23. (b) against;
8, 32. Mk. 5, 13. Lu. 8, 33. Lu. 17, 4. Rom. 8, 7. accord-
drobjan, w. v. (188), w. ace., to ing to; Gal. 2, 14. with; I Cor.
stir up, trouble-, Gal. 1, 7. 5, 10. 15, 32. — In composition du
12. to make insurrection; Mk. signifies to, in, into; or 'the be-
15,7. ginning of a state or condition'.
drobna, m. (108), tumult; II Cor. — See also d u e d u lu e.
,

12, 20. dugan, pret.-pres. v. (198); occurs

drobnan, w. v. (194), to get con- only in 3d person sing. pres.
fused, become mistaken; II indie: daug, it is fit, it is ex-

Thess. 2, 2. pedient, it is of use; I Cor. 10,

drugkanei (32), f. (113), drunk- 23. II Tim. 2, 14.
enness; Rom. 13, 13. Gal. 5, 21. du-ga-windan, str. v. (174, n. 1 ),
330 du-ginnan — Ei.

w. sik aud dat. of th., to en- dwali]>a, f. (97) foolishness; , I Cor.

tangle one's self in: II Tim. 2. 4. 1, 18. 21. 23. 25.
du-ginnan, str. v. (174, n. 1), to dwalmun, w. v. (190). to be fool-
begin, undertake; alwaysw.inf.: ish, be mad; Jo. 10, 20. I Cor.
Mt. 11, 7. Mk. 2, 23. Lu. 3, 8. 14. 23.
II Cor. 3. 1. 8, 10. For the Gr. dwmls, adj. (124). foolish: Mt.5,
future; Lu. G, 25. Phil. 1, 18. 22. 7. 26. I Cor. 1. 20. 4. 10.
dii-lre, adv.. wherefore; Mt. 9, 4. II Tim. 2, 16. 23.

11. Mk.2.8. 15, 34. Jo. 13. 28.

Skeir. VIII, a.
.
(lulira-haitja, m. (108), creditor: Ei, (218), that, in order
(I) conj.
that, (1) introducing subject
Lu. 7, 41.
clauses; Mt. 5. 29. 10. 25. Mk.
dulgs, m. (101), debt; dulgis
skula, debtor; Lu. 41. 9, 42. Lu. G, 12. Jo. 14. 22.
7,
Skeir. I, c. (2) before object
dul]>jan, w. v. (188), to keep a
clauses, after vs. of •perceiving,
feast; I Cor. 5, 8.
knowing believing, hoping, say-
(luljis, (116, n. 1), feast, (espe-
f.
ing", and the like; Mt. 5, 17.
cially the paschal feast) Easter;
10,23. Mk. 11,23. Lu.10.20.
Mt. 27, 15. Mk. 15, 6. Lu. 2,
20, 7. Skeir. II, a, (3) before
41.42. Jo. 7, 2. 14. 12,12.
appositional clauses Lu. 1, 73.
;

dumbs, adj. (124), dumb; Mt. 9. 10, 20. (4) before fiual clauses.
33. Lu. 1.22. after vs. of 'commanding, will-
du-riunan, str. v. (174, n. 1). to and the like; Mt.
ing, praying',
run to; Mt. 8, 2. Mk. 9, 15. 5,44.8*34.27,17. Mk.13.18.
du-stodjan, w.v. (188), to begin: Skeir. I, d. (5) causal : Mt. 8, 27.
II Cor. superser. 8, 6; I Tim. Mk.1,27. G.2. Lu.8,25.(G) w.
superscr.; \v. iuf.; Lu. 14. 30. an adhortative opt. orimper.;
du-J>e, du]>]u>, ()'' (i. e. ICor. 4, 5. Phil. 3. 16. (7) and
du- -h = adv. aud
uh-]?e), |>an a dag ei, till the day that;
couj., therefore, wherefoiv; Mt. Lu. 1.20. ]>amma daga ei,
6,25. 27.8. Mk. 1.38. Jo. 9. on tiie dav that; Lu. 17. 30.
23. du)>ei (7,n. 2); Lu. 7. 7. fra m am ma daga
|? ei. since
dube, or du]»]»»*, eiw.indic, the day that; Col. 1, 9. Neh.5,
for, be,;; use; Lu. 1, 13. 20. 2, 14. ]>amma ha id a u ei, in
4. Cor. 15. 0: therefore also;
I the same manner as; II Tim. 3,
Lu. 1, 35. w. opt., that, in order 8. (8) for Gr. ei in incur, ques-
that: Mk.4. 21. II Cor. 8, 13. tions; Mk. 11.13. Phil. 3. 12.
Eph. 3.4. 6, 22. Col. 4. 8. (II) Affixed as an enclitic it
du-wakan. str. v. (177, n. 1), to scivcs to form the rel. prns.
wake, watch: Eph. 6, 18 (in A). (157. 158: and Syntax. ^ 09):
dwala-waArdei, f. (113), foolish eaei, ikei, ]>uei. izei: the
talking: Eph. 5. I. advs.: ]>;i rei ]>adei ]>a-
rel. .
 Eiafreiko — fnih. 331

]?roei, ]>anei; the conjs. family; Eph. 3, 15. parents,

akei, eiban, faurbizei, both in sing, and but the
pi.,

sunsei, swaei, batei, beei, art. and v. occur always in the

bei; and the adv. particles: pi.; Lu. 8, 56. 18, 29/jo. 9, 2.

waitei, wainei, batainel. 3. 18. 20. 22; pi. fadreina;

Eiaireiko; see Iaireiko. II Cor. 12, 14. Col. 3, 20. 1 Tim.
Eikaunio, pr. n., Iconium; dat. 5, 4; forefathers; II Tim. 1, 3.
-On; II Tim. 3, 11. fadreins, f. (103), lineage, family;
Eila (65, n. 1), pr. n. Lu. 2, 4.
Eeiraiu, pr.n., Harim; gen. Eei- faginon
(66, n. 1), w.v. (190), to
ramis; Ezra 2, 32. rejoice; the th. causing the joy
eisarn, n. (94), iron; eisarna is put in the (instr.) dat.; Lu.
bi fotuns gabugana and
10, 20. Rom. 12, 12. I Cor. 13,
bo ana fotuns eisarna, 6; or is expressed by ana w.
fetters for the feet, fetters Mk.
dat.; II Cor. 7, 13; or f ram w.
;

5,4. dat.; II Cor. 2, 3; or in w. gen.;

eisarna-bandi, f. (96), iron bond; ICor.l6,17.Jo.ll,15. IThess.
Lu. 8, 29.
3, 9; or in w. dat.; Lu. 1, 14; or
eisarneins, adj. (124), of iron, a clause w. ei; Lu. 10, 20; or
iron Mk. 5, 34.
;
b am me {for, because); Lu.
i

ei-ban, conj. (218), therefore; Jo.

9, 41. I Cor. 11, 27. Skeir. Ill,
b. V, d. VI, a. eiban nu, th.
s.; Skeir. IV, a.
ei-ban, conj. (perhaps an error,
for aibbau), or else;
32.
Erelieva (54, n. 2), pr. n.
Ermanaricus (20, n. 3), pr. n.
fagrs, adj. (124), suitable, fair;
Ermenberga (20, n. 3), pr. n.
Esa'ias, pr. n., Esaias; Mk. 7, 6.
Rom. 9, 27. 29. 10,16.20; or fahan (5,b), red. v. (179), w.acc.,
Esaeias; Jo. 12, 39. 41. Rom.
15, 12. gen. Esaeiins; Lu. 3,
4.4,17. Jo.12, 38. dat. s an n; fahebs (faheds; ei for e; 7, n.
Mk. 1. 2. ace. Esa'ian; Mt. 8,
17.
Esaw, pr. n. in ace, Esau;
9, 13.
K.
Fadar, m. (114), father; Gal. 4,
fadrein, n. (94, n. 4), paternity,
15, 6; or in bammei (th. s.);
Lu.10, 20; or unte (for, that);
Lu. 15, 9; or ban (when); II
Cor. 3,9. f. in fraujin, —to
in the Lord; Phil. 1.
rejoice 3,
Lu. 14,
f. mibw. dat., to rejoice with;
Lu. 15, 6. 9. imper. fagino,
hail!; Lu. 1, 28.
Lu. 14, 35.
to catch, grasp, take, lay hands
on; Jo. 7, 44. 8, 20.
2), f. (103); Mk.4, 16. Lu. 1,
14. 2, 10. Jo. 17, 13. Rom. 15,
Rom. 13. Skeir. IV, a.
faian (22, n. 2), red. v.? (182, n.
1), to and fault with; Rom. 9,
19.
6. faih, n. (94), deception, fraud?;
II Cor. 12, 20.
332 faihu — fair-rinnan.

faihu, n. (106), cattle, property. m a? Dost thou promise to thy-

money; Mk. 10, 22. 23. 24. 14, self thanks toward that serv-
11. Lu. 18, 24. ant (i. e. dost thou determine
faihu-frikei, f.(113), covetous- to be thankful to that serv-
ness, greediness; Mk. 7, 22. ant)? Lu. 17, 9.
Eph. 4, 19. 5, 3. fairlrus, m.
(105), the world;
faihu-friks, adj. (124), covetous, usually with the article; Mk. 8,
greedy; Lu. 10, 14. I Cor. 5, 36. Jo. 9, 5. Rom. 11, 15. Gal.
10. 11. Eph. 5, 5. ITim.3,3.8. 6,14. fairhj u habands, rul-
faihu-gairnei, f. (113), covetous- er of the world; Eph. 6, 12.
ness; infaihugairneins, for fairina, f (97), complaint, charge;
.

filthy lucre's sake; Tit. 1, 11. Col. 3, 13. charge, accusation;

faihu-gairns, adj. (124), covrt- Mk. 15, 26. caii.se; Mt. 5, 32.
ous; II Tim. 3, 2. Tim. 1, 12. Tit. 1,13. fault;
faihu-ga-waurki, n. (95), acqui- Jo. 18, 38. 19, 46.
sition of money, gain; I Tim. fairinon, w. v. (190), to blame;
0,5. IICor.8, 20. Gal. 5, 15. fairi-
faihu-geigan, w. v. (193), to be non d s being a false accuser;
,

eager for money, covet; Rom. II Tim. 3. 3.

13, 9. fafrneis, adj. (128), old; Mt. 9.
faihu-geigo, f. (112), covetous- 10. 17. Mk.2,21. 22. Lu.5,30.
ness; Col. 3, 5. I Tim. 6, 10. 37.39. fairnjo jer, a year
faihu-skiila, m. (108), one who ago; II Cor. 8, 10. 9, 2.
owes money, a debtor; Lu.16, 5. fairnipa, f. (97), oldness, anti-
faihu-]>raihns,m.(91;or-braihn, <iuity; Rom. 7, 6.
n.; 94?), plenty of cattle, riches; fairra (213, n. 2), (1), adv., far,
Lu. 10,9. 11.13. far off; Mk. 12, 34. Lu.14, 32.
fair-, inseparable, intensive par- 15, 13. 20. Eph. 2, 13. 17.
ticle, occurring in composition fairra wis an w. dat., to be
with vs. and verbal derivatives. far from; Mt. 8, 30. Mk.12,34.
fair-ailian, pret.-pres. v. (203), w. Lu.7,6. f. haban sik .
dat.,
partit. gen., to partake of; I th. s.\ Mk. 7, 0. (2) prep., from,
Cor. 10, 21. after vs. of motion. Mt. 7, 23.
fair-greipan, str. v. (172), w.acc, 25,41. Lu. 1, 38. 2,15.
to gripr, seize, take, lay hold fairrapro, adv. (213, n. 2), far
on; Mk. 5, 41. 8, 23. Lu.8, 54. from, afar off; Mt. 27, 55. Mk.
9,47. 5, <i. 8, 3. 11, 13. 14, 54. 15,
fairguni, n. (95), mountain; Mt. 40. Lu. 16, 23.
8, 1. Mk. 3, 13. 5. 5. Lu. 3, 5. fair-rinnan, str. v. (174, n. 1), to
4, 29. Gal. 4, 25. extend; w. du w.dat., toi-each
fair-haitan (69, 2), rod. v. (170: towards, attain; II Cor. 10, 13.
179), to promise] ]>ank |>us 14; to pertain to, befit; Eph.
fa r h a i t i s s k a 1 k a j a i a m- 5,4.
 fair-rinon — faura. 333

fair-rinon, for fairinon (Gal. 5, faskja, for. w., m. (108), band,

15, in B), q. v. bandage; Jo. 11, 44.
fair-waurkjan, an. v. (209), w. fastan, \v. v. (193), (1) w. ace,
ace., to obtain, acquire; I Tim. to hold fast, observe, keep; Mk.
3, 13. 7,9. Jo. 8, 51.55. Gal. 6, 13.
fair-weitjan, w. v. (187), to look I Tim. 6, 14. Skeir.b. to re- I,

about inquisitively; IIThess.3, serve, keep; Jo. 12, 7. to pre-

11. I Tim. 5, 13. to look at,
behold steadfastly, fix the eyes
upon, w. gen.; II Cor. 3, 7. 4,
18. or du w. dat,; Lu. 4, 20.
serve, keep; Phil. 4, 7. to have
in custody, keep; Lu. 8, 29. \v.
in w. dat.; Jo. 11, 12. fastan
sik si1ba to keep one's self;
,

II Cor. 3, 7. or in w. ace.; II II Cor. 11,9. I Tim. 5, 22. (2)

Cor. 3, 13. to fast; Mt, 6, 16. 17. 18. Mk.
fair-weitl, n. (94), spectacle; 2, 18. 19. 20. Lu.5, 33. 34. 35.
I Cor. 4, 9. 18, 12. I Cor. 7, 5.
fairzna, (97), heel; Jo. 13, 18. fastubni, n. (95), (1) a keeping,
f.

Falaig, pr. n., Phalec; gen. -is; observance, will-worship' ; I '

Lu. 3, 35. Cor. 7, 19. Col. 2, 23. (2) fast-

Fallasur, Y>r.n.,Pashur; gen. -is; ing; Mk. 9, 29. Lu.2,37. 9, 43.
Ezra 2, 38. faba, f. (97), hedge; Mk. 9, 29.
falban, red. v. (179), w. ace., to Lu. 2, 37. Eph. 2, 14.
fold, fold up; Lu. 4, 20. fauho, f. (112), fox; Mt. 8, 20.
fana, m. (108), a small piece of Lu. 9, 58.
cloth, a patch; Mt. 9, 16. Mk. faur, (I) adv., before; Mk. 8, 6.
2, 21; napkin; Lu. 19, 20. Lu.19,4. (II) prep. w. ace, (1)
fani, n. (95), mud, clay; Jo. 9, 6. of space, before, along, by; Mk.
11. 14. 15. 1,16. 10,46. Lu. 6, 17. 8,5.
Fanuel, pr. n., Phanuel; gen. -is; I Thess. 4, 15. (2) of time, he-
Lu. 2, 36. fore, above; Mt, 8, 29. 26, 75.
Farais, pr. n., Phares; Lu. 3, 33. Jo. 17, 24. (3) for, for sake, . . .

faran, str. v. (177, n. 1), to fare,
go; Lu. 10, 7.
Faraon, pr. n., Pharaoh;
-Cna; Rom. 9, 17.
Fareisaius, m., Pharisee; Lu. 7,
39. Skeir.VIII, d. gen. -aus;
Lu. 7, 36. 37. pi. nom. -eis;
Mt. gen. -e; Mt. 5,
9, 11. 14.
20. Skeir.VIII, c. d. dat. -urn;
concerning; Mk. 9, 40. Lu. 9, 50.
Jo. 10, 15. — Occurs in compo-
dat. sition with vs., sbs., and adjs.
faiira, (I) adv., (1) of space, be-
fore; Phil. 3, 14. (2) of time,
before; I Tim. 1,13. Skeir. I, c.
(II) prep. w. dat,, (1) of space,
before; Mt, 6, 2. 11, 10. Mk.l,
2. Lu. 14, 10. Rom. 14, 10. (2)

Lu. 17, 20. Skeir.VIII, a. of time, before; Col. 1,17. Neh.

farjan, w. v. (187), to go by ship, 5, 15. (3) iu an abstract sense,
to sail, row; Lu. 8. 23. Jo. 6, for,because of, before,over;
19. Mk. 2, 4. Lu. 8, 19. Jo. 12, 42.
334 faura-dafiri — faura-standan.

(4) after vs. of •bewaring, flee- nate; Eph. 1.11; and du \v.

ing, hiding', of from; lit. 7, 15. dat.; Eph. 1. 5.

Mk. 12,38. 14, 52. Lu. 3, 7.— faura-ga-saiidjan (74, u. 3), w. v.
Occurs often in composition w. (187), w. acc, to send before-
vs. and sbs. hand; II Cor. 9, 3.
f'aura-daiiri, n. (95). the space be- faura-ga-satjan, w. *. (187), \v.
fore the door or gate, a street; acc, to present; II Cor. 4, 14.
Lu. 10. 10. faura-ga-teihaii, etr. v. (172. n. 1),
fai'ira-filli, n. (95), the foreskin: to tell beforehand, foretell; II
I Cor. 7,18. 19. Gal. 2, 7. 5,6. Cor. 13. 2. \v. dat. of pers. and
6, 15. Col. 3. 11. acc. ofth.: Mk. 13. 23.
faura-gagga, in. (108), 'fore-goer faura-hah (94). n., curtain; Mk.
.

steward, governor; Gal. 4, 2. 15. 38.

fanra-gaggan, an. v. (179), to go faura-qiman, str. v. (175. n. 1);
before; Mk. 11, 19. w. faiira f. in andwairjna w. gen., to

w. dat.; Lu. 1,70: and a de- come before, go befoi-e: Lu. 1.

pendent inf., to rule over, rule; 17.
I Tim. 3.4. 5. 12. faura-qihaii, str. v. (170. n. 1),
fanra-gaggi, n.(95). stewardship; to tell beforehand, prophesy;
Lu.16,2. 3. 4. Eph.1,9. 3.2.9. Mt. 11, 13. w. dat. of pers. and
faura-gaggja (07. n.l). m. (108), a clause w. ]>atei; II Cor. 7.3.
'fore-goer* governor, steward;
', 13,2. Gal. 5, 21. I Thess. 3. 4.
Lu.8,3. 10.1. 2. 3. 8. Rom. 10. 4, 6. w. a conditional clause;
23. Tit. 1,7. Rom. 9. 29.
iai'ira-ira-haitan (69, 2), red. v. faura-mamvjaii. w. v. (188), \\.
• 170: 179). w. ace. to announce acc, to prepare beforehand;
beforehand, promise before; II Skeir. IV. b.
Cor. 9, 5. faiira-ina]>lcis. m. (92), ruler,
faura-?a-luigjan. w. v. (188), w. prince, chief Mt. 9. 34. Lu. 8,
(loc.)dat., to think beforehand. 41.49. 19. 2. Xeh.5.14.15.17.
to purpose; II Cor. 9. 7. 7. 2. Skeir. II. a. f. J'iudos.

faura-ga-leikan, w. (193), w. v. governor: II Cor. 1 1 32. .

dat., toplease beforehand', Eph. faura-nia]>li, n. (95). chief office;

1.9. \"ch. 5, 14. 18.
f'aiira-ira-niainvjan. w. v. (188 faura-meljan. w.v.(187), to write
to prepare beforehand; w. ace: beforehand, describe; Gal. 3, 1.
II Cor. 9, 5. Eph. 2. 10. w. du faiira-rahnjan, \v.(188), to re-
v.
w. dat.; Rom. 9, 23. gard before, prefer; Rom. 12.
fanra-ira-mrljan. w. v. (1ST), to 10.
write beforehand: Rom. 15.4. faura-standan. str. v. (177. a. 3).
Eph. 3, 3. to 'stand before*, rule, govern;
i'aura-sra-mlan. red. v. (181), w. Rom.l2.H. to stand near: Mk.
acc, to predestine, predesti- 14.09. Lu. 19. 24.
 taiira-tani — faurwaipjan. 835

faiira-tani, n. (95), sign, wonder; faur-qiban, (176, n. 1), to

str. v.
Mk. 13, 22. Jo. 6, 26. II Cor. make excuse; Lu. 14, 18.19. w.
12, 12. dat. of th.; to gainsay, frus-
faura-wenjan, w. v. (188); f. in trate; Gal. 2, 21.
w. dat., to put one's hope in faur-lageins, f. (103, n. 1), a lay-
beforehand; ph. 1, 12. ing before: hlaibos failrla-
faura-wisan, str. v. (176, n. 1), geinais, sbowbread; Mk. 2,
to be forward, be ready; II Cor. 26. Lu. 6, 4.
8, 11. to distinguish one'$ self;
faur-lagjan, w. v. (187), w. dat.
Skeir. VIII, b.
of pers. and ace. of th., to lay
faur-bauhts, f . ( 103 , redemption ;
)
before, set before; Lu. 9, 16.
Eph. 1, 7. 14. Col. 1, 14.
10, 8. I Cor. 10, 27.
faur-bi-gaggan, an. v. (179, n. 3;
faur-muljan, w. v. (188), w.dat.,
207), w. ace, to go before; Mk.
to bind up one's mouth, to
10,32; and in w. ace; Mk.16,7.
muzzle; I Cor. 9, 9.
faur-bi-sniwan, str. v. (176, n. 2),
to hasten on before, go before; faur-rinnan, str. v. (174, n. 1),
I Tim. 5, 24. to run before; pres. partic.
faur-biudan, str. v. (170; 173), faurrinnands, used as sb.,
w. dat., to command; Lu. 8, 25. forerunner; Skeir*. Ill, b.
w. dat. of pers. and a clause w. faur-sigljan, w. v. (188), av. ace.
ei ni w. opt., to forbid; Mk.6, (]?ana stain), to fasten with
8. 30. Lu. 5, 14. 8, 56. 9, 21. a seal; Mt. 27, 66.
I Tim. 1, 3. fanr-sniwan, str. v. (176, n. 2),
faur-dammjaii, w: v. (187), to to hasten before-, anticipate; w.
shut off as with a dam, to hin- dat.; I Cor. 11, 21. w. inf.; Mk.
der, stop; II Cor. 11, 10. 14, 8. faura f. ana w. ace;
faur-domeins, f. (103, n. 1), pre- to go before; I Tim. 1, 18.
judice, partiality; I Tim. 5, 21. faur-stasseis, m. (92), one who
faur-gaggan, an. v. (179, n. 3; stands before, a chief, ruler; I
207), to go by, pass by; Mk. Thess. 5, 12.
11, 20. 15, 29. Lu. 18, 36. 39. Faurtunatus, pr.n., Fortunatus;
faur-hah (5, b), n. (94), curtain; gen. -aus; I Cor. 16, 17.
Mt. 27, 51. faurbis, adv., nrst, beforehand,
faiirhtei, f. (113), fear; II Tim. before; Mt. 5, 24. Mk. 3, 27.
1, 7. astonishment; Mk. 5, 42. Jo. 6, 62. II Cor. 1, 15. Skeir.
faurhtjan, w. v. (188), to fear, I, d. V, b.

be afraid; Mt. 8, 26. Mk.5,36. faurbiz-ei, conj. (218), w. opt.,

Lu. 8, 50. 9, 34. Jo. 14, 27. f. before; Mt, 6, 8. Mk. 14, 72.
sis (refl.dat.), th.s.; Mk.16,6. Lu. 2, 21. 26.
faurhts, adj. (124), fearful; Mk. faur-waipjan, W.v. (188), to bind
4,40. faurhts wair]?an, to up; mun]? f., to muzzle; I Tim.
be afraid; Mk. 10, 32. 5,18.
330 faur-wahvjan — filu.

faur-walwjan, w. v. (187), to roll 1, 71. 74. Rom. 8, 7. I Cor. 15,

before, to shut by rolling be- 26. II Thess. 3, 15.
fore; \v. (instr.) dat. and ace. fijabwa (fiabwa), f. (97), hatred,
of the th. shut : Mt. 27, 60. enmity; Gal. 5, 20. Eph. 2, 15.
fans, adj. (124, n. 3), few; Mt. 7.
16.
14. 9, 37. Mk. G, 5. 8, 7. Lu. filaus, adv., properly gen. sing,
10,2. du fawamma, little; of filu, q. v.

I Tim. 4, 8. fawizO haban, filegri; see filigri.

to ha ve lack; II Cor. 8, 15. Filetus, pr. n., Philetus; II Tim.
2, 17.
fera (8),f. (97), region, side. part.
(174, n. 1). w. ace.,
lillian. str. v.
country; Mt. 25, 41. Mk.8,10.
to hide, conceal; I Tim. 5, 25.
Gal. 1, 21. Eph. 4, 1G.
to bury; Mt. 8, 22.
ferja, in. (108), spy; Lu. 20, 20.
filigri (filegri), n.(95), a hiding-
fetjan, w. v. (187), to adorn: place, cave, den; Mk. 11, 17.
I Tim. 2, 9. Lu. 19, 46.
flan; see fijan. Filippa, pr. n., f., Philippi; dat.
fldur- (24, n. 2; 141, n. 1). -ai; I and II Cor. subscr.
fidur-dogs, adj. (124), space of Filippisius, pr. n., voc. pi., Phi-
four days; Jo. 11, 39. lippians; Phil. 4, 15.
fldur-falps, adj. (148), four-fold; Filippus, pr. n., Philip; Jo. 6, 7
Lu. 19, 8.
12,22. 14, gen
8. Skeir.VII, a;
fidur-ragini, n. (95), tetrarchate; -aus; Mk.6,17. 8, 27. Lu. 3,1
Lu. 3, 1.
Cal.; dat. -au Jo. 6, 5. 12, 21
;

fidwor, num. (141 and n. 1), ace. -u; Mk. 3, 18. Lu. 0, 14;
four; dat. fid wo rim; Mk. 2. voc. -u; Jo. 14, 9.
3; indecl.; Mk. 13, 27. Lu. 2, 37. filleins, adj. (124), leathern; Mk.
Jo. 11, 17; fidwor tigjus
1,6.
(142), forty; Mk. 1, 13. Lu. 4, filu, (1) adj. n. (131, n.3), much,
2. II Cor. 11.24. very; II Cor. 1, 5. 8, 1."». 12. 11.
fidwor-taihun, num. (141), four- Skeir. VI, a. w. a sb. in gen.;
teen; II Cor. 12,2. Gal. 2, 1. Mk. 9, 14; the predicate stand-
1
Aggra-gul)>, n. (94). 'finger-gold ,
ing in the sing.; Lu. 9, 37. Jo.
finger-ring: Lu. 15, 22. Mk.
0. 2. 5. 12, 9; in pi.; 3, 7.
flggrs, ni. (91). fingers Mk. 7, 33. 8. 4, 1. 5, 21. 24. Lu. 7, 11.
fljan (fian; 10, n. 4). w.v.(193), both in pi. and sing.; Jo. 12, 12.
\v. ace.; to hate; Mt. 43. 0. •"».
much, great-
(2) adv., (a) w. vs.,
24. Lu. <;. 28. Jo. 7. 7. is. . ly; Mt. 9, 14. 27, 14. Mk. 12,
(f Hands \v;i ir|>an w. dat., 27. I Tim. 3, 8. II Tim. 2, 1G.
to become an enemy: Gal. 4, 16. (b) w. adjs., much: Mt. 8, 28.
fijands, frtfpfc; Horn. 11. 28 Mk. 16, 2. Lu. 18. 23. (c) w.
fijands (fiands), m. (115), ene- an adv., much: II Cor. 12, 9.
my; Mt. r,. 43.44. 10, 3G. Lu. (d) w. a compar.: mais filu,
 filu-deisei — iodiau. 387

much more; I Cor. 12, 22. filu red; Lu. 7,41. dat. fimf hun-
mais, th. s.\ Mk.10,48. Skeir. dam; I Cor. 15, 6. fimf tig-
VII, d. filaus mais, th. s.; jus (ace. tiguns); Lu. 7, 41.
II Cor. 7, 13. 8, 22. Skeir. V, c. 9,14. 16,6. Jo. 8, 57. fimf
filaus maizo, something- busundjos; five thousand;
much greater; Skeir. VII, c. Mk. 8, 19. f i m f b ii s u u d j 6 s
minnizei filaus, much less; waire", five thousand (of) men;
Skeir. Ill, d. und filu mais, Lu. 9, 14. Skeir. 7, b.
much more, still more; Lu. 18, fimf-taihun, num. (141), fifteen;
39. II Cor. 3, 9. 11. Phil. 1,23. Jo. 11, 18.
swa filu, so much; Gal. 3, 4. fimfta-taihunda, ord.num. (146),
w. gen., so many; Lu. 15, 29. the fifteenth; Lu. 3, 1.
Jo. 12, 37. swa
filu swe, as finban, str. v. (174, n. 1), to find
much as, what, whatsoever, all out, know; Lu.9,11. Rom. 10,
that; Mk. 6, 30. 9, 13. 10, 21. 19. w. ace.; Mk. 5, 43. w. at w.
Lu. 9, 10. Jo. 6, 11. Ivan filu, dat.; Mk. 15, 45. w. batei;
how much, how great; Mt. 6, Jo. 12, 9.
23. 27,13. Mk. 3, 8. luan filu fiskja, m. (107), fisher; Mk. 1, 16.
mais, how much more; Rom. . Lu. 5, 2.
11,24. Philem.16; w.gen.; how fiskon, w. v. (190), to fish; Lu.
many; Lu. 15, 17. und lira 5,4.
filu mais, how much more; fisks, m. (91), fish; Lu. 5, 6. 9.
Mt, 10, 25. 9, 13. 16. Jo. 6, 9. 11. Skeir.
filu-deisei, f. (113), subtlety, cun- VII, a. b. c. d.
ning; II Cor. 11, 3. Eph. 4, 14. fitan, str. v. (? 176, n. 1), w. ace,
filu-faihs, adj. (124), manifold; to travail in birth with, to bear,
Eph. 3, 10 (in A). (children); Gal. 4, 19. 27.
filu-galaufs, adj. (124), very pre- flahta, f. (97, or flahto 112?),
cious; Jo. 12, 3. a braid of hair; I Tim. 2, 9.
filusna, (97), abundance; II flautjan, w. v. (188), to
f. vaunt
Cor. 12, 7. Skeir. VII, c. multi- one's self; I Cor. 13, 4.
tude; Neh.5,18. Skeir.VII,b.c. flauts, adj. (124), boasting, de-
du filusnai, to excess, still sirous of vainglory; Gal. 5, 26.
further; II Tim. 3, 9. *flekan; see flokan.
filu-waurdei, f. (113), much (105), flood, stream;
talk- flodus, f.

ing; Mt 6, 7. Lu. 6, 49.

filu-waurdjan, w. v. (188), to use flokan (not flekan), red. v. (179
many words, to speak much; and n. 4), w. ace, to lament,
Mt. 6, 7. bewail; Lu. 8, 52.
fimf, num. (141), five; Mk. 8, 19. fodeins, f. (103, n. 1), food; Mt.
Lu. 1, 24. 9, 13. 14. 16. 14,19. 6, 25. luxurious feeding; Lu.
19, 18. 19. Jo. 6, 10. 13. Skeir. 7,25.
VII, b. f i m
f h u d a, fi ve hund- fodjan, w. v. (188), w. ace, to
22
338 fodr — fra-itan.

bring up; Mt. 6, fra-giban (50, n. 1), str. v. (176).

feed, nourish,
26. Lu.4,16. Eph.5,29. I Tim. to give, forgive, grunt, w. ace.
5, 10. Skeir. VII, d. (dir.obj.) and dat. (indir. obj.);
fodr, n. (94). sheath; Jo. 18.11. Mk. 15. 45. Lu. 7, 4. 42. Jo.
foil, n. (118; gen. funins. dat. 10, 29. II Cor. 13.10. Philem.
funin) fiiv; Mt. 5, 22. 7, 19. 22. Skeir. V, c. VII, b. w. inf.:
Mk. 9. 41. 49. Lu. 3. 9. Phil. 1. 29; or ei or batei \v.
fotu-bandi, f. (98), fetter (for the opt.: Mk. 10, 37. Skeir. Ill, c.

feet); Lu. 8, 29. fra-gifts (56, n. 4). f. (103), a

fotu-baiird, n. (94). foot-board, giving away, gift, promise',
foot-stool; Mt. .1.35. Mk. 12, Skeir. Ill, c. espousal; Lu. 1.
30. Lu. 20. 43. 27. 2. 5.
fotus,m. (105). foot: Mt. 5, 35. fra-ffildan, str. v. (174, n. 1), to
Mk.5.4. 9,45: Lu.4,11. Rom. repay, restore, recompense:
10, 15. Rom. 12, 19. w. dat. of pers.;
Ira-,au inseparable particle used Rom. 11, 35. w.acc. of th.; Lu.
with vs. and verbal nouns, and
19,8.
answering to the English prefix
fra-hinban, str. v. (174, n. 1), w.
for-. It chiefly signifies 'separa-
ace, to take captive, bring into
tion, destruction, loss, change',
captivity: Rom. 7. 23. II Cor.
and the like. In some cases it
10, 5; pret. partic. frahun-
is merely intensive.
]> a s a captive
, Lu. 4, 19. II
:

fra-atjan, w. v. (187). to give

Tim. 3, 6.
away in food; I Cor. 13. 3.
frailman, str. v. (176, n. 4), to
fra-bairan, str. v. (175), w. ace,
to bear; Jo. 16, 12.
ask; \v. ace. of the pers. asked
fra-bauhta-boka, n. pi.
and gen. of the th. asked for:
of -bok
deed of sale, title-deed; Mk. 4, 10. 11,29. Lu.20,3.40;
(94).
\v. Doc. the th. being expressed by bi
fra-buijjan. an. v. (205), >>•//.•
w. gen.; Mk. 7, 17. 10, 10. Lu.
f

Mk. 11, 15. Lu. 17, 28. 19,45; 9, 45. Jo. 18, 19; or an indir.

the th. sold is put in the ace.; question; Lu. 15, 26. 18, 36.
Mk. 10, 21. Lu. 18. 22. Rom. fraisan, red. v. (179), to tempt,
7, 14. I Cor. 10. 25: or in the (1) w.acc: Mk.1.13. 8,11.10,
(instr.) dat.; Mk. 11, 15: the 2. 12, 15. Lu.4,2. (2) once w.

price being expressed by in \v. gen.; I Cor. 7,5. safraisands,

acr.: Mk. 14,5. Jo. 12,5. the tempter; I Thess. 3, 5.
fra-dailjan. w. v. (188), w. dat. fraistubni. f. (98), temptation;
of pers. and ace. of th., to deal Lu. 4, 13. Gal. 4, 14.
8, 13.
away, to give; Jo. 12, 5. ITim.6, 9. briggan in frai-
*fras:an; fragib, a doubtful w. in stubnjai, to lead into temjh
B, for f •
isi |> (See fraisan) tatioo/Ut. <). 13.
in A; II Cor. 13. 5. fra-itan, str. v. (176, n. 3), w. ace,
 i'raiw — fram. 339

to eat up, devour; Mk.4,4. Lu. (3) to send away, w. ace; Mk.
8, 5. 15, 30. II Cor. 11, 20. 8,9. Lu.2, 29. 8,38.9, 12. w.
fraiw, n. (94, n. 1), seed; Mk. 4, two aces, and du w. dat.; Mk.
3. 27. 31. Lu. 20, 28. Jo. 7, 42. 8, 3. (4) to put away; w. ace
II Cor. 9, 10. (qen); I Cor. 7, 12. (5) to for-
fra-kuiman, pret.-pres. (199), w. bear; w. dat. of pers. and ace
dat., to despise; Mt. 6, 24. Lu. of th. (in pass, thenom.); Lu.
16,13. 18,9. Jo. 12, 48; the 7, 47. (6) to permit, suffer; I
dat. being implied; I Tim. 6, 2. Cor. 16, 7; w. ace of pers. and
fra-qiman, str. v. (175, n. 1), to an inf.; Mk. 1, 34. 5, 37. 7, 12.
expend, spend, consume, (1) w. Lu. 8, 51. (7) to refer, com-
(instr.) dat.; Mk. 5, 26. Lu. 8, mend, w. ace (dir. obj.) and
43. 9, 54. (2) pers. pass.; II dat. (indir. obj.); Skeir. IV, b.
Cor. 12, 15. Gal. 5, 15. Neh. 5, (8) the imper. means let be, let
18. alone; Mk. 1, 24.
fra-qisteins, f. (103, n. 1), waste; fra-lets, m. (91; or -let n., 94?), ;

Mk. 14, 4. remission, forgiveness; Mk. 3,

fra-qistjan,w. v. (188), to de- 29. Lu. 3, 3. 4, 19. Eph. 1, 7.
stroy, (1) abs.; Jo. 10, 10. (2) Col. 1, 14.
w. dat.; Mt.10,28. 39. 42. Mk. fra-lets, m. (91), a freed man;
8, 35. (3) w. ace.; Lu. 17, 27. I Cor. 7, 22.
Jo. 18, 14; dat. or ace.? Mk.l, fra-lewjan, w.v. (188), to betray;
24. Lu. 4, 34. I Cor. 1, 19. pres. partic. fralewjands,
fra-qistnan, w.v. (194), to perish; traitor; II Tim. 3, 4.
Mt. 5, 29. 30. 8, 25. 9, 17. Mk. fra-liusan, str. v. (173, n. 1), to
2, 22. 4, 38. lose; Lu. 15, 6: 24. 32. 19, 10.
fra-qi]>an, str. v. (176, n. 1), to w. (abl.) dat. Lu. 15, 4. 8. 9.—
curse, w. ace; Mk. 11, 21. Lu. mats fralusans, perishable
6, 28. Jo. 7, 50. Skeir. VIII, c; meat; Jo. 6, 27.
pret. partic. used as sb., fra- fra-lusnan, w.v. (194), to perish;
q i p an s a cursed one; Mt. 25,
, ICor. 1, 18. II Cor. 2, 15 (gloss).
41. Skeir. VIII, d. (2) w. ace. 4,3.
and ana w. ace, to declare fra-lusts, f. (103), loss, destruc-
against, despise, reject; Lu. 7, tion; Mt. Jo.17, 12. Rom.
7, 13.
30. 9, 22. Phil. 1,28. 3,19. IThess.
fra-letan (-leitan; 7, n. 2), red. 5,3. II Thess. 1, 9. 2, 3. I Tim.
v. (181), (1) to let down, w. 6,9.
ace; Mk. 2, 4. (2) to let go, set fram, (I) adv.; further, before;
free, release, w. ace, Lu. 4, 19. Lu. 19, 28. (II) prep. w. dat.,
Jo. 19, 10. 12; pers. pass.; Lu. (1) local, denoting, (a) 'sepa-
6, 37; w. ace (dir. obj.) and ration', from, away from; II
dat. (indir. obj.); Mt. 27, 15. 17. Cor. 5, 6. II Thess. 1, 9 (b) ;

Mk.15, 6. 9. 11. 15. Jo. 18, 39. 'motion, direction', from Mt. ;
340 frani-aldre — fraujiaon.

8, 11. 27, 55. elliptical; Lu. 8, ace, to take, receive; w. refl.

49 (sc. garda). Jo. 7, 17 (sc. dat.; Lu. 19, 12; du w. dat.;
1 ai s e s) (c) after vs. of 'hear-
i . Jo. 14, 3.
ing, knowing, receiving, learn- fra-rinnan, str. v. (174, n. 1), to
ing', of, from, with; Mk. 3, 21. run among, fall among; Lu.10,
Lu. 6, 34. (2) temporal, from, 30.
since; Mt.9, 22. 11, 12. 27, 45; fra-slindan, str. v. (174, u. 1), to
fram bammei, since thetime; swallow up; II Cor. 5, 4.
Lu. 7, 45. (3) tropical (chiefly frasti-sibja, f. (97), adoption as
causal), from, by, with, be-
of, sons; Rom. 9, 4.
fore, for sake, for, concern- frasts, m. (101), child; II Cor. 6,
. . .

ing, over, (a) w. a pass, v.; Mt. 13.

6,2.8,24. (b) w.inf. (bulan. frafri (74, n. 3). n. (95), mind,
w i a etc. ) used passi vel y
, knowledge; Rom. 8, 6. 7. 11, 34.
Mk. 5, 26. II Cor. 2, 6. (c) in 12, 2. undeistanding; Mk. 12,
other constructions; Mk.10, 27. 33. I Cor. 14, 20. II Tim. 2, 7.
Lu. 2, 24. 6, 28. Occurs often — fra]>ja-iiiarzeins, f. (103, n.l), de-
in composition w. sbs., adjs., ceit; Gal. 6, 3.
and advs. fra]>jan, .str. v. (177, n. 2), to
frain-aldrs, adj. (124), very old; think, perceive, understand.
Lu. 1, 7. 18. 2, 36. know r
, be wise, be minded, be
frania]>jis, adj. (125; or f ra- right in one's mind; Mk. 4, 12.
ni a bs, 130, n. 2?), foreign, 5, 15. Lu. 8, 10. 35. I Cor. 13,
strange, alien, belonging to an- 11. w. (loc.) dat.; Mk. 7, 18. 8,
other; Jo. 10, 5. Lu.16,12. Jo. 33. 9, 32. w. ace; Rom. 12, 1 6.
10, 5. Rom. 14, 4. w. gen., to 15,5. w. batei; Mk. 12, 12.
be alienated from; Eph. 2, 12. Lu. 20, 19. w. ufar w. ace;
4,18. I Cor. 4, 6; faur w. ace; Phil.
fraina]>jan, w. v. (188), to alien- 4, 10. —
mais frabjan, to
ate; Col. 1, 21. think more highly; Rom. 1 2. 3.
fram-g&hts, f., ]>rogivss, further- wail a f., to think well, think
ance; Phil. 1, 25. soberly; Rom. 12, 3.
framis, compar. adv. (212), fur- frauja, (1, m. (108), lord,
n. 4),
ther, onward; Mk. 1, 19. Rom. master) Mt.5,33. 7,21. 9,38.
13, 12. 10, 24.25. Mk. 1,3. frauja
fram-wair|>is, adv., further on; wisan w. dat.; Mk. 2, 28. Lu.
i |' fra m \va ir j>is wis is
)>u 5. .
('».

but continue thou: II Tim. 3, f'raiijinassus. m. (105), lordship;

1 1. Eph. 1, 21. Col. 1,16.
firam-wigie, adv., continually, fVaiijiiion, w. v. (190), w. dat,, to
ever mow; Jo. (>. 34. I These. lie lord, be king, to rule over)

4,17. Rom. 7, 1. 14. 9. II Cor. 1, 24.

fra-niman, str. v. (170; 175), w. Neh. 5, 15. w. faur a w. dat.,
 -wairpau — liijei. 341

th. .; I Tim.frauji-2, 12. and ana

Lu. 18, 3. w. dat.;
nond frauja (voc), the Lord; fraweitands (pres. partie
Lu. 2, 29. swaswe frauji- used as sb.; 115), revenger;
nonds (sb.), as a ruler, by Rom. 13, 4. I Thess. 4, 6.
commandment; II Cor. 8, 8. fra-wilwan, str. v. (174, n. 1),
frauja fraujinondane, the w. ace, to take by force, seize,
Lord of lords; I Tim. 6, 15. catch, snatch; Mt. 11, 12. Lu.
fra-wairpan, str.v. (174), to cast 8, 29. w. du w. inf.; I Thess. 4,
away, cast; w. in and ace; Mk. 17. in w. ace; II Cor. 12, 4.
9, 42. to cast away, scatter; und w. ace; II Cor. 12, 2. us
Mt. 9, 36. w. dat., to snatch away from,
fra-wairpan, str. v. (174, n. 1), pluck out of; Jo. 10, 29.
to go to ruin, to corrupt; II fra-wisan, str. v. (176, n. 1), w.
Tim. 3, 8. (instr.)dat., to eat up, consume,
fra-wardeins, f. (103, n. 1), de- spend; Lu. 15, 14.
struction; I Tim. 9. , fra-wrikan, str. v. (176, . 1), .

fra-wardjan, w. v. (188), to cor- ace, to persecute; I Thess. 2,15.

rupt; Mt. 6, 19. 20. I Cor. 15,
fra-wrohjan, w. v. (187), to ac-
33 (gloss). II Cor. 7, 2. I Tim. cuse; frawrohi]?s war}) du
6, 5. (in pass.)to perish; II Cor. i mm
a was accused unto him;
,

4, 16. to disfigure; Mt. 6, 16. Lu. 16, 1.

fra-waurhts, ad j ( 1 24 ) e vil- work- freidjan, w. v. (188), to spare;
. ,

ing; sinful, (also used as sb.)

II Cor. 12, 6. 13, 2. w. ace;
sinner; Mt, 9, 10. 11. 11, 19. Rom. 11, 21. I Cor. 7, 28. w.
Mk. 2, 16. 17. 8, 38. Lu. 5, 8. gen.; II Cor. 1, 23.
15,7. 18,13.
frei-hals, m. (91, n. 4), liberty,
fra-waurhts, f. (103), sin: Mt.9,
freedom; II Cor. 3, 17. Gal. 2,
2. 6. Mk. 3, 28. Jo. 8, 21. 34.
4. 5, 1. 13; freijhals in A;
offence; II Cor. 11, 7.
Eph. 3, 12.
fra-waurkjan, an. v. (209), to
work ill, to do evil, to sin; Lu. freis, adj. (126, n.2), free; Jo. 8,
33.36. I Cor. 7, 21. 9,1.12,13.
17,3. Jo. 9, 2. 3. I Cor. 7, 28.
w. du w.dat.; Lu. 17, 4. I Cor.
\v. gen.; Rom. 7, 3. frijana
bri gga to make free; Jo. 8,
8, 12. in w. ace; Lu. 15, 21.
,

32. 36. Gal. 5, 1.

wi]>ra \v. ace; I Cor. 8, 12. w.
sis, to sin; Mt. 27, 4. Lu. 15, frijapwa, friapwa (10, u. 4), f (97), .

18. love; Jo. 13, 35. 15, 9. 17, 26.

fra-weit, n. (94), vengeance, re- II Cor. 8, 8. Eph. 2, 4. Skeir.
venge; Rom. 12, 19. II Cor. 7, Y,d.
11. II Thess. 1, 8. 9. friapwa-milds, adj. (130, n. 2),
fra-weitan, str.v. (172, n. 1; 197, kindly affect ioned; Rom. 12,10.
n. 1), w. ace, to avenge, re- t'rijei, f. (113), freedom; I Cor.
venge; Lu. 18, 5. II Cor. 10,6. 10, 29.
342 t'rijoii — fullu-tojis.

frijon (10, n. 4), w. v. (190), to ber; Cal. fruma sabbato,

love, w. ace; Mt. .">. 43. 44. 4(5. the day before the sabbath;
0. 24. Mk. 10, 21. 12, 33. w. Mk. 15, 42. with (an abl.) dat.
inf.; Mt. 0. 5. (See Syntax, §54,n.) it has the
i'rijondi, f. (98), ;i female friend-, force of a compar.: f rum an
Lu. 15, 9. izwis, before (it hated) you;
i'rijonds, m. (115), friend; Mt. 5, Jo. 15, 18.
47. 11, 19. Lu.7,0.34. 14,12. fruma-baur, m. (101, 2), a first- .

frijons, f. (103, . 1), a token of born; Lu. 2, 7. Col. 1, 15. 18.

love, a kiss; I Cor. 16, 20. II frumadei, f. (113), pre-eminence;
Cor. 13, 12. Col. 1, 18.
f'rion ; see frijon. frumisti, n. (95), beginning; Jo.
frisahts, (103), image; I Cor.
f. 0,64.8,44. in frumistjam,
15, 49. II Cor. 3, 18. 4, 4. Col. among the first, fiist of all;
1. 15. 3, 10. example; Jo. 13, I Cor. 15, 3.
15. Phil. 3, 17. II Thess. 3, 9. fruraists, superl. adj. (139, n. 1),
I Tim. 1, 16. 4,12. II. Tim. 1, first; Mk. 0, 21. 9, 35. 12, 28.
13 . enigma , riddle; i u f r i s a h- Lu. 14, 18. 15, 22. frumist,
t ai, in darkness, enigmatically; adv., first; Mt.8,21. Mk.4,28.
ICor. 13, 12. 10, 9. Lu. 10, 5. Skeir. II, b.
Friba-reiks, pr. n., Frederick; fram frumistin, from the
gen. -eis; Cal. beginning; Lu. 1, 2.
frius, n. (94; or m., 91 ?), frost, frums(?); see frum.
cold; II Cor. 11, 27. fogls, m. (91), fowl, bird; m. (5.

frodaba, adv., wisely, skillfully: 20. 8, 20. Mk. 4, 32. Lu. 8, 5.

Mk. 12,34. Lu. 10.8. 9, 58.
frodei, (74, n. 3), f. (113), wis- fula, m. (108), foal, colt; Mk.ll,
dom, understanding; Lu. 1, 17. 2. 4. 5. 7. Lu. 19, 30. 33. 35.
2. 47. 52. I Cor. 1, 19.Jo. 12, 15. Skeir.
I, d. fulgins (00, n. 1), adj. (124),
1Vo|>s (:i.")). adj. (124, n. 2), wise, hidden; Mt. 10, 20. Mk. 4, 22.
prudent, skillful•, Mt. 7,24. Lu. Lu. 8, 17.
10,21. Rom. 11,25. I Cor. 1, fullisni, n. (95), that which is
19.4,10. II Cop.11,19. I Tim. hidden, secivt; Ml. 0, 4. 18.
3. 2. compar. frdddza; Lu. Skeir. IV, d.

,.16,8.
(94; or
beginning] Jo. 15. 27. 10, 4.
f rums. m. 91 ?).
fulla-falijan,
/V.
\v. v. (188), to satis-
content, (1) w.dat.; Mk.15,
15. to serve; Lu. 4, 8. (2) w.
friinia, euperl. adj. (139, and n. ace; Skeir. VII, d.
Mt. 27. CI. i'lilla-frabjan, str. v. (177, n. 2),
1), the first (146);
Mk. 10,81. Horn. 11.35. I(W. to be sober; II Cor. 5, 13.
and subscr. Gal. 4, 13.
15, 42, fulla-tojis, adi. (120), perfect;
B8 fruma jiuleis — Novem-\ Mt. 5, 48.
 fulla-weis — ga-aiwiekon. 343

fulla-weis, adj. (124), 'fully wise', sometimes followed by the par-

perfect {in wisdom); I Cor. 14, -uh (-h), -ba, bau; and
ticles -u,
20. sometimes doubled. In signifi-
fulla-weisjan, w.v. (188), w.ace, cation, it originally designated
to inform fully, persuade; II 'abeing or bringing together',
Cor. 5, 11. as in ga-gaggan, -lisan,
fulla-wita, m., prop, weak adj., -bairan, -baur, -ligri. It is
perfect; Phil. 8, 15. Col. 1, 28. used cellectively in ga-juk,
4,12. ga-skohi, etc. Sometimes it
fullei]>s, f. (? 103, n. 2), fullness; has the sense of our 'fellow- ',
as
Mk. 4, 28. in ga-arbja, ga-skalki, etc.
fullij>, n. (94; gen. pi. fullipe), It is intensive in ga-brann-
full moon; Col. 2, 16. jan, -waldan, -fraujinon,
fulljan, w.v. (188), to nil, w.acc. etc. With an inchoative force
of the dir. obj., the th. with it occurs in ga-haban, ga-
which anything is filled is put slepan , gives the
etc. It often
in the gen.; Mt, 27, 48. Rom. present tense a future sense,
15, 13. to fuimi; IIThess. 1, 11. and the preterit the force of the
fullnan, w. v. (194), to become Greek aorist. Some compound
full, to nil (intr.); w.gen. of th.; vbs. w. ga- do or but
not,
Lu. 2, 40. Col. 1,9. w. du w. slightly, differ from the corre-
dat.; Eph. 3, 19. in w. dat.; sponding simple vbs., in conse-
Eph. 5, 18. quence of which the latter have
folio, f.(112), fullness; Mt.9,16. occasionally crowded out the
Mk. 2, 21. Rom. 11, 12. 25. I former.
Cor. 10, 26. 28. ga-aggweins, f. (103, n. 1), con-
fulls, adj. (122, n. l),full, w.gen.; straint, restraint; Skeir. I, c. d.
Mk.8,19.20. Lu.4,1.28. 5,12. ga-aggwjan, w.v. (188), to con-
26. perfect; Ebh. 4, 13. catho- strain, distress; II Cor. 4, 8.
lic; Cal. ga-aiginon, w. v. (190), to take
fills (15), adj. (124), foul; fulspossession of, get an advan-
ist, he stinketh; Jo. 11, 39. tage of; II Cor. 2, 11.
fmiins, funin; see fon. ga-ainan, w. v. (193), to leave
fin risks, adj. (124), fiery; Eph. alone, abandon; I Thess. 2, 17
6,16. (See note).
Fygailus, pr. n., Phygellus; II ga-aistan, w. v. (193), w. ace, to
Tim. 1, 15. regard, reverence; Mk. 12, 6.
Fynikiska, f., prop, a weak ga-aiwiskon, w. v. (190), w. ace,
adj.,
Phenician; Mk. 7, 26. to treat shamefully, shame, dis-
honor; Mk. 12, 4. I Cor. 11, 4.
a. Phil. 1, 20. in pass., to be
Ga-, inseparable particle prefixed ashamed; Rom. 9, 33. 10, 11. II
to vs., sbs., adjs., and ad vs.; Cor. 9, 4. 10,8. gaaiwiskops
344 ga-andjati — sa-beiwtjan.

w air]? an, to be ashamed; II ga-baiidwjan, w. v. (188), to make

Cor. 7,14. Phil. 1,20. signs, show, (1) w.dat. of pers.
ga-andjan, w. v. (188), to cease, and ace. of th.; Lu. 1, 62. (2)
end; Lu. 5, 4. (S. note). w. ]>atei Skeir. VI, c. ;

ira-arbja, m. (108), fellow-heir; ga-batnan, w.v. (194), to become

Eph. 3, G. better, improve; hence to pro-
ga-arman, w.v. (102), w. ace. to tit, benefit; Mk. 7, 11.

have pity on, pity; Mk. 5, 1'.). ga-bauan (20), w. (179, n. 2:

v.
Rom. 11, 32. Phil. 2, 27.
193, n. in 1), to dwell; Mk. 4, 32.
pass., to obtain mercy; Rom. ga-baur, m. (91), a festive meal;
11, 30. 31. I Cor. 7, 25. II Cor. Rom. 13, 13. Gal. 5, 21.
4,1. I Tim. 1, 13. 16. ga-baur, n. (94), a collection of
ga-aukan, red. v. (179), to in- money; I Cor. 10, 1. 2. tribute;
crease, abound; I Thess. 4, 1 Rom. 13, 7.
Oabaa, pr. n., Uaba; Ezra ga-baurgja, m. (108), fellow -citi-
2, 20.
ga-baidjan, w.v. (187), w. ace. zen; Eph. 2, 19.
to command, compel; II Cor. ga-baurjaba, adv., gladly, willing-
"
12,11. ly; Mk. G, 20. 12, 37. 14, 65.
Gabair, pr. n., Gibbar; gen. -is; II Cor. 12, 9. Philem. 14 (gloss)
Ezra 2, 20. sa-baurjobus, m. (105), pleasui-e;
ga-bairan, str. v. (175), w. ace., Lu. 8, 14.
to bring together, compare', ga-baurbi-waurda, n. i)lur. (93),
Mk. 4, 30. to bring forth, bear genealogy; I Tim. 1, 4.
(children); Lu.l, 13.31. Jo. 0. sa-baiirj>s, f. (103), birth; Lu. 1,
2. Roin.0, 11. Skeir.II,a. b. c. 14. Jo. 9,1. Skeir. II, b. 111
to cause, engender, II Tim. 2. gabaurbais, birthday; Mk.
23. 0, 21. barne g&baur]?s,child-
ga-bairgan, str. v. (174. n. 1). to bea ring; I Tim. 2, 15. birt h, de-
hide, keep, jn-i'serve; impers. w. Scent;Mk.7, 20. native country;
dat.; Mt.9,17. Mk. G, 4. Lu. 4, 23. 24. gener-
i:a-bairliteins, f. (113, n. 1), a ation; Mk. 8, 38. nature: us
making bright, manifestation; gabatirbai astos, natural
II Tim. 1. 10. branches; Rom. 11, 21.
ga-bairhtjan, w.v. (188), (1) w. gabel (34), f. (113), riches; Mk.
.•me. to make bright, make I. .». Lu. 8, 14. Rom. 0.23. 11,

clear, to manifest, show; Mk.4, 12.33. reconciliation: Rom.

2-2. II Cor. 2. 14. 7. 12. Col. 4, II, 15.
4; and 21. 22. 17, ga-beidan, sir. v. (172, n. 1), w.
<l;it.;. To. 1 1.

5; l)i W. dat.; Rom. 0, 17. in aoc., to abide, endure; I Oor.

pass., to he mail•' manifest 13. 7. ;

il.4, 10. I Tim. 3, 10. w.dn gabeigs; see gabies.

w. dat.; II Cor. 1 1. <i. (2) w. ga-beistjan, w. v. 188), to lea yen; (

'
dat.. to give light to: Lu.l, 70. I Cor. 5. 0.
 ga-bidian — ^a-dam-san. 345

ga-bidjan, str. v. (17G, n. 5), w. ga-botjan, w. v. (187), w. ace, to

bi w. ace. and a clause w. ei, boot, profit, ad ventage; aftra
to pray; II Thess. 3, 1. gab., to restore; Mk. 9, 12.
ga-bigaba, adv., richly; Col.3,lG. ga-brannjan (80, n. 1), w. v. (187),
ga-bigjan, w. v. (188), w. ace, to w. ace, to burn; I Cor. 13, 3.
enrich; II Cor. 6, 10. Cal. Skeir. Ill, e
gabignan, w. v. (194), to become Gabriel, pr.n., Gabriel; Lu.1,19.
rich; Lu. 1, 53. II Cor. 9, 11. 26.
gabigs (gabeigs; 124), adj., ga-brikan (33, n. 1), str. v. (175,
rich; Mt. 27, 57. Mk. 10, 25. Lu. n. 1), w. ace, to break; Mk. 5,
6,24. w. wair]?an; I Cor. 4, 4.8,6.19. Lu. 9, 16. ICor.ll,
8. II Cor. 8, 9. Tim. 6, 9. w.
I 24. to bruise; Lu. 9, 39. to
in w. dat. of th.; Eph. 2, 4; or throw down; Lu. 9, 42.
in w. ace, of pers., rich towards,
ga-bruka (33, n. 1), f. (97), a bro-
i. e. giving richly to; Rom. 10,
ken bit, fragment; Mk. 8, 8. 19.
12.
20. Lu. 9, 17. Jo. 6, 13. Skeir.
gabinda, f. (97), band, bond; Col. VII, d.
2, 19. 3, 14.
ga-bundi, f. (98), bond; Eph. 4, 3.
ga-bindan, str. v. (174), to bind,
ga-daban, str. v. (177, n. 1), w.
(1) w. ace. of pers.; Mk. 3, 27.
ace, to happen, befall; Mk. 10,
6, 17. Jo. 18, 12; and (instr.)
32. to become, fit; Skeir. Ill, e
dat.; Mk. 5, 4. Jo. 11, 44. the
pret. partic. \v. ace. of specifica- ga-daila,
m. (108), partaker; Eph.
tion; Jo. 11, 44. (2) w. dat. of 3, 6. 5, 7. I Cor. 9, 23. II Cor.
I, 7. I Tim. 6, 2. partner; Lu.
pers.; I Cor. 27.
7, w. at w.
(3)
dat. of pers.; Rom. or th.; 5, 10. I Cor. 10, 20.
7, 2;
Mk. 11, 4. ga-dailjan, w. v. (188), w. ace,
ga-biugan, str. v. (173, n. 1), to to divide, separate; Mk. 3, 26.
bow, bend; eisarnam gabu- w. wij?ra w. ace; Mk. 3, 24.
ganaim, with bent irons; ei- 25. w. dat. of pers., to distrib-
sarna bi fotuns gabuga- ute, impart; I Cor. 7, 17; and
na, fetters for the feet, fetters; ace of th., to deal, distribute,
Mk. 5, 4. give; Lu. 18, 22. 19, 8. Jo. 6,
ga-blaubjan, w. v. (187), w. ace, II. Rom. 12, 3.
to make void, abolish; Col. 2, ga-daubjan, w. v. (187), w. ace,
15. to make deaf, to deafen, hard-
ga-bleibeins, f. (103, n.l), mercy, en; Jo. 12, 40. 16, 6.
pity; Phil. 2, 1. ga-dauka, m. (108), household;
ga-bleibjan, w. v. (187), w. dat., I Cor. 1, 16.
th. s.; Mk. 9, 22. Rom. 9, 15. ga-daursaii, pret.-pres. v. (199),
ga-blindjan, \v. v. (187), w. ace, to dare; II Cor. 11, 21. w. ana
to make blind, to blind; Jo. 12, w. ace; II Cor. 10, 2. w. inf.;
40. II Cor. 4, 4. Mk. 12, 34. Lu. 20, 39. gad.
346 pra-dauj'jan — ga-f&be.

r dj a , to speak boldly; Eph. ga-dragkjan, \v. (188), w. ace.

v.
0. 20. of pers. and (instr.) dat., to give
ga-dau]>jan, w. (187), to kill
v. to drink; Mt.10,42. Mk.9,41.
to ]>ut in peril of death; Horn. ga-drauhts,m. (101),.sO/r/;>r; Mt.
8, 36. 8,9. Mk. 15. 10. Lu. 7,8. Jo.
ga-daii]maii, av. v. (194), to die, 19,2. II Tim. 2, 3.
perish; Mt.8,32. Mk.9,48. 15,
ga-drausjan, w. v. (188), w. ace,
44. gabadau|?nan, th. s. to thrust down, cast down; Lu.
(See ga- and -ba); Jo. 11, 25.
1,52. 10,15. II Cor. 4, 9.
Gaddarenus, pr.n., gen. -e, of the
ga-drigkan (67, n.l), str. v. (174,
(iadarenes; Mk. 5, 1. Lu.8, 20.
n. 1), to drink; Lu. 17, 8.
37.
str. v. (173, n. 1), to
ga-debs (-d.Mls: 74. n.2),f.(103); ga-driusan,
fall; w. ana w. dat., to fall
suni \v adoption of sods;
§ g.,
Eph. upon; Mk. 4, 5. Lu. 8, 6. 8.
1, 5.
ga-deigan, str. v. (172, n. 1), to
ana w. ace, th. s.; Mt. 10, 29.

form; pret partic. g a d i g a s,

.
Rom. 15, 3. du w. dat., to fall

made of earth; I Tim. 2, 13. at; Mk. 5, 22. faiir w. ace:

ga-digis, n. (94), a thing formed, faur wig, by the way side;

creature; Rom. Mk.4,4. Lu.8, 5. w. in w. ace,

9, 20.
m. (91), a sister's son,
to fall into, among, on; Mk. 4,
gadilliggs,
relative, cousin; Col. 4, 10.
7.8. Lu.0,39. in\v.dat.,i/;.s.;
Lu. 8, 7. to be cast, w. in w.
ga-diupjan, w. v. (188), to make
deep, dig• deeply; Lu. 6, 48.
ace; Mt. 5, 29. 30. to cease; I
Cor. 13, 8.
ga-dofs (50, n.l), adj. (130, n. 2),
becoming, fit, w. dat.; Eph. 5, ga-drobnaii, w.v.(194). tobecome
3. I Tim. 2,10. Tit. 2,1. Skeir. amazed; Lu. 1, 12. Jo. 12, 27.
II, c. w. ace. w. inf.; Skeir. I, c. ga-lahan (5, b.), red. v. (179), w.
ga-dfmijan, w. v. (188), w. ace: ace, to catch, take, overtake,
gad. s \v a \\ h t a a or g a - ,
apprehend, w. ace; Mk. 9, 18.
raihtan ;\, todeem(one)right Jo. 7, 30. 32. 10, 39. to attain
i

justify; Mt. 11. 10. Phil. 3,12. to; Rom. 9, 30. to grasp with
I Tim. :\. gad. sik du w.
10. the understanding, to compre-
dat., to compare one's self with; hend; Eph. 3, 18. gafahana-
II Cor. 10, 12. w. ace. w . inf., na haban, or tiuhan, to
to condemn; .Mt. 14. 04. take captive; II Tim. 2, 26. in
ira-draban. sir. v. (177. n. 1), w. pass., to be overtaken; Gal. 6,
ace., to hew out, w. ns w. dat .:
1. w. gen. of the th. aimed at:

Mk. 15,46. to take hold of; Lu. 20,20. 20.

ga-dragan, str. v. (177, n.l), to ira-fahrjan, w. v. (187), to pre-
carry together, collect; gadr. par-e; Lu. 1, 17.
sis. to help up to one's self; ifa-fahs (5, b), m. (91: or -fan,
II Tim. 4, 8 (S<vnote). n.,01 '.'). ;i catch. IiauJ; Lu.5,9.
 ga-faihdu — ga-ga-maiujau. 347

ga-faihon, w. v. (190), to make pers. to whom one is reconciled,

a gain by, defraud; II Cor. 2, and ace. of the pers. reconciled;
11 (gloss). II Cor. 5, 18. 19. Eph. 2, 16.
ga-fastan, w. v. (193), \v. ace, to Col. 1, 20. 21.
holdfast, keep; Mk.10,20. Lu. ga-frij)ons, f. (103, n. 1), recon-
2, 19. 4, 10. I Cor. 11, 2. in ciliation; II Cor. 5, 18. 19.
pass. w. two noras.; I Thess. 5, ga-fulgins, (124), hidden;
adj.
23. Eph. 3, 9. Col. 1, 26. 3, 3. w.
ga-faurds, (103), great council,
f. af w. dat.; Lu. 18, 34. faura
sanhedrim; Mk. 14, 55. 15,1. w. dat.; Lu. 19, 42.
ga-faurs, adj. (130), sober, well ga-t'ulla-weisjan, vv. v. (188), w.
behaved; I Tim. 3, 2. 11. ace. (in pass, thenom.), tomake
ga-fehaba, adv., honestly; I Thess. known fully; Lu. 1, 1.
4, 12. ga-fulljan, w. v. (188), w. ace,
ga-feteins, f. (103, n. 1), adorn- to fill, the th. with which any-
ment, apparel; I Tim. 2, 9. thing is filled, is put in the gen.;
ga-filh, n. (94), burial; Jo. 12,7. Mk. 15, 36. Lu. 1, 15. 5,7. Jo.
ga-filhan, str. v. (174, n. 1), \v. 6, 13. Skeir. VII, d.
ace, to bury; Mt. 8,21. Lu.16, ga-fullnan, w.v. (194), to become
22. gaf. sik, to hide one's self; full; hence to be filled; Mk. 4,

Jo. 8, 59. w. faura w. dat.; 37. Lu. 8, 23. w. gen.; Lu. 1,

Jo. 12, 36. 41. 67.
ga-fraihnan, str. v. (176, n. 4), ga-gaggan, an. v. (179, n.3; 207),
w. ace. of pers., to ask; Rom. to come together; gather to-
11, 20. w. patei, to find out gether; w. du w. dat.; Mk. 6,
by inquiry; Mk. 2, 1. 30. Lu. 8, 4. gag. sik, th. s.;
ga-fra]>jei, f. (113), understand- Mk. 3, 20. gag. mi w. dat.,
ing, sobriety; I Tim. 2, 15. to come together with; Jo. 18,
ga-fraujinon, w.v. (190), \v. dat., 2. samap gag., to come to-
to be lord or king; Mk. 10, 42. gether; I Cor. 5, 4. —
trop., to
ga-freideins, (103, n. 1), a spar-
f. come to pass, to turn; Mk. 11,
ing,obtaining, possession; Epli 23. Phil. 1, 19.
1,14. Thess. 5, 9.
I ga-ga-haftjan, w..v. (188), to join
ga-lrijons, f. (103, n. 1), a kiss; together closely, to compact;
I Thess. 5, 26. Eph. 4, 16.
ga-frisahtjan, w. v. (188), tomake ga-ga-leikon sik, w. v., (190), to
an image, to engrave; II Cor. liken one's self, make one's self
3,7. resemble; (1) w.dat.; IICor.ll,
ga-frisahtnan, w. x. (194), to be 14. (2) w. du w. dat.; II Cor.
formed (in resemblance); Gal. 11,13. (3) w. swe and a nom.;
4, 19 (gloss in A). II Cor. 11, 15.
ga-fril>on, w. v. (190), to make ga-ga-mainjan, w. v. (188), w. ace,
peace, reconcile; w. dat. of the to defile; Mk. 7, 23.
348 ga-ga-tilon — ga-hamon.

ga-ga-tilon, w. v. (190), w. ace. godliness; I Tim. 2, 2. 3, 16. 4,

(in pass, thenom.), to join to- 7. 8. 6,3.5.0.11.
gether fitly; Eph. 2, 21. 4, 16. ga-gubs, adj. (124), pious, godly.
ga-ga-wair]>jan, w. v. (188), w. honorable; Mk. 15, 43.
(lu w. dat., to reconcile (one's ga-haban, w. v. (192), to have.
self) to; I Cor. 7, 11. possess; Mk. 10, 23. to hold.
hold fast, keep, retain, detain;
ga-ga-wairjman, w. v. (194). w.
1at.; to become reconciled to;
1
Lu?4, 42. 8,15. Rom. 7, 6. I
II Cor. 5, 20.
Thess. 5, 21. w. at w. dat.;
Philem.13. to lay hold on; Mk.
ga-geigan, w. v. (193), w. ace, to
3,21. 6,17. Skeir. VIII, a. gab.
gain\ Mk.8,36. Lu.9,25. ICor.
sik, to abstain; I Cor. 7, 9. w.
9, 19. 20. 21. 22.
af w. dat,; I Thess. 4, 3.
gaggan, an. (179, n.3; 207), to
v.
ga-haftjan sik, w. v. (188), w. dai ..
go, go one's way, come, walk;
to cleave to, join one's self to;
w. inf. of purpose; Lu. 14, 19.
Lu. 15, 15.
li», 12. Jo. 12, 18. 14,2. w. ga-haftnan,
w. v. (194). ay. dat.,
afar w. dat., to go after, fol-
tobecome attached toclea ve
t o,
low; Mt. 3, 11. 9, Lu. 15, 4.
9.
to (on); Lu. 10, 11.
Skeir. Ill, d. ana \v. ace.; Lu. ga-lialijo, adv., in order, connect-
14,31. Jo. G, 19. 21. bi w. dat,;
edly; Lu. 1, 3.
Mk. 7. 5. Rom. 8,1.4. 14,15. .
ga-hailjan, (188), to heal,
v.
du w.dal.; Mk. 1,88. 45. fair-
w. ace. of pers.; Mt. 8, 7. 16.
ra w. dat.; Mt. 25, 41. faura Mk.l, 34. 3, 10; of disease; Lu.
w.dat.; Jo. 10,4. fram w. dat.
9, 1; or af w. dat., or the gen.;
(garda being implied); Lu. 8, Lu. 7. 21.
49. hindar w. ace; Mk.8, 33. ga-hiiilnan, w. v. (194), to grow
in w. dat.; Jo. 7,1. 8, 12. in
hale, whole, or sound; Mt.8,8.
w. ace.; Mt.6,6. 9,6. Mk.5,34.
L3. Lu.7. 7. w. af w. dat.; Mk.
mi]' w. dat.; Mt. 5,41. Lu. 2. 5. 29.
51. 7. C). bairh w. ;•<•.: Mk. 9, ga-hails, adj. (124), w2»o/e; I Thess.
Lu. 6, 1. w. fram (adv.):
•">().
5, 23.
Lu.19,28. inna; II Cor. 6,16. ga-hait, n.
(94), promise; Rom.
gagg, n. (gagga ace. pi., 93; or 9.4.8. 15,8. Eph. 2, 12.
.

m., dat. sing., 91?), street, way; ga-haitan (69, 2), red. v. (170;
Mk. 0, 50. 11,4. 179), w. ace, to call together;
ga-grefts, f. (1 03), decree; Lu. 2,1. Mt. 15, 16. Lu. 9, 1.15,9. to
in gagreiftai (for gagref- promise; Tit, 1, 2. \v. inf.: Mk.
tai?) wisan. to be present; 14,11. Skeir. Ill, c. V, b. to
Cor. 8, 12.
II profess; I Tim. 2, 10.
ga-gudabft, adv.. godly, piously; ga-hamon, w.v. (190), w. (iustr.)
II Tim. 3, 12. dat.. to clothe one's self with,
ga-gudei, f. (118, n. 2). piety, to put on; Rom. 13, 14. ICor.
 ga-hardjan — GainnSsaraiJ?. 349

15, 53. Gal. 3, 27; w. ace; ga-hugds (81, n. 1), f. (103),

refl.

Eph.6,11. w. (instr.) dat.; Col. thought, mind, heart; Mk. 12,

3, 12. 30. Lu.1,51.10,27. conscience;
ga-hardjan, w. v. (188), w. ace, I Cor. 8, 12. 10, 27.
to harden; Rom. 9, 18. ga-huljan, w.v. (187), w. ace, to
ga-haunjan, w. v. (188), w. ace, cover, hide, conceal; Mt. 10, 26.
to abase, humiliate; II Cor. 12, I Cor. 11, 6. II Cor. 4, 3. w.
21. Phil. 2, 8. fram w. dat.; Mt. 8, 24. Lu.9,
ga-hauseins, f. (108, n. 1), hear- 45. ga-hulidainma haubi-
ing; Rom. 10, 17. Gal. 3, 2. 5. d a (from the Latin 'velato ca-
ga-hausjan, w. v. (187), to hear, pite'); I Cor. 11, 4.
(1) abs.; Mt. 11, 5. 8, 10. 27, ga-lrairbSjadj. (124), pliant, obe-
14. (2) w. ace of th.; Mt. 11, 4. dient; Skeir. VI, d.
Lu. 7, 22. (3) w. at w. dat.; ga-lratjan, w.v. (188), to sharp-
Jo. 6, 45. Skeir. IV, d. bi w. en, incite, entice; Skeir. I, e .

ace; Mk. 5,27.7, 25. in w. ace; ga-keilains, f. (103, n. 1), a stay-

Mt. 10, 27. us w. dat.; II Cor. ing for a while, rest; II Cor. 2,
12, 6. w. batei; Mk. 10, 47. 13. 7, 5.
Jo. 9, 32. (5) w. ace w. inf.; ga-lueilan, w. v. (193), to cease;
Mk. 12, 28. 14, 58. Lu. 18, 30. I Cor. 13, 8. galu. sik w. ana
ga-hilpan, str. v. (174, n. 1), w. w. dat., to rest upon; Lu. 10, 6.
gen., to help; II Cor. 6, 2. ga-heitjan, w. v. (188), w. ace,
ga-hlaiba, m. (108), partaker of to make white, to whiten; Mk.
ozje's bread, messmate; hence 9,3.
a fellow-disciple; Jo. 11, 16. fel- ga-kotjan, w.v. (188), to threat-
low-soldier; Phil. 2, 25. Neap. en, rebuke, charge, (1) abs.; II
Doc. Tim. 4, 2. (2) w. dat.; Mk. 1,
ga-lmahvjan, \v. v. (187), w. ace, 43. 9, 25. Lu. 4, 35. 9, 21. 42.
to humble; Lu. 3, 5. 14, 11. 18, gaiainna, for. w., m. (108), Ge-
14. pret. partie gahnaiwibs, henna; Mt. 5, 22. 29. 30. 10,28.
low; Lu. 1, 52. Mk. 9, 43. 45. 47.
ga-hobains, f. (103, n. 1), conti- ga-ibnjan, w. v. (188), w. (instr.)
nence, temperance; Gal. 5, 23. dat., to make or lay even with;
ga-horinon, w. v. (190), w. dat., Lu. 19, 44.
to whore, commit adultery ga-idreigoii, w. v. (190), to re-
with; Mt. 5, 28. pent, do penance; Lu. 10, 13.
ga-hraineins, f. (103, n. 1), a gaidw, n. (94), want, lack; II
cleansing; Mk. 1,44. Lu. 5, 14. Cor. 9, 12. Phil. 2, 30. Col. 1, 24.
ga-hrainjan, \v. v. (188), w. ace, gailjan, w. v. (187), to make glad;
to cleanse, purge; Mt. 8, 2. Mk. II Cor. 2, 2.
1, 40. 7,19. Lu. 3, 17. w. gen.; Gaina (21, n. 1; 65, n. 1).
IITim.2,21. (iustr.)dat.; Eph. Gainnesaraib (23), pr. n., Genne-
5,26. saret; Lu. 5, 1.
350 gairda — <ra-qiss.

gairda, f. (97), girdle; Mk. 1, G. 23. I Cor. 11, 26. Skeir. IV, d.
G, 8. (2) w. dat. of pers. aud ace. of
Gairgaisaine, pr. n. in gen. pi., th., th.s.; Lu.2,15. Jo. 15,15.
of the Gergesenes; Mt. 8, 28. 17, 2G. (3) w.bi w.succ, to make
gairnei, (113), desire; II Cor.
f. known abroad; Lu. 2, 17.
'
7, 7. 11. 8, 19. 9, 2. ga-karon, \v. v. (190), to take care
gairnjan, w. v. (188), to covet, of; I Tim. 3, 5.
yearn for, long for, ga-kausjan, w. v. (188). w. ace. of
desire, lust,
wish; Rom. 7, 7. W. inf.; Lu. 8, pers., to prove, test, try; II Cor.
20. 15, 1G. 1G, 21. 17,22. w. 8,22.
wipra w. ace; Gal. 5, 17. w. ga-kiusan, str. v. (173, n. 1), to
gen.; II Cor. 9, 14. Phil. 2, 2G. ] trove, test, examine; Rom.
to have need of; Mk. 11, 3. Ln. 12,2. I Cor. 11, 28. Eph.5,10.
19,31. pret. partic. gakusans, ap-
gairu (20, n. 2), n. (106), sting; proved; Rom. 14, 18. II Cor.
Cor. 12, 7 (gloss in A). 10, 18. 13, 7.
gaitein, n. (94), kid; Lu. 15, 29. ga-kroton (12, n. 1), w. v. (190),
gaits, f. (103), goat; Neh. 5, 18. to crush, grind; Lu. 20, 18.
Gaius, pr. n., Gaius; ace. -u; I ga-kunds(-kun]>s), f. (103), per-
Cor. 1, 14. suasion; Gal. 5, 8. obedience,
ga-jiukan, w. v. (188), w. ace., to subjection: u f g a k u |? a un-i ,

overcome, conquer; Jo. 16,33. der subjection (i. e. subject to

Rom. 12, 21. to beguile; Col. his parents); Lu. 3, 23.
2, 18. ga-k usts, f. (103), proof, test; II
ga-juk, n. that which
(94), is Cor. 9, 13.
joined in a yoke, a pair; Lu. ga-qiinan, str. v. (175, n. 1), (1)
2,
24. to come together; Mt. 27, 17.
ga-juka, m. (108), yoke-fellow, Mk. 2, 2. Lu. 8, 4. w. du w.
companion; II Cor. 6, 14. dat.;Mt.27,62. bi \v. ace; Jo.
ga-juko, n. (110; or. i., 112? See 11,19. us w.dat.; Lu.5,17. w.
Bernh., Glossar), yoke fellow; parei; Jo. 18, 20. samana
Phil. 4, 3. (intensifying); I Cor. 14, 23.
ga-juko, (112), that which is
f. gaq. sik du w. dat., th. s.;
yoked or put together for the Mk.5,21. 7,1. 10,1. (2) w. in
sake of comparison; hence w.dat., to arrive at. attain to;
comparison, parable; Mk. 3, Phil. 3, 11. (3) gaq mi]', it is
i

23. 4, K). 80. :54. Lu. 8,9. Jo. fit; Col. 3, IS.
1G, 29. ga-qiss, f. (103), consent; I Cor.
ga-knnujan, w. v.
(188), (1) w. 7,5.
ace. of p<>rs.,to j>raise (in a ga-qiss, adj. (124, n. 1), consent-
pass. sense), to he praised, he ing; gaq is a wis an or wair-
commended; II Cor. 12, 11. of |>an w. dat., to consent; Rom.
th., to make known; Rom. 9, 7, 1G. Skeir. I, c.
 gu-qi]?uu — ga-laubjan. 351

ga-qij>an, str. v. (17G, n. 1), w. w. ace of tli.; Rom. 12, 13. I

sis, to agree among them- Tim. 4, 6. II Tim. 3, 10 (gloss).
selves; Jo. 9, 22. Galatia, pr. .
Ga latia; gen -a i s
.

ga-qiujan (42), w. v. (187), to Cor. 16, 1 (Alias -e). Gal. 1,

I

quicken, give life, make alive, 2; dat. -ai; II Tim. 4, 10.

(l)abs.; II Cor. 3, 6. (2)w.acc; Galateis, pr. n. in voc. pi., Gala-

I Tim. 6, 13. Skeir. V, b. tians; Gal. 3, 1. gen. Gala-
tie; I Cor. 16, 1 (in A); dat.
ga-qiunan, w. v. (194), to become
-i m•;. Gal. superscr. and subscr.
alive, quicken (intr.); Lu. 15,
24.32. Rom. 7, 9. I Cor. 15, 22. ga-latjan, w. v. (188), w. ace, to
hinder; Gal. 5, 7.
ga-qumbs, f. (103), a coming to-
ga-la]>on, w.v. (190), w. ace, (1)
gether, assembly, council; Mt.
to call together; Lu. 15, 6. (2)
5,22. IIThess.2,1. synagogue;
to take in (i. e. to one's home);
Mt. 6, 2. 5. 9,35. Lu. 4, 15. Jo.
16, 2. 18, 20.
Mt. 25, 38.43. (3) labon, =
to call, invite; I Cor. 7, 17.
ga-lagjan, w. v. (188), w. ace, to Skeir. I, d. pass.; I Cor. 7, 18.
lay, lay down, set, put, place;
21. ret. partie galabobs
w. ana w. ace; Mk. 8, 25. 9, (used as sb.); I Cor. 1, 24.
42. inw. dat.; Mt.27,60. Mk.
ga-laubeins (31), f. (103, n. 1),
6, 29. in w. ace, to cast into; belief, faith; Mt.9,22.29. Eph.
Mt. 5, 25. 0,30. uf w. ace; I 2, 8. 4, 13. Skeir. II, a. c.
Cor. 15, 25 or dat.; Mk. 6, 5.
;
ga-laubeins, adj. (124), believing,
w. (adv.) au a; Mk. 11, 7; faithful; Tit. 1, 6.
luar; Mk. 15, 47. Lu. 9,58. ga-laubjan
(31), w. v. (188), to
parei; Mk. 16, 6. to lay up; believe, (1) abs.; Mk.9, 24. Jo.
II Tim. 4, 8. \v. in w. dat.; Lu.
9, 38. II Cor. 4, 13. II Tim. 2,
1, 66. w. two aces., to make; 13. (2)w.aceofth.; Jo.11,26.
Mk. 12, 36. Lu. 20, 43. I Cor. 7. in pass. w. nom.;
13,
ga-laisjan (30), w. v. (197), to IIThess.1,10. Tim. 3,16.
1 (3)
teach, instruct; I Tim. 2, 12. w. ace and inf.; Lu. 20, 6. (4)
galaisibsbi w. ace, instruct- w. inf.; Rom.
14, 2. (5) w. ba-
ed in; Lu. 1, 4. gal. sik, to tei; Mt. 9, 28. Mk. 11, 23. 24.
learn, (l)abs.; I Tim. 2, 11. (2) (6) w. bi {concerning) w. ace
w. ace of th.; Phil. 4, 9. (3) w. and batei; Jo. 9, 18. (7) w.
inf.; Phil. 4, 11. I Tim. 5,4. (4) dat. of pers. or th., to trust,
w. bi w. dat.; Skeir. V, a. conncle in, believe; Mt. 27, 42.
ga-laista,m. (108), follower, com- Mk. 11, 31. Lu.1,20. Skeir. VI,
panion; gal. wisan w. dat., to a. d. to intrust; Lu. 16, 11. to
follow; Gal. 6, 16. IITim.3,10. believe in (on); Jo. 6, 29. 7, 5.
gal. wairban w. dat., th.s.; 31. 48. Skeir.VIII, e (8) w. du
Mk. 1, 36. w. dat.;Mk. 9, 42. Jo. 6, 35. in
ga-laistjan, w.v. (188), to follow, w. dat.; Mk. 1, 15. Gal. 2, 16.
352 jiu-luul's — ga-k*i|?un.

(9) w. swaswe; Mt. 8, 13. «•up a, to be equal to God;

ward; I Cor. 15, 2. — lei til Phil. 2, G.
gal aubj a d , lit t le-belie ring,ga-leikdn, w.v. (190), (1) trans.,
of little faith; Mt. G, 30. 8,26. w. ace. and a dat. of resem-
trig g• w a b a <»• a a u b a , to blance, to liken unto; Mt. 7, 24.
1 i

be persuaded; Lu. 20, 6. 2G. w. Ice; Mk. 4, 30. Lu. 7,

ga-laufs (50, n. 1), adj. (124), 31. . sik, to liken one's self
precious, valuable, costly; Rom. to be like, be conformed to;
9,21. I Cor. 7, 23. Rom. 12, 2. (2) iutr., to be like,
be conformed to; Mt. G, 8. Skeir.
ga-laugnjan (31), w. v. (188), to
V, a. b. to be like, follow, imi-
be bid; Mk. 7, 24. Lu.8,47. w.
eik, to hide o/ie's self; Lu. 1,
tate; II These. 3, 7. 9. galei-
24.
konds w air]? an, to be, or
become, a follower; I Cor. 11,1.
ga-lausjan, w.v. (188), (1) w.acc.
of pers., to loose, loosen; and
Eph. 5,1. IThess. 2, 14.
dat.; I Cor. 7, 27. af w. dat.: ga-Ieiks, adj. (124), like, similar;
Rom. to keep from; II Mk. 7, 8. 13. 14, 70. Rom. 9, 29.
7, 2.
Skeir. V, d. w. dat. (iustr.); Mt.
These. 3, 3. us w. dat., to de-
liver; Lu. 1, 74. Cor. 1,10. 11,16. Mk. 12, 31. Lu. 6, 47.
(2) . ace. of tb., to ask for Skeir. I, a.

hack again; Lu. 19, 23. and f

Galeilaia, pr. n., Galilee; gen. -a s

w. dat., to loose; Mk. 5, 4.

Mk. 1, 9. 16. 28. dat. -a; Ml.
27, 55. Mk. 1, 14. 3, 7. Skeir.
ga-leika,m. (108), one of the
VIII, d.; ace. -an; Mk. 1,39.
same body with; Eph. 3, 0.
(3, 7, for -a), 9, 30.
ga-leikan, w. v. (193), (1) to please,
Galeilaius, pr. n., a Galilean; dat.
(a) abs.; Col. 1,10. (b) w. dat.;
-an; pl.-c;Mk. Mt.26,69;gen.
Mk. 0, 22. Rom. 8, 8. impers.: 7,31. Jo. 6,1. 12,21.
gal e k a ]> m s, ii seems good
i i i
(172, n. 1), to
i*a-leij>an, str. v.
to me, it pleases me, w. inf.; go, come; Mt.8,21. 33. 27, GO.
Lu. 1, 3. I Cor. 1, 21. ace. w.
w. gen. of aim; I Tim. 1,13. w.
inf.; Col. 1,19. in w. dat.; II af w. dat.: Lu.10, 30. afar w.
Cor. 12, 10. w.ei; I These. 3,1.
dat.; Mk. 1, 20. Jo. 12, 19. a a
(2) t take pleasures in, w. dat.; w. ace; Mk. 1,35. Lu. 4, 42.
Mk.l,ll.Lu.3,22. pret.partic. and w. ace.; Rom. 10, 18. du
used adjectively, good, pleas- Mk.
vv.dat.; 3, 13. 7, 30. fairra
ing, acceptable; Lu. 10, 21.
w. dat.; Lu. 1, 38. 2, 15. S, 37.
Rom. 12, 1. 2. Eph. 5, 10. Col.
faurw. act; Mk.2, 13. 14. GS.
:'..
20.
hinda r w, ace; Mt. 8, IN. Mk.
^;i-leiki, n. (95), likeness; Rom. 5, 17. in w. ace: Ml. S. 32.
8, 3. Phil. 2, 7.
mi]» w. dat.; Mk. 5, 24. Cor. I

ga-leikinon; see ga-l&kiudn. 16, 4. |>afrh w. ace; Mk. 10,

ga-leiko, adv., like; wisan g. 2•". ii far w. ace.; >I<>. 6, 1. 10,
 «a-lekinon — ga-maindftjw. 353

40. inf.; Lu. 19, 7. \v. advs.: idols, an idolater; I Cor. 5, 10.
inn; Mk. 5, 40. 15, 43. fi t ; Jo. 11.
13, 30. fit du w. dat.j Jo. 18, ga-liuga-apaustauliis, m. (120, n.
38. dala]> nnd w. ace; Mt. 1), m., false apostle; II Cor. 11,
11, 23. gal. ibnks, to go 13.
back; Jo. G, 60. 18, G. gaurs
ga-Iinga-biOpar, m. (114), false
gal., to be sad; Mk. 10, 22. brother; 1 1 Cor. 1 1, 26. Gal. 2, 4.
nahts framis galai]>, the
ga-liuga-gub (l,n. 4), u. (94, n.
night is far spent; Rom. 13, 12.
3), false god, idol; I Cor. 8, 10.
ga-lekinon (-lei kin on), w. v. 10, 19. 20. galiugagude
(190), to heal, w. act•.; Lu. 8, s k a 1 k i a s s u s, idolatry; Gal
43; and gen. of the disease; Lu. 5, 20. Eph. 5, 5. Col. 3, 5.
8,2.
ga-liugan, w. v. (192, n. 1; 193),
ga-lewjan, w. v. (188), w. ace, (1) w. ace, to marry, take a wife;
to present, offer, w. dat. ofpers. Mk. 6, 17.
and ace. of th.; Lu. G, 29. (2)
ga-I iuga-praii fetus, ra. (92); Mk.
to betray, w. ace. ofpers.; Mt.
13, 22. Lu. 6, 26.
27, 3. Mk. 3,19. 14, 11; orth.;
Mt, 27, 4; pass.; I Cor. 11, 24. ga-liuga-weitwops (-w e t \v d s i
;

\v. ace. (dir. obj.) and dat. (indir.

30;74, n. 2), m. (117), false
witness; Mk.10,19. Lu.18,20.
obj.); Mk. 14, 10. Jo. 18, 3G;
I Cor. 15, 15.
or in \v. ace; Mk. 14, 41.
ga-liuga-xristus (l,n.4), m. (105,
galga, ra. (108), cross; Mt. 10,
u. 2), a false Christ; Mk. 13, 22.
38. 27, 42. I Cor. 1, 17. 18.•
ga-liuhtjan, w. v. (188), w. ace,
ga-ligri, n. (95), consummation
to enlighten, bring to light;
of marriage; Rom. 9, 10. I Cor. 4, 5. II Tim. 1, 10.
ga-Iisan, str. v. (176, n.l), w.acc. ga-lufs, adj. (124), valuable, cost-
(expressed or understood), to ly; I Tim. 2, 9.
'

gather, collect, gathertogether; ga-lukan (15), str. v. (173, n. 2),

Jo. G, 12. 13. 11, 47. w. af w. (1) w. ace, to shut, close; Mt.
dat.; Mk. 13, 27. du w. dat.; 27, 66. to enclose; Lu. 5, 6. w\
Neli. 5, 16. w. sik, th. s., w. in w. dat., to shut up; Lu. 3,
ace and du w. dat.; Mk. 4, 1. 20. to enclose; Rom. 11, 32.
w. jaindre, Lu. 17, 37. (2) w. (instr.) dat., to shut,
ga-liug, n. (94), a lie; gal. Ave it- close; Mt. 6, 6.
\v dja , to bear false witness; ga-luknau, \v. v. (194), to become
Mk. 14, 56. 57; gal. taujan, closed, to shut (intr.); Lu. 4,
to falsity; II Cor. 4, 2. idol; 25.
Cor. 10, 19. 28. II Cor. 6, 16. ga-magan, pret.-pres. v. (201), to
galiuge stabs, temple of avail; Gal. 5, 6.
idols; I Cor. 8, 10. gal iu gam ga-maiii(1ubs, (103), commun-
f.

s ka1 k i d s, one who serves ion, fellowship; I Cor. 10. 16.

23
354 gn - — ga-tn&jan.

II Cor. G. 14. 0.13. Phil. 2. 1. 27. II Cor. 0. 2.3; aud dat. of

3, 10. ]>ers.; Neh. 5, 18or d u w. dat.;
;

ga-niainei, (113), communion.

f. II Cor. 5. 5; so the pret. partic.
fellowship, participation; II manwibs, prepared to, fitted
Cor. 8. 4. Gal. 2. 0. to, furnished to; Rom. 9, 22.
ga-mainja, m. (108), partaker; II Tim. 2, 21. 3,17.
I Tim. 5, 22. ga-marko, f. (112), having the
ga-mainjan, w. v. (188), (1) w. same boundary with; hence
aec. to make common, defile: neighboring to, answering to;
Mk. 7,15.18.20. (2) w.dat.of Gal. 4, 25.
pers. and i w. dat., to commu- ga-marzeins, f. (103, n. 1 ) a stum- ,

nicate; Gal. G, 6. Phil. 4. 15. bling block, scandal, offense:

(3) w. dat. of th., to distribute; Rom. 9, 33. 14,33. I Cor. 1,23.
Rom. 12, 13. to partake of; ga-inarzjan, w. v. (188), w. ace,
1

Cor. 10, 18. Eph. 5, 11. to offend; Mk. 0. 42. Jo. 6, 61.
ga-mains, adj. (130), common; I Cor. 8, 13. in pass., to be of-

Tit. 1. 4. Skeir. I, a. unclean; fended; Mk.4, 17. \v. in w.dat.;

Mk. 7. 2. Rom. 14, 14. g. —
Mt. 11, G. Mk G. 3. Lu. 7, 23.
briggan, to communicate ga-inatjan, w. v. (188), to eat;
with; Phil. 4. 14. g. w airman
'
Mk. 8, 8. Lu. 17, 8.
w.dat., to partake of; Rom. 11, ga-niaudeins, f. (103, n. 1), re-

17. membrance; II Tim. 1, 5.

ga-main]>s, (103). assembly; ga-mamljan, w. v. (188), to re-
f.

Neh. 5, 13. mind, (1) w. ace. of pers. and

ga-inaitano, f. (112). concision; gen. of th.; Jo. 14. 2G. II Tim.
Phil. 3, 2. 2.14 (ace. implied). (2) w. ace.
ga-mai]»s (74, n. 2), adj. (124). of pers. aud inf.; II Tim. 1, G.
fragile, weak, bruised; Lu. 4. Skeir. VII, d.
19. maimed; Lu. 14,13.21. ga-niaurgjaii, w. v. (188), w. ace,
ga-nialteins, f. (103. n. 1). a dis- to shorten, cut short ; Mk. 13,
solving; hence depa rt ui-e.dea t b; 20. Rom. 9, 28.
II Tim. 4. G (gioee). ira-ineleins. f. (103, n. 1), a writ-
ira-niahvjan, w. v. (188), w. aec, ing, the scripture; Jo. 7, 38. 42.
to grind, bruise, crush; m
ga a 1- II Cor. 3, 7. I Tim. 5, 18.
wi j>s hairtio (loc. dat.), bro- ga-nicljan, w. v. (187), to write.
ken-hearted; Lu. 4, 18. (1) \v. dat. of the pers. ad-
ga-nian, n. (04). fellow-man, com- dressed; II Cor. 2.4. Philem.
panion, partner; Lu. 5, 7. II 21. (2) the th. written is indi-
Cor. 8,23. Philem.17. commu- cated, (a) by the ace; Lu. 16,
nion; II Cor. 13, 13. G. to enroll for taxation, to
ga-mamvjan, w. v. (188), to pre- las; Lu. 2. 1. (b) by a clause
pare, make readjr, w. ace.; Mt. w. |»atei; Mk.ll, 17. Lu.4.4.
11, 10. Mk. 1. 2. Lu. 6, 40. 7. 19,46. Rom. 8, 3G. (3) w.dat.
 ga-mikiljan — ga-niman. 355

of the pers. addressed and, (a) 8. (5) w. batei; Mt. 5, 23. 27,
ace. of the th. written ; Mk. 10, 63.
5. II Cor. 2, 3 a clause w. ga-munds, f (103), remembrance;
;
(b) .

batei...ei; Mk. 12, 19; or Mk. 14, 9. I Cor. 11, 24. 25.
ei; Lu.20,28. (4) w. biw. ace. Eph. 1, 16. conscience; I Tim.
of pers.; Mt, 11, 10. Mk. 9, 12. 1, 5 (gloss in A).
13; duw. dat.; Jo. 12, 16. (5) ga-nagljan, w. v. (188), w. ace.,
w. an opt. clause Lu.4, 8; pro-
; to nail; Col. 2, 14.
hibitive; I Cor. 5,9. (6)w.swe; ga-naitjan, w. v. (188), w. ace.,
Mk. 1,2. 7,6; swaswe;Mk.9, to blaspheme, abuse, handle
13. (7)w.(instr.) dat.; Philem. shamefully; Mk. 12, 4.
19. (8) w. ana w. dat. of place; ga-namnjan, w. v. (187), w. ace.,
Jo. 6,45. I Cor. 5, 9; in w. dat.; to name; Skeir. II, d.
Mk. 1, 2. Lu. 2, 23. (9) w. du ga-nanjijan, w. v. (188), pret. ga-
w. dat. of purpose; Kom. 15,4; n a b i d a by error, for gaan- ,

or a final clause w. dubbe dida; see gaandjan.

. . .

ei; II Cor. 2, 9; orei; II Cor. ga-nasjan, w.v. (185), w.acc, (1)

2, 3. —pret. partic, bat a ga- to make whole, to heal; Mt. 9,
melido, that which is written; 22. Mk. 5, 34. 10, 52. (2) to
hence the scripture; Mk. 12, 10. save; Mk. 8, 35. 15, 31. Lu.
15, 28. 6,9.
ga-mikiljan, w. v. (185), w. ace. ga-natjan, w. v. (188), w. ace, to
to make much of, magnify, en- make wet, to wet; Lu. 7, 44.
large; Lu. 1, 58. ga-nauha, m. (108), sufficiency,
ga-minbi, n. (95), remembrance; contentment; II Cor.9, 8. I Tim.
I Thess. 3, 6. II Tim. 1, 3. 6,6. Skeir. VII, b.
ga-mitan, star. v. (176), w. ace, ga-nauhan, pret.-pres. v. (201);
to mete, measure out; II Cor. g a a h it is en ugh it suffices; , ,

10, 13. (1) w. dat.; II Cor. 2, 6. (2) w.

ga-mitons, f. (103, n.l), thought, ace; Mt. 10, 25. Jo. 14, 8. II
intention, desire; Eph. 2, 3. Cor. 12, 9.
ga-motan, pret.-pres. v. (202), to ga-nawistron, w.v. (190), w.acc,
have or find room, have place; to bury; I Cor. 15, 4.
Mk. 2, 2. Jo. 8, 37. II Cor. 7, 2. ga-niman, str. v. (170; 175), w.
ga-motjan, w. v. (188), av. dat., ace, to take, take with one;
to meet; Mt. 8, 28. Mk. 5, 2. Mk. 5, 40. 9, 2. w. i b w. dat.; m
14, 13. Lu. 8, 27. Gal. 2, 1. to receive, possess; I
ga-munan, pret.-pres. v. (200, n. Cor. 15, 50. II Cor. 5, 10. w.
1), mind, remember, (1) abs.; at w. dat.; Eph. 6, 8. to learn;
Mk. 8, 18. 11, 21. (2) w. gen.; Mt. 9, 13. Jo. 6, 45. w. af w.
Mt. 26, 75. Lu. 1, 54. 72. (3) dat.; Mk. 13, 28. Col. 1, 7. at
w. ace; Mk. 14, 72. I Cor. 11, w.dat.; II Tim. 3, 14. in w. dat.
2. (4) w. two aces.; II Tim. 2, and inf.; I Cor. 4, 6. gan. in —
356 ga-nipnan — fra-rnips.

kil]?ein or in wamba, to ga-rahnjan, w.v. (188), to value;

conceive; Lu. 1, 31. 2. 21. Mt. 27. 9.
ga-nipnan, w. (194), to become ga-raideiiis, f. (103, n. 1). ordi-
v.
sorrowful become sad; Mk.10, nance, rule, authority; Rom.
22. 13,2. II Cor. 10. 13.1.-,. Gal. 6,
ga-nisan. str.v. (176. n.l), to be- 16. Eph. 2, 15. Phil. 3. 16. wi-
come whole, be whole, be healed; 1 5 d is g., the gi ving of the la w.
Mt. 9, 21. 22. Mk.5. 23. 28. to Rom. 9, 4.
be saved; Mk. 10. 26. 13, 20. ga-raidjan, w. v. (188), to order,
w. pairh w. ace; I Cor. 15. 2. enjoin, command, appoint, (1)
I Tim. 2, 15. w. ace.; Eph. 1, 9 (gloss in A).
ga-nists, f. (103), a becoming (2) \v. swaswe and dat.; I Cor.
whole, recovery, salvation; 16.1. Tit. 1.5.
Rom. 10, 10.11,11. II Cor. 7. ga-raihtaba, adv., righteously.
10. I These. 5, 9. II Tim. 2, 10. rightly, justfy; I Cor. 15. 34.
Skeir. I, b. IThess. 2. 10. Skeir.III. b. VI. d.
ga-nfyjis, m. (92). kinsman; Mk. ga-raihtei, f.
(113), righteous-
0.4. Lu. 1,58. 2.14. ness; Mt.5.20. Lu.1,75. Rom.
ga-niutan, str. v. (173. n. 1). w. 9, 30. Skeir. I, a. b. c. d. IV. <

ace., to catch; Mk. 12. 13. Lu. ordinance; Lu. 1, 6. Rom.s.4.

5, 9. ga-raflltftilM,* (103, n. 1). a mak-
ira-nohjaii. w.v. (188), to satisfy. ing right again, correction:
Skeir. VII. 1». gaudhi)>S wi- II Tim. 3, 16.
ean, to be contented; Lu. •">.
i*a-rai]itij>a, f. righteousness; (97).
14 (gloss). Phil. 4. 11. I Tim. Jo. 16. 8. 10. Rom. 10. 10.
6. 8. to give in abundance, to
ga-raihtjan. w. v. (188), w. ace,
abound: Eph. 1, 8.
to guide, direct; Lu. 1. 7i). I
ga-nobnan, w.v. (194). to be very Thess. 3,11. These. :'..
5. to
well provided with, to abound; justify: I Cor. 4. 4.
I These. 3, 12.
ga-rnihts. adj. (124). right, right-
ira-nolis. adj. (122. n. 1), many, eous, just: Mt. 5, 45. 10,41.
much: Lu. 7. 1 1. 12. 20, 9. Jo.
25.4(5.27.19. <r. \vair]>an..
16,12. [Cor.11,30. g. wisan, to I»• justified: Gal. 2, 16. ga-
to I» enough, be sufficient; Jo.
in iht an a (ga)ddmjan, to
o, < .

derm perfect, justify; Lu. 7. 29.

ganajan, w. v. (188), to cause; 1•',. 15. garaihtaua gatei-
Gal. 6, 7.
liiin. th. s.; Lu. 18, 14. ga-
ga-paidea, w.v. (190), w. (iuetr.) ra ihtana qi}>an .tit. >•.: Gal.
dat., to dor In- one's self with. 4.
put on: Eph. 6, 14. £a-rai]»s (-raids; 74, n. 2), adj.
ga-ragindn, w.v. (190). w. dat.. (124). commanded, fixed, ap-
to give counsel; Jo. L8, 11. pointed; Lu. 3. 13. Skeir. I, c.
 ga-raj>jan — ga-sandjan. 357

ga-raj>jan, str. v. (177, n. 2), w. ga-runi, n. (95), counsel, consul-

ace, to reckon, number; Mt. tation; Mt. 27, 1. 7. Mk. 3, 6.
10, 30. 15,1.
ga-razna, m. (108), neighbor; Lu. ga-runjo, f. (112), a running or
14, 12. 15, 6. Jo. 9, 8. flowing together; a flood, inun-
ga-razno, f. (112), a female neigh- dation; Lu. 6, 48.
bor; Lu. 15, 9. ga-rims, f. (gen. -runsais; 103,
garda, m. (108), yard, fold; Jo. n. 3), a place where people run
10,1. together, a market-place; Lu.
garda-waldands, m.(115), master 7, 32. street; Mt. 6, 2.
of the house; Mt. 10, 25. Lu. ga-sahts, f. (103), reproof; II Tim.
14, 21. 3, 16. Skeir. VIII, b. d.
gards, m. (101), house, house- ga-sailuan (34, n. 1), str. v. (176,
hold, family; Mt.8,6. 9, 6. Mk. n. 1), w. ace, to see, behold;
3, 25. 10, 30. 15, 16. I Tim. 3, Mt. 5, 16. 8, 18..34. 16, 7. 11.
12. w. at w. dat.; Jo. 8, 38. Skeir.
garedaba, adv., honestly; Horn. IV, d. bi w. ace; Mt. 8, 18. 9,
13, 13. 14. in w. dat.; Phil. 1, 30. 4, 9.
ga-redan, red. v. (181), w. ace, w. two aces.; Mt. 8, 14. Mk. 11,
to reflect upon, provide for; 20. w. inf.; Mk. 13, 29. w. ba-
II Cor. 8, 21. tei; Mt. 27, 3. w. an indir.
ga-rehsns, f .(103), counsel, design; question; Phil. 2, 23. —
in pass.,
Skeir. I, b. c. II, c. d. Ill, a. d. to appear; Mt. 6, 16. 18. Lu. 9,
IV, a. d. VIII, c. 31; bo gasaihranona, the
ga-riniian, str. v. (174, n. 1), to things seen II Cor. 4, 18. vis-
;

run together, come together, ible; Col. 1, 16.

gather together; Jo. 12, 11. to ga-sakan, str. v. (177, n. 1), (1)
obtain by running; I Cor. 9, 24. without obj., to reprove, re-
w. at w.dat., tocome together, buke; II Tim. 4, 2. (2) w. dat.,
gather together; Mk. 1, 33. in th. s.; Mt. 8, 26. Mk.4,39. (3)
w. ace, to meet together, as- w. ace, to reprove, rebuke, con-
semble; Eph. 4, 13. mi J? w. vince; I Cor. 14, 24. to stop
dat., to come together; Mk. 14, one's mouth; Tit. 1, 11; and bi
53. inf.; Lu. 5, 15. sainab w. ace, to reprove, convince;
gar., th. s.; I Cor. 14, 26. Lu. 3, 19. Jo. 8, 46. 16, 8.
ga-riudi, n. (95), honesty, good ga-salbon, w. v. (189), to salve,
behavior; I Tim. 2, 2. anoint, w. ace; Mk. 16, 1. Lu.
ga-riudjo, f. (112), shamefaced- 4, 18. Jo. 12, 3; and (instr.)
ness, bashfulness; I Tim. 2, 9. dat.; Mk. 6, 13. Lu. 7, 38. 46.
ga-riubs (gariuds; 74, n. 2), ga-saljan, w. v. (188), w. ace and
adj. (124), honest, honorable, dat., to offer in sacrifice, offer;
well behaved; Phil. 4, 8. I Tim. I Cor. 8, 10. 10, 28. Skeir. I, a.
3, 2. 8. 11. ga-sandjan (74, n. 3), w. v. (187),
358 jia-sateins — ga-skohi.

to unite in sending: hence to ion; II. Cor. 8, 19. in pi. com-

accompany. \v. ace.; I. Cor. 10. pany; Lu. 2, 44.
6. w. inw. ace.; II Cor. 1, 16. ira-sitau. (176, n. 1), to
str. v.

g ; an-mi)?-8andidedum
h-]y set one's self down, sit down.
im ma brojuir. and we have sit: Lu. 4, 20. 5. 3. \\ ana w.
ut a brother along with him ace.: Mk. 11. 7. Jo. 12. 14. in
(mi J? is adx.—Bernhard); II \v. dat.: Mk. 4. 1. w. jainar
Cor. 8, 18. and mi J? w. dat.: Jo. 6, 3.
sa-sntrins, (103. n. f. founda- ga-skadweins. f. (103. n. 1.) that
1),
tion; Eph. 1.4. which shades: hence shelter,
ira-satjan. w. v. (187), w. ace. to clothing; I Tim. (5. 8.
set, place; Neh. 7,'l. (to lay. ira-xkafts (51. n. 2), f. (103),
found) Lu. 14, 29. (to ordain) creation, foundation; Mk. 10,
Rom. 13, l.Tit. 1, 5. ana 6. 13, 19.. Jo. 17, 24. Rom.
w. dat.; Lu.4.9. tfo lay, found B, 39. creature; II. Cor. 5. 17.
Lu. 6, 48. fa ura w. dat.: Lu. Gal. G. 15.
9, 47. (to let down) 5, 19. in w. ga-skaidan. red. v. (179), w. sik
dat.; Mk. 9, 36. uf w. ace: Lu. and af w. dat.. to separate
7. 8. —
nam «'as., to give a one's self from, to withdraw
name, surname; Mk. 3. 16. 17. from: II These. 3, 6.
is. sik du w. dat.. to addict ira-skaideins, f. (103. n. 1 \, separa-

one's self to; I Cor. 1G. 15. in —

tion, difference; Rom. 10. 12.
pass. w. du w. dat., to be set ira-skaidnan. w. v. (194). to be-
for: Phil. 1. 1(5. w. two noms.. come parted, separated, or de-
to be ordained, appointed (a volved; I Cor. 7. 11.
preacher); I Tim. 2. 7. II Tim. ira-skalki. n. (§5), fellow-servant;
1. 11. hi a ut s gasati)>e wi- Col. 1, 7. 4, 7.
aee hlau
aft ra ga - ira-skaman. w. v. (193), w. sik.
t s.

\vair]'au, to be restored: Mk. to l>e ashamed; II These. 3, 14.

B, 25. ira^kapjan. str. v. (177. n. 2). w.
ira-vihjon. w. v. (190). w.dat., to ace. to shape, make, create:
reconcile one's self to, be recon- Mk. 13. 19. Eph. 2. 15. 3. 9. in
ciled ur. lit. 5, 24. pass. w. nora., to be made, be
ira->.iirf ir)qan. Btr.v. (174.n. 1 ). to created: Mk. 2. 27. Eph. 2. 10.
sink (of the sun); Mk. 32. w. i;a-ska]»jan. str. v. (177. n. 2). w.
1 .

dat.. to sink under, be swal- acc. of th., to do scath. do

lowed uj> by; II Cor. 2. 7. wrong: Col. 3. 25.
ira-Niirljan. w. v. (188), \v. ace., ga-ekeirjan, w. v. (188). to make
to confirm by sealing, to seal; dear, explain, interprete; Mk.
.!<> 6j 27: and (iustr.) dat.; 5,41. 15. 22. 34. Skeir.II,c. in
Eph. 1. 13.4.30 (in B). pass, w. predicatenom.; .J<>.*.>. 7.
i:a-sinl»ja (gasin)?a) m. (108 ga-skollJ, n. (95), a pair of shoes;
tra veling companion, compan- Lu. 10. 4. 15. 22.
 ga-skohs — gasti-go^s. 359

ga-skohs, adj. (124), shod; Mk. ga-speiwan, str. v. (172, n. 1), to

6, 9. Eph. 6, 15. spit; gasp, dalab, to spit on
ga-slawan, w. v. (193), to be silent; the ground; Jo. 9, 6.
Mk. 4, 39. ga-spillon, w.v. (190), w. ace, to
ga-sleipjan, w.v. (188), to injure, preach; Lu. 9, 60.
w. s i k to suffer damage, suffer
,
ga-stagqjan, w.v. (188), w.acc.
the loss of, lose; Lu. 9, 25 (sc.
and bi w. dat., to strike, dash;
sik), w. dat. of respect; Mk. 8,
Lu. 4, 11.
36. so in pass.: gasleibibs
ga-staldan, red. v. (179), w. ace,
wisa to come off a loser;
,
to win, gain; Lu. 18, 12 (a His
Phil. 3, 8. in waihtai ni ga-
bizei, by attraction). I Cor.
sleibjaindau, ye might re-
9, 19 (gloss). I Thess. 4, 4. to
ceive damage in nothing; II
gain, buy; Neh. 5, 16. to pos-
Cor. 7, 9.
sess, have; I Cor. 7, 28.
ga-slepan (78, n.3), red. v. (179),
to sleep, fall asleep, be asleep; ga-standan, str. v. (177, n. 3), (1)
lit., to stand still, stop; Mk.
Jo. 11, 11. I Cor. 11, 30. 15, 6.
18. 20. 10, 49. Lu. 6, 8 (to stand forth).
7, 14. w. ana w. dat.; Lu. 6,
ga-smeitan, (172, n. 1), w.
str. v.
ace. of th. and dat. of pers. spec-
17. in w. dat., to tarry, stay
behind; Lu.2,43. mib w. dat.,
ified by ana w. ace, to be-
smear, anoint; Jo. 9, 6. to stay, abide; Lu. 1, 56. (2)
trop., to standfast, persist, re-
ga-smipon, w.v. (190), w.acc, to
bring about, work; II Cor. 7, main, abide, continue; Mk. 3,
10. 26. w. (loe) dat.; Rom. 11, 20.
w. ana w. dat,; II Cor. 13, 1.
ga-sniumjan, w.v. (188), w. und
w. ace, to hasten to, reach; II at w. dat.; I Cor. 7, 24. Gal. 2,
5. in w. dat.; Jo. 8, 31. to be
Cor. 10, 14.
restored; Lu. 6, 10; so w. af-
ga-sniwan, str. v. (176, n. 2), to
come up with, reach, attain to. tra; Mk. 3, 5.
w. bi w. ace; Rom. 9, 31. du ga-staurknan, w. v. (194), to dry
w. dat.; Phil. 3, 16. up, pine away; Mk. 9, 18.
ga-sokjan (35), w. v. (186), w. ga-steigan, str. v. (172, n. 1), w.
ace, to seek; Rom. 10, 20. Phil. in w. ace, to step into: gast.
4,17. in skip a, 'to step into ships',
ga-sopjan, w.v. (188), to nil, sat- take shipping, embark; Jo. 6,
isfy, w. ace of pers. and (1) 24. to descend into; Rom. 10, 7.
gen.; Lu. 1,53. (2) (instr.)dat.: ga-stigqan (gg; 67, n. 1), str. v.
luabro ]?ans maghras ga- (174, n. 1), to stumble; Jo. 11,
s b j an h 1 ai b am, from whence 9.10.
can a man satisfy these (men) gasti-godei, f. (113), hospitality;
with bread (lit. loaves); Mk. Rom. 12. 13.
8,4. gasti-gops, adj. (124, n. 2; 138),
36U _ <tojan — ga-taujau.

hospit able (\\t. good to a stran- ga-swin]>jan, w. v. (188), to

_ /): I Tim. 3, 2. Tit. 1. 8. strengthen; Col. 1, 11.
ga-etojan(26),w.v. (186),w.acc., ira-MviiiJmau, w. v. (194), grow
to judge; I Cor. 5, 3; and at strong, become strong: Lu. 2.
(with) w. dat.. to judge, deter- 40. w. (loc.) dat.: Lu. 1, 80.
mine; II Cor. 2, 1. ga-ewogjaa, w. v. (188), to sigh:

(for ,
ga-etojans (134? occurs once, in Mk. 7. :'.4.
dat. pi. gastdjanaim), adj. sa-taiknjau. w. v. (188). to give
not in its place; a token, warn; Lu. 3. 7.
hence unusual, strange, absurd, ira-tairan, str. v. (175, n. 1). to
unreasonable; II These. 2. tear, tear to pieces, to break,
•*">.

ira-*to]>an. w. v. (193), to make destrov: Mt. 5, 17. 19. Jo. 7.

to stand; Rom. 14. 4. 23. to put down, abolish; I Cor.
ira-straujan (42), w. v. (187). to 15, 24. to tear down, cast
bestrew, spread {with carpets, down; II Cor. 10, 5. in pac
furnish; Mk. 14. 10. to he dissolved; II Cor. 5. 1. to
gaste, m. (101). stranger, Mt. 25, be destroyed, to fail, vanish, be
38. L 27, 7. Eph.2, 12.
;••'•. done away, to cease; I Cor. 1 -'5.

19. I Tim. 5, L0. 8.15,26. II Cor. 3. 14. Gal. 5,

(188
irn-Miljan. w. v. . to found. 11.
ground, lay a foundation; w. «ra-talzjaii. w. v. (188). to tench:
ana w. dat.; Mt. 7. 25. La. 0. I Tim. 1, 20.
t8. in w. dat.; Eph. 3, 18. ira-tamjan (33), w. v. (187). w.
ira-Minjon. w. v. (190), vr. ace. (in ace., to tame; Mk. 5, 4.
pass, thenom.). to justify; Lu. ga-taudjan, w. v. (188). to cau-
7. i terize, sear; I Tim. 4. 2.
ga-enpon, w.v. (190), to season; ga-tarhjau, w. v. (lss w. ace
Lu. 14. 34. Col. 4. 6. (expressed or understood), to
ga-sw€ran, w. v. (193), w. ace. make a show of; Col. 2, 15. to
(nom. in pass.), (1) to glorify; note. mark, blame; These
Jo. 12, 16. 13, 81. 3, 14. Skear.IVjd. pret. parti»,
ira-Mvikmi]>jan. w. v. (188). to tarings, worthy of blame:
make known, manifest; Mk. 3, 2.11. notable; Mt. 27.1C.
1.

12. II C«»r. 10, 18. Col. 1. 26. manifest; II Tim. 3, 9 (gloss in

Q -Tim. 1,10.

»
Bkeip.n, a. VI. c. A).
become known, appear; Lu. ira-tarnjan, w. v. (188), at]»ai-
19, 11. mei ga t ami )> (without inflec-
ga-ewiltaa, str. v. (174, n. 1). to tion) ist sunja (a free render-
die; Mt. 9, 24. Mk. 5, 85. w. ing of zal ,
fa fir w. ace; Rom . 14. 1•". in fefe), they are destitute of the
w. gen.; I Cor. 8, 11. w. d;n .. truth (to them the truth is
to die to; Gal. 2, 19. w. af w. hidden:') I. Tim. 6, 5.
dat., to die from; Col. 2, 20. ira-taiijan (20). w. v. (187). to
 ua-t.-ii'ini — ga-tinhan. aei

do, make, commit, (1) vv. ace. ga-taurnan, w. v. (194), become

(sometimes understood); Mt. 7, torn, to dissolve, vanish, be
17.22. Mk.2,25. gat. usclau- done away, be abolished; I Cor.
dein w. dat. of pers., to effect 13, 10. II Cor. 3, 7. 11. 13.
or work diligence or carefulness ga-taurbs, f. (103), destruction;

in; II Cor. 7, 11. akrangat., II Cor. 10, 4. 8. 13, 10.

to bring forth fruit; Mt. 7, 17. ga-teihan, str. v. (172, n. 1), to
18. astans gat., to shoot tell, announce, declare, report,

forth branches; Mk. 4, 32. show, preach; w. dat. of pers.

maiirbr gat., tocommitmur- and ace of th.; Mk.6,30. II Cor.
cler; Mk. 15, 7. garuni gat. 7, 7. for the ace bi w. ace; Lu.
bi w. ace., to take counsel 7, 18. Jo. 16, 25; or a clause;
against; Mk. 3, 6. (2) w. two Mt. 11, 4. Mk. 5, 19. Lu.2,26.
aces., to make; Mt. 5, 36. \v. w. in w. dat. of place; Mt. 8, 33.
faiir w. ace.; II Cor. 5, 21. for and w. ace; Rom. 9, 17.— to
the pred. ace, du \v. dat.; Mk. bring good tidings; I Thess. 3,
11, 17. (3) vv. dat. of pers. and 6. suuja gat.; to tell the
ace. of th., to do; Lu. 1, 49. truth; Gal. 4, 16. g a r a h t a
Jo. 9, 26; (4) dat. of pers. and g a t e i h a s, found more justi-
s was we; Jo. 13, 15; orswa; fied; Lu. 18, 14.
Lu. 1, 25; or hranfilu; Mk.5, ga-temiba (32), adv. (103, n. 3;
19; or swafilu swe; Mk. 9, 210), fitly; Skeir. II, d.
13; or swafilu w.gen.; Jo. 12, ga-tewjan, w. v.(188), to appoint,
37. (5) w. ace. and inf., to make choose; II Cor. 8, 19.
Mk. 1, 17. (6) w. ei w. opt., to ga-tilaba, adv., suitably, conven-
cause that; Jo. 11, 37. (7) iently; Mk. 14, 11.
baurft gat. sis, to profit, ga-tilon, w. v. (190), w. ace, to
w a r s t vv e i g g a t. w. dat. to obtain; II Tim. 2, 10.
,

do or work effectually; Gal. 2, ga-tils, adj. (124), Mk. 6, 21. vv.

8. dwalana gat., to make in vv. ace, fit for; Lu. 9, 62.
foolish; I Cor. 1, 20. wan an a ga-timan, str. v. (175, n. 1), vv.
gat., to cast off; I Tim. 5, 12. (instr.) dat., to suit, agree with;
. minuizo gat. w. dat., to be Lu. 5, 36.
behind; II Cor. 11, 5. gat. ga-timreins, f.(103, n. 1), a build-
a a k u m b j a w. ace, to make ing up, edifying, edification,
one sit; Lu.9, 15. ganohnan II Cor. 12, 19. 13, 10.
gat., to make to abound; I ga-timrjan, vv. v. (188), to build,
Thess. 3, 12. usfarbon gat. vv. ace; Mk. 12, 1.14, 58.15,

us skip a, to suffer shipwreck; 29. vv. ana vv. dat.; Mt. 7, 24.
IICor.11,25. wahsjau gat. w. 26. Lu. 4, 29.
ace, to increase; II Cor. 9, 10. ga-timrjo, f. (112), building; II
ga-taura, m. (108), tear, rent; Mt. Cor. 5, 1. Eph. 2, 21.
9, 16. Mk. 2, 21. ga-tiuliau, str. v. (173), vv. ace,
302 •ra-trauan — fra-]']iuliaii.

to lead, living; Mt. 27. 2: and to abstain from; I Tim. 4. 3.

ana w. ace; Lu. 5, 11; in w. and w. sik, tobe temperate in;
ace.; Lu. 4, 9; d u w. dat.; Mk. I Cor. 9. 25.

14, 53. Jo. 9, 13. inn an a \v. ga-]>aurl)s (50. n. 3). adj. (124),
gen.; Mk. 15, 16. du stauai temperate; Tit. 1, 8.

g ;it.; seestaua. ga-J>aiirsuan (32). w. v. (194). to

ga-trauan (26), w. v. (179, n. 2; dry up, wither away; Mk. 4. 0.
193), to have confidence, trust. 5,29. 11,21. Lu. 8, G.Jo. 15. 0.
w.dat.; Phil.1,14. Phileni. 21. ga-peihan, str. v. (172, n. 1). to
w. in w. dat.; II Thess. 3, 4. w. thrive, profit, increase; Skeir.
ace. and iuf.; II Cor. 10, 7. w. IV, b. to fiourish; Phil. 4, 10.
]>atei; Gal. 5, 10; bamniei: ga-]>iuj>jan, w. v. (187), w. ace.,
Phil. 2, 24. to be persuaded, w. to bless; Mk. 8, 7. Lu. 9, 10.
]>atei; Rom. 8, 38; bainmei; Eph. 1,3. Skeir. VII, b.
II Tim. 1, 12. to be confident. ga-]mvan, w. v. (193). w. ate. to
hare confidence; II Cor. 5, 6. 8. put bondage; I Cor. 7.
in 15.
w. in w. dat.; II Cor. 7, 1G. to Cor. 11, 20. Gal. 2. 4. to pierce
he bold, w. dat.; II Cor. 10, 2. through; I Tim. (5.10. man-
. in \v. dat.; II Cor. 10, 1. to nans gabiwande, mensteal•
commit to, w. dat.; Gal. 2, 7. 1 er; I Tim. 1. 10.
Tim. 1, 11. ga-]>lalisnan. w. v. (194), w. bi
ga-trudan, str. *. (17.". . 2). to w.dat., to become amazed; Lu.
tivad down; Lu. 8, 5. 1, 29.
ga-tulgjan, w. v. (188), \v. ace. ga-]>laihan, red. v. (179, n. 1), to
to confirm, establish; Rom. 15. comfort, console; II Cor. 2, 7.
8. IThess. 3, 2. II These. 3,3. I Thess. 2, 11. to exhort: II
w. du w. inf.; Lu. 9, 51. in w. Cor. 5, 20. I Tim. 0, 2. II Tim.
ace; II. Thess. 2, 17. gat. sik 4, 2. Tit. 1, 9. w. dat. of pers.,
in w. dat., to abide in; Rom. to address kindly, comfort; II
11, 23. — pret. partic gatul- Cor. 7, 6. to take in the arms,
gi]?8, firm, steadfast; II Cor. 1. caress; Mk. 10, 10. to provide
6. Cop. 7,10. Col. 1, 23.
II for; I Tiin. 5. 8. to entreat; I
gatwd, (112), stivet; Lu. 14. 21
f. Tim. 5.1.
ga-^agM, n. (95), anxious ira-]»lailits, f. (103). .•/ pleasing
thought, hesitation, scruple; or flattering
with friendly
us ga -]>a gk ;i sparingly
i . words, comfort, consolation
[I Cor. 9,6. Lu. 0. 24. II Cor. 1,3. 4. 0. 7.
ir;i-|»aliiin, w. v. (193), tobesilent, 7.4. 7. Phil. 2, 1. II These. 2,
»" si ill. bold one*s peace; Mk. 10. I Tim. 4. I."».
K). is. Lu. 2(). 26. ira-]»Iiulian. str. v. (173. n. 1), to
ga-|»airsan. str. v. (174. n. 1). to fiee; Mt.S.33. Mk.5,1 1. 1 1.50.

Hither-, Mk. 3. 1. 3. Lu.S.34. w. afw. dat.: Mk.10.

ga-Jwbail, w. v. (193). w. geii., 8. fa ura w. dat.; Mk. 14. 52.
 ga-f'rnfsh'ins — ga-wadjdn. 363

ga-brafsteins, f. (103, n. 1), com- Gaiilgauba, pi•, ti. .Golgotha; Mk.

fort, consolation•, Lu. 4, 19. 15, 22.
Rom. 15, 4. II Cor. 1, 5. 7, 13. Ganmaurra, pr. n., Gomorrah;
Phil. 2, 1. Col. 4, 11. Rom. 9, 29.
ga-brafstjan, w. v. (188), \\ ace, Gai'imaurjam, pr. n. in dat. pi.,
to console, comfort; II Cor. 7, the people of Gomorrah; Mk.
G. Eph. 6, 22. Col. 4, 8. II 6,11.
Thess. 2, 17. w. ana w. dat.; gaumjan, w. v. (188), to see, per-
II Cor. 1, 4. bi w. ace; Jo. 11, ceive, observe, behold, (1) abs.,
19. iu w. gen.; II Cor. 1, 6. 7, or w. an obj. implied; Mt. 9, 11.
13. bairh w. ace; II Cor. 1, 4. Mk.4,12; and (instr.) dat.; Jo.
\v. (instr.) dat.; II Cor. 1, 4. 7. 12, 40. (2) w. dat.;Lu. 6, 41.
7. gabrafstibs wisau, to 42. Jo. 9, 1. to give attend-
be ofgood comfort Jo. 11, 19.
; ance, attend to; I Tim. 4, 13.
II Cor. 13, 11 to refresh ;
. I Cor. (3) w. a clause w. bammeij
16, 18. Mk.16, 4; or batei; Skeir.VIi;
ga-brask, n. (94), threshing-floor, d; w. an inf.; Lu.6,42. in pass.,
Lu. 3, 17. to appear, be seen, w. dat.; Mt.
ga-breihan, str. v. (172, n. 1), \\\ 6,5.
ace, to oppress, trouble; II ga-un-ledjan, vi. vr .(188), to make
Thess. 1, 6. 7. poor, w. sik, to become poor;
ga-bulan, w. v. (193), to suffer, II Cor. 8, 9.
endure; II Tim. 2, 12. w. ace ;
gaunon, w. v. (190), to mourn,
Lu. 17, 25; aud f ram w. dat.; lament; Lu. 6, 25. Jo. 16, 20.
Mk. 5, 26. bi w. ace; IT Tim. w. dat.; Lu. 7, 32.
2,10. gaunobus (gaunoba in A and
ga-]>wastjan, w. v. (188), w. ace, B),m. (105), mourning, lamen-
to confirm, stablish, restore; tation; II Cor. 7, 7.
Gal. 6, 1. w. in \v. ace; II Cor. gaurei, f. (113), sorrow; Phil. 2,
1 21 g a b w a s t i b s, grounded;
, . 27.
Col. 1, 23. gabwasbibs gauriba, f (97), sorrow; Jo. 16, 6.
.

wisau, to be strong; 1 Cor. gaurjan, w. v. (188), to make

16, 13.
ga-u-, occurs in compound words;
a combination of the prefix
it is
ga- and the interrog. particle
-u, q. v.
gauja, m. (108), inhabitant of a gaurs (24,n.3),adj. (124), sorry,
province or district; pi. gau-
jans, the inhabitants of a
district or region collectively,
the surrounding country; Lu.
3, 3. 8, 37.
sorry, cause grief, to grieve; II
Cor. 2, 2. 5. 7, 8. Eph. 4, 30. in
pass. w. in w. gen.; Rom. 14,
15; us w. dat.; II Cor. 2. 2. du
w. dat.; II Cor. 7, 9.
sorrowful, sad, grieved; Mt. 6,
26. Mk. 10, 22. Lu. 18, 23. of
a sad countenance; Mt. 6, 16.
w. in w. gen.; Mk. 3, 5.
ga-wadjoii, . v. (190), to pledge,
304 ga-tragjan — ga-waurkjan.

betroth, w. ace and dat.: II 14,25. w. duw. ace; Lu.7.44;

Cor. 11.2. or dat.; Gal. 4. 9. w. sik ibu-
ga-iragjan, w.v. (188), w. ace, to kana: Mt. 9, 22. w. frain w.
cause to wag, to stir, shake; dat.; Lu. 4, 1. in w. ace; Lu.
Mk.13,25. Lu.6,48. Skeir. III. 2, 39. (1) intr., to turn, turn
b. to stir ii]>, excite, provoke; again, return; Lu. 9, 10. w. d u
II Cor. 9, 2 (inB). w. dat.; Lu. 10, 6. sauia]'
ga-wairpan, star. v. (171), to cast', gaw., to come together again:
cast down, throw down, w.acc. I Cor. 7, 5. to turn to, he con-

and in w. dat.; Lu. 4,35; or verted; Jo. 12, 40. w. d u w.

ace.: Mk. 9, 45. to dash; Mk. dat.; II Cor. 3, 10.
9, 18. (103, n. 1). con- ga-wargeins, f.

ga-wair]>eigs, adj. (124). peace- demnation; II Cor. 7, 3.

able; Mk. 9, 50. ga-wargjan, w. v. (188), w. ace.
ga-wair]>i, n. (95, n. 1), peace; to condemn: Rom. 8, 3. and
Mt. 10, HI. Lu. 1, 70. 2, 29. (instr.)dat.; Mk. 10.33.
Rom. 8, 6. II Cor. 13. 11. ga-waseiflS, f. (103, n. 1), clothing;
ga-waknan (35), w. v. (194), to Lu. 9, 29.
awake; Lu. 9. 32. ga-wasjan, w. *. (187), to clothe.
ga-waldan, red. v. (179, n. 1), w. (1) trans., w. ace of pers. and
dat.. to rule over: Mk. 10, 42. (instr.)dat.; Mk. 15, 17. 20. Jo.
ga-waleins, (103, n. 1), choke,
f. 19,2. gawasi]>s wisan w.
election; Rom. 9, 11. 11, 28. nom. of pers. and iustr., to be
ga-waljan, w.v. (187), w. ace. to clothed with: Mt. 11, 8. Mk.l.
choose-, Mk. 13. 20. Jo. 15, 10. 0. ,
in w. dat.; Lu. 7. 25.
Eph. 1, 4. w. us w. dat Lu.6, ; gaw. sik, to clothe one's self.
1•*'..
Jo. 15.19. in pass, w.nom.: dress; Mt. 0. 29. (2) intr., w.
I Tim. 5, 9. pret. partic. ga- (instr.) dat., to put on; Rom.
wa 1 ichosen, elect: Mk.
]> s . 13, 12. :'..

20. 22. 27. ga-waurdi, n. (95), conversation,

ira-waiiuiis. adj.. spot ted. unclean] communication; I Cor. 15, 33.
Rom. 14, 14. ga-wanrki, n. (95), work, busi-
ga-wandeins, turn-f. (103, n.l), ness; II Tim. 2, 4. gain; Pbjl.
ing, conversion; Skeir. I. d. 1,21. 3, 7. I Tim. 0,0. du »a-
ga-wandjan, w, v. (188), (1) trans., waurkja ha ban, to gain:
w.acc. to turn, en use to come Phil. 3, 8.
hack; Lu.8,55. w. dat. of pens. ga-waurkjan, an. v. (209), w.acc,
and nee. of Hi., to return, bring to work, make, do: Mk. 9, 5.
hack: Mt. 27, 8. W. ace. and Lu. 3, 19. w. dat. of pers. and
(In w.ilat.. to turn to, convert; aceofth.; Lu. 1, 08. w. iuw.
Lu. 1. 10. 17. Skeir. I.e. in pi dat. of pers.; Rom. 7, 8. run
w. dii w. dat.; Lu. 10, 22. 23. ga w. sis. to run down violent-
<ia w. si k to turn, return; Lu.
. ly : Mt.8,82. w. ace of th. and
 ga-waiirstwa — glaggwo. 365

us w. dat.; Jo. 9, 6. gaw. ace, to wreak, avenge; Lu.18,

a a k u m b a w. dat. of pets.
j 7. 8. Rom. 12, 19.
and a cognate ace, to make ga-wrisqan, str. v. (174, n. 1), to
to recline (in a company); Lu. produce fruit; Lu. 8, 14.
9, 14. gaw.
w. ace. of pers.and ga-wundon, vv. v. (190), w. ace,
du w. inf., to appoint, ordain to wound; Lu. 20, 12 (g a w n-
Mk. 3, 14. dondansin MS.).
ga-waurstwa, m. (108), fellow- gazaufylakio, (Gr. dat.), for. w.,
worker; I. Cor. 16, 10. II Cor. treasury; Jo. 8, 20.
1,24. 6,1. 8,23. Phil. 2, 25. gazds, m. (91), sting; I Cor. 15,
4, 3. Col. 4, 11. 55. 56.
ga-weihan, w. v. (193), w. ace. to Gelimer (6, n. 2), pr. n.
make holy, sanctify; Jo. 10, 36. giba, I, gift; Mt.5,24. 8,4. Rom.
I Cor. 7, 14. Eph.5, 26. to bless; 11, 29. I Cor. 7, 7. II Cor. 1,
I Cor. 10, 16. 11. 9, 15.
ga-weison, w. v. (190), w. gen., giban (56, n. 1), str. v. (176), to
to visit; Mt. 25, 43. Lu. 1, 68. give, (1) w. dat. of pers., the
78. 7, 16. in pass. w. nom., to th. given occurring in ace; Mt.
be sought out, be appointed 5,31.42. 6, 11. or gen.; Mk. 8,
Neh. VII, 1. 12. Lu.20,10. (2) w.twoaccs.;
ga-wenjan, w. v. (188), w. ace, Mk. 10, 45; for the second ace
to suppose; Lu. 7, 43. duw. dat.; II Thess. 3, 9. (3)
gawi, n. (95), region, district, w. inf.; Mt. 25, 42. Mk. 5, 43;
province, country; Mt. 8, 28. du vv. inf.; Lu. 9, 16. Jo. 6, 31.
Mk. 6, 55; Lu. 4,14. 8,26. 15, gibands, m. (115), giver; II Cor.
14. 15. 9, 7.
ga-widan, str. v. (176, n. 1), to gib I a, m. (108), gable, pinnacle;
join together; Mk. 10, 9. Lu. 4, 9.
ga-wigan, str. v. (176, n. 2), to gild, n. (94), tribute; Lu.20,22.
shake up; Lu. 6, 38. gilstr (75, u. 1), n. (94), tribute;
ga-\viljis, adj. (126), willing; I Rom. 13, 6.
Cor. 7, 12. 13. unanimous; gilstra-iiieleins, (103, n. 1),
f.

Rom. 15, 6. enrollment for taxation; Lu.

ga-wimian, str. v. (174, n. 1), \v. 2,2.
ace, to suffer; Gal. 3, 4. (97), sickle; Mk.4,29.
gilba, f.

ga-wisan, str. v. (176, n. 1), w. gistra-dagis, adv. (214), to-mor-

in w. dat., to abide, stay in; row; Mt. 6, 30.
Lu. 8, 27. giutan, (173, n. 1), to
str. v.

ga-wiss, (103), connection,

f. pour; Mt. 9, 17. Mk.2,22. Lu.
joint; Eph. 4, 16. Col. 2, 19. 5, 37. 38.
ga-wizneigs, adj. (124), glad, de- glaggwo (08, 2), adv. (211), dil-
lighted; Rom. 7, 22. igently, perfectly, well; I Thess.
ga-wrifeaii, str. v. (176, n. 1), w. 5 2
366 iliiiriiwuba — prwlja.

glnggwuba, adv. (131, 210,

n. 2; be hungry; impers.; 1 torn. 12,
n. 1), diligently, accurately; 20.
Lu. 1, 13. 15, 8 (glaggwaba gredus, m. (105), greet/, hunger;
in MS). II Cor. 11, 27.

glitmimjaii, w. v. (188), to "lit- greipan, str. v. (172), to gripe,

seize, take, lay hold on, w.acc,;
ter, shine; Mk. 9, 3.
Mk. 14, 44.48. 49. w. gen.; Mk.
goda-kunds, adj. (124), of noble
14, 51.
birth; Lu. 19, 12.
gretan, red. v. (181), to weep,
godei, f. (US), goodness, virtue;
lament; Mk. 5, 39. 14, 72. Lu.
Phil. 4, 8.
7, 13. 32. 38. 8, 52. Jo. 11,33.
goleins, f. (103, n. greeting,
1), Rom. 12, 15. Phil. 3, 18. av. bi
salutation; Lu. 1, 29. 41. 44.
W. ace.; Lu. 19, 41.
I Cor. 16, 21. Col. 4, 18. II
grets, m. (101), weeping; Mt. 8.
Thess. 3, 17. 12.
go jail, w. v. (188), w. ace, fo grinda-fra]>jis, adj. (12(5), feeble-
1

grcrt, salute; Mt. 5, 47. Mk. minded; I Thess. 5, 14.

15, 18. Lu. 1, 40. 10, 4. Rom. gribs (grids, 74, n. 2), f. (103),
K». 22. 23. I Cor. 16, 19. 20. step, grn de, degree; I Tim. 3, 13.
ij(">l»s (gen.godis, 74), adj. (124. groba (35), f. (97), hole; Mt. 8,
n. 2; 138), good, meet, suit- 20. Lu. 9, 58.
able; Mt. 5,45. 7,17. Lu. 8, gniii<lu-waddjus,f.(105), ground-
8. go]> ist (impers.), w. inf.; wall, foundation; Lu. 6, 48.
Mk. 7, 27. .
dat. and inf.; Mk. 49. 14, 29. Epti. 2, 20. II Tim.
9, 5. w. ei w. opt.; Mk. 9, 42. 2,19.
jabai w. indie; I Cor. 7, 8. (124), God-guda-faiirhts, adj.
grata (35), f. (97), ditch, trench; fearing, devout; Lu. 2, 25.
Lu. 19,43. guda-laus, adj. (124), godless,
gratan (56, n. 1), str. v. (177. n. without God; Epb. 2, 12.
1), to dig; Lu. 6, 48. 16,3. gud-hiis, n. (94), house of God,
gramjan, w. v. (188), w. ace., iq temple; Jo. 18, 20.
make angry, provoke to anger, Gudeljuus (-Gudaliu bs), pr. u.;
Col. 3, 21. Neap. Doc.
gramst, n. (? 94; only in dat. Giidertt (-Gudar6}>8?), pr. u.;
sing.), inott•: Lu. 6, 41. 42. Neap. Doc.
graft, gen. grasis, n. {$4:), grass, Gudilnb, pr. n.; Ar. Doc (See
blade ofgrass, herb; Mk.4, 28. note).
32. Rom. 14,2. gudisks, adj. (124), godly, divine;
gr6dags, adj. (124), greedy, Tim, 3, 16. Skeir. I, b. <
•.

hungry; Mi. 25. 1. Lu. 1. 53. gudja, m. (108), priest; Mt.8,4.

1

0. 21. w. w air]-a Lu.6, 25; Lu. 1, 5. Ezra 2, 36.

: chief
or w isa L».". 42.
; . priest, high priest; Mt. 27,1.3.
gmlon, w. v. (190), tobegreedy, 6. sua u h u in s t a g' u d j a, th. i
 » iKliinnssu.s — Haliun. 867

.s./ Mk. 11, 18. sa niaista, g.,
ill. .; Jo. 18, 20. 11), . sa
reikista g., th.s.; Jo. 18,22.
gmljiiiassiis, m. (105), office of a
priest, ministration; Lu.
II Cor. 9, 12.
w.v. (IDO), to execute
giirijiiion,
a priesfs office, to be priest; ,•/
win Christ; Phil. 3, 8. ufaras-
s au to have in abundance;
h.,
Phil. 4, 12. (d) ii i h. w. an iiidir.
question; Mt. 8, 20. Mk. 8, 1.
, 1). (e) w. partit. gen.; Mt. 9, 36.
Mk. 4, 5. (f) w. preps.: bi; Mt.
5, 23; fram; Mt. 6, 1; in; Mk.
4, 17; mi]> Mk. 2, 19; uf Mt.
; ;

Lu. 1, 8. 8,9; us; IlCor. 5, 1; wi]>ra;

gulji, d. (1)1),gt>M; I Tim. 2, 9. Mk. 11, 25. (2) to have (of
gu1]>eins, adj. (124), golden; II time; hence), to be old, be, w.
Tim. 2, 2! ace.; Jo. 8, 57. 11, 17. (3) to
gimia, m. (107), v//,•/,//; Lu. 19, 2. hold, take, take hold of, keep;
I Cor. 7, 16. Neli. 17., Mt. 9, 25. Mk. 7, 3. 4. 8. w.
gmiia-k mills, adj. (124), iiuih; du; Mk. 9, 10. fairhru ha-
Lu. 2, 23. Gal. 3, 28. b a lids, ruler of the world;
giinieins, adj. (124), mala; Mk. Bph. 6, 12. gal ahanai ha-
10,6. banda (in A), are taken cap-
Guinumlus (65, u. 1), pr. u. tive; IITim. 2, 26. fairra h.
guilds, in. (1)1;or guild, u., 04'.'), sik, to be far from; Mk. 7, 6.
cancer, canker; ITTim.2,17. aljaleikos li. s., to be other-
Giit-]>iun*a, f. (97), the Gothic wise; I Tim. 5, 25. h. wisan
people; Cal. at, to be held, be ready for;
gu]» (1, n. 4), m. (94, n. 3; 118. Mk. 3, 9. inanwuba h., to
God; Mt.5,8.34 8,29.
ii.l). ha ve in readiness, be ready; II
27,46. Mk.2,7. Skeir.I,a.c. Cor. 10, 6. (4) to hold, count,
II,d. III,b. VITI.c.pl. f?uda, w. ace. and du av. dat.; Philem.
u. (94), gods; Jo. 10, 35. flal. 17. habaidedun Johannen,
4,8(guba). patei praiifetes was, they
gmla-skaunei, f. (113), the form counted John, that he was a
of God; Phil. 2, 6. prophet; Mk. 11, 32. (5) to be
gul>-blostreis (fS9,n.2), in. (92). able (to do), \v. inf.; Mk. 14, 8.
worshipper of God; Jo. 9, 31. Lu. 14, 14. Eph. 4, 28. (6) to
find one's self, to be; ubil or
H. ubilaba h., to be ill, be sick;
Haban, w. v. (192), (1) to have, Mt. 8, 16. Mk. 2, .mais
possess, (a)ab.s.; Mk.4,25. Lu. wairs h., rather to be worse;
8,18.19,26. (b) w. ace; Mt. Mk. 5, 26. in in s li., to ha ve in
5, 46. 7, 29. Mk. 3, 30. (c) w. a less degree, be behind; II Cor.
two aces.; Mk.8,17. Lu.14,18. 12,11. aftumisth., to lie at
Phil. 3, 17. for the second ace. the point of death; Mk. 5, 23.
du w. dat.; du gawaurkja (7) w. inf., expressing the future;
h., to have Christ for a gain, to Jo. 1 2, 26. II Cor. 11,12. Tl
308 bafjan — liai*.

These. 3, 4. habaide- ]>oei Haileisaius, pr. n., Eliseus; dat.

duu ina gad aban, wba -au: Lu. 4. 27.
things should happen unto him. liailjan, w.t. (188), to heal, (1)
Mk. 10, 32. batei habaida abs.; Mk. 3, 2. (2) w. ace. of
tan j an, what he Mould do; pers.; Lu. 4. 23. 5. 17. of dis-

Jo. 6, 6. a a nk habaida ease; Mt. ft. 35. Mk. 3, 15. h.

ina gal § w a for (it was) he
j ,
eik . gen., to be healed of;
(that) should betray him; Jo. Lu. 6, 17.
6,71. netauhana habaida hails, adj. (124). bah, whole.
wair)>an gar£hsns ('pertf- sound: Mt. ft, 12. Lu. 5, 31. 7.
ciendnm ernt concilium'); Skeir. 10.10.27. h. wieaii, to be
I. a. beihan habaida ('pro- sound: Tit. 1, 13. h. wafr-
fecturua essef); Skeir. II. c. ban, to do well, fare well', Jo.
liiitjaii, sti•. v. (177, n. 2). w. a<•••.. 11, 12. hail!; Mk. 15, 18. Jo.
to hea ve, lift up, beat; Mk.2,3. lft. 3.
haf'tjan, w.v.(188), yv.(1oo.) dat., haimohli, u. (95), homestead,
to cleave to, give one's self to lands; Mk. 10,2ft. 30.
continually, continue: Rom.12, bairns, f. (103, n.4), village, town.
9.12.ITim.3,8. refl.;Col.4,2. country, Mt. ft. 3. Mk. 1, 38.
hafts, adj. (124), joined; liugom 5, 14.11, 2. Ln.5,17. 8, 1. Jo.
hafts, joined in marriage; 1 11,1.
Cor. 7. 10. hairaiseis (23), for. w. in noin. pi.
Italian (5, b), red. v. (179), w.acc., (w.Gr. inflection), heresies; Gal.
to let hang, leave in suspense; 5, 20.
Jo. 10,24. hainla. (97), herd, flock; M1 B,
f.

Italian,w. v. (193), Jo hang, la- 30.31.32. Mk. 5, 11. 13. Lu.

in suspense, he anxious: Lu. 1 ft. 2. 8. 8, 32.
48. hafrdeis, m. (90), herd, eheplterd;
Huihraitis<23; (31 >,pr. n. t Hehrevi ;
Mt. ft. :;«;. Ln. 2. 8. 15. 18. 20.
Phil. 3, 5. i)l. noin. -ei s ; 1 Cor. Jo. 10, 2. Eph.4, 11.
11,22. dat.-nm; Phil. 3, 5. Hainnlia: Bee H§r6d ia.
haiilus, in. (105), manner, way: halite, n. (109), heart, Mt.5,28.
Phil.l, 18. Tlieea 2, 3. TI 0. 21. ft. 4. Mk.3. 5. 7. lft. Jo.
Tim.::. - 14, 27. Skeir. IV, d.
hftitktjan, w. v. (188), to strive, hair])ra, n. (94), nom.pl., bowels;
light; 1 Cor. ft. 2». [Tim, 0,12. TI Tor. o. 12. mei na hafr-
II Tim. 2,5.4, 7. J>ra(glo«HtO liMMlins brus*
haitsfs, f. (103), strife, contest, Philem. 12.
fight; Rom. 13, 13. [I Cor. 12, liairns, m. (105), sword; Mt. 10,
20. Phil.l, 15. 80. Skeir. IV, d. 34. Mk. 14.43.47.4*. L„. i\
imihs(2o. n. 2), adj. (124), with 35. Jo. 18, 10. 11.
one i'\i•; Mk. ft. 47. hais, n. (? ft! : only in dat. pi.
Hailrias; s.-<• If <"]..j ;i *, li ;i i in), tttreji; Jo. 1 8, 3.
 haitau — lmtis. 369

haitan (69, 2), red. v. (170; 179), hallus, m. (105), rock, stone;
(1) to name, call, \v. two aces.; Rom. 9, 33.
Mt. 10, 25. Lu. 20, 44. in pass, hals, in. (91, n. 4), neck; Lu. 15,
w. nom. and a m raanarain;
\> 20.
Lu. 1, 61. or afar namin; halsagga (so probably for bal-
Lu. 1, 59. w. two noms.; Mt. 9, saggaiu MS), m. (108), neck;
9. Mk.15, 7; and namin; Lu. Mk. 9, 42.
16, 20. (2) to call, bid, invite, halts, adj. (124), halt, lame; Mt.
w. ace.; Mk. 1,20. 3,31. w. 11, 5. Mk. 9, 45. Lu.7,22. 14,
aec. and bi namin; Jo. 10, 3. 13.21.
in pass. w. nom.; Lu. 14, 10. hamfs (53), adj. (124), maimed;
(3) to command, w. inf.; Mt. 8, Mk. 9, 43.
18. 27, 64. Mk. 5, 43. 10, 49. liana, m. (108), cock; Mt.26,74.
haiti, f. (98), best, order, com- 75. Mk. 14, 68. 72. Jo. 13, 38.
mand; I These. 4, 6. I Cor. 7, 6. 18, 27.
haibi, f. (98), heath, field; Mt. 6, handugei, f. (113), wisdom; Mt.
28.30. Lu. 15, 15. 17,7.31. 11,19. Mk. 6, 2. Lu. 2, 40. I
hoihi-wisks, adj. (124), wild; Mk. Cor. 1, 20. 21. 22.
1,6. handugs, adj. (124), wise; I Cor.
haibno, f. (112), a heathen wom- 1, 20. 25.
an; Mk. 7, 26. haiidus, f. (105), hand; Mt. 5,
li;» kills, in. (91), cloak; 11 Tim. 30. 8, 3. 15. Mk. 5, 23. 7, 2. I
4,13. Tim. 4, 14. Skeir. VIII, a.
halba, (97), the half, apart;
f. handu-waurhts, adj. (124),
in bizai halbai, in this re- wrought by hand, made by
spect, in this behalf; II Cor. 3, hands; Mk. 14, 58. Eph.2, 11.
10. 9, 3. hansa, f. (97), multitude, com-
halbs, adj. (122, n. 1), half; Mk. pany, band of men; Mk. 15, 16.
6, 23. Lu. 19, 8. Lu. 6, 17. Jo. 18, 3. 12.
haldan, red. v. (179), to hold, harduba, adv. (210 and n. 1),
keep, feed; Mt.8,30.33. Mk.5, hard, severely, grievously Mt. ;

11. 14. Lu. 8, 32. 34. 15, 15. 8, 6. II Cor. 13, 10 (A has
17, 7. I Cor. 9, 7. hardaba).
haldis, adv. (212), rather, more; hardu-hairtei,(103), hard-f.

ni ]?§ haldis, not the more so, heartedness; Mk. 10, 5.

by no means Skeir. IV, d.
; hard us, adj. (131), hard, severe,
halis-aiw, hardly ever,
adv., austere; Lu. 19, 21. 22. Jo. 6,
hardly, scarcely; Lu. 9, 39. 60. Skeir. VI, c.
halja, f. (97,n.l), hell, grave, harjis, ni.(90), army, multitude,
Hades; Mt. 11, 23. Lu. 10, 15. legion; Lu. 2, 13. 8, 30.
16, 23. 1 Cor. 15, 55. hatan, w. v. (193, u. 1), vv. ace.,
hulks, adj. (124), beggarly, needy, to hate; Lu. 1, 71. 6, 27.
poor; I Cor. 15, 10. Gal. 4, 9. hatis, n. (geu. hatizis; 94 and
2-i
370 — Iiniitsjjin

. 5), hate, hatred, wrath, an- nify;Mt. 5, 16. 6.2. Mk.2,12.

ger; Lu. 3, 7. Gal. 5, 20. Epb. Lu.14, 11. 18, 14. \v. w.dat.. i

2,3. 4,31. 5, G. Col. 3, G. 8. Jo. 13, 31. 32. 14, 13. 15, 8.
hatizon (78), w.v. (190), w.dat., 17,10.
to be angry; Jo. 7, 23. hauhs, adj. (124), high; Mk. 0,
liatjan, w. v. (103, n. 1), w. ace, 2. Lu. 4, 5. 16, 15. euperl.
to hate; Mt, 5, 44. Lu. G, 7 hauhista (said of God): Mk.
(gloss). Rom. 7, 15. 5, 7. Lu. 1, 32. 35. 76. 6, 35.
hats (gen. hat is ; 04, u. 5, A has 8,28.
hati zf>), hatred; Eph. 2, 3. hauh-buhts, adj. (124), having
haubib, head; Mt. 5, 36.
n. (03), high thoughts, being high-
G, 17. 8,20. 10,30. Mk. 6, 16. minded, proud; I Tim. 6, 4.
24.28. 15,20. haubib waih- hauneins, f., (103), humbleness,
«tins, the head of the comer, humility, lowliness; Eph. 4, 2.
corner-stone; Mk. 12, 10. Lu. Phil. 2, 3. 3,21. Col. 2, 18.23.
20,17. 3,12.
hniihaba, adv., high, highly; liauiijan, w. v. (188), w. ace, to
Rom. 11, 20. 12, 16. abase, humiliate; II Cor. 11, 7.
haiihei, (113, n. 1), height;
f. Phil. 4, 12.
Eph. 3, 18. liauns, adj. (130, n. 2), humble.
hauheins, f. (113, n. 1), lit, a base; II Cor. 10, 1.
heightening; raising on high; haurds, f. (103), r7oo/•; Mt. 6. 6.
heme honor, glory, praise; Jo. I Cor. 16, 0. II Cor. 2, 12. Col.

8, 50. 54. 9, 24. 11, 4. 12, 43. 4,3. Neli. 7, 1.

Phil. 2,3. Iiaiiri, n.(05); only in pi., hail r-
hauh-liairtei, f. (1 1 3), high-heart -
ja, coals, burning coals; Rom.
edness, pride; Mk. 7, 22. 12,20. a fire of coals; Jo. 18,
hauh-halrte, adj. (124), high- 18.
hearted, proud; II Tim. 3, 2. liaiirn, n. (04), horn; Lu. 1, 69.
Tit. 1,7. the fruit of the carob-tree, a
hauhis, compar.adv. (212), high- husk; Lu. 15, 16.
er; Lu. 14, 10. haurnja, m. (108), horn-blower,
liauhisti, n. (05), the highest; trumpeter; Mt. 0, 23.
Mk.11,10. Lu. 2, 14. 10,38. haiiriijan, w. v. (187), to blow a
liauhiba, f. (07), height, high; us horn; Mt. 6, 2. 0, 23.
h a u h J» a
i from on high; Lu. hauseins, f. (103, n. 1), the hear-
i ,

1, 78. in ha u hi]> a, on high; ing, the ears; II Tim. 4, 3. 4.

Eph. 4, 8. height, loftiness;
Rom. 8,30. II Cop. 10, S. exal-
tation, honor, glory; Lu. 14,
10. Jo. 7, 18.
haiihjan, w.v. (188), w. ace., to
exalt, lift on high, glorify, mag-
that which is heard: word,
prvaching; Jo. 12, 38. Rom. 10.
16. I Thess. 2, 13.
liausjau, w.v. (187), to hear, list-
en, hearken, (1) abs.; Mk. 4.
3. G, 2. (2) w. gen. of th.; Jo. 7,
 hansjdn — hiudana. 371

40. or pers.; Lu. 2, 47. (3) w. 33. ace. Helian; Mt. 27, 47;
dat. of. pers., to listen to, hear, or Helei an; Lu. 9, 19.
Mk.6,11. 7,14; orth.; Jo. 10, Her, pr. u., Er; gen. Heris; Lu.
3.27. (4) w.acc. ofth., to hear; 3,28.
Mt. 7, 24. Mk. 4, 16. 18. (5) w.
her (8), adv. (213, n. 1), here,
ana w. dat.; Jo. 12, 34; at \v. hither; Mt. 8, 29. Mk. 3.
6, 9, ,

dat.; Jo. 8, 26; bi w. ace; Lu.

1. 5. 13, 21. Lu. 4, 23.
9,9; framw.dat,; Mk. 3, 21.
Herodes (61), pr. n., Herod; Mk.
(6) \v. ei; Mk. 6, 55; batei;
6, 14. 16. 17. Lu. 3, 19. 9, 9;
Mt. 5, 21; unte; Lu. 1, 58. (7)
orHerodis;Mk.6,20.21.Lu.
w. ace. w. inf.; Phil. 2, 26; for
9,7. gen. Herodeis; Lu. 3, 1;
the inf. a
partic; Lu. 4, 23.
or -is; Mk.8, 15; or-es;Lu.l,
pres. partic. h a u s j a d s used ,

5. 8, 3. dat. -a; Mk. 6, 18.22.

as sb., m., hearer; Eph. 4, 29.
II Tim. 2, 14.
Herodia, pr. n., Herodias; Mk. 6.
19. gen. Herodiadius; Mk.
haiisjon, w. v. (190), to hear, (1)
6,22; or Hairodiadins; Mk.
abs.;Mk.4,33. Lu.5,15. haus-
jouds, pres. partic. used as
6,17. ace. Herod iadei ; Lu.
3,19.
sb., hearer; II Tim. 2, 14. (2)
w. gen.; Jo. 6, 60. Herodianiis, pr. n., Herodian;
plur. gen. -e; Mk. 12, 13. dat.
hawi, n. (dat. hauja; 95),
-um; Mk. 3, 6.
grass; Mt.6,30. Jo.6, lO.Skeir.
VII, b. he|>jo, f. (112), chamber; Mt. 6, 6.
hidre (hidrei), adv. (213, n. 1 ),
hnzeins, (103, n.l), praise; Lu.
f.
hither; Mk.11,3. Lu.9,41. 14,
18,43. Rom. 13, 3. I Cor. 4, 5.
21.
IICor.8,18. hymn; Eph. 5, 19.
liilms, m. (91), helmet; Eph. 6,
Col. 3, 16.
17. I Thess. 5, 8.
hazjan, \v. v. (187), \v. ace, to
hilpan, str. v. (174, n.l), to help;
praise; Lu.2,13. 16,8. 19,37.
Mk.9,22. 24. Lu.5,7. w. instr.
Rom. 15, 11. \v. iu w. gen. of
and bi w. ace; II Cor. 1, 11.
cause; Lu. 2, 20.
himina-kunds, adj. (124), heav-
heito, f. (112), fever; Mt.8,14.
enly; Lu. 2, 13. I. Cor. 15, 49.
heiwa-frauja, m. (108), master Eph. 1, 3. 2, 6. 3, 10. 6, 12.
of the house; Mk. 14, 14. Skeir. II, b. IV, c. d.
helei, forw., my God; Mt. 27,46. hi m ins, in. (91), heaven; Mt. 5,
Helei, pr. n., Heli; gen. -eis; 16. 18.19.34. 6, 26. Mk.1,10.
Lu. 3, 23. Skeir. IV, d. VI, c. sa afar
Helias, pr. n., Elias; Mt. 11, 14. h i m i a m a 1 1 a the hea veuly
,

27,49. Mk.6,15; orlleleias; Father; Mt. 6, 14. 26. 32.

Lu. 9, 54. gen. Helei ins; Lu. hi in ma: see *his.
4,25; or Ha lei ins; Lu.1,17. liina; see*his.
i

dat. Helijiu; Mk. 9, 5. Lu. 9, liiudaua, adv. used as -ep. \v.

372 hindar — hlanh».

gen., behind, on the further side h i in m a dag a . to day; Mt. 0,

of, beyond; Mk. 3, 8. 11. 30. Lu. 2, 11. 4, 21. 5, 26.
hindar, prep., behind, on the fur- 19,5. 9; dat. n. fram him inn.
t her side of, on that side of, be- from henceforth; Jo. 13, 19. 14,
yond, (I) w. dat., (1) local, (a) 7. fram him ma nu, th. s.;
answering to the question Lu. 1, m. uud
48. 5,10. ace.
'where?'; Jo. 3, 26. 6,22.20. hina dag, until this day; Mt.
(b) after m
q i a it answers to 11,23.27,8. II Cor. 3, 14. 15.
the question 'whither?'; Mt. 8, ace. n. und hita, until this
28. Mk.5, 1.10,1. (2) fig.: nisi (day), until now; Mt. 11, 12.
hindar uns maizo fimf Mk. 13, 19. Jo. 10,24. I Cor.
hlaibam, we have no more 15,6; uud hita uu, th. s.;
but nve loaves; (lit. 'there is Skeir. IV, b.
not behind us', etc.); Lu.9, 13. hiufan, str. v. (173, n. 1), to
sums stfijib dag hindar mourn, lament: Mt•. 11,17. Lu.
dag a, one wan esteemeth one 7, 32 (gloss).
day above another; Rom. 14. 5. hiiihma (hiuma; 62, n. 4), in.
(2) w. ace, answering to the (108), crowd, multitude; Mt.
question 'whither?'; Mt. 8, 18. 8,18. Lu.1,10. 5, 15. 6, 17. 8,
34. Mk.5, 17. 21. 8,13. Lu.8, 4. 14, 25.
22. —
Occurs in composition w. hiwi, n. (95), form, appearance;
vs., sbs., and adjs. II Tim. 3,5.
himliii -Ici|»;iii. str. v. (172, n. 1), (177, n. 2), to
Iilalijiin. str. v.
to go; Lu. 17.7. to pass way, hi ugh; Lu. 6, 25.
Lu. 1G, 17. lilaifs (gen. hlaibis*; 56, n. 1),
himlar-weis, adj. (124), deceitful; m. (90), bread, loaf of bread;
II Cor. 11, 13. Mt, 6, 11. Mk. 2, 26. 8,4. Lu.
hindar-weisei, (113), deceit ful-
f. 4,3.15,7. Jo. 6, 7. Skeir. VII,
nese, guile; II Cor. 12, 16. a. b. c. d.
himlumists, superl. adj. (139, n. hlains, m. (91), ///'//; Ln. 3, 5.
1), hindmost, uttermost: Mi. hlaiw (42), n.(94), tomb, grave;
8,12. Mi. 27, 60. 61. 64. 66. Mk. 6,
hill (20, n. 1), adv. (187, n. 4; 29. 15, 46. Jo. 11, 17. 31.
219), come here! Mk. 10, 21. hlaiwasna, f. (97; only in pi.); Mt.
Lu. 18, 22. Jo. 11, 34. hirifit 8, 28. 27, 52. 53. Lu. 8, 27.
.

come out, come forth!; Jo. 11, hlamma, f. (97), snare; I Tim. 3,
I•"», dual hirjate, come here 7. 6,9.
(you two)!; Mk.l, 17. pi. hir- hlas, adj. (124), cheerful, joyful,
i ]>, come here ( you all)!; Mk.
i glad; II Cor. 9, 7; compar. h a- 1

12,7. sdza; Phil. 2, 28.

his. drm. pron. (155), this, oc- hlasel, f. (113), cheerfulness, joy;
curring in but a few forme: d.n Kom. 12,8. .

111. hi in inn. in the phrases, hlauts, m. (91), lot: Mk. 15. 24.
 hleibian — (trains 373

that which is determined by hnaiws, adj. (124), low, humble;

lot; hence inheritance; Col. 1, Rom. 12, 16.
12. hlaiits imraa urrann, hnasqus, adj. (131, n. 1), soft,
the lot fell to him, it was his tender; Mt. 11, 8. Lu. 7, 25.
lot; Lu. 1, 9. hlauts gasa- hneiwan, str. v. (172, n. 1), to
t i J> s wi s an to be called upon
, bend downwards, decline, bow;
to receive an inheritance (lit. Lu. 9, 12.
'to be set as a lot'); Eph. 1, 11. hnuto, f. (112), thorn, sting; II
hleibjan, w. v. (188), w. dat., to Cor. 12, 7 (A has hnupo, and
help; Lu. 1, 54. the marginal gloss gairu).
lileidiuu», superl. adj. (139), left; holia, m. (108), plow; Lu. 9, 62.
Alt. 25,41. II Cor. G, 7; used as holon, w. v. (190), \v. ace. of pers.,
sb. (— hleidumei handus); to do damage or violence to,
Alt. 6, 3. Mk. 10, 37. 40. 15, 27. to cheat; Lu. 3, 14.
hleibra, f. (97), hut, tent; Lu. 9, horinassus, m. (105), adultery,
33.16,9. II Cor. 5, 1.4. fornication, whoredom Mk. 7, ;

hleibra-stakeins (for hlepra- in 21. Jo. 8, 41. II Cor. 12, 21.

MS), f. (103, n. 1), feast of taber- Gal. 5, 19. Eph. 5, 3. Col. 3, 5.
nacles; Jo. 7, 2. horinon, w. v. (190), to commit
hi if» n, str.v. (176, n. 1), to steal; adultery; Mt. 5, 27. 32. Mk. 10,
Mt. 6, 19. Mk. 10, 19. Lu. 18, 12. 19. Lu. 16, 18. w. du w.
20. Rom. 13, 9. Eph. 4, 28.
m. (105),
dat.; Mk. 10, 11. pret. partic. —
hliftus, thief; Jo. 10,1. f. horinon dei, adulterous;
hlijans (92, n. 3),
hleis, ace. pi. Mk. 8, 38; sb. adulteress; Rom.
tent, tabernacle; Mk. 9, 5. 7,3.
hliiini», m. (108), hearing, ear; hors, m. (91), whoremonger, adul-
Mk. 7, 35. Lu. 7, 1. I Cor. 12, terer; Lu. 18, 11. I Cor. 5, 9.
17. 10. Eph. 5, 5. I Tim. 1, 10.
It I i ii |». n. (94), listening; silence;
hrainei, f. (113), purity, purifi-
in hliupa, in silence/ I Tim. cation Skeir. Ill, b. ;

2,11.
hraineins, f. (103, n. 1), purifi-
liliitrei, 1 (113), purity, sinceri-
cation; Lu. 2, 22. Skeir. Ill, b, d.
ty; II Cor. 1, 12.
hrainja-hairts, adj. (124), pure
hlutriba, f. (97), purity, sinceri-
in heart, pure-hearted; Mt. 5,8.
ty; II Cor. 2, 17.
hlutrs (15), adj., (124), pure; II hrainjan, w.v. (188), w. ace. and
Cor. 7, 11. af w. dat., to purify, cleanse;
huaiweins, f. (103, n. 1), lowli- II Cor. 7,1.
ness, humility; Lu. 1, 48. hrains, adj. (130), pure, clean;
Iiiiaiwjan, w. v. (187), w. ace., to Mt. 27, 59. Jo. 13, 11. 15, 3.
abase; Lu.14, 11. 18, 14; pret. hrains wairpan, to be
partic. hnai\vi))s, cast down; cleansed; Mt. 8, 3. 11, 5. Mk.l,
II Cor. 7,6. 41.
374 hraiwa-dubo — hunsla-staps

hraiwa-diibo, f.(112). turtle-do re: huhjan(0> w v (188); only once, • -

Lu. 2. 24. in pres. partic. huhjands.

hramjan. w. v. (188), w. act•., to probably by error for huzd-
crucify; Jo. 19, G. jands (See huzdiau). heap-
hropjan. w. v. (188), to call, crw ing up treasure; I Cor. 16. 2.
my out; lit. 8, 21). 9, 27. Mk. hiihrus (15: 66, n. 1), m. (105),
5, w. (instr.) dat.: Mt. 27.
•">. hunger; Lu. 4. 25. 15. 14. 17.
50. Mk. 1,26. 5, 7. Jo. 11, 43. Rom. 8, 35.
hrops, in. (91; or 101?). outcry. hulistr, n. (94). a covering, veil;
clamor; Eph. 4. 31. II Cor. 3, 13. 14. 15. 10.
hrot. n.(94),roof, Mt. 8. 8. 10. 27. huljan. w. v. (187), w. ace., to
Mk. 2,4. La. 5, 19. 7. 6. 17,31. cover, veil: Mk. 14. 05. I Cor.
hrojudirs. adj. (124), victorious, 11, 6.
triumphant; II Cor. 2, 14. hul]>s, adj. (124), gracious, mer-
hrugga,! (97), staff; Mk.
La. 18, 13.
0. 8. ciful;
hriikjan 1 5),w.( v. (1 88). /•:
hulundi, f. (9*). «/ hollow, cave;
Mt. 26, 74. Mk. 14. 72. Jo. 13, Jo. 11,38.
38.18,27. -him. an enclitic particle serving
brake, m. (91, or hrftk, n., 94?), to form the iudef. pronouns
the crowing of a cock; Mt. 2(5. ainshun, lrashun, and the
75. adv. Iranhun, all of which
hvggrjan (66,n.l; 07. n.l), w.v. occur in negative sentences
(188). to hunger; used unpen*. only; further ni mannahun,
w. ace; Jo. 6, 35. pret. parti••. nobody, ui lreilohun. not
pi. huggridai, hungered; I even for while; and J'ishuu,
Cor. 4, 11. chiefly, especially.
huujau. w. v. (188), to think, he hund, n. (L44:), a hundred; occurs
minded, believe, w. ace; Gal. 5, only in the pi., nom. hund a,
K). Phil. 3, 15. 10. Skeir. VII. dat. hundam; Mk. 14, 5. Lu.
a. w. iici•. w. inf.; Lu. 2. 44. I 7. 41. Jo. 0. 7. 12,5. I for. 15.
Tim. 6, 5; w. ei ; Mt. 5, 17; )>a- 6. Eera 2. 36.
tei; Jo. 1 1 . 13, ha aha ba h., hiiiiila-fiips (fads), m. (101), the
to think highly, be proud; Horn. chief of a century, a centurion]
11, 20; wa fla h. w. dat.. to Mt. 8, 5. S. L3. 27.54. Mk. 15.
think well of, agree with; Mt. 39. 44. 45. Lu. 7. 2. 6.
5.25. h. afarfafhau, to have humls, in. (91), dog, hound; Mk.
one's thoughts bent on riches; 7. 27. 28. Lu. 16,21. Phil. 3, 2.
Mk. 10, 2 J. hunsl, n. (94). sacrifice; Mt. '.».

hogs, in. (91; or hag, a.; 93?), 13.Mk. 9.49. Lu.2, 24. I (or.
mind, thought, understanding] 10. 18. Eph. 5. 2. Skeir. I, a.
Eph. 4, 17. in pi. also service; Jo. 1(5, 2.

hiiirsf?). gea. hugsis, n. (94), hunsIa-*ta|K. m. (91). .•/ place

Held, estate; Ar. Doc. where sacrifices are offered, au
 hmislja.il — loarjis. 375

altar; Mt. 5, 23. 24. Lu.l, 11. negative sentences: niu luan,
I Cor. 10, 18. if perchance; II Tim. 2, 25; ei
Iiuiisljan, w.v. (188), to offer; 11 lu a i lest at any time Lu.
, ;

Tim. 4, 6. 4,11; ibai Ivan, th. s.; Mt.5,

m.(91; orhunb, n.,94.?),
Iinnl's. 25; nibai Icau, Mk.4, th. s.;
captivity; Epk. 4, 8. 12. (4) w. adjs.andadvs., how,
Imps, m. (101), hip, loins; Mk.l, (a) in dir. questions: luanfilu,
0.14. how great; Mt.6,23; how much;
huzd, .(94), treasure; Mt. 0, 19. Lu. 16, 5. 7. li'au filu mais,
20. 21. Lu. G, 45. 18, 22. II how much more?; Horn. 11,24.
Cor. 4, 7. Philem. 16; und ban filu
huzdjaii, w. v. (188), to lay up mais, th. s.; Mt. 10, 25; bran
treasure, (1) abs.; II Cor. 12, 1 agg me 1 , Mk 9,
ho w long?; .

14. (2) w. ace, huzda; Mt. 0, 21. Iran manags, how

19. 20. many?; Mk. luau 8, 5. 19. 20.
kad; see lua]>. mais, how much more?; Rom.
kadre, adv. (213, n. 1), whither, 11, 12. (b) in indir. questions:
Jo. 7, 35. luan filu, how much, how
kali; see lvazuh. many how, or what,
things,
kairbaii, (174,
str. v. to
n. 1), great things; Mt. 27, 13. Mk.
walk; ungatassaba \v., to 3, 8. Lu. 4, 23. (c) in exclama-
(walk, i. e.) live disorderly; 11 tions: lir a a g g w u how nar- ;

Thess. 3, G. 11. row!; Mt. 7, 14. Ivan filu asne,

kairuei, f. (113), skull; Mk. 15, how many (of) hired servants!;
22. Lu. 15, 17. (d) rel.: luan filu
kaiteis, m. (92), wheat; Jo. 12, ... mais bam ma, more the
24. . . . so much the more; Mk. 7,
kaiwa, adv., how; Mt. 6, 28. Mk. 36.
2, 2G. 12, 26. Lu. 1, 62. 5, 18. kau-hun, adv., ever, at any time
19. 6, 4. Skeir. II, b. c. V, c. (always in negative sentences);
e i hr ai w a if by any means
, Mt. 7, 23. Lu.15,29. Jo. 5, 37.
Rom. 11, 14. Phil. 3, 11. that Skeir. VI, d. VIII, a.-See also
by any means; I Cor. 9, 22. ai w.
lu a i w a m a a g s ho w many, bar, adv. (213, u. 1), where; Mt.
,

as many as; II Cor. 1, 20. 8, 20. Mk. 14, 12. 14. 15, 47.
luaiwa mais, how much more; Lu. 8, 25. I Cor. 1, 20.
Mt. 6, 30. karbon, w.v. (190), togoabout,
Iran, adv. (214, ii.l), (1) interr., walk; Mt, 9, 27. Mk.2, 14. Jo.
when?; Mt. 25, 44. Lu. 17, 20. 8,59. w. in w. dat.; Mk.11,27.
Jo. 6, 25. liranuh ban, th. s.; Jo. 7, 1. 10, 23. f aur w. ace;
Mt. 25, 38. 39. (2) iudef., any Mk.l, 16.
time; 1 Cor. 9,7. ju luan, now karjis, interr. pron. (160), who?,
at the last Phil. 4, 10. (3) in
; which? (out of several), (1)
• — /• lrui-jiz -— In'•

chiefly substantively, (a) indir. questions; Jo. 8, 14. 12, 35.

questions; .Mk. 12, 23. 28. Lu. 14,5.
20, 33. Jo. 10, 32. (b) hi indir. kal>ar, interrog. prn. (124, u. 1.
questions; .Mk. 9. 34. La. 9, 46. 4; 100), whether, which of two:
Jo. 6, 64. 13,18.22. (2) attrib- Mt. 9, 5. Mk. 2, 9. Lu.5,23. 7.
utively, what sort what;
42. Skeir. Ill, a.
of.

I Thews. 4, 2. ha]>ar-uh, indef. prn. (100), each

H/arjiz-uh, indef.pron. (147, n. 1; of two, each; only once, in dat;
1(5.")). every one, every, (1) sub- lr abarainmeh (for the incor-
stantively: Mk. 15, 24. Lu. 2, rect ba])aramina iu MS.);
3. C, 40.*19,15. w. gem; Mk.9, Skeir. V, d.
Lu. 14.33. 1!>. 26. (2) at- lrajyan, w.v. (188), to foam: Mk.
!'•>.

tributively: Mi. 27. 15. Mk. 15, 0. 18. 20.

0. Skeir. IV, b (ec. stab).—
(112), foam; Lu. 9, 39. lra]>o, f.

ana lr arjauoh fimf tiguns. lraj>ro, adv. (213. n. 1), whence,

by fifties; Lu. 9, 14. from whence, (1) in dir. ques-
Iras, pron., f. lr o. n. Ira (159). tions: Mk. 6, 2. 8, 4. 12, 37.
(I) interrog., (1) in dir. ques- (2) in indir. questions; Lu. 20,
tions, wZ/o?, what?, which?, what 7. Jo. 7, 27. 28. ni habandam
sort of?, (a) substantively; Mt. I'iiii lra]>ro usgibeina,
6, 24. 26,68. 27,17. Mk.1,27. when they had nothing to pay:
(b) adjectively: Lu. 15,4. (2) Lu. 7, 42.
in indirect questions, always liaz-uh, indef.
(147, n. 1; pin.
substantively; Mt. 6, 3. II Tim. 104), f. lr oh, n. Irah. each,
1,12. (3) a sb. following is put ever}, (1) substantively; Mk.
in the gen.; Mt.6, 27. Mk. 11. 9, 49. Lu. 10, 10; w. gen.; Lu.
28. 29. Lu. 4, 30. 9, 55. (II) 2,23. 0,30. I Cor. 11,5. (2)
often indef., anyone, anything, attributively; Mk. 14, 49. Lu.
(1) substantively; Mt. 5, 23. 9, 23. I. Cor. 15, 30.— Irazuh
Mk.8, 4. 9, 30. w. gen.; Mk.4. sa every , man
Rom. 10, that;
22. Rom. 9, 11. (2) attributive- 11. Irazuh saei or salrazuh
ly; II Cor. 11, 1.16. 10.8. Phil. saei (orizei), whoever, who-
3,4. soever; Mt. 5, 31. 7, 24. 10,
has-hun, indef. prn. (103), any 32. Jo. 15, 7. 10. 10,2. 19.12.
our; always w. i . do one; Mi Ire, case of Iras (159),
instr.
it. L6. Mk.
10. is. 29. Lu. . with what, wherewith. (1) in-
22. Jo. 10, is. 28. terrog., (a) iu dir. questions:
Irassaba. adv., sharply; Tit.l, 13. Mi. 6, 31. Mk. 9, 50. Lu. 14.
Irassei. f. (1.1 3). sharpness, sever- •".
egaleiks, like tow hat'.';
1. lr
ity; Rom. 11. 22. Lu. 7, 31. lregaleikou, to
Iral». adv. (213, d. 1), whither, liken Onto what?; Mk. 4.30. 7.
(1) indir. questions; Jo. 10. 5; 31. \\ . a coinpar.: Ire mana-
lrad; Jo. 13. 3(5. (2) in indir. g i t a u j i ] » ? , wlia t giva t<>r
 hvh — lairusaldtn. •577

(or more) do ye? ; Mt. 5, 47. koftuli (51, n. 2), f. (98), rejoic-
(b) in an indir. question; Mt. 6, ing, boasting, glory; I Cor. 5,
25. (2) indef.; in pammei hre, 6. 15, 31. II Cor. 1, 12. 14. 5,
in whatsoever, whereinsoever; 12. Phil. 1, 26.
II Cor. 11, 21. kopan, red. v. (179), to boast,
keh, instr. case of lrazuh (147, glory, (1) abs.; I Cor. 4, 7. II
li.l), used adverbially, atleast, Cor. 5, 12. 11, 16. (2) w. dat.
only; ei lreh ni, only lest; of th.; II Cor. 9, 2. 11, 30. II
Gal. 6, 12. hreh batainei, Thess. 1, 4. (3) w. bi w. ace;
only; Phil. 1. 27. IICor.10,8. 11,18; duw. dat.;
keila, f. (97), while, hour, time, II Cor. 10, 16; f aiir w. ace; II
season; Mt. 9, 15. Mk. 2, 19. 11, Cor. 12, 5; frain w. dat.; II
11. 15, 25. Jo.ll, 9. to hreilo, Cor. 7, 14. 9, 2; in w. dat.; II
for a while; I Cor. 7, 5. hreilo Cor. 10, 15. 17; ana w. ace;
to h e very hour; I Cor. 15, 30.
, Rom. 11, 18.
keila-kairbs, adj. (124), endur- kota, f. (97), threat, threatening;
ing but for a while, transitory; Eph. 6, 9. Skeir. II, a.
Mk. 4, 17. II Cor. 4, 17. kotjan, w. v. (188), w. dat., to
keilan, w. v. (193), to while, threaten, rebuke, charge; Mk.
cease; Col. 1, 9. 10, 48.
keilo-hun, adv. (97, n. 2; 163, n. II vina inn ins. pr. n., Hymeneus;
1 ) for a while:
, i to e i 1 hu ,
ITim. 1, 20. Ymainaius; II
not for an hour; Gal. 2, 5. Tim. 2, 17.
keits, adj. (124), white; Mt. 5, hyssopo, for. w., f., hyssop, only
36. Mk. 9, 3. 16, 5. Lu. 9, 29. once, in dat. h vssopon; Skeir.
20, 46. Ill, c.

ke-laubs, interrog. prn. (161),

what, what sort of; II Cor. 7, I.
11. Iaeirus, pr. n., Jairus; Lu. 8, 41:
ke-leiks; see the follg. word. Jaeirus; Mk. 5, 22.
ki-leiks, (1) interrog. prn. (161), Iairaimias, pr. n., Jeremy; ace
both sb. and adj., what, what -an; Mt. 27, 9.
sort of, (1) in dir. questions; Iairaupaiilein, pr. n. in dat., Hie-
Mt. 8, 27. Mk.4, 30. Gal. 4, 15. rapolis; Col. 4, 13. Iairupu-
(2) in indir. questions; Lu. 7, lai; Cal.
39. Jo. 12, 33. 18, 32; toMeiks; Iaireiko, pr. n., Jericho; gen. Ei-
Lu. 1, 29. (3) rel., (a) \v. a cor- aireikons; Ezra 2, 34; dat.
relative; I Cor. 15, 48. II Cor. Iaireiko n; Lu.18,35; or Iai-
10, 11. (b) without a correla- rikon; Mk. 10,46; ace -on;
tive; Gal. 2, 6. II Tim. 3, 11. Lu. 10, 30. 19, 1.
kilftri, f. (98), bier; only once, Iairusalem, pr.n., Jerusalem; Gal.
in dat. pi. toilftrjom; Lu. 7, 4, 26; gen. -ems; Neh. 7, 2. 3;
14. dat. -em; Mk.ll, 1. Lu. 2, 22.
3 78 Iainisaiilyma — iddia.

25.43; ace. -; Mk. 15,41. answer is expected, (a) in dir.

Lu. 2,41.4,. questions, where it generally
Iainisaiilyma, pr. Jerusalem; n., has no corresponding term in
gen. -Ob; Lu. 2, 38; dat. -a i English; Mt. 7, 16. 9, 15. Rom.
Mt. 5, 35. Mk. 3, 22; or Iai- 11, 1. Skeir. II, b. c. VIII, c. d;
rausaulymai; Jo. 12, 12: iba; Lu. 17, 9. often w. other
ace. Iairusaiil vma; Mk. 10. words: ibai )>au: Jo. 7, 41.
33. 11, 11; another dat., Iai- ibai aufto; Jo. 7, 26. ai)>-
ru.saulvmim; Mk. 7, 1. Jo. bau ibai; II Cor. 11, 7. ibai
11 8 ( probably for
, I a rusa - ni; Rom. 10, 18. 19. ibai Ira;
1,vini am in MS). II Cor. 12, 18. (b) in indir.
Iairusaulymeis, pr. n. in pi., the questions, the v. standing in the
people of Jerusalem; Mk. 1, 5. optative, for fear, lest; II Cor.
Iairusaulymeite, pr. n. in gen. pi.. 12, 20. I Thess. 3, 5. (2) conj.,
of the people of Jerusalem; Jo. by any means; Mk. 2,
lest, lest
7. 25. 21. Lu. 18,5. ibai aufto,
Iaissais, pr. n., Jesse; gen. Iais- perhaps, lest perhaps; Mt.
lest,
saizis; Lu. 3, 32. Rom. 15, 12. 27.64. Mk. 2, 22. ibai iras,
Iakob (54), Jacob; gen. -is; Mk. lest any man; II Cor. 8, 20.
12, 20. Lu. 1, 33. 3, 34. 20, 37; bataineiibai, only not; Gal.
dat, -a; Mt. 8, 11. Rom. 11, 26; 5, 13. ibai Iran, lest at any
ace. Iakob; Rom. 9, 13. time; Mt. 5, 25. Mk. 4, 12.
Iakobus, pr. n., James; Mk. 10, ib-dalja, m. (108), descent; Lu.
35. Lu. 9, 54 (for Iakubos in 19,37.
MS). Gal. 2. 9; gen. -a us: Mk.
ibna-leiks, adj. (124), equal (as
3, 17. Lu. 6, 16; or -is; Mr. 27.
opposed to galeiks, similar);
56. Mk. 5, 37; dat. -an; Mk.l. Skeir. V, d.
29. 3, 16; or -a; Mk. 6, 3; ace.
ibna-skauns. adj. (124), of like
-u; Mk.l, V.). 3, 18. Lu. 5, 10
form or appearance with; Phil.
for -a u in MS),
3,21.
la ml. pr. n.. Jared; gen. -is: Lu.
ibnassiis, in. (105), evenness,
8, 37.
equality; II Cor. 8. 13. 14. Col.
lareim, pr. n.. Harim; gen. -is;
Ezra 2, 89. 4.1.
lasson, pr.n., Jason; Etom.16,21. ibiis, adj. (124), even, flat; Lu.
liinidanus, pr. n., Jordan; gen. (5.17. equal; Skeir. V, d; w.
-a us: Mk. >
Lu. 8, 3; dat.
: ,. s. (instr.) dat.; Lu. 20, 36. Skeir.
-a u Mk. 10, 1. Lu. 4, 1; or
:
I, a.

.1 aurda aa u Skeir.IV,a; also ibuks, adj. (124), backward; Lu.

;

I a rd a nr; Mk. 1, 5: ace. 17. 31. Jo. <;. »',<;. is. o.

1 ard a u Jo 0, 1<>.; iddja (207), weak pret.,
1 went
Ibai (iba), (1) interrog. particle Mk. 1. 1.. 5. 42. Lu. 4, 30. II
(210), used where a negative Cor. 12. IS. Eph. 2. 2. i.ldjuh
 idreiga — ik-ei. 379

(=iddja -uh); Jo. 18,3. Lu. 1, 18. 19. (3)ah ik Ialso; Mt.
j ,

7,6. 10, 32. 33; and I; Lu.2,48; or

idreiga, f. (97), repentence; Mk. ik jah, I and; Jo. 8, 16. jappe
1,4. Lu. 3, 3. 8. 5,32. 15, 7. i k ja e , whether I or; I Cor.
Rom. 11, 29. Skeir. Ill, c. 15, 11. (4^y.sbs., chiefly prns.
idreigoii, w. v. (190), to repent, (for emphasis; Rom. 16, 22.
do penance; Mt. 27, 3. Mk. 1, Gal. 5, 2. (5) w. silba; as, ik
15. 6, 12. Lu. 15, 7. refl.; Lu. s i 1 b a I myself; II Cor. 12, 13.
,

17,3.4. II Cor. 7, 8. w. ana ik silba Paulus, I Paul my-

w.dat.; II Cor. 12, 21. self; IICor. 10, 1; or silba ik,
Idumaia, pr. n. iu dat., Idumea; / myself; Rom. 7, 25. 9, 3.
Mk. 3, 8. gen. meina; Mt, 10, 37. 38.
id-weit, n. (94), reproach; Lu.l, in meina, for my sake; Mt
25. I Tim. 3, 7. 10, 39. Mk. 8, 35—dat, mis;
id-weitjan, w. v. (188), w. dat., Mt. 3, 11. Mk. 1, 7. 17.— ace.
to reproach; Mt, 11, 20. 27. 44. mik; Mt. Mk. 1, 40.—
8, 2.
Mk. 15, 32. Lu. 6, 22 (dat, un- dual, nom. wit, we two; Jo.
derstood), w. ace.; Rom. 15, 3. —
17, 11. dat, ugkis, uggkis;
in pass, to suffer reproach; I Mk. 10, 35. 37. ace. ugkis,
Tim. 4, 10. uggkis, ugk; Mt. 9, 27. Lu.
Iesus (1, n. 4), pr. .
Jesus (Christ):
, 7, 20. Eph. 6, 22.— plural, nom.
Mt. 7, 28; gen. Iesuis; Mt,26, weis, we, (1) w. vs. (for em-
75. dat. Iesua; Mt. 9, 10; or phasis); Mt. 6, 12. Mk. 9, 28.
Iesu; Mk. 10, 50; ace. Iesu; (2)jah weis, we also; Jo. 11,
Mt, 8, 34; voc. Iesu Mt. 8, 29. ; 16. wei s ah %ve and; Mt. 9,
j ,

Lu. 18, 38 (for Iesus in MS).
(another person) Col. 4, 11.
Ezra 2, 36. 40.
iftuina, superl. adj. (139), only
in the phrase if turn in dag a,
on the next day; Mt. 27, 62.
Mk. 11, 12. Jo. 6, 22. 12, 12.
Igila, pr. n., lgila; Neap. Doc.
igqar (gg; 67, n. 1), poss. prn.
dual (151), your; Mt. 9,29.
igqara (gg; 67, n. 1); see b-u.
igqis (gg; 67, n. 1); see pu.
ija (152); see is.
ik, pers. prn. 1st pers.
(150), J, (1) alone; I. Cor. 7,8.
II Cor. 11, 23. Gal. 2, 20. Phil. ik-ei, rel. prn. (158), (/) who; I
3,4. (2) w. vs. (for emphasis);
14. weis all ai, we all; I. Cor.
12, 13; allai weis, th. s.; II
Cor. 5, 10. weissilbans, we
ourselves; II Thess. 1, 4. weis
bailibandans, we the li ving;
I Thess. 4, 15.17. weizup pan
(=weis uh pan; 78, c.); ICor.
4, 10. — gen. unsara; Mk. 9,
22. Rom. 14, 12. — dat. uns;
Mt. 11.12. unsis; Mt. 26,
6,
68. Mk. 6, 3—
ace. uns; Mt. 6,
13. unsis; Mt. 8, 25. uns sil-
bans, ourselves; II Thess. 3,
nom.sing. 9; unsis silbans, th. s.; II
Cor. 10, 12.
Cor. 15, 9. II Cor. 10, 1 I Tim. .

Mt. 3, 11. 5, 22. Mk. 1, 2. Lu. 1,13.

380 ini — in-ga-leikon.

im, pers. prn.; see i - Eph.4, 17.1 Thess. 27: lastly,

.",.

im, 1st pere. sing. pree. indie, of in. after, with regard to; Lu.l,

wisan (to be), q. v. 6. Rom. 8, 1. II Cor. 2,9. 9,8.

iinina, pere. prn.; see is. (3) w. ace, (a) of 'place', after
iiiiiiiuli, i. e. i mm a -uh . vs. of motion, in into, to, to-
in, prep., (1) w. gen., about. ward, down to, U]> to; Mt. 5,
through, by, on account of. for 20.29. 0,6. 7.19.9.1.0. (b) of
1 lie sake of; Mt. 27, 18. 10,39. time, in, for; Mt. 0. 1 3. Mk. 11,
in pis, on this account, for 20. 13, 24. (c) in other rela-
this cause; Eph. 3, 14. Skeir. tions, expressing 'disposition,
IV, d; or i null (i.e. in -uh) feeling',or 'action towards a
j>is. tb.s.; Mk. 10, 7. Rom. 13. pers., toward, against, to, un-
<;. in ]
> i e i . because, for tin- to; Lu. 15, 18. Rom. 10, 12;
reason that; Lu. 7, 47. 19, 44. •purpose, aim, result'; Mt. 5,
in )> ie w a h t a s. forthis
i i 22.9,38; 'price'; Mk.14,5. Jo.
cause; Eph. 3, 1. in hris, —
12, 5. Occurs very often iucoin-
wherefore; II Cor. 11. 11. (2) position w.vs.,sbs., andadjs.
w.dat., (a) local, in. into, with- ina, prn.; see is.
in, among, on, at, towards, to. in-agjan, w. v. (188), v. ace. to
before, (a) after vs. of reel threaten; Mt. 9, 30.
(\visan,bauan, an, liga n. in-aliei, f. (113), soberness, so-
sit
etc.): .Alt. 5,25. 6,5. 8, 11: the briety; I Tim. 2, 9. II Tim. 1.7.
v. being- understood; Mt. 5,15. in-alis, adj. (94), wise, sober;
Jo. 1 5, 2 (,;) after vs. of motion Rom.12,10.
within limited space; .Mk. 3, 3. in-aljanon, w. v. (190), w. ace,
11,27. (r) after qi man; Mt. to vie with enviously, make
8,14. (") after trans, vs.; Alt. angry; I Cor. 10. 22. 13. •"

27,5.60. (0 in other relations: (gloss).

Mt. ,. 11). (5.2. 10. Mk.1,2. (b) in-braiiiijan (80, n. 1), w. v. (187),
temporal, in, at. during, with- w. a»•*•., to burn; Jo. 15, 0.
in, by. for: Mt.7.22. 8,13. 11. in-drobiiaii, w. v. (194), to be.
22. (<•) in other relatione indi- come sorrowful, be troubled;
cating 'st.iti'
;i or 'condition', Jo. 13, 21. 14, 1.27.
in, off with; Mt. 8, 14. Mk. 1. in-feinaii, w.v.(193), to be moved
23; 'manner', in, with: Mt. 6, 1. with compassion, tojiity; Mk.
Mk. 3, 23; 'instrument' or 1,41. Lu. 1, 78. 1."». 20. w. d u
'means', by means of. by. w.dat.: Mk. 8,2. Lu. 7. 13. in
through; Mt. 3. 11. 0. 2!). 34; w. gen.; Mt. 9. 36. infeina n-
'purpose', for, to: Rom. 13.4. dei arm all a irtei, tender
Col. 3, 15; 'reason' or -cans•''. merej; Lu. 1, 78.
because of. for: Mt. <;. 7. 1 1,6. iii-ira-leikon, w. v. (190), te met-
in 'adjurations, invocations' or amorphose, change into the
'entreaties', in, by; Bom. 9, 1. likeness of; 1 1 Cor. 3, 1 8.
 in-gardja — inn-wairpan. 381

in-gardja, w. adj. used as sb., m. II Cor. 7, 5. w. gen.; within, in-

(132, n. 1), one of the same side, into; Mk. 15, 16.
household; Eph. 2, 19. I Tim. inn-at-bairan, str. v. (175), w.
5, 8. ace, to bring in; Lu. 5,18.19.
in-gardjo, w. adj. used as sb., f. inn-at-gaggan, an. v. (179, n. 3;
(132, u. 1), being in the house; 207), to enter, enter into, go
I Cor. 16, 19. Col. 4, 15. or come into; Mk. 4, 19. 5, 39.
in-gramjan, w.'y. (188), w. ace, Lu. 14, 23. I Cor. 14, 24. w.
to make angry, provoke to f ram w. dat.; Lu. 7, 45. in w.

wrath; I Cor. 13, 5. ace; Mt. 8, 5. 23. 27, 53.

inilo, f. (112), excuse; Jo. 15, 22. inn-at-gahts, f. (103), a going or
Phil. 1, 18. occasion, pretense; coming in, entrance; Lu. 1,
II Cor. 11, 12. 29 (for innagaht- in MS).
in-kilpo, adj. (132, n. 2), preg- inn-at-tiuhan, str. v. (173),
f. \v.

nant, used as sb.; Lu. 1, 24. 3G. ace, to bring in; Lu. 2, 27.
2,5. innapro, adv. (213, n. 2), within;
in-knnja, w. adj. (132, n.l), used Mk.7, 21. 23. inwardly; Mt. 7,
as sb., m., one of the same 15.
country (prop., of the same kin inn-gaggan, an. v. (179, n. 3;
or tribe), countryman; IThess. 207), to go in, to enter; Lu. 8,
2,14. 16. 19, 30. w. in w. ace; Mk.5,
in-linhtjan, vv. v. (188), w. ace, 18. 7,15.18.bairh w.ace; Mt.
to enlighten; Eph. 1, 18. 7,13. Jo. 10, 2. 9. uf w. ace; Mt.
in-maideins, f. (103, n. 1), ex- 8, 8. inng. framis, to go on;
change; Mk. 8, 37. change; Mk. 1, 19.
Skeir. V, c. inn-ga-lei]>an, str. v. (172, n. 1),
in-maidjan, w. v. (188), w. ace, to go in, to enter; Lu. 19, 1.
to change, exchange, trans- Rom. 11, 25. w. in w. ace; Mt.
figure; I Cor. 15, 51. 52. Gal. 7, 21. Lu. 6, 4. 18, 24. bairn
4, 20. Rom. 12, 2. Skeir. Ill, w.ace; Mt. 7, 13. w. badei;
b. VI, b. refl.; Mk. 9, 2. w. du Mk. 14, 14.
w. dat; Phil. 3, 21. in-niujiba, f. (97), the feast of the

inn, adv. (213, n. 2), in, into; dedication (lit. renewal); Jo.
Mt, 9, 25. Mk. 5, 40. 6,22. 15, 10, 22.
43. Lu.1,28. 4,16. Jo. 18, 16. inn-uf-sliupan, str. v. (173, n. 1),
— Occurs ofteu in composition to slip in, creep in; Gal. 2. 4.
with verbs. innuma, superl.adj. (139), inner,
iima, adv. (213, u. 2), within, in- innermost, inward; Rom. 7, 22.
to; I Cor. 5, 12. II Cor. 3,3. 6, Eph. 3, 16. II Cor. 4, 16.
16. Col. 1, 29. inn-wairpan, str. v. (174), tocast
inna-kunds, adj. (124), of the in, put in; bat a innwaur-
same household; Mt. 10, 25. 36. pa , that (
which was) put in;
innana, adv. (213, n. 2), within; Jo. 12, G.
382 inn-rai'ihtian — in-weitan.

inn-rauhtjan, w. v. (188), to be w. dat.; Jo. 15, 26. Skeir. VI. r;

angry, groan; w. (loc.) dat.; or in w. ace; Mk. 5, 12. Lu. 1,
Jo. 11, 33. w. inw. dat.; Jo. 26; or (once) i w. dat. (m i d u-
1 1 . 38. mai); Lu. 10, 3; or gen. of aim
in-reiran, w. v. (193), to tremble; (hai]>jos seinaizos); Ln.15,
Mt. 27, 51. 15; or hidre; Mk. 11. 3. (4)
ins. pers. prn.; see is w. ace. and an inf. of purpose;
in-sahts, f. (103), declaration. Mk. 3, 14. Lu. 1, 19; or daw.
explanation, account, argu- inf.; Lu. 4, 18; or ei w. opt.;
ment; Lu. 1,1. I Cor. subscr. Mk. 5, 12. 12, 2. 13;orduj>]>e
Skeir. V, b. c. VI, a. b. *i; Eph. 6, 22. Col. 4, 8. ins.
in-saian (-saijau; 22, n. 1), red. bi w. dat., to send in behalf of;
v. (182), w. ace. and in w. dat.; Mt. 11, 2.
Mk.4, 15. in-standan, str. v. (177, n. 3), to
in-sailran (34, n. 1), str. v. (176. be instant or urgent; II Tim.
n. 1), (1) abs., to look round 4,2 (in A).
I tout; Mk. 9, 8. to look; Mk. in-s\vinj>jaii, w. v. (188), to make
16, 4. (2) w. d u w. dat., to be- strong, strengthen; Eph. 3, 16
hold, look upon; Mt.6,26. Mk. (in A). Phil. 4, 13. I Tim. 1,12.
10, 21. 27. 14,67. to regard; w. sik, to show one's seli
Lu.1,48. to look up to; Lu. 9, strong, be strong;
Eph. 6, 10
16; or inf.; Lu. 1, 25; oriup; (in A). II Tim. 2, 1.
Lu. 19, 5 {to look up). in-tandjan, \. v. (188), w. ace,
in-sailjan, \v. v. (188); insaili- to kindle, burn up; Lu. 3, 17.
ilrilun |»ata badi jah fra- in-trusgjan, w. v. (188), w. ace.
lailotun, they let down the (in pass, the nom.), to ingraft;
bed willi cords (lit. they tied Rom. 11, 19. 23. \v. in \v. aec;
the bed to cords and let (it) Rom. 11, 17. 24.
down); Mk. 2, 4. in-tundnan, w. v. (194), to take
in-sakan. str. v. (177, n. 1), to tire, bum; \ Cor. 7. 9.

suggest, put in mind of, point inuh (inu), prep. w. aec. (217),
out, (1) w. aec.; Skeir. IV, c. d. without; Mt.5, 32. 10, 29. Mk.
V. a. to contend: Skeir. VIII, c. 4, 34. Jo. 15, 5. Rom. 7, 8. 9.
in->amljan, w. v.(188), to send in-wajgan, w. v. (188), w. aec.
into, send off, send forth, send. to stir up, move; Mk. 15, 11.
(1) w. acc.;Mt,ll,2. .Mk.4, 29. inw. sik silban, to trouble
<">, 7. 17 (object implied), to one's self, be troubled; Jo. 11,
send back; riiilein.il. (2) w. 33.
two aces.; Mk. 12. 3. 4. Lu. 1. in-wandjan, w. v. (188), to turn,
53. (3) w. ace. and afar w. change, pervert; Gal. 1, 7.
dat.; Lu. 19, 14; or
d u w. dat.; in-weitan, str. v. (172, n. 1; 197,
Mt. 27. 19; oi• faura w. dat.; n. 1), to worship; Jo. 12, 20.
Mt. 11, 10. Mk. 1,2; or fram W. ace; Mt. 8, 2. 9, 18. Mk. 5,
 in-widau
0.15,19. Lu. 4, 7. 8. I Cor. 14,
25. to salute; Mk. 9, 15.
iiMvidan, str. v. (176, n. 1), w.
ace., to deny; Mt.26,75 (in A).
Mk. 8, 34. 14, 72. I Tim. 5, 8.
II Tim. 3, 5. Tit. 1, 16. to re- loses, pr n. Joses; geu
ject; Mk. 7, 9.
in-windi]>a, f. (97), injustice, un-
righteousness; Lu.16, 8. 9. 18, is, pers. prn. 3d pers. sing., m.,
6. Jo. 7, 18. Rom. 9, 14. I Cor.
13,6.
in- winds, adj. (124), turned aside;
hence distorted from the right;
perverse; Lu.9,41. unjust, un-
righteous; Mt. 5, 45. Lu. 16,
11. 18,11. I Cor. 6,1.
in-wisan, str. v. (176, n. 1), to be
near at hand; Mk. 16, 1.
iii-wito]»s, adj. (124), being under
the law; I Cor. 9, 21.
I ana ii, pr. n., Johanan; Neh. 6,
18.
Iodas (11, ii. 1), Judas, gen. Io-
dins; Lu. 3, 26.
Ioliaiina, pr. n.. f. Joanna; Lu.
8,3.
Ioliaiina, pr. n., m., Joanna; gen.
-ins; Lu. 3, 27. 30.
Iohannes (61, n. 1), pr. n., John;
Mt. 11, 2. Skeir. I, a. Ill, a. b.
c; or Iohannis; Mk. 6, 14.
gen. -is; Mt.11,12; or-es; Mt.
9, 14. Skeir. Ill, b. VI, b dat.;
-e; Mt. 11, 4. Skeir. IV, d. VI,
a; or -en; Mk. 1, 29; or -au;
Lu. 9, 9; ace. -en Mt. 11,7; or
; Mt. 6, 15; izei (inCA); Jo. 7,
-ein (in CA); Lu. 3, 15; or -e;
Mt. 11, 13. Mk. 1,19.
Iora, pr. n., Jorah; geu. -ins;
Ezra 2, 18.
Ioreim, pr. n., Jorim; geu. -is;
Lu. 3, 29.
Iosef, pr. n., Joseph; Mt. 27, 57.
— is. 383
Mk. 15, 43. Lu. 1,27. 2, 4. 33.
43. gen. -is; Lu. 3, 23. 24. 20.
dat. -a; Mk. 15,45; or IGse-
ba; Skeir. II, a. ace. Iosef;
Lu. 2, 16.
. , se is .
Mk. 15, 40. 47. Lu. 3, 29; also
Mt. 27, 56 (for Iosez in CA).
(152), nom., he; Mk. 2, 25. 3,
13; auk is, for he; I Cor. 15,
25; bipe is, as he; Mt. 9, 10.
bi]>e pan is; and when he;
Lu. 19, 37; ip is, but he; Mt.
8, 24; j ah is and he, he also;,
Jo. 7, 29. jah is si lb a, and
he (himself); Lu. 5, 1. mi Im-
panel is, while he; Mt. 9, 18.
]>anuh is, but he; Lu. 8, 54.
]?aruh is, and he, but he; Lu.
4, 43. —
gen. is; Mt, 3, 11. 5,
35. —
dat. imma; Mt. 5, 25.
39; immuh (i.e. imma -ub);
Rom. 11, 36. Eph. 3, 21.— ace.
in a; Mt. 6, 8. 7, 24.— pi. nom.
eis; Lu. 6, 11. 9, 36; ak eis,
but they; II Cor. 10, 12; ap-
paneis, they indeed, nowthey;
I Cor. 9, 25 i eis but they,
; ,
and they, now they; Mt. 8, 32;
jah eis, and they, they also;
Jo. 17, 19; ibai aufto jah
eis, lest they also; Lu. 14, 12;
a u h b i e e i s as they, now ,
when they; Mt, 9, 32.— gen. i e
50.— dat. im; Mt. 6, 1. ace. —
ins; Mt. 6, 26.— f. sing, nom.,
si; Lu. 7, 12; ip si, and she,
but she; Mk. 6, 24; jah si sil-
bo, and she (heiself); Lu. 7,
12.— gen. izos; Mt. 5, 28.
dat. izai; Mt. 5, 28. ace. i a; — i
38-1 IS — llllllJU.

Mt. 15.— pi. gen. izo; Jo. 11.

8, 11ipii;Jo. 6, 15; for; Mk. ()
L9.—dat. iin: Mk. 16, 6.—ace. 7, 3; {r()ret; Lu. 18, 5. i]> —
ijos; Mk. 16, 8.— neut. sing I'dii, but then, but; Mt. 27,
noni., ita; Mk. 4, MT.—gen. is; 46. ib...ban; Lu. 7, 50. i]>
Mt. 7, 27.—dat. m in a: Ln. 1, i . nu, then, therefore; Mt. 5,
. .

66.— ace. ita; Mt. 5, 29. — pi. 19. ib .-uh, but; Mk. 10,
. .

noni. ija; jah ija, and they; 38. ipjabai, if; Rom. 12, 20.
dat.im; Mk. 1, 13. ipnu,/ioir; Jo. 9,25. i]>swe-
is, ist, v. (204). ]?auh, nevertheless; Lu.18, 8.
Isak, pr. n., Isaac; gen. -is; Mk. i|)iniswf, therefore; Gal. 4,
12, 26. Lu.3, 84. 20, 87. Rom. 16. (2) in hypothetical clauses
9. 10. Gal. 4, 28; dat. -a; Mt. implying non-fulfillment, the
8, 11. Rom. 9, 7. verb of the protasis standing in
Iskariotes, pr.n.. Iscariot; Jo. 12. the pret. opt., that of the a poli-
4;orIskarj61 §s; Jo.l4.22;or osis in the pret. opt.; Jo. 8, 39.
skarioteis; Mk.14,10: dat.
I 15, 24. Skeir. T, b. with]' an:
Skariotau; Jo. 13,26; ace. Ln. 7. 39; aipbau: Jo. 14. 7.
[skari6ten;Mk.3,19. Ln.6, 18,36.
1(5; orlskariotu, Jo. 6, 71. Iftdaia, pr.n., Judea; gen. -as;
Israel, pr. u., Israel; Rom. 9, 6. Mk. 10, 1. Lu. 1, 5; dat. -a;
31; a 1 1 a i Israel, 11 Isra el; Mk.
-an; Lu. 2, 4; or 3, 7; ace.
Rom. 11, 20; gen. -is; Mt. 10. -a; Lu. 7, 17. II Cor. 1,16.
23: dat. -a; Mt. 8, 10; ace. Is- ludaialand, pr. n., the country
rael; Rom. 9, 27. I Cor. 10,18; ofJudaea; Mk. 1, 5.
voc. Israel; Mk. 12, 29. Iiidaius (J dains), pr. ., a Jew;
Israelites, pr.n., (120, n.2) Israe- Jo. 18, 35. gen. -a us; Rom. 10,
lite; Rom. 11,1. pi. Israolei- 12. pi. nom. -eis; Mk. 7.3; gen.
tai;Rom. 9, 4; or-eis; II Cor. -; Mt. 27. 11; dat. -am; Jo. 10,
11.22. 19. ace. -uns: Jo. 9, 22.
Ita, pron.; see is. iudahvisko, adv., in Jewish .•/

Kan, (176, n. 3), to eat;

sir. v. manner; Gal. 2, 14.
Lu. 17. 27. 28. w. gen.; La, 15, iiidaiwiskon. w. v. (190), to live
16. KK 21. like a Jew, Gal. 2. 14.
Ituraia, pr.n., Iturea; gen. -as; ifnlaiwisks. (124), Jewish;adj.
Ln. 8, 1. Tit. 1. 11. Skeir. Ill, b.
i|>, conj. serving 1<> Iiulas, pr.n., Judas; Ml. 27, 3;
(21 H). (1)
continue the narrat ive, with a or Judas; Jo. 12, 4; gen.
more or less adversative force; In dins; Mk.6, 3. Lu.1.39. 3,
so always at the beginning of 30. 33; dat. -in; Jo. 13. 26;
the sentence (fortheGr. ii, gen- ace. -an; Mk. 3, 19. Lu. 6. 16.
erally in opposition to ,"'>). Jo. 0. 71.
but; Mt.8,11. 5, 33; {) and; iuiiijo, (112).
f. crowd, multi-
Mt. 6, 24. Lu. 2, 9; («5v) noir, tude; Mt. 8, 1.
 iup — jaiu)?iO. 385

inp, adv. (213, n. 2), upwards, even if, although, (1) w. pres.
up; Lu. 19, 5. Jo. 11,41. Rom. indie.; Mt. 5, 46. 47; unte
10,7. jabai . . . aibbau, for either
iupa, adv. (213, n. 2), above, on . . . Mt. 6, 24. (2) w. pret.
or;
high; Gal. 4, 26. Phil. 3, 14. indie.; Mt. 10, 25. Mk. 3, 26.
Col. 3, 1. 2. Skeir. II, a. (3) w. pres. opt.; Mt.5, 29. 30.
iupana, adv. (213, n. 2), (from (4) w. pret. opt.; Mt. 11, 14.
above), again; Gal. 4, 9. 23. (5) ib jabai ni, (but) if k

iupapro, adv. (213, n. 2). from not; Lu. 10, 6; a]?]? a jabai,
above; Mt. 27, 51. Mk. 15,38. if at least, if; Gal. 3, 4; jabai
Jo. 8, 23. 19, 11. Skeir. II, a. swebauh, if only, even
b. IV, c. though; II Cor. 5, 3; jabai
ius, adj. (only once, in compar. . .aibbau, either
. or; Mt. . . .

iusiza; 136), good; ni und 6,24.

waiht iusiza wisan, to be Jaeirus see I a e i r u s
;

not a whit better, to differ jah, conj. (217), and; Mt. 5, 18.
nothing from; Gal. 4, 1. 19. also; Mt. 5, 39. Skeir. I, b.
Iuse, pr. n. in dat., Joses; Mk.6, and, but; Mt. 6, 30. Jo. 6, 35.
3. for; II Tim. 3, 2. jah .jah, . .

iusila, (97), easement, rest; II

f. both and; Mt. 10, 28— The
. . .

Cor. 8, 13. II Thess. 1, 7. h of j ah is often assimilated to

iziii, ize, izo,izos, prn.; s. is. the iuitial consonant of a follg.
iz-ei, (ize), rel. prn. (157, n. 3), word: jag, jan, jas, jab,
he who, he that; Jo. 8, 40. Eph. jab, jad, jal, jar, jam.
4, 15.—f. sei (i. e. si ei); Lu. 1, jai, adv. (216), yea, yes, verily;
26. 36. 2, 4. — nom. pi. m. izei Mt. 9, 28. 11, 9. Mk. 7, 28.
,
(foreizei); Mt. 7, 15. Mk. 9, interj. expressing 'astonish-
1.— sa izei, th. s.; Mt. 5, 32. ment' or 'desire'; Lu. 10, 21.
Skeir. I, a. saluazuh izei, Rom. 9, 18. 20.
whoever, whosoever; Jo. 16, 2. jainar, adv. (213, n. 1), there; Mt.
19,12. 5, 23. 24.
izwar, poss. prn. (151), ru.; iz- jai ml, adv. (213, n. 1), there,
wara 1, izwar n. (124, ns. 1 thither; Jo. 11, 8.
and 4), your, (1) w. a sb.; Mt. jaindre, adv. (213, n. 1), there,
5,16. 20. 47. (2) without a sb.; thither; Lu. 17, 37
Lu. 6, 20. 16, 12. jaiud-wairps, adv., thither; Jo.
izwara, izwis, prn.; s. bu.
18,3.
izwizei, rel. prn.; s. bu-ei. jains, dem. prn. (156), that, (1)
alone; Mk. 12, 5. Lu. 9, 34. (2)
J. w. a sb.; Mt, 7, 22. 25. Mk. 4,
Ja, adv. (216), yes; Mt.5,37. II 11. jainis stadis, to the
Cor. 1, 17. 18. 19. 20. other side; Mk. 4, 35.
jabai, conj. (218), if, whether, jainpro, adv. (213, n.l), thence;
25
386 Jairnpnla — kaisar,

Mt. 5, 26. 9, 9. 27. 11, 1. Mk. more, no longer; Lu. 16, 2. j u

1,19. G, 1. ni j'anamais, th. s.; I Tim.
Jairnpnla, pr.n.; b. Iairaupau- 5, 23. j u ]>aua.seip>s ni. th.
lein. s.; Lu. 15, 10. 21.

Janna, pr. n., Janna: gen. jugga-laufc, m. (101), a young

-ins; Lu. 3, 24. nmn; Mk.14, 51. 16, 5. Lu.7.14.
Jaimes (in A, has J an is), pr. jugi*s, adj. (124), new. fresh Mt. :

a.. Jannes; II Tim. 3, 8. 0,17. Mk. 2, 22. Lu. 5, 38. 30.

ja]>|>e, conj. (218), and if, if; I young; Lu. 2, 24. I Tim. 5, 1.
Cor. 14, 27. ja]>]>5. .ja]?JȤ, .2. 11. 14. suitable to the first
Hither . or, whet Iter
. . or; part of life,
. youthful;
. . II
I Cor. 12, 13. j. j.
. .
j.,
. Tim. 2, 22.—compar., sa u h i-
. . . j

whether ... or ... or; I. Cor. za (15; 66, n. 1; 135, n. 1), the
10,31.,/ j....j....j whether younger;
. Lu. 15, 12. 13.
...or.. .or.. .or; Col. 1, 16. juk, n. (94), yoke, pair; Lu. 14,
jau, adv.interrog. particle (216). 19.
(1) in indir. questions, whether. jukuzi, f. (98), yoke; Gal. 5, 1. I
if; (the verb occurring always Tim. 6,1.
in the opt.) Lu. 6, 7. I Tim. .". junda, f. (07). youth; Mk. 10,
10. (2) in dip. questions, then, 20. Lu. 18,21. I Tim. 4, 12.
indeed; Jo. 7, 48. Rom. 7, 25. jus, prn.; see ]m.
Skeir. VIII, c. Justus; Col. 4, 11. Justus, pr. n.,

jer, n. (04), .i7v?;•; Mk. 5, 25. 42. ju-]>an, adv., already; Mk.4.37.
Lu. 2, 41. 4, 19. Neh. 5, 14. 11,11. 13,28. 15,42. Lu. 7,
Skeir. VII, d. time, season Lu. 6. j u ]> a ii n i, no longer, no
;

20, 9. II Tim. 3, 1. more; Mk. 1,45. 2.2.

jiuka, f. (07), strife, anger; II jnz-ei; see ]>u-ei .

Cor. 12,20. Gal. 5,20.

jiukan, w. v. (103), to contend.
K.
fight ;1 Cor. 0. 26. to conquer; Kaballarja. pr. n.; Ar. Doc
Rom. 8, 37. Kaeinan, pr. n., Cainan; gen. -is;
j Inlets, m. (92), term explain-
.•/ Lu. 3, 36. 37.
ing the Got hie Naubaimbair; Kafaniauin. indecl. pr. n.; dat.;
.1. Mk. 0, 33. Lu. 4, 23. Jo. 6, 24.
jota, m. (108), iota, jot; Mt. 5, 59; ace; Mt. 8, 5. Mk. 1, 21.
L8.
ju. adv. (214, n. 1),
ready; Mt. 5, 28. Mk. 9, 13.
voc;
,
Mt. 11.23. Lu. 10, 1•"».
al- Kiidmeiel, pr. n., Kadmiel;gen.
-is; Ezra 2. 40.
Lu. 2, I•", j u ha ba d to ha ve Kaidron, pr.n.. Cedron; Jo. 18, 1.
.

already, to have received; Lu. kaisar, for. w., m. (91, n. 4; 1 19),

6,24. ju ni. not now. no more, Cesar; gen. -is: Mk.12, 16. 17;
no longer; Rom. 7, 17. 20. ni dat. -a Mk. 12, 14. Lu. 2, 1. :

...ju ]>anamais, now no 20. 22.

 kaisara-gild

kaisara-gild, n. (94), tribute due

— .
5,25. 11,2. 25, 39. 43. 44. Mk.
387

to Cesar, tribute; Mk. 12, 14. 6, 17.

Kaisaria, pr. Cesarea; Mk. 8, karon, w. v. (190), to care for, be
n.,
27. concerned about; I Cor. 7, 21.
Kajafa, pr. n., Cajaphas; Jo. 18, Earpus, pr. n., Carpus; dat. -an;
14; dat. -in; Lu. 3, 2. Jo. 18, II Tim. 4, 13.
18. 24. 28. kas, n. (gen. kasis; 94), vessel,
kalbo, f. (112), young cow, pitcher, pot, measure; Mk. 11,
heifer, calf; Skeir. Ill, c. 16. 14, 13. Lu. 8, 16. 16, 6. Rom.
kalds, adj. (124), cold; Mt. 10, 9, 21. in the pi. also things,
42. Jo. 18, 18. goods; Mk. 3, 37. Lu. 17, 31.
kalkinassus, m. (105), adultery, kasja, m. (108), potter; Mt. 27,
fornication; Mt. 5, 32. Mk. 7, 7. 10. Rom. 9, 21.
21. Gal. 5, 19. I Thess. 4, 3. katils, m. (91), kettle, vessel; Mk.
kalkjo (or kalki; only dat. pi., 7,4.
kalkjo in, occurs), f. (112 or Kaillailssaius, pr. n. (a doubtful
98), harlot, whore; Lu.15, 30. form has k a s s a i m A the
; ,

Kananeites, pr, n., Canaanite; mutilated u ails. . .); Col.

. . .

Mk. 3, 18. subscr.

kaiinjan, w. v. (188), w. dat. of kaii pat jan, w. v. (187, n. 1), to
pers. and ace. of th., to make strike with the palm of the
known; Jo. 17, 26. I Cor. 15, 1. hand, to cuff, buffet; Mk. 14,
II Cor. 8,1. Eph. 1, 9. Skeir. 65; pret. kau pasta; Mt. 26,
IV, b. 67. II Cor. 12, 7; pret. partic.
kapillon, w. v. (190), to shave, kaupatibs; I Cor. 4, 11.
shear; I Cor. 11,6. kaupon, w. v., to traffic, trade;
kara, f. (97), care; k. wis an, to Lu. 19, 13.
concern; as, kar ist w. ace. Kaurazein, pr. n., Chorazin; Mt.
of pers. and gen. of th., it con- 11, 21. Lu. 10, 13.
cerns; Jo. 10, 13; ni beei in a kaurban, for. w., a gift; Mk. 7, 11.
pize barbang kara vve"si, ka iir ban a mi, for. vv.in ace, treas-
not that he cared for the poor; ury; Mt. 27, 6.
Jo. 12, 6; without ist; Mk. 4, kaiirei, f. (113), weight, burden;
38. 12,14; lira k. u sis, what II Cor. 4, 17.
isthat to us?; Mt. 27, 4; ma Kaurinpius, pr. n., a Corinthian;
mik (kara being probably un- pi. dat. -um; I Cor. superscr.
derstood)? what have I to do? and subscr. II Cor. subscr. (in
what does it concern me? I Cor. A); or -baium; II Cor. superscr.
5,12. and subscr. (in B); voc. -pi us;
Kareiabiareim, pr. n., Kirjatha- II Cor. 6, 11.
rim; Ezra 2, 25 (-aareim in Kaurinbo, pr. n., Corinth; dat.
MS). -ou Rom. subscr.; Cor. 1, 1.
karkara, f. (97; 119), prison; Mt. 23.
388 k.nni|>a — kukjan.

kaurijm, f. (07), weight, burden; to prove, test, choose; II Cor.

Gal. G, 2. 8,8. Gal. G, 4.
kaurjan, w. v. (188), w. ace, to Kleinaintus, pr. n., Clement: dat.
press, charge, trouble, burden -au; Phil. 4, 3 (in B, A has
Lu. 9, 32. II Cor. 1, 8. 5,4. 11, 1 a in a n t a u ) i

8. 12, 13. 14. 16. klisinjan, w. v. (188), to tinkle,

kaurn, n. (94), corn, grain; Mk. clink; I Cor. 13, 1.
4, 28. Lu. 3, 17. 1G, 7. klisnio, f. (112), cymbal; I Cor.
kaurno, n. (110), com, a grain: 13,1.
Mk. 4, 31. Lu. 17,
Jo. 12, 24. kuiu, n. (93), knee; Mk. 1,40.
G.

kaurus, adj. (131, n. 1), weighty, 15, 19. Lu. 5, 8. Rom. 14, 11.
heavy, burdensome; II Cor. 10, knoJ>s (74, n. 2). f. (103), race,
10. stock; Phil. 3, 5.
kausjau, w. (188), (1) w. gen., knussjaii, w. v.
v.
(188), to kneel;
to taste; Mk. 9, 1. Lu. 14, 24. Mk. 10, 17; kniwam knuss-
(2) w. ace, th. s.; Lu.9, 27. Jo. jan, th. s.; Mk. 1, 40.
8, 52; to prove, test; Lu. 14, Kosam, pr.n., Cosam;
Lu. 3, 28.
19. II Cor. 13,5. (3) abs., to
Kostila (Kustila); Neap. Doc.
taste; Col. 2, 21.
Kreks (8), pr. n. (119), a Greek-
kawtsjo, for. w., f. (112), Lt. 'cau- Gal 2, 3. 3, 28. Col. 3, 11; gen.
tio't security; Neap. Doc. -is; Rom. 10, 12. pl.nom.-6e;
Kefas, pr. n., Cephas;
Cor. 9, I ; I Cor. 1,22.
gen. -i qb; I Cor. 1, 12; dat. -i n : Kreskus, pr. n.. Crescens (A has
I Cor. 15, 5. Xreekue, Kriepus); II
keinan, (172,
str. v. 195, n. n. 2: Tim. 4, 10.
2), to germinate, spring up. Kreta (6), pr. n., Crete; dat. -a i

grow; Mk. 4, 27. Tit, 1,5.

kclikn, n. (94), tower; Mk.12,1. Kretes (G. n. 1; 17, n. 1), pr. n.
Lu. 14, 28. an upper room; in pi., the Ci-etians; Tit. 1, 12.
Mk. 14, . Krispus, pr.n., Crispue; II Tim.
Kileikia, pr.n., Cilicia; geu. -a is; 4,10 (in B, Xreekue); ace. -u
Gal. 1,21. I Cor. 1,14.
kilhei, f. (113), womb; La. 1,31. kriustan, str. v. (173, n. 1), to
kindiiis. m. (91), governor: Mt. gnash; k r. t u u ]> u , to gnash
27. 2. 11.14. 15. Lu. 20, 20. with the teeth; Mk. 9. 18.
k. wisan, to be governor, to krusts, m. (101, n. %), gnashing;
govern; Lu. 2. 2. Mt. 8, 12.
kiimus. (105), <•///•.•/,•; Mt. 5, 39.
f. kubitos, m. (105), ,•/ reclining (at
Lu. 6, 29. table); anakumbjan kubi-
kintns. in. (105), farthing: Ml. tuns (cognate acc.)j to recline
5 26 in a company: Lu.9, 14.
kiusan, str. v. (173. n. 1 ). «•. ace., knkjan, w. v. (188), w. dat•., to
 kuraei — qiman. 389

kiss; Mk.14, 44. 45. Lu. 7, 38.

45. 15, 20.
Qaindn, w. v. (190), to weep,
kiunei, for. w., arise! Mk. 5, 41.
mourn, lament; Mt. 9, 15. 11,
kuna-wida, f. (97), bond; Epb. G,
17. Mk. 16, 10; w. ace, to be-
20.
wail; II Cor. 12, 21.
kiuii, n. (93), kin, race, tribe,
stock, generation; Mt. 11, 10. qairrei, fl (113), meekness, gen-
tleness; II Cor. 10, 1. Gal. 5, 23.
Mk. 8, 12. 9, 19. 29. Lu. 1, 8.
48.61. 0, 1. Epb. 4, 2. Col. 3, 12. I

kunnan, pret. -pres. v. (199), to

Tim. 6, 11. II Tim. 2, 25.

know, alone; Mt. 27, 65. qairrus, adj. (131), meek, gentle;
(1)
I Cor. 13, 9. (2) w. ace; Mt. 7, I Tim. 3, 3. II Tim. 2, 24.

23.26,72. Mk. 1, 34; w. two Qartus (59), Quartus; Rom. 16,

aces.; Mk. 6, 20. Jo. 17, 3. (3) 23.
\v. bi w. dat.; Lu. 1, 18. II Cor. qens (qeins; 7, n.
2), f. (103),
5, 16. (4) w. an indir. question; woman, wife; Mt.5,31. 32. 27.
Mk. 1,24. 14, 68. (5) w. a clause 19. Mk. 6, 17. 18. Lu. 1, 5. 13.
w. ei; Jo. 15, 18. II Tim. 3, 1; Rom. 7, 2. I Cor. 7, 10.
or batei; Mk. 13, 28. II Cor. qiman, (175, n. 1), to
str. v.
13, 5. Skeir. I, b. come, arrive; Mt. 6, 10. 7, 25.
kunbi, n. (95), knowledge; Lu. 1, w.afw.dat.; Mk. 3, 22; ana
77. Rom. 10, 2. I Cor. 8, 10. w. dat.; Lu. 19, 5; or ace; Mk.
13, 2. 8. Skeir. I, d. IV, b. VI, 8, 10. w. and
w. ace; Lu. 3,3.
b. w. at w. dat.; Mt. 7, 15. w. du
kunbs, adj. (prop. pret. partie), w. dat.; Jo. 6.37; dubamma,
known, (1) \v. dat.; Jo. 18, 15. for this cause; Jo. 18, 37; dube,
wis an, to be
16. Pbil. 4, 5. k. therefore; Mk. 1, 38; dub be
made known/ Epb. 3, 5; w. at (i. e. du-uh-be), th. s.; Jo.
w. dat.; Phil. 4, 6; kunba, sb. 12, 27. w. f ram w. dat.; Mt. 8,
m., acquaintance; Lu. 2, 44. II. w. hindar
w. dat.; Mt. 8,
28. w. in w. gen; Jo. 12, 9; or
Kiisa, pr. n., Chuza; gen. -ins;
Lu. dat; Mt. 5, 20; in garda
8, 3.
qumans, being in the house ;

Kustaiiteinus, Const an-

pr. n.,
Mk. 9, 33; or ace, Jo. 6, 14. w.
tine; gen. -a us (-us in MS; 105,
mib Mk. 14, 62. w.
w. dat.;
n. 2);Cal.
nehra w. dat.; Mk.2,4.w. und
kustus, m. (105), proof, trial,
w. ace; Lu.4,42. w. us w. dat.;
test; II Cor. 2, 9. 8, 2. 13, 3.
Mk.7,1. w. ad vs.: fairrabro;
Kyrenains, pr. n., Cyrenius, Mk. 8, 4; her; Mt. 8, 29; lua-
(Quirinus); dat. -au; Lu. 2, 2. bro; Jo. 8, 14; iupabro;
Jiyreiiaius, pr. n., a Cyrenian; Skeir. IV, b. c; baruh; Skeir.
ace. -u ; Mk. 15, 21. III, a. w. ei; Jo. 10, 10; dube
ei ; Mk. 4, 21. w. an inf. of pur-
390 qina-kunds — lagjan.

]»ose: Bit. 5, 17. Skeir. I. a. w. to speak praise; Lu. 6,

\\ ell of.

ac•••. of space; as, d agie wig• q.. 26. ubil q. w. dat.. to speak
to go a (lny's journey \ Lu. 2. evil of cuise; Mk. 7. 10.
44. qihu-hafts.)., pregnant; qi]>u-
<liiia-kun(ls. adj. (124). female; hafto, used as sl>.. n woman f.

Gal. 3, 28. being with child; Mk. 13. 17. I

These. 5, 3.
qinein. n.. n silly woman; II Tim.
qi]»us.m. (10>). womb: Lu. 1.
3, 6.
41.42. 2. 23; stomach; I Tim.
qineins, adj. (124). female; Mk.
5, 23.
10,
(124,
(jius. adj. 3), goic^, living, .
qino, (112). woman; Mt.5,28. alive; Mk. 12. 27. Lu. 20, 38.

.
f.

11,11. Mk. 7. 25. 15,40. Lu. Rom. 12. 1. 14. 9. Col. 2. 20.
I. 28. 7. 16. 11, 3. 6. II Tim. 4. 1.
(luteins, t. (103. n. 1), destruc- qramiiii]>a. f. (97). moisture; Lu.
tion : I Cor. 5j 5.
8, 6.
qistjan, w. v. (188), w. dat., to quins, m. (101, n. 1), n coming.
destroy; Lu. 9, appearing, presence;
arrival,
qijuui. str. v. (176, n. 1). to say, I Cor. 15, 23. 16, 17. II Cor. 7.
speak, tell, name, call. (1) w. 6. 7. 10. 10. Phil. 1.20.
dat. of pere. addressed; Mt. •*>.
18. Skeir. IV. a. VII. b; ordu L.
w. <lat.: so before Lagga-modei, f. (113), longsuf-
Mt. 8, 7:
names of inanimate beings; Mk. fering; Rom. 9, 22. DCor.6,6.
1,39. (2) theth. saidisexpn sa laggei, f. (113), length; Eph. 3,
ed by the ace.; Mk. 1,42; or a 18.
clause w. }>atei; Mt. 5, 20; or laggs, adj. (124). long (oi time);
|>ei; Jo. !•">. 38; orei w. indie; Mk. 2. 19. 9, 21. Lu. 8, 27. 18,
Jo. 9, 1 7: or opt.; Mk. 3, !>: or 4. Rom! 7. 1. 11, 13.
ei ni w. indie; Mr. 10, 23; or lagjan, w. v. (1*7). to lay, lay
ace. w. inf.; Mk. 8, 27: or an down. jiut. place; w. ace. ofth.;
ojii clause denoting command
. Lu. I'•». 21. 22; kniwa .. to 1

or exhortation; Lu. 54; '•». or how Mk. 1•". 1'•»:

one's knees;
an int. clause w. ni; Mi. ."». :; l and a na w. dal Mk. 6, 56; or .;

39. 3 he pers. or th. epoken ana w. ace.; Ml. 1*1. ga- '•>.

of indicated by the ace.; Mk.

is wa ir)>i 1. a na a irj'a . to s>-n<l

II. 71 or bi w. ace.; Mi. 11 7.

; . peace on earth; Mt. 1<>. 34; or
w. two a<cs.. to cull: Mk. fa fir w. ac.•.; as. 1. sa wal ai

l<». 18. — q. sik rafht a na . to ina fa •. to give one's life

justify one'sself; Gal. 5, 4. for: Jo. 10, 11; or fra m w.

w. instr.; Ml 8, 6) W. in w. « 1
.•
fra .; sill>i
as, by him- m .

dal .: Ml .'•>.•*>: or ba irh w. ace.; self; (Or. 1<>. 2; or

J in w. ace.;
ML 27, 9. (7) vvaila q. \\. da1 . Ml. 27. <i. or ana; Mk. o. 23;
 Iuiloun — . 391

hrar; Jo. 11, 34. or a dat. of 9, 38. Rom. 9, 30. (2) w. afar
pers.; Mk. 7, 32. w. dat.; Mt. 8, 1. 22; mib w.
la lo u ii ; seelauan. dat.; Lu. 9, 49.
Iaiba, f. (97), that which is left, laists, m. (101), foot-print, track,
remnant; Mk. 8, 8. Rom. 9, step, aim, end; II Cor. 12. 18.
27. Skeir. II, d. V, b.
laigaion, for. av., legion; Mk. 5, 9.Levi; Lu. 5, 29;
Laiwweis, pr. n.,
15. s.; Lu. gen. th.
3, 24. 29; ace.
Iaikan, red. v. (179), to leap for -i Mk. 2, 14. Lu. 5, 27. ;

joy; Lu. 1, 41. 44. 6, 23. Laiwweiteis, pr.n., Levites; Ezra

laiks, ra. (101), dance, dancing; 2, 40. Neh. 7, 1.
Lu. 15, 25. Lamaik, pr. n., Lamech; gen.
laiktjo, (57), for. w., lection, les- -is; Lu. 3, 36.
son, reading; occurs always in lamb, n. (94), lamb, sheep; Mt.
the margin (in B) opposite the 7,15. 9,36. Lu. 10, 3. 15,4.
passage to be read in church; 6. Jo. 10, 1.
comp. I Cor. 15, 58. II Cor. 3, 4. land, n. (94), land, ground, field,
lais; see leisan. region, country; Mk. 5, 1. 10.
laisareis, m. (92), teacher, mas- 6,1. Lu. 2, 8. 14, 18. landis
ter; Mt, 8, 19. 9,11. 10,24.25. (25), partit. gen., portion of
Mk. 4, 38. Lu. 2, 46. Skeir. I, land, far away; Lu. 19, 1.2.
d. II, b. ]?ata bisunjane land, the
laiseigs, adj. (124), apt to teach; country round about; Lu. 4,
I Tim. 3, 2. II Tim. 2, 24. 37.
laiseins, f. (103, n. 1); Mt. 7, 28. lasiws (42, n. 1), adj. (124),
Mk. 7, 7. 11, 18. Jo. 7, 16. I feeble, weak; II Cor. 10, 10.
Cor. 14, 26. superl. lasiwosts; I Cor. 12,
laisjan (30), w. v. (197), toteach, 22.
(1) abs.; Mt. 11, 1. (2) w. ace. latei, f. (113), sloth; I. ni mis,
of pers.; Mt. 5, 19; orth.; Mk. it (is) not grievous to me;

7, 7; or pers. and th.; Mk. 4, 2. Phil. 3, 1.

(3) w. ace. of pers. and an inf.; latjaii. w. v. (188), w. ace, to
Skeir. V, d; so laisjan si k, to make slothful, to delay; Lu. 1,
learn; I Tim. 5, 13. II Tim. 3, 21.
7; fortheinf. aclause w. batei; lats, adj. (124), slothful, lazy;
Mk. 8, 31. (4) anbarleiko or Lu. 19, 22. Rom. 12, 11. Tit.
aljaleikos 1., to teach other- 1,12.
wise; I Tim. 1, 3. 6, 3. — sa laba-leiko, adv., very gladly; II
laisida waurda, he who is Cor. 12, 15.
taught in the word; Gal.
labon, w. v. (190), to invite, call,
6, 6.
biistjan. w. v. (188), to follow, w. ace; Mt. 9, 13. Mk. 2, 17.
follow after, (1) w. ace. (some- Lu.5,32. w. (instr.) dat.; ICor.
times implied); Mt. 8, 19. Mk. 7,20. w.duw.dat.; Gal. 1,6;
392 la)>ons — leikaius.

in w. dat.; I Cor. 7. 15; us w. lansa-wanrdi, n.(95), empty talk;

dat.: Rom. i). 24. pres. parti••.. II Tim. 2. 16.
la]M")ii(ls. used as si».; Rom. 9. lausa-waurds, adj. (124), speak-
11. ing• loose words, talking vainly:
la]»<ms, (103, u. 1). a calling,
f. Tit. 1, 10.
vocation, invitation: Rom. 11. laus-haudus, adj. (131,n.l),e/27p-
29. I Cor. 7. 20. Eph. 1. 18. 4. ty-handed; Mk. 12. 3.
1.4. consolation; Lu.2,25. lausjan, w. v. (188), (1) w. ace.
redemption; Lu. 2. 38. of pers., to loose, ivdeein, de-
Laudeikia (in Laudeikaia iuB), . liver: Mt. 27. 43; and af .
pr. n.. Laodieea; Col. 4. 13. 15. dat.: Mt. G, 13: us w. dat.;
Laudckahm. pr. n. (Gr. infl.), the Rom. 7. 24. (2) w. ace ofth.,
Laodiceana; Col. 4. 10. to exact; Lu. 3, 13. to make
laudi. i. (98), form; Gal. 4. 10 of none effect; 1 Cor. 1, 17; and

(gloss). af w. dat., to ask for hack

hints (56, m. (01). leaf, the
ii. 1). again: Lu. 6, 30. the inf. w. a
leaves, foliage; Mk. 11, 13. 1•"'.. passive sense, to be loosed; I
28. Cor. 7.27. sa la usi a nds. the
Iaugnjan(31),w.v.(188), to deny; deliverer; Rom. 1 1 . 2(5.

Mt.26,70.72 (afaiaikinCA). laus-ijibrei, f. (113). fasting: II

Mk. 14. 70. Lu. 8, 15. Cor. 6, 5. 11,27.

lauhaljan. \\. v. L88), to lighten-, laus-qi|ns, adj. (124). with emp
Lu. 17. 24. ty stomach, fasting; Mk. 8, 3.
lauhniunj (-raoni, 14. n. 3). f.. Lazarus, pr. n., La'/.avns; Lu. 16,
lightning; Lu. 10, 18. 17. 24. 20; dat. -an: Jo. 12, 10; aec.
II Th.». 1. B. -u Jo. 11,5; or
; Lazzaru;
Lauidjai (or Lauidi. Gr. form). Lu. 16, 23; voc. -u ; Jo. 11, 43.
pr. ii. in dat .; II Tim. 1 . 5. lcihts. adj. (124). light; II Cor.
laiin. n. (04). reward, thank, wa- 4. 17 (leeiht in MS).
3; Mt. 6, 1. Lu.C. 32. 33. 34. leiht, n. (94?), lightness; II Cor.
Rom. 6, 23. 1. 17.

launa-wargs, m., an unthankful leilran, str. v. (172), to lend; Lu.

person; II Tim. 3. 2. 6,34.35. I. sis, to borrow;
laus (78,n. 2), adj. (124), empty, Mt. 5,42.
Lu. 1. 53. 20, 10.11. vain; I leik, n.(94), body; Mt..". 20. 30.
Cor. 15, 1 1. 58. 1. \vair]>a 6,22. 23. 25. leikis siuns. .

to ho made vain: II Cor. 0, 3. bodily shape; Lu.3,22. a dead

1. w isa n w. gen., to be with-
(
body, corpse; Mt. 27, 52. 5S.
out: I Cor. 0. 21 or w. a f w. 59. flesh: Mk. 10, 8. 13, 20.
;

dat.. to he separated from, to frauja bi leik a. a master

have lost: Gal. 5, 4. according to the flesh; Col. 3.
laiisa-waurdei. f. (113), empty 22.
talk: I Tim. 1. 6. lelkalm, f. (103. n.2), liking. good
 leikan — lisrau. 393

pleasure, purpose; Eph. 1,5.9 to heal, (1) abs.; Lu. 0, 7. 9, G.

(gloss). II Thess.l, 11. IITirn. (2) w. ace. of per s.; Lu. 10, 9;
1,9. and gen. of disease; Lu. 5, 15.
Icikan, w. v. (193), av. to letan (leitan; 7, n. 2), red. v.
dat.,
please; Jo. 8, 29. 1 Cor. 10, 33. (181), (1) to leave, w.acc; Lu.
leikeins, adj., bodily, fleshly; 19,44., av. two aces.; Jo. 14, 18.
Rom. 7, 14. II Cor. 1, 12. 3, 3. (2) to refer, leave; Rom. 12, 19.
10, 4. I Tim. 4, 8. Skeir. II, b. (3) to give forth, utter: . stib-
leikeis; see lekeis. m
n a i k i 1 a to cry with a loud
,

leill, u. (94), linen; Mk. 14, 51.
52. 15, 4G.
leisaii (30), pret.-pres. v.(197).
to learn, experience; only lais,
I know, occurs; Phil. 4, 12.
leitau (7, n. 2); see let an.
leitils, adj. (124; 138), little,
short; Mk. 9, 42. leitil mel,
or simply, lei t i 1 , a little while;
Jo. 12, 25. 10,10. du leiti-
lam mamel a, for a, short
time, a little while; Skeir. IV, b.
du leitil ai meilai, th. s.; II
Cor. 7, 8. Skeir. VI, a, afar libains, f. (113, n. 1), life, world;
leitil, after a while, alittle
a h 1e t 0, 03.
after;Mt. 20, 73.
voice; Mk. 15, 37. (4) to let,
let be, let alone, suffer; Lu. 4,
34. 6,42. w. ace; Mk. 5, 19;
and au inf.; Mt. 8 22. av. ei;
?
Mt. 27, 49. Mk. 11, 10.
lew, n. (94, n. 1), occasion, oppor-
tunity; Rom. 7, 8. 11. 11 Cor.
5, 12. Gal. 5, 13.
lewjan, w. v. (188), w. ace, to
betray; only pres. partic. oc-
curs; Mk. 14, 42. Jo. 18, 5;
without object; Mk. 14, 44.
Mt.7,14. 25, 40. Mk.4,19. Jo.
i i 1

or leitil uauli, yet a little liban, av. v. (193), to live; Mt. 9,

while; Jo. 14, 19. 10, 10. leitil 18. 27, 03. w. dat. of interest;
lua, a little; II Cor. 11, 1. 10. Lu. 20, 38. av. bi av. ace, to
w. a superl. meaning, very little, live on (anything) to maintain
the least; Mt. 25, 45. w. a.part-it. one's Lu. 4, 4. i av. gen.;
self;

gen.; I Cor. 5, 0. adv.; Mk. 1, Jo. 0, 57. in av. dat.; Rom. 10,
19. — leitil galaubjands, 5. mi]? av. dat.; Lu. 2, 36. us

one of little faith; Mt. 0, 30; ay. av. dat. (by means of, through,

(instr.) dat.; as, wahstau, of by); II Cor. 13, 4. sain anal.,

stature; Lu. 19, 3. to live together; II Cor. 7, 3.
leijms, m. (105), a strong drink; 1 tauja to make to li ve, to
,

Lu. 1, 15. quicken; Jo. 0, 03. l.gatau-

lekeis (leikeis), m. (92), physi- jan, th. s.; Jo. 5, 21. Skeir.
cian; Mt. 9, 12. Mk. 2, 17. 5, V, b.
20. Lu. 4, 23. 5, 31. 8, 43. ligan, str. v. (170, n. 1), to lie;

lekinassus (lei kin ass us), m. Mt. 27, 52. av. ana Av.dat.;Mt.
(105), healing; Lu. 9, 11. 9, 2. in av. dat. Mt. 8, 0. 14.
;

lekiuon (leikinon), av. v. (190), du av. dat.; Lu.' 2, 34. at av.

394 ligre — .
dat.; Ln. 3. 9. \\\ |>arei; Mk.l Mk.12,25. Lu. 17, 27. w. dat.;
5, 40. Mk. 10, 12. the inf. is used with
Iters, in. (91). couch, bed; Mt.9. reference to either sex; Cor.
2.0. Mk.4, 21. 7,4.30. Lu.5, 7. 9. I Tim. 5, 14.

18. chambering^ adultery; liugan (31), str. v. (173, n. 1), to

Rom. 13,13: lir: Rom. 9, 1. II Cor. 11, 31.

lima, for. \\\. why; Mt. 27. 40. Gal. 1,20. I Tim. 2. 7. Skeir.
Mk. 15,34. VIII, c. w. ace, to tell he to.
lisan, str. v. (170, . 1), togath- deceive by lies; Col. 3, 9.

er, collect, (1) . in w. ace; liugii (31), n. (94), lie-, Jo. 8.44.
Mt. 0. 20. (2) w. ace. mid afw. Eph. 4, 25. Skeir. I. c.

(hit.; Mt. 7. 10: onisw.dat.; liiigna-imu'ifctus, m. (105), fe/se

Lu. 0, 44. prophet; Mt. 7, 15.
listeigs, adj. (124). entity, cun- limrna-waurds, m. (91; prop. adj.;
ning, wily: [I Cor. 12. 10. Eph. 124), one who speaks lies.
4,14. speaking Bee I Tim. 4, 2. ;

lists (30), f. (103), wile; Eph. 6, liiiiruja, m. (108), Bar; Jo. 8.44.
11. .. I Tim. 1,10. Tit, 1,12.
lita, f. (97), pretense, dissimula- linhadei, (113, and n. 2). light,
f.

tion; Gal. 2, 13. illumination; II Cor. 4. 4 (par-

liteins, . (103, n.l ). inteivession; tit, gen., in A; 15 has -ein). 0.
1 Tim. 2,1. liuliadeins, adj. (124), full of
lijnis, m. (105), limb, member; light, shining bright; Mt. 0.
Mt. 5, 29. 30. Rom. 7, .". 23. 22.
12.4. I Cor. 12. L2. II. L8. liulia|>, gen. -ad is. n. (94). light;
liwba-leiks, adj., lovely; Phil. 4, Mt. 5,16. Mk. 13.24. 14,54.
s. II Cor. 11,14. Skeir. VI. ...

liutlan, (173, u. 1), to liuhfjan,

str. v. (188), to give . \
grow, spring up; Mk. 4, 27. light, to light, shim•: Mt 5, 1 5. .

linfs (gen. liubis, 31; 56, n.

1), 1(5. II Cor. 1.4.0. Skeir. VI, a.
adj. (124, ). 2), beloved, dear; lintel, (113), deceit, pretense,
f.

Mk.l. 11.9, 7. Lu. 3, 22*9, 35. hypocrisyj Mk. 7, 22. 12, 15.
20, 13. w. dat.: Mk. 12. 0. Eph. 4. 14. I Tim. 4, 2. us
Philem. lo. 1 iutcin taiknjan sik, to
linga, f. (97). marriage, wedlock; feign one's self• Lu. 20, 20.
1 Tim. 4, 3. Iiugom hafts. lints, adj. (124), deceit ful; used
wedded, married; Cor. 7, 10.
[» as si»., m., lint a. dissembler,
liogan, w. v. hypocrite; Mt. 0. 2. 5. 10. Mk.
(11)2, n. 1; 193), to
ninny, take will•, (1) abs.: 7. 0. Lu. 6,42. II Tim. 3. 13.

]>;i-.-.. to /" married, he given

m marriage, take a husband: 15, 9.

2. II. Xcli. 7. 1.

,
Mk. 12. •_•:,. Lu. 17.27. (2) w. liuj'arns, m. (92), singer: Ezra
ace.; Mt. 5, 32. Mk. 10,11. in
w.v.(ll)O). tosingtRoui.
 Lod — mahtois. 305

Lod, pr. n., Lot; gen. -is; Lu. 17, Lyddomaeis, pr. n., (for) Loch
28. 32. Ezra 2, 33.
lofa,m. (108), the palm of the Lysanius, pr. n., Lysanias; gen.
hand; Mt. 26, 67. Mk. 14, 65; -aus; Lu. 3, 1.
slahslofin, iibuffet; Jo. 18. Lystra, pr. n., Lystra; dat. -ys;
22. 10, 3. II Tim. 3, 11.

Inbains (31), f. (103, n. 1), hope;

Eom. 15, 13.
M.
Maeinan, pr. n., Menan; gen. -is;
lubja-leis, adj., skilled in witch-
Lu. 3, 31.
craft; II Tim. 3, 13 (gloss).
magan, pret. - pres. v. (201), to
lubja-leisei (30), f. (113), witch- be able, beabletodo, (1) alone;
craft; Gal. 5, 20.
Mk. 6,19. 9,18.22. (2) w. ace.;
ludja, f. (07), face, countenance; Phil. 4, 13; and faur w. ace.;
Mt. 6, 17. II Cor. 13, 8. w. inf., (a)
(3)
luftus, m. (105), air; I Cor. 9, wisanw. nom.; Lu. 14, 26. 27.
26. Eph. 2, 2. I Thess. 4, 17. (b) wair]>an w. nom.; I Cor.
lukarn, n. (94), light, candle; Mt. 7, 21. mag airman, it is
av

6, 22. Mk. 4, 21. Lu. 8,16. 15, possible, it may be; Rom. 12,
8. Skeir. VI, a. 18. (c) other vs.;
Mt, 5, 36. 6,
lukarna-sta]>a, m. (108), candle- 24. an inf. follg. the pret. par-
stick; Mt, 5, 15. Mk. 4,21. Lu. tic, mahts, is used in a pass.
8,16. sense; Mk. 14, 5. Lu. 8, 43.
Lukas, pr. n., Luke; Col. 4,14. II maga]>ei, f. (113), virginity; Lu.
Tim. 4, 11; ace. -an; Lu. 2, 36.
s u perse r. magabs, f. (103), maid, virgin;
Lukius, pr. n., Lucius; Eom. 16, Lu. 1, 27.
21. Magdalan, pr. n., Ma.gda.lan; MIv.
lull, n. (93; orliins; 101?), i-an- 8,10.
som; Mk. 10, 45. Magdalene, pr. n., Magdalene;
luston, w. v. (190), w. gen., to Mt. 27, 56. 61. Mk. 15, 40. 47.
desire; Mt. 5, 28. 16, 1. Lu. 8, 2; dat. (th. s.);
lustus, m. (105), lust, desire; Mk. 16, 9.
Mk. 4, 19. Jo. 8, 44. Rom. 7, 7. niagula, in. (108), a, little boy,
8. 13,14. Gal. 5, 16. 24. Eph. lad; Jo. 6, 9. Skeir. VII, a.
2,3. 4,22.uslustum willing- magus, m. (105), boy, child,
ly; Philem. 14. servant; Lu. 2, 43. 48. 9, 42.
lustu-sains, adj. (124), longed 15,26.
for, much desired; Phil. 4, 1. Millia]», pr. n., Maath; gen. -is;
luton, W. v. (190), to betray; Lu. 3, 26.
] >res. partic. 1 u t d s used as mahteigs, adj. (124), (1) mighty,
,

sb., in., deceiver, betrayer; Tit. strong, able; Mk. 13, 22. Lu.
1, 10. 1,49.52. w. "wisaii and an inf.;
390 mahts — Makidonjn.

Lu. 14. 31. w. wisan and in hran filn... in. |>amma, the
w. dat.; II Cor. 13,3. (2) pos- more... so much
the more; }Xk.
sible; Mk. 13, 22. Gal. 4, 15. 7, 3G. filaus m., th. s.; II Cor.
w. dat.; Mk. 9, 2:3. II Cor. 10, 7, 13; Skeir. V, c; so w. auotber

4; or a t w. dat.; Lu. IS, 27; or compar.; II Cor. 8, 22. Iran

fra in w. dat.; Mk. 10, 27. m., how much more; Rom. 11,
mahts, pret. partic; s. magan. 12. hran filum., Rom.
th. s.;
mahts (0(3, n.(103), (1)
1), f. 11,24. Philera. 16. and hran
might, power, strength, virtue; f ilu in., th. s.; Mt. G, 30. lrai-

Mt. G, 13. Mk. 9, 1. 12,24.30. waneim., not much more; II

33. 13, 25. 20. (2) in pi. also Cor. 3, 8. m. frajnan, to think
mighty works, wonderful things more highly; Rom. 12, 3.
or deeds, miracles; Mt. 7, 22. tfaisaullam, pr. u., Meshullam;
11,20. Mk. G, 2. 5. 14. gen. -is; Neh. G, 18.
maidjan, \". v. (188), w. ace, to maist. adv. (212, n. 3), at the
corrupt, deform, falsify; II Cor. most; I Cor. 14, 27.
2.17. maists, Buperl. adj. (138), the
in;iihst us. m. (105), dung, dung- greatest; Mk. 4. 32. 9,34. Lu.
hill, mixen; Lu. 14. 35. 9, 4G. a chief man, a man of
mail. n. (94), sj>ot. wrinkle', Eph. rank; Mk. G, 21. sa maist a
5. 27. g u d a the high priest; Jo. 18,
j ,

Haflaian, pr. n.. Melea; gen. -is; 24. 26. 19, G.

Lu.3, 31. maitan, red. v. (179), \v. ace., to
Haflkei (?), pr. n., Melchi; gen. cut, cut off, cut down Mk. 1 1 ;

-eis; Lu. 3. 24: or -eins; Lu. 8.

3, 2-. mai]nns, m. (91, n. \),gift; Mk.
niiiimbraiia. for. w.. in. (108), 7, 11.
membrane, parchment; II Tim. maiza. compar. adj. (138), more,
•1. 13. greater; Jo. 19, 11. Skeir. Ill,
mais, adv. (212), won•, rather; a sa ma
. a the elder; Rom.
,

Mt. 10, 28. Mk. 9, 42. m. ]>au. 9. 12. maizo ]>au, inoretlmn;
more than, ratherthan; Jo. 1 2. Eph. 3, 20. filaus maizo,
43. w. dat., more than; Mt. G, much more; Skeir. VII, b. — \v.
25. Lu. 7, 26. pleonastic w. dat.. more than, greater than;
another corapar.; Mt. 6, 26. Mt. 11,11. Mk. 12, 31. Lu. 9,
Mk. 5. 20: u nd f u in. ba tizo,
i 1 13.
far better; Phil. 1. 23. filum., >Iakebis. pr. n. in gen., Magbieh;
much more: Skeir. VII, d. in. Ezra 2, 30.
filn, th.s.; I Cor. 12.22. filn Makiddneis, pr. n. in pi. noin.,
gabaurjaba m., mostgladfy; Macedonians 1 1 Cor. 9, 4; tint ; .

II Cor. 12. 9. undfilu in.. 4m; II Cor. 9, 2 (in A, Rims

much more, so much tin* more; -on in). i

Lu. 18, 39. II Cor. 3. 9. 11. Makidonja (11, n. 1), pp. .. M;i-
 Makuiae — man-leika. 397

cedonia; gen. -ais; II Cor. 8, manag-falj>s, adj. (124), mani-

1, aud subser. (in A). I Tim. 1, Lu. 18, 30. Eph. 3, 10.
fold;
3 (in B, A has Makedonais); managjan, w. v. (188), w. ace, to
dat. Makidouai; II Cor. 11, multiply; II Cor. 9, 10. I Thess.
9. Phil. 4, 15. I Thess. 4, 10 3,12.
(inB); or Makaidonjai; II managnan, w.v.(194), to increase,
Cor. 1, 16. 7, 5 (in A, has i abound; II Cor. 4, 15. Eph. 3,
for ai); ace. Makidonja; I 10 (gloss). II Cor. 8, 7. II Thess.
Cor. 16, 5 (in A and B); II Cor. 3, 7. \v. in w. dat.; II Cor. 8, 7.
2, 13 (in B, A has ai for i). ma nags, adj. (124), much, many;
Makmas, pr. n. in gen. (uninfl.), Mt. 7, 13. 8, 1. 11. 16. 18. 30.
Michmas; Ezra, 2, 27. Mk. 1, 34. w. gen.; Lu. 1, 16.
nialan, str. v. (177, n. 1), to w. us w. dat.; Jo. 12, 42.—filu
grind in a mill; Lu. 17, 35. m., very much, very great; Mk.
Malatheus, pr. n.; Neap. Doc. 8, 1. kraiwa m., how many;
Maleilaiel, pr. n., Maleleel; gen. 11 Cor. 1, 20. m., how
hran
-is;Lu. 3, 37. many; Mk. 8, 5. 19. 20. swa
Malkus, pr. n., Malchus; Jo. 18, m., so many; Jo. 6, 9. swa m.
10. swas we, as many as; Mk. 3,
maliiia, m. (108), sand; Mt. 7, 26. 28. swa m. swe, th. s.; Mk.
Rom. 9, 27. 3,10. — compar. managiza,
maid, f. (112), moth; Mt, 6, 19. more, greater; Mt. 5, 37. 47.
20. Lu. 7, 43. Jo. 7, 31. 10, 10.
Mambres, pr. n., Mambres (Jam- managizo (sc. haban), to
bres); II Tim. 3, 8. have more; II Cor. 8, 15. in.
mammo, f. {112), flesh; Col. 1, 22. w a r \> a to become m ore or
,

mammona, for. w., m. (108), greater; Mt. 5, 20. in mana-

Mammon, riches; Mt.6, 24. Lu. gi ]> a u for more than; Mk.
,

16, 13 (gloss). 14, 5. —

superl. managists
iiiaiiag(lu]>s, f. (103), abundance; (only in pi.); ]?ai managi-
II Cor. 8, 2. stans, the most; Mt. 11, 20.
managei, (Ill; 113), crowd, inana-maurj>rja, m. (108), man-
f.

multitude, the people; Mt. 9, slayer, murderer; Jo. 8, 44.

36. 11, 7. 27, 1. 15. 64. an adj., mana-sebs, gen. -sedis, f. (103),
partic, or prn., usually agrees people, multitude; Lu. 9, 13.
with it in gender and number; world; Mk.14,9. Lu.9,25. Jo.
Mt, 9, 23. Mk. 5, 31. th. v. 1,29.6,14.33.51. I Cor. 4, 9.
either agrees with it Mt. 7, 28. ;II Cor. 5, 19.
9,8; or managei stands in manauli, for. w., n. (?95), the
the sing., and the in the pi.; .shape or fashion of a- man;
Mk. 3, 32. 9, 15; or one v. oc- Phil. 2, 8.
curs in the sing, aud another in man-leika, m. (108), the image
the pi.; Jo. 6, 24. Skeir.VIIT,c. or likeness of a, man, an image;
398 manna — ma twin.

Mk. 12,16. Lu. 20, 24. I Cor. wi]ira marein, by the sea;
15, 49 (A has maun-). Mk. 4, 1.
manna, m. (117), man; Mt.5,16. Maria, pr. n., Mary; Lu. 2, 19;
19. G, 15. Mk.l, 23. Lu. 4, 33. or Marja; Mt. 27, 56. 61; or
—
Jo. 0,10. ii i manna, no mm), Mariam; Lu. 1, 27; geu. Ma-
nobody; Mt. G, 24. Mk. 2, 21. rlins; Lu.l, 41; or-jins; Mk.
22; or manna ni, th. s.; Mt. 6,3; dat. Mariin; Lu. 2, 5.
8, 4. 9, 30. 34; or -j Mk. 16, 9; ace. Ma- i ;

manna, for w., manna; Jo. G, 31. rian; Lu. 2, 16; or -ian; Jo.
49. 58. 11, 19.
manna-Iran, any one, always in marikreitus, m. (119), pearl; I
negative clauses, no one; Mk. Tim. 2. 9.
1, 44. 8, 2G. 30. 9, 9. 39. Lu. niari-sahvs, m., sea; Lu. 8, 22.
3, 14. Jo. 8, 33. 23. 33.
manniskfxlus, m. (105), humani- marka, f. (97), border, boundary,
ty; Skeir.VI,b. coast; Mt. 8, 34. Mk. 5, 17. 7,
mannisks, adj. (124), human; Jo. 24.31. 8,34.
12, 43. I Cor. 4, 3. Skeir. VI, b. Markaillus, pr. n., Marcellus; gen.
mamvi]>a, f. (97), preparation; -aus (-iaus in MS); Skeir. IV,
Eph. 6, 15. pi. man\vi])us. (1.

necessary means; Lu. 14, 28 Markus, pr.n.,Maru:; Mk. superset•.

(gen. partit.). Col. 4, 10; ace. -u; II Tim. 4,
11.
manwjan, w. v. (188), to prepare,
make ready, \\. ace.; Mk. 1, 3. martyr (39), martyr; gen. pi.
19. 14, 12. Lu. 2, 31. 3, 4. 17, marytre (pro b f or m a r t y r e, .

8;and dat. of pers.; Mt. 25, 41. by error); Cal.

Mk. 10, 40. Mar]>a, pr.n., Martha; Jo. 11,20.

21; gen. -ins; Jo. 11, 1 ace. ;

manwnba, adv. (210), in readi-

-an; Jo. 11, 5. 19.
ness; Cor. 10, G.
iuarzeins,
f. (103, n. 1), offense;
manwns, adj. (131), ready; Mk.
Gal. 5, 11.
1 1. 15. Lu. 14, 17. Jo. 7, G. II
marzjan, w. v. (188), \v. ace, to
Cor. 9, 5. 10, 1G. 12, 14.
offend; Mt, 5, 29. 30. Mk. 9,
maran a]»a, for. \vs., the Lord is 43.45.47.
coming; I Cor. 16, 22.
mati-balgs, m. (100), meat-bag,
marei, (113), sea;
f. Mt. 8, 24. wallet, scrip; Mk. 6, 8. Lu. 9,
26.27.32. a ua ma rei (dat.), 3.10,4.
on 1 he sea; Jo. 6, 19. (ace), mat jan, w. v. (188), to eat, (1)
to the sea; Jo. 6, 16. faur abs.; Mt. 25, 52. Mk. 7.3. 8, 9.
marein, near the sea; Mk. 1, (2) w. ace; Mt. 6, 25. 31; and
1 6. f ; ra in a rei n , th. s.; (iustr.) dat.; Mk. 7, 2. 5. (3)
Mk.5, 21. hindar marein. w. gen.; Jo. 6, 26. 50. 51. (4)
across the sea; Mt. 8, 18. 28. w. af w. dat.; Mk. 7, 4. 28; at
 mats — m<*uo|>s.

w. dat.; II Thess. 3, 8 mib; \v. mawi (42), f. (94), maid, maiden,

dat.; Mt. 9, 11. Mk. 2, 16. damsel; Mt. 9, 24. 25. Mk. 5,
mats, m. (101), meat, food; Mk. 42. 6, 22. 28.
7,19. Lu. 3, 11. 8,55. 9,12. mawilo, f. (112), young maiden,

13. Jo. 6, 27. 55. damsel; Mk. 5, 41.

MattaJ>an, pr. n., Matthat(a); megs, m. (91, n. 1), son-in-law;
gen. -is;Lu. 3, 29. 31. Neh. 6, 18.
Matta]mis, pr. . , a 1 1 a \> i a s meina, (1) pers. prn.; seeik. (2)
gen. -iwis; Lu. 3, 25; or -aus: poss.prn.,f.; s. meins.
Lu. 3, 26. meins, poss.prn. (151), (1) with-
Matpaius, or Ma}}];>aius, pr. n., out sb.; Jo. 7, 16. 10, 14. (2)
Matthew; ace. -u; Mt.superscr; w. a sb.; Mt. 7, 21. 8, 8. Mk.9,
9, 9. Mk. 3, 18. Lu. 6, 15. 24. Jo. 7, 16.
Matjmt, pr. n., Matthat; gen. -is; meki, n. (95, or mekeis; 92 ?),
Lu. 3, 24. snore?; Eph. 6, 17.
maba, m. (108), a worm; Mk. 9, mel, n. (94), a portion or period
44. 46. 48. of time, time in general, season;
ma]>l, n. (94, n. 2), assembly, Mk. 1, 15. 9, 21. 12, 24. in pi.
market, market-place; Mk. 7, writings, scriptures; Mk. 12, 24.
4. Lu. 4, 21. Jo. 5, 47.— in adv.
mableins, f. (103, n. 1), public phrases it is found in dat., or
speech, discourse; Jo. 8, 43. governed by a prep.; Mt. 8, 29.
mabljan, w. v. (188), to speak 11, 25. us bam ma
mel a,
publicly, to talk; Jo. 14, 30. since that time; Jo. 6, 66. mel
3Iabusal, pr. n., Mathusala; gen. gabaurbais, birthday; Mk.
-is; Lu. 3, 37. 6,21.
maudjan, w. v. (188), w. ace., to mela, m. (108), measure, bushel;
remind; Skeir. VI, a. Mk. 4, 21.
maurgins, m. (91, n. 1; 214), meljan, w. v. (187), to write, (1)
morn, morning; Mt.27, 1. Mk. abs.; Lu. 1, 63. (2) w. dat. of
11,20. 15, 1. 16,9. Jo. 18, 28; pers. addressed; Lu. 1, 3. (3)
du maurgina, to-morrow; I w. ace. of the th. written; Mk.
Cor. 15, 32. 10,4; or of pers., to enroll for
niau man, w. v. (194), to be taxation, to tax; Lu. 2, 3. (4)
anxious, be troubled; Mt. 6, 27. w. dat. of pers. and ace. of th.;
31.\v.dat.; Mt. 6, 25. Phil. 4, II Cor. 1, 13; for the ace. an
6. inf.; I Cor. 5, 11; or a clause w.

maiirbr, n. (94), murder; Mk. 7, patei; Rom. 10, 5. (5) w. du

21. 15,7. Gal.5,21. ITim.6,4.
maurbrjan, w. v. (188), w. ace,
to murder, kill; Mt. 5, 21. Mk.
10, 19. Lu. 18, 20. Rom. 13,
1 Tim. 1, 9.
w. dat. of pers. addressed;
subscrs. of Rom. and I Cor. (6)
w. swa; II Thess. 3, 17.
mena, m.(108), moon; Mk.13, 24.
menobs, m. (117), month; Lu. 1,
400 lneroins — min>.

24. 26. 36. 4, 25. Gal. 4, 10. DiikildujK. f. (103), greatness;

Neh. 6, 15. Skeir. IV, b. c.

mereius, f. (113, n. 1), a preach- mikilei, (113), greatness; Lu.

f.

ing; I Cor. 15. 14. Tit. 1. 3. 1,49. 9,43. Skeir. IV, d.

Skeir. IV, b. mikiljaii, w. v. (185), w. ace, to
Merila, (also written Mirjca), magnify, glorify, praise; Mt.9,
pr. l).; Neap. Doc 8. Mk. 2, 12. Lu. 1, 46. 2, 20.

meri]>a, f.fame, report; Mt.

(97), 4, 15. 5, 25. 26. Rom. 11, 13.
9,20. Mk.1,28. Lu. 4, 14. 37. mikilnau, w, v. (194) to become
nierjan, w. v. (188), to make <ireat; II Cor. 10, 15.
known, proclaim, noiee abroad, mikils. adj. (138), mickle, great,
preach, (1) abs.; Mk. 1, 7.39. much; Mt.5,19. 8, 24. 35. Mk.
(2) w. dat.; I Cor. 9, 27. (3) w. 1, 26. 4, 32. Lu. 1, 15. Skeir.
ace. (nom. in pass.); Mt. 9, 35. VII, a. b.
10, 27. (4) w. an object clause; niikil-biihts, adj. (124), high-
Mk. 0, 12. (5) w. dat. of pers. minded, proud; Lu. 1, 51.
and ace. of tli.; Lu. 4, 19. (0) mil(li]»;i. f. (97), mildness, kind-
w.sua; I Cor. 15, 11; hraiwa : ness; Phil. 2, 1.
Rom. 10, 15. — pies, partic. milhina, m. (108), cloud; Mk.9,
merjands, in. (115), preach- 7. 13,26. 14,62. Lu. 9, 34.35.
er; I Tim. 2, 7. II Tim. 1, 11. I Cor. 10, 1.2. IThess. 4, 17.
mes (8), n. (94), table; Mk. 11, million, \v. v. (190), to serve as
1
15. dish, 'charger ; Mk. 6, 25. a soldier, in pres. partic. mill-
—
28. dal uf mesa, n ditch for ton d a u s soldiers; Lu. 3, 1 4. ,

a winevat; Mk. 12, 1. milil», n. (94), honey; Mk. 1, 6.

midja-eweipains, f. (103, n. 1), niiluks, f. (116), milk; I Cor. 9,
tlic Hood, deluge; Lu. 17, 27. 7.
mirtjis, adj. (122, n. 1; 125). minis (mimz; 78, n. 1), n. (94),
middle; Mk. 9, 36. 14, 60. Lu. flesh, meat; I Cor. 8, 13.
2, 46. 4, 30. 35. 5. 1 9. Jo. 7, 14. minnists, superl.adj. (138), very
niirijiin-gards, m. (101), the in- small, least; Mt. 5, 19. 26. 10.
habited earth, earth, world; 42. 25,40. Mk. 4, 31. Lu. 9,
Lu. 2, 1. 4, 5. Rom. 10, 18. 48. I Cor. 4, 3.
Skeir. IV, b. ininniza, compar. adj. (138),
(97;139,n.l), midst;
iniiliuna, . smaller, Mt. 11, 11. Mk.
less;

Mk.8,3. Lu.8,7. 10,3. II Cor. 15, 40. Lu. 7, 28. younger,

0, 17. Col. 2. 1 I. Skeir. Ill, d. Rom. 9, 12. minuizei f ila us,
midumdn, w. v. (190), in pree. much less; Skeir. Ill, d. m i u-
partic., midumonds (115), nizogataujau \v. dat., to be
m., mediator; I Tim. 2. 5. behind; II Cor. 11,5,
niik. pere. pru.; s. i k .
Mfnnulus, Neap. Doc.
pr. n.;
inikilaba, adv greatly; IMiil. 4, niins (niinz; 78,11.1), adv. (212,
10. n. 1), less; II Cor. 12, 15. I
 iniuziian — -gaggan. 401

Tim. 5, 9. mins haban

w. mi oils, a measuring; hence, con-
t

dat., to have less; hence to be sideration, thought; Mt. 9, 4.

less, be behind; II Cor. 12, 11. Mk. 7, 21. Lu. 2, 35. 5, 22. 6,
minziian, w. v. (194), to grow 8. Rom. 14, 1.
less, decrease; Jo. 3, 30. Skeir. mi|> (mid; 74, n. 1), (1) prep. w.
IV, a. VI, a. dat. (217), (a) with, together
mis, pers. prn.; s. ik with, denoting 'accompani-
missa-dejis (-deds), f. (103), ment, community, connection';
misdeed, trespass, sin; Mt. 6, Mt. 5, 25. 41. Mk, 1, 13. Lu.l,
14. 15. Mk. 11, 25. 26. Rom. 28. Skeir. II, a; or a 'being pro-
11,11.12. II Cor. 5, 19. vided with'; Mk.14,43. Jo. 18,
missa-leiks, adj. (124), various, 3; or 'relations, circumstances,
divers; Mk. 1, 34. Lu. 4,40. II way and manner'; Mt. 26, 72.
Tim. 3, 6. Skeir. II, d. VI, c. II Cor. 7, 15. Phil. 2, 29. Skeir.
inissa-qiss, f. (103), discord, dis- I, b. VIII, b. c. (b) between,
sension; Jo. 7,43. 9,16. 10,19. through; Mk.7,31. (c) among;
missa-taujands, pres. partic, m. Mk. 8, 16. 9, 33. Skeir. Ill, a.
(133), misdoer, transgressor; (2) adv., along; II Cor. 8, 18.
Gal. 2, 18. —Occurs very often in composi-
niisso, adv. (211, n. 1), recipro- tion with vs. and sbs., desig-
cally, one another, (1) alone; nating 'connection, associa-
Gal. 5, 26. (2) w. a prn.; Mk. 1, tion, community'.
27. 4, 41. Lu. 2, 15. Jo. 13, iiiib-aiia-kuinbjan (54, n. 1), w.
34. (3) between a poss. prn. and v. (188), to lie down together
its sb., one another's; Gal. 6, 2. with, sit at meat with; Mk. 6,
mitadjo, f. (112), measure; Lu. 22. 26. Lu. 7, 49. w. dat.; Mt.
6,38. 9, 9. 10. Mk. 2, 15. Lu 14, 10.
in it sin, str. v. (176), to measure, mib-arbaidjan, w. v. (188), w.

(1) abs.; Mk. 4, 24. Lu. 6, 38. dat., to labor together with;
(2) w. ace; II Cor. 10, 12. Phil. 4, 3. to pari ake of afflic-
mitabs, f. (116), a measure; Mk. tions; II Tim. 1, 8.
4, 24. Lu. 6, 38. 16, 7. Rom. im>faginoii (66, n. 1), w. v. (190),
12, 3. II Cor. 10, 13. 15. Eph. to rejoice with, (1) w. dat. of
4, 7. 13. 16. pers.; Lu. 1, 58. (2) w. (instr.)
initOn, w. v. (190), w. ace, to dat.; I Cor. 13, 6.
consider, reason upon, think mib-fra-hinban, str. v. (174, n.
over, think; Mt.9, 4. Mk. 2, 8. 1); pret. partic. -h unbans,
9, 33. I Cor. 13, 5. Phil. 4, 8; m., a fellow-prisoner; Col. 4, 10.
and refl. dat.; Mk.2, 8. to look Philem. 23.
to, mind; Rom. 8, 5. Phil. 2, 4. ini|>-ga-dau]man (194), to die
to purpose, intend; II Cor. 1, with; II Tim. 2, 11.
17. m. swe niuklahs, to mi]>-gaggan, an. v. (179, n. 3;
think as a child; I Cor. 13, 11. 207), w. dat., to go with, come
26
402 iui]>-ga-leik6ude — mi]?-us-keiuan.

with; Mk. 15,41. Lu.7, 11.14. niijj-qiiiiaii, str. v. (175, n. 1), w.

25. dat., to come with; Jo. G, 22.
iiiil>-ga-leikonds, m. (prop. pres. mi]>-libau, w. *. (193), to live
partic; 133), imitator, follow- with; II Tim. 2, 11.
er; Phil. 3, 17. miJMitjan, w. v. (188), w. dat.,
niij>-gardi-waddjus, f. (105), par- to dissemble with; Gal. 2, 13.
tition wall, middle wall; Eph. niijMiiatjan, w, v. (188). w. dat..

2, 14 (midgardi- in A, mil- to eat with; Lu. 15, 2. I Cor.

liard a- in B). 5, 11.
mil>-iiiii-galei]>aii, str. v.(172, n. iti
i
(170; 175). to
|>-n i man. str. v.

1), \v. mij? w. dat., to go in

take with, receive; Mt. 11, 14.
with; Jo. 18, 15. mib-rodjan, w. v. (188), w. dat..
niij»-ga-nawistron, w. ace. and to speak with; Lu. 9, 30.
dat., to bury with; Col. 2, 12. mib-satjaii, w. v. (188), w. ace.,
mijNga-qiujau (42), . v. (187), to remove; I Cor. 13, 2.
w. ace, to quicken together niib-skalkiiion, W. v. (190), to
with, w.dat.: Eph. 2, 5. \'. niij? serve with: Phil. 2, 22.
w. dat.; Col. 2, 13. mib-sokjan (35), w. v. (186), w.
nii]>-ga-satjan. w.v.(187), w.acc, dat., fo 'seek with', dispute:
to set together, make to sit to- Mk. 8, 11.
gether; Eph. 2, 0. niib-standan, str. v. (177, n. 3),
mi]»-cra-?siiij>a, in. (108), traveling v\\ dat., to stand near, be with:

companion; II Cor. 8, 19. Lu. 9, 32.

im*]>-ga-swiltan, str. v. (174, n.l), mi]>-]>an, adv., while, whilst, still;

to die with; II Cor. 7, 3 (in A). Skeir. II, a. b. c.

w mib-baii-ei, when,
conj. (218),
mi]>-ga-timrjaii, w. v. (188).
while, as; Mt.9.18. 27,12. Mk.
du w. dat.; to build together;
4, 4. Lu. 1, 8. II Cor. 3, 15.
Eph. 2, 22.
mib-biudanon, w. v. (190), to
ini)»-i;a-tiuhan, str. v. (173), to
ivign with; II Tim. 2, 12. w.
draw away with, carry away
dat.; I Cor. 4, 8.
with; Gal. 2, 13.
ini]>-ur-raisjan, w. v. (188), to
mi]>-?a-wisan, str. v. (176, n. 1),
raise up together; Eph. 2, 0.
\v. dat., to remain with; Rom.
iiiib-ur-reisaii, str. v. (172, n. 1),
12, 1(>.
to rise up with; Col. 2, 12. w.
nii]>-in-sandjan (74, n. 3), w. v. dat.; Col. 3, 1.
(187). W.acc. and dat., to sent! niib-us-lirainjan, w. v. (188), w.
with; II Cor. 12, 18. ace. and dat.; to crucify with:
niip-kaurjan, \v.v.(188), w.acc. Mt. 27, 44. Mk. 15, 32. Gal. 2,
to load with: mi]>kauri ]>s 20.
was d a u ]) a u is, being ma de mi|»-us-keinan. str. v. (172, n. 2;
conformable unto his death: 195. n. 2), to spring up with,
Phil. 3, 10. grow up with; Lu. 8, 7.
 ini|;>-\veitw odjaii — nahta-mats. 403

miji-weitwodjan, w. v. (188), w. unman, pret.-pres. v. (200), to

dat., to bear witness with; Rom. mean, mind, think, suppose,
9,1. (1) w. ace; II Cor. 12, 0. Skeir.
niijMvisan, str. v. (170, n. 1), w. II, b. Ill, c. (2) w. two aces,
dat., to be with, stand by; II (two noms. in pass.); Lu.3,23.
Tim. 4, 10. II Cor, 11, 10; the second ace.
mijMvissei (30), f. (113), con- being- an inf.; II Cor. 9, 5. Phil.
science; Rom. 9,1. 13, 5. I Cor. 2, 25; or a partic; II Cor. 10, 2.
8,10.10,25. II Cor. 1,12. Tit. (3) w. inf.; II Cor. 10, 2. (4) w.
1,15. ace. w. inf.; Rom. 14, 14. (5)
luijMvitan (30),pret.-pres. v. (197), w. a clause w. ei . . . batei Jo.
;

w. refl. dat., to be conscious of; 13,29; or bei; I Cor. 4, 9.

I Cor. 4, 4. unman, w. v. (200, n.
to think, 1),
niizdo, f. (112), reward; Mt. 5, intend, (1) w.iuf.; Jo. 0,15. 14,
40. 0, 2. 5. 10. 10, 41. 42. Mk. 22. Lu. 10, 1.19, 4. (2) w. ei
9,41. w. opt,; Jo. 12, 10.
modags, adj. (124), wroth, an- inimdon (sis), w. v. (190), w. ace,
gry; Mt. 5, 22. Lu. 15, 28. to mind, mark; Phil. 3, 17.
Moses, pr. n.; Mk. 1, 44. 7, 10. nmndrei, f. (113), mark, goal;
Mosez; II Cor. 3, 13 (in A); Phil. 3, 14.
gen.Mosezis; Mk. 12,20. Lu. nmns, m. (101), thought, mind,
2,22. Jo. 7, 23; dat. Mosez a, purpose; Rom. 9, 11. Eph. 3,
II Tim. 3, 8; or Mose; Mk. 9, 11. II Tim. 3, 10. counsel; Eph.
45. Jo. 9, 28. 1, 11. device; II Cor. 2, 11.
mot a, f. (97) toll, custom; Rom. readiness; II Cor. 8, 11. pro-
13, 7; the place where customs vision; Rom. 13, 14.
are paid, receipt of custom; Mt. numbs (gen. munbis), m. (91),
9, 9. Mk. 2, 14. mouth; Lu. 1, 04. 70. 4, 22. 0,
motareis, m. (92), toll-taker, pub- 45. 19, 22. Rom. 10, 8. munb
lican; Mt, 5, 47. 9,10. 11. Mk. faurwaipjan, to bind the
2, 15. 10. Lu. 3, 12. 5, 27. mouth; I Tim. 5, 18.
inota-sta]>s(gen. -stadis; 74 and
notes), m. (101), toll-place, re- N.
ceipt of custom; Lu. 5, 27. Nabaw, pr. n., Nebo; gen. Naba-
md]>s (gen. mod is; m. wis; Ezra 2, 29.
74, n. 2),
(91, n. 2), wrath, anger; Mk.3, nadrs, m. (91?), adder, viper; Lu.
5. Lu. 4, 28. 3,7.
muka-niodei, f. (113), meekness; Naen, pr. n., Nain; Lu. 7, 11.
II Cor. 10, 1. Naggai (?), pr. n., Nagge; gen.
nmlda, f. (97), dust; Mk. 0, 11. -ais; Lu. 3, 25.
Lu. 9, 5. Nahasson, pr. n., Naasson; gen.
nmldeins, adj. (124), earthy; I -is; Lu. 3, 32.
Cor. 15, 47. 48. nah t a- mats, m. (101), supper;
404 nalits — nau|>i;iii.

Mk. 6, 21. Lu. 14, 12. 1G. 17. Lu. 47. 2, 11.
1, Eph. 5, 23.
24. Jo. 12. 2. I Cor. 11, 25. Phil. 3, 20. Skeir. I, a. c.
Skeir. VII, b. nati, n. (95), net: Mk. 1, 16. 18.

nahts, (116), night; Jo. 9, 4.

f.
19. Lu. 5, 2. 4. 5. 6.
13,30. nahts (gen.), in the natjan, w. v. (188), w. ace. and
night, by night: Lu. 2, 8. n ah t (iustr.) dat., to make wet, to

(<lat.), th. s.; Mk. 4, 27; or in wet; Lu. 7, 38.

naht Jo. 7, 50. Xa]»an (70), pr. u., Nathan; gen.
(dat.), th. a.;

naht (ace. of extent): Lu.5, 5. -is; Lu. 3,31.

6, 12. —
d u naht matjan, to Naubaimbair (54, n. 1), Xo\em-
sup; Lu. 17, 8. ber, Cal.
naudi-bandi, f. (96), fetter, Mk.
Naiinan. Xaaman; Lu. 4, 27.
5, 3. 4. II Tim. 1, 16.
naiteiiLS, f.(103,n.l), blasphemy:
naiidi-Jiaurfts, adj. (124), neces-
Mk. 2, 7. 3, 28. Lu. 5, 21.
sary; II Cor. 9, 5. Skeir. II, e.
Naitofabeis, pr. n. in gen., Neto-
NaucI (20. n. 1). pr. n., Xoe; Lu.
phah; Ezra 2, 22.
17, 27; gen. -is; Lu. 3, 36. 17,
Nakor, pr. n., Nachor; gen. -is; 26.
Lu. 3, 34. nauh, adv.. still, yet; Mt. 27, 63.
naqadei, f. (113), nakedness; Lu. 14, 22. 26. Rom. 9, 19.
Rom. 8,35. II Cor. 11,27. lei til n., a little while; Jo. 16,
naqabs, adj. (124), naked; Mt. 16. ni a lib, not yet, not as
25, 38. 43. 44. Mk. 14, 51. 52. yet; Mk. 4, 40. nauh ni, th.
naqaps \vair]>an, to suffer s.; Mk. 11, 2.
shipwreck; I Tim. 1, 19. naiih-|>an, adv., still, yet; Lu. 1,
nainujaii, w. v. (187), to name, 15. 8, 49. 9, 42. ni n., not yet;
<;ill, \v. ace. (in pass. w. noni.); Jo. 6, 17.
Eph. 1, 21. 3, 15. 5, 8. w. two nai'ili-)>anuh. adv., still, yet; Mk.
aoce.; Lu. 0, 13. 14. 7, 11. I 5, 35. 12, 6. 14, 43. i n. or n.

Cor. 5, 11. not yet; Jo. 3, 24. 7, 30.

i ,

nanio, n. (110, n. 1), name; Mt. ni|>pun n., not yet; Jo. 11,
(i. 9. Mk. 3,16.17. 5.22. Skeir. 30.
V. 1). c. nauli-u)>-l>aii (u]> for uh, q. v.),
nardiis, (105),in. nard, spike- adv.. besides, moreover; Lu.
nard; Jo. 12. 8. 14, 26.
naseins, (103,f. n. 1), salvation; Nan in, pr. u., Naum; gen. -is;
Lu. 1. 69. 71. 2, 30. Rom. 10. Lu. 8, 25.
1. II Cor. 1,6. G, 2. naus, in.(101. n.3). dead maw,
nasjan, w. v. (185), w. uec, to Lu. 7. 12. 15. 22. 9, 60.
save; Mt. 8, 25. 27,49. Mk.3, naus, adj. (130?), dead: Rom. 7,8.
4. 15, 30. I Tim. 1, 15. w. us naii|>jan. (188), to foive,
w. v.
w. dat.; Jo. 12, 27. press, compel, w. ace. (in pass.
misjands. m. (115), the Savior,• tlienom.); Lu. 16. 16. w. inf.;
 naufw — ni. 405

Lu. 14, 23. w. ace. and an inf; Nerins, pr. n. in gen., of ';
Gal. 6, 12. Skeir. I, b. Lu. 3, 27.
naubs, f. (103), need, necessity; ne])la, f. (97), needle; Mk.10,25.
II Cor. 6, 4. 9,7. 12,10. IThess. Lu. 18, 25.
3, 7. Philem. 14. Skeir. I, b. c. ni, negative particle (210), not;
VI, a. Mt. 5, 17. 0, 1. between a v.
Nazaraib, indecl. pr. n., Nazareth; and its particle; Jo. 0, 22. 10,
Mk. 1, 9. Lu. 1, 20. 2, 4. 39. 1. nist ( = ni ist); ICor.7, 15.
51. 4, 10. — neither, nor, not even, not;
Nazoraius, pr. one of Naza-
n., Mt. 8, 10. Mk. 0, 11. in the
reth; Mk. 10, 47. Lu. 18, 37; least, no, not; Jo. 13, 11. 14,
dat. -au; Mt. 20, 71; ace. -u; 22. ( = Lt. nonne) before in-
Mk. 10, 0. Jo. 18, 5. 7. terrog. sentences; Lu. 0, 3. ni
Nazorenus, pr. n., one of Naza- j u or j u i, no more, no longer;

reth; Mk. 14, 07; voc. -u; Lu. Rom. 7, 17. ni alja... alja,
4, 34; or -a i; Mk. 1, 24. none other things... than; II
lie,adv. (210), do, nay; Mt. 5, Cor. 1, 13. ni nauh, not yet;
37. Lu. 1, 60. Jo. 7, 12. 18,25. Mk. 8, 17. ni... ak, not... but;
II Cor. 1, 17. 18. 19. not; Jo. Mt. 7, 21. ni auk, for not;
18, 40. Mk. 9, 0. ni banamais, no
nek (04), adv., near; Lu. 15,25. more, no longer; Lu. 10, 2. ni
neka, (1) adv. (217), near; Mk. banaseibs, no longer; Jo.
13,28.29. Lu. 19, 37.41. (2) 10,21. ni batanei... ak jah,
used as prep. w. dat., th. s.; Lu. not only... but also; Rom. 12,
5, 1. Phil. 2, 27. w. wisan; 17. ni batei... ak, not be-
Mk.ll, 1; w. qiman; Mk.2,4. cause... but; Jo. 7, 22. ni batei
nekis, compar. adv. (212), ...ak batei, not because... but
nearer; Rom. 13, 11. because; Jo. 0, 20. ni bAei...

nekjan sik, w. v. (188), to draw ak unte, not but be-

that...

near; Lu. 15, 1.

cause; Jo. 12,0; not that... but
that; II Cor. 2, 4. ni unte...
neknndja, m. (108), neighbor;
ak unte, th. s.; II Cor. 7, 9.
Mt, 43. Mk. 12, 31. 33. Rom.
5,
— ni ei... ak, for not... but; II
13, 10. w. dat.; Lu. 10, 29.
Cor. 5, 12. ni swa auk ei...
another; Rom. 13, 8.
ak, for not that... but; II Cor.
nei, interrog. particle, not; II
8, 13. j ah i , and not, neither,
Cor. 3, 8. Skeir. I, c.
but neither; Mt. 7, 29. jah ni
neib, n. (94), envy; Mt, 27, 18. w. opt., and except that, and
Mk. 15, 10. Gal. 5, 21. Phil. 1, if not; Mk. 13, 20. akei ni (s.
15. I Tim. 0, 4. in neiba akei). unte ni, for not; Mt.
wisan, to envy; Gal. 5, 2G. 9, 24. ibai ni, not (ibai re-
nei wan, 172), to bear
str. v. (? maining untranslated); Rom.
grudge, be angry; Mk. 0, 19. 10, 18. jabai ni, but if not;
4oo niba — niiija-satibs.

Mt. 0. 15. nibai... ni, if not... and henceforth... not; Lu. 20,
not; Mt. 5, 21. batei ni, flint 40. ui]> j>an nauhbanuh,
not. because not: Mt. 20. 72. now not vet; Jo. 11, 30.
bei ni, for not, that not; Mt. Nikaudemus (23, n. 1), pr. n.,
6, 20. ei ni. test; Neh. 5, 18. Nicodemus] Jo. 7, 50; or Ne-
I'ande (or |>andei) ni, since kaudemus; Skeir. II, b; dat.
not; Ln. 1, 34. dube.einiJ Neikaudaimau;Skeir.VIII,c.
because not; Lu. 1, 20. in niiiian, str. v. (170; 175), totake,
bizei ni, th. s.; Skeir. VIII. b. receive, taken way, (1) abs.; Mk.
i )'... d but not: Mk. 14, 7.
i . 15, 23. Lu. 1, 03. (1) w. ace; —
n waiht. no whit, nothing;
i Mt.5.40. 9.0; and (instr.)dat.;
Mt. 1<>. 20. n aiw.or aiw ni. II Cor. 12,10; or af w.dat.; Lb.
i

never; Mt.9,33. niaiwlran- 6, 29: ana w. ace; Mk. 9, 30;

hun or i lr a h u a i w not at
at any tin if•; Jo. 7, 40. II Tim.
3,7. ni in a na or manna ni.
uo ninn; Mt. 0, 24. 9, 30. ni
a is h u or a s li u not
dat.: Jo. 10, 18; bi w.
, .
ace; Col. 4, 10; du w. dat.; II
Cor. 11,8; fram \v. dat.; II
Cor. 11, 24; in w. ace; Jo. 6,
21; or mi J? w. dat.; Gal. 4, 30;
i i ,

any one, none; Mt. 27. 14. us w. dat.; Gal. 3, 2; or a refl.

Skeir. V. c. dat.: Lu. 10, 6. ~ —to tnke up;
niba (nibai), conj. (218), ex- Mt. 9. 0. to tnke, catch] Lu.
cept, but, if not, unless, save: 5, 5.
Mk. 2, 7. 20. niba(i) batei. nist. i. e. ni Let, q. v.
except that] Rom. 13, 8. II Cor. nihaii, str. v. (170. n. 1), \v. ace.,
12, 13. a|'))an niba, if not: to help; Phil. 4, 3.
Jo. 14, 2. b a b a u except it niJ'jN. m. (92), kinsman] Lu.14,
i ,

be; I Cor. 7. 5. niba ban j>a- 12. Jo. 18, 20. Rom. 10, 21.
bei, except (that); Lu. 9,13. nibjo, f. (112), (female) cousin:
nibai Iran, h-st at anytime; Lu. 1, 30.
Mk.4, 12. niu, interrog. particle (210). in di-
Hid wa, f. (1)7). rust; Mt. 0,19. 20. rect questions. not(Lt. 'nonne');
nili (20. n. 1 : for h assimilated, s. Mt. 5, 40. 47. 0, 25. 20. 7, 22.
02. n. 3), coni. (218). (1) and 10, 29. )>au niu (Lt. 'necne'.
not, also not. nor; Mt. <i. 29. 'nnnon'), or not; Mk. 12, 14.
Mk. 2. 2. (2) not; Mt. 10, 34. niu aiw, never, Mk. 2, 25.
ih... ih, not... nor. neither... niu waiht, nothing] Mk. 14,
nor: Mt. 0. 20. ill ban ,
for 60. 15.4. niuaufto, whether
not; Mt.9,13. nih...ak. neither or not; Lu. 3, 15. niu Iran,
...hut : Rom.9, 7. nih... a k jali. ifperchance] II Tim. 2, 25.
neither... but also* Skeir. VII. iiiuhM'ins, f. (103. u. 1), visita-
a. nil) a li s Ira or nih waiht
1 tion; Lu. 19, 44.
a n k . for nothing; Mk. 4. 22. I niuja-satibs. m. (134), novice; .•/

Cor.4,4. ni]) )>a banasei )>s. I Tim. 3, 0.

 niujiH — ogan. 407

Mt. 9, 17.
niujis, adj. (126), new; 7,12. ip in pizei nu, but
27, 60. Mk.1,27. 2,21.22. Lu. because; Skeir. I, d. nu sai or
5, 36—38. Jo. 13, 34. s ai u now indeed, now there-
,

niiijipa, f. (97), newness; Rom. fore; Rom. 7, 6.

7,6. nuh, adv., always in questions
niu-klahei, f. (113), puerility, pu- (216; 218), 72011•, then, there-
sillanimity; Skeir.VlI, a. fore; Mk. 12, 9. Jo. 18, 37. I
niu-klahs, adj. (124), underage, Cor. 7, 16.
young, childish; Lu. 10, 21. I nu mi, adv. conj., always at the
Cor. 13, 11. Gal. 4,1. Eph. 4, beginning of hortatory sen-
14. tences in prohibitive sentences
;

iiiun,num. (141), nine; Lu. 15, between ni and the v., then,
4.7.17,17. Ezra 2, 36 (niun therefore; Mt. 10, 26. 31. Rom.
hunda = 900). 14,15.20. Phil. 4,4. II Tim.
niunda, ord. num. (146), ninth; 1,8.
Mt. 27, 45. 46. Mk. 15, 33. 34. nuta, m. (108), a catcher, fisher;
niiin-tehund, ord. num. (143), Mk. 1, 17. Lu. 5, 10.
ninety; Lu. 15, 4. 7. Ezra 2, 16. Nymfas, pr. n., Nymphas; Col. 4,
niutan, str.v. (173, n.l), w.gen., 15.
to receive joy from, to enjoy;
Philem. 20. to obtain; Lu. 20, o.
35. 6, interj. (219), 01, oh!; Mk. 9,
nota, m. (108), hinder part of a 19. Lu. 9, 41. Gal. 3, 1. ah!;
ship, stem; Mk. 4, 38. ^ Mk. 15, 29.
mi, (1) adv. (214, n. 1), now, Obeid, pr. n., Obed; gen. -is; Lu.
even now, just now; Mt. 9, 18. 3,32.
Lu. 2, 29. used adjectively: po Odueia, pr. n., Hodaviah; gen.
nu lueila, the present time; -ins; Ezra 2, 40.
I Cor. 4, 11 in pamma nu ogan (35), pret.-pres. v. (202),
;

mela,. at this present time, often w. a refl. dat., to fear, be

now; II Cor. 8, 13. ponuald, afraid (of), (1) w. ace, (a) of
this present world; II Tim. 4, pers.; Mt. 10, 26. 28. Mk. 6, 20.
10; —or substantively (= the (b) of th.; Rom. 13, 3. (2) w.
present moment: fram hi rn - inf.; Mk. 9, 32. (3) w. a clause
a nu, from henceforth; Lu. w. ibai IICor.11,3. (4) with-
;

1,48. fram pamma

nu, th. out obj.; Mt, 9, 8. Lu. 1, 13.
s.; II Cor. 5,16. undhitanu, (5) w. adv.; Mt,27,54. 6. agi-
until now, hitherto; Skeir. IV, sa raikilamma (instr. dat.), .

b. (2) used as a conj. (never at to fear exceedingly; Lu. 2, 9.

the beginning of a sentence), o. sis agis mikil (cognate
now, then, now then, therefore; ace), th. s.; Mk. 4, 41. imper.
Mt. 5, 23. Lu. 20, 25. a ban sing., ogs; Lu.1,13. pi. ogeip
u 8\v«?pauhj wherefore; Rom. (opt.); Mt. 10, 26.
408 (V.iiJii — prnufMi.

ogjan (35), \v. v. (188), w. ace, Cor. 1, 12. 16, 21 (in II has :
to terrify; frighten; Neh. 6, 19. -us). HThess. 3, 17.
6saias(?), pr. n., Osee; dat.Osaiiu; peika-bagms (48, n. 1; 51), in.
Rom. 9, 25. (91), palm-tree; Jo. 12, 13.
osanna, for. w., Hosannah; Mk. Peilatus (5, a), pr.n., Pilate; Mt.
11, 9. 19. Jo. 12, 13. 27,13.17.58. Mk. 15, 1; dat.
-au; Mt. 27, 2.58. 62. Mk.15,
P. 1.43.
Paida (51), f. (97), coat ; Bit. 5, pistikeins, adj. (124), genuine,
40. Mk. 0, 9. Lu. 3, 11. 6, 29. puiv; Jo. 12, 3.
9,3. plapja. f. (97, n. 1), street; Mt.
paintekuste (13, n. 1), for. w.: 6,5.
ace. -en; I Cop. 16, 8. plats, m. (91; or plat, 94?), a
Paitrus, pr.n., Peter; Mt. 2G, G9. piece of cloth, a patch; Mt. 9,
75; gen. -a us; Bit. 8, 14; elat. 16. Mk. 2, 21. Lu. 5, 36.
-au; Mt. 26, 73; ace. -u; Mk. plinsjan (51), w. v. (188), to
5, 37. Lu. 6, 14. dance; Mt. 11, 17. Mk. 6, 22.
papa, for. w., m. (108), a digni- Lu. 7, 32.
tary of a church, father, bishop: praitoria, -auria, f. (97), -6ri-
Cal. aun, n. (120, n.2), Pretorium;
parakletus, for. w., m. (105), the Mk.15, 16. Jo. 18, 28. 33. 19, 9.
Paraclete, Comforter; Jo. 14, praizbytairei, f. (113), the pres-
1G. 26. 15, 26. 16, 7. bytery, the elders; ace. -ein;
paraskaiwe (39), for. w., f. (113), I Tim. 5, 19. Tit. 1, 5.
the day of the preparation; praizbytairi, n. (95, n. 1), the
Mk.15,42; ace. -ein; Mt. 27, presbytery; gen -e i s 1 Ti m
. ;

62. 4,14.
paska, for. w., f. (97), the feast of praufeteis, for. \\\, f. (92), pro-
tin• 1 *asso ver, the Passo ver; Bit. phetess; Lu. 2, 36.
26,2. Mk. 14. 12. 14. Lu.2,41. praiifetes, for. \\\, m. (91 and 105),
I Cor. 5, 7. pasxa; Jo. 6, 4. prophet; Mk. G, 15; or -us Mk. ;

18. 28. 39. 0, 4. Lu. 1,76; geu. -is; Mt.

Pauntius (24, n. 5), pr. n., Pon-
tios;«dat. -iau; Mt 27. 2. I
Tim. 6, 13 (in ; has -eau);
or Puntiau; Lu. 3, 1.
paiirpura, paurpaura (24, ns. 2.
5), for. w., f. (97), purple; Mk.
15. 17. 20. Lu. 16, 19.
paurpiiron, w. v. (190), to clothe
10, 41; or -a us; Mt. 10, 41.
Lu. 4, 17 (prafetus in MS).
dat. -au; Mt. 11,9. Lu. 7, 26
(last word: MS has praufetu);
ace. -u; Mt. 8, 17. 27, 9. pi.
nom. pratifeteie; Mt. 7, 12;
gen. -e; Mk. 6, 15; dat. -um;
Lu. 23; aec. -uns: Mt. 5. 17.
(').

in purple; Jo. 19, 25. praufeti, for.w., n., prophecy; pi.

Pawlus. pr. n.; I Cor. 1,13. II nom. pra ufetja; I Cor. 13. 8;
Cor. 1, 1. 10, 1 ;
gen. -a us; I dat. -i a m; I Th'ess. 5, 20. 1 Tim.
 prm'il'Atjii — raihtis. 409

1 18. or Dom. sing,

, ra
m.; I Cor. 14, 22; ace. pi. -a us;
I Cor. 13, 2. I Tim. 4, 14.
praufetja; see praufeti.
praufetjan (for. w. with Goth.
suff.), w. v. (188), to prophesy;
Mt. 7, 22. Mk. 14, 65. w. dat,
of pers.; Mt. 26, 67; bi w. ace.;
Mk. 7, 6.
praufetus; see praufetes.
Priska, pr. n., Prisca (Priscilla);
f et j
raginon, w. v. (190), w. dat., to
a,
be governor; Lu. 2, 2. 3, 1.
rahnjan, w. v. (188), (1) w. ace,
to reckon, count up, compute;
Lu. 14, 28. (2) w. dat, of pers.
and ace. of th., to put on one's
account; Philem. 18. to impute
anything to; II Cor. 5, 19. (3)
w. two aces., to compute, think,
count; Phil. 2, 6. wairbana
r., to consider worthy; Lu. 7,

I Cor. 16, 19. 7. before the second ace. swe;

psalma, for. w., f. (97; and psal- Rom. 8, 36; or s was we II 1

mo, 112), psalm; ace. -on; I Thess. 3, 15. for the second
Cor. 14, 26; pi. gen. -6 Lu. 20,
; ace. du w. dat.; Rom. 9, 8; or
42. Eph.4,8 (gloss); dat. -6m; mib w. dat., to number with;
Eph. 5, 19. Col. 3, 16. Mk. 15, 28. (4) w. ace. w. inf.,
psalmo; see psalma. to think, count; Phil. 3, 7.
puggs (51), m. (91; or pugg, Skeir. VIII, b.
94?); only in ace. sing., pugg, rahton, w. v. (190), to reach to;
purse; Lu. 10, 4. w. du w. dat.; II Cor. 9, 1.
pund (51), ii, (94), pound; Jo. Raibaikka, pr. n., Rebecca; Rom.
12,3. 9,10.
raidjail, w. v. (188), w. ace, to
R. establish, fix, order, appoint;

Rabbaunei, for. \\\, Rabboni, i. e.

Skeir. Ill, c. raihtaba r., to
Master, Lord; Mk. 10, 51. manage rightly, divide rightly;
II Tim. 2, 15.
rabbei, for. w., Rabbi, i.Master,
e.
adv., rightly; Lu.7,43.
Lord; Mk. 9, 5. 11, 21. 14,45. raihtaba,
10, 28. 20, 21. II Tim. 2, 15.
Jo.6,25. 9,2. 11,8. Skeir.IV,a.
r d j a r to spea k plain; k .
,

Radagaisus (20, n. 1), pr. n.

7, 35. r. gaggan, to walk
Ragaw, pr. n., Ragau; gen. Ra- uprightly; Gal. 2, 14.
gawis; Lu. 3, 35.
indeed
raihtis, adv. (218), verily,
ragin, n. (94), opinion, judg- (so once at the beginning of a
ment; I Cor. 7, 25. advice; II sentence); Rom. 10, 18. usually
Cor. 8, 10. ordinance, decree; enclitic, for; Mt. 9, 5. 11, 18;
Col. 2, 14. dispensation; Col.l, intensified by auk, th.s.; Mk.
25. mind, consent; Philem. 14. 6, 17. 7, 10. unter., foras-
ragineis, m. (92), counselor, much as; Lu. 1, 1. swe r.,just
governor; Mk. 15, 43. Rom. 1 1 as, as; II Cor. 8, 7. bau r.,
34. Skeir. VIII, d. tutor; Gal. rather than; Lu.18, 14. even,
4 2 truly, indeed; Rom. 10, 1. —
4 railits — riurjan.

folld. by ib, ban, or a])|»au, superl. (sa) reikista, {the)

truly, indeed... but, etc.; Mt. 9, mightiest, most powerful,
37. Mk. 4, 4. prince; Mk. 3, 22. s a re k i s t
i

raihts, ad j. (124), straight, right; gudja, the high-priest; Jo.

Mk.1,3. Lu.3, 4. 5. II Tim. 4.
18,22.
8 (in B., garaihta in A), reiks, m. (117), 7-uler, prince; Mt.
raka, for. w. (iudecl.), raca; Mt. 9, 18. 23. Lu.18,18. Jo. 7,2G.
5, 22. 48. Rom. 13, 3. Skeir. VII, c.d.
Rama, pr. n. (iudecl.), llamah: reiran, w. v. (193), to tivmble;
Ezra 2, 2(3. Mk. 5, 33. Lu. 8, 47.
rasta, (97), stage ( ofa journey), reilO, f. (112), trembling; Mk.
f.

mile; Mt. 5, 41. 16, 8. II Cor. 7, 15. an earth-

ra]>jo, (112), number; Jo. G.
f. quake; Mt. 27. 54.
10. Rom. 9, 27. account; Lu. Resa, pr. n., lihesa; gen. -ins:
10, 2. Rom. 14, 12. inrabjon. Lu. 3, 27.
inregard concerning; Phil. rign, u. (94), rain; Mt. 7, 25.27.
to,
4,15. rignjaii, w. v. (188), to rain; Mt.
ra]>s, adj. ( 1 24), easj; occurs only 5, 45. Lu. 17, 2'.).
once, in compar. rabizO, rikan. str. v. (17G, n. 1), w.acc.,
easier; Lu. 18, 2."». to collect, heap up; Rom. 12, 20.
raupjan, w. v. (188), w. ace, to riqis, riqiz (78, n. 1), n. (94),
pluck; Mk. 2, 23. Lu. 6, 1. darkness; Mt. 6, 23. 8, 12. 10,
raus, n. (94), a reed; Mt. 11, 7. 27.27.45. Mk.15,38. Lu.1,79.
27, 48. Lu. 7,24. Mk. 15, 19. riqizeins, adj. (124), dark, dark-
3(5. ened; Mt, 6, 23. Eph. 4, 18.
rau|>s (74, n. 2), adj., red; Skeir. riqizjan, w. v. (188), to become
III... dark, be darkened; Mk. 13, 24.
razda, f. (97), speech, tongue, rim is, n. (94), rest, (juiciness; II
language; Mt. 26, 73. Mk. 14, Thess. 3, 12.
70. Rom. 14, 11. ICor. 12, 10. rinuaii, Btr. v. (174, u. 1), to run;
13. s. 14.21.22. 23. 20. 27. Mk. 5, G. Rom. 9, 16. r. wafla,
rain, n. (94). house; Mt. 5. 15. to run well; Gal. 5. 7. — \v. iu
7, 21. 25. 26. 27. Mk. 11. 17. w.acc; Mk. 5, 13. Lu. 8, 33.
Becarod (G, n. 2). pr. n. us w. dat., to come out; Mt. 8,
reiki, n. (9.1), power, authority, 28. to flow out; Jo. 7, 38. p.
nil••; Lu. 20, 20. Rom. 8, 38. I earn a b, to run together; Mk.
Cor. 15,24. Eph. 1. 21. 3. 10. 9, 25.
G. 12. Col. 1. 10. 2. 15. rhino (32), f. (112), brook; Jo.
reikinon. (190), w. dat., to
\\. v. 18,1.
rule, govern; Mk. 10. 42. Jo. riiirei, f. (113). corruption; I
11. 30. Rom. 15, 12. Cor. 15.50. Gal. 6, 8. Col. 2.22.
reiks. adj. (130, n. 2). mighty, riurjaii. \v. v. (188), \v. ace. to
noble, honorable; Ncli. 6. 17. corrupt: I. Cor. 15. 33.
 nurs — sa-<u. 411

riiirs (or riureis; 130, n. 2), counsel; Mt. 27, 1. Lu. 7, 30. 1
adj., mortal; II Cor. 4, 11. Cor. 4, 5.
temporal; II Cor. 4, 18. cor- runs (32; 49), m. (101, n. 1), a
ruptible; I Cor. 9, 25. 15, 53. running, issue; Mk. 5, 25. Lu.
corrupt; Eph. 4, 22. r. w air- 8, 43. 44. a course; II Tim. 4,
man, to be corrupted; II Cor. 7. —
run gawaurkj an sis, to
11, 3. run down violently; Mt. 8, 32.
rodjan, w. v. (188), to speak, (1)
w. ace. ofth.; Mk. 2, 2. 7. 9,6.
s.
(2) w. dat. of. pers. addressed; sa, m.; so, f.; bata, n. (153), (1)
Mk. 2, 2. 4, 34. Lu. 1, 45. w.
refl. dat.; Lu. 7, 39. w. (instr.)

dat.; Mk. 4, 33. (4) w. af w.

demonstr. prn. n., this, that;
Mt. 5, 19. 8, 27. for
-self; Mt. 5, 30. Mk. 6, 17.
he, ,—
refl. dat. (sissilbin); Jo. 14, concerning in bis, inuh bis,
10; or b w. dat.; II Cor. 11, 17;
i in bizei, s. in; for afar ba-
bi w. ace.; Lu. 2, 17; du w. ta, s. afar. (2) article; Mt.
dat.; Mt. 9, 18. dusis misso, 5, 8. 15. 26. 32.— (See Syntax)
with one another, among Sabaillius, pr. n., Sabellius; gen.
themselves; Lu. 4, 36; faurw. -aus; Skeir. IV, d. V, b.
ace.; Skeir. VIII, d; fram w. saban, for. w., n. (94), fine linen;
refl. dat.; Jo. 7, 17;in w.gen.; Mt. 27, 59.
II Cor. 12, 19; in w. dat.; Lu. Sabao]>, for. w., Sabaoth, i. e.
2,38; in andwair]?ja w.gen.; armies, h osts; frauja Saba-
II Cor. 2, 17; mib w. dat.; Mk. 6b, the Lord of Sabaoth;
9,4. bairh munb w. gen.; Lu. Rom. 9, 29.
1, 70; us w. dat.; Lu. 6, 45. w. sabbato, for. w., m., indecl., or
batei (couj.); Lu. 4, 21. sabbatus, m. (120, n. 1), the
rohsns, f. (103, n. 1), hall; Mt. 26, Sabbath; Mk. 2, 27. gen. sing,
69. Mk. 14, 66. Jo. 18, 15. sabbataus; Lu.18, 12. dat.
Rufus, pr. n., Rufus; gen. -aus; sabbato; Mk. 2, 28. gen. pi.

Mk. 15, 21. sabbato; Mk. 1, 21; or sab-

Ruma Rome; bate; Jo. 9, 16; dat. -um; Col.

(15, n. 2), pr. n.,
2, 16. or-im; Lu. 4, 31.
dat. -ai; II Tim. 1, 17.
sabbatus; see sabbato.
Rumoneis (15, n. 2), pr. n.,
Saddukaius, pr. n., a Sadducee;
Romans; dat. -i m; Rom. subscr.
nova. pi. -eis; Mk. 12, 18; gen.
rums (15), m. (?91), room, -e; Lu. 20, 27.
place; Lu. 2, 7.
sa-ei, rel. prn. (157), m.; f. soei,
ruins, adj. (124), roomy, large, n. ]?atei (for bata-ei), that,
broad; Mt. 7, 13. who, whosoever; Mt. 3, 11. 5,
rima (15), f. (97), mystery; Mk. 21. Lu. 10, 5. often for the Gr.
4, 11. Lu. 8,10. Rom. 11,25. art. w.j (a) a partic; Mt. 6, 4.
ICor. 13, 2. 15,51. Eph. 1,9. 10, 39. Lu. 14, 10. Jo. 6, 64;
4-12 wigqjan — sniwaln.

(b) an adj.; Jo. 8, 20; an saian (sai ian; 22, n. 1), red. v.
(c)
adv.; Phil. 3, 14; (d) an adj. w. (182), to sow, (1) without obj.;
adv.; Jo. 9, 13; (e) a eb.; Mt. Mt. 6, 26. Mk.4, 4. (2) w. ace.
6, 12; (f) a prep. w. its case; (nom. in pass.); Mk. 4, 14. 15.
Mt. 10, 32.— It is often preceded (3) w. (instr.) dat.; Mk. 4, 3.
by (thedera.) sa; Mt. 10,32.— Lu. 8, 5.— \v. ana w. dat.: Mk.
(See Syntax). 4. 16. 20; or ace; Mk.4, 31; in
sagujan (for g has gg), w. v. w. dat.; Gal. 6, 8; or ace; Mk.
(188), to cause to sink; I Tim. —
4,18; pres. partie, saiands,
6, 9. used as sb., m.; II Cor. 9, 10.
Saggq*, m. (91; or saggq, n. saihs, indecl. num. (141), six; Mk.
(94?), a sinking, setting (of the 9, 2. Lu. 4, 25.
sun; hence), the west; Mt.8, 11. saihsta, ord. num. (164), sixth;
S&ggWS, m. (101), song, singing; Mt. 27, 45. Mk. 15, 33. Lu. 1,
Eph. 5, 19. Col. 3, 16. Ln. 15, 26. 36.
25. saggws boko, reading; sai Iran (34, n. 1), str. v. (176, n. 1)
j

I Tim. 4, 13. to see, look, behold, take heed

sa-h, dem. prn. (154), m., f. so-h, (to), (1) aba., Mt. 6,4. 6. 18.
n. bat-uh (for ]>ata-uh), and (2) w. ace; Mt.5,28. Mk.4, 24;
this, and that, and he; this, w. two Mt.25,38. 39,44.
aces.;
that, thee&me; who, which;
lit•: (3) du
\v. sis misso (one on
Mt. 5, Id. 27, 44. Mk. 6, 16.16, another); Jo. 13, 22; or faura
10. often w. ban; Mt. 3, 11. w. dat.; Mk. 12, 38; in w. ace;
Ln. 2, 2. 37. Jo. 6, 6. Mk. 12, 14; bairh \\ ace; I
sa-lraz-uh, indef. (164, n. 1),
rel. Cor. 13, 12. (4) w. aitra(back);
(1) \v. eaei, whosoever, Mt. 7. Lu. 9, 62; fairra]>ro (;if;u;
24. 10,32. Mk. 10,11. Gal. 5, afar off); Mt.27, 55. (5) w. du
10. (2) w. izei, th.s.; Jo. 16, w. inf.; Mt. 5, 28; or an indir.
2. 19, 12. n. ]>atal.ah pei, question; Mk.4, 24. oraclaiiM'
whatsoever; Jo. 15, 7. 16. w. ]>atei; Jo. 6, 22; or ei Mt. ;

sai, adv. (204, n. 2; 219), see! 8, 4 or i b a

; Gal. 5, 1 5.
i ;

behold! to/; Mt.8, 2. Mk.2,24. Saillauni, pr. n., Shallum; gen.

Gal. 5, 2. —
sai nn. see now. is; Ezra 2,4:'.
behold now, now. therefore, now Saimaiein, pr. n., Semei; gen.
therefore; Mt.26,65. Rom. 11, -einis; Lu. 3, 26.
22. Eph. 2, 19. sai, now, sainjan, w. v. (188), to delay.
now therefore', Rom. 7. 6. sai wait, tarry, I Tim. 3, 15.
ian ainslnin (—'nuin quis\ Mir (20, n. 2). n. (94). sorrow;
a negative answer being ex- 1 Tim. 6, 10. travail: 1 These.
pected); Jo. 7. 48. Bkeir. VIII, 5. 3.
<•.nntfi sai, for now, I These. Sairok, pr. u., Saruch; gen. -is:
3,8. suns sai. immediately; Lu. 3. 35.
Mk. 1.12. saiwala. f. (97), soul, life; Mt. ,
 saiws — Samardtes. 413

25. 10, 28. 39. Mk. 3,4. 8, 35-37. and (instr.) dat. (hunsla); Jo.
Lu. 1, 4C. 2, 35. 16,2.
saiws, in. (101, n. 1), sea, hike-, Salmon, pr. n., Salmon; gen. -is;
Lu. 5, 1. 2. marsh; Neap. Doc. Lu. 3, 32.
Saixaineia, pr. n., Shechaniah;
Salome, pr. n., Salome; Mk. 15,
gen. -ins; Neh. 6, 18.
40. 16, 1.
sakan, str. v. (177, n. 1), to strive;
salt, n. (94) salt; Mk. 9, 49. 50.
II Tim. 2, 24. w. mi sis
Lu. 14, 34. Col. 4, 6.
m i ss (among themsel ves)
Jo. 6, 52. w. dat., to rebuke; saltan, red. v. (179, n. 1), to salt;
Mk. 10, 13. Lu. 19, 39. Mk. 9, 49.
sakjo (35), f. (112), strife; II sama, adj. prn. (weak form; 132,
Tim. 2, 23. n. 3; 156), same, the same, (1)
sakkus (58, n.1), m. (105), sack, without sb.; Mt. 5, 46. 47. 27,
sackcloth; Mt. 11, 21. Lu. 10, 44. II Cor. 13, 11. Eph. 2, 14.
13. (2) w. sb.; Mk. 10, 8. 17, 34.
sak uls, adj. (124), contentious, —
Lu. 2, 8. 6, 18. Occurs in seven
quarrelsome; I Tim. 3, 3. compounds.
Sal a in, pr. n., Sala; gen. -is; Lu. sama-frabjis, adj. (126), like-
3, 35. minded; Phil. 2, 2.
Salabiel, pr. n., Salathiel; gen. sama-kuns,
(126), of the adj.
-is; Lu. 3, 27. same kin, kindred; Rom. 9, 3.
sal bon, w. v. (189), to salve, samalaubs (74, n. 1), adj. (124),
anoint, w. ace; Mt. 6, 17. Mk. of the same size or quantity,
14, 8. II Cor. 1,21; and (instr.) an equal share, as much; Lu.
dat.; Lu. 7, 46. Jo. 11, 2. 6,34.
salbons, (103, n. 1), salve, oint- sama-leiko, adv., equally, like-
f.

ment; Jo. 12, 3. wise; Mk. 4, 16. 12,21.22. 15,

saldra, f. (97), jesting; Eph. 5,4. 31. Lu. 3, 11. 5, 10. Jo. 6, 11.
salibwa, f.,onlyinpl., salipwos sama-leiks, adj. (124), alike,
(97), mansion, abode; Jo. 14, agreeing, together; Mk. 14, 56.
2. 23. guest-chamber; Mk. 14, 59.
14. lodging; Philem. 22. samana, adv., together, withal,
salj an, w. v. (188), to dwell, in the same place; Mk. 12, 28.
abide, lodge, tarry, remain; Lu. 15, 13. 17, 35. I Cor. 14,
Mk. 6, 10. Lu. 9, 4. 12. w. at 23. Col. 4, 3. I Tim. 5, 13.
w. dat.; I Cor. 16, 6. 7. 19. in Skeir. I, a. s. mi w. dat.,
w. dat.; I Tim. 1, 3. together with; I Thess. 5, 10.
saljan, w. v. (188), to bring an sama-qiss, f. (103), concord,
offering, sacrifice, (1) abs.; Lu. agreement; II Cor. 6, 15. 16.
1,9. (2) w. ace. (nom. in pass.); Samareites, pr. n., Samaritan;
Mk. 14, 12. I Cor. 10, 20; and Lu. 17, 16. Jo. 8, 48. gen. pi.
dat. (proper); I Cor. 10, 19. 20; -6; Lu. 9, 52.
414 Samaria — SVimoii.

Samaria, pr. n.. Samaria; ace. Saudauma. pr. n., Sonoma; Rom.
-an; Lu. 17, 11. 9, 29.
SHina-ssii wals, adj. (124), of one Saudaumus. pr. n.. an inhabitant
accord; Phil. 2, 2. of Sodoma; gen. pi., -je; Mt.
samap, adv. (213, n. 2). the 11, 24; dat. -im; Lu. 17, 29; or
same place, together; Mk. 9, -jam; Mt, 11,23. Mk. 6, 11.
25. I Cor. 5, 4. 7, 5. 14.26. Lu. 10, 12.
sanijan, w. v. (188), to please; sauhts (58, n. 2), f. (103), sick-
Col. 3, 22. s. sis, to please ness, disease; Mt. 8, 17. 9, 35.
one's self, make a fair show; Mk. 1, 34. 3, 15. Lu. 4, 40. I
Gal. 6, 12. Tim. 5, 23.
sanrijan (74, n. 3), w.v. (187), to sauil (26), n. (94), the sun; Mk.
send, w. ace; Mt. 10, 40. Mk. 1, 32. 13, 24.
9, 37. Lu. 9, 48. 10, 16. 20. Jo. Saulaunion, pr.n., Solomon; Mt.
G, 39. w. d u w. dat.; Jo. 1G. 7. 6, 29; gen. -is; Jo. 10,23.
W. inf.; I Cor. 16, 3. Sauls, f. (193), pillar; Gal. 2, 9.
Saraipta, pr. n. in ace, Sarepta; I Tim. 3, 16.

Lu.4, 26. Saur (24, n. 5), pr. n., a Syrian;

Sarra, pr. n., Sarah; dat. -in; Lu. 4, 27; dat. pi. -i m ; Lu. 2, 2.
Rom. 9, 9. Saura, pr. Syria; gen.
n., Sau-
sarwa, Dom. pi. n. (94), armor; rais; Gal. 1, 21.
Rom. panoply, whole saurgan, w. v. (193), to sorrow,
13, 12.
armor; Eph. 6, 11. 13. be grieved, be anxious about;
Satana, pr. n., Satan; Mk. 3, 26. Jo. 16, 20. II Cor. 2, 4. 6, 10.
Jo. 13, 27; or Satanas; Mk. I Thess. 4, 13. w. bi w. ace.;
3, 23. 4, 15; gen. -ins; II Cor. Mt. 6, 28. II Cor. 7, 9. 11.
12, 7; dat. -in ; Mk. 1, 13; ace. Saurini, pr. n.,f.; S.Fynikiska,
-an; Mk. 3, 23; voc. Satana; a Syrophenician; Mk. 7, 26.
Mk. 8, 33. saiipa, f. (97); in lro sau|>o
satjan, w. v. (187), w. ace., to (gen. pi.), 7/2 what manner;
set, place, put, a/)point; Mk. 4. how(?); I Cor. 15, 2.
21. Lu. 8, 16. to appoint; I sanp.s, m. (101), sacrifice; Mk.
These. 5, 9. to plant; Lu. 17, 12,33. Rom. 12, 1. Eph. 5, 2.
28. sati]>s wisan , to be set, Skeir. I, a.
made; I Tim. 1,9. to be ap- Seidona, pr. n., f., Sidon; gen.
pointed; I These. 3. 3. -ais; Lu. 4, 20; dat. -ai; Lu.
saps (gen. sad is), adj. (124). 10,13. 14; ace. -a; Mk. 3, 8.
full; Ln. 6, 20. I Cor. 4, 8. B. SeldoneiS, pr. n., the inhabitants
wa ar ]>
1 )be ailed, be full;
;
<
of Sidon; gen. -e; Mt. 11, 21.
Mk. 7, 27. 8,8. saj'itan, to Mk. 7,24.31. Lu. 6, 17; dat,
eat enough, be ulled; Lu. 16, -im; Mt. 11,22.
21. to till one's belly; Lu. 15, Seinion, pr. n., Simon; Mk. 1,3(5.
16. Lu. 5, 5; gen. -is; Mk. 1, 10.
 Seina — sik. 415

29; or-aus; Jo. 6, 8; dat. -a; seneigs (10, n. 5); seesiueigs.

Mk. 3, 16; or-au; Lu. 5, 4; ace. Se]>, pr. n., Seth; Lu. 3, 38.
-on; Lu. 6, 14. 15; or -on a; si, pens, prn.; s. is.
Mk. 3, 18; or-onu; Mk. 1, 16; sibak]>ani, for. w., thou hast
voc. -on; Lu. 7, 40. forsaken me; Mt. 27, 46. -|?a-
Seina, pi*, n., f., Sinai (a mount- nei; Mk. 15, 34.
ain); Gal. 4, 25; dat. -a; Gal. sibja, f. (97, n. 1), relationship;
4, 24. sunivve sibja, adoption of
seina, prn. (150), gen.; only
refl. sons; Gal. 4, 5.
once sei u a
: ss m
one sibun, iudecl. num. (141), seven;
i ,

another; Lu. 7, 32. the dat. Mk. 8, 5. 6. 8. 20. 12, 20-23.

sis and the ace. sik occur very Lu. 2, 36. 8, 2. 17, 4.
often for all genders; Mt. 5, 42. sibun-tehund, iudecl. num. (143),
8, 32. 11, 20. 27,53. Mk.3,20. seventy; Lu. 10, 1. 17.
7, 6. w. silba; Mt. 9, 3. Mk.3, sidon, w. v. (190), w. ace, to
26. Rom. 14, 14. w. misso, take care of, care for, practice,
one another; Mk. 1, 27. 16,3. meditate upon I Tim. 4, 15. ;

Lu, 7, 32. Gal. 5, 17.— See also sidus, m. (105), custom, manner,
Syntax. I Cor. 15, 33. II Tim. 3, 10.
seina-gairns, adj. (124), loving- Skeir. Ill, b.
one's self, selfish; II Tim. 3, 2 siggwan (68), str. v. (174. n. 1),
(gloss). abs., to sing•;Eph. 5, 19. Col.
seins, poss.prn. (151), his, theirs, 3, 16. to read; Eph. 3, 4. (2)
their;Mt. 5, 22. 6, 2. 11, 19. Mk. w. ace. (in pass, the nom.), to
5,26. 6,21. Lu.1,7. 8,3. I Cor. read (aloud); Lu. 4, 16. II Cor.
16, 9. Phil. 2, 4. w. silbins: 3,15.
seina silbius saiwala, his sigis, n. (94), victory; I Cor. 15,
\vn soul; Lu 14, 26 w a r s t w
. . 54. 55. 57.
sein silbins, his own work; sigis-laun, n. (94), the reward or
Gal. 6, 4. sein silbins leik, crown of victory, prize; I Cor.
his own body; Eph. 5, 28. See — 9, 24. Phil. 3, 14.
also Syntax. Sigis-meres (6, n. 2), pr. n.
seiteins, for sinteins (17, n. 2), sigqan (siggqan), str. v. (174,
q. v. n. 1), to sink; Lu. 5, 7. to set
seijms, adj. (131), late; Mt. 27, (of the sun); Lu. 4, 40.
57. Jo. 6, 16. sigljan, w. v. (188), w. ace, to
selei, f. (US), goodness, kindness; seal; II Cor. 1, 22.
Rom. 11, 22. II Cor. 6, 6. Gal. sigljo, n. (110), seal: I Cor. 9, 2.
5, 22. Eph. 2, 7. 5, 9. Col. 3, 12. II Tim. 2, 19.
sels, adj. (130),good, kind; Lu. siliu (20, n. 1), ace. n. (106), vic-
8, 15.'lCor. 13,4. Eph. 4, 32. tory; I Cor. 15, 57 (gloss in B).
Sem, pr. n., Sew; gen. -is; Lu. 3, sijau, siju, sijuni, etc., v. (204).
36. sik, refl. prn.; s. seina.
410 sikls — sin|>s.

sikls, m. (91; or 101?), a shekel; silubr, n. (94), silver, money;

Neh. 5, 15. Lu. 19, 15.23. Xeh. 5, 15: pi.
silba, prn. (132, n. 3; 156), self, s u b r a pieces of sil ver; t i 1
,

(1) alone; Mt. 27. 57. Mk. 15, 27, 5.

43. (2) iu geu., w. a pose, prn.; siliibreins, adj. (124), of silver;
Lu. 2, 35. (3) w. a pere. prn.: II Tim. 2, 20. piece of silver
Mt. 8, 4. 9. 3. (4) w. a dem. (skat IS bein«r understood);
] >rn ]> a t a s
. : b 6 t his very Mt. 27, 3. 9.
i 1 ,

thing; II Cor. 2,1; or si lb simle, adv. (214, n. 1), once, at

pata; II Cor. 7, 11. du]>am- one (former) time, formerly;
m a y b u ifor1t his saime pur-
, Rom. 7, 9. Gal.l, 23. 2, G. Eph.
pose; Rom.iu pain ma 2. 2.11.13. Col. 1,21. 3, 7.
9, 17.
silbi (on) this very thing] sinaps, m.(91; or si a]), n? 94),
,
;'//

Rom. 13, 0. (5) w. a sb.: Mk. mustard; Mk. 4, 31. Lu. 17, 6.
4, 28. 12. 36. 37. sind, . (204).
Silhauus (5, a; 54. n. 1). pr.n., sineigs (10. n. 5), adj. (138 and
Silvanus; II Thess. 1, 1; ace. 139), old; Lu. 1, 18. elder; I
-u; II Cor. 1,19. Tim.5,l(B has seneigana).2.
silba-siuneis, m. (92). eye-wit- sinista, superl. adj. (138 and
ness; Lu. 1, 2. 139), the eldest. (1) w. art.;
silba-wiljis. adj., willing of one's Mt. 27, 1.12. Mk. 7, 3. 5. 8, 31.
self; II Cor. 8, 3. (2) without art.; Mt.27,3. Lu.
silda-leik, n. (94), wonder, aston- 7,3. 9,22.
ishment; Lu. 5, sinteino, adv., ever, always, con-
'.>.

silda-leikjan, w.v.(188), (1) abe., tinually; Mk. 5. 5. 14, 7. 15, 8.

to be astonished or amazed, to Lu. 15, 31. I Cor. 15, 58. Gal.
wonder, marvel; Mt. 8, 10. 27. 4,18. Eph. 5, 20. Skeir. Ill, b.
9. 8. Mk. 1. 27. 5,20. (2) w. sinteins, adj. (124), daily; Mt. 0,
ace. to wonder, marvel, or be 11. seiteina (17, n. 2); II Cor.
astonished at; Lu.7, 9. 20. 20. 11,28.
Skeir. VIII, b. (3) w. ana w. Sin|»ila (Swin)nla?), pr.n.: gen.
•lat.; Mk. 12, 17; orbiw. ace; S ]> a i s Neap. Doc. i i 1 i ;

Lu. 2, 18; or w. gen.; Mk. 6, sin]>s, in. (91; or sinj>, u.? 94);
i

0. (4) w. an interrog. clause: used iu dat.sin«r. aud pi., where

Lu. 1,21; or a clause w. ei; it serves to form the num.
Mk. 15,44. advs. (149), (1) sing•.: aina in-
silda-leiknaii. w. V. (194), to he ula sin]>a, once; II Cor. 11,
admired; II Thess. 1,10. 25 a a m m a s. j a h t w a i m ; i

silda-leiks, adj. (124), wonderful once and again; Phil. 4, 1G. I

marvelous; Mk. 12. 11. Jo. 9, Thess. 2, IS. aii]'araiiiiiia s.,
30. II Cor. 11. 14. ;i second time, again; Mk. 14,
Siloain, pr. n., Siloum; geu. -i*j 72. (2) pi.: twaim Binpam,
Jo. 9, 7. 11. twice; Mk. 14, 72; ]>rim s.,
 Sion — skamla. 417

thrice; Mt.26,75; fimfs., five vision; Lu. 1, 22. appearance,

times; II Cor. 1 1 , 24. s i bu shape, form; Lu. 3, 22. Skeir.
s.,seven times; Lu. 17, 4. VI, d. in siunai wair]?an,
Sion, uninfl. pr. n., Sion; Jo. 12, to appear; Lu. 1, 11.
15. Rom. 9, 33. 11, 26. skaban, str.v. (177, n.l), toshave;
siponeis, m. (92), pupil, disciple; I Cor. 11, 6.
Mt.8,18. 21. 23. 25. Mk.2,15. skadus, m. (105), shade, shadow;
16.18. Lu.5,30.33. s. wisan Mk. 4, 32. Lu. 1, 79. Col. 2, 17.
or w air]? an w. dat., to be a skaftjan, w. v. (188), to make
disciple to; Jo. 9, 27. 28. ready, prepare; w. sik, to be
siponjan, w. v. (187; 188), w. dat., about to do; Jo. 12, 4.
to be a disciple; Mt. 27, 57. skaidan, red. v. (179), to sever,
sis, prn.; see seina. separate, put asunder, w. dat.;
sitan, str. v. (176, n. 1), to sit; Mk. 10, 9. w. ace, to set at
Mt. 27, 61. Mk. 2, 6. w. af w. variance; Mt. 10, 35. to depart;
dat.; Mk. 10, 37. ana \v. dat.; I Cor. 7, 15; w. f airra w. dat.;
Mt. 26, 69. at w. dat.; Mt. 9,' I Cor. 7, 10. w. sik; I Cor. 7,
9. bi w. ace; Mk. 3, 32. faur 15.
\v. ace; Mk. 10, 46. in w. dat.; skalja, f. (97), tile; Lu. 5, 19.

Mt. 11, 16. du w. inf.; Mk. 10, skalkinassus, m. (105), service;

46. mi]? w. dat.; Mk. 14, 54. Rom. 9, 4. bondage; Gal. 5, 1.
sitls, m., settle, seat; Mk. 11,15. galiugagude sk., idolatry;
throne; Col. 1, 16. nest; Mt. 8, Gal. 5, 20. Eph. 5, 5. Col. 3, 5.
20. Lu. 9, 58. skal ki lion. w. v. (190), \v. dat.,
siujan, w. v. (187), to sew; Mk. to serve, do service; Mt. 6, 24.
2,21. 15, 29. 16, 13. Jo. 8, 33 and ;

siukan, str. v. (173, n. 1), to be instr.; Lu. 1, 74. to be in bond-

sick, be ill, be weak; Lu. 7, 2. age Gal. 4, 9. 25. w. u f w. dat.
;

II Cor. 11, 29. 12, 10. 13, 3. 9. Gal. 4, 3. in augara sk., to

Phil. 2, 26. w. bi w. ace; II serve with eye-service; Col. 3, 22.
Tim. 6, 4. in w. dat.; II Cor. galiugam skalkinonds,
13,4. idolater; I Cor. 5, 10. 11.
siukei, f. (113), sickness, weak- skalks, m. (91), servant; Mt. 8,
ness, infirmity; Jo. 11, 4. II 9. 10, 24. 25. Mk.10,44. 12,2.
Cor. 11, 30. 12, 10. 13, 4. Gal. Lu. 2, 29. Jo. 8, 34. 35. Rom.
4, 13. 14,4.
sinks, adj. (124), sick, ill, dis- skaman, w. v. (193), always w.
eased, weak; Mt. 25,39.43.44. sik, to be ashamed, be ashamed
Mk. 6, 5. Jo. 11, 1. Rom. 8, 3. of, (1) abs.; II Tim. 1, 12. (2)
av. dat. of the disease; Lu. 4, 40. w. gen.; Mk. 8, 38. Lu. 9, 26.
shins, f. (103), the sense of sight, II Tim. 1,8. 16. (3) w. inf.; Lu.
sight; Lu. 4, 19. 7, 21. sight, 16, 3. II Cor. 1, 8.
seeing; II Cor. 5, 7. a sight, skanda, f. (97), shame; Phil. 3, 19.
27
418 Kkariotfe — skulan.

Nkariotes; see Iskariotes. skilja, m. (108), butcher; at

skattja. in. (80), money-changer, ski 1 jam, from the butcher;
Mk. 11,15. Lu. 19, 23. hence, in the shambles I Cor.;

skatts (69, n.l), m.(91), money; 10, 25.

Lu. 9, 3. coin, penny, Mk. 12, skilliirirs. m. (91), shilling; Neap,
15. 14, 5. a pound; Lu. 19, 16. and Ar. Docs.
18.20.24. skatte is under- skip, n. (94), ship, boat; Mt. 8,
stood in Bit. 27, G (s. silu- 23.24. 9,1. Mk.l, 19. 20. Lu.
b re ins). 5,2.3.7.11. usfar]?on gata-
ska]>is, n. (94), scath, wrong >Yida us ski pa, / sutfeivd
doing, wrong; II Cor. 12, 13. shipwreck; II Cor. 11, 2>.
skapjan, str. v. (177, n. 2), w. skohs, m. (91), &7joe; Mk. 1, 7.
ace, to do scath, do wrong; Lu. 3, 16. Skeir. Ill, d.
Col. 3, 25. skulls], n. (94), evil spirit, demon;
ska]>uls, adj. (124), hurtful, harm- Mt. 8, 31. Lu. 8, 27 (gloss). I
ful; Col. 3, 25. I Tim. G, 9. Cor. 10, 20. 21.
skauda-raips, in. (91; or -raip, skuft, n.(94;or skufts, m. ?91),
n.? 94), ehoe-latchet; Mk. 1, 7. the hair of the head; Lu. 7, 38.
Lu. 3, 16. Skeir. Ill, d. 44. Jo. 11, 2. 12, 3.
skauns, adj. (130, n. 2), formed, skuggwa (68), m. (108), mirror:
well formed, beautiful; Rom. I Cor. 13, 12.

10, 15. Skills, m. (108), debtor, (prop.

skaurpjo, f. (112), scorpion; Lu. Yveak adj.), guilty; Mt. G, 12;
10. 19. y\\ gen. of th.; Lu. 7, 41. sk.

skauts. in. (91), the hem or bor- Yvisan yv. ace. J^atei
of th.:
der of a garment; Mt. 9, 20. skulans sijaima, that for
Mk. G, 56~ Lu. 8, 44. which we owe, our debts; Mt.
skeiina, m. (108), light, torch. 6, 12. \v. inf., to be a debtor, to
lantern', Jo. 18, 3. owe; Gal. 5, 8. w. dat. of pers.;
skcinan, str. v. (172, n.l), to Rom. 13, 8. Philem. 18, 19. to
shine; Lu. 9, 29. II Cor. 4, G. w. be guilty of, be in danger of
in w . aoc.; Lu. 17, 2 1. (the crime being indicated 1>.y
skeireins, f. (103), a making the gen.); Mk. 3, 29. (so the
clear, explanation, interpreta- punishment); Mt. 2G, 66; (or
tion; I Cor. 12. 10. 14. 26 dat.); Mk. 14, 64. wafr^ao
(sk f'reins in A). sk. \y. gen. of th., to be guilty
skrirs (78, n. 2), adj. (129, n. 1: be in danger of; I Cor. 11,
of,

180), clear, evident, plain; 27; so \y. dat. of the punish-

Skeir. IV. b. V, a. ment: Mt. 5, 21. 22; or in \y.
skt'Nj;m. w. v. (188). to go, walk; ace; Mt. 5, 22.
Mk. 2, 28. skulan, pret.-pree. v. (200), (1)
skildus, in. (105), shield; Eph. 6. \y. ace. of th., to owe; Lu. 7,

16. 41. 16,7. Skeir. Ill, a; and dat.

 skuldo — sniumjau. 41 )

of pers.; Lu. 16, 5. (2) w. inf., (prop. pres. partic), quiet; I

to be about to be, shall, be Tim. 2, 2.

(2) for tv, or,

(1) for the Gr. future; Lu.1,66.

w. inf.; Mt. 11, 14. Lu. 7, 40.

17, 10; or for
,
one's duty, be obliged, must sleiba, f. (97), injury, loss; Phil.
3, 7. 8.
sleibei, f. (113),

Rom.• 8, 35.
danger, peril;

w. ace. and sleibs (orsleideis? 130, n. 2),

inf., or merely inf. (skalbeino; adj., dangerous, perilous; II
impers.); Mk. 8, 31. Rom. 12, Tim. 3,1. dangerous, fierce; Mt.
3. (3) skuld ist], it behooves; 8,28.
Mk. 3, 4. Lu. 15, 32; w. dat. of slepan (78, n. 3), red. v. (179),
pers.; Mk. 6, 18. to sleep, fall asleep, be asleep;
skill do, n. (110), debt, a due; Mt. 8, 24. 9, 24. Mk. 4, 27. 5,
Rom. 13, 7. 39. Lu. 8, 52. w. ana w. dat.;
skura (15), f. (97), shower; Mk. 4, 38.
skurawindis, storm of wind; sleps, m. (91, n. 2), sleep; Lu. 9,
Mk. 4, 37. Lu. 8, 23. 32. Jo. 11, 13. Rom. 13, 11.
Sky bus, pr. n., a Scythian; Col. si hi pan, str. v. (173, n. 1), to slip;
3,11. w. in w. ace; II Tim. 3, 6.
slahals, adj. (124), fond of strik- smairbr, n. (? 94), fatness; Rom.
ing-, a striker;
Tim. 3, 3 (in B,
I 11, 17.
A has slahuls). Tit. 1, 7. smakka (58, n. 1), m. (108), fig;

slahan, str. v. (177, n. to Mt. 7, 16. Mk. 11, 13. Lu. 6,

1),
strike, beat, smite, w. ace.; Mt. 44.

26, 68. Mk. 14, 47. smakka-bagms (48, n. 1), m., fig-
in w. ace.;
tree (91); Mk. 11, 13. 20. 21.
Lu.18,13. IICor.11,20. lofam
si., to strike with the palms 13, 28. Lu. 19, 4.
of the hands, to buffet; Mt.26, smals, adj. (124), small, little;
67. Mk. 14, 65. only once, in superl. s m a 1 i s t a,
smallest, least; I Cor. 15, 9.
slabs, m. (101), stroke, stripe;
smarna, f. (97), dung; Phil. 3, 8.
II Cor. 6, 5. 11, 23, plague;
smyrn, n. (? 94), myrrh; Mk. 15,
Mk. 5, 29. Lu. 7, 21. si.
34.
23.
lofin, a stroke with the palm
snaga, m. (108), garment; Mt. 9,
of the hand, a buffet; Jo. 18,
16. Mk. 2, 21. Lu. 5, 36.
22. 19, 3.
snaiws, m. (91, n. 1), snow; Mk.
slaihts, adj. (124), plain, smooth;
9,3.
Lu. 3, 5.
snauh, i. e. snau-h; see sniwan.
slauhts, f. (103), slaughter; Rom. sneiban, str. v. (172, n. 1), w.
8,36. ace, to cut, reap; Mt. 6, 26.
slawan, w. v. (193), to be silent, Lu. 19, 21. 22. II Cor. 9,
6. Gal.
hold one's peace; Mk. 9, 34. 6, 7-9.
Lu. 19, 40. slawands, adj. sniumjan, w. v. (188), to hasten,
420 sn him undo — speiwan.

make haste; Lu. 2, 16. 19,5.6. \v. mib w. dat. of pers., to

w. inf.; I These. 2, 17. II Tim. question with: Mk. 1, 27. (5)
4. 9. w. inf.. to seek, desire; Mk. 12,
sniuniumlo, adv.. with haste, 12. (6) w. ace. and inf., to seek;
quickly; Mk. 6, 25. Lu. 1, 39. Jo. 7, 4. (7) \v. ei \v. opt., to
com par. sniumundos (212, seek; Gal. 2, 17. (8) w. an
n. 2), with more haste, more indir. to question
question,
quickly, the more carefully: with; Mk. 9, 10; to seek; Mk.
Phil. 2, 28. 11,18. (9) w. batei;ICor.l0,
snnvan, str. v. (176, n. 2), to 33. boei; Col. 3, 1. (10) w.an
hasten, go; Jo. 15, 16. w. ana adv.: s. glaggwaba, to seek
w. ace, to come hastily, come diligently; Lu. 15, 8. samana
upon; I Thess. 2,16 (s a u h = ., to reason together; Mk. 12,
snau-h). w. inf., to hasten, 28.
strive; I Cor. 9, 25. sokns (35), f. (103), search, ques-
snorjo, f. (112), wicker-work, tion; I Tim. 1,4. 6,4. II Tim.
basket-work, basket; II Cor. 2, 23.
11, 33. Soseipatrus, pr. n., Sosipater;
sniitrei, f. (113), wisdom; I Cor. Rom. 16, 21.
1,17.19. sob, n. (94; or so)>s, m.; 91).
snutrs, adj. (124), wise; Lu. 10, satisfying; Col. 2, 23.
21. I Cor. 1, 19. spaikulatnr (5, a; 24, n. 2), for.
SO, f. of sa q. v. . w. m., a spy, executioner; Mk.
so-pi, f. of saei ,
q. v. 6, 27.
so-h, f. of sah . q. v. spaiskuldrs, m. (91; or-dr, n. ?
sok;m'is, in. (92), disputer; ICor. 94), spittle; Jo. 9, 6.
1, 20. spanva, m. (108), sparrow; Mt.
sokeins, f. (103. n. 1) question; 10,29.31.
dispute; . 3. 25. Skeir. Ill, spaurds, (116), a stadium, fur-
f.

a. b. Jong; Jo. 6, 19. 11, 18. race-

sokjan (85), w.v.(186),(l)w.acc., course; in spaurd (dat.) rin-
to seek, seek for, ask for, desire, nan to rvn in a race;
,
I Cor. 9',

long for; Mt. 6.32. Mk. 1,37. 24 (A has spraud).

2 w. ace. of
1 and ana w. ace. sped ii mists, superl. adj. (from
tli.,

of pere.: s. wei w od ]>a 1 a sp&be), the last; Mk.12,22.

i .

to seek for witness against; spejw, adj. (139,n.l),/ate; occurs

Mk. 14,5.1; or dn w. dat., t<> only in conipar. spediza, f.
seek of; Mk. 8,11; or mi]) w. -ei (spcidizei in CA), the lat-
dat.. lo question; Afk.9,16. (3) ter, last; Mt. 27, 64; and in
\v. hi w. ace and, (a) i]> w. m superl. spedists (137), the
dat. of pere., to inquire; Jo. 16, last; Mk. 12. 0. Lu. 20.32. Jo.
1'•>; (h) d u w. dat. of pere., / (). 40. 44. 54. 7,37. I Tim. 4,1.

question with; Skeir. ', a. (4) speiwan, str. v. (172, n. 1), to

 spilda — staps. 421

spit; Mk. 33 (spewands in

7, 7,24. 55. 27, 51. 60. Mk. 5, 5.
CA); w. ana w.acc; Mt.26,67. st a a m w a r a n, to stone;
i

Mk. 14, 65. in w. ace; Mk. 8, Mk. 12, 4. stainam afwair-

23. pan, th. s.; Lu.20,6. Jo. 11, 8.
spilda, f. (97), writing-tablet, tab- stairno, f. (112), star, Mk.13,25.
let; Lu. 1, 63. II Cor. 3, 3. stairo* (112), a barren woman;
f.

spill, n. (94), fable, tale; I Tim. Lu. 1, 7. 36. Gal. 4, 27.

1, 4. 4, 7. II Tim. 4, 4. Tit. 1, staks,
spilla, m. (108), one who
tale; hence, a preacher (of the
gospel); Skeir I, d.
spilldn, w. v., (1) w. ace. of th., standan, str. v. (177, n. 3), to
to tell a tale, preach the gospel,
preach; Rom. 10, 15; and dat.
of pers., to tell, announce, pro-
claim; Lu. 2, 10. to utter; Neh.
6, 19. w. an obj. clause and
dat. of pers., th. s.; Mk. 5, 16.
9,9.
spinnan, str. v. (174, u. 1), to
spin; Mt. 6, 28.
sprauto, adv. (211, n. 1), quick-
ly, soon; Mt. 5, 25. Lu.14,21.
15, 22. Gal. 1, 6. Phil. 2, 24.
lightly; Mk. 9, 39.
spyreida, m. (108), a large bas-
ket; Mk. 8, 8. 20.
stafs (56,n.l),m. (101), element,
rudiment; Gal. 4, 3. 9. Col. 2,
20.
Staifanus, pr. n., Stephanas; gen. sta]>s(gen. s tad is; 74 and notes),
-aus; I Cor. 1, 16. 16,15.17.
«taiga, f. (97), path, way, high-
way; Mk. 1,3. Lu. 3, 4. 14, 21.
stain alls, adj. (124), stony; Mk.
4, 5. 16.
staineins, adj. (124), of stone,
stony; II Cor. 3, 3.
stainjan, w. v. (188), to stone,
w. ace. (nom. in pass.); Jo. 10.
32. 33. II Cor. 11, 25.
stains, m. (91), stone, rock; Mt.
m. (101), a mark, stigma;
Gal. 6, 17.
a stamms, adj. (124), stammer-
tells
ing, with an impediment in
the speech; Mk. 7, 32.
stand, stand fast, stand firm;
Mt. 26, 73. Mk. 3, 24. 25. w.
(loc.)dat. of pers., to stand to;
Rom. 14, 4. w. sis, to stand
by one's self, alone, w. af \v.
dat.: af tains won w. gen.,
on the right side of; Lu. 1, 11.
at w. dat.; Lu. 5, 2. f aura w.
dat.; Mt. 27, 11. in w. dat.;
Mt. 6, 5. in andwair}?ja w.
gen.; Lu. 1, 19. hindar w.
dat.; Jo. 6, 22. mi]? w. dat.;
Jo. 18, 5. nelua w. dat.; Lu.
5,1. wi}>ra w. ace, Eph.6,11.
fairrap>ro, afar off; Lu. 18,
13. her, Mk. 9, 1. jainar,
there; Mt, 27, 47. fit a, with-
out; Mk. 3, 31.
m. (101), stead, place; Mk. 1,
35. 45. place or passage of a
book; Lu. 4, 17. Rom. 9, 26.
room; Lu. 14, 22. sta]? gi-
b an, to give place; Rom. 12,
19. an inn; Lu.2,7. galiuge
sta]?s, an idol's temple; I Cor.
8,10. jainis stadis, unto
the other side; Mk. 4, 35.
sta]>s,m. (91; orsta]?, n.? 94),
land, shore; Mk. 4, 1. Lu.5, 3.
422 staun — stuns.

staua (26), (97), judgment; Mt. stiwiti, n. (95), enduring, endur-

f.

5, 21. 22. Mk.6,11. judgment, ance, patience; II Cor. 1, G. G,

dammit ion, condemnation; Jo. 4. IIThess. 1,4.
9,39. Rom. 11, 33. matter for stojan (20), w. v. (186 and n. 2),
trial; I Cor. 6, 1. —
du stauai to judge, (1) abs.; Lu. 6, 37.
gatiuhan, to condemn, lit. w. bi (according to, after) .
'draw before judgment'; Mt. 27, dat. of th.; Jo. 7, 24; or aec. of
3. bam in a wiljandin niib pers. (of somebody); Jo. 8, 26.
bus staua, if any man will (2) w. ace. (nom. in pass.; Lii.
sue thee at the law; Mt. 5, 40. 6, 37; and bi w. dat. of th., to
staua (26), m. (108), judge; Mt. judge one according to; Jo. 18,
5, 25. Lu.18, 2. G. II Tim. 4, 8. 31; or us (out of) w. dat. of
staua-stols, m. (91), thejudgment- th.; Lu. 19, 22. raihtaba —
eeat; Mt. 27, 19. Rom. 14, 10. st., to judge rightly; La. 7, 43.
II Cor. 5, 10. st. fram in wind am, to go
stauida, pret. of stojan, q. v. to law before the unjust; I Cor.
stautan, red. v. (179, n. 1), w. 6,1. sums stOjib, etc.; s.
ace. of pers. and bi (on) w. ace., hi nd ar.
to strike, smite; Mt. 5, 39. Lu. stols, m. (91), stool, seat, throne;
(;. 29. Mt. 5, 34. Lu. 1, 32. 52.
steiiran, etr. v. (172, n. 1), to stoma, m.(108), foundation, sub-
mount, climb up; Jo. 10, 1. stantial grounds, substance,
stibna, f. (97), voice; Mt. 27, 4G. confidence II Cor. 9, 4. 11,17. ;

50. Mk. 1. 3. 11. 20. 5, 7. Lu. straujan (42), v. (187), to .

1,42.44. Skeir.VI, c. d. strew, spread; \\\ (inetr.) dat.,
rtigqan (gg; 67, n.l), etr. v. (174, and ana w. dat.; Mk. 11, 8.
n. 1), to thrust, strike; st. \\i]>- striks, m. (91), stroke, title; Mt.
ra, to make war against; Lu. 5. 18.
14. 31. stubjus, m. (105), dust; Lu. 10,
stikls. in. (91), cup; Mt. 10,42. 11.
Mk. 7,48. 9,41. Jo. 18, 11. I suljo, f. (112; or sulja 97? only
Cor. 10,10. 17. 21. dat. pi. su'jom occurs), sole,
sliks. m. (91). point, moment; sandal; Mk. 6, 9.
in stika in «"lis. in moment suman, adv. (214, n. 1), once, on
oftime; Lu. 4, 5. a time, in tunes past; Rom. 11,
si Man. sir. v. (17). n. 1 ). to steal; 30. Gal. 1, 23. Eph, 2, 3. 5, 8.
Mt. 0. 20. Jo. 10, 10. partly, in part, by pieces; I Cor.
sliur (78, n. 2), m. (91, n. 4). 13,9. suman ... sumanuh
steer, calf; Lu. 15, 23. 27. 80. ]>an ... sumanuh ]>an, BOW
Neh. 5, L8 . . . now. . . now; Skeir. VI, c.
stiurjan. w. v. (188), vv. ace., to sums, indef. prn. (102), (1) alone,
> stablish; Rom. 10, 3. w. bi w. someone, pi. some; Mk. 38. '.».

n<<•.. to affirm of; I Tim. 1, 7. 14, 57. (2) adj., certain, some;
 Rtindro — suts. 423

Lu. 7, 41. 15,8. ains sums, Sunjai-fri]>us, pr. n., Lt. Sunie-
th. a.; Mk. 14, 51. (3) w. gen. fridus; Neap. Doc.
partit., certain, some; Mt. 9,3. sunjeins, adj. (124), true; Mk.
Mk. 5, 25. one; Mk. 14, 43. (4) 12,14. Lu. 16, 11. Jo. 6, 32. 7,
w. in \v. us
18. Phil. 4, 8. Skeir. VI, b.
dat.; I Cor. 15, 12;
w. dat.; Eom. 11, 14. (5) inenu- sunjis, adj. (126), true; Jo. 8, 14.
merative expressions: sums, 17. 17, 3 (sunja in MS),
another, Jo. 12, 29. s. pan, simjon, w. v. (190), to verify; s.
th. s.; Lu. 9, 19. jah s., and s i k to excuse one's self; II Cor. ,

another; Lu. 14, 20. s. ban... 12, 19.

\\> saei, the one ... the other; sunjons, f (103, n. 1), a verifying, .

Phil. 1, 16. s. ... jah anj^ar ... apology, defense, answer; II

jah s. ... jah anpar, some Cor. 7, 11. Phil. 1, 16. II Tim. ...

and some, etc.; Lu. 8, 5-8. s. 4,16.

raihtis ... \\> saei, one ... siinno, f. (112), sun; Mt. 5, 45.
another who; Rom. 14, 2. s. Lu. 4, 40. Eph.4, 26. Neh.7,3.
raihtis ... s. ban, one... sunno, n. (? 110, n. 2), sun; Mk.
another; Phil. 1, 15. sumsuh 4, 6. 16, 2.
(i. e. sums uh); Jo. 10, 21. suns, adv., soon, at once, immedi-
sums ... sumsuh, one . . ately; Mt. 8, 3. 26. 74. Mk. 1,
another; I Cor. 7, 7. sumsuh 10. 12. Lu. 1, 64. Jo. 13, 30.
...anbar, th. s.; Jo. 7, 12. Cor. 15,6. suns mi]?, together
su ms sums
. . . ba ... sum- with/ I Thess. 4, 17.
sub =
(ub uh)ban, one .'.. suns-aiw, adv., soon, immedi-
one another; Lu.9,7.8. sums ately, straightway; Mk. 3, 6.
s u m s u b ban, t/?e one tfre 5, 29. 30. 36. Lu. 4, 39. 5, 25.
. . .

other; Mk. 12, 5. sumsuh ... Jo. 6, 21.

sumsuh; Jo. 9, 9. (6) bi su- suns-ei, conj. (218), as soon as,
mata, in part; Rom. 11, 25. when; Lu. 1,44. 19,41. Jo. 11,
II Cor. 1, 14. 2, 5. 20. 29. 32. 33.
sundro, adv., asunder, alone, sunns, m. (104), son; Mt. 5, 45.
privately; Mk. 4, 10. 34. 7,33. 10, 37. 27, 9. Mk. 1, 1. Lu. 5,
Lu. 9, 10. 18. 10, 23. Gal. 2, 2. 10. Jo. 14, 13. Ezra 2, 9-24.
siiiija, f. (97, 1), truth; Mk. 5, Skeir. Ill, c. IV, d. V, a. b.c.d.
33. Lu. 20, 21. the ace. sing, is suniwe gadebs; s. gadebs.
used as adv. (215); Lu. 1, 75. suniwesibja;s. sibja.
—
9,27. sunja gateihan, to supon, w. v. (190), to season/
tell the truth; Gal. 4, 16. s. Mk. 9, 50 (su pud a in MS; s.
taujan, th. s.; Eph.4, 15. bi Grammar, 12, n. 1).
sunjai, in truth, truly, surely; Susanna, pr. n., Susanna; Lu.
Mt. 26, 73. 27, 54. 8,3.
sunjaba, adv. (210), truly, verily; suts (15, n. 1), adj. (130), sweet,
I Thess. 2, 13. suitable, patient; I Tim. 3, 3.
424 >u]\i;m — ttwarau.

peaceable; I Tim. 2, 2. compar. swa-ei, conj. (218), always con-

sutiza, w. dat., more toler- secutive, so that, that, there-
able; Mt.11,24. Mk.6.11. Lu. fore; Mk. 1, 27. 2, 28. Rom. 7.
10, 12. 14. 6. II Cor. 2, 7. 3, 7. ni swa
subjan. w. v. (188; or supjOn, auk ei, for not that; II Cor. 8,
190 ?), to sooth; hence to long IS.— therefore, wherefore: Rom.
to be soothed (Skeat), to itch 7, 4. 13, 2.
(only in pres. partic, su]>j an- swa-h, adv., so, also, so too, (1)
il an s. A: supjondans, B); II alone; Lu. 14, 33. swah jah.
Tim. 4, 3. .so in like manner, Mk. 13, 29.
sujnis, m. (91: or supn, n., 94? sw. samaleiko, alter the
occurs only once, in gen. su)>- same manner also; I Cor. 11,
n is. in A, gloss), stomach; I 25. (2) correlative: swe ...

Tim. 5, 23. swah nih, as . . . no more; Jo.

swa. adv.. .so. (1 ) alone; Mt. 5, 16. 15, 4. swaswe ... s wah , as
1 1 > . w a j ah Jo. 15,9. swaswe...
, e ven so; I Thess. . . . so;
4, 14. j ah swa, likewise; I swah jah, as... so also; Lu.
Tim. 3, 8. (2) correlative: bw§ 17, 26.
...swa, as ... so; I Thess. 5, swaihra, in. (108). father-in-law,
2. s w 6 ... s w a j ah, as so Jo. 18, 13. . . .

also; I Cor. 12, 12. swaswt* swaihro, f. (112), mother-in-law.

ewa, as Mt. 8, 14. 10, 35. Mk. 1, 30.
... so; Jo. 13, 15.
swa w6 ... swa j Lu. 4, 38. ah, as .. .so
also; II Cor. 1, 5. swaswe swa-lau]>s (74 and note 1), adj. . .

wa s w § ... s w a ... j ah s w a (161), so great, so much, such: .

as as . eo
. and so; I Cor.
. . Mt. 8, 10. Lu. 7,9. Skeir. IV.
. . . . .

7, 17. s w a s w e j a h ... s w b. swalaud melis, so long ;i

j a li even as so also; Col. 3,

. time; Jo. 14, 9. swalaud m -
. . .

13. Skeir V. 1». swa swa- 1 i s swe, as long as; Gal .4,1. . . .

s w eo as; Mk. 4 26. w a swa-Ieiks. adj. (161), (1) alone;

. . . .

jah ... s w 80 also as; Mk. 7, 8. Lu. 18, 16. (2) w. a

. . . .

Eph.5,28. (3) w.adjs. oradvs.; si).; Mt. 9, 8. Mk. 9, 37.— swa-

Lu. 15, 29. Jo. 6,9. swafilu, le k s s w e such as: Mk, 9. 8. i ,

eo much, so many things; Gal. 13,19. II Cor. 12, 20.

8, 4. (4) swa ..ew6, so ... swainms, m. (91), sponge; Mt. .

as, w. an adj. or adv. between 27. 48. (swam) Mk. 15, 36.
them: swa filu bw§, whatso- swaran, str. v. (177. n. 1), to
ever things; Rom. 15,4. swa swear; w. l>i w. dat.: Mt.5,34.
lagga tueila bw6, aslongas; 36. w. ]»ai.'i: Mt. 26. 72. 74;
Mk. 2. 19. swji lagga swr>. so w. a preceding dat. of pers.;
inasmuch as; Rom. 11, 13. swa Mk. ai]'sw. wipra w.
6, 23.
managai ew§; as many as; ace, to swear an oath to; Lu.
Gal. <;. L6. Mk. 3. 28. 1. 73.
 sware — swpk. 425

sware, adv., without a cause, in als,about; Mk. 5, 13. Lu. 1,

vain; Mt. 5, 22. Mk. 7, 7. 56. (3) temporal, as, when;
Rom. 13, 4. I Cor. 15, 2. 14. 17. Mk. 4, 36. (4) so that; Lu. 5,
II Cor. 6,1 (in A, swarei in B). 6. 7.
Gal. 2, 2. Skeir. IV, b. swegriiba, f. (97), joy; Lu. 1, 14.
swartis, that which is 44 (swignibai; comp. Gram-
n. (94),
black, ink; II Cor. 3, 3 (in A). mar, 7, n. 3).
swartizl, n. (94), that which is swegnjan (s w i g j a n; see preced-
black; II Cor. 3, 3 (inB). ing word), w. v. (188), to re-
swarts, adj. (124), black; Mt. 5, joice, triumph, w. (loc.) dat.;
36. Lu. 10, 21. Col. 3, 15. w. du
swa-swe, (adv.) conj. (218), (1) (in) w. dat.; Lu. 1, 47. in (in)
as, just as, as it were, in like w. dat.; Jo. 5, 35. Skeir. VI, a.
manner as, like, (a) alone; Mt. sweiban (56, n. 1), str. v. (172,
5, 48. Mk. 4, 38. Jo. 6, 10. j ah n. 1), to cease; Lu. 7, 45.
s was we, and as; Rom. 9, 29. swein, n. (94), swine, pig; Mt. 8,
sw j ah e ven as, as also; II
. , 30-32. Mk. 5, 11-14. 16. Lu.8,
Cor. 1, 14. sw. fraujinonds, 32. 33. 15, 15. 16.
by commandment; II Cor. 8, 8. sweran, w. v. (193), w. ace, (1)
sw. qiban ist, according to to honor; Mk. 7, 10. 10, 19. Lu.
that which is said; Lu. 2, 24. 18, 20. Skeir. V, c.d. w. (instr.)
(b) correlative: s w. j ah as dat.; Mk.7,6. (2) to esteem, w.
. . . ,

. .(so) also; II Cor. 1,7. j ah

. in w. gen.; I Thess. 5, 13 (3) to
s w. j ah and as ... so also;
. . . , glorify; Jo. 12, 23.
Lu. 6, 31. —
See also s wa. (2) swerei, f. (113), honor; II Tim.
so that, insomuch that; Mt. 8, 2,20.
24.28. I Cor. 13, 2. II Cor. 1,8. sweriba, f. (97), honor; Rom. 12,
swab-ban (i. e. s w a b for s w a h 10. Col. 2, 23. I Thess. 4, 4. I
,

and ban), conj., when so; I Tim. 1, 17. 6, 1. Skeir. V, a. c. d.

Cor. 8, 12. swers (78, n. 2), adj. (124), heavy,
swii-u, interrog. adv., so? thus?; weighty; hence, grave, honored;
Jo. 18, 22. Phil. 2, 29. honored, dear; Lu.
swe, (adv.) conj. (218), (1) in 7,2.
comparison, as, just as, like; swes, adj. (124, n. 1), (1) one's
Mt. 6, 29. 7, 29. Mk. 1, 2. w. own; Mk. 15, 20. Lu.6,44. Jo.
pres. partic, as if; Mt. 9, 36. 10, 3. 4. 12. swesize prau-
sweqa}), that he said; Mk. 14, fetus, a prophet of their own;
72. ib u swe; see ib ana- Skeir. I, c. II, d. V, b. swesai,
leiko swe, in like manner; his own; Jo. 15, 19. swes a,
Skeir. VII, a. samaleikojah one's own business; I Thess. 4,
swe, like wise also as; Lu 17, . 11. swesai galaubeinai, the
28; see also swa, swalaubs, household of faith; Gal. 6,10.
swaleiks. (2) before numer- (2) due; Gal. 6, 9. I Tim. 2, 6.
426 swA-^anh — synagoge.

swe-bauh, conj. (218), however, manifest, open; Gal. , 19. II

but, although; Mt. 11, 22. 24. Cor. , 11. sw. wairban, to
indeed, verily, w. a follg. adver- become or be made manifest,
sative particle; Mk. 9, 12. it is appear; Mk. 6, 14. Rom. 10, 20.
merelv continuative: Mt. 7, 15. in swikunbamma (MS has
(2) w. other particles: aibbau s w e-) q i m a to come a broa d;
,

s\v., truly; II Cor. 12, 12. sw. Lu. 8, 17.

ei, though; II Cor. 12, . nib
swiltan, str. v. (174, n. 1), to lie
dying; Lu. 8, 42.
|? a sw., however; Gal. 6, 13.
nih ban ainshun sw., how- swinbei, f. (113), strength, power,
beit no man; Jo. 7, 13. banuh might; Lu. 1, 51. Eph. 1, 19.
J? an sw., nevertheless; Jo. 6,10.
12.
42. unte sw., to wit, that; II swinbjan, w. v. (188), to make
Cor. 5, 19. strong, give force to; Neh. ,
swibls, m. (91), brimstone; Lu. 16.
17, 29. swinbnan, w. to grow
v. (194),

swiglja, m. (108), piper, flutc- strong, become strong, w. (loc)

player; Mt. 9, 23. dat.; Lu. 1, 80. 2, 40.
Sirigldn, w. v. (190), to pipe, play swiubs, adj.(124),sf/O/jg•, mighty,
the flute; Mt. 11,17. Lu.7,32. powerful, whole; Mk. 3, 27. I
swiirniba, swignjan; s. sw£g- Cor. 4, 10. II Cor. 10, 10. corn-
ni)>o . s\v("o'nja q. par, s w i b a Mt. 3, 11. Mk.
;

swiknaba, adv.. sincerely; Phil. 1, 7. 2,17. I Cor. 13, 9.

I. 17. swistar, f. (114), sister; Mk. 3,
swiknei, f. (113), purity, chasti- 32. 35. Lu. 14, 26. Jo. 11, 1.3.
ty; II Cor. 11,3. (Jul. 5, 23. I 5. I Cor. 7, 15. 9, .
Tim. 5, 2. swogatjan, w. v. (188), to sigh,
ewikneins, f. (103, n. 2), a puri- groan; II Cor. 2. 4. ,
fying, puriucation; Skeir. III. swulta-wairbja, m. (108). one
b. IV, a. bi ewiknein, about who is at the point to die; Lu.
purifying; Jo. 3, 25. 7. 2.

swikni]>;i, f. (97), purity, pure- swumfsl (80), a swimming-bath,

ih-ss, chastity; CI Cor. 6, 6. a pool; Jo. 9, 7. 11.
I

Tim. 4, 12. Svmaion (39),pr.n., Simeon; Lu.

swikus. adj. (1^4), pure, chaste; 2, 2. 34; gen. -5ns; Lu. 3, 30.
II Cor. 11,2. [Tim.5,22. pure, iynagoga-fabs (gen. -fad is), m.
holy; I Tim. 2. 8. innocent: Mt (101); Mk. 5. 22.35.36.38.
27, 4. synagoge' (39), for. w., f., syna-
sui-ktmbaba. adv., openly, clear- gogue; gen. -ais; Lu. 8,41. Jo.
ly, plainly, expressly; Mt 8, >2.
>

!>. 22; or -eis for -es

.
•*

Lu. 8,49; ;

Jo. 11.11. I Tim. 4, 1. Skeir. dat. -ai; Lu. 4, 38; or -eiu;

II. a. Mk. 1, 29 (concerning en for
BWi-kuupS, adj. (124). evident. eiu, s. Grammar, 17, n. 1); or
 Fynt.vke — taui. 427

-e; Mk.
1, 23; ace. -ein; Lu. 4, of pers. and ace. of th.; Mk. 14 r
16; or -en; Mk. 1, 21; dat. pi. 15. and inf.: pans us>
w. ace.
-im; Mk. 1, 39. Lu. 4, 44. liuteintaiknjandans sik
Syntyke, pr. n., Syntyche; gen. garaihtans wisan, which
-ais; Lu. 2, 2. should feign to be just; Lu. 20,
Syria, pr. n., Syria; gen. -ais; 20.
Lu. 2, 2. taikns, f. (103), sign, wonderr
miracle; Mk. 8, 11-13. 22. Liu
X. 2,12.34. Jo. 6, 2. token; II
Tagl, n. (94), hair; Mt.5,36.10, Thess. 1, 5.
30. Mk. 1, 6. tainjo, f. (112), a basket oftwigs?
tagr, n. (94), tear; Mk.9,24. Lu. basket; Mk. 8, 19. Lu. 9, 17.
7,38.44. II Cor. 2,4. II Tim. Jo. 6, 13. Skeir.VII, c. d.
1,4. tains, m. (91), twig, sprig, branch;
tagrjan, w. v. (188), to shed tears, Jo. 15, 2.
weep; Jo. 11, 35. Tairtius, pr.n., Tertius; Rom. 16 r
tahjan, w.v. (188), to tear, rend, 22.
w. ace.; Mk. 1, 26. 9, 20. 26. taitrarkes, for. w., m. (twice, in.
abs., to pull in pieces, to scat- nom.), a tetrarch; Lu. 3, 19.
ter, disperse; II Cor. 9, 9. 9,7.
taihswa, f. (prop. str. adj.), the taleij>a, for. w., f. (97), damsel;
right hand; Mk. 16, 5. Col. 3, 1. Mk. 5, 41.
taihsws, adj. (124), right (not talzeins, f. (103, n. 1), a teach-
left); Mt. 5, 29. 30. 39. Mk. 14, ing, doctrine; II Tim. 3, 16.
47. Lu.6,6. Jo. 18, 10. taihs- talzjan, w. v. (188), w. ace, ta
wo (sc. hand us), the right teach, instruct; II Cor. 6, 9. II
hand; Mt. 6, 3. Tim. 2, 25. to warn, admonish;
Mk. 10, 37. 40.
Lu. 1, 11. Gal. 2, 9. Col.l, 28. 3, 16. I Thess. 5, 14.
taihun, card. num. (141), ten; II Thess. 3, 15 (sc. in a).
Mk. 10, 41. Lu. 14, 31. 15, 8. talzjands, m. (115), teacher, mas-
17,12.17.19,13. I Cor. 15, 6. ter, instructor; Lu. 5, 5. 8, 24.
taihunda, ord. num. (146), the 45. 9, 33. 49. 17, 13.
tenth; afdailjan taihun- tandjan, w. v. (188), w. ace, to
don dail, to give tithes; Lu. kindle, light; Lu. 8, 16. 15, 8.
18, 12. tarmjan, w. v. (188), to break
taihun-taihund , indeel num ( 143
. . forth; Gal. 4, 27.
148), a hundred; w. gen.; Lu. taui (gen. tojis; 26), n. (95),
16,6.7. t.-tehund;Lu.l5,4. work, deed; Jo. 8,41. Col. 3, 9.
taihim-taihund-falj>s, adj. (148), matter; I Thess. 4, 6. office;
a hundred-fold; Lu. 8, 8. Rom. 12, 4. working; Eph. 3,
taiknjan, w.v. (188), to betoken, 7. workmanship; Eph. 2, 10.
point out, show, w. ace. of th.; a mm
a t j a in this matter; ,

I Tim. 6, 15. Skeir.V, a. w.dat. II Cor. 7, 11.

428 taujan — timrj.i.

taujan (20), w. v. (187), to do, lei kan see tekan. :

make, (1) \v. ace; Mt. 5,40.47. Teimaius, pr. n., Timens; gen.
Rom. 7. 15. to finish; Jo. 5, 30. -aus; Mk. 10,40.
bid os t., to make prayers, Teimaubaius, pr. n., Timotheus;
pray; Lu. 5, 33. leikis mun I Cor. 10, 10. dat. -au; I These.

t. w. ace., to make provision

i 3, (-u in B). I Tim. superscr.
for the flesh; Rom. 13, 14. us• (Teimaubaiau in B). 1, 2.
wahst t., to make increase; (-u in B). II Tim. 1, 2; ace. -u;
Eph. 4, 16. maht t., to do a II Cor. 1, 19 (in B; Teimai-
miracle; Mk. 9, 39. \vito]> t.. baiuinA). I Thess. 3, 2; voc.
to keep the law; Jo. 7, 19. Gal. -u; I Tim. 1, 18.
5,3. sunjat., to speak the Teitus, pr. n., Titus; II Cor. 12,
truth; Eph. 4, 15. akraa t.. 18; gen. -aus; II Cor. 7, 0; dat.
to bring forth fruit; Mt. 7, 19. -au; II Cor. 7,14 (in B; du
g-aruni t., to hold a consul- Teitaun in A). Tit. superscr.
tation; Mk. 15, 1. armaion t., 1,4; ace. -u II Cor. 8, 23 or ; ;

to do alms; Mt. 0, 1-3. arma- -aun; II Cor. 2, 13. 8, 0.

hairtiba t. (bi \v. dat.), to tekan (teikan; 7, n. 2), red. v.
jmrform mercy; Lu.l, 72. fra- (181), to touch, (1) abs.; Col.
waurht t., to commit an of- 2,21. (2) w. dat.;Lu.7, 39. 8,
fense; Jo. 8, 34. staua t., to 45. 40. w. two datives; Mk. 5,
judge; Skeir. V, c. galiug t.. 30.
to falsify, handle deceitfully; II tewa, f.(97), arrangement order; ,

Cor. 4, 2. gawairpi t., to live I Cor. 15, 23.

in peace; IICor.13,11. to make tewi, n. (95), order, rank, com-

peace; Col. 1, 20. libant., to pany of fifty; niauagiznm
quicken; Jo. G, 03. (2) w. two \> a u t a hu 1 6 w j a m a bo ve ,

aces., to make; Jo. 8,53. Rom. five hundred; I Cor. 15, 0.

'.».28. for the second ace. d u Tibairiadeis. pr. n., the inhabit-
w. dat.; Joh. 0, 15. 10, 33. (3) ants of the city of Tiberias;
\\. dat. of pere.; Mt. 7, 12. (4) geu. -e; Jo. 0, 1.
\. an adv., waila t. \v. dat., Tibairias, pr. n., Tiberias; dat.
to do well, do good; Mt. 5, 44. Bing. -a d a u Jo. 0, 23. ;

samaleikO; Lu. 3, 11. sua; ti^us, m. (142), decade; always «•*

Mt .5, 19. s was we: Jo. 13,15. twai-, breis-, fid-

in pi., in
spran t n; Jo. 13, 28. hardu- wor-, fimf-, saihs-tigj us.
ba t., to act severely, use til, n.(94), fit time, opportunity,
sharpness; II Cor. 13, 10. w a Lu. 0, 7.
f-

raleikd t.. to act in a manly timreins, f. (103, n. 1), building;

manner, show one's selfa man: Rom. 14. 19. I Cor. 14,20. II
1 Cor. 10. 18. Cor. 10, 8. Eph. 4, 12. 10. 29.
Teibairins. pr. a.. Tiberius; gen, I Tim. 1,4
-a us; Lu. 3, 1 timrja, m. {108), builder, carpen-
 tirnrjan — fcnz-werjnn. 42>

ter; Mk. 6, 3. 12, 1.0. Lu. 20, 11, 25. II Cor. 3, 6. 14. Gal. 4,
17. 24.
tirnrjan, v. (188), to build, (1) triggwaba, adv., truly, assuredly
\v.

lit.;Lu. 14, 30. 17, 28. w. ace. confiden tly; t r g a 1 a u b j a , .

(nora. in pass.); Lu. 6, 48. 14, to be persuaded; Lu. 20, 6. tr.

28. Gal. 2, 18. w. ana w. dat.; wit an, to have confidence;
Lu. 6, 49. (2) trop., to edify; Phil. 1, 25.
I Cor. 10, 23. I Thess. 5, 11. w. triggws (68), adj. (124), true y
du \v. inf., to cause or embold- faithful; Lu. 16, 10-12. 19,17.
en to do; I Cor. 8, 10. I Cor. 4, 2. 7, 25. II Cor. 1, 18.
tiuhan, str. v. (173), w. ace, to Eph. 1, 1. Col. 1, 7. Tit. 1, 9.
ton; tug; pull; hence, to lead, trigo, f. (112), grief, sorrow, re-
guide; Lu. G, 39. to lend away; luctance, grudge; us trigon,
Mk. 14, 44. to lead, bring, w. grudgingly; II Cor. 9, 7.
du w. dat.; Lu. 18, 40. fram trill, n. (94, n. 1), tree, wood;
w. dat.; Jo. 18, 28. in \v. ace; hence, a staff; Mk. 14, 43. 48.
Jo. 18, 28. mi J? w. dat., to triweins, adj. (124), wooden; II
lead, bring with; I Thess. 4, 14; Tim. 2, 20.
or simply dat.; Gal. 5, 18. IT trudan, str. v. (175, n. 2), to
Tim. 3, 6; and in vv. dat.; Lu. tread, w. ufaro w. gen.; Lu.
4,1. 10, 19. to tread as in a wine-
Tobeias, pr. n., Tobiab; Neh. 6, press, w. us w. dat.; Lu. 6, 44.
17.19. dat. -in; Neh. 6, 17. tuggl, n. (94), constellation, star;
Trakauneitis, pr. n., Trachonitis; Gal. 4, 3 (gloss).
gen. Trakauneitidaiis; Lu. tuggo, f. (112), tongue; Mk. 7,
3,1. 33.35. Lu. 1,64.
trauains, f.(97), trust, confidence; tulgiba, f. (97), safety; I Thess.
II Cor. 1, 15. 3,4. 8,22. 10,2. 5, 3. foundation, ground; I
Eph.3,12. Phil. 3, 4. boldness; Tim. 3, 15. stronghold; II Cor.
II Cor. 7, 4. Phil. 1, 20. 10,4.
trauan (26), w. (179,
193), tulgjan, w. v.
v. n. 2;
(188), to confirm,
to trust, \v. dat.; Lu. 18, 9. w.
establish, w. ace; II Cor. 2, 8.
du w. dat.; Mt. 27, 43. in w. I Thess. 3, 13.
dat.; Phil. 3, 4. w. ei; Lu. 18,
tulgus, adj. (131), steadfast, firm;
9 or \> a t e
; to be persuaded;
i ,

I Cor. 15, 58. strong, lasting,

II Tim. 1, 5.
sure; II Tim. 2, 19.
Traiias (26, n. 1), pr. n., Troas,
in dat. Trauadai; II Cor. 2, i ii ml nan, w. v. (194), to take fire,

12. II Tim. 4, 13. burn; II Cor. 11,29.

traiisti, n. (95, n. 1), covenant; tnnbns, m. (105), tooth; Mt. 5,
Eph. 2, 12. 38. 8, 12. Mk. 9, 18.
triggwa, f. (97), covenant; Lu.l, tuz-werjaii, W. v., to doubt; Mk.
72. Rom. 9, 4. 11,27. I Cor. 11, 23.
430 twai — ]>1.

twai, card. num. in pi. (140), f.

twOs, n.twa, two; Mt.5,41.
, 24. 8, 28. 26, 2. Mk. 6, 9. baddaius, pr. u. Thaddeus; ace.
10, 8. Jo. 8, 17. Skeir. Ill, d. -u; Mk. 3, 18.
twai t i g j us wenty; Lu. 14. badei, adv. (213, u. 1), whei-e,
, t

81. twans lranzuh, by two wheresoever, whither; Mk. 0,

and two; Mk. 6, 7. Lu. 10, 1.
twai in si bam, twice; Mk.
14. 72.
twalib-wintrus, adj. (131), twelve
years old; Lu. 2, 42.
twai if (56, n.l), card. num. (141),
twelve] Mt. 10, 1.11,1. Mk. 3,
14. 4, 10. 5, 42. 14, 10. Skeir.
VII, e. d(=.ib.).
tweifleins, f. (103, n. 1), doubt-
ing; I Tim. 2, 8.
Rom. 14, 1.
tweifljan, w. v. (188), to
donht, confound; Skeir. VI,
tweifls, in. (91, n. 2),
Skeir. II, b.
tweilmai, num. adj. (147), two
apiece; Lu. 9, 3. m ]> t wei li -
aim mark 6 m, amid the two
boundaries, in the midst of In•
region; Mk. 7,
twis-staiulan, str. v. (177, n. 3).
w. dat., to depart from one.
bid farewell to; II Cor. 2, 13
(twisst. in A, twist in B).
twis-st;i>s. (103), a standing
f.
aloof from, sedition; Gal. 5,20. ]>agks, m. (91 or bagk n. ? 94),
55. 14,14. Lu.10,1. Jo. 6, 62.
bisluaduh badei, wither-
soever; Mt. 8, 19. Mk. 6, 50.
Lu. 9, 57.
bagkjan (gg; G7,n.l), w.v.(209),
pret. bahta (5, b), to think.
consider, ponder, reason, w. a
partic; Lu. 5, 21. av. du sis
miss 6 and a partic; Mk. 11,
31. mib sis missd; Lu. 20,
disputation
5; and a partic; Mk. 8, 1G. w.
ace; Mk. 8, 17; and af sis sil-
put in
bin; II Cor. 3,5. w. ace. (under-
b.
stood) and in w. dat.; Lu. 2,
doubt ;
19. w. a clause w. ei; II Cor. 10,
7 (sc. sijaima); or ]>atei; II
Cor. 10, 11. w. in w. dat., and
i
bi w. ace; Lu. 3, 15. w. a dir.
question; Mk. 2, 6. w. sis and
an indir. question; Lu. 1, 29. a
31. clause w. -uh {to consult
whether); Lu. 14, 31; or )>atei
and bi w. dat. {to purpose); II
Cor. 1, 17. w. an indir. question
(to doubt); Jo. 13, 22; to be in
doubt, be p( rplexed; Lu.9, 7.
; ,

Tykeikus (6, n. 1). pr. n., Tychi- thank, thanks; Lu. 17, 9.
ens; Eph. 6, 21. Col. 4, 7 (in A, ]>abains, f. (103, u. 1), silence; I
Tykdkus in B); ace Tykei- Tim. 2, 12.
ku; II Tim. 4, 12. ]>ahan, w. v. (193), to be silent,
Tyra, pr. n., Tyre; dat. -ai; Lu. be still, hold one's peace; Mk.
K». 13, i; ;.,,•. -a ; Mk. 3, 8. 1,25. 3,4. 14. 01. Lu. 1, 20.
Tyros, pr. Tyrian; gen.-£;
n., «». :;<;. is. 39.
Mk. 7. 24. 81. Lu. 6, 17. dat. Kiho (5. b).f. (112). clay; Rom.
-im; Mt. 11. 22. 9. 21.
 ' ..

>ai — pamma. 431

]>ai, ]>iiiei, ]>aih, 110m. pi. of sa, ]>airh-lei]>aii, str. v. (172, n. 1),
saei, sab, q. v. to go through, pass by; 1 Cor.
J>aiaufeilus, pr. 11., Theophilus; Lu. 19, 1. 16, 7. . ace; .
voc. -u; Mk. 3, 18. Lu. 4, 30. 18, ]?airh . ace;
baiiu, baimei, dat. pi. of sa, 25; or jainbro; Mt. 9, 9.
saei, q. v. bairh-saikan (34, n. 1), str. v.
bairli, prep. .
ace. (217), (1) of (176, 1), ace, to see . .
space, through, through the through, behold as in a glass;
midst of; Mt. 7, 13. 8, 28. Mk. II Cor. 3, 18.
2, 23. intensified by midja; ]>airh-\vakan (63, n. 1), str. v.
Lu. 4, 30. 17, 11. (2) of the (177, n. 1), keep watch
to
instrument or means, author throughout, keep watch; Lu.2,
or agent, through, by, by means 8. b. nahtin w. dat., to con-
of, (a) .
names of persons; Mt. tinue all night in; Lu. 6, 12.
8,17. 27, 9. Gal. 1, 1. (b) .
bairli-Avisan, str. v. (176, n. 1),
names of things; Mk. 6, 2. Lu. •to remain throughout, stay,
1, 70. (c) in oaths orentreaties: continue; Jo. 9, 41. at . .
bairn blei bein gubs, bythe dat.; Gal. 2, 5 (gloss). Phil.
1,
mercy of God; Rom. 12, 1. 25; 11 \y. dat; Rom. 11, 22. Col. i

bairh boei, because of these 1, 23. I Tim. 4, 16. 5, 5.

things; Eph.5,6. (d) of a state bairko, n. (110), a hole through
or condition, with, by; II Cor. anything, the eye of a needle;
2, 4. 3, 11. — Occurs in composi- Mk. 10, 25. Lu. 18,25.
tion with eight . baissiilauneika, pr. n., the city of
jmirh-arbaidjaii, . v. (188), \y. Thessalonica; dat. -ai; Phil. 4.
ace, to toil throughout; Lu. 16. II Tim. 4, 10.
5,5. paissalailneikaius, pr.u., aThessa-
bairli-bairaii, str. v. (175), \v. lonian; gen. -e; II Thess.l,l;dat.
ace, to carry through; Mk. 11, -u m II Thess. superscr. and sub- ;

16. scr. (eforei inB; a for ai in A).

]>airh-gaggan, an. v. (179, n. 3; baniiiia, ]>amm-iili, dat.s. m. and
207), to go through, come n. of sa, sah, q. v.
through, pass by; Lu. 18, 37. ]>aiiiin-ei, (1) dat. s. m. aud u. of
Jo. 9, 1. .
ace; I Cor. 10, 1. saei, q. . (2) conj., after -s.

16, 5. to pierce through; Lu.2, governing the dat., that, for,

35. to go round, wander about; because; Mk. 7, 18. 16, 4. Lu.
I Tim. 5, 13. and .
ace; . 1, 22. dub., {for the purpose)
Lu. 9, 16. 19, 4; or bairh . that; Lu.18,1. fram \>., since
ace; Mk. 2, 23. Lu. 17, 11; or the time; Lu. 7, 45. in b., in
.
und ace; Lu. 2, 15. that; Lu. 9, 34. Gal. 4, 18. be-
]>airh-ga-leikon, . v. (190), 1o cause; Lu. 10, 20. II Cor. 2, 13.
transfer in a figure, \v. i \v. ]>aninia, ]>anim-iih, dat. s. m.
dat.; I Cor. 4, 6. and n. of sa, sah, q. \
432 J'an — j?arba.

ban, adv. aud conj. (It is often Lu. 20, 40. b. ni, th.
b., /i. s.;

preceded by the enclitic -uh. Mk. 10,

8. ju b. ni, iii. s.;
s.;

There is no distinction in sense Lu. 15,19.21. nih b., t/i.s.; . . .

between ban and -uh ban; the Lu.20, 36. ni b. ni, th.s.; Jo.
latter is inserted between a 16,21. II Cor. 5, 16.
prep, and a sb. or v.) (1) adv., bande (]>andei), conj. (1) i/; Mt.
(a) dera., then, thereupon; Mt. 6, 30. Jo. 5, 47. Rom. 11, 21.
27, 51. Jo. 13, 27. but then; I Gal. 4, 7. (2) because, since; Lu.
I or. 13,12. jah ban, and then; 2,30. 16,3. (3) notwithstand-
Mt. 7, 23. Lu. 5, 35. Jo. 7, 33. ing. Phil. 1, 18. Skeir. VI, d.
-uh ]>an, then; Mt. 27, 16. (b) (4) since, as; Lu. 1, 34. Gal. 6,
rel., when, whenever, as long 10. (5) while; Jo. 12, 35. 36.
as; Mt. 6, 2. 7, 28. Mk. 3, 11. ban-ei, conj., when; Jo. 9, 4. j a h
jah ban, and when, but when, b., inasmuch as; Mt. 25,40.45.

when; Mk. 4, 15. (2) conj. bank; see }>agks.

(continuative), therefoiv. thru; ban-nu, conj. (218), then, so then,
Mt. 27, 17. but farther, also; theivfoiv, so that, for; Mt. 7,
Mt. 5, 31. 37. akei ban sa, 20. Mk.4,41. Gal. 2, 17. b. nu,
but he; Gal. 4, 23. and now; Ln. f/j.s.; Rom. 8,1. 9,16. 1 These.

8,22. then; I Cor. 5,10. ei ban, 4,1. nu jai, th. s.; Rom. 9, 18.
bibe, £/;<•/ f, when; Lu. 1G,4. i]> b. ban, so then if; Rom. 7, 3.
ban bi, and about; Mt.27,4G. b. j ah, then also; I Cor. 15, 18.
jah ban, and then; Mk. 3, 31. ]>ans, ace. pi. m. of sa, q. v.
antfaZso;Mk.3,6. for, I Cor. 12, han-uli-ub (62, n. 3), (1) ace. e.
14. and; Jo. 8, 31. then, and: m. of sah, q. v. (2) adv., then;
Lu. G, G. although; Phil. 3, 4. Mt. 8, 26. 9, 6. Lu. 14, 10. b.
-uhban; Mt. 6, 32. but, and. jah, then also; Jo. 7, 10. b.
now; Mt. 5. 31. therefore, then; ]>;i a, then also; then therefoiv,

Lu. 10, 2. -nb ban jah. and; then; Jo. 11, 14. I Cor. 15, 28.
—
Lu. 3, 18. See also bijands (3) (continuative) conj. (218),
and sa h. but; Mt. 9, 32. Mk. 4, 29. and;
I'nnn, |';i nei, ace. s. m. of sa, Mt. 9, 2. Mk. 10, 13. therefoiv.
sa ei, (]. v. then; Mk. 12, 6. 1'. ban, when;
|»ii!ia-iiiais, adv. further, hence Mt. 9. 25. I Cor. 15, 54.— See
forth, jet, still; Mk. 5. 35. 14. also ew6banh.
63. Ln. 6, 17. ]>. ni. no more, banz-ei (78), ace pi. in. of saei,
nt) longer; Mk. 15. 5. ni ]>., ih. q. v.
8.; Rom. 14, 18. I These. 3, 1. bar, adv. (213. n. 1), there; Mk.
I Tim. , '•"..
6. 10. Ln. 9. 1.

|Mtia-M'i)>s. adv. (212, n. 1). bara. pr. n., Thara; gen. -ins;
longer, still; Col. 2, 20. ni b., Li;. 3. 31.
no more, no longer, not as yet; barha. f. (97), want, need; IlCor.
Mk. 9, 8. Jo. 1. 19. nib ban
1 -11.1 l.'.i. Phil.4,11. ]>arba
 ]>arbs — pan. 483

b u 1 a n, to suffer need; Phil. 4, for, that; Lu. 2, 49. 4, 36. ni

12. b. w. opt., not that, not because,
]>arl)S,adj (124) necessary; Phil
. , not as, though; Jo. 6, 46. 7,
2, 25. vv. gen., having need of; 22. —S. also nib a. (3) w. a
Lu. 9, 11. barba, weak adj. prep.: bi batei, because; Lu.
used as sb.; Mk. 10, 21. Jo. 12, 19,11; s. afar, und. w. inf.;
5, 6. Skeir. VII, c.

Jiar-ei, adv., where; Mt. 6, 19-21. ])at-ist (for bat a ist), that is to
Mk. 2,4. Lu. 4, 10. 17. 17,37. say, that is; Mk. 7, 2. Rom. 7,
Jo. G, 23. 18. 9, 8. 10, 6-8. Philem. 12.
]>arihs (20, n. 1), adj. (124), not this is; Jo. 6, 29. Rom. 9, 9. I
yet fulled, new: Mt. 9, 26. Cor. 9, 3.
]>ar-uh, adv. and conj. (218), (1) ]>at-uh, nom. aud ace. s. n. of
adv., there; Mt. 6, 21. Jo. 12, sah, q. v.
26. (2) conj., and; Jo. 7, 45. 9, J>a]>ro, adv. (213, n. 1), (1) local,
2. Skeir. Ill, a. behold; Mt. 9, thence; Lu. 4, 9. 29. Jo. 7, 3.
18. andbehold;Mt.9,S. b. sai, 14, 31. 18, 36. (2) temporal,
th.s.; Lu.7, 12. but, and; Mk. afterwards then; Gal. 1, 21. 2,
10, 20. b. b an, but; Lu. 8, 23. I (in B, babrohiuA). Skeir.
then so; Jo. 6, 5. 13, 37. VI, d. b. ban, then; I Thess. 4,
sa, q. v.
|>ata, n. s. n. of 1 7; henceforth; II Tim. 4, 8 (in

]>at-ain (for bat a ain), that one, B, ba broh in A).

one thing; Jo. 9,25. that only, ]>a]>ro-ei, rel. adv., from whence;
this only; Gal. 3, 2. ni b.ak Phil. 3, 20.
jab, not only, but also; Rom. ])abro-h-]> (62, n. 3), adv. (213,
9, 10. II Cor. 8, 19. I Tim. 5, n.l), (1) local, thence; Lu.9,4.
13. Skeir. I, d. Skeir. Ill, a. (2) temporal, since
]>at-ain-ei, adv., only; Mt, 5, 47. that time, afterward, then; Mk.
8, 8. Mk. 5, 36. Skeir. I, b 4, 17.28. Lu.8,12. henceforth;
(bataine inMS), jan (i. e. II Tim. 4, 8 (in A, babro in
jah) ni b., and not only; Gal. B). b. ban, th. s.; Mk.7,5. Lu.
4,18. b. ibai, only not; Gal. 5, 16,7. Jo. 18, 7. II Cor. 8, 5 (in
—
13. See also ak. A, babro ]>au in B).
Jiata-ka-h, nom. s. n. of salua- ]>au (bauh, i. e. bau, -h), conj.
zuh, q. v. and adv. (216), (1) conj., (a)
]mt-ei, (1) nom. and ace. sing•, n. after a compar., than; Mt. 11,
ofsaei, q. v. (2) conj. (218), 24. Mk. 6, 11. 10, 25. Jo. 12,
(1) that; it occurs after vs. of 43; also after a positive stand-
'saying, thinking, knowing, ing for a compar.; Mk. 9, 43.
perceiving',and the like; and 45.47. swa ... bau, likewise
often introduces a direct dis- (more) than; Lu. 15, 7. (b)
...
course; Mt. 20-23. 27, 43.
5, introducing the second part of
Mk. 1, 15. (2) causal, because, a disjunctive question, or; Mt.
28
434 J'auli . . . jabai — beihau.

i). .". 27. 17. 1'au... uh(or u), taujan sis, to do profit to
tb.s.; Mt. 11,3. Lu. 7. 19.20. one's self, to be advantaged;
]>au uiu, ornot; Mk. 12. 14. Lu. 9, 25. boei du baurftai
the first question is sometimes ni fairrinnand, which
not expressed, but must be convenient; Eph. 5, 4.
supplied from the preceding baurneins, adj. (124), thorny, of
context, or, or rather; 1 Cor. 9, thorns: Mk. 15, 17. Jo. 19. 5.
6. (c) after an interr. prn.. then, baurnus, m. (105), thorn: Mt. 7.
in that case; or remains un- 16. Mt. 4, 7. 18. Lu. 6. 44. 8,
translated in E.: lrarjis ]>au 7. 14. Jo. 19, 2.

w. opt., which should, etc.; Lu. baurp, n. (94), field; Neh. 5, 16.
9. 40. duh*e]>au, why then; baursjan, w. v.. to thirst (lit. 'to
ICor. 15,29.30. (d) concessive. be dry'); impers., )>aurseib
though; Jo. 11, 25. (2) adv.. mik, I thirst; Jo. 6, 35. 7, 37.
untranslatable in E.; it is ex- Rom. 12, 20 (sc. fijand ]>ei-
pressed in the 'should, would' D a a); pret. partic. ]> a r s i ]> s.
or 'might' of the v.: ei p. w. thirsty; I Cor. 4, 11.
opt., that they might, etc.; Mk. ]>aurstei (32), f. (113). thirst; 11
<;.•"><). (ai]>]>au) waila p. w. Cor. 11, 27.
opt., (if otherwise) yet; II Cor. baursus (32), adj. (131), dry,
11. 10. ]>au occurs very often withered, dried up; Mk. 11, 20.
in the apodosis of a conditional Lu. 6, 6. 8.
clause; Mt. 5, 20. Lu. 7, 39. (c) be, instr. of ]>ata, q. v.: ni]>«*
1'au. then; ICor. 15. 14 (the ha Id is, not the more so. by
copula being understood). no menus; Skeir. IV, d.
Jiauh ...jabai (jaba),coni.(218). be-ei, couj. (157,n.l;218). that,
even if. though; ICor. 7. 21. II always w. ni, not that; Jo. 12,
(or. 4, 16. Skeir. IV, c. 6. not (to the en/1) that; Jo. 0,
l>aurban, pret.-pres. v. (199), to 38. II Cor. 2. 4.
need. want, hick. (1) abs. (to bei, (1) rel. (= batei; 157. n. 2;
have need); Mk. 2. 25. Eph. 4. 164, n. 1): und bata lreilos
28. (2)w.gen.; Mt.6,8.32. Mk. ]>., as long as; Aft. 9, 15. w. ]>a-

2. 17. II Cor. 8, 1; or iuf.; Lu. t air ah; s. salvazuh; and w.

14, 18. I These. 4, 9; or a clause Jnshraduh, bislrah, }>is-

w.oi; Jo. 1G, 30. I These. 5, 1.
baiirfts, adj. (124), needy, neces-
sity; I Cor. 12. 22. compar.
)>aurftozo; Phil. 1. 24: w. du
w. dat., profit able for; II Tim.
3. 16.
l>aurt'ts (56, n. 4). f. (103). need,
necessity; Lu. lit. 31. Phil. 2.
25. 1 Dor. 7, 26. )>aurftga-
Iraruh, pislrazuh, q. v. (2)
couj., (a) that; Mt. 6, 26. Jo. 7,
35. I Cor. 4, 9. ]>ei ni, that not:
Jo. 13, 38. (b) that, in order
that; Jo. 6, 7. 12. 13, 34.
]>eihan, str. v. (172 n. 1), to
thrive, profit, increase, ad-
vance; I Tim. 4, 15. w.dat.; Lu.
2. 52. w. du w. dat.: ni b. du
 ]?eihs — }>iiis. 435

filusnai, to proceed no fur- Jriubi, n. (95), theft; Mk. 7, 22.

ther, II Tim. 3, 9.]?.du wairsi- ]mibjo, adj. (211), secretly, in
zin, to grow worse; II Tim. 3, secret; Jo. 11, 28. 18, 20.
13; and w. ace; Skeir. IV, b. in Jiiubs, see]?iufs.
w. dat.; Skeir. II, c. }?airh w. piuda, f. (97), people, nation;
ace; Col. 2, 19. Lu. 7, 5. 35. Jo. 18, 35. f aura-
]>eihs, n. (94), time, season; Rom. ma}?leis ]?iudos, the govern-
13, 11. I These. 5, I or; II Cor. 11, 32. in pi. usu-
)>eilio, (112), thunder;
f. Mk. 3, ally 'the Gentiles'; Mt. 6, 32.
17. Jo. 12, 29. Mk. 10, 42. Rom. 15, 10. J?ai
J>eina, gen. s. of \>u, q. v. ]?iudo, those of the heathen,
J>eins, poss.prn. (151), f. }?eina, i. e. the heathen; Mt. 6, 7. (also
n. J?ein, p>einata, thy, thine, Mt. 5, 46, where we should ex-
(1) alone; Mt. 6, 13. Mk. 5, 19. pect m t arj s, publicans)
Lu. 6, 30. (2) w. asb.; Mt. 5, ])iudan-gardi, f. (98), kingdom;
23.24. hra namo ]?ein, what Mt. 5, 19. 20. 6, 13. Mk. 1, 14.
is thy name; Mk. 2, 18. 5, 9. 15. Lu. 4,43. a king's house or
Ln. 8, 30. 15,30. j?eina sil- court; Lu. 7, 25.
bons saiwala, thy own soul; Jnudanon, w. v. (190), to be
Lu. 2, 35. (3) between adj. and king, to rule, reign; I Cor. 4,
sb.; Mt. 5, 30. 39. 8. 15,25. I Tim. 6, 15. w. ufar
pewis, n. (94), servant; Col. 3, w. dat.; Lu. 1, 33. 19, 14. 27.
22. 4, 1. Jnudans, m. (91), king; Mt.5,35.
]>is, gen. s. m. and n. of s a, \> a t a, 11, 8. Mk. 6, 14. Lu. 1, 5. 10,
q. v. 24. Jo. 6, 15. 12, 13. II Cor.
]>is-hun, adv., chiefly, especially; 11,32.
Gal. 6, 10. I Tim. 4, 10. 5, 8. l>iiulila, pr. n., Neap. Doc.
II Tim. 4, 13. Tit. 1, 10. Imidinassus, m. (105), kingdom;
Jiis-fcaduh, adv. (164, n. 2), w. Mt. 6, 10. Mk. 9, 1. Lu. 1, 33.
j?adei, wheresoever; Mt. 8, 19. 4,5. 8,10. 9,27. ICor.15,24.
Mk. 6, 56. Lu. 9, 57. w. \>e\, 50. II Tim. 4, 1. kingship, reign;
th. s.; Mk. 6, 10. I Cor. 16, 6 Lu. 3, 1.
(in A, )>ein B). Jmidisko, adv., after the manner
J>is-kah, ace. s.n. of ]?isluazuh, of Gentiles; Gal. 2, 14.
q.v. Jnufs, ]>iiibs (56, n. 1), m. (91),
JnVtoaruh, adv. (164, n. 2), w. thief; Mt. 6, 19. 20. Jo. 10, 8.
\>ei, wheresoever; Mk. 9, 18. 10. 12, 6. I Thess. 5, 24. Lu.
14,9. 19, 46.
Jiis-kazuh, m., J?ishrah, n., prn. Jnu-magus, m. (105), servant;
(164,n.l), w. ei, pei, or saei, Mt. 8, 6. 8. 13. Lu. 1, 54. 69.
whoever, whosoever; Mt. 10, 7,7.
33. Mk. 4, 25. 6,22.23. 11,23. l>ins, m. (91, n. 3), servant; Lu.
Lu. 4, 6. 16, 13. I Tim. 6, 1. Neh. 5, 16.
430 I'in)' — )>r<'is.

J>iuh, n. (04). good, in pi. A'OOf/ ]'I i iihan. str. v. (173, n. 1), to flee,
Rom.
things; Lu. 1, 53. 6, 45. w. acc; I Tim. G, 11. II Tim. 2.
7.18.10,15. J>. taujan. , 22. w. f aura w. dat.; Lu.3. 7.
do good; Mk. 3. 4. Rom. 13,3. |
Jo. 10, 5. i w. acc; Mt. 10, 23.
\v. dat. of pers.; Lu. G, 33. 1>, ]»o-ei, acc s. f. and nom. acc.
l>iu]>ei?s, adj. (124), "•<7; Mt. pi. n. of sa, saei, q. v.
7, 18. Mk. 10, 17. 18. 14, Gl. ]>os, ])oz-ei, nom. acc. pi. f. of ea .

Lu.1,68. G, 54. Rom. 7, 12. 13. saei q. v.

,

]>iu]>eiiis, f. (103, n. 1), blessing;

pomas, pr. n., Thomas; Jo. 11,
II Cor. 9, G. Eph. 1, 3. good-
1G. 14, 5; acc. -an; Mk. 3, 18.
neee; II Thess. 1, 11.
Lu. G, 15.
|>iul»i-<liss, f., blessing; I Cor. 10,
1G.
Ju-afsteins, f. (103, n. 1), conso-

w. v. (187), to bless;
]>iul>jiiii, !
hit ion, comfort; Rom. 15. 5.

Etom. 12, 14 (second), w. ace: l>rafstjan, w. v. (188), (1) to con-

Mt. 5, 44. Lu. 1, G4. 2, 34. Rom. sole, comfort, \v. acc; Jo. 11,
12,14. w.dat.;Mk.lO,16. Lu. 31. Thess. 4, 18. 5, 11. 14.
I

(2) w. sik, to take courage, I»'

1, 29. —pret. partic. ]>iu]?i]>s.
of good cheer or comfort; Mt.
blessed; Mk. 11, 9. 10. Lu. 1,
28. Horn. 9, 5. 9,2.22. Mk.10, 49. (3) to ex-
)>iu J>-spil Ion. or bring glad
to tell hort; Lu.3, 18. Neh. G, 14.
tidings, to preach; Lu. 3, 18. j»raujau, w. v. (188). to run; Mt.
JMwadw. n. (94), servitude, bond- 27, 48. Mk. 15, 3G. Lu.15, 20.
age, service, shi very; Gal. 4. 24. II Thess. 3, 1.
l>hvi, f. maidservant,
(98, u. 1), ]>raihans: s. j'reihau.
band-maid; Mt.26,69. Mk.14. l»rainstei, f. (113), locust; Mk.
GG. G9. Lu. 1. 3-S. 48. Jo. 18, 1, G.
17. Gal. 4, 22. 23.30.31. ]>rasa-bal]>ei, (113), audacity,
f.

|>izai. dat . of sa, q. v.

s. f. presumption; Skeir. V, b.
]>ize, J>ize-ei, gen. pi. in. and n. of l>reihan, str. v. (172, n. 1), to
ea . eaei, q. v. throng, crowd round, pi
]>iz-ei, gen. s. in. and n. of saei, upon, afflict, w. acc; Mk. 3. 9.
<]. v. 5,24.31. Lu. 8, 45. II Cor. 1,
JMZ-uh, gen. . in. and n. of sah. 6. G, 12. pret. partic. prai-
(]. v. hans, troubled; II Cor. 4, 8.
)>izo, Jmzos. iron. pi. and s. f. of narrow; Mt. 7, 14.
s:i . (|. v. lueihsl, u. (94), distress; II Cor.
)>lahsjan. w. v. (188), to terrify, 12, 10 (t>lforprin B).
w. acc.; II (Or. lo. 9. l>reis, card. num. (140), three;
jdaqus, adj. (131), soft. tender; Mt.2G.75. 27. G3. Mk.8,2. Lu.
Mk. 13. 28 1, 5G. |>riia hunda, three*
ldaulis, m. (101). flight: Mk. 13. hundred; Mk. 14.5. Jo. 12. 5
18. = .t.). ]>reis-t igi us thirty: .
 ]>ridja — J'fl.sundi. 437

Mt. 27, 3. 9. Lu. 3, 23. — See jus us

ei) j uzei
: j ye who,
. . .
,

also sinbs. ye.that; Lu.16, 15; dat. izwi-

J>ridja, ord.num. (146; 149, n. 1), zei: izwis ...izwizei faura
third; Mt. 27, 64. Mk. 9, 31. augam ,
you before whose
. . .

10, 34. Lu. 9,22. 18,33. 1 Cor. eyes; Gal. 3, 1.

15,4.
J>ridjo, adv. (149, n. 1), for the
third time; II Cor. 12, 14. 13,1.
]>riskan, str. v. (174, n. 1), to
thresh, thrash; I Cor. 9, 9. I
Tim. 5,18.
]>roj>jan, w. v. (188), to exercise;
w. sik silban (one's self) and
du w. ace; I Tim. 4, 7.
]>ruts-fill, n. (94), leprosy; Mt. 8,
3. Mk.1,42. Lu. 5,12.13. br.
habands, leper; Mt.8, 2. Mk. 12, 22. subscr. Gal. 2, 9. w. a
1,40.
J>rttts-fills, adj. (124), leprous; Jmhtus (15,b),m.(105), thought,
Juigkjan, an. v. (209), (l)impers.:
bugkeib mis, / think (me-
thinks); Mt.26,66. Mk.14,64.
w. ei; Mt.6, 7. Lu.19,11. t>ai-
,
mei buht a, to whom I pleas-
ed (an incorrect translation of
to those of reputa-
tion); Gal. 2, 2. (2) pers., to
think, suppose, intend, seem,
w. inf.; Mk. 10, 42. Lu. 8, 18.
Jo. 16,2. w. nom. and inf.; I Cor.
partic; II Cor. 10, 9. 13, 7.

Mt. 11, 5. Lu. 4, 27. 7, 22. 17, wisdom: waurd habandona

12. handugeins buhtaus,(ir/iic/i
]mi, pers. prn. 2nd pers. (150), show of wisdom
things) have a
thou, (1) sing•., (a) alone, or w. of thought (?); Col. 2, 23. con-
vs., for emphasis; Mt. 6, 6. Lu. science; I Cor. 10, 28. 29. Skeir.
9, 20. (b) w. a voc; Mt. 11, V,b.
23; gen. beina; Mt. 6,13; dat. Jmk, ace. sing, of bu, q. v.
bus; Mt. 5, 26. ace. buk; Mt. |» ii la ins. f. (103, n. 1), sufferance,
5,23. (2) dual, gen. ig(g)kara; patience; Lu. 8, 15. Rom. 15,
I Cor. 12, 21; dat. ig(g)kis; 4. 5. II Cor. 12, 12. I Tim. 6,
Mt. 9, 29; ace. ig(g)kis; Mk. 11. II Tim. 3, 10. suffering; II
1,17. (3) pi., nom. jus, (a) Cor. 1, 5-7. Phil. 3, 10. Skeir.
alone; Mt. 5, 48. (b) w. a voc; II, a.
Mt. 7, 23; gen.izwara; Mt.6, Jiulan, w. v. (173), w. ace, to tol-
27; dat. izwis; Mt. 5,18; ace. erate, suffer, bear, put up with;
izwis; Mt. 3, 11. Mk. 9,19. Lu.9,41. Phil. 4, 12.
]m-ei, rel. prn. (158), thou who, I Cor. 13, 7. Col. 3, 13. bar-
thou that, (1) sing., bu .bu-. . bos b., to suffer need; Phil. 4,
ei thou
, . that; Rom. 14, 4
. . 12.
dat. buzei, to thee to whom:
]ms, dat. sing, of bu, q. v.
bu ... in buzei, thou ... in Jmsundi (15), card. num. (145),
whom; Mk. 1, 11. Lu. 3, 22. a thousand; usually f. sb. (98),
ace.bukei, thee whom; Mk. Mk. 5, 13. 8, 9. 19. 20. Lu. 9,
1,11. (2) pi. nom. juzei (i. e. 14. 14, 31. Jo. 6, 10. Ezra 2,
438 )>iisuiidi-fa)>s — uf-alj>ei8.

12 (busund in MS), ouce Ubadamirus, Ubadila (40, n. 1),

pi., jnisundja; Ezra 2, 14. pr. ns.
Jmsundi-fabs, m. (101), leader of ubilaba, adv. (210), evilly, ill-

a thousand, captain, high cap- Jo. 18, 23. u. haban, to be

tain; Mk. 0, 21. Jo. 18, 12. ill. be sick Mk. 2, 17.
;

Jmt-haurn. horn, trump- ubils, adj. (124; 138), evil, ill,

n. (1)4),

et; I Cor. 15. r,-2. I These. 4.10. bad, useless; Mt. 5, 45. 7, 17.
]>ut-haurnjan, w.\\(188), to blow 18. Lu. 3, 9. Jo. 7, 7. Rom. 12,
the trumpet; I Cor. 15, 52. 9. the n. ubil is often sb., evil,
|>\vahan, str. v. (177, n. 1). \\ an evil thing; Jo. 18, 23. u. qi-
ace., to wash; Mt. . 17. .Mk. ban w. dat., to speak evil
7, 3. Jo. 13, 14. I Tim. 5. 10. against, to curse; Mk. 7. 10. u.
to wash one's self; Jo. 1), 7. haban, to be ill, be sick; Mt.
Invalil. in. 0*4) a washing, bath,
. 8, 16. Mk. 1,32. 34. (>. 55. ba-
baptism; Bph.5,26. Skeir.II.b. ta ubild, ( the) evil: t . 5. 37.
Jnvairhei, f. (113), (1) anger, (>. 13. Mk. 7, 23.
math: Rom. 9. 22. 12. 19. 13. ubil-tojis, adj. (126), evil-doing,
4. 5. Eph.4, 26. 31. Col. 3. B. mischievous, used as si»., male-
I Tim. 2.8. Skeir. VIII, c. in factor, evildoer; Jo. 18, 30. II
bwafrhein briggan, to an- Tim. 2. 9.

ger; Etom. 10, 19. gramjan ubil-wai'irdjan, w. *. (188), w.

du 1>\\ a irliein tli. s.\ Col. 3. dat. of pers., to speak evil of;
,

21. (2) strife; II Cor. 12, 20. Mk. 9. 39.

jMvairhs, adj. (124). angry; Lu. ubil-waimls, (124), adj. evil•
1 I. 21. Eph.4, 26. Tit. 1. 7. speaking, railing: I Cor. 5. 11.
bwastiba. l{97),safety; Phil.:',. 1 ubizwa. f. (97), hall, porch; Jo.
|>ymiaina. m. {108), incense, oner• 10. 23.
ingof incense; Lu. 1, 10. 11. ub-uli, for uf-uh; s. uf, -uh.
uf (5G, n. 2), prep. (217), (1) w.
U. dat., (a) local, under, beneath;
-U sometimes written -uh, an Mk.4, 32. Lu. 17. 24. dal uf
enclitic osed in asking a ques- mesa; s. mes. (b) temporal,
tion (216 and . L), (1) in simple in the time of: Mk. 2, 20. Lu.
questions, (a) direct Mk. 3. 4. ;
4, 27. (3) transferred, under,
10,88. l-">. *•».
Lu. 9. 54. Jo. «>.
in; Mt. 8, 9. uf ga-
Lu. 7. 8.
19. 1:5.12. is. 22. between ili<> kunbai, under subjection; Lu.
v. and its pref.; Mi. '•». 28. Lu. 3. 23. (2) w. ace, (1) local.
is. B. Jo. (
•». 35. (1,) indir.; Mt. under; Mt. 8, 8. ufhnaiwjan
27. I'.». Mk. S. 23. 10. 2. (2) in uf w. ace. to put under; I ('or.
disjunctive questions, (1 «direct; 15. 27. 28. (2) transferred, un-
Ml. 11. 3. Mk.12. 1 1. Lu.7,19. der: Rom. 7. 14.
20. Jo. Is. 34. (2) indir. .!«,. ;
uf-iiibeis (5(5. n. 2). adj. (130. n.
7.17. 2). under an oath: Neh. 0. 18.
 ufar — ufar-hugjan. 439

ufar, prep. (217), (1) w. dat., (a) ufar-fulljan, w. v. (188), w. in w.

local, over, above, beyond; Mt. dat., to abound in; I Cor. 15,
27,45. ufar himinam, 'over 58. in pass., to be filled to over*
the heavens, heavenly; Mt. 6, flowing, w. gen. of th.; II Cor.
14. 26. 32. (b) transferred, th. 7,, 4.
s.; Mt. 10, 24. Lu.l, 33. Rom. ufar-fulls, adj. (124), overfull,
9, 5. (2) w. ace., th. s., (a) lo- full to overflowing, abundant;
cal;Lu. 4, 39. (b) transferred; Lu. 6, 38.
Mt. 10, 37. u. filu wis an, to ufar-gaggan, an. v. (179, n. 3;
abound; II Cor. 1,5. u. mikil, 207), to go too far, go beyond;
very great; II Cor. 11, 5. u. I Thess. 4, 6. w. ace, to trans-
filu, th. s.; II Cor. 12, 11.— gress; Lu. 15, 29. Skeir. I, c.
Occurs in composition vv. vs., ufar-giutan, str. v. (173, n. 1),
sbs. adjs., and in uf arjaina. to pour over: mitaj^s ufar-
ufarassjan, w.v.(188), (1) trans., gutana, a measure running
w. ace, to cause to abound, in- over; Lu. 6, 38.
crease excessively; II Cor. 4, 15. ufar-gudja, m. (108), chief priest;
w. in w. dat.; II Cor. 9, 8. (2) Mk. 10, 33.
intr., to abound, overflow, re- ufar-hafjan, str. v. (177, n. 2), w.
dound; II Cor. 9, 12. I Tim. 1, sik and ufarw. ace, to exalt
14. w. in w. dat.; II Cor. 9, 8. one's self above; II Thess. 2, 4.
ufarassus, m. (105), overflow, ufar-hafnan (35), w. v. (194), to
abundance, superfluity, excel- exalt one's self; II Cor. 12, 7.
lency; II Cor. 8, 13. 14. w. gen.: ufar-hamon, w. v. (190), w. (instr
)
u a s t a i s exceeding grace;
. ,
dat., to put on clothes over, be
II Cor. 9, 14. u. wul]?aus, clothed upon ; II Cor. 5, 2.
glory that excels; II Cor. 3, 10.
ufar-hauhjan, w. v. (188), to lift
u. m i k i 1 e i s, exceeding great-
up; in pret. partie, being lifted
ness; Eph.1,19. u. gabeins,
up with; I Tim. 3,6.
exceeding riches; Eph. 2, 7. in
ufarassau wisan, to be in ufar-hauseins, f. (103, n. 1), a
hearing ver, disregarding, dis-
authority; I Tim. 2, 2. the dat.
obedience; II Cor. 10, 6.
ufarassau is used adverbial-
ly, abundantly; Mk. 7, 37. be- ufar-himina-kunds,
adj. (124),

yond one's measure; II Cor. 10, heavenly; I Cor. 15, 48.

14. u. haban
w. gen., to have ufar-hlei]>rjan, w. v. (188), to
in abundance; Lu. 15, 17. u. pitch a tent over; hence, to
gan6hjan in w. dat., to give dwell upon, rest upon II Cor. ;

abundantly; Eph. 1,8. ufaras- 12,9.

sus wisan w. gen. and in w. ufar-hugjan, w. v. (188), to think
dat., to abound in; II Cor. 1,5. in a haughty manner, be over-
ufar-fullei, f. (113), overfullness, bearing, be exalted above meas-
abundance; Lu. 6, 45. ure; II Cor. 12, 7.
440 utar-jaiiia — nf-graban.

uf'ar-jaiua. adv. w. ace in places ufar-swaran, str. v. (177. n.l),

beyond; II Cor. 10. 1G. To overswear, forswear; Mt. 5,
Dfiur-lagan, w. v. (188), w. afar d, 33.
to lay upon in pass, to I"• laid ufar-trusiijan, w. v. (188), to be-
;

upon. lie j ion; Jo. 11, 38. sprinkle; Skeir. Ill, c.

ufar-leiban, Btr. (172, n. 1). to ufar-]>eihan, str. v. (172. n. 1),
v.

p.iss over; Mr. 9, 1. w. ace, to grow beyond, sur-

ufar-maudci. I (113), oblivion; pass, supersede; Skeir. Ill, d.
Skeir. VI. a (-maadeio ie dat.). ufar-wahsjan. str. v. (177, n. 2).

ufair-meleiiis. f. (103, n.l), super- to over-wax, grow exceedingly;

ecription; Mk. 12. 10. II Thess. 1.3.
nh,r-m€ll 9 Ji. (95), superscription', ufaiMvisan, str. v. (170, n. 1). to
Mk. 15, 26. Lu. 20, 24. be over, exceed, surpass; II Cor.
ufar-iiieljan, w. v. (188), w. ace. 3, 9. Phil. 4. 7. to beset over,
to writ • over; Mk. 15, 20. be higher; Rom. 13, 1.
ufar-miton. w. v. (190), to cause uf-bauljau (24. n. 1), w.v..(187),
to be forgotten! to forget; to puff up, blow uj), be high-
Bkeir. III. c. minded; II Tim. 3, 4.
ul'ar-imiiinon, to forget, w. inf: uf-blesan. to blow up, puff up;
Mk. 8, 14. w. dat.; Phil. 3, 14. I Cor. 4.0. 13.4. Col. 2, 18.
ii f arm u And s
sa walai uf-bloteins, f., entreaty;
i
II Cor.
- e n ai not regarding hie life;
i . s. 4.
Phil. 2.30.
uf-brikan (38, n. 1). str. v. (175,
ufaro, (l)adv. (211, n.l), above, n. w. dat.. to reject Mk.
1), :
6,
thereon; .Jo. 11. 38. Skeir. IV. 26. to despise; Lu. 10, 16. I
b. (2) used as prep.] (a) gen.,
Thess. 4. 8. ufbrikands. pres.
upon; La. 10, 19. above; Eph. partic. used as sb., m.,one who
1. 21. (1)) w. dat., over, above;
injures, or jirnctices contumely:
Lu. 2. 8. 19, L9. Bkeir. IV. I»..•.
I Tim. 1, 13.
ufar-raiiiieiiis. f. (103, n. 1), ;ui
uf-briniian. str. v. (174.n. 1). to
o ver-sprinkling, besprinkling;
be burned, be scorched: Mk.
Skeir. III. b.
1.0.
uf'a r-skn<h> jan (14, n. 1), w. v.

to overshadow, uf-daupjan. w. v. (188), w. ace,

(188), (1) w.
dat.; Mk. 9, 7. La. 1. 35. (2) to dip into, dip; Jo. 13, 26. to
w. ace; Lu. 9, 34. baptize', Lu. 3, 21; and (iustr.)

ufar-skaf'N. f. (103), the first dat.; La. 7. 29.

fruit; Rom. 11, 10. uf'-irainlaii. str. v. (174. n. 1). \\

ufar-steiiran. sir. v. (172, n. 1). (instr.) dat., to gird about;

td mount up, grow up; Mk.4, 7. Eph. 6, 14.
ufar-swara. in. (108), an over-
l
uf'-irraban (56, n. 1). sir. v. (177.
swearer', a perjured person; 1 n. 1). to dig up, dig niter, dig
Tim. 1. l". through; lit. 6, L9. 20.
 ul-lmbaii — uf-straujan. 441

uf-habaii, w. v. (192), w. ace, to Lu. 8, 46. (2) \v. ana \v. dat.;
hold up, bear up; Lu. 4, 11. Mk.5,29. biw. dat.; Mt.7,16.
uf-hauseins, f. (103, n. 1), a 20; or bi w.ace; Jo. 7, 17. (3)
hearing under, regard, obe- w. an interr. clause; Lu. 7, 39.
dience; II Cor. 7, 15. 9,13. 10, Jo. 7, 51; or a clause w. ei Jo. ;

5.6. I Tim. 2, 11. Philem. 21. 17, 7;orbatei; Mk. 2, 8; bei;

uf-hausjan, w. v. (187), to listen Jo. 13, 35.
with submission, obey, be sub- uf-kunnan, w. v. (193), pret.
ject to, (1) abs.; Rom. 13, 5. I strong (199, n.l), once ufkun-
Tim. 3,4. (2) w. dat.; Mt.6,24. naida; I Cor. 1, 21. pret. par-
8, 27. Lu. 2. 51. w. bi all, tic, ufkunnaips; II Cor. 6, 9.
throughout, in all things; Col. uf-kunbi, n. (95), knowledge;
3, 20. 22; or in allamma, th. Eph. 1,17. 4,13. Col. 1,10. 3,
s.; II Cor. 2, 9. w. du w. inf.; 10. I Tim. 2, 4. II Tim. 2, 25.
Skeir. I, c. 3, 7. Tit. 1, 1.
nf-hlohjan, w. v. (188), to cause uf-li^an, str. v. (176, n. 1), to lie
to laugh; in pass., to rejoice; under; hence, to faint; Mk. 8, 3.
Lu. 6, 21. to fail; Lu. 16, 9.
uf-hnaiweins, f. (103, n. 1), a uf-meljan, w. v. (187), to sub-
bending under, subjection; Gal. scribe; Neap, and Ar. Docs.
2, 5. uf-rakjan, w. v. (188), w. ace, to
uf-hnaiwjan, w. v. (187), to put stretch out, stretch forth, put
under, subdue; w. ace, and a forth; Mt. 8, 3. Mk.l, 41. 3,5.
dat. of advantage; Phil. 3, 21. Lu. 5, 13. 6, 10. in pass., to
w. uf w. ace; I Cor. 15, 27. 28; become uncircumcised; I Cor. 7,
w. uf fotuns w. dat.; I Cor. 18.
15, 26. Eph. 1, 22. uf-sagqjan (gg forginB), vv. v.
uf-hropjan, w. v. (188), to call, (188), to swallow up; ICor. 15,
cry, cry out; Mk.
23. 9, 24. 54.
1,
Lu. 4, 33. 8, 28. 16, 24. w. uf-sliupaii, str. v. (173, n. 1), to
(instr.) dat.; Mt, 27,46. Mk.l, slip under, to come in unawares;
26. Gal. 2, 4. to withdraw privily
Ufltahari, pr. n. (Lt. optrit); Gal. 2, 12.
Neap. Doc. uf-snei})an, str. v. (172, n. 1), to
ufjo, f. (112), a superfluous thing: kill, (1) abs.; Jo. 10, 10. (2)\v.
u f j m i s i s t it is superfluous
, ace; Lu.15,23. 27 (af-inCA);
to me; II Cor. 9, 1. and dat.; Lu. 15, 30. in pass.
nf-kunnan. pret.-pres. v. (199; \v. nom., and faur w.ace; to

the pres. is weak; pret. ufkun- sacrifice; Cor. 5, 7. (1) abs.;

I
ba, once ufkunnaida; I Cor. Mt. 6, 26. II Cor. 9, 6. Gal. 6, 9.
1, 21; pret. partic. ufkun- (2) w. ace; Gal. 6, 7. 8; anobj.
naibs), to know, recognize, (1) clause; Lu. 19, 21. 22.
w. ace; Mt. 10, 26. Mk. 6, 54. uf-straujan (42), w. v. (187), to
442 ui-swalleins — uii-aiid-huli|>s.

strew under, to spread; w. der Iran), ih, nu h,s ah, sum-

(instr.) dat., and ana w. dat.; zuh(s.sum s), s \v a h, b a J? r 6 h,
Lu. 19, 36. •
banuh, baruh, bauh. Modi-
nf-swalleins, f. a (103, n. 1), fications by means of -uh (164
swelling op, swelling, haugh- et seq.) are seen in Irarjizuh,
tiness; II Cor. 12, 20. hrabaruh, hrazuh, lreh,
uf-swo£yan, w. v. (188), w. (loc.) bis lead uh, ]>e'i, bislraruh
dat., to sigh deeply, Mk. 8, 12. )>ei; for uh ban (or u]> ]'an),
uf'ta, adv. (214, n. 1), oft, often; ban. s.

Mk. 5. 4. 7,3. 9, 22. Lu.5,33. uhtedun ( for hted u ,

pret of
.

Jo. 18, 2. sa ufta, often, fre- ogan;12, n. 1); Mk. 11, 32.
quent; I Tim. 5, 23. swaufta iihteigo (15, n. 3), adv. (211),
s w § as often as; I Cor. 11, 25.
, in season, at a fit time II Tim. ;

26. 4, 2 (in A, ohteigo in B).

lift CA; prob. an error, for uhteigs (15, b), adj. (124); u.
(in
a uft ), perhaps] Mt. 27, 64. wisan \v. inf., to have an op-
uf-banjan, w. v. (187), w. sik, to portunity for; I Cor. 7, 5.
stretch one's self; II Cor. 10, uhtiugs (15; 19), adj. (124), at
14. \v. d u w. dat., to stretch or leisure: b i b e u h t i u g.(impers.;
reach after, Phil. 3, 14. sc. sijai), when (there is) con-
uf-wair, adj. (124). subject to a venient (time); I Cor. 16, 12.
man, married] Horn. 7, 2. uhtwo (15), f. (112), day-break,
Qf-wopjan, w. v. (187), to cry dawn: air u lit won, before
out; I. u. 8, 8. 9, 38. 18, 38 day-break: Mk. 1, 35. ulban-
( u buh- for uf-uh: 56, n. 2: dus, m. (? 105), camel; Mk.l,
63, n. 1). ofw. stibnai m ki- 6. 10, 25. Lu. 18, 25.
i

lai, to speak out with a loud un-, inseparable particle answer-

voice; Lu. 1, 42. ing to our un-, in-, dis-, -less.
Dgb and agkis, ace, ngkis, un-agamls (35), partic. adj. (202,
dat. dual of ik q. v. . n.2), not fearing, fearless, with-
-uli, -h (the h being frequently out fear; I Cor. 16, 10 (B una-
assimilated to the initial con- gansin A). Phil. 1. 14.
Bonant of the word following; un-agei, f. (113), fearlessness,
24.n. 2;62,ns. 3 and 4). enclit- without fear; Lu. 1, 74.
ic particle (218). (1) I>ut. and. mi-airkns. adj. (124). unholy:
now. therefore] Mt. 9, 21. 27. I Tim. 1,9. II Tim. 3, 2.

1 1. Mk. 2. 11. BO Often w. i]>; un-aiwisks. adj. (124). thatneed-

Mk. 10, 88. 39. in uli |>is, on eth not to be ashamed: II Tim.
this account; Mk. 10, 7. (2) in 2, 15.
composition w. prns. and par- iin-ana-siiiniha. adv.. invisibly;
ticlfs it often adds intensity to Sk.-ir. VIII. a.
the signification; s. andizuh, ini-ainl-liulibs (131 ). partic. adj.,
d h )><* (d n 1"*). Iran uli (un-
ii not uncovered; II Cor. 3, 14.
 un-and-sakann — un-faurs. 443

un-and-sakans, partic. adj. (134), 15, 38. (b) of time;Mt, 11, 12.
undisputed, irrefragable, irrefu- 13. Mk.9,19. und patei(218),
table; Skeir. VI, c. till, until, as long as, while;
un-and-soks (35), adj. (130, n.2), Mt. Neh. 7, 3. und
5, 18. 25.
irrefutable; Skeir. VI, b. pata hreilos pei, as long as;
un-at-gahts, adj. (124), inaccess- Mt. 9, 15. (c) of degree; Mk. 6,
ible, unapproachable; I Tim. 6, 23. See also ius and mais.
16. undar, prep. w. ace. (217), under;
un-bairands, partic. adj. (133), Mk. 4, 21.
not bearing; Lu. 3, 9. Jo. 15, undarists, superl. adj. (124), un-
2; f. unbairandei, barren, dermost, lowest: in unda-
'that bearest not'; Gal. 4, 27. risto air bos, into the lowest
un-barnahs, adj. (124), without parts of the earth; Eph. 4, 9.
children, childless; Lu. 20, 28- undar-leija (?), adj. (132, n. 2) r
30. lowest, least; Eph. 3, 8.
un-baurans, partic. adj. (134), undaro, adv. (211, n. 1), belowy
unborn, not born; Skeir. V, c. beneath; used as prep. w. dat.
un-beistei, f. (113), the state of (217), under; Mk. 6, 11. 7, 28.
being unleavened, unleavened undaurni-mats, m. (101), morn-
bread; I Cor. 5, 8. ing meal; Lu. 14, 12.
uu-beistjobs, partic. adj. (134), und-greipan, str. v. (172), to
unleavened; I Cor. 5, 7. gripe, seize, take, lay hold on,
un-biari,n. (95), beast; Tit. 1,12. w. ace; Mk. 1, 31. 12, 8. 12. 14,
un-bi-laistibs, partic. adj. (134), 46. Jo. 18, 12. I Tim. 6, 12.
not to be traced, not to be un-diwanei, f. (113), immortali-
found out, unsearchable; Rom. ty; I Cor. 15, 53. 54. I Tim. 6,
11, 33. 16.
un-bi-mait, n. (94), uncircumcis- und-redan, red. v. (181), vv. ace, to
ion; Col. 2, 13. provide, furnish, grant; Skeir.
nn-bi-maitans, partic. adj. (134), VI, b.
uncircumcised; Eph. 2, 11. und-rinnan, str. v. (174, n. 1), w.
un-bruks (15), adj. (130), un- ace, to run to one; hence, to
profitable; Lu. 17, 10. Skeir. fall to one, fall to one's share;
I, a. Lu. 15, 12.
and, prep. (217), (1) w. dat., in un-fagrs, adj. (124), unfit, un-
return for, for; Mt, 5, 38. 27, suitable; Lu. 6, 35.
10. Bom. 12, 17. IThess.5,15. un-fairinodaba, adv., unblama*
(2) w. ace, denoting• 'direction bly; I Thess. 2, 10.
toward', or 'the point or goal un-fair-laistibs, partic. adj. (134),
at which anything, in its direc- unsearchable; Eph. 3, 8.
tion, arrives', unto, to, until, un-faurs, adj. (130), not sober,
as far as, up to, down to, (a)
of space; Mt. 27, 51. Mk. 13, 27. );
not well-behaved, tattler (for
I Tim. 5, 13.
44+ Dn-fatir-weifl — un-hrairii]';i.

un-failr-weis, adj. (124). unpre- worthless; du nngalaubam-

meditated,unintentional;Bkeir. aia, unto dishonor: Rom. 9,
Ill, Vj. 21.
un-f'ra]>jands, partic. adj. (133), un-ga-raihtei, (113), unright-
f.

without understanding, fool- eousness; II Cor. 6.' 14.

ish; Rom. 10, 19. un-ga-sailrans (134), partic. adj.,
un-freibeins, f. (103, a. 1), not not seen, in visible; II Cor. 4. 4
taking care of, neglect; Col. 2. (iaB). 18. Col. 1,15. ITira.l,
23. 17.
im-frodei (74, a. 3), f. (113), with. un-ga-stobs, partic. adj. (124),
out understanding, foolishness, without fixed abode, unsettled:
folly; IICor.11,1.17.21. mad- aag. wisaa, to have no cer-
ness; La. 0, 11. tain dwelling-} >lace: I Cor. 4, 11.
un-fro]PS (35; 74, a. 4), adj. (124. un-ga-tass, adj. (124). unruly; I
n. 2), unwise, foolish; II Cor. Thess. 5, 14.
11,16. Eph. 5, 17. un-ga-tassaba, adv., not accord-
Gal. 3,1.
aafroda, weak form ased ;is ing to rule, disorderly; II Thess.
sb.; Gal. 3, 3. 3,6.11.
mi-ga-fairinoiids, partic. adj. uii-£?a-ttMvij>s. partic. adj. (134).
(133), blameless; I Tiia. 3, 2 disorderly; II Thess. 3, 7.

(iaB). Tit. 1,6 (inB). uu-ga-wagibs, partic. adj. (134).

iiiKa-fairino^s, part ic. adj. (134). immovable; I Cor. 15, 58.
blameless; I Tiia. 3, 2 (in A). un-habaiids, partic. adj. (133),
10. 5,7.0,14. Tit. 1,6 (in ). 7. not having, that hath not: Lu.
nu-i?a-habands, partic. adj. (133), 3, 11.19,26. I Cor. 11, 22.
w. eik, not restraining, incon- an-liaili, a. (95). want of health,
tinent; II Tim. 3, 3. sickness, disease; Mt. 9. 35.
lin-tra-liobains (35), f. (103. a.l). uah. liaban, to be sick; Mt.
incontinencjr; I Cor. 7. 5. 9, 12.
uiKa-kairbs. adj. (124), unruly; ua-hails, adj. (124). not hale.
Tit. 1. 6. 10. disobedient; II sick, weak; Lu. 5, 31. 9. 2. I
Tim. 3, 2. Cor. 11,30.
lin-iM-kusaiis. i>;ir1ic. adj. (134). im-liandii-waurhts, partic. adj.
unchosen, not reprobate;
elect, (124). not wrought by hand.
1 1 (or. 13,5-7. Tit. 1,16 (glo not made with hands: Mk. 14,
un-ga-laubeiBB, f. (103, a. 1), un- 58. II •". 1. <.
belief; Mk. 0.0. 9,24. Com. 11 uu-hiiidar-weis, adj. (124), un-
20. 2••;. Col. 3. 6. Skeir.VHI, b. feigned; II Cor.6,6. ITim.1.5.
Illl-ira-lailbjailds. pari ic.adj. (133 un-hraiiici. f. (1 13). unchanm
.

unbelieving; Mk. 9. 19." Lu. '.'.

Col. 3. 5.
11. Rom 10.21. [Cop. 7,12-15. un-hraiui)>a, f. (97), uncleanness;
Tit. 1. 16. Skeir.V, I.. V! II (Or. 12. 21. Gal. 19. Eph. •",.

on-ga-laufb, adj. (121). not dear, 4. 19. 5. 3. I Thess. 4. 7.

 -hrains — un-milcls. 445

un-hrains, adj. (130), unclean; un-kun]>s, partic. adj. (134), un-

Mk. 1, 23. 25-27. 3, 11. 30. 5, known; II Cor. 6, 9. Gal. 1,22.
2. Lu. 4, 33. Eph. 5, 5. un- un-qenijjs, partic. adj. (134), un-
polished, rude; II Cor. 11, 6. married; I Cor. 7, 8.
un-hul]>a, m. (108), afl evil spirit, un-qe]>s; adj.
(130, n. 2), un-
unclean spirit, devil; Mt. 25, speakable; II Cor. 12, 4.
41. Lu. 4, 35. 8, 29. 33. 9, 42. un-ledi, n. (95), poverty; II Cor.
Eph. 4, 27. 6, 11 (gloss in A). 8, 2. 9.

Satan; I Cor. 5, 5. un-lej>s (74, n. 2), adj.

(124),
evil spirit,
poor; Mt. 11, 5. Mk. 14, 5. 7.
im-hull>o, f. (112),
unclean Lu. 4, 18. Jo. 12, 8. II Cor. 9,
spirit, devil; Mt. 7, 22.
Mk. 1,34. 39. 9. w. dat.; Lu. 6, 20.
9, 33. 34. 11, 18.
Lu. 4, 33. unhul]:>onhaban, not beloved;
un-liufs, adj. (124),

to have a devil, be possessed

Rom. 9, 25.
with a devil; Mk. 1, 32. Jo. 10, un-liugai]»s, partic. adj. (134),
21.
unmarried; I Cor. 7, 11.
un-liugands, partic. adj. (133),
un-hunslags, adj. (124), without
not lying, that cannot lie; Tit.
offering, truce-breaking; II Tim
1,2.
3,3.
un-liuts, adj. (124), without dis-
un-lrapnands, partic. adj. (133), simulation, unfeigned; Rom.
unquenchable; Mk. 9, 45. Lu.
12,9. II Tim. 1,5.
3,17. un-histus, m. (105), displeasure
un-lreilo, adv., without rest, unlustau \vairj>an,
to
ceaselessly, continually; Rom. be discouraged; Col. 3, 21.
9,2. un-mahteigs, adj. (124), unmigh-
un-karja, w. (132, n. 3),
adj. ty, weak; Rom. 14, 1. 2. 1 Cor.
careless, neglectful; Mk. 4, 15. 4, 10. 8, 9. 9, 22. Gal. 4, 9.
unk. Avisau, to neglect; I Tim. impossible; Rom. 8, 3. unm.
4,14. wisan w. dat., to be impossible,
un-kaureins, f. (103, n. 1), a Lu.1,37. w. at w. dat.; Lu.18,
refraining from being a burden 27. f ram w. dat.; Mk. 10, 27.
in allaim unkaurinom, in un-mahts, f. (103), unmight,
all things without charge; II weakness, infirmity; Mt. 8, 17.
Cor. 11, 9. II Cor. 12, 5. Gal. 4, 13 (gloss).
unkja, m. (108), an ounce; Ar. un-mana-riggws (68), adj. (124),
Doc. inhuman, fierce; II Tim. 3, 3
un-kunnands, partic. adj. (133), (g in A; gg in B).
without knowledge, ignorant; un-mamvus, adj. (131), unpre-
Rom. 10, 3. Skeir. II, b. c. IV, pared; II Cor. 9, 4.
a. VI, b. un-milds, adj. (124), not mild,
im-kunj>i, n. (95), ignorance; I without natural affection; II
Cor. 15, 34. Tim. 3, 3.
4+0 iin-nnts — -]>|\

(130, n. 2). useless,

uii-niits. adj. not censing; Eph. 1,10. IThess.
unprofitable, foolish; I Tim. 2. 13. 5,17. II Tim. 1,3.

( 9. un-sweran, w. v. (103), w. ace,

un-riurei, f. (113), incorrupt ion: to dishonor; Jo. 8, 40. to treat
I Cor. 15j 50. 53. Eph. 6, 24. shnmefully; Lu. 20,' 11.
II Tim. 1. 10. un-swerei, f. (113), shame, dis-
uiiriiirs, adj. (130, n. 2), incor-
grace, dishonor; II Cor. 0, 8.
rupt ible, imperishable; I Cor. Tim.
II 2, 20.
9, 25. 15, 52.
un-swerij»a, f. (97). dishonor,
unrodjands. partic. adj. (133),
shame; II Cor. 11, 21.
not speaking, speechless, dumb;
un-swers, adj., (124). without hon-
Mk. 7. 37. 9, 17. 2•",.
or, despised; Mk.0.4. ICor.4,10.
mis, inisis, dat. and air. pi. of ik,
q. v.
uii-swi-kun]>s, adj. (124),
'
un-
uii-sahtaba, adv., without con- known; u d s \v k u i ]' ei (coin-

troversy; I Tim. 3. 10. par.), less obvious or evident;

ini-sailraiids, partic. adj. (133). Skeir. VI, a.
not seeing, blind: Jo. 9, 39. un-tals, adj. (124), indocile, dis-
un-saltaiis. partic. adj. (134), un- obedient; Lu. 1, 17. I Tim. 1,
eaHed; Mk. 50. 9, 9. unlearned; II Tim. 2, 2:5.
unsar, poss. pin. (124. us. 1 and unte, conj. (218), (1) temporal,
i: L51), our (1) alone; Mk.12, 7.
t
(a) till,' until; Mt. 5, 18. Mk.
(2) w. a sh.; Mr. 6, 9. 11. 12. 14, 54. Lu. 10, 13. Jo. 9, 18.
Mk. 1,3. Rom. 13, 11. II Cor. (b) as long as, while, whilst:
5, 1. 8, 24. Lu. 5, 34. Jo. 9, 4. (2) causal.
linear•, gen., anaia, dat. and ace. because, for, since: Mt. 5, 8. 6,
pi. of ik . q. v. 14. Mk. 4, 0. niuute...ak
uiisis: ns. unsar a. uutt*, not because ... but be-
DB-eelei, f. (113), wickedness, cause/ IlCor. 7, 9. unteraih-
craftiness, malice, wiquityitSk. tie, forasmuch as; Lu. 1, 1.
7. 22. Lu. 20, 23. Cor. 5,8.
I (3) thnt (before obi. clauses);
Bph.4,81. 6, 12. Skeir. I, d. Lu. 1,58
ini-sels, adj. (130), wicked, evil; un-tila-malsks, adj., rash, heady;
lit. 5, 89. 6, 23. Mk.7.22 Lu. unbecomingly proud; II Tim.
0,3•". L9, 22. II Tim. 3. 3. 3,4.
un-sibja. f. (97). iniquity; Mt.7, DH-triggW8 (08), adj. (124). un-
23 (nnaibjana in MS). fnithful. unjust; Lu. 16, 10.
un-sibjis, adj. (120). lawless] sb.,
iinba-ldiuhan, str. v. (17.. n. 1),
transgressor; Mk. 15,28. god- w. ace, to escape; II Cor. 11,
less, impious; I Tim. 1, 9. 33. I Theee. 5, 3.
un-siiti, n. (95), lack of pence, un-biuda. f. (97), false people;

- tumult: II Cor. (i. 5. Horn. 10. 19.

ribands, partic adj. (133), un-biub, n. (04), evil; Mk. 3, 4.
 un-]mi]>jaii — ur-rinnan. 447

Lu. 6, 9. Kom. un-werjan, w. v. (188), to be dis-

9, 11. 12, 21.
II Cor. 5, 10. II Tim. 4, 14. pleased; Mk. 10, 14. w. biw.
un-biubjan, w. v. (188), to curse; ace; Mk. 10, 41.
Rom. 12, 14. un-wiss (-wis in MS), adj. (124),
un-bwahans, partic. adj. (134), uncertain: ni du unwissam-
unwashen; Mk. 7, 2. ma, not as uncertainly; I Cor.
un-uf-brikands, partic. adj. (133), 9,26.
with out gi ving offense, w dat un-wita,
. m. (108), a person
.

I Cor. 10, 32. without knowledge or under-

un-uhteigo, adv., at an unfit standing, a fool; II Cor. 11, 19.
time, out ofseason; II Tim. 4, 2. 23.12,6.11. unw. wisan, to
un-us-laisibs, partic. adj. (134), be ignorant; I Cor. 10, 1.
uninstructed, having never un-witands, partic. adj. (133),
learned; Jo. 7, 15. unknowing, ignorant; II Cor. 2,
un-us-spillobs, partic. adj. (134), 11. I Tim. 1, 13.
unspeakable; II Cor. 9, 15. un- un-witi, n. (95), ignorance; Eph.
searchable; Rom. 11, 33. 4, 18. foolishness, folly/ Mk. 7,
un-wahs (5,b), adj. (124), blame- 22. II Tim. 3, 9.
less; Lu. 1, 6. un-wunands, partic. pres. (133),
un-wairbaba, adv., unworthily; joyless, very sad; Phil. 2, 26.
I Cor. 11,27. 29. ur-, for us (q. v.) the s of which
un-wamniei, f. (113), spotless- is assimilated to r following

ness, purity, sincerity; I Cor. (78, n. 4).

5,8. ur-raisjan (s. ur-), w. v. (188),
mi- wain ins,adj. (124), without w. ace, to raise up, raise, lift
spot, spotless; I Tim. 6, 14. np; Mk. 1, 31. 9, 27. Jo. 5,21.
without blemish or reproach, to rouse up, wake; Mt. 8, 25.
unblamable; Eph. 1, 4. 5, 27. Mk. 4, 38.— w. dat.; Lu. 1, 69.
Col. 1, 22. 3, 8. 20. aglons urr. to add
iin-waurstwo, f. (112), an uh- afflictions to; Phil. 1, 17. us w.
working woman, an idle wom- dat.; Lu. 3, 8. Jo. 12, 1. in
an; 1 Tim. 5, 13. pass., to arise; Jo. 6, 18.
un-weis, adj.
(124), without ur-rannjan, w. v. (188), w. ace,
knowledge, unlearned; I Cor. to cause to rise, lit. to make to
14, 23. 24. unw. wis an (im- run out; Mt. 5, 45.
plied) w. gen., to be ignorant ur-redan, red. v. (181) to make
of; Rom. 11, 25. w. bi w. ace; ordinances; Col. 2, 20.
II Cor. 1, 8. I Thess. 4, 13. ur-reisan, str. v. (172, n. 1), to
nn-weniggo, adv., unexpectedly, arise; Mt.8,15.26. 9, 5-7. Mk.
suddenly, on a sudden; I Thess. 2, 9. 12. Lu. 5, 23. 24. w. u s w.
5,3. dat.; Mt. 27, 64. Mk. 6, 14.
un-werei, f. (113), indignation; ur-rinnan, str. v. (174, n. 1), (1)
II Cor. 7, 11. to go out, come out, come
448 ur-rists — -beidan.

forth, proceed from; Mk. 8, 11. w. ains, sums, aiushun,

Jo. 11. 41. \v. af w. dat.; Lu.4, manage, q.v.), out of, of; Mt.
.'{."); and w. ace.; Lu. 4. 14; du 27,48. Mk. 9, 17. (c) of time.
w. dat., and inf.; Mk. 14, 48. from, from up, since; Mk. 10,
. .

fram w. dat.; Lu. 2, 1: in w. 20. (d) designating 'circum-

ace: Lu.2,4; us w. dat.; Lu.2.
1; w. Jo. 12, L3. d u w.iuf.:
inf.;
.Mk.4, 3; eiw. opt.; Jo. 12, 20.
(2) tocome; Lu. 7. :54. (3)
to spring /;//. grow up; Mk. 4.
5.8.32. (4) f rise (of the sun
stances, way, and manner', of,
out of. with, in; Mt.5,37. Mk.
11, 20; us gabaur]>ai, by
:•.••'..
nature; Rom. 11, 21; uswis-
tai, tli. s.; Rom. 11, 24; us
;
w a rti m by the root; Lu. 17,
,

Mk.4. 6. 16,2. Noli. 7. 3. (5) 0; bans us liutein taikn-

fall {as lot), w. dat. of i d a s sik, which should
a
pers.. and d u w. inf.; Lu. 1,
(
.>. feign themselves; Lu. 20, 20;
ur-rists (30), f. (103), arising, uslustum; willingly; Philem.
resurrection; Mt. 27. 53. 14. — It occurs in composition
lir-niirks, ad\., reprobate] Eph.2, w. vs., sbe., adjs., and ad vs.
3 (glose 78, n. 4), w. v. (188),
iis-jiujan (35;
iir-riinuian. w. v.. to expand, en- to frighten utterly; Mk. 9, 6.
large(mtr.); II Cor. 0. 11 (us-i•. DS-agljan, w. (188), w. dat.•, to
v.
in B; s. -ui•). !•">. trouble exceedingly, weary: Lu.
iir-rims (32; 49),m.(101,n.l), a 18,5.
running out, u rising; hence, us-ahvjan, v\'. v. (188), to con-
sewer, draught; Mk. 7, 19. day- tinue, endure; I Cor. 15, 10.
spring; Lu. 1, 78. east; Mt. 8, us-al]»au, red. v. (17V), n. 1), to
11. grow old; pret. partic. usal-
urruns, f. (103. n. 3), running l>ans, antiquated; I
<•/ Tim. 4, 7.
out. departure, decease; Lu. us-anan (78, n. 4), str.v. (177. n.
'.».

31. 1), to breathe out, give up the

ns iiz before §, 5, u 78, c; or ghost; Mk. 15, 37. 39.
;

before r 78, n. 4; sometimes u us-bairan, str.v. (175), w. ace.

;

before 78, . 5), prep. w. dat

; to carry out; I Tim. 6, 7. to
(217). (a) of space; out, out of. bear, endure, suffer; Mt. 8, 17.
forth from; Mt. S.2H.
f'foin. us bring forth: Lu. 6, 45. to ex-
d a u ]>a i in .from be dead; Mk.
t claim, answer; Mk. 11, 14.
c>. 14. (h) indicating 'a going Bkeir. VII. a.
out or forth, acomingor spring- us-balbei. f. (113), daringness,
ing out of any thing*, and the impudence, perverse disputing;
like, from. of. out of, with, by; I Tim. 5. ('».

Mt.27, 7. Mk. 7. 11; specifying iiv-bauiyan, w. v. (188). w. ace,

a whole or multitude out of tosweep out. sweep; Lu. 15, 8.
which something is taken, or of 8-beidan, str. v. (172,n.l), to
which it forms a part (so also expect patiently, abide for, (1)
 us-beisnei — us-flaugjan. 449

w. ace; Lu.2,38. I Cor. 16, 11. us-daudjan, w. v., to strive; Col.

Phil. 3, 20. (2) w. ana w.dat., 1, 29. w. inf., to be diligent,
to bear long with; Lu. 18, 7; endeavor; Gal. 2, 10. Eph. 4, 3.
bi w. dat., to endure; Rom. 9, II Tim. 2, 15. Skeir. Ill, b. w.
22. a clause w. ei, to labor for,
us-beisnei, f. (113) long abiding
, that; Col. 4, 12.
or enduring of, patience, long- us-daudo, adv., diligently, ur-
suffering; Gal. 5, 22. Col. 3, 12. gently, instantly/ Lu. 7, 4. I
I Tim. 1,16. Tim. 4, 16. II Tim. 1, 17.
us-beisneigs, adj. (124), long- us-daubs (74, n. 2), adj. (124),
abiding, long-suffering: usb. diligent, forward; compar. u s-
w i sato suffer long; I Cor.
, daudoza; II Cor. 8, 17. 22.
13, 4. w. wibra w. ace, to be us-dreiban, str. v. (172, n. 1), to
patient toward; I Thess. 5,14. drive out, cast out, send away,
us-beisns, f. (103), abiding ex- w. (instr.) dat.; Lu.9,40.43. w.
pectation; Phil. 1, 20. long- us w. dat.; Mk. 5, 10. w. lit;
abiding, long-suffering; Eph. Lu. 8, 54. w. ace; Mt. 9, 49.
4, 2. Col. 1, 11. II Tim.
us-driusan, str. v. (173, n. 1), to
3, 10.
4,2. fall out, fall away; Rom. 9, 6.
us-bidjan, str. v. (176, n. 5), w. w. us w. dat., to fall from; Gal.
inf., to wish earnestly; Rom. 9, 5,4.
3(-bidainMS). us-drusts, f. (103), a falling away,
us-bliggwan (68), str. v. (174, n. (said of a) rough way, Lu.3,5.
1), to beat severely, scourge, us-fairina, w. adj. (132, n. 2),
beat, w. ace; Mk. 12, 3. 5. 15, without fault, blameless; Phil.
15. Lu. 18, 33. 20, 10. Jo. 19, 3,6. Col. 1,22. I Thess. 3,13.
1; and instr. (wandum); II 5,23.
Cor. 11, 25. us-farbo, f. (112), a faring out, a
us-braidjan, w. v. (188), w. ace, journey out, egress; usfarbon
and du w. dat., to stretch forth gataujan us skipa, to suf-
to; Rom. 10, 21. fer shipwreck; II Cor. 11, 25.
us-bruknan, w.v. (194), to break us-fllh, n. (94), a hiding alto-
off (intr.); Rom.ll,17..19. 20. gether, burial; Mk. 14. 8.
us-bugjan, an. v. (209), w. ace, us-filhan, str. v. (174, n. 1), w.
to buy out, buy; Mk. 16, 1. Lu. ace, to bury; Mt. 27, 7. Lu. 9,
14, 19. w. (instr.) dat.; I Cor. 59. 60. Skeir. II, a.
7, 23. w. us w. dat,; Mt. 27, 7. us-filmei, f. (113), amaze; Mk. 16,
to redeem; Gal. 4, 5. Col. 4, 5. 8. Lu. 5, 26.
us-daudei, f. (113), diligence, us-filma, w. adj. (132, n. 2); usf.
carefulness, care, forwardness; wairban ana w. dat., to be
Rom. 12, 8. 11. II Cor. 7, 11. amazed or astonished at; Mk.
12. 8, 7. 8. 16. perseverance; 1, 22. Lu; 9, 43.
Eph. 6, 18. us-flaugjan, w. v. (188), to cause
29
450 ne-fdddoa — us-hahan.

to fly up, to carry about; Eph. 5. Lu. w. (instr.) dat.:

8. 56.

4. 14. Mk. 5, 42. w. ana w. dat.; Lu.

us-fodeins, f. (103, n. 1), food, 2, 47. to get beside one's self;
nourishment; I Tim. 6, 8. II Cor. 5, 13.
us-fraisan, red. v. (179), w. ace. us-giban (56, n. 1), str. v. (176),
to tempt; I These. 3, 5. to give away, give, pay, repay.
us-fratwjan, w.v. (188), tomake restore, w. ace (dir. obj.) and
wise; II Tim. 3, 15. «lat. (indir. obj.); Mt. 5, 26. 6,
UN-fulleins, f. (103, n. 1), fulfill- 4. Lu.
42. 16, 2. Skeir. X, d.
7,
ing, fullness; Rom. 13,10. Gal. w. two aces.; Rom. 12,1. II Cor.
4.4. Eph. 1, 10. 11, 2. II Tim. 2, 15.
u*-fulljan, w.v. (188), tofillcom- us-gildan, str. v. (174, n. 1), to
pletely, fill, fulfill, fill up, eup- repay, recompense, render, w.
ply, accomplish; lit. 11, 1. 5, dat. of pers.; Lu. 14, 12. 14;
17. \\ •. ace; Lu. 1, 23. 3, 5. Jo. and ace of th.; IThess. 3, 9. II
7. 8. Rom. 8, 4. in pass. w. gen. Thess. 1, 6; and und w. dat.;
ofth.; II Cor. 7.4. I Thess. 5, 15. w. dat. of pers.
us-f'ulliian, w.v. (194), to grow and bi w. dat.; II Tim. 4, 14.
or become quite full; hence, to us-graban (56, n. 1), str». x. (177.
I»' fulfilled, be accomj>Hshed; n. 1), to dig out; Mk. 12, 1. to
.Mt. 8, 17. Mk. 14, 49. Lu. 1, break up or through; Mk. 2,4.
23. 57. Jo. 12, 38. Skeir. IV, a; to pluck out; Gal. 4, 15.
w. gen.; II Tim. 1, 4. us-grudja, w. adj. used as sb.
iiN-iiiurcan. an. v. (179, n. 3; 207), (132, u. 2), in.; wair]>an usg.,
to go out, come out, go forth, to be weary, faint; Lu. 18, 1.
go up, come up; Mt. 8, 32. 11, II Cor. 4,1. 16. Gal. 6, 9. Eph.
8. \v. af w.dat.: Mk. 16,8. ana 3, 13. II Thess. 3, 13.
w. ace: Mt. 11, 7. and w. ace; us-«nitnan, w. v. (194), to be
Mt. !>. 26. du w.dat.; Mk.1,5. pouivd out, be spilled, flow out;
fafrra w. dat.; Lu. 5, 8. fra m Mt.9.17. Mk. 2, 22. Lu. 5, 37.
w. dat.; Jo. 10. 28. in w. dat.: us-hafjan, str. x. (177, n. 2), to
Mk. 7. 1'•»; oraoc.; Mt. 2G, 71. Like up, lift up, w. ace; Mk. 2,
uf ar w. ace: Jo. 18,1. osw. 12. 5, 24. Lu. 9, 17. w. ana
dat.; Mt.27.53. ut us w. dat.; w. ace; Jo. 13, 18; du w. dat.;
Mk. 1.25. \vi]>r;iw. ace.; Mt. Lu. 6, 20. wibra w. ace, to
8, 34. w. inf.; Mt. 11, 7-9. w. exalt one's self a gainst; II Cor.
fit: Mt. 26, 75. Jo. 18. 4. 10,5. w.sik, to remove; Mk.
us-gaisjaii, w. v. (188), to strike 11, 23. to intrude; Col. 2, 18.
ofhaet; in pass., to I»• beeide ush. sik jainbro, to depart
one's self; Mk. 3, 21. hence, w. du w. inf.; Mt. 11, 1.
8-gefsnaa, w. v. (194. to become us-hahan (5. b), red. v. (179). \\
amazed, astonished, or affright- sik. to hang one's self; Mt.
ed; Mk. 2.12.9.15. 10,26. 16, 27. 5.
 us-haista — us-laubjan. 451

us-haista (69, n. 2), w. adj. used spring up, in the pret. partie
as sb. (132, n. 2), very poor, in uskijans; Lu. 8, 6.
great want; II Cor. 11,8. us-kiusan, str. v. (173, n. 1), (1)
us-haitan (69, 2), red. v. (170; w. ace, to prove, test; I Thess.
179), to call forth; hence, to 5, 21. (2) w. (instr.) dat., to
provoke; Gal. 5, 26. cast out, thrust out, ivject; Lu.
us-hauhjan, w. v. (188), w. ace., 4, 29. 20, 17. I Cor. 1, 19; and
to elevate, exalt, glorify; Lu. ut us w. dat.; Lu. 4, 29. w.
1,52.14,11.18,14. Jo. 8, 28. pers. pass.; Lu. 9, 22. 17,25;
12, 34. II Cor. 11, 7. w. af w. so w. skulds wisan; Mk. 8,
dat.; Jo. 12, 32; und w. ace; 31. pret. partie uskusans,
Mt. 11, 23. Lu. 10, 15. reprobate, w. bi w. ace; IITim.
us-hauhnan, w. v. (194), to grow 3,8; duw. dat,; Tit. 1, 16.
high, become glorious; IIThess. us-kun]>s, adj. (124), well known,
1,12. evident, manifest; Mt. 9, 33.
us-hin]»aii, str. v. (174, n. 1), to Lu. 6,44. Jo. 7, 4. II Cor. 4, 10.
take captive, lead captive; Eph. usk. wair]?an, to appear;
4,8. Rom. 7, 13.
us-hlaupan, red. v. (179, n. 1), to us-qiman, str. v. (175, n. 1), to
leap up, rise quickly; Mk. 10, kill, (1) abs.; II Cor. 3, 6. (2)
50. w. (instr.) dat.; Mt. 10,28. Mk.
us-hraiiijan, w. v. (188), w. ace, 3, 6. 6, 19. 9, 31. (3) w. ace;
to cleanse out, purge out; I Mk. 12, 5. Jo. 7, 1. 19. 20. 8,
Cor. 5, 7. 40.
us-hramjan, w. v. (188), w. ace, us-qiss (76, n. 1), f. (103), accu-
to crucify; Mt. 26, 2. Mk. 15, sation, charge, lit. an 'out-
13. 20. 24. 25. 16, 6. I Cor. 1, speaking'; Tit. 1, 6.
23. Gal. 3, 1. us-qistjan, w. v. (188), w. dat.,
us-hrisjan, w. v. (188), w. ace, to destroy, kill, (1) w. dat.;
to shake out, shake off; Mk. 6, Mk. 9, 22. 31. 11, 18. Lu. 20,
11. 16. (2) w. ace; Mk. 3, 4. 12, 9.
us-hulon, w. v. (190), to hollow Lu. 6, 9. 19, 47.
out; Mt. 27, 60. us-qipan, str. v. (176, n. 1), w.
us-kannjan, w. v. (188), (1) w. ace, to proclaim; Mk. 1, 45.
ace, to make known; Rom. 9, us-lagjan, w.v. (187), w.ace and
22. (2) w. dat. and ace, to ana w. ace; Mk.14, 46. Lu. 9,
commend one to one; II Cor. 62. 15, 5. 20,19. Jo. 7, 30. 44.
5,12. Skeir. VIII, a.
us-keinan, str. v. (172, n. 2; 195, us-laisjan (30), w. v. (188; 197),
n. 2), to spring up, grow up; w. ace, to teach thoroughly;
Lu. 8, 8. to produce, put forth; Eph. 4, 21. I Thess. 4, 9.
Mk. 13, 28. us-laubjan (31), w. v. (188), (1)
us-keian, str. v. (172, n. 2), to to permit, suffer, give leave, w.
452 ns-lauseins — us-rumnan.

dat.; Mk. 5, 13. w. inf.; Mt. 8, 27, 52. Mk. 7, 34. Lu. 1, 04. 3,
21.31. Mk.10, 4. Lu. 8, 32. 9, 21. w. dat.; Mt. 9, 30. Mk. 7,
59. 61. I Tim. 2, 12. Skeir. VIII, 35. Jo. 9, 10. I Cor. 10, 9 or ;

a. (2) to command^?); Mt.27, duw. dat.; II Cor. 0, 11.

58. us-luks, m. (101?), a/2 opening;
us-lauseins, (103, n. 1), an out-
f. Eph. 0, 19.
loosing, a loosing from deliver- us-luneins, f. (103, n. 1), redemp-
ance, redemption; Lu. 1, 08. tion; Skeir. I, b.
Eph. 4, 30. us-luton, w. v. (190), w. ace, to
us-laiisjaii. w. v. (188), w. ace. of deceive; Horn. 7, 11. II Cor. 11,
pers.. to loosen out; w. sik 8. Gal. 6, 3 (gloss). Eph. 5, 6.
silban, to make one's self II Thess. 2, 3. I Tim. 2, 14.
menu; Phil. 2, 7; and af w. Skeir. I, b. d.
dat., to deliver; II These. 3, 2; us-maitan, red. v. (179), w. ace,
nsw. dat., th. s.\ Gal. 1, 4. to to cut out, cut off, hew down;
loosen out, pluck up; Lu.17.0. Mt. 7, 19. Lu. 3, 9. Rom. 11,
us-leij>an, .str. v. (172, n. 1), to 22.24. II Cor. 11, 12. Gal. 5,
go out. come out, go away 12.
from, (1) w. gen. of aim; Mk. iis-managiiaii. \v. v. (194), to in-
4,35. (2) w.aoc.; I Cor. 1G, 5. crease or abound exceedingly;
(3) \\. hindar av. ace; Mt. 8, II Cor. 8, 2.
34. Mk. 5, 21.8,13; ]>airh w. us-merjan, w. v. (188), w. ace,
ace; Mt. 8, 28. Jo. 8, 59; us w. to spread abroad, proclaim;
dat.; II Cor. 5, 8. bajn-o; Jo. Mt. 9, 31.
7,3. to pass away; Mt. 5, 18. us-mernau, w.v.(194), tobecome
II Cor. 5, 17. known; Lu. 5, 15.
D8-16tail (7. n. 2), red. v. (181), us-met (34), n.(94), conversation;
w. ace, 1<> leave out. exclude; Eph. 4, 22. I Tim. 4, 12. Skeir.
Gal. 4, 17. I, d. manner of life; II Tim. 3,
us-lijui, in. (108), one with nse- 10. common wealth; Eph. 2,
lese limbs,one sick ofthepalsj 12.;

Mt. 8, 0. 9,2. C). Mk. 2, 3-5.9. us-mitan, str. (176), to behave;

10. 1.11.5,18.20.21. II Cor. 1, 12. Eph. 2, 3. Phil.
DS-Iftk&n (15), str. v. (173, n. 2). 1, 27. I Tim. 3, 15. uswise
W. ace, to unlock, <>/>en; Mk. 1, u s in., to be in error, to err; II
10. Lu. 2. 23. 4, 17. Neli. 7. 3. Tim. 2. is.
to unsbeath, draw (.•/ sword); us-iiimaii, str. x. (170; 175), w.
Mk. 14, 47. w. dat.; Jo. 9, 1ace, to take out, take away,
10,8. take: Mt. 8,17. 27, 9. Mk. 4,
us4ukaiis. partic. adj. (131), un- 15. s, 8. Lu. 0, 4. Jo. 15, 2. w.
locked, opened; Mk. 1, 10. a! w. dat.; Lu. 8,12. us w.
us-liiknan, w. v. (194), to become tl.it .; Jo. 17, 15.

unlocked, to open (intr.)j Mt. us-rumnan; s<>e urrumnan.

 us-sailuan — us-staee. 453

us-saikan (34, n. 1), str. v. (176, us-skarjan; usskarjaindau is

n. 1), (1) abs., to regain one's prob. an error, for usskaw-
sight; Mt.11,5. Lu.7,22. Mk. jaindau; s. usskawjan.
8, 24. 25. 10, 51. (2) w. ace, us-skawjan (42, n.2), w.v. (188),
to look on; Mk. 3, 5. Lu. 6, 10. (1) w. sik, to awake/ I Cor.
(3) w. du w. dat., to look up; 15, 34. (2) in pass., to recover
Mk. 7, 34. one's self; II Tim. 2, 26 (in B,
us-sakan, str. v. (177, n. 1), w. Ahas usskarjaindau; s. us-
dat. of pers. and ace. of th., to skarjan).
expound thoroughly or in de- us-skaws (-skaus; 124, n. 3),
tail, communicate to; Gal. 2, 2. cautious, wakeful; ussk. wi-
ns-saljan, w. v. (188), to stay as s an
to be awake; I Thess. 5, 8.
,

a guest, be guest; Lu. 19, 7. us-sokjan (35), w. v. (186), to

us-sandjan (74, n. 3), w. v. (f87), seek out, (1) abs., to search;
to send out, send forth, w. ace; Jo. 7, 52. Skeir. VIII, d. (2) w.
Mk. 1, 43; and in w. ace; Mt. ace (in pass, the nom.), to
9,38. judge; I Cor. 4, 3. 4. 9, 3. 14,
us-sateins, f. (103, n. 1), nature; 24. to seek out, distinguish;
Eph. 2, 3 (gloss). I Cor. 4, 7.
us-satjan, w. v. (187), w. ace, to us-spillon, w.v. (190), to tell out,
set on, place upon; Lu. 19, 35. publish; Lu. 8, 39. to tell, re-
to set, plant; Mk. 12, 1. Lu. late, report; Lu. 9, 10.
20,9. refl.; Lu. 17, 6. barna us-stagg (imper.), an error; s.
uss. w. dat., to beget children usstiggan.
to, raise up seed to; Mk. 12, 19. us-standan, str. v. (177, n. 3), (1)
w. in w. ace, to send out .in-. to stand up, rise up, arise; Mt.
.

to; Lu. 10, 2. ussatips wi-
san, to be founded, be wade
or created, to exist; Col. 1, 17.
Skeir. II, d.
us-siggwan (68), str. v. (174, n.
1), to read, (1) w. ace of th.;
Mk.12,10. Lu. 6, 3. Gal. 4, 21
(gloss); w.dat. of pers.; IThess.
5, 27. w. at or in w. dat. of
pers. or th.; Col. 4, 16. (2) w.
an indir. question; Mk. 2, 25.
(3) w. an adv. (luaiwa); Lu.
10, 26.
us-sindo, adv., especially; Philem.
16.
us-sitan, str. v. (176, 1), to sit
up; Lu. 7, 15.
9,9. Mk. 1,35. 2,14. Lu.1,39.
to rise again, rise (from the
dead); Mk. 8, 31. w. ana w.
ace, to rise up against; Mk. 3,
26. us w.dat., to rise up, stand
up, arise out of; Lu. 4, 38. to
rise (from the dead); Mk. 9, 9.
w. inf., to rise up, stand up;
Lu.4, 16; or partie; Lu. 10, 25.
(2) to go out; Mk. 6, 1. w. us
w. dat., to come out or from;
Mk. 11, 12.
us-stass (ustass; 78, n. 5), f.
a rising up or again,
(103, n. 3),
resurrection; Mk. 12, 18. 23.
Lu. 2, 34. 14, 14. Jo. 11, 24.
25. Phil. 3, 11.
4,4 us-eteigran — us-wagjan.

us-steigan (78, n. 5), str. v. (172, gen.: Mk. 8, 23. w. ei \v. opt.;
n. 1), to mount up, climb up, Mk. 15, 20. w. in w. ace, to
go up, ascend; Jo. G, 02. Eph. drive into; Mk. 1, 12. \v. ana
4, 9. w. ana w. ace; Lu. 5.19. w. ace, to lead or take up; Lu.
19, 4. in w. ace; Mk. 3, 13. to 4,5. us dauj^aim iup ust.,
enter into; Jo. 6, 17. uf ar w. to bring up again from the
ace, Eph. 4, 10. dead; Rom. 10, 7. (2) to pay
iiN-stiggan, str. v. (174, n. 1), to (tribute): Rom. 13, 6. (3) to
pluck out: Mt. 5, 29 (imper. perform, nnish, accomplish, ful-
-stigg, for -stagg in CA). fill, perfect end; Mt. 7, 28.. 10,
,

u^-stiurei, f. (113), excess, riot: 23.26. Gal. 5, 16. pret. partie

Eph. 5, 18. Tit. 1,6. u st a nans, perfect; II Tim.
iiN-stiuriba, adv.. riotously; Lu. 3, 17. w. two aces., to present;
1 0, 13. Eph. 5, 27. (4) intr.. ustauh,
us-taikneiiis, (103, f.1), a . hei-e ends; Rom. I. Cor. II. Cor.
ehotoing; Lu. 1, 80. proof, to- and other subscrs.
ken: II Cor. 8, 24. Phil. 1,28. us-J>riutan, str. v. (173, n. 1). w.
Skeir. V. c dat.,f trouble; Mk.l4,6.Lu.l8,
us-taikiijan, w. v. (188), w. ace 5. to use despit e fully: Mt. 5 ,44.
of pers., to point out, appoint; us-J>roJ>eins, f. (103, n. 1), exer-
Lu. 10. 1. us w. dat.; Skeir.
w. cise ; I Tim. 4, 8.
VIII. d. w. ace of th., to show. iis-J>roJijan, w. v. (188), to exer-
designate; Skeir. I, a. II, a. w. cisethoroughly: u s r ]> ]> i

ana w. dat.; Skeir. VII, c. wisan in w. dat., to be well

I'.iirli w . acc.; Skeir. V. d. to
instructed in; Phil. 4, 12.
show, do; Rom. 9. 22. II Cor. us-]nilains, f (103, n. 1), patience; .

8, 24; and dat. of pers.; II Tim. Col. 1,11. (patient waiting for);
4. 14. w. ace w. inf.. to show. II Thess. 3, 5.
prove; II Cor. 7, 11. w. two ns-]nilan, w. v. (193), (1) w.ace,
aces.. toehow, expose, eet forth. to suffer, endure, bear, have
make] I Cor. 4, 9. ust. sik f>atience: II Cor. 11,1.19. Eph.
bw8 w. iioni.. to approve one's 4, 2. I Thess 5. 14. (2) abs.,
self as; II COP. 6, 4. list, sik to suffer, bear; IlCor. 11,4.20.
dn W. dat., To commend one's to forbear: I Thess. 3, 1. "».
self to: II Cor. 4. 2. pros, partie. us]' lands, pa-
iis-tai'ihK (103),
f. completion, tient; II Tim. 2. 24.
performance; Lu. 1.4."». per- us-]Mvahan, str. v. (177. n. 1). w.
fection] II Cor. 13, 9. Eph. 4, acc. to wash; Lu. 5, 2. Jo. 13,
12. end; Horn. 10, 1 2. 14.

iis-t iuliaii. BtP. v. (173), \v. acc us-wagjan, w. v. (188), w. ace,

tmetimee understood; in pi to stir up. excite, jirovoke; II
thenom.), (1) to had oat, put Cor. 2 (in A), in pass., to be
'•>.

forth; Jo. 10. 8. w. fit ana w. tossed about: Eph. 4. 14.

 us-Avahsans — fltaiia. 455

us-wahsans, partic. adj. (134), domjan or ... gadomjan,

grown up: usw. wisan, tobe to justify; Lu. 10, 29. Mt. 11,
of age; Jo. 9, 21. 23. 19. Lu. 10, 29.
us-wahsts, f. (103), growth, in- us-waurkjan, an. v. (209), w. in
crease; Eph. 4, 16. w. dat., and inf., to work thor-
us-wairpan, str. v. (174), to cast oughly, work, do; Eph. 6, 13.
out, (1) w. ace. (nom. in pass.); us-waurpa (32), a casting away;
Mt. 7, 22. 8, 16. 31; and af w. Rom. 11, 15. I Tim. 4, 4. an
dat.; Mk. 16, 9. in w. ace; Mt. outcast, one born out of due
8, 12. us w. Mk.7,26. ut
dat.; time; I Cor. 15, 8.
usw. dat.; Lu. 20, 15. ut; Jo. us-weihs, adj. (124), unholy,
6, 37. ana w. ace, to cast profane; I Tim. 1, 9. 4, 7. II
upon; Lu. 19, 35. (2) w. dat.; Tim. 2, 16.
Mk. 3, 22. 5, 40; and usw. dat.; us-wena, w. adj. (132, n. 2); ni
Lu. 6, 42. ut us w. dat.; Mk. waihtais usw., not hoping
12,8. to reject; Mk. 12, 10. ut nothing, i. e. despairing ofnoth-
usw., to cast out; Lu. 14, 35. ing, hoping for nothing again
usw. ut, to cast off; Rom. 13, (E. version); Lu. 6, 35. usw.
12. (sb.) waur)?ans, one living
us-wakjan, w. v. (187), w. ace, without hope; Eph. 4, 19.
to wake up, awake from sleep; us-windan, str. v. (174, n. 1), w.
Jo. 11, 11. ace, to plat, plait; Mk. 15,17.
us-walteins, f. (103, n. 1), a sub- Jo. 19, 2.
verting; II Tim. 2, 14. ruin; us-wiss, adj. (124), loose, disso-
Lu. 6, 49. lute, vain; u s w u s . m
i t an to ,

iis-waltjan, w. v. (188), w. ace, live dissolutely, to err; II Tim.

to overturn, overthrow; Mk. 2,18.
11,15. II Tim. 2, 18. to sub- us-wissi, n. (95), looseness, dis-
vert; Tit. 1,11. soluteness, vanity; E}?h. 4, 17.
us-wandeins, f. (103, n. 1), a ut (15) adv. (213, n. 2), out, al-
turning aside, leading astray; ways w. vs. of motion; Mt. 9,
Eph. 4, 14. 32.^26, 75. Mk. 1, 25. attiu-
us-wandjan, w. v. (188), w. dat., han ut,
to bring forth to; Jo.
to turn one's self away from; 19,4. hiritit, come out, come
Mt. 5, 42. fig., to turn aside or
forth; Jo. 11, 43. —
It is often
away; Skeir. I, a. w. d u w. dat.;
used w. vs. compounded w. us.
I Tim. 1, 6. uta, adv. (213, n. 2). out, with-
us-waurhts, f. (103), justice, out; Mt. 26, 69. Mk. 1, 45. 3,
righteousness; II Cor. 9, 9. 31.32.4,11. Lu.1,10. Col.4,5.
(-waurtsinB, by error). 10. iitaiia, adv. (213, n. 2), without,
us-waurhts, adj. (124), just on the outside; II Cor. 7, 5. sa
righteous; Mt.9,13. Mk.2,17. .
unsara manna, our out-
Lu. 14, 14. uswaurhtana ward man; Cor. 4, 16. w.
456 utapTd — waihts.

gen., out of; Mk. waian (22), red. v. (182). t blow;

8, 23. Skeir.
Ill, c. u. synagogais wair- Mt. 7, 25. 27. Jo. 6, 18.
J?an, tohe put out of the syna- wai-dedja (21, n. 2), m. (108),
gogue; Jo. 9, 22. woe-doer, evil-doer, malefactor,
utaJ»ro, adv. (213, n. 2), from robber; Mt. 27, 44. Mk.11,17.
without; Mk. 7, 18. w. gem; 14, 48. 15, 27. Lu. 10, 30. Jo.
Mk. 7, 15. 10,1.8. 18,40. II Cor. 11, 26.
wai-fairlrjan, \v. v. (188), to
uzeta (us-? 78, n. 4), m. (108),
wail; Mk. 5, 38.
manger, lit. 'a tiling to eat out
waihjo (or ai?), f. (112), a fight-
of; Lu. 2, 7. 12. 1G.
ing, contention; II Cor. 7, 5.
uz-on (78,n.4), pret. of us an an,
waihsta, m. (108), comer; Mt.6,
q. v.
5. Mk. 12, 10. Lu. 20, 17.
uz-u. nz-Hh, i. e. us, -u, -ub, q. v. wailista-stains, m. corner- (91),
stone; Eph. 2, 20.
W. waiht, n. (94), whit, any thing,
Wadi, n. (95), pledge, earnest; nom. sing.,and always in nega-
Eph. 1, 14. II Cor. 1, 22. 5, 5. tive sentences; Gal. 6, 15 (pre-
Skeir. VI, d. dicate),ni waiht, no whit,
wadja-bokos, pi. f., bond, hand- naught, nothing; Mt. 10, 2G.
writing; Col. 2, 14. 27, 19. Rom. 8, 1. 14, 14. Gal.
waggareis, m. ( orwaggari,
(
.)2. I Tim. 4.2, 6. 6, 3 (predicate).
n?), pillow; Mk. 4, 38. 4. Tit, 1, 15.
waa:i?s, in. (91), a field: hence waihts, f. (11G and n. 1), a whit,
Paradise; II Cor. 12, 4. thing; ace. pi. waihtins; Lu.
wagjan, w. v. (188), to wag, 1, 1; or waihts; Skeir. II, d.
shake; Mt. 11.7. Lu. 7. 24. II a appearance, gen. pi.
whit,
These. 2. 2. waiht ; I Thess. 5, 22. in
wahsjan. sir. v. (177, n. 2), to ] » ie i w a i h t a i s for which ,

wax, grow, increase; Mt. 6,28. cause, wherefore; Eph. 3, 1. ni

Mk. 4, 8. Lu. 1, 80. 2,40. w. waihts or waihts ni (some-
du w. .1,-it.; Eph. 2. 21. Col. 2. times separated by other
19. Skeir. IV. a. w. ga I a in a n, words), no whit, naught, noth-
to increase (trans.). ing; Mt. 27, 12. Mk. 7, 12. 15
wahetos, m. (105), .•/
waxing, (inga gga nd 6 referring to the
growth, increase; Col. 2, 1). natural gender), ni waihtai,
stature; Mt. (;. 27. Lu. 2. 52. in nothing, not at all; Mk. 5.
L9, 8. Eph. 1. 13. 2••.. w. part it. gen.; Lu. 18, 34.
wahtwo (58, n. 2). f. (112. or -a ;
I Cor. 13,3. Cor. 7, 5. Skeir.
!>7•.'), ua1rh; Lu. 2, 8. VII, a. li i wa ill t mis
wul]>ris
wai. fnterj. (21 w. dat., woe!;
it), i s is of no consequence to me:
.

Mt. 11. 21. Mk. 18, 17. Lu. 6, Gal. 2. 0. n w. aliis, noth- i

lM-_v>. 10. 13. ing else; Gel. 5. 10. Ul W.

 Availa — wa.ir]?an. 457

gahieilai uais, no rest; II Phil. 4, 1. I Thess. 2, 19. II

Cor. 7, 5. Tim. 4, 8.
waila (20, 3), adv., well; Mk.7,6. wiiir, m. (91, n. 4), a man; Mt.
9.37. Lu. 20, 39. IITim.1,18. 7, 24. Mk. 6, 20. Lu. 7, 20. 8,

w. pan, jet; II Cor. 11,16. w. 27. Jo. 6, 10. Rom. 7, 3. Ezra

andanems, accepted; II Cor. 2, 25-29. Skeir. VII, b:
6, 2. 8, 12.w. galeikan w. waira-leiko, adv., in a manly
dat., to be acceptable toy Rom. manner: w. taujaib, quit you
14, 18. II Cor. 5, 9; w. in w. like men; I Cor. 16, 13.
dat., to be well pleased in Mk. wairdus, m. (105), host; Rom.
;

1, 11. Lu. 3, 22. — See also 16, 23.

frapjan, liugjan, qiban, wairilo, (112), lip; Mk. 7, 6. I
f.

taujan, wisaii. Cor. 14, 21.

wairpan, str. v. (174), to cast,
waila-deps (74, n. 2), f. (103),
benent; I Tim. 6, 2. throw; w. ace; Mk. 1, 16. Lu.
4, 9. Skeir. Ill, w. dat.; Mk.
c.
waila-niereiiis, (113, n. 1),
f.
7, 27. (instr.) Mk. 4, 26. w. af
good report; II Cor. 6, 8. glad
w.dat.; Mt. 5, 29. w. ana w.
tidings, preaching; I Cor. 1,21.
ace, to cast (stones) at, to
waila-merjan, w. v. (188), to stone; Mk. 4, 26. in w. ace;
bring glad tidings, proclaim, Mk. 1, 16. to throw, let down
preach the gospel, (1) abs.; Lu. (a net); Lu. 5, 5. stainam w.
9, 6. w. in w. dat.; II Cor. 1,
w. ace, to stone; Mk. 12, 4.
19. (2) w. ace; Lu.16, 16; and
wairs, compar. adv. (212, n. 1),
in w.dat.; Eph.3,8. (3) w.dat.; worse; Mk. 5, 26.
Lu. 4, 18. (4 )\v. dat. of pers.
wairsiza, compar. adj. (138),
and, (a) ace. of th.; Lu. 1, 19; worse, worser; Mt. 9, 16. 27,
or bi w. ace; Lu. 4, 43. 64. Mk. 2, 21. I Tim. 5, 8. II
Tvaila-mers, adj. (130, n. 2), of
Tim. 13. 3,
good report; Phil. 4, 8.
wairpaba, adv. w.gen., worthily;
waila-qiss, (103), a well-saying,
f. Eph.4,1. Phil. 1,27. Col. 1,10.
blessing; II Cor. 9, 5. I Thess. 2, 12.
waila-spillon, \v. v. (190), to bring wairpan, str. v. (174, n. 1), (1)
glad tidings, to preach; Lu. 8, 1. principal v., to be born, arise,
lvaila-wizns, f. (103), well-living, come forth, appear; Mt. 8, 24.
food; Skeir. VII, b. 26. 27,45. Mk.4,37. Gal. 4,4.
wainags, adj. (124), unhappy, the pres. sometimes occurs
miserable, wretched; Rom. 7, 24. where we use the future of 'to
wainei, adv., if only, would that; be'; Mt.8,12. Lu. 1,33. 45. 15,
I Cor. 4, 8. II Cor. 11,1. Gal. 7. (2) to come to pass, happen,
5,12. be done or fulfilled; Mt. 5, 18.
waips, m. (91, or 101?), wreath, 6, 10. Mk. 4, 11. for the pres.
crown; Jo. 19, 5. I Cor. 9, 25. the future in E.; Mt. 11, 24. Lu.
 458 wair^ida — walis.

1,14. jabaimagi wairban, See also briggan and rahn-

if it be possible; Rom. 12, 18. jau.
; the i rapers. w a r b ( pret, ) often wait, 1st and 3d pers. pres. ind.
introduces a narration, some- sing, of witan (str. v.), q. v.
times w. j ah it came to pass; Mait-ei, adv., whether, perhaps;
,

Mt. 7, 28. 9, 10. Mk. 1, 9; so Jo. 18, 35. I Cor. 16, 6.

w. dat. and inf.; Mk. 2, 23. waja-merei, f. (113), blasphemy;
swaei mis mais f agin on Jo. 10, 33.
warb, so that I rejoiced the waja-iiiereins, f. (113, n. 1), the
more; II Cor. 7, 7. warb af- art ofblaspheming, blasphemy;
slaabnan allans, (it came Mt, 26, 65. Mk. 7, 22. 14, 64.
to paea tliat) they were all Eph. 4, 31. evil speaking; II
amazed; Lu. 4, 36. of time, to Cor. 6, 8.
come, come on; Mt. 8, 16. 26, waja-merjan (21, n. 2), w. v. (188),
2. \v. dat., to be given to, come to blaspheme, (1) abs.; Mt. 9,
to; Lu. 19, 9. . gen., th. s.; 3. Jo. 10, 36. I Tim. 1, 20. (2)
Lu. 20, 33. (3) to be.w. bi w. w. ace; Mk. 3, 28. 29. 15, 29.
dat.; Rom. 11, 25. in w. dat.; Rom. 14, 16. I Tim. 6, 1.
II Cor. 3, 8; s. also unlusts wakan, str. .
(177, n. 1), to
and siuns. mib w.dat.; Lu.2, wake, watch; I Cor. 16,13. Col.
13. w. adv.; s. utana. (4) w. 4, 2. I Thess. 5, 6. 10. Eph. 6,
a prod., to become, be, (a)pres. 18 (inB).
partic; Mk. 9, 3 (b) adj. (espe- waldan, red. v. (179, n. 1), w.
cially weak adjs. discharging (instr.) dat,, to wield, rule.
more or 1<>ss the function of go vern; gardaw., to guide a
bos.); Mt. 5, 20. 8, 3; s. also house; I Tim. 5, 14. to make
ewikunbs, wulbags. (c) Bb.; proper use of, be content with;
Mt. 5, 45. w. s\vf>: Mt. 10, 25. Lu. 3, 14.
(2) auxiliary v.; Ml. 8. 24. 9, wal (lu fni, n. (95, n. 1), power,
2."). Mk. 3. 26. Rom. 15,4. might, authority; Mt. 7, 29. 8,
>vair|>ida. f. (97). worthiness, dig- 9. 9,8. Mk. 1,22. Skeir.I,b.c.
nity, sufficiency; II Cor. 3, 5. w.gen., power, authority over;
Skeir. V. d. Vli. ... Mk. 6, 7; or ana (against), w.
ivair|><m, w. v.
( 190). to estimate, ace; Jo. 19, 11. ofarw. dat.;
rate, value] Mt. 27. 9. Lu. 9, 1. w. ha ban or aigan
wairbs, m., worth, price] Cor.
I \\. ei:Mk.ll. 28; or inf.; Mt.9,

7. 23. Neap. Doc. 6; or d u w. inf.; Mk. 3, 15. I

wair]»s. adj. (124), worth, worthy. Cor. 9, 6.
able, meet; II Thess. 1, 3. w. walis, adj. (always weak: walisa;
it.; Mt. 10, 37. 38. av. dn w. 132, n. 2), chosen, true; Phil.
dat. (sij/firirnt); II Cor. 2, 16: 4, 3. in apposition; I Tim. 1, 2.
or a rel. clause; Mk*. 1, 7; or a Tit. 1.4. dear, beloved; Col. 8,
clause w. "i: Mt. 3, 11. 8, 8.— 12. II Tim. 2,1.
 waljan — waurdahs. 459

waljan, w. v. (187), to choose; wardja, m. (108), watchman, in

Phil. 1, 22. II Cor. 5, 8. pi. watch, guard; Mt. 27, 65.
waltjan, w.v. (188), w. in w.ace, warei, f. (113), wariness, crafti-
to roll, beat upon, dash against; ness; II Cor. 4, 2.
Mk. 4, 37. wargtya, f. (97), condemnation ,
walus, m. (105), staff; Lu. 9, 3. judgment; Rom. 8, 1. 13, 2. II
walwison, w. v. (190), wallow; Cor. 3, 9. Gal. 5, 10.
Mk. 9, 20. warjan, w. v. (187), to forbid;
wamba, f. (97), womb, belly; Mk. Lu. 9, 50. w. ace. of th.; I Tim.
7, 19. Lu. 44. 2, 21. Jo.
1, 15. 4, 3. and dat. of pers.; Lu. 6 r
3, 4. 7, 38. Phil. 3, 19. Tit. 1, 29. w. ace. of pers.; Mk. 10, 14.
12. Skeir. II, b. c. Lu. 18, 16. w. ace. and inf.; I
wamm, n. (94), spot; Eph. 5,27. Thess. 2, 16. w. dat. of pers., to-
wan, n. (94),want, lack; w. wi- forbid, thwart; Mk. 9, 38. 39.
san w. dat. of pers. and gen. of Lu. 9, 49.
th., to lack; Mk. 10, 21. Lu. 18, warmjan, w. v. (188), w. ace, to
22. warm, cherish; Eph. 5, 29. w.
wanains, f. (103, n. 1), awaning, sik, to warm one's self; Mk. 14,.
diminishing; Rom. 11, 12. 54. Jo. 18, 18. 25.
wandjan, w. v. (188), to wend, wasjan, w.v. (187), (1) trans., w.
turn, w. dat. of pers. and ace. ace, to vest, clothe; Mt. 25,38.
ofth.; Mt. 5, 39. wandjands 43. and swa; Mt. 6, 30. wa-
sik, turning one's self about; sibs wisan, w. (instr.) dat.,.
Lu. 7, 9. to be clothed with Mt. 11, 8. ;

wand us, m. (105), wand, rod; II (2) intr., w. instr.; Mt. 6, 25.
Cor. 11, 25. 31. (instr.) dat.; Mk. 6, 9.
waninassus, m. (105), want, that wasti, f. (98), garment, cloak; pi.
which is lacking; I Cor. 16, 17. w a s t j s garmen ts, clothes r ,

I Thess. 3, 10. Skeir. VII, c. vesture, raiment apparel; Mt.

wans, adj. (124), waning, lack- 5, 40. 6, 25. 28. 7, 15. Mk. 14,
ing, wan ting, f i dw rtigj us 63. 16,5. Lu.7,25. I Tim. 2, 9..

ainamma wanai, forty save wato, n. (dat. pi. watnam; 110,

one; II Cor. 11, 24. \v. wisan n. 1), water; Mt, 8, 32. 10, 42.
w. gen., and ufar w. ace., to Mk. 1, 8. 10. Lu. 3, 16. Jo. 3,
lack, be inferior to; II Cor. 12, 5. I Tim. 5, 23.
13. galaubein wana ga- waurd, n. (93), word; Mt. 5, 37.
tauj a to frustrate, th wart;
, 26,75. Mk. 1,45. 9,32. Lu.l,
I Tim. 5, 12. wanata atga- 2. 4. Phil. 1, 14. waurd am
ra h tj a to set in order t he
, w e i h a n, to stri ve about words;
things that are wanting; Tit. II Tim. 2, 14.
1,5. waurdahs (an inaccurate trans-
war (78, n. 2), adj. (124), wary,
cautious, sober; I Thess. 5, 6.
lation of
IV, c.
),
verbal; Skeir.
400 wailrda-jinka — weina-gards.

waurda-jiuka, f. (97), a strife 6,10. uslausjan us waur-

about words; I Tim. 6, 4. ti m
to pull up by the roots;
,

waurkjan, an. v. (209), (1) with- Lu. 17, 6.

out obj., to work, become wegs, m. (91, n. 5), violent mover
effective, show forth one's self, ment; hence a tempest; Mt. 8,
w. in w. dat.; Mk. 6, 14. Jo. 9, 24 (first), raging; Lu. 8, 24.
4. Rom. 7, 5. (2) \v. ace. (uom. pi. wegos, waves; Mt. 8, 24

in pass.), to work, do, make, (second), dat. wegim; Mk. 4,

produce, prepare; Mt. 7, 23. 37.
Mk. 3, 35. Rom. 7, 15. I Cor. weiha, m. (108), priest; Jo. 18,
12, 11; and 21. w.
dat.; Mk.
13. 6,
{instr.) dat.; Eph. 4, 28. w. bi weihaba, adv., holily; I These. 2,
w. dat.; Mk. 14, 6. du w. dat.; 10.
I Cor. 11, 24. 25. f aur \v. ace; weihan, str. v. (172), to fight,
I Cor. 15, 29. in w. dat.; Gal. strive, contend; du diuzam w.,
3, 5. wi]?ra w. ace; Gal. 6, 10. to fight with beasts; I Cor. 15,
]?airh w. ace; II Cor. 9, 11. w. 32. waiirdam w., to strive
two aces.; Mk. 1, 3. Lu. 3, 4. about words; II Tim. 2, 14.
w. ace and inf.; Jo. 6, 10. Skeir. weihan, w.v. (193), w.ace (nom.
VII, b. in pass.), to make holy, sancti-
waiirms, m. (101), serpent; Lu. ty; Jo. 17, 17. 19. I Cor. 7, 14.
10, 19. II Cor. 11, 3. weihij>a, (97), holiness, sancti-
f.

waiirstw, n. (94), work, deed; Mt. tication; II Cor. 7, 1. Eph. 4,

5, 1G. 11, 2. Mk. 14, 6. Jo. 5, 24. I Thess. 3, 13. 4, 3. 4. 7. I
36. 14, 10-12. Rom. 9, 11. 32. Tim. 2, 15.
working, operation, energy;
weihnan, w. v. (194), to become
Eph. 1, 19. 4, 1G. Phil. 3, 21.
holy, be hallowed; Mt. G, 9.
Col. 1,29. 2,12.
weihs, adj. (124), holy; Mt.3,11.
waurstwa, m. (108), worker, work-
27,52.53. Mk. 1,8. 3, 29. Lu.
man, laborer; I Tim. 5, 18.
1,3. Jo. 7, 39. holy, pure; Phil.
waurstwei, f. (118), a working,
4, 8. sanctified; Jo. 17, 19.
doing; Eph. 4, li).
waurstweigs, adj. (124), effective, weihs, n. (94; gen. we i lis is),
effectual; Cor. 16, 9. 1 1 Cor.
I
town, village; Mk. 6, 6. 5G. 8,
23. 26. 27. Jo. 7,42. 11, 30;
1, 6. Gal. 5, 6.
iraurstwja, »m. (108), workman,
the country; Lu. 8, 34. 9, 12.
laborer; Mt. 9, -".7.38. Mk.12, wein, n. (94), Mt. 9, 17.
wine;
1.2. Lu.10,2. 7.20, 9. Jo. 15, Mk. 2, 22. 15, 23. Lu. 1, 15. 5,
1. aii-]>os w.j husbandman; 37. Neh. 5, 15. 18.
II Tim. 2, <'».
weina-basi, n. (95), wine-berry,
wuiirfs, f.(103), wort, root; Mk. in pi. grapes; Mt. 7, 16. Lu. 6,
I. 6. 17. 11, 20. Lu. 3,9! 8, L3. 44.
Rom. 11, 1G-18. 15,12. I Tim. weina-ganls, m. (101), vineyard;
 weina-tains — wilja. 461

Mk.12,1. 2. 8. 9. Lu. 20, 9.10. w. batei; Jo. 7, 7. \v. in w.

13. 11-16. dat. and a clause w. ei; Eph.
weina-tains, m. (91), vine-branch; 4, 17. duw. inf.; IThess.2,12.
Jo. 15, 4-6. weitwobs (-ds, 30; 74, n. 2), m.
weina-triu, n. (94, n. 1), vine (lit. (117), witness; Mt. 26,65. Mk.
'vine-tree'); Jo. 15, 1. 4. 5. pi. 14, 63. II Cor. 13, 1. I Tim. 5,
we i atri w a , vineyard; I Cor. 19. 6, 12.
9,7. wenjan, w. v. (188), to wait, be
wein-drugkja, m.
(108), in expectation; Lu. 3, 15. w.
wine-
drinker, wine-bibber; Lu.7, 34. ace, to wait or look for, ex-
weinuls, adj. (124), given to wine; pect; Lu. 7, 19. 20. to hope,
I Tim. 3, 3. Tit. 1, 7. trust; I Cor. 13, 7. w. s w a s w §
weipan, str. v. (172, n. 1), to II Cor. 8, 5. w. du w. dat.; Jo.
crown; II Tim. 2, 5. 5, 45. in w. dat.; I Cor. 15,19.
weis, 1st pers. pi. of ik, q. v. w. inf.; Lu. 6, 34. ace w. inf.;
weitwodei, f. (113), witness, tes- I Cor. 16, 7. w. a clause w. ei;
timony; II Cor. 1,12. IIThess. II Cor. 1,10. Philem. 22.
I, 10. I Tim. 2, 6. Tit, 1, 13. wens, f. (103), expectation, hope;
Skeir.VI, b. Rom. 12, 12. 15, 4. II Cor. 1, 6.
weitwodeins, f. (103, n. 1), wit- Gal. 5, 5. Tit. 1, 2. w. haban
ness (the act of furnishing evi- w. inf.; II Cor. 10, 15.
dence or proof); Skeir. VI, c. wepn, n. (94), weapon; Jo. 18, 3.
weitwodi, n. (95), witness, testi- II Cor. 6, 7. 10, 4.
mony; II Tim. 2, 2. Wereka, pr n., Vereka; ace -o n:
weitwodiba, f. (97), witness, tes- Cal.
timony; Mt, 8, 4. Mk. 1, 44. 6, widuwairna, m. (108), orphan;
II. 14, 55. 56. 59. Lu. 5, 14. Jo. 14, 18.
w. habau, to have a witness, widuwo (
for u; 14, n. 3), f., wi-
be well reported of; I Tim. 5,10. dow; Lu. 2, 37. 4, 25. 26. I
weitwodjan, w. v. (188), to wit- Cor. 7, 8. I Tim. 5, 3-5. 9. 11.
ness, testify; Jo. 12, 17. w. in 16.
andwairbja w. gen., to wit- wiga-deino, f. (112), thistle; Mt.
ness before; II Tim. 2, 14. 4, 1; 7, 16.
and a clause w. ei; ITim.5,21. wign, n. (94), tight, war; Lu. 14,
w. ace.; I Tim. 6, 13. Skeir. IV, 31.
c; and ana w. ace; Mt. 27, 13. wigs, m. (91), way, journey; Mt.

galiug w. ana w. ace, tobear 5, 25. 7, 13. 14. Mk. 1, 2. 3. Lu.

false witness against; Mk. 14, 1, 76. 79. Jo. 14, 4-6. Rom. 11,
56. 57. w. dat.; Lu. 4, 22; and 33. Skeir. II, a.
a clause w. batei; Rom. 10, 2. wiko, f. (112), week; Lu. 1, 8.
w. bi w. dat. and a clause w. wilja, m. (108), will; Mt. 6, 10.
batei; I Cor. 15, 15 or bi w.
; 7, 21. Mk. 3, 35. Jo. 6, 38. 40.
ace; Jo. 8, 13. 14; and a clause Rom. 12, 2. pleasure, wish, de-
462 wilja-halj>ei — wisan.

sire;Rom. 10, 1. Eph. 1, 9.1 8. (2) w. ace, to suffer; Mk. 8,

frijondans w i 1 j a seina-| 31. Gal. 6, 12. I Thess. 3, 4. I
na, lovers of pleasure; II Tim. Tim. 5, 10; and fram w. dat.;
3, 4. IThess. 2, 14. in w. gen.; II
wilja-halj>ei, f. (118, n. 2), respect Tim. 1, 12. in ]?ammei win-
of persons; Eph. 6, 9. Col. 3, na f a r i w i s , in t ha t which
25. special favor, partiality; I suffer for you; Col. 1, 24.

I Tim. 5, 21. winno, f. (112), passion, inordi-

wiljan, an. v. (205), to will, wish, nate affection; Col. 3, 5 (in B;
abe.; Mt. 8, 2. 3. w. swaswe; s. win a), pi. winnons, af-

I Cor. 12, 18.w. ace; Mt. 5, 40. fections, passions; Gal. 5, 24.

w. swa filu s we; Jo. 6,11. Rom. 7, 5.

Skeir.YII, c. w. inf.; Mt. 5, 40. wintrus, m. (105), winter; Jo. 10,
42. w. nom. and inf.; Mk.9,35. 22. win t ran, in the winter;
ace. w. inf.; Mk. 7, 24. w. ei w. Mk. 13, 18. wintru wisan,
opt.; Mt. 27, 17. silba wil- to winter; I Cor. 10, G. a year
jands, of his own accord; II (in reckoning time); Mt. 9, 20.
Cor. 8, 17. Lu. 8, 42.

Wiljari]>, pr. n.; Neap. Doc. winjM-skaiiro, f . (112), winnowing

wil]>eis, adj. (127). wild; Mk. 1, fan; Lu. 3, 17.
(gloss). Rom. 11, 17. 24. wipja, f. (97), crown; Mk. 15,17.
wilwa, m. (108; prop. w. adj. used Jo. 19, 2.
as si».; 132, n. 2), extortioner, wis, n. (94), a calm; Mt. 8, 2G.
robber; Lu.18,11. ICor.5,10. Mk. 4, 39. Lu. 8, 24.
11. wisan, str. v. (176, n. 1), (1) to
wilwan, etr.v. (174, n. 1) w. ace, dwell, abide, remain; Mt. 11,
to take by force, to j>lunder, 23.Lu.10, 7. see also wintrus.
rob; Jo. 6, 15 (ace. understood). (2) to be, be present, exist, live
Mk. 3, 27. pies, partic. wil- (In this and the follg. senses
wa nds, ravening; Mt. 7, 15. wisan supplies the defects of
winds, m. (91), wind; Mt. 7. 25. the sb. v.: im is, ist, sijau,
27. 8, 26. 27. 11, 7. Mk. 4, 37. etc. (204). The v. is often under-
Lu. 7, 24. Jo. 6, 18.
:'.;>. stood, as in Greek. For ist,
winja, (97), pasture; Jo. 10, 9.
f. etc., s. 4, 1. 10,1); Mt. 6, 30.
winna, f. (97). passion, inordinate Mk.12,18. Skeir. VII, b. S. al-
affection; Col. 3, 5 (in A, win- so ufarassus. (3) w.dat., to
nun in B). be to, belong or pertain to;
winnan, sir. v. (174, n. 1), (1) hence to have, sometimes w.
without obj., to suffer, sorrow; partit. gen.; Mt. 8, 29. Mk. 1,
Lu.2,48. w. favir w.ace; Phil. 24. Lu. 1, 7. 6,32-34. (4) w.
1, 29. in w. gen.; These. 1, a gen. in the pred., to be of, be-
5. w. (inetr.) dat.; Thess. .*{.
long to, (a) poss.; Mk. 9, 41.
 Avisan — witoda-laus. 463

10, 14. (b) partit,; Mt, 26, 73. wisan, (176, n. 1), to eat,
str. v.
Mk. 14, 69. 70. (c) qualitative; feast, be merry; Lu. 15, 24.
Mk. 5, 42. (5) to be anything (wail a w., th. s.; Lu. 15, 23.
or in any manner, (a) w. an 32. 16, 19).
adv. in pred.; Mt. 6, 25. (b) w. wists, f. (103), being, existence,
a prep, in pred.; Mk. 10, 8. -
substance, nature; Rom. 11, 24.
Rom. 8, 5. du uswaurpai w., Gal. 4, 8. Eph. 2, 3. Skeir. II,
to be refused; I Tim. 4, 4. du c. d. IV, c.
botai w., to profit; Gal. 5, 2. wit, 1st pers. dual of ik, q. v.
du ga]?rafsteinai w.w.dat.,
witan, w. v. (197, n. 1), w. dat.,
to be of comfort, be a comfort
to watch; Mt. 27, 54. Mk. 3, 2.
to; Col. 4, 11. (c) the pred. is
to keep, observe; Jo. 9, 16.
a complete sentence, or an el-
Gal. 4, 10. to treat w. obsequi-
liptical phrase; Mt. 5, 37. 6, 5.
ous attention, observe Mk. 6, ;

Mk. 2, 16. 4, 15. (d) the pred.

20. to watch, make sure; Mt.
is a sb. or adj. denoting time;
27, 64. 65 (dat. understood).
Mk. 11, 11. 13; or apres. partic.
to be on one's guard against;
denoting duration; Mt. 5, 25;
II Tim. 4, 15. to keep watch
or pret. partic. w. an active
over/ II Cor. 11, 32. w. waht-
meaning; Mk. 1,33. (so skulds,
mahts, kunbs, uskunbs,
wom
ufaro w. dat., to keep
watch over; Lu. 2, 8. w. an
unkunbs,binauht,munds,
indir. question introduced by
baurfts w.); Mt. 9, 33. Mk.8,
jau, whether; Lu. 6, 7.
31. w. a passive meaning Mt. ;

9, 36. (e) the pred. is a relative

witan (30), pret.-pres. v. (197),
clause; Mt. 11, 10. (f) an adj.;
to know, (1) abs.; Mt. 9, 30. 27,
4. Mk. 4,27. 8,17. (2) w. ace;
Mt.3,11; or sb., alone or w. an
attribute; Mt. 5, 34. 35. (g) the
Mt. 9, 4. Mk. 7, 24. I Thess. 4,
4. I Tim. 6, 4. (3) w. ace. and
pred. is a prn.; Mk. 1, 24 or a ;

inf.; Lu. 4, 41. (4) w. a clause

num.; Mk. 5, 13. (6) to be, be
called, mean: bat' ist, that
w. ei; Jo. 9, 25. I Cor. 1,16;
is, that is to say; Mk. 7, 2. ba-
or batei; Mt. 6, 32. Mk. 15,
10. (5) w. an indir. question;
tei ist, which is, that is, that
is to say; Mk. 3, 17. bja ist Mt. 6, 3. 8, 26. w. fram w.
dat. and a dir. question, to
]?atei, how is it that; Mk. 2,
learn of; Gal. 3, 2.
16. (7) ma
or waihts, to be
something, avail anything; Jo. witoda-fasteis, m. (92), a guard-
8, 54. (8) to come to be: ni ian of the law, lawyer; Lu. 7,
si j ai , may it not be, God for- 30. 10, 25.
bid; Lu. 20, 16. (9) to be pres- witoda-laisareis, m.(92), a teach-
ent, be found; so very often w. er of the law; Lu. 5, 17. I Tim.
an adv. or a prep.; Mt. 8, 30. 1,7.
27, 62. witoda-laus, adj. (124), lawless.
4G4 witodeigo — wrakja.

without law; I Cor. 9, 21. I wizon, w.v. (190), to live; I Tim.

Tim. 1, 9. 5, 6.

witodeigo, adv.. lawfully] I Tim. wlaitou, w. v. (190), to look

1, 8 (in B, witoda in A). II round about; Mk. 5, 32.
Tim. 2. 5. wlits, m. (101, n. 1), the face;
wito]». n. (04; gen. -die), law: Mk. 14, Go. Jo. 11, 44. II Cor.
Mt. 5,17.18.7,12. 11,13. Lu. 3, 7. Gal. 1. 22. likeness, form;
2. 22-24. Bom. 7, 1-9. wit6- Phil. 2, 7.
dis «raraideins, a giving of wlizjan, w. v. (187). to smite,
the law] Rom. 9,4. witodis strike, chastise; I Cor. 9. 27.
la us; I Cor. 9, 21.
wods; see wobs.
witubni (30),n.(95), knowledge: wokains (35), f. (103, n. 1),
Rom. 11, 33. I Cor. 8, 11. watching; II Cor. G, 5. 11, 27.
wibon, \v. v. (190), w. ace., to wokrs, m. (91, n. 2), usury; Lu.
shake, wag; Mk. 15, 29. 19,23.
wi]>ra, prep. w. ace, (1) local. wopjan, w.v. (187), to cry aloud,
over against, by, near, to; Mk. cry out, cry; Mk. 1, 3. 15. 34.
4, 1. 15. Lu. 1, 73. wibra Lu. 3, 4. w, d u w. dat.; to call
s u, to meet Jesus; Mt. 8, 34. to, cry to, address aloud; Lu.
(2) metaphorical, (a) in a 8, 54. to crow; Mk. 14, G8. 72.
friendly sense, to, toward; Gal. to call, call for; Mt. 27, 47. to
•'•. 10. (b) in a hostile sens»•. call, name; Jo. 13, 13. to call,
against, to, for; Mt. 10, 35. call one by his name, bid one
contrary to, against; Skeir. I, come; Mk. 10, 49; and du w.
c. after andhafjan, in reply dat.; Lu. 19, 15. us w. dat.;
to, to, against; Mt. 27. 14; or Jo. 12, 17. w. au]>ar an]»a-
and ha ft 3.— It
s; I Cor. 9. oc- ra a to call one
, another;
curs in composition w. two vs. Mt. 11, 1G. w. seina missd,
and one adj. th. s.; Lu. 7, 32.

irl]nra-gagga]i fl7 .». n. 3; 207), wobeis, adj. (128), sweet, mild,

(

\v. ate., to go t-0 meet; Jo. pleasant; II Cor. 2, 15. Eph.

1 1 .

I'd. 5. 2.
wi]>ra-ira-niotjaii, w. v. (188), w. wraiqs, adj. (124). crooked; Lu.
dai .. to go to meet; do. 1 2. 1 .">. 3. 5.
wi|>ra-wair|>s, adj. (124). oppo- wraka, (97), persecution; Mk.
f.

site, over against; Lu. 19, 30. 10. 30. 3, 1. Gal. 6, 12 (in A,
1

w. dat.;Mk. 11, 2. Lu. 8, 26. wrakja in B). II Tim. 3. 11.

1'iita \vi]>ra \va irbo, con- 12.
trariwise; Gal. 2, 7. wrakja, f. (97), persecution; Mk.
wi]>rus, in. (105), lamb, wether 4. IT. Rom. 8, 35. Gal. <5. 12
('.'
for 1h•' Lt. 'agnus'); Jo. 1. (in B; s. wraka). II Thess. 1,
2'.). Skeir. I. 1). 4. II Tim. 3, 11.
 wrakjan — Ymaiuaius. 465

wrakjan, w. v. (187), w. ace, to Lu. 25. honorable; I Cor. 4,

7,
persecute; Phil. 3, 6. 10. glorious; Eph. 5, 27. II
wraks, m. (91), persecutor; I Cor. 3, 7.10. wonderful, strange;
Tim. 1, 13. Lu. 5, 26.
wulprs, m. (101), worth, conse-
wratodus, m. (105), a journeying,
journey; II Cor. 11, 26. quence (originally glory, splen-

wraton, w. v. (190), to go, jour-

dor, cp. . E. 'wuldor', glory,
praise): ni waiht mis wul-
ney; Lu.2,41. 8,1. ICor.16,6.
pris (in B, wulprais in A)
wrekei, (113), persecution; II
f.
ist, of no consequence to
is
Cor. 12, 10.
me, does not concern me; Gal.
wrejnis (wripus; 7, n. 3), m. 2,6.
(205), herd; Lu. 8, 33. wulprs, adj. (124), of worth, of
wrikan, str.v. (176, n. 1), w. ace, consequence: maiswulpriza
to persecute; Alt. 5, 44; Jo. 15, wisan, to be of more worth, be
20. Rom. 12, 14. ICor. 15, 9. better; Mt. 6, 26.
II Cor. 4, 9. Gal. 1, 23. 4, 29. wulpus, m. (105), glory; Mt. 6,
5. 11. 13. 29. Mk. 8, 38. 10, 37. Lu.
writs, m. (91; or 101?), a stroke 2, 9. Phil. 3, 19. Col. 1, 11.
of a pen; Lu. 16, 17. Skeir. IV, b.
wri pus; see w r e ]> u s. wulwa, f (97), robbery; Phil. 2, 6.
.

wrohjan, w. v. (187), w. ace, to wunds, adj. (124) wounded; hau-

accuse; Mk. 3, 2. 15, 3. Jo. 5, b i (ace of specification) w u n-
45. ei bigeteina til duwr. dan briggan, to wound in
in a, that they might accuse the head; Mk. 12, 4.
him; Lu. 6, 7; and du w. dat.; wundufni, f. (98), wound, plague;
Jo. 5, 45. pers. pass.; Mt. 27. Mk. 3, 10.
12. wunns, (103), affliction, suffer-
f.

wrohs, f. (103), accusation; w. ing; II Tim. 3, 11.

ana w. ace; Jo. 18, 29; or bi
w. ace; I Tim. 5, 19. X.
wrnggo, f. (112), snare; II Tim. Xafira, (uniuflected), Chephirah;
2,26. Ezra 2, 25.
wulan, str. v. (173, n. 2; 175, n. Xreskus; see r e s k u s.
2), to wallop, boil; hence to be Xristus (1, n. 4), m. (105 and n.
fervent; Rom. 12, 11.
2); Mt. 27, 17; gen. -aus; Mt.
Wulfila (108; 221), pr. n. 11, 2; dat. -au; Rom. 9, 3. ace
wulfs, m. (91), wolf; Mt. 7, 15. -u; Lu. 2, 26; voc. -u Mt. 26, ;

Lu. 10, 3. Jo. 10, 12. 68.

wulla, f. (97), wool; Skeir.III,e
wullareis, m. (92, a), one who Y.
whitens wool, a fuller: Mk. 9,3. Ymainaius. pr. n., Hymeneus; II
wulpags, adj. (124), gorgeous; Tim. 2, 17.
466 Zaibaidaiue — ziMotes.

1,59; voc. Zakaria; Lu. 1,

X.
Zaibaidaius, pr. n., Zebedee;gen. Zakkaius. pr. n.. Zaccbeus; Lu.
-aus; Mt. 27, 56. Mk. 1,19. 3, L9,2;gen. Zaxxaiaus; Ezra
IT. 10. 31 Lu. 5, 10; ace. -u ; 2. 9; voi•. Zakkaiu; Lu.19,5.
.Mk. 1. 20. Zauraubabil, pr. u., Zorobabel;
Zakarias (43). pr. n., Z.tchnrhts; <>en. -is; Lu. 3, 27.

Lu. 1. 5. 12. L8; gen. -iins; zelotes, for. w., m., zealot (a
Lu. 1, 21. 40; or Zaxariins; surname of Simon), ace. zelo-
Lu. 3. 2: ace. Zakarian; Lu. ten; Lu. 6, 15.
|

.. . .
INDEX OF GOTHIC WORDS OCCURRING IN THE
RULES AND EXAMPLES OF SYNTAX.
[The figures refer to pages.]
m\ 2:38,230,200. attiuban, 242. daubus, 262.
aiaikan, 289. atwairpau, 252. disdriusau, 229.
afarlaistjan. 242. atwisan, 254. dishuljan, 251.
afholon, 238. awiliudon, 242. dissitan, 229.
afhrapjan, 251. azetizo, 288. 290. draubtinon, 242.
a>'letan,242. drigkan, 236.
afmaitan, 256. bai, 225. du, 223, 224, 228, 232,
afskiuban, 252. bairgau, 243. 239, 248, 288, 290.
afslaban, 256. balwjan, 245. duatgaggan, 243.
afstandan, 255. batizo, 290. dugawindan, 242.
afwafrpan, 252. baui-gs, 262. duginnau, 271, 272, 289.
aglu, 288. beidan, 236. dulbs, 262.
ainhrabarub, 269. biarbaidjan, 289.
ains, ainsbun, 2G7. bidjan. 236. faginou, 254.
airba, 262. bihiabjan, 229. fairaigan, 23).
alhs, 262. biluairban, 229. fairweitjan, 237.
aljanon, 244. bikukjau, 229. Fareisaieis, 262.
alls, 269. biqimau, 229. fauragahugjan, 254.
anabiudan, 242, 289, 290. bilaigon, 229. faurbigaggan, 229.
anabaitan, 245. bilaikan, 229. faurbiudan, 242.
anaqiman, 229. bileijjan, 238, 248, 2'. filaus, 238.
anawairbs, 273. binab, 288. . fra, 255.
andababts, 271. biniman, 253. frabugjan, 252.
audbabtjan, 242. biriunaa, 229. fragildan, 242.
audbaitan, 245, 257, 289. bisaihran, 236. fraihnan, 236.
andhamon, 251. bisitan, 229. fraisan, 236.
andbansjan, 242. biskeiaan, 229. fraqistjan, 245, 247.
aadnimau, 235. bispeiwan, 229. fraujiaon, 242.
audsitan, 229. bistandan, 229. frakunnan, 244.
andstaldan, 251. bistigqan, 229. fraqiman, 248, 250.
andstandan, 243. biswairban, 251. fraqistnan, 248.
andbaggkjan, 237. biwindau, 251. fraletan, 242.
andvvasjan, 251. blaudjan, 250. fraliusan, 255.
andweihan, 243. blaubjan, 251. fram, 239.
anbar, 258. bliggwan, 250. frabjan, 248, 251, 254,
at, 292. buauan, 250. 255.
atbairaii, 242. bokarjos, 262. frauja, 262.
atkuauan, 242. bugjan, 252. frawardjaii; 254.
atsaibran, 236. irawisan, 252.
atstandan, 254. dagis, 238. freidjan, 237.
atta, 262. dags, 262. fullafabjan, 245.
attekau, 243. daupjan, 251. l'ulljau, fullnan, 237.
-MiH Index ol* Gothic words.

gaaiwiskto, 22'.». gasobjan, 237. 251. luabaruh, 269.

gabairgan, 24.S.24*. gastandan, 254. hrazuh, 268.
gabaurgja, 249. gasupon, 251. hre, 248.

gabeidan, 229. liatiman, 250. hrileiks, 264, 265.

gadaila, 249. LTatrauan, 244. hropan, 254.

gadailjan, 242. gabarban, 237. hrotjau, 243.
gadaursan, 289. gablaihan, 246.
ibns, 249.
gadragkjan, 251. gaurajan, 243. 248, 251.
idweitjan, 243.
gafahan, 237. gawadjon, 245. ikei, 263. 264.
gafraujinon, 242. gawaldan, 247. in, inuaua, 239.
gafribon, 24-">. gawandjan, 242. is, 258.
gafulljan, 237. gawargjan, 251. itan, 236.
gagaggan, 24-. gawasjan, 251. ib, 284.
gagawairbnan, 240. gawefedn, 237. ize, 258.
gaggan, 290. gawidan, 250. izei, 263, 268.
giihaitan, 343, 289. gawiljis, 289.
gahamfln, 251. gawizneige, 249. jabai (ui), 284.
gahorinon. 2">d. giban, 235, 242. jah, 224. 227.
gahilpan, 237. gob, 288. jains, 259.
gnhruiiuan, 238. gredon, 229. jabbe, 284.
galcotjan, 243. greipan, 237. jus, 257.
gaibnjan, 250. gudjans, 262. juzei, 263.
gairnjan, 236. gub, 262.
kara, 229.
gajinkan, 229.
kar'ist,229, 237.
gajukn, 249.
-h, 267. kausjan, 236.
gaqiae, 249.
habaa, 205,271,272,290. kukjan, 243.
gaqumans, 271. haftjau (sik), 254.
galaista, 249. qiman, 290.
hailjan, 238.
galaubjan, 244. qistjan, 245.
hails, 223.
galekinon, 238. qiban, 242, 251, 289.
haitans, 255.
galeikon, 249, 250. qumans, 271.
haibjos, 238.
galeiks, 249.
Iialja. 262.
galeibafl, 290. lagjan, 242.
hamon, 251.
gnlewjan, 242. laian, 243.
hatizon, 244.
galukan, 252. laisjan, 251, 289.
luiuhbuhts, 271.
gam&injao, 21.~>. landis, 238.
hausjan, 236, 245. 289.
gamains, 243. lekinon, 238.
hausjon, 236.
gamaudjan, 237. liugan, 250.
Herodiane, -am, 262.
351
-iiih'IJjui. luston, 236.
hiinins, 262.
gamotjan, 243. lustus, 289.
hindana, 239.
gamunan, 2.7. •his, 259. raagan, 289.
ganaejan, 254.
hleibjan, 244. uiais, 257.
ganauhan, 24",.
huggrjan, 229. manna, mannahun, 267.
gauintan, 229.
bugjan, 244, 290. mauwus, 289.
gapaidon, 251. -bun, 267. marei, 262.
garaginon. 242. bra, 225. 265. inatjan, 236. 251.
gasath-an, 2 18. hrarjis, 265. maurnan, 243.
gaeakan, 245. hrarjiznh, 268. meljan, 242.
gaaalbon. 201. bras, 264. misso, 582.
gasibjdn, 24". toaehnn, 267. inib, 224.
gasleil'jan, 254. h-al'ar. 2(55. mibarbaidjan, 249.
 Index of Gothic words. 4G9
mipfaginon, 250. sniumjan, 290. ufarwisan, 229.
mibgasinba, 249. so, 259. ufbrikan, 244.
mibinsandjan, 250. soei, 262, 263. ufdaupjan, 251.
niibqiman, 250. s6h, 259. ufhausjau, 242, 245.
mibskalkinon, 250. sokjan, 289. ufstraujau, 252.
im'burreisan, 249. stadis, 238. ufswogjau, 254.
mijjushramjan, 249. staudan, 254. -ub, 267, 268.
inipwisan, 249. straujan, 252. undrinnan, 229.
inunan, 289. sums, 266. unhrains, 255.
sunno, 262. uukunbs, 255.
nahts, 238, 262.
supon, 251. urrinnan, 290.
-nan, 270.
swaei, 280, 290. us, 234.
natjan, 251.
swaleiks, 266. usagljan, 245.
uehrjau, 243.
swaswe, 280, 290. usbeidan, 229.
ueiwan, 244.
swe, 232. usbidjan, 289.
ni, 267, 284.
swegnjan, 254. usbliggwan, 250.
niba, nibai, 284.
sweran, 251. usbugjan, 252.
nih, 284.
swiubnan, 254. usdaudjan, 289.
niman, 235.
usdreiban, 252.
niutan, 236. taiknjan, 242.
usfulljan, 237.
, 228. tekan, 243.
usgaggans, 271.
ogan, 289. timrja, 262.
usqiman, 250.
trauan, 244.
raginon, 242. usqistjan, 245, 247.
reikinon, 242. paiei, 263. uslaubjan, 242, 289.
reiks, 262. bairhgaggau, 229. usleibau, 229.
bairhleiban, 229. usluton, 251.
sa, 259.
baude, baudei, 284. ussiggwan, 242.
sabbataus, 238.
barf, 288. usbriutan, 245.
saei, 263, 263, 264. 268.
bata, 225, 259. uswairpan, 252, 253.
sah, 259.
batei, 225, 262. utaua, 239.
sahrazuh, 268.
batuh, 225, 259. utabro, 239.
saian, 252.
bau, 256.
saihmn, 290. wailamerjan, 248.
baurban, 237.
sakan, 243. wairpan, 242, 252.
salbon, 251.
saljan, 242.
baurfts, 237.
banrsjan, 229.
^^, 223, 228, 239,
240, 242, 243, 249, 270.
be, 248.
sama, 249. waldan, 242.
beihan, 254.
sauil, 262. wan, 237.
bisluazuh, 268.
sei, 263. warjan, 246.
biudans, 262.
seina, 257. wait, 288, 290.
biubjan, 246.
seinai, seiuos, seins, 268. wasjau, 251.
bti, 257.
sik, 257. waurkjan, 251.
buei, 263.
siuistans, 262. waurbaus, 271.
bugkeib, 245.
siponjau, 242. weihan, 251.
siponjos, 262. ufarfulljan, 237. weujan, 289.
sis, 257. ufargaggan, 229. wiljan, 289.
skaidan, 253. ufarhamon, 251. wisan, 223, 228, 235-237,
skalkinon, 242. ufarmunnou, 243. 239, 240, 242, 243, 249,
skaman sik, 238, 289. ufaro, 239. 270.
skula, 229. ul'arskadwjan, 229. witan, 243, 289. 290.
skulan, 229, 271,272.289. ufartrusnjau, 251. Avibragaggan, 229.
slahan, 250. ufarbeihau, 229. wopjau, 237.
k
 . - ilm^tm

University ol Toronto

Library

DO NOT
REMOVE
THE
CARD
FROM
THIS
POCKET

Acme Library Card Pocket

LOWE-MARTIN CO. LIMITED
'